As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 1, 2026
Registration No. 333-296070          
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Texas
7370
01-0627671
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
Number)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
1 Rocket Road
Starbase, Texas 78521
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Elon Musk
Chief Executive Officer
1 Rocket Road
Starbase, Texas 78521
Tel: (310) 363-6000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With copies to:
George J. Sampas
Hillary H. Holmes
Harrison Tucker
Atma J. Kabad
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
811 Main Street, Suite 3000
Houston, Texas 77002
Tel: (346) 718-6600
Bret Johnsen
Michael Smith
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
1 Rocket Road
Hawthorne, California 90250
Tel: (310) 363-6000
Byron B. Rooney
Alan F. Denenberg
Stephen A. Byeff
Joze Vranicar
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Tel: (212) 450-4000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following
box.  ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number
of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number
of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company.
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer
☐
Accelerated filer
☐
Non-accelerated filer
☒
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further
amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may
determine.
a01_frontcover.jpg
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED      , 2026
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
spacex_logoxwhite.jpg
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Class A Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Space Exploration Technologies
Corp., a Texas corporation. We are offering                shares of our Class A common stock.
Currently, no public market exists for our Class A common stock. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $    and
$    per share. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) and Nasdaq Texas,
LLC (“Nasdaq Texas”) under the symbol “SPCX.”
Following the completion of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock issued and outstanding: Class A common stock
and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share. Each share of Class B
common stock will entitle its holder to 10 votes per share. Class A shareholders and Class B shareholders will vote together as a
single class on all matters to be voted on by shareholders, except Class B shareholders will be entitled to elect a majority of our board
of directors in addition to having certain other class votes as described under “Description of Capital Stock.”
Assuming an offering size as set forth above and an initial public offering price of $                per share (the midpoint of the price
range set forth above), Elon Musk, our founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chairman of our board, will
hold approximately           % of the voting power of our common stock (or approximately        % if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) immediately after the completion of this offering through his
ownership of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock of which approximately           % he controls through his ownership of
our Class B common stock. As a result, Mr. Musk will be able to control the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval. This
includes the election of (i) a majority of our board, through his ownership of Class B shares (as Class B Directors), for so long as he
holds a majority of the voting power of the Class B common stock, and (ii) the remainder of our board, for so long as he holds a
majority of the combined voting power of the Class A and Class B common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company”
under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq following the completion of this offering and, as a result, we intend to rely on
exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Please refer to “Management—Controlled Company Exemption.”
Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. Please refer to “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 of this
prospectus.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities described herein may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell such securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price ......................................................................................................
$
$
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) ............................................................................
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to Space Exploration Technologies Corp. ...................................
$
$
________________
(1)The underwriters will not receive any discount or commission on any shares of our Class A common stock sold pursuant to the over-allotment option.
Please refer to “Underwriting” for a description of all underwriting compensation payable in connection with this offering.
The underwriters may also exercise an option to purchase up to an additional       shares of our Class A common stock from us, at the
initial public offering price for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to five percent of the shares of Class A common stock to be issued by the Company
and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to certain employees and persons identified by our
executive officers. Please refer to “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.” Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of
this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The shares of Class A common stock will be ready for delivery on or about             , 2026.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Goldman Sachs &
Co. LLC
Morgan Stanley
BofA Securities
Citigroup
J.P. Morgan
Barclays
Deutsche Bank
Securities
RBC Capital
Markets
UBS
Investment Bank
Wells Fargo
Securities
Allen & Company
LLC
Cantor
Needham &
Company
Raymond James
Societe Generale
Stifel
William Blair
BTG Pactual
ING
Macquarie Capital
Mirae Asset Securities
Mizuho
Santander
Prospectus Dated              , 2026.
coverart1aa.jpg
coverart2aa.jpg
coverart3aa.jpg
coverart5aa.jpg
coverart6aa.jpg
coverart7aa.jpg
coverart8aa.jpg
coverart9aa.jpg
coverart10aa.jpg
coverart11aa.jpg
coverart12aa.jpg
coverart13aa.jpg
coverart14aa.jpg
coverart15aa.jpg
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
GLOSSARY OF TERMS .................................................................................................................................
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY ............................................................................................................................
RISK FACTORS ..............................................................................................................................................
USE OF PROCEEDS .......................................................................................................................................
DIVIDEND POLICY ........................................................................................................................................
CAPITALIZATION .........................................................................................................................................
DILUTION .......................................................................................................................................................
OF OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................................................
BUSINESS ........................................................................................................................................................
MANAGEMENT ..............................................................................................................................................
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ....................................................................................................................
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS .............................................
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK ..........................................................................................................
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ....................................................................................................
CLASS A COMMON STOCK .....................................................................................................................
UNDERWRITING ...........................................................................................................................................
LEGAL MATTERS ..........................................................................................................................................
EXPERTS .........................................................................................................................................................
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ........................................................................
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ......................................................................................................
Through and including                     , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting
transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to
deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in
this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus authorized by us. We and the underwriters take no responsibility
for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the
underwriters are not making an offer to sell, or seeking offers to buy, our Class A common stock in any jurisdiction
where an offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is
accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our Class A common stock.
Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit
this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is
required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this
prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our
Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of
which are beyond our control. Please refer to “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements.”
ii
General Information
Except as otherwise indicated or required by the context, all references to “SpaceX,” the “Company,” “we,” “our”
and “us” or similar terms refer to Space Exploration Technologies Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries. For the
definitions of certain terms and abbreviations used in this prospectus, please refer to “Glossary of Terms” beginning
on page iv of this prospectus.
References to (i) our “bylaws” are to the form of amended and restated bylaws of the Company (as amended and
restated from time to time) to be effective upon the completion of this offering, (ii) our “charter” are to the form of
restated certificate of formation of the Company to be effective upon the completion of this offering and (iii) “our
board” or “the board” are to the board of directors of the Company.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements of SpaceX have been retrospectively recast for all periods presented to include
(i) the historical results of X.AI Holdings Corp., which was acquired by SpaceX, effective February 2, 2026 (the
“xAI Merger”), and X Holdings Corp. (“X Holdings”), which was acquired by xAI, effective March 28, 2025 (the
“X Merger”), because these transactions were between entities under common control, and (ii) a five-for-one stock
split of the Company’s Class A, Class B, and Class C Common Stock, effective May 4, 2026 (the “2026 Stock
Split”). Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all share and per share information included in this
prospectus have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 2026 Stock Split. Refer to Note 1, Nature of Business, to
the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Industry and Market Data
Certain market and industry data and forecasts used in this prospectus have been obtained from, are based on, or use
data from, the following reports and sources, among others: (i) Breaking Barriers to Data Center Growth, dated
January 20, 2025, by Boston Consulting Group; (ii) Looming Spectrum Shortfall Could Cost America’s GDP $1.4T,
Jeopardize Continued Function of U.S. Networks, New Report Finds, dated March 27, 2025, by the Cellular
Telecommunications and Internet Association; (iii) Top 50 Countries by Number of Business Aircraft Registered,
dated January 27, 2026, by Corporate Jet Investor; (iv) Digital Economy Trends 2026, dated December 2025, by the
Digital Cooperation Organization; (v) Global Fixed Broadband Market Outlook, Ericsson Mobility Report, dated
November 1, 2025, by Ericsson; (vi) Households by Number of Households and by Country, Euromonitor
International Passport 2026 Edition, dated November 5, 2025, by Euromonitor International; (vii) Satellite Solutions
for Universal Service, dated March 2025, by the Global Satellite Operators Association; (viii) Broadband Services
Market Analysis Segment Forecast to 2027, dated April 2025, by Grand View Research; (ix) Consumer Market
Model H2 2025 – Worldwide Household Internet Penetration, dated March 2026, by International Data Corporation;
(x) World Energy Outlook Special Report: Energy and AI, dated April 2025, by the International Energy Agency;
(xi) The 175 GW Crisis: America’s Power Grid Cannot Keep Up with AI Data Centers, dated January 21, 2026, by
Introl; (xii) As Wireless Network Quality Competition Increases, Customers Benefit, dated July 17, 2025, by J.D.
Power; (xiii) Satellite Statistics: Satellite and Debris Population, dated April 2026, by Jonathan McDowell; (xiv)
2026 Global Data Center Outlook: Navigating AI Demand, Power Constraints and Global Opportunities, dated
January 5, 2026, by JLL; (xv) Global Ship Tracking Intelligence, at marinetraffic.com, as updated from time to time
and last accessed April 13, 2026, by Marine Traffic Dashboard; (xvi) The Cost of Compute: A $7 Trillion Race to
Scale Data Centers, dated April 28, 2025, by McKinsey & Company; (xvii) What is Multimodal AI?, dated June 10,
2025, by McKinsey & Company; (xviii) NASA: Enabling America on the Space Frontier, dated December 2024, by
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (“NASA”); (xix) Space Act Agreement, dated April 2015, by
NASA; (xx) The Recent Large Reduction in Space Launch Cost, dated July 8, 2018, by NASA; (xxi) 12th Edition
Space Economy Report, dated January 29, 2026, by Novaspace; (xxii) Global Fleet and MRO Market Forecast
2025–2035, dated February 2025, by Oliver Wyman; (xxiii) Broadband Op Subs by Technology – Forecasts
Summary, dated March 31, 2026, by Omdia; (xxiv) Mobile Forecasts Summary – February 2026, dated February
18, 2026, by Omdia; (xxv) Data Center Rules and Regulations, dated September 8, 2025, by QTS; (xxvi) AI’s
Power Requirements Under Exponential Growth, dated January 28, 2025, by RAND Corporation; (xxvii) Data
Center Grid-Power Demand to Rise 22% in 2025, Nearly Triple by 2030, dated October 14, 2025, by S&P Global
Market Intelligence; (xxviii) NVIDIA GTC 2025 – Built for Reasoning, Vera Rubin, Kyber, CPO, Dynamo
iii
Inference, Jensen Math, Feynman, dated March 18, 2025, by SemiAnalysis; (xxix) NVIDIA Blackwell Ultra
Datasheet, dated February 16, 2026, by SemiAnalysis; (xxx) H100 Rental Price Over Time (2023–2025): A
Complete Market Analysis, dated December 21, 2025, by Silicon Data; (xxxi) Data Centers – Understanding the
Power Consumption of Data Centers, at socomec.us, as updated from time to time and last accessed April 13, 2026,
by Socomec; (xxxii) The Space Report 2025 Q2 Highlights Record $613 Billion Global Space Economy for 2024,
dated July 22, 2025, by the Space Foundation; (xxxiii) Median Country Speeds Updated February 2026, dated
February 2026, by the Speedtest Global Index; (xxxiv) Data Center (Russian Market) Commercial Data Centers,
dated January 28, 2026, by TAdviser; (xxxv) Merchant Fleet by Flag of Registration and by Type of Ship, dated
June 10, 2025, by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development; (xxxvi) U.S. Electricity Generation in
2025 Hit a Record, Again, dated March 5, 2026, by the U.S. Energy Information Administration; (xxxvii)
GAO-25-107555, In-Space Servicing, Assembly, and Manufacturing: Benefits, Challenges, and Policy Options,
dated July 2025, by the U.S. Government Accountability Office; (xxxviii) GDP (current US$), at
data.worldbank.data.org, as updated from time to time and last accessed April 13, 2026, by the World Bank; (xxxix)
Rural population (% of total population), at data.worldbank.org, as updated from time to time and last accessed May
2, 2026, by the World Bank; (xl) How Data Centres in Space Sustainably Enable the AI Revolution, dated January
16, 2026, by Philip Johnston Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Starcloud, published by the World Economic
Forum; and (xli) Most Americans Use AI but Still Don’t Trust It, dated December 9, 2025, by YouGov. We did not
commission the preparation of any of these reports or sources.
Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates
and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of publicly available industry publications,
our internal research and our knowledge of the markets in which we currently, and will in the future, operate, as well
as the sources referred to above. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are
cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. The estimates and assumptions used in determining our
total addressable markets are further detailed in the section titled “Business—Our Market Opportunity,” and you are
urged to read the risk factor titled “The estimates of future market opportunity and forecasts of market growth, and
our ability to capture such markets, included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.” Forecasts and other
forward-looking information obtained from the sources named above are subject to the same qualifications and
uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus.
Statements as to market position, market opportunity and market size are based on data currently available to us, as
well as management’s estimates, judgments, assessments, and assumptions. While we are not aware of any
misstatements regarding market position, market opportunity, and market size information included in this
prospectus, such information, which is derived in part from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently
uncertain and imprecise. Projections, assumptions and estimates of estimated market position and market
opportunity and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree
of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary
Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could
cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us. Investors are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on statements of expected future market size or opportunity.
Trademarks and Trade Names
We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the
operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third
parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service
marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with us or an
endorsement or sponsorship by or of us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names
referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, ™ or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to
indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the
applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
iv
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
The terms and abbreviations defined in this section are used throughout this prospectus:
•“AI” or “artificial intelligence” refers to advanced computational technologies and systems enabling machines
to learn, comprehend reality, solve complex problems, exhibit creativity, make critical decisions, and function
with growing autonomy.
•“AI compute” or “compute” refers to the computing infrastructure required to train and operate artificial
intelligence models, including, without limitation, specialized processors, networking, storage, and power
systems deployed in data centers or other computing environments.
•“AI compute satellite” refers to a satellite equipped with onboard artificial intelligence processing capabilities
designed to perform data analysis, inference, or other machine learning, automated decision-making and
artificial intelligence algorithms, models and technologies workloads in orbit.
•“AI ecosystem” refers to a complex, multi-layered network of technologies, products, systems, and
infrastructure that develop, leverage, and deploy intelligent systems.
•“AI segment” refers to our AI business, which we acquired in connection with our acquisition of xAI in
February 2026, and includes our AI compute, Grok, and X.
•“AI training cluster” refers to an integrated system that provides computational power required for training and
running advanced AI models.
•“The Algorithm” refers to our five-step iterative process that we use to rapidly innovate and optimize,
emphasizing making the requirements less dumb, deleting unnecessary processes or parts, optimizing the
necessary processes or parts, accelerating cycle timesteps, and automating only proven processes after the first
four steps are completed.
•“Application Programming Interface” or “API” refers to a defined set of rules and protocols that allows
different software systems to communicate with and interact with each other programmatically.
•“ARPU” refers to service revenue generated from Starlink Subscribers during a period divided by (i) the
average number of Starlink Subscribers during the period and by (ii) the number of months in the period.
•“Artemis program” refers to a NASA program aimed at landing humans on the Moon by the late 2020s.
•“booster” refers to the first-stage rocket that provides the primary thrust during launch.
•“booster catch” refers to a recovery method in which a returning first-stage rocket booster is captured mid-air by
mechanical arms on the launch tower rather than on legs at a landing zone or at sea.
•“booster launch” refers to a rocket launch in which a booster stage provides the primary thrust during liftoff and
the initial phase of ascent before separating from the vehicle.
•“bps” refers to bits per second.
•“COLOSSUS” refers to our flagship data center, located on Paul R. Lowry Road in Memphis, Tennessee.
•“COLOSSUS II” refers to our data centers in Memphis, Tennessee and in Southaven, Mississippi. These data
centers are part of our coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster.
•“Connectivity segment” refers to our Connectivity segment, which includes Starlink and associated offerings.
•“Credit Agreements” refers to our SpaceX Credit Facility and SpaceX Bridge Loan.
•“crewmember” refers to a person who has traveled on our spacecraft, measuring by each mission.
v
•“daily posts” on X and Grok refers to the aggregate volume of original posts, replies, reposts, quotes and media
shared daily by users on the X platform, and the real-time interactions, analysis and generative capabilities
provided to a user by Grok. This may include posts generated by AI or accounts managed by AI.
•“downlink capacity” refers to the maximum rate at which data can be transmitted from a satellite to users over a
network or communication link in a given period of time.
•“Draco thrusters” refers to thrusters used in Dragon spacecraft for precise orbital maneuvering and adjustments.
•“Dragon” refers to our Dragon spacecraft.
•“Falcon 1” refers to our two-stage, liquid-fueled small-lift launch vehicle that operated from 2006 to 2009.
•“Falcon 9” refers to our orbital-class rocket with reusable boosters, first launched in 2010, which has a payload
capacity to LEO of approximately 23 metric tons.
•“Falcon Heavy” refers to our partially reusable super heavy-lift launch vehicle, first launched in 2018, which
has a payload capacity to LEO of approximately 64 metric tons.
•“flight-proven booster launches” refers to a mission utilizing a booster that has previously completed at least
one successful launch and recovery.
•“frontier model” refers to a leading-edge, sophisticated large language model, such as Grok, designed for
rigorous reasoning and real-time information synthesis.
•“Gbps” refers to gigabits per second.
•“geostationary orbit” refers to a high Earth orbit that allows satellites to match Earth’s rotation, appearing
stationary from the ground, often used for communication satellites.
•“geosynchronous transfer orbit” refers to an elliptical orbit used to transfer a spacecraft from a lower orbit to a
geostationary orbit.
•“gigawatt” refers to one billion watts.
•“gigawatt-scale” refers to infrastructure, systems, or facilities that are designed to generate, transmit, or
consume approximately one gigawatt or more of electrical power capacity.
•“GPU” refers to a graphics processing unit.
•“Grok” refers to our family of frontier models, which represents a core pillar of our mission to advance
humanity’s understanding of the universe through the development of truth-seeking artificial intelligence.
•“Grok API” refers to our application programming interface that enables developers to access and integrate
Grok models into external software applications and workflows.
•“Grok Business” refers to our subscription-based offering that provides organizations with access to Grok
models and related tools for use in internal business applications and workflows, designed for deployment by
small-to-medium teams.
•“Grok Enterprise” refers to our subscription-based offering that provides organizations with access to Grok
models and related tools for use in internal business applications and workflows, designed for deployment by
enterprise organizations.
•“Grok Voice” refers to the Grok real-time speech engine.
•“high-density compute” refers to compute infrastructure designed to deliver a large amount of processing power
within a limited physical footprint, typically characterized by high processor concentration and elevated power
usage per unit of space.
vi
•“Imagine” refers to our image and video generation system.
•“inference” refers to the process by which a trained artificial intelligence model generates outputs (such as text,
images, or predictions) from new input data.
•“International Docking System Standard” refers to a standard for autonomous docking capabilities used by
spacecraft like Dragon.
•“IoT” refers to the network of physical objects embedded with sensors, software, and other technologies for the
purpose of connecting and exchanging data with other devices and systems over the internet.
•“Kardashev Type II” refers to a civilization that harnesses the full energy output of its local star, like our Sun, to
power unprecedented growth and sustain the civilization’s existence.
•“large language model” or “LLM” refers to a sophisticated artificial intelligence model designed for advanced
reasoning and natural language processing.
•“large-scale LEO broadband satellite constellation” refers to a satellite constellation network of over 1,000
satellites.
•“latency” refers to the time delay between the transmission of data from a source and its receipt at a destination,
typically measured in milliseconds.
•“launch payload mass” refers to the theoretical payload mass that a particular spacecraft is capable of delivering
to a specified orbit under specific conditions, which is derived from advanced computer simulations and
performance modeling that apply to particular mission scenarios and trajectory assumptions. Actual payload
that can be delivered for a given mission may be different and will vary depending on numerous mission
parameters and operational factors, including mission-specific trajectory requirements, atmospheric conditions,
vehicle and payload configuration, risk profile, and applicable regulatory or range-safety limitations.
•“launch system” refers to a comprehensive system comprising rockets and associated ground infrastructure used
to launch spacecraft and payloads into space.
•“launch vehicle” refers to a rocket designed to transport payloads from terrestrial bodies (e.g., Earth, Moon, or
Mars) to space or to a designated orbital trajectory.
•“LEO satellite constellation” refers to a network of numerous satellites operating in Low-Earth Orbit, typically
deployed to provide services such as broadband connectivity, including Starlink.
•“Low-Earth Orbit” or “LEO” refers to an orbit relatively close to Earth’s surface, typically used by satellites for
applications like broadband internet due to its lower latency compared to higher orbits.
•“low-latency network” refers to a network with latency below 70 milliseconds.
•“lunar mass driver” refers to a launch system that we intend to build on the Moon’s surface that will be
designed to use electromagnetic acceleration to propel payloads into space without the use of rockets.
•“Macrohard” refers to a platform we are currently developing that is designed to emulate digital workflows,
augment human operation of computers, and create a fully AI-operated software company.
•“mass to orbit” refers to the total kilograms of payload deployed to orbit in a given period, and is a key indicator
of our capacity and scalability that supports Space revenue and drives expansion across our Connectivity and AI
segments.
•“MAU” (or monthly active users) refers to the total number of users who have interacted with Grok or X
through web browsers or mobile applications at least once during the 30-day period ending on the date of
measurement (“active users”). In presenting combined MAUs across the two platforms, we seek to identify and
account for users who access both Grok and X based on sign-in traffic so that such users are not double-counted
vii
when measuring MAU. Furthermore, only users who have registered for an X or Grok account are included.
While we believe our methodologies provide a reasonable approximation of MAU based on the number of
unique users, they may not fully capture all instances of duplication, and our reported MAU should be viewed
as an estimate of unique users across our Grok and X platforms for the applicable period. We track the subset of
users who used Grok’s AI features and those who have not based on the source of their server requests.
•“Mbps” refers to megabits per second.
•“Megapack” refers to a containerized, utility-scale lithium-ion battery energy storage system produced by Tesla
and designed to stabilize power grids, store renewable energy, and replace fossil fuel peaker plants.
•“megawatt” refers to one million watts.
•“Merlin” refers to the Merlin family of engines, which include vacuum and sea level variants and are fully
developed and produced by the Company.
•“microgravity” refers to very weak gravity, such as that experienced in orbiting spacecraft, which allows for
unique manufacturing processes like creating ultra-pure materials.
•“Mid-Earth Orbit” or “MEO” refers to an orbital region between approximately 2,000 km and 35,786 km above
Earth’s surface.
•“mission success rate” refers to the proportion of Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy missions that achieve their
primary objectives. This term does not include Starship flight tests.
•“mobile network operators” or “MNOs” refers to the local entities of the companies that provide mobile phone
services to customers, with whom SpaceX partners to offer satellite-to-mobile connectivity. The term may also
include mobile virtual network operators, where applicable.
•“Mobile Satellite Service” refers to providing wireless voice, messaging, and data connectivity to, from, or
between mobile devices by using orbiting satellites rather than terrestrial cell towers.
•“Moore’s Law” refers to an observation, not a physical law, that the number of transistors on a microchip
doubles roughly every two years, leading to exponentially faster, smaller, and cheaper electronics.
•“orbital AI compute” refers to artificial intelligence computing infrastructure contemplated to be deployed in
space, consisting of satellite constellations that act as orbital data centers, harnessing solar energy for power and
leveraging the space environment for cooling. We expect to begin deploying our orbital AI compute satellites as
early as 2028.
•“payload” refers to the portion of a vehicle’s total mass that consists of the cargo, passengers, satellites, or other
mission-specific items being transported and that reaches the target orbit or destination. Payload is distinct from
total mass (also referred to as gross mass or initial mass) which is the entire weight of the vehicle, including the
payload, fuel / propellant, structure, engines, and any other items, at the start of a journey.
•“payload capacity to orbit” refers to a theoretical payload capacity that a particular launch vehicle is capable of
delivering to a specified orbit (e.g., LEO or GEO) or celestial body (e.g., Mars) under specific conditions, which
orbit is derived from advanced computer simulations and performance modelling that apply to particular
mission scenarios and trajectory assumptions. Actual payload capacity for a given mission may be different and
will vary depending on numerous mission parameters and operational factors, including mission-specific
trajectory requirements, atmospheric conditions, vehicle and payload configuration, risk profile, and applicable
regulatory or range-safety limitations.
•“Power Usage Effectiveness” refers to the global standard metric for data center efficiency, calculated as the
ratio of total facility power to IT equipment power.
viii
•“propellant” refers to the chemical substance or combination of substances consumed by a rocket engine to
produce thrust by generating high-velocity exhaust gases.
•“propulsive landing” refers to the process of landing a rocket or spacecraft using its engines to control descent
and achieve a soft, vertical touchdown.
•“radiative cooling” refers to a cooling method that dissipates heat by radiating it into space, often passively, and
is expected to be used in orbital AI compute infrastructure.
•“Raptor engines” refers to high-performance family of engines developed and produced by the Company, such
as those powering the Super Heavy booster and Starship upper stage, designed for efficiency and reusability.
•“reflight” refers to the reuse of a flight-proven rocket booster or upper stage that has successfully completed a
prior space mission, and has been recovered, refurbished, and certified for subsequent launches.
•“return payload mass” refers to the theoretical payload mass that a particular spacecraft is capable of bringing
back to Earth from a specified orbit under specific conditions, which is derived from advanced computer
simulations and performance modelling that apply to particular mission scenarios and trajectory assumptions.
Actual payload that can be returned for a given mission may be different and will vary depending on numerous
mission parameters and operational factors, including mission-specific trajectory requirements, atmospheric
conditions, vehicle and payload configuration, risk profile, and applicable regulatory or range-safety limitations.
•“rideshare” refers to a type of space mission where multiple satellites or payloads from different customers are
launched together on a single rocket, sharing the cost.
•“satellite-to-mobile” refers to a service that provides global cellular connectivity directly to everyday
smartphones via satellites, supplementing terrestrial networks and eliminating mobile dead zones.
•“Service Line” refers to an individual instance of Starlink broadband internet service provisioned under a
subscription plan, generally associated with a specific Starlink User Terminal or group of terminals, and billed
according to Starlink’s service plans and terms of service. The number of Service Lines is distinct from the
number of unique devices, account holders, end users, or physical persons.
•“space economy” refers to economic activities related to the development, production, and operation of goods
and services that utilize or support space-based infrastructure and capabilities, including launch services,
satellite systems, and space-enabled technologies.
•“Space segment” refers to our Space segment, which includes our customer launch operations and offerings
such as Falcon, Dragon, and Starship.
•“SpaceX Bridge Loan” refers to the Bridge Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2026, by and among
the Company, as borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party
thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent and a lender.
•“SpaceX Credit Facility” refers to our Credit Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2025, by and among the
Company, as borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party
thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended by the First Amendment to Credit
Agreement and Waiver, dated as of March 2, 2026, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, and
the other L/C Issuers party thereto. In May 2026, the SpaceX Credit Facility was amended to increase the
borrowing capacity and extends the maturity date.
•“spectrum” refers to the range of electromagnetic frequencies used for wireless communication, with licensed
spectrum granting use for specific services.
•“Starlink” refers to our global Low-Earth Orbit satellite constellation and broadband network designed to
deliver high-speed, low-latency internet connectivity worldwide.
ix
•“Starlink Consumer Broadband” refers to a category of Starlink active users encompassing both individual
residential users (households and personal use) and small-to-medium-sized businesses.
•“Starlink Fixed Site” refers to a category of Starlink active users encompassing exclusively enterprise
businesses.
•“Starlink Kit” refers to a set of products needed to connect to the Starlink network, typically including a Starlink
User Terminal and accessories.
•“Starlink Mobile” refers to a service that provides cellular connectivity directly to everyday smartphones via
satellites, supplementing terrestrial networks and substantially reducing mobile dead zones.
•“Starlink Subscriber” refers to a unique Service Line that is directly assigned to a Starlink.com account
registered to a person or entity that does not have a direct, negotiated agreement with the Starlink sales team.
•“Starlink User Terminal” refers to a device developed by the Company that connects to the Starlink satellite
constellation to deliver high-speed, low-latency internet.
•“Starshield” refers to a secure satellite network designed specifically for government customers and national
security applications.
•“Starship” refers to a fully reusable, super heavy-lift launch vehicle. Starship can be used to describe the stacked
vehicle (booster and upper stage) or upper stage only. We expect Starship to commence payload delivery to
orbit in the second half of 2026.
•“Sun-synchronous orbit” refers to a type of polar orbit around a planet in which a satellite passes over any given
point of the planet’s surface at the same local mean solar time, allowing for consistent solar energy capture.
•“Super Heavy” refers to the reusable first-stage booster for the Starship launch vehicle, powered by 33 Raptor
engines.
•“SuperGrok” refers to our subscription-based Grok service that provides users with expanded access to Grok
models and related tools.
•“SuperGrok Heavy” refers to our subscription-based Grok service tier that provides users with expanded access
to Grok models and related tools, including higher usage limits relative to SuperGrok.
•“SuperGrok Lite” refers to our subscription-based Grok service tier that provides users with basic access to
Grok models and related tools.
•“supported accounts” refers to, when used in the context of our X platform and Grok, a human, bot or similar
account that logged into the X platform or Grok. The total number of supported accounts may include fake,
spam or bot accounts if they are active.
•“Tbps” refers to terabits per second.
•“Terafab” refers to a chip manufacturing initiative with a long-term goal of producing one terawatt of compute
hardware each year.
•“terawatt” refers to one trillion watts.
•“terawatt-scale” refers to infrastructure, systems, or facilities that are designed to generate, transmit, or consume
approximately one terawatt or more of electrical power capacity.
•“terrestrial AI compute” refers to artificial intelligence computing infrastructure located on Earth, such as data
centers and supercomputers, used for training and running AI models.
x
•“throughput” refers to the rate at which data or material can be processed or transferred, often referring to
network capacity or production output.
•“tokens” refers to the basic units of text or images processed and generated by an AI model, used to measure AI
workload, throughput, and computational output.
•“watt” is the International System of Units (SI) unit for measuring power, representing the rate of which energy
is transferred, used or generated.
•“X” refers to our real-time information, entertainment, and free speech platform that serves as a foundational
distribution and data engine for the AI ecosystem.
•“xAI” refers to X.AI Holdings LLC or, prior to the xAI Merger, X.AI Holdings Corp., together with its
subsidiaries, as applicable.
•“xAI Gov” refers to our offering that provides government customers with access to Grok models and related
tools for use in governmental applications, workflows, and services.
•“X Premium+” refers to our highest subscription tier for X.
Our Satellite Names
We use a “V” naming convention for our Starlink satellites (such as V1, V2 Mini, and V3). Although we use a
similar “V” naming convention for both our broadband and mobile satellite constellations, these are distinct systems.
Our broadband satellites are designed to deliver high-speed internet services to homes, businesses, and vehicles,
while our mobile satellites are designed to connect directly to cell phones from space. These constellations have
different performance requirements and technical specifications. Please see below the terms used for our satellites
throughout this prospectus:
•“V1 Broadband satellites” refers to our first-generation satellites in the Starlink constellation for delivering
high-speed, low-latency broadband internet from LEO to Earth.
•“V1 Mobile satellites” refers to our mobile satellites that provide light data, text messaging (SMS), and over-
the-top voice services (e.g., WhatsApp and FaceTime) to mobile devices. V1 Mobile satellites are currently in
orbit and are launched on our Falcon rockets.
•“V2 Mini satellites” refers to our current broadband satellites that provide high-speed internet to homes,
businesses, and vehicles. V2 Mini satellites are currently in orbit and are launched on our Falcon rockets.
•“V2 Mobile satellites” refers to our next-generation mobile satellites, which are designed to provide more
comprehensive satellite-to-mobile services, including broadband data and IoT connectivity and which we expect
to begin deploying on Starship in 2027.
•“V3 satellites” refers to our next-generation Starlink broadband satellites, which are designed to offer one Tbps
of downlink capacity per satellite and which we expect to begin deploying on Starship in the second half of
2026.
prospectussummary.jpg
1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and
does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You
should read this entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision. You should carefully consider,
among other things, the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this summary constitute forward-looking statements. Please
carefully consider “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
“You want to wake up in the morning and think the future is going to be great—and that’s what being a space-faring
civilization is all about. It’s about believing in the future and thinking that the future will be better than the past. And
I can’t think of anything more exciting than going out there and being among the stars.”
—Elon Musk
Our Mission
Our mission is to build the systems and technologies necessary to make life multiplanetary, to understand the true
nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars. To do this, we have formed the most
ambitious, vertically integrated innovation engine on (and off) Earth with unmatched capabilities to rapidly
manufacture and launch space-based communications that connect the world, to harness the Sun to power a truth-
seeking artificial intelligence that advances scientific discovery, and ultimately to build a base on the Moon and
cities on other planets.
Overview
Founded in 2002, SpaceX is the only company building the integrated hardware and software infrastructure of the
future across space, connectivity, and AI. At our core, we are builders. We design, manufacture, launch, and operate
products and services built on cutting-edge technologies, including the world’s most advanced rockets and
spacecraft. We safely and reliably transport astronauts, satellites, and other payloads on missions that benefit life on
Earth. Since 2023, we have launched more than 80% of mass to orbit for the world each year with an over 99%
mission success rate with Falcon rockets. We also operate a high-speed, low-latency global broadband data and
communications network powered by approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth
Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers across 164 countries,
territories, and other markets, as of March 31, 2026. Using our dedicated satellite-to-mobile constellation, we offer
connectivity services, supplementing terrestrial networks and substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across
approximately 30 countries.
With the potential to improve both space exploration and life on Earth, AI accelerates SpaceX’s mission to make life
multiplanetary, to understand the true nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars.
xAI, which was founded in 2023 and acquired by SpaceX in early 2026, is now an integral pillar of our vertically
integrated company. We are rapidly constructing AI compute infrastructure—starting on Earth with the goal of
extending to space—at industry-leading pace and cost efficiency. Our infrastructure supports training and inference
for Grok, which has emerged as one of the world’s most advanced frontier models. Grok is designed as a truth-
seeking AI model, built on our founder Elon Musk’s mission to enable humanity to understand the universe. We
believe that accomplishing this mission requires a truth-seeking approach to AI. We define truth seeking as the
active, relentless pursuit of what is objectively true about reality, and grounded in evidence, logic, empirical data,
and first principles thinking. Our goal is to understand and explain what the universe appears to be doing, as
accurately as current knowledge allows. Within two years of its initial model release, Grok achieved frontier-level
performance in scientific reasoning, as measured by its GPQA Diamond score, an industry benchmark that evaluates
AI models on a standardized set of questions written and validated by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by
other leading model providers. Grok also benefits from integration with X, our real-time information, entertainment,
and free speech platform, which serves as a foundational distribution and data engine for our AI ecosystem and
further enhances Grok’s truth-seeking objective.
2
We believe that space represents the largest economic frontier in human history. Connectivity infrastructure in space
is designed to help everyone on Earth have access to education, healthcare, entertainment, and communications, and
to enable people to overcome many traditional limits, such as physical and political borders. We believe AI
infrastructure in space can utilize the virtually limitless power of the Sun and thereby enable the use of AI as a
transformative force for understanding the universe and improving the daily lives of all humans. We believe the
convergence of these areas will enable an unprecedented expansion in the global economy, leading to an age of
abundance. Our innovations and technological advancements are redefining industries on Earth, while we aim to
create new ones on the Moon, Mars, and beyond. We are truly building the infrastructure of the future.
•Space. SpaceX is the only company that has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, revolutionizing an
industry characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures.
SpaceX upended this paradigm through the application of first-principles thinking, which rejects industry
assumptions and builds solutions based on the fundamental laws of physics. Our intense, mission-driven,
engineering-first culture and focus on extreme vertical integration have propelled us to achieve what many
deemed impossible. We pioneered high-cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space with our Falcon family
of rockets. In 2015, we established at least a 10-year lead over the industry by successfully landing our first
Falcon 9 booster back from space before anyone else. Space flight that historically cost billions per launch now
costs in the tens of millions, fundamentally reducing the cost of space access and providing the opportunity to
build new enterprises in space.
•Connectivity. Since activating service for customers in 2020, Starlink has rapidly expanded global access to
high-speed internet, prioritizing underserved rural and remote communities worldwide. While building
terrestrial networks in such communities can be prohibitively expensive, Starlink is capable of delivering
broadband connectivity anywhere on Earth with just a Starlink Kit. As of March 31, 2026, we had
approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, operating the world’s most
advanced broadband constellation providing internet connectivity to approximately 10.3 million Starlink
Subscribers across 164 countries, territories, and other markets. In January 2024, we also began deploying our
Starlink Mobile constellation that utilizes separate Starlink satellites with satellite-to-mobile capabilities,
substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” around the world. As of March 31, 2026, our dedicated satellite-to-
mobile constellation of approximately 650 V1 Mobile satellites provides satellite-to-mobile data, over-the-top
voice, and messaging services to approximately 7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30
countries.
•AI. We were the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. For complex reasoning
and agentic workloads, compute is directly correlated with the quality of intelligence and task completion speed.
In under two years, we have established a dual advantage in both cost efficiency and deployment speed at scale.
By owning the compute infrastructure and vertically integrating across the full AI stack, we can train and iterate
our frontier models at lower cost and higher velocity and accelerate development cycles. This eliminates
external bottlenecks and drives rapid, continuous improvements in model performance. We believe this
combination of our state-of-the-art AI compute infrastructure, our truth-seeking frontier model, and our access
to real-time data on X creates a significant strategic advantage. Our integrated AI platforms across Grok and X
had approximately 1.3 billion supported accounts active in the last twelve months ended March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, including approximately 550 million and 520 million MAUs as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively. Of our MAUs, we had approximately 117 million and 89 million MAUs that
used Grok’s AI features as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. Grok’s deep integration
with X enables freshness, relevance, and contextual awareness that we believe is a competitive differentiator.
This direct, real-time access to the information and human discourse on X enhances Grok’s truth-seeking
capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse viewpoints. As a result, we believe Grok
can deliver the most objective and relevant insights and best serve high-frequency, high-value use cases across
consumer and enterprise AI applications.
We have created distinct new markets across the space, connectivity, and AI industries by building the integrated
hardware and software infrastructure of the future and by combining our broad range of capabilities. For example,
SpaceX’s recent acquisition of xAI unites SpaceX’s launch capabilities and global connectivity network with xAI’s
AI development capabilities. Specifically, we believe SpaceX’s reusable rockets, scaled satellite manufacturing, and
3
operational expertise can enable the cost-effective and rapid deployment of massive AI compute satellite
constellations—with potentially millions of satellites—for orbital data centers. We believe these AI compute
satellites in Sun-synchronous orbit will be able to handle energy-intensive AI workloads, such as inference demand,
at far greater scale and efficiency than terrestrial alternatives, with Starlink providing low-latency, global
connectivity linking these orbital AI systems to people around the world and delivering real-time intelligence. We
expect to begin deploying our orbital AI compute satellites as early as 2028.
Our financial results reflect the strength of our operating model and our ability to create and scale multiple new
businesses:
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, we generated revenue on a consolidated basis of $4,694 million,
loss from operations of $(1,943) million and Adjusted EBITDA of $1,127 million. In 2025, we generated
revenue on a consolidated basis of $18,674 million, loss from operations of $(2,589) million and Adjusted
EBITDA of $6,584 million. Our Space and Connectivity segments contributed the substantial majority of our
consolidated revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
demonstrating the benefits of their scale and operating leverage in our vertically integrated business model;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Space segment generated revenue of $619 million, loss from
operations of $(662) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(351) million. In 2025, our Space segment
generated revenue of $4,086 million, loss from operations of $(657) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of
$653 million. Additionally, our Space segment funded $930 million and $3,004 million in research and
development expense during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
respectively, for our next-generation Starship launch vehicle program. Starship is designed to enable a step-
function change in our launch capability across reusability, payload capacity, and launch cadence, and is the key
enabler of our long-term growth strategy by unlocking entirely new categories of missions;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Connectivity segment generated revenue of $3,257 million,
income from operations of $1,188 million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $2,087 million. Our Connectivity
segment, primarily driven by Starlink, generated revenue of $11,387 million, income from operations of $4,423
million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $7,168 million in 2025, representing year-over-year growth of
49.8%, 120.4%, and 86.2%, respectively, benefiting from subscriber growth, increasing enterprise adoption, and
continued improvement in network efficiency;
•In our newly acquired AI segment, we plan to prioritize growth and investment to capture significant
opportunities in AI applications and compute infrastructure. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our AI
segment generated revenue of $818 million, loss from operations of $(2,469) million, and Segment Adjusted
EBITDA of $(609) million. In 2025, our AI segment generated revenue of $3,201 million, loss from operations
of $(6,355) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(1,237) million, reflecting its earlier stage of
development and continued investments to support long-term growth opportunities in AI; and
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, capital expenditures for our Space segment was $1,052 million, for
our Connectivity segment was $1,332 million and for our AI segment was $7,723 million. In 2025, capital
expenditures for our Space segment was $3,832 million, for our Connectivity segment was $4,178 million and
for our AI segment was $12,727 million. 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional
information on our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to
segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Why This Matters Now
For the entirety of its existence, human civilization has lived on a single celestial body: Earth. The current paradigm,
in which human civilization is confined to one planet, exposes humanity to existential threats that are unpredictable
and uncontrollable on a planetary scale. By moving beyond the only home we have ever known, we ensure species-
level redundancy and that the light of consciousness will not be tied to a single planet subject to the inevitable
4
hazards of a harsh and vast universe. We do not want humans to have the same fate as dinosaurs. We want to give
them a reason to look ahead with excitement, with the prospect that we are entering an age of abundance with an
endlessly prosperous and exciting future.
For decades, a reality where humanity travels between the planets and the stars has felt tantalizingly close but still
locked in the pages and screens of science fiction. We are capable of better understanding the universe, exploring the
universe, and ultimately making life multiplanetary across the universe. We are becoming a civilization with the
ability to reach beyond Earth’s cradle and begin to inhabit other worlds. While we remain dedicated to this
fundamental mission, our progress in accessing space continues to yield opportunities that enrich life on Earth. For
example, by dramatically reducing the cost of access to space, we have been able to expand our mission to address
some of the Earth’s most pressing challenges, including bridging the digital divide by aiming to connect over three
billion unconnected people to the internet and humanity’s collective knowledge.
The rapid emergence of the AI era intensifies the urgency of our mission, as AI has the potential to accelerate not
only space exploration, but also transformative societal advancements on Earth. However, AI’s ability to
revolutionize human potential is directly dependent on meeting exponentially increasing resource demands. On
Earth, the massive expansion of data center capacity to support growing compute demand is significantly outpacing
electricity generation, which was effectively flat in the United States for approximately 15 years, growing at a
compound annual growth rate of 0.1% from 2008 to 2023. Despite the recent increase in electricity demand from AI
data centers, electricity generation in the United States has grown at an annual rate of less than 3% between 2023
and 2025, while electricity generation in China has grown at approximately twice that rate in the same time period.
This supply and demand imbalance is already imposing unsustainable strains on terrestrial power grids, supply
chains, and the environment. The Sun contains approximately 99.8% of the solar system’s energy and, as a result,
we believe it is the only truly scalable solution to terrestrial energy constraints in the age of AI. Harnessing this
energy in space is considerably more efficient than on land. Space-based solar arrays can generate more than five
times the energy per unit area of terrestrial solar due to continuous illumination, lack of atmospheric interference,
and optimal orientation. SpaceX is well-positioned to capture this space-based solar energy through our ability to
rapidly access Sun-synchronous orbit through our satellite manufacturing scale and launch capability. As a result,
we are expanding our footprint and harnessing the vast resources of space that are essential to sustaining
technological development. Our goal is to ensure that AI becomes a force for human flourishing and a benefit to
civilization, rather than a catalyst for terrestrial resource depletion and instability.
We believe that our current space efforts will catalyze transformative breakthroughs that could reshape terrestrial
industries and lead to the emergence of new trillion-dollar markets on the Moon, Mars, and beyond. In particular, we
believe our goal of establishing a lunar presence will enable terawatt-scale annual AI compute growth, support
deeper space exploration and industrialization, and serve as a stepping stone to establishing a civilization on Mars.
We believe the next paradigm shift for humanity is the creation of a resilient, perpetually expanding spacefaring
civilization that drives continuous innovation across new frontiers, ultimately propelling us to Kardashev Type II
status—we believe we are capable of unlocking an era of unprecedented economic expansion, while also
contributing to the safeguards of humanity’s future against existential risk.
Who We Are
SpaceX combines the most transformative and critical technologies in human history, including reusable rockets, a
fully global internet service, satellite-to-mobile communications, a real-time information, entertainment and free
speech platform, and a truth-seeking AI system designed to accelerate scientific discovery and augment human
capabilities.
Our Unparalleled Launch Capabilities
Since our founding in 2002, SpaceX has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, transforming an industry
characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures. We design,
manufacture, launch, and refurbish reusable launch vehicles that provide cost-efficient, reliable, and high-cadence
access to space for our own purposes as well as for third-party commercial and government customers. Our
5
extensive vertical integration and end-to-end control over the entire value chain, from design to launch to operations,
allows us to achieve unprecedented speed and cost efficiency.
As of March 31, 2026, SpaceX had launched a total mass to orbit of approximately 7,400 metric tons with an over
99% mission success rate across our Falcon rockets. We have completed approximately 650 orbital space launches,
and over 540 of those launches were completed by a flight-proven Falcon rocket. With the first successful launch of
Falcon 1 in 2008, we became the first private company to successfully launch a liquid-fueled rocket to Earth’s orbit.
In December 2015, we achieved what many deemed impossible: landing a rocket launched to space back on Earth.
By 2017, we were routinely recovering and reusing the Falcon 9 first-stage booster post-launch, delivering another
step-function drop in space access costs via groundbreaking reusability. As of March 31, 2026, our Falcon 9 rockets
have demonstrated the ability to refly a first-stage 34 times. With the future deployment of Starship, which is
designed to be the world’s first fully and rapidly reusable spacecraft, we aim to reduce the cost to reach orbit by 99%
or more relative to the historical average launch cost, establishing the most affordable and scalable path to creating
new opportunities in space, such as orbital AI compute and Mars exploration.
Our principal launch vehicles and spacecraft include:
•Falcon 9. As the world’s first orbital-class rapidly reusable rocket, Falcon 9 was first launched in 2010 and has
a payload capacity to LEO of approximately 23 metric tons when fully expendable. Falcon 9 has completed
approximately 620 orbital space launches as of March 31, 2026, and an over 99% mission success rate.
According to NASA, the first version of Falcon 9 in 2010 reduced launch cost to approximately $2,700 per
kilogram, approximately 85% less than the historical average launch cost of $18,500 per kilogram.
•Falcon Heavy. Falcon Heavy first launched in 2018 when it put a Tesla all-electric sports car (“Tesla
Roadster”) and its mannequin passenger, known as Starman, into orbit around the Sun. With a payload capacity
to LEO of approximately 64 metric tons, Falcon Heavy is a partially reusable super heavy-lift launch vehicle
designed to deliver large payloads to orbit. Falcon Heavy is one of the most powerful operational rockets in the
world measured by liftoff thrust, with 11 launches as of March 31, 2026 and a 100% mission success rate.
•Dragon. Launched by Falcon 9 in 2012, our Dragon spacecraft became the first commercial spacecraft to
deliver cargo to and from the International Space Station, an orbiting laboratory that serves as a research facility
and destination for human spaceflight, and, eight years later, the first privately built vehicle to fly humans to the
orbiting laboratory. Since 2020, our Dragon spacecraft has safely flown 78 crewmembers from 20 countries.
•Starship. First launched in 2023, Starship is designed to be a fully reusable, super heavy-lift launch vehicle.
Starship V3 is designed to deliver 100 metric tons to Earth’s orbit in a fully reusable configuration while
enabling rapid turnaround times akin to commercial aviation. Future generations of Starship are being designed
to double this payload capacity. To date, we have executed 12 Starship flight tests, with our 12th flight test in
May 2026 debuting the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy booster, powered by the next
evolution of our Raptor engine and launching from a newly designed pad at Starbase. We expect Starship to
commence payload delivery to orbit in the second half of 2026. We have achieved innovative milestones such
as catching a booster using “chopstick” arms on the same tower it launched from. We expect this capability will
facilitate rapid refurbishment and reuse, allowing for multiple launches per day at reduced costs.
Upon achieving rocket reusability, we recognized the immense potential of our launch business to enable new
revenue streams. This led to the development of Starlink, our global satellite internet constellation, consisting of
thousands of LEO satellites designed to provide high-speed, low-latency broadband connectivity to underserved
areas worldwide. Although the concept of using satellites for global internet connectivity dates back decades,
technical challenges and the prohibitive cost of accessing space and deploying the satellites required for capacity and
global coverage historically rendered attempts to provide such connectivity economically unviable. Within three
years of our first satellite launch in 2019, we solved the technical and production challenges of the satellites and had
deployed the largest LEO constellation in existence. Today, Starlink is the sole low-latency network available
globally. By combining increasing launch cadence, expanding cargo capacity, and declining unit costs—driven by
rapid reusability—we have generated a compounding competitive advantage. This not only fortifies our core
business, but also provides vast new market opportunities uniquely enabled by space.
6
Our Leading Capabilities Across Space, Connectivity, and AI
Space. While our launch capabilities support our other businesses, such as Starlink Consumer Broadband and
Starlink Mobile, we also sell launches to third-party customers. We offer launch services to commercial, civil,
international and government customers through our reusable Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy rockets for satellite, cargo,
and crew missions. We are the primary launch provider for the U.S. government. In 2025, we launched 11 of 12
National Security Space Launch (“NSSL”) medium and heavy lift missions and all five U.S. crew and cargo
missions to the International Space Station for NASA.
Connectivity. Our Connectivity business includes Starlink Consumer Broadband, Enterprise Solutions, Government
Solutions, and Starlink Mobile.
•Starlink Consumer Broadband. We operate the world’s largest and most advanced space-based internet
broadband service. We provide fiber-like download speeds—at a median of 225 Mbps during peak hours for
residential users as of March 31, 2026—and the technological capability to provide service everywhere on
Earth, including the poles. This service quality is enabled by our vast network of approximately 9,600 Starlink
broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, which accounted for approximately 75% of all active
maneuverable satellites in orbit as of March 31, 2026. We expect to commence deploying our next-generation
V3 satellites, designed to offer one Tbps of downlink capacity per satellite, using Starship in the second half of
2026. We expect that a single Starship launch will be capable of deploying up to 60 V3 satellites to LEO,
representing a potential twenty-fold increase in Starlink downlink capacity deployed relative to a Falcon 9
launch.
•Enterprise Solutions. SpaceX is a critical partner to a wide array of enterprises. We offer Starlink’s high-
speed, low-latency, reliable internet services to enterprise customers across industries including construction,
agriculture, retail, telecom, hospitality, aviation, maritime, and land mobility. Starlink’s unique capabilities are
well‑suited for deployments across field offices, remote worksites, research stations, drilling rigs, rural
hospitals, aircraft, cruise ships, trains, and hotels. We also serve a broad fixed‑site customer base across
industries such as retail and financial services that require high availability for critical operations as well as
reliable connectivity in remote or hard-to-serve locations.
•Government Solutions. For our government customers, we provide high-speed, resilient connectivity for
public services, social impact, humanitarian efforts, and disaster response in even the most remote and
challenging environments. Separately with Starshield, we have leveraged our commercial LEO satellite
constellation engineering learnings and operational experiences to develop a secure, dedicated satellite network
designed specifically for United States Government customers and national security applications.
•Starlink Mobile. We provide satellite-to-mobile connectivity, supplementing terrestrial networks and
substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across approximately 30 countries. Through our partnerships with
approximately 30 MNOs on six continents, we enable consumers, businesses, and public-sector customers to
use their existing phones in more places, support critical connectivity during disasters and power outages, and
open new applications for low-bandwidth mobile and IoT devices.
AI. We operate a highly vertically integrated AI platform.
•AI Compute Infrastructure. xAI has established a leading position in building and scaling terrestrial AI
compute infrastructure, becoming the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. We
own and operate what we believe to be the largest AI training data center clusters on Earth, including
COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II. The addition of Terafab, a chip manufacturing initiative with Tesla and Intel,
aims to further extend our vertical integration to chip design and manufacturing to alleviate potential future chip
shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute performance, and potentially reduce overall compute costs. In
connection with such collaboration, we have agreed with Tesla on a general framework for the future
development of Terafab. Any specific projects undertaken pursuant to this framework will be subject to separate
negotiations and agreements (including any development timelines, milestones and capital expenditures) and
have not yet been determined. We believe that the key constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical—
7
chip manufacturing, data center infrastructure, and power generation; the future of AI will be determined by the
control of the physical stack.
•Truth-Seeking Frontier Model. Since launching Grok-1 in November 2023, we have released four major
versions and notable variations thereof, achieving one of the fastest iteration cycles in the industry. Within two
years of its initial model release, Grok achieved frontier-level performance in scientific reasoning, as measured
by its GPQA Diamond score, an industry benchmark that evaluates AI models on a standardized set of
questions written and validated by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by other leading model providers.
Building on this trajectory, we expect to continue scaling Grok through subsequent generations. Ongoing
training of next‑generation models is expected to scale toward multiple trillions of parameters, which could
represent a step change in reasoning in depth and overall intelligence. In this context, the number of parameters
refers to the scale of the model, where parameters are the internal numerical values, such as “weights,” that are
adjusted during training to enable the model to recognize patterns and relationships in data. A larger number of
parameters generally allows the model to capture more complex relationships, store greater amounts of
knowledge, and achieve higher levels of reasoning capability. This accelerated rate of innovation stems from
our highly vertically integrated stack: full ownership of training infrastructure; access to the world’s most
powerful compute clusters; and relentless focus on truth seeking and real-world utility. A key competitive
differentiator is Grok’s deep integration with X, enabling proprietary access to a real-time information stream of
approximately 350 million daily posts, which enhances freshness, relevance, and contextual awareness for
Grok. This direct, real-time access to the information and human discourse on X enhances Grok’s truth-seeking
capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse viewpoints.
•Consumer and Enterprise Applications. We leverage our leading frontier models and compute infrastructure
to deliver consumer and enterprise applications. Together with Tesla, we are also developing Macrohard, an
agentic AI platform designed to be capable of fully emulating digital workflows and augmenting human
operation of computers using sophisticated autonomous agents. We believe Macrohard will have the potential to
fundamentally transform how companies are structured and operate, thereby allowing dramatic increases in
human productivity.
Our Repeatable Business Model
Our business model is built on a repeatable, engineering-driven framework that combines our unparalleled launch
capabilities, extreme vertical integration, rapid iteration, and disciplined capital investment to create durable, large-
scale businesses. We execute this framework through the following core principles:
1.Leverage our unparalleled launch capabilities to enable massive scale;
2.Identify and create new trillion-dollar market opportunities;
3.Design a solution with world-class engineering and first-principles thinking;
4.Apply “The Algorithm” (make less dumb, delete, optimize, accelerate, automate);
5.Vertically integrate all the way to the end customer;
6.Continuously drive cost down and throughput up; and
7.Generate significant cash flow and reinvest in the future.
Our Engineering-First Culture
We are able to achieve transformative technological breakthroughs because we accept only the laws of physics as
the limiting factors to our work and mission. Our core approach is deeply rooted in first-principles thinking, which
rejects any preconceived notions or experience-based norms. We have a track record of achieving what many have
deemed impossible. Some of our industry-defining achievements and historic milestones include:
•The first private company to develop and launch a liquid-fuel rocket to reach orbit (2008);
•The first private company to successfully dock a private spacecraft with the International Space Station (2012);
•The first to successfully propulsively land (2015) and refly orbital-class rocket boosters (2017);
•The first to begin deploying a large-scale LEO broadband satellite constellation (2019);
•The first private company to transport astronauts to orbit, returning America’s ability to fly astronauts to and
from the International Space Station (2020);
8
•The first to manufacture consumer-grade phased-array user terminals at scale (2022);
•The first to deploy a large-scale LEO satellite-to-mobile constellation (2025);
•The first to build a gigawatt-scale AI training cluster and largest coherent supercomputer (2026);
•The first gigawatt-scale Megapack battery installation (2026); and
•The only company capable of building orbital AI compute at scale.
Our AI Compute Infrastructure Advantage and Growth Strategy
Why Compute Matters. We believe AI leadership will be defined by the ability to rapidly scale compute capacity to
support exponential usage growth and frontier intelligence. The training and inference demanded by advanced AI
models require substantial computational resources. Reasoning models introduced in 2024 demonstrated that
allocating more computational resources and giving models more time to process during inference directly leads to
higher-quality intelligence. In addition, compute infrastructure with end-to-end, cluster-level coherence through tight
integration across software and hardware systems enables more efficient, stable, and higher-fidelity training and
inference at scale—ultimately enhancing model intelligence and performance. Within inference, we expect
computationally-intensive reasoning, agentic, and multi-modal workloads will continue to grow as a portion of
overall usage. We therefore believe operators with superior model-to-compute integration—the ability to efficiently
support and allocate compute across both training and inference workloads—are best positioned to win the AI race.
Self-Reinforcing Network Effects Among Lower Cost Per Token, Model Quality, and User Adoption. AI systems
are ultimately constrained or differentiated by the cost, speed, and scale at which they can generate and process
tokens. A “token” represents the fundamental unit of data consumed and produced by modern AI models. This is
because lower cost per token enables more frequent model training, larger and more sophisticated models, longer
chains of processing for reasoning and agentic workloads, and significantly higher inference volumes at
economically viable prices. This dynamic directly impacts model quality, responsiveness, and accessibility, while
also determining the ability to serve the rising global demand across consumer, enterprise, and mission-critical AI
applications. This creates a self-reinforcing advantage in which lower token costs drive greater model quality and
user adoption, reinforcing AI leadership.
Cost of Compute is the Main Driver of Cost Per Token. The total cost per token is determined by the efficiency,
availability, and unit economics of the underlying compute and the cost of building and operating compute
infrastructure. Improvement in the cost of building and operating this compute infrastructure—whether through
lower data center construction cost, lower power infrastructure cost, shorter time to grid interconnection, or higher
cluster-level throughput—translates directly into lower cost per token. Accordingly, for a given level of intelligence,
we expect the long-term economics of AI companies to be driven by the ability to consistently deliver bleeding-edge
compute at the lowest possible cost per token. Put simply, we view cost per token as a function of three primary
inputs—the underlying AI model, the compute hardware, and energy, and we expect to have a competitive
advantage in the latter two cost components. We believe we have a pathway over time that will significantly reduce
compute hardware costs through continued vertical integration and development of proprietary chips, building on
our experience designing custom silicon for our Starlink satellites. We also expect that the marginal cost of energy
for our AI compute satellites will be minimal because our satellites are powered by solar arrays in space. By driving
the energy component to minimal levels and pursuing improvements in compute hardware cost, we believe we can
achieve a meaningfully lower overall cost per token in the future.
We Have a Dual Speed and Cost Advantage in Terrestrial AI Compute. We own and operate what we believe to be
the largest AI training data center clusters on Earth. Our AI compute facilities, COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II,
collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of compute power, with additional power capacity available for data
center operations. Our first-principles thinking enables us to build coherent compute at scale and at rapid speed with
lower costs than most other companies in the industry. In order to bring compute clusters online as fast as possible,
we employ a vertically integrated, nimble approach to construction. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS
online in 122 days, repurposing the shell of an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even
faster in 91 days. As an illustrative comparison,  an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield
data center is approximately two years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency,
achieving data center construction costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on
a per megawatt basis.
9
We Believe Orbital AI Can Accelerate Time to Power and Reduce Token Costs. The Sun contains approximately
99.8% of the solar system’s energy and offers what we believe is the only truly scalable solution to the challenge of
accelerating demand for compute relative to terrestrial energy constraints. The logical path forward is to move
power-intensive AI workloads into orbit, where solar energy is near-constant and uninterrupted. With such
accessibility to energy, we believe that our launch business will enable us to consistently activate the highest
performing hardware before our competitors without such access, shrinking the timeline to useful tokens on
bleeding-edge hardware and sustaining our token cost advantage. We believe SpaceX is uniquely positioned to
deploy and operate data centers in orbit that can eventually achieve a lower cost than terrestrial data centers over
time due to our extreme vertically integrated approach across launch, satellite manufacturing at scale, network
connectivity, and terrestrial data center expertise.
We Believe We Are Well-Positioned to Deliver Orbital AI Compute. We believe orbital AI compute is an incredibly
difficult technical challenge that only we can solve at scale in the near term. We are the only company that has
already accomplished the key technical challenges associated with evolving connectivity satellites into AI compute
satellites. In our view, we are well-positioned to deliver a full-scale AI compute satellite constellation. Significant
work remains, but we are confident in our singular leadership position.
•We have unmatched satellite launch capabilities to enable deployment at scale. Deployment of 100
gigawatts per year via satellites carrying over 100 kilowatts of compute power per metric ton will require
thousands of launches per year and the transport of approximately one million metric tons to orbit annually. The
fully reusable nature of Starship positions us to be capable of launching this level of mass. Starlink Broadband
V1 and V2 Mini satellites have already demonstrated launch survivability and high reliability under vibration,
shock, g-loads, acoustic stress, and vacuum exposure, achieving 99.9% average uptime.
•We have already solved many of the significant technical hurdles to evolving connectivity satellites into
AI compute satellites. Through our leading expertise of connectivity satellites—including mass production,
deployment, network operations, and inter-satellite lasers and mesh connectivity—we have already solved the
hardest part in the development of AI compute satellites. Because AI compute satellites represent an evolution
of spacecraft engineering already demonstrated through Starlink, we believe development of AI compute
satellites will be easier for us than for anyone else. Our existing Starlink constellation is another crucial enabler
of orbital AI compute, as its global network allows data from our AI compute satellites to reach ground stations
anywhere on Earth.
•We will use our proven Starlink in-orbit technology to optimize our orbital AI compute. In order to
operate orbital AI compute satellites, we plan to build on our vast experience of operating approximately 9,600
Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit. In 2025 alone, Starlink satellites proactively
performed over 1,000 automated collision avoidance maneuvers per day guided by this technology to safely and
efficiently operate the constellation. This operating model gives us control over workload placement across
Earth and space while maintaining resilience through redundancy and fail safe systems. A high degree of
controllability will allow the satellite to be optimized for brightness mitigation, disposal, and other modes of
operation.
•We can manufacture our AI compute constellations at scale with rapid upgrade cycles. We have built one
of the largest satellite manufacturing operations in the world. Our vertically integrated approach with limited
reliance on third-party suppliers will be key to our mass-scaling efforts and should allow us to deploy the latest
AI processors. We believe SpaceX will be the first and only company to manufacture satellites at the scale of
automotive manufacturing.
•We are building chip manufacturing capabilities to scale our access to AI compute hardware. We
announced a collaboration with Tesla in March 2026 to build the Terafab initiative with a long-term goal of
producing one terawatt of compute hardware each year. In connection with such collaboration, we have agreed
with Tesla on a general framework for the future development of Terafab. Intel joined the project in April 2026
and is expected to contribute its expertise in designing, fabricating, and packaging ultra-high performance chips
to help Terafab scale. Any specific projects undertaken pursuant to this framework will be subject to separate
negotiations and agreements (including any development timelines, milestones and capital expenditures) and
10
have not yet been determined. With this internal manufacturing capability, we plan to alleviate potential future
chip shortages at SpaceX, especially as we develop orbital AI at scale, and design chips that are optimized for
the space environment.
•We can leverage our terrestrial experience to build and operate compute clusters and AI workloads at
scale. We believe our experience operating compute infrastructure on Earth provides the technical and
operational foundation to extend these capabilities into orbit. For example, we plan to subject compute hardware
to extensive pre-deployment testing on Earth to identify early life failures before launch to reduce in-orbit
disruption. For compute hardware that does fail, we plan to leverage existing Starlink fleet management
software to reallocate traffic to other satellites and prevent cluster-level downtime.
We Believe Our Infrastructure is a Distinct Advantage in Delivering Superior AI. We expect the combination of
competitive cost per token, our ability to deploy and operate data centers in orbit, and our strength in connectivity to
result in more scalable intelligence that is accessible globally at high speeds.
Our Strengths
•Global Leadership in Orbital Launch Services
•Unrivaled Satellite and Connectivity Platform across Design, Manufacturing, Deployment, and Operations
•Truth-Seeking AI Model Enhanced by Real-Time Data
•Extreme Vertical Integration Enabling High Velocity and Superior Cost Efficiency at Scale
•Unique Ability to Scale New Trillion-Dollar Markets Across Space, Connectivity, and AI
•Business Models that Are Incredibly Difficult to Replicate
•Mission-Driven Culture and World-Class Talent
Our Growth Strategies
Space
•Increase launch payload capacity
•Establish the lunar economy, including cargo transport, manufacturing, and energy production on the Moon
Connectivity
•Grow Starlink Consumer Broadband and enterprise and government customers
•Expand our Starlink Mobile offering
•Increase the capacity of our constellations
AI
•Grow consumer AI platform monetization
•Grow X monetization
•Deepen enterprise and government adoption
•Increase the scale of our terrestrial power and AI compute infrastructure
•Deploy orbital AI compute at scale
•Design and manufacture our own chips
•Launch digital human augmentation
Future Markets
•Point-to-point terrestrial travel
•Space tourism
•In-orbit manufacturing
•Passenger and cargo transport to the Moon and Mars
•Energy production on the Moon and Mars
•Manufacturing capabilities on the Moon and Mars
•Asteroid mining
11
Our Market Opportunity
We believe we have identified the largest actionable total addressable market (“TAM”) in human history. We
estimate that our quantifiable TAM is $28.5 trillion, consisting of $370 billion in Space from space-enabled
solutions; $1.6 trillion in Connectivity across $870 billion in Starlink Broadband and $740 billion in Starlink Mobile
as well as additional opportunities in enterprise and government; $26.5 trillion in AI across $2.4 trillion in AI
infrastructure, $760 billion in consumer subscriptions, $600 billion in digital advertising, and $22.7 trillion in
enterprise applications. For illustrative purposes of sizing our addressable market opportunity, we exclude China and
Russia from our global estimates.
SpaceX’s Estimated TAM by Segment
a02_businesstamchart.jpg
Our Challenges
We face a number of challenges relating to our business and growth strategy and, ultimately, the achievement of our
mission to make life multiplanetary, understand the true nature of the universe, and extend the light of consciousness
to the stars. The pursuit of our mission drives our decision-making and forms the foundation of our business plan,
which is  predicated on building, commercializing, and operating services and products at a scale that has not
previously been achieved. This objective requires us to develop and integrate complex and novel technologies,
develop new processes and infrastructure, and coordinate across multiple suppliers, contractors, regulators, and
stakeholders. Because we are attempting to execute at a scale for which there is no precedent, we face heightened
uncertainty with respect to design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, and operational
performance. In particular, our ability to execute our growth strategy is highly dependent on the successful
development and scaling of Starship and the ability to increase our launch cadence, both of which are subject to
challenges and uncertainties inherent in the development and deployment of new and complex technologies.
Additionally, many of our initiatives described above under “Our Growth Strategies,” including those to develop
orbital AI compute at scale, manufacture AI chips at scale, establish a lunar economy, transport humans and cargo to
the Moon and Mars, and develop human augmentation systems, involve significant technical complexity, unproven
technologies or technologies that do not exist, and such initiatives may not achieve commercial viability. Many of
the innovative products and services described elsewhere in this prospectus may ultimately be unsuccessful and may
require great expense, innovations not yet achieved or technologies not yet developed. As a result, the timeline for
certain of our initiatives involving unproven or new innovations, including our goal of deploying 100 gigawatts of
12
annual compute power to orbit, the establishment of a lunar economy and interplanetary industrialization, and the
launch cadence required to achieve these goals may be difficult or impossible to determine. Our growth strategy may
take longer to execute than anticipated, and you may not realize a return on your investment within the timeframe
you anticipate, or at all.
In addition, a portion of our anticipated market opportunities is associated with industries described above under
“Future Markets.” Certain of these industries, such as space tourism and cargo transport to the Moon, are still
emerging. Others, including in-orbit manufacturing, passenger transport to the Moon, passenger and cargo transport
to Mars, energy production on the Moon and Mars, manufacturing capabilities on the Moon and Mars, and asteroid
mining, do not exist today. While we believe these industries will develop over time, the manner in which they
emerge, including the timing of commercialization, the scale and pace of adoption, and the applicable competitive,
technical, regulatory, geopolitical, and economic frameworks may differ materially from our current expectations.
Our Space, Connectivity, and AI segments are also subject to the following challenges and uncertainties, among
others.
•Space: Our growth strategy depends on our ability to increase our launch cadence and payload capacity, which
is dependent on the successful development of Starship at scale. Unexpected design modifications, supply chain
disruptions, anomalies, environmental issues, and other unforeseen technical challenges could result in delays or
failures to deploy Starship on our anticipated schedule, which would delay or impede our ability to achieve our
other business objectives, such as the deployment of our next-generation satellites, the expansion of our
satellite-to-mobile connectivity services, and deployment of in-orbit AI compute infrastructure.
•Connectivity: Our satellite connectivity, including our global satellite-to-mobile connectivity services under
Starlink Mobile, depend on access to radio frequency spectrum and authorizations from the Federal
Communications Commission (the “FCC”) in the United States and telecommunications regulators in other
countries. Acquiring the necessary authorizations can be a complex and time-consuming process. Without these
licenses and approvals, we cannot generally offer connectivity services in a given market. Spectrum access itself
is limited and highly regulated. Additionally, the growth of our connectivity services depends on our ability to
increase market awareness and acceptance of connectivity through Starlink across numerous international
markets, each with its unique challenges.
•AI: Our AI business is in a relatively early stage, it is being integrated into our organization, its business
strategy is still developing, and it will require significant capital expenditures to fund compute, infrastructure
and power generation, model training, and product development. Additionally, our AI business is subject to
challenges inherent in a nascent, highly competitive, capital intensive and rapidly changing industry. These
include the potential for disruptive technological change, evolving industry and regulatory standards, the
emergence of new and well-funded competitors, frequent new product and service introductions, and changing
customer demands.
Any number of these challenges, and others that may be currently unknown to us, could have a negative impact on
our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For a discussion of the challenges, risks, and limitations
that could harm our future prospects, please refer to “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,”
“Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Recent Developments
Collaboration with Cursor
In April 2026, we entered into a compute and option agreement with Anysphere, Inc., doing business as Cursor, a
San Francisco-based private software company (“Cursor”), which we view as a compelling extension of our strategy
to vertically integrate compute infrastructure, models, and applications. Under the compute agreement, we will
provide Cursor with certain GPU cluster compute capacity and collaborate to improve existing models, including
Grok, and potentially to jointly develop AI models and related model-specific deliverables or products. With the
option agreement, we have the right, but not obligation, to acquire Cursor at a predetermined price or pay a fee. We
13
consider software development as a strategically important use case for AI given its combination of high-quality
structured data, rapid feedback cycles and frequent, mission-critical usage. AI-assisted coding workflows generate
context-rich, verifiable data that can enhance model training and performance, while also driving sustained inference
demand. The depth of Cursor’s integration with a high-frequency coding workflow generates valuable developer
interaction data, including coding generation prompts, iteration cycles, and software architecture decisions. We
expect that access to this data will enhance our model training and inference, including with respect to Grok.
Meanwhile, by providing access to our large-scale compute infrastructure, we believe we can help Cursor deliver
faster and higher quality user experiences. The collaboration with Cursor may also accelerate our AI strategy by
integrating our AI models more directly into developer workflows and expanding the distribution of our AI
capabilities through high-engagement software interfaces.
The consideration for the acquisition of Cursor, if any, after the closing of this offering would consist of shares of
our Class A common stock based on an implied equity value of Cursor of $60.0 billion, and the price of our Class A
common stock that equals the volume-weighted average closing price thereof over the seven consecutive trading
days immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition. If either (i) we decide to terminate the option agreement
or (ii) Cursor is eligible to and decides to terminate due to our material breach of the option agreement (subject to
notice and cure provisions), Cursor is entitled to a $1.5 billion termination fee under the option agreement and an
$8.5 billion deferred services fee under the compute agreement. These fees are payable in cash (or Class A common
stock, if this offering has not been consummated at the time the fees become payable). For more information about
our arrangement with Cursor, including our option to acquire the company, please refer to “Business—Collaboration
with Cursor” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Compute Services Agreements with Third Parties
We believe our compute infrastructure and related strategy provides us with substantial flexibility in how we
allocate and monetize capacity. We have the ability to use compute resources to support our proprietary AI
applications (such as Grok-5, which is currently being trained at COLOSSUS II), while also providing access to
select compute capacity to third-party customers. For example, in May 2026, we entered into Cloud Services
Agreements with Anthropic PBC (“Anthropic”), an AI research and development public benefit corporation, with
respect to access to compute capacity across COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II. Compute capacity provided includes
approximately 325,000 NVIDIA GPUs, backed by hyperscale-class CPUs, exabyte-scale storage and high-speed
networking and interconnects purpose-built for AI workloads. Pursuant to these agreements, the customer has agreed
to pay us $1.25 billion per month through May 2029, with capacity ramping in May and June 2026 at a reduced fee.
After the initial three-month period, the agreements may be terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice. The
customer will retain ownership and intellectual property rights in its content, AI models, and related data. This
structure allows us to monetize a portion of the compute capacity in our infrastructure, while still permitting
reallocation of that capacity for our own internal initiatives if needed in the future. We have sufficient capacity to
provide compute for our own AI models, including support of our training and inference demands, and to satisfy the
obligations under these agreements. We expect to enter into additional similar services contracts. We believe this
opportunity highlights the increasing importance of large-scale, frontier-level AI infrastructure and positions us as a
differentiated provider of high-performance compute capacity to both internal and third-party AI workloads. We
believe our dual monetization strategy provides multiple pathways to generate returns on invested capital.
Founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chairman of Our Board
Mr. Musk is our founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and the Chairman of our board.
Assuming a size as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and an initial public offering price of $               
per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), Mr. Musk will hold
approximately           % of the voting power of our common stock (or               % if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full) immediately after this offering through his
ownership of                    shares of our Class A common stock and                    shares of our Class B common stock,
which comprises approximately           % of our Class B common stock. The foregoing amount of Class B common
stock includes 1,302,072,285 restricted shares of Class B common stock issued to and held of record by Mr. Musk,
which may be voted by Mr. Musk, and the vesting of which is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance and
other conditions. Under our charter, the holders of our Class B common stock will have the right to elect a majority
14
of our board (such directors, the “Class B Directors”), for so long as any shares of Class B common stock remain
outstanding. As the holder of a majority of our shares of Class B common stock, Mr. Musk will be able to elect,
remove or fill any vacancy among the Class B Directors. In addition, for so long as he beneficially owns more than
50% of the voting power of our common stock, Mr. Musk will control the voting power over the selection of our
board. As a result, Mr. Musk will have the power to control the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval,
including election of all our directors, and to control our business and affairs.
Our Controlled Company Status
We will be a controlled company as of the completion of this offering under Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas listing rules.
A controlled company is not required to have a majority of its board composed of independent directors or to
establish independent compensation and nominating committees. As a controlled company, we will remain subject
to rules that require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors.
Corporate Information
We were founded and incorporated as Space Exploration Technologies Corp., a Delaware corporation, on March 14,
2002 and reincorporated as a Texas corporation on February 14, 2024. Our principal executive offices are located at
1 Rocket Road, Starbase, Texas 78521. Our website address is www.spacex.com. Information contained on our
website or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto does not constitute part of nor is it incorporated by
reference into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
15
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our Class A common stock involves risks and uncertainties. The following is a summary of the
principal factors that make an investment in our Class A common stock speculative or risky, all of which are more
fully described below in the section titled “Risk Factors.” This summary should be read in conjunction with the
“Risk Factors” section and should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary.
•Any failure or delay in the development of Starship at scale or in achieving the required launch cadence,
reusability and capabilities thereafter would delay or limit our ability to execute our growth strategy, including
the deployment of next-generation satellites, global satellite-to-mobile connectivity, and orbital AI compute,
which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future
prospects.
•Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining or renewing required regulatory approvals and licenses
required for our space-related activities, including the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) launch
and reentry licenses, would materially delay or disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability to
execute our business strategy.
•Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining or renewing required communications licenses and
spectrum authorizations for our satellite connectivity services, including international and FCC satellite
spectrum licenses, could materially delay or disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability to
execute our business strategy.
•Our AI products and X platform are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations that
are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and we could be required to make changes to our products
and business practices, and be exposed to monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, declines in user
growth or engagement, or loss of customers, or other harm to our AI products and X platform.
•Our business strategy depends on successfully designing, developing, and deploying our products and services,
as well as related platforms, infrastructure, and other strategic initiatives, at an unprecedented scale, which
presents significant execution, cost, and timing risks.
•We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, launch delays and failures that could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•Our satellites, launch vehicles, and other space-related technologies operate, and in the case of orbital AI
compute, will operate, in the harsh and unpredictable environment of space, exposing them to a wide and
unique range of space-related risks that could cause them to malfunction or fail, and any such malfunction or
failure could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•The continued proliferation of satellite constellations in Low-Earth Orbit, as well as the risk of collisions with
space debris or other spacecraft, could limit or impair our launch flexibility and satellite deployment, which
could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•Interruptions in the operation of critical satellite network, ground station, launch, manufacturing, or spacecraft
or data center infrastructure could result in significant downtime, operational delays or loss of service, each of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future
prospects.
•Manufacturing, testing and launching rockets, satellites, and spacecraft, including our efforts to reuse rockets
and spacecraft, involve inherent risks that could result in human injury or death, property damage and
environmental damage or other adverse environmental impacts due to accidents or equipment failures. Any such
events could result in substantial losses, including reputational harm and legal liability, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
•Although we are focused on the vertical integration of our businesses, we depend on third parties to
manufacture and supply certain key components necessary for the provision of our launch, connectivity, and AI
16
services, and any supply shortages or disruptions or failures in their performance could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•Our ability to scale our AI products relies on our terrestrial and orbital AI compute infrastructure, which
depends on the availability of power, water, AI processors, and other critical components, and
telecommunications services, and any shortages or disruptions thereof would materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•We face intense competition in the markets in which we operate, and while we have historically outperformed
certain competitors in our Space and Connectivity segments, we may not continue to do so, which could
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
•The Company’s AI segment is recently formed, still being integrated, operates in a rapidly evolving industry
and is subject to integration, execution, competitive and operational risks.
•Adverse global macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions may negatively affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and future prospects.
•We depend on our ability to recruit and retain employees who have advanced engineering and technical skills,
and intense competition for such employees may increase costs and affect our ability to meet development and
production timelines.
•Any significant disruption in, or unauthorized access to, our computer and data systems or those of third parties
that we utilize in our operations could result in a loss or degradation of service, loss of trust in us and harm to
our business.
•The development and maintenance of the technologies and infrastructure necessary to support our current and
future operations will require significant capital expenditures, and if we are unable to generate sufficient cash
flow from operations or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
•Our substantial level of indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition.
•Our future revenue and operating results depend upon our ability to develop new technologies and respond to
changes in customer demands and industry standards in highly competitive markets, and if we are unable to do
so, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects may be materially and adversely
affected.
•The estimates of future market opportunity and forecasts of market growth, and our ability to capture such
markets, included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.
•Many of our initiatives, including those to develop orbital AI compute at scale, manufacture AI chips at scale,
establish a lunar economy, develop human augmentation systems, and transport humans and cargo to the Moon
and Mars, involve significant technical complexity, unproven technologies, or technologies that do not exist or
may require significant advancement, and such initiatives may not achieve commercial viability.
•The global nature of our business poses risks with respect to unstable, malicious or arbitrary legal regimes and
authorities.
•Our bylaws place restrictions on the forum, venue and procedures for legal actions or proceedings initiated by
our shareholders, including certain requirements for mandatory arbitration. These provisions could limit our
shareholders’ ability to pursue certain claims and/or increase the cost of doing so and could also affect the
procedures, rights, and remedies available to our shareholders in such legal actions or proceedings.
•Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer,
and Chairman of our board and control the election of our directors, and our dual class structure concentrates
voting control with Mr. Musk and other holders of our Class B common stock. This will limit or preclude your
ability to influence corporate matters and the election of our directors.
17
The Offering
Issuer ......................................................................
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Class A common stock offered by us .....................
                shares (or                shares if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common
stock in full).
Class A common stock outstanding immediately
after this offering ................................................
                shares (or                shares if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common
stock in full).
Class B common stock outstanding immediately
after this offering ................................................
                shares.
Voting power of Class A common stock after
giving effect to this offering ...............................
                % (or                % if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock
in full).
Voting power of Class B common stock after
giving effect to this offering ...............................
                % (or                % if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock
in full).
Voting rights ...........................................................
Each share of Class A common stock will entitle its holder to
one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will
entitle its holder to 10 votes per share. Class A shareholders and
Class B shareholders will vote together as a single class on all
matters to be voted on by shareholders under our charter,
except the holders of our Class B common stock will have the
right to elect a majority of our board and have certain other
voting rights as a class. Each share of Class B common stock
will be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into
one share of our Class A common stock. In addition, each share
of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one
share of Class A common stock upon a Transfer (as defined in
the charter) of that share of Class B common stock, whether or
not for value, except for Permitted Transfers (as defined in the
charter). Please refer to “Description of Capital Stock.”
Use of proceeds ......................................................
We expect to receive approximately $                of net proceeds
from this offering (or $                if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common
stock in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering
price of $                per share (which is the midpoint of the price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us. Please refer to
“Underwriting.” We intend to use the net proceeds from this
offering to fund our growth strategy, including the expansion of
our AI compute infrastructure, enhancements to our launch
infrastructure and launch vehicles, increases in the scale and
capacity of our satellite constellations, and any remaining
amounts for general corporate purposes. Please refer to “Use of
Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use
of proceeds from this offering.
18
Dividend policy ......................................................
We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to
holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. We
currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the
growth of our business. Our future dividend policy is within the
discretion of our board and will depend upon then-existing
conditions, including our results of operations, financial
condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities,
statutory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, restrictions
in our existing and any future debt agreements and other factors
our board may deem relevant. Covenants under our Credit
Agreements also restrict our ability to pay dividends, and we
may enter into credit agreements or other borrowing
arrangements in the future that restrict our ability to declare or
pay cash dividends or make distributions in the future.
Directed share program ..........................................
At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of
the shares of Class A common stock to be issued by the
Company and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial
public offering price, to certain employees and persons selected
based on the discretion of our executive officers. If purchased
by these persons, these shares of Class A common stock will
not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares of
Class A common stock available for sale to the general public
will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such
reserved shares of Class A common stock. Any reserved shares
of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be
offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same
basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by
this prospectus. Please refer to “Underwriting—Directed Share
Program.”
Controlled company ...............................................
Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will beneficially
own a majority of the voting power of our common stock and
the Class B common stock, which elects a majority of the
board. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company”
within the meaning of the Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas corporate
governance standards, and intend to rely on exemptions from
certain of the corporate governance listing requirements. Please
refer to “Management—Controlled Company Exemption” and
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
Risk factors .............................................................
You should carefully read and consider the information set
forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27,
together with all of the other information set forth in this
prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our Class A
common stock.
Listing and trading symbol .....................................
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq
and Nasdaq Texas under the symbol “SPCX.”
The number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based
on 6,824,641,355 shares of Class A common stock and 5,695,668,265 shares of Class B common stock outstanding
as of March 31, 2026, after giving effect to (i) the Class C Reclassification (as defined below) and (ii) the Preferred
Conversion (as defined below). The amount of Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering
includes 1,302,072,285 restricted shares of Class B common stock issued to and held of record by Mr. Musk, which
may be voted by Mr. Musk, and the vesting of which is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance and other
conditions. 1,000,000,000 of such restricted shares of Class B common stock vest upon both (i) our achievement of
specified market capitalization milestones across 15 equal tranches and (ii) our establishment of a permanent human
colony on Mars with at least one million inhabitants, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment
with us through the date on which achievement is certified by our board. The remaining 302,072,285 restricted
shares of Class B common stock vest upon both (i) our achievement of specified market capitalization milestones
across 12 equal tranches and (ii) our completion of non-Earth-based data centers capable of delivering 100 terawatts
of compute per year, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment with us through the date on which
19
achievement is certified by our board. For additional information regarding such performance and other conditions,
see “Executive Compensation—Other Matters—2026 Compensation Developments.”
Unless otherwise noted, common stock outstanding after the offering and other information based thereon in this
prospectus does not reflect any of the following:
•133,793,640 shares of Class A common stock and 358,169,015 shares of Class B common stock, in each case
issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Equity Plans (as defined below) that
were outstanding as of March 31, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $27.65 per share of Class A
common stock and $8.22 per share of Class B common stock;
•128,455,370 shares of Class A common stock and 931,450 shares of Class B common stock, in each case
issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units that were outstanding as of March 31, 2026
under the Equity Plans (none of which will vest in connection with this offering);
•23,842,920 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units
granted under the Equity Plans after March 31, 2026 (none of which will vest in connection with this offering);
•8,510,615 shares of Class A common stock and 745,230 shares of Class B common stock, in each case that
were issued after March 31, 2026 upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the Equity Plans
(as defined below) at a weighted-average exercise price of $8.47 per share of Class A common stock and $0.71
per share of Class B common Stock;
•12,774,325 shares of Class A common stock and 69,945 shares of Class B common stock issued in settlement of
restricted stock units that vested after March 31, 2026 (which amounts are net of shares withheld in connection
with such vesting and settlement);
•4,318,640 shares of Class A common stock and 46,495 shares of Class B common stock withheld in connection
with the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units under the Equity Plans after March 31, 2026, of which
3,245,695 shares of Class A common stock that were withheld remain available and are reserved for issuance
under our Amended and Restated 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “A&R 2024 Plan”), which we plan to adopt
in connection with this offering;
•3,171,855 shares of Class A common stock issued after March 31, 2026 under our Amended and Restated 2017
Employee Stock Purchase Plan;
•661,895 shares of Class A common stock and 9,620,210 shares of Class B common stock, in each case that
were repurchased by the Company from holders after March 31, 2026 at a weighted-average price of $105.32
per share of Class A common stock and $1.10 per share of Class B common stock;
•10,147,705 shares of Class A common stock underlying an equivalent number of restricted stock units that were
forfeited under the Equity Plans after March 31, 2026, of which 816,740 shares of Class A common stock
underlying such restricted stock units that were forfeited remain available and are reserved for issuance under
our A&R 2024 Plan;
•4,092,300 shares of Class A common stock and 4,933,600 shares of Class B common stock, in each case,
underlying an equivalent number of options that were forfeited under the Equity Plans after March 31, 2026, of
which 416,325 shares of Class A common stock underlying such options that were forfeited remain available
and are reserved for issuance under the A&R 2024 Plan. The weighted-average exercise price of such options
forfeited was $9.67 per share of Class A common stock and $0.71 per share of Class B common stock; and
•86,262,705 shares of Class A common stock resulting from the conversion of an equivalent number of shares of
Class B common stock after March 31, 2026.
20
Unless otherwise noted, common stock outstanding after the offering and other information based thereon in this
prospectus also does not reflect any of the following:
•299,256,055 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the A&R 2024 Plan, which amount
excludes shares subject to outstanding awards thereunder as described above and includes shares withheld upon
vesting and settlement of restricted stock units and shares subject to awards forfeited thereunder after March 31,
2026 as described above;
•24,026,920 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the Second Amended and Restated
2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “A&R 2017 ESPP”); and
•shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of
Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis.
The information set forth above regarding transactions or other events occurring after March 31, 2026 is given as of
May 11, 2026. The term “Equity Plans” in this prospectus refers to our 2015 Plan, our A&R 2017 ESPP and our
A&R 2024 Plan as well as (i) xAI’s 2023 Equity Incentive Plan, 2023 Incentive Plan and 2025 Equity Incentive
Plan, each of which we assumed in the xAI Merger (the “xAI Plans”) and (ii) the 2017 Stock Plan, as amended, of
Swarm Technologies, Inc. (“Swarm”), which we assumed in our acquisition of Swarm in 2021.
The information in this prospectus also does not reflect:
•the payment of 261,792,453 shares of Class A common stock and cash consideration which would occur upon
closing of our agreement with EchoStar Corporation (“EchoStar”) to purchase certain AWS-3, AWS-4, and H-
Block spectrum licenses pursuant to the License Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2025 (as
amended and restated on November 5, 2025), by and among SpaceX, Spectrum Business Trust 2025-1 and
EchoStar (the “Spectrum Transaction”), which transaction was approved by the FCC on May 12, 2026 and is
subject to other closing conditions prior to completion; and
•the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock if in the future our board determines to exercise our option
to acquire Cursor as such option is described under “Business—Collaboration with Cursor,” which, as an
example, assuming the volume-weighted average closing price of our common stock over the seven consecutive
trading days immediately preceding the closing of such acquisition were equal to the initial public offering price
of $               per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), would
equal approximately               shares. The actual number of shares that may be issued will be determined based
on a future trading price and is subject to customary adjustments for reclassifications, recapitalization, stock
splits or any other similar event affecting the outstanding capital stock of Cursor or the Company.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:
•the 2026 Stock Split;
•prior to the completion of this offering, pursuant to the terms of our certificate of formation in effect as a private
company prior to this offering, the reclassification of all of the outstanding shares of our Class C common stock
into an aggregate of 494,050,675 shares of Class A common stock (the “Class C Reclassification”) and the
conversion of the outstanding shares of all our preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,448,110,450 shares of our
Class A common stock and 3,274,452,900 shares of our Class B common stock (the “Preferred Conversion”);
•the effectiveness of our charter and bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering;
•an initial public offering price of $                per share of Class A common stock (the midpoint of the price range
set forth on the cover of this prospectus);
•that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from
us; and
21
•no purchase of shares of Class A common stock in this offering by our directors, officers or existing
shareholders.
22
Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
The following table sets forth the summary historical consolidated financial and operating data for the periods and as
of the dates presented. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2026 and for the three
months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 (except for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock
attributable to common shareholders and weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net
loss per share of common stock attributable to common shareholders) has been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated
financial data as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
(except for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock attributable to common shareholders and
weighted average shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock
attributable to common shareholders) has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus.  The summary historical consolidated financial and operating data presented below is
not indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and the results for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full fiscal period.
The summary historical consolidated financial and operating data of SpaceX has been prepared to reflect the
retrospective combination of the companies for all periods presented to include the historical results of xAI, which
was acquired by SpaceX, effective February 2, 2026, and X Holdings, which was acquired by xAI, effective
March 28, 2025, because these transactions were between entities under common control.
The following information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data included in this section is not
intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by our consolidated financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Statements of Operations Data:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
(in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Revenue .............................................
$4,694
$4,067
$18,674
$14,015
$10,387
Total costs and expenses ...........
6,637
4,040
21,263
13,549
13,892
Income (loss) from operations ...........
(1,943)
27
(2,589)
466
(3,505)
Net income (loss) ..............................
$(4,276)
$(528)
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Net income (loss) per share of
common stock attributable to
common shareholders (1)
Basic ..............................................
$(1.27)
$(0.18)
$(1.69)
$0.01
$(1.68)
Diluted ...........................................
$(1.27)
$(0.18)
$(1.69)
$0.00
$(1.68)
Weighted average shares used in
computing net income (loss) per
share of common stock (1)
Basic ..............................................
3,884
2,875
2,926
2,848
2,759
Diluted ...........................................
3,884
2,875
2,926
9,956
2,759
__________________
(1)Please refer to Note 14, Earnings per Share to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an
explanation of our calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock attributable to common shareholders.
23
The following table sets forth the computation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of
common stock attributable to common shareholders for the period presented:
(in millions, except per share data)
Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2026
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted .........................
$(4,947)
$(4,937)
Pro forma adjustment to reverse the deemed dividend on SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock, basic and diluted ................................................
565
—
Pro Forma net loss attributable to common shareholders, basic and diluted ........
$(4,382)
$(4,937)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share of common
stock, basic and diluted .....................................................................................
3,884
2,926
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Preferred Conversion as if the conversion
occurred on January 1, 2025, basic and diluted ................................................
6,723
6,723
Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share of
common stock, basic and diluted ......................................................................
10,607
9,649
Pro forma net loss per share of common stock attributable to common
shareholders, basic and diluted (2) ..........................................................................
$(0.41)
$(0.51)
__________________
(2)Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock attributable to common shareholders and weighted-average number of
shares used in the computation of the per share amount gives effect to (i) the Preferred Conversion as if such conversion had occurred as of
January 1, 2025, (ii) the Class C Reclassification as if such reclassification had occurred as of January 1, 2025, and (iii) the effectiveness of
our charter, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering.
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Net cash provided by operating
activities ..........................................
$1,047
$727
$6,785
$5,776
$4,520
Net cash used in investing activities ..
$(16,724)
$(4,170)
$(19,575)
$(10,796)
$(4,867)
Net cash provided by financing
activities ..........................................
$7,125
$354
$26,350
$11,830
$422
Capital Expenditures:
The following table presents our capital expenditures by segment:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Space ..................................................
$1,052
$759
$3,832
$2,032
$1,497
Connectivity .......................................
1,332
814
4,178
3,498
2,455
AI ........................................................
7,723
2,567
12,727
5,633
463
Total Capital Expenditures .................
$10,107
$4,140
$20,737
$11,163
$4,415
24
Balance Sheet Data:
March 31,
December 31,
2026
2025
2024
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................
$15,852
$24,747
$11,385
Total current assets .........................................................................
29,732
30,952
16,108
Property, plant, and equipment, net ................................................
53,879
42,602
21,147
Total assets ....................................................................................
102,094
92,079
57,062
Debt and finance leases, current ....................................................
1,538
928
372
Total current liabilities ...................................................................
24,436
21,400
11,791
Total liabilities ................................................................................
60,512
50,754
31,258
Redeemable convertible preferred stock ........................................
7,049
38,752
20,941
Total shareholders’ equity .............................................................
34,533
2,573
4,863
Segment Operating and Financial Data (unaudited)
Space:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Mass to Orbit (in metric tons) (1) ........
556
450
2,213
1,699
1,210
Launches (number) (1) .........................
40
38
170
138
98
Segment income (loss) from
operations (in millions) ...................
$(662)
$(70)
$(657)
$21
$(1)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA (in
millions) (2) ......................................
$(351)
$224
$653
$1,154
$997
Connectivity:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Starlink Subscribers (in millions) (1) ...
10.3
5.0
8.9
4.4
2.3
Starlink ARPU (dollars per month) (1)
$66
$86
$81
$91
$99
Segment income from operations (in
millions) ..........................................
$1,188
$1,033
$4,423
$2,006
$469
Segment Adjusted EBITDA (in
millions) (2) ......................................
$2,087
$1,618
$7,168
$3,849
$1,602
AI:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Nameplate compute draw (in
gigawatts) (1) ....................................
1
0.3
0.8
0.3
0
Segment loss from operations (in
millions) ..........................................
$(2,469)
$(936)
$(6,355)
$(1,561)
$(3,973)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA (in
millions) (2) ......................................
$(609)
$(112)
$(1,237)
$347
$1,222
______________
(1)Please refer to the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business
Metrics” for additional information on our key business metrics.
(2)Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information on our non-GAAP financial measures,
including reconciliations of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP
measure.
riskfactorscover1b.jpg
elonquote_xspace.jpg
27
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and
uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our Class A
common stock. The disclosures in this section reflect our beliefs and opinions as to factors that could materially and
adversely affect us in the future. We may not be able to accurately predict, control, or mitigate these risks.
References to past events are provided by way of example only and are not intended to be a complete listing or a
representation as to whether or not such factors have or have not occurred in the past or their likelihood of
occurring in the future. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are
not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect us. Many of the risks and uncertainties that
could materially adversely affect us or our prospects are beyond our control or relate to portions of our business
strategy that have a lengthy time horizon or involve unprecedented ventures. This can make assessment of certain
risks more difficult and you should factor these uncertainties into your assessment of an investment in our Class A
common stock. If any of the following risks and uncertainties occur, the price of our Class A common stock could
decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
Any failure or delay in the development of Starship at scale or in achieving the required launch cadence,
reusability and capabilities thereafter would delay or limit our ability to execute our growth strategy, including
the deployment of next-generation satellites, global satellite-to-mobile connectivity, and orbital AI compute,
which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future
prospects.
If we are unable to successfully complete the development, testing, and deployment of Starship at scale in
accordance with our anticipated schedule, or at all, or if we are unable to achieve sufficient launch cadence,
reusability, and capability, our ability to execute our growth strategy (such as the deployment of our next-generation
V3 satellites, V2 satellite-to-mobile connectivity, and providing orbital AI compute infrastructure) would be
materially and adversely affected. The commercial deployment of Starship, particularly at scale, is subject to
substantial risks and uncertainties inherent in the development of new and complex technologies and systems.
Delays or challenges in the Starship program have in the past occurred, and may occur in the future due to a variety
of factors, including unforeseen technical challenges, supply chain disruptions, manufacturing difficulties, delays in
the development, construction or commissioning of launch and fueling infrastructure (such as launch pads, air
separation units and other propellant production systems), unavailability of such launch and fueling infrastructure
(including launch pads) in sufficient number and in operable condition (including as a result of mishaps), loss or
damage to the vehicle or other components, regulatory hurdles, or the need for additional design modifications. If we
are required to undertake unanticipated redesigns, conduct additional testing, replace lost vehicles or components, or
address operational setbacks, we may experience delays and incur significant additional costs, or be forced to
reallocate critical resources from other projects. If our launch pads are not available for an extended period of time
for any reason, we may not be able to achieve our development, testing and deployment goals. Such delays could
have cascading effects on our ability to achieve the scale we need to timely achieve future objectives. In addition, a
critical part of our growth strategy involves increasing our launch cadence, reusability and capability, including
increasing our payload per launch. This will require, among other things, the successful development and operation
of reusable launch vehicles, substantially increased access to raw materials and components like steel, fuel and
propellant, the construction of additional facilities and securing of additional launch sites or rights to additional
launches from existing sites, and navigating complex and evolving regulatory requirements and environmental and
technological issues as we seek to increase our launch cadence. Our rocket programs have historically required
substantial time and resources to reach the cadence and cost thresholds necessary for commercial viability, and the
development of Starship may face similar or greater challenges. Any significant delay in achieving key development
milestones, obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals or increasing and maintaining our launch cadence,
reusability, and capability would impede the expansion of our service offerings, defer anticipated revenue streams,
and negatively impact our growth trajectory and competitive positioning in rapidly evolving markets.
28
Our ability to execute our growth strategy is highly dependent on Starship. If we are unable to achieve the
commercial development, anticipated performance, launch cadence, or cost efficiencies associated with Starship
within expected timeframes, our ability to deploy next-generation V3 satellites, V2 Mobile satellites, and orbital AI
compute infrastructure at scale, reduce capital and operating costs (including cost per token), realize projected
revenue growth, and retain existing customers from these initiatives could be materially and adversely affected. This
includes our expectations with respect to completion of flight testing of Starship and commencement of payload
delivery to orbit. Our current operational rockets, including Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy, are not capable of
deploying V3 satellites and V2 Mobile satellites.
In addition, our ability to pursue new initiatives and capture emerging business opportunities—particularly those
requiring high launch cadence, large payload capacity, or advanced in-space capabilities, such as lunar operations
and interplanetary missions—depends on the timely and successful deployment of Starship and achieving our
targeted launch cadence. Achieving our targeted launch cadence will require significant progress on several key
milestones and the continued investment of significant capital resources. These include: securing additional land and
developing high-rate launch sites and supporting infrastructure across multiple locations; scaling production of
Starship vehicles and Raptor engines; constructing propellant production facilities, including air separation units and
methane liquefaction plants co-located with launch sites; securing sufficient power supply; and obtaining the
necessary regulatory approvals, particularly from the FAA, to support a high launch cadence while addressing public
safety and environmental considerations. We face a number of material challenges and uncertainties in achieving
these milestones, such as achieving reliable high-cadence return-to-launch-site operations for the full vehicle stack,
developing durable reusable heat shields capable of withstanding repeated high-velocity reentries, ensuring rapid
refurbishment and high-rate reusability of engines and other vehicle components, managing public and regulatory
tolerance for anomalies during the transition to frequent operational flights, securing sufficient power for both
manufacturing and launch operations, and obtaining timely regulatory approvals from the FAA and other agencies.
Orbital refueling involves technical complexities associated with cryogenic propellant transfer in microgravity,
propellant settling, and boil-off management and is required for lunar and interplanetary objectives.
If Starship does not achieve full reusability or rapid turnaround, we may experience higher per-launch costs, slower
deployment timelines for our large-scale constellations (including our orbital AI compute program), delayed revenue
growth, and increased overall capital requirements, and our brand and reputation may suffer. AI compute satellites at
scale need full Starship reusability to be economically compelling. Without full reusability and rapid turnaround,
Starship would still be capable of enabling progress on our next-generation Starlink, satellite-to-mobile, initial lunar
objectives, and early AI compute satellite deployments, but such progress would be at a slower pace and higher cost.
Any inability to deliver Starship to market as planned could constrain our participation in new or expanding
addressable markets, limit our competitive differentiation, and hinder our efforts to attract and retain customers.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve our objectives with respect to Starship within the expected
timeframes, if at all, or that delays or setbacks will not materially impact our strategic plans.
Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining or renewing required regulatory approvals and licenses
required for our space-related activities, including FAA launch and reentry licenses, would materially delay or
disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability to execute our business strategy.
Our launch services are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and internationally. We must secure and
maintain numerous governmental approvals to launch our rockets and conduct related launch and reentry activities.
Any failure or significant delay in obtaining required licenses and permits or failure to maintain them could disrupt
our operations, constrain our growth, and adversely affect our ability to serve our customers. Our plans to deploy
large-scale orbital infrastructure, including orbital AI compute systems, will require the operation of very large
satellite constellations, potentially numbering up to one million satellites. These plans will depend on obtaining a
wide range of domestic and international approvals, including spectrum authorizations, orbital debris mitigation
approvals, and coordination and authorization requirements relating to space situational awareness and international
regulatory regimes, and there can be no assurance that such approvals will be obtained on acceptable timelines,
terms, or at all.
We depend on timely approvals from the FAA to conduct our launch operations. If we do not receive FAA launch
licenses or related approvals on the schedules we anticipate or if we are subject to regulatory delays, we could be
29
forced to delay or cancel planned launches, which could cause missed customer commitments, increased costs, and
underutilization of our launch resources. Obtaining a launch license involves rigorous safety and environmental
reviews, and unforeseen issues in meeting these requirements or additional conditions imposed during the review
process could also impact our launch timelines. For example, current FAA regulations do not permit return-to-
launch-site reentries for Starship, requiring us to obtain a waiver from the FAA, which is not guaranteed and could
delay or restrict such operations. Following an anomaly, mishap, or failure, the FAA or other authorities may require
investigations, impose corrective actions, or restrict or delay our ability to conduct launch operations. For example,
several Starship flight tests (including the 12th) have resulted in FAA mishap determinations and SpaceX-led
investigations, with Starship’s return to flight conditioned on the FAA determining that any system, process, or
procedure related to the mishap does not affect public safety, along with approving and verifying the implementation
of any required corrective actions. We have in the past been, and may in the future become, subject to such actions,
impacting our ability to increase launch cadence. The regulatory framework governing commercial launches may
also evolve over time. The FAA or other authorities could introduce new or more stringent requirements for launch
licensing – for instance, heightened safety standards, environmental mitigation measures, or other operational
restrictions – that could require us to invest in new technologies, adjust our procedures, or otherwise incur additional
compliance burdens. Moreover, as the frequency of our launches and industry activity overall continues to grow, the
FAA’s resources may become strained, which could lead to longer application processing times and other
difficulties obtaining FAA licenses. Any significant delay in receiving required FAA licenses, the imposition of
onerous new licensing conditions, or failure to obtain an approval for a key launch, could materially adversely affect
our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining or renewing required communications licenses and spectrum
authorizations for our satellite connectivity services, including international and FCC satellite spectrum licenses,
could materially delay or disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability to execute our business
strategy.
Our satellite connectivity services are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and internationally.
Obtaining and maintaining communications licenses and approvals from U.S. and foreign regulatory authorities is
critical to our connectivity services. Our satellite connectivity, including our global satellite-to-mobile connectivity
services under Starlink Mobile, depend on access to radio frequency spectrum and authorizations from the FCC in
the United States and telecommunications regulators in other countries. Without these licenses and approvals, we
generally cannot offer connectivity services in a given market. Acquiring the necessary authorizations can be a
complex and time-consuming process, often involving technical coordination, public-interest or national security
reviews, and cross-border considerations, including in certain jurisdictions where regulatory processes may be
influenced by protectionist policies or preferences. Spectrum access itself is limited and highly regulated. In
September 2025, we announced a definitive agreement with EchoStar to purchase its AWS-4 and H-block spectrum
licenses. The Spectrum Transaction was approved by the FCC on May 12, 2026 and is subject to other closing
conditions prior to completion. We expect the Spectrum Transaction to close in November 2027. There can be no
assurance that these conditions will be satisfied or waived in a timely manner, or at all. Even if the transaction is
completed, there can be no assurance that our purchase of licenses from EchoStar will be sufficient to meet our
growing need for spectrum licenses and we may be unable to find other parties to provide us with additional
spectrum licenses on terms acceptable to us, or at all. We may in the future pursue additional acquisitions, leases, or
other arrangements relating to spectrum rights in order to support the expansion of our connectivity services, and
there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into or complete any such transactions or arrangements on
acceptable terms, or at all. Any such future transactions or arrangements could require significant capital
commitments, ongoing payment obligations, and regulatory approvals. In addition, we must secure the global right
to use the spectrum acquired from EchoStar from a number of international telecommunications regulators in order
to make our V2 satellite-to-mobile services usable worldwide, and there can be no assurance that such authorizations
will be granted on acceptable terms, or at all. Moreover, our rights to use certain frequencies are coordinated through
the International Telecommunication Union (“ITU”) and are subject to international agreements to prevent harmful
interference. We must comply with ITU rules and coordination procedures, and changes in international spectrum
allocations or adverse decisions in global regulatory forums could also reduce the frequencies available to us or
attach conditions that degrade our network’s performance. Additionally, third parties have in the past, and may in
the future, obtain spectrum rights for the purpose of blocking market entry.
30
Regulatory regimes for communications services vary widely across different countries and are continuously
evolving. Each country may impose its own licensing conditions and operating requirements on satellite internet
providers – for example, mandates to partner with a local entity, to host certain infrastructure within its borders, or to
adhere to specific standards relating to data privacy and cybersecurity (including data localization) and, in some
cases, regulators may deny, delay or decline to grant authorization for us to operate or use our spectrum in their
jurisdiction at all. Regimes in certain of our target markets may also favor incumbent or legacy telecommunications
companies, which may impede, delay, or prevent our ability to enter such markets. Compliance with the different
requirements of applicable regulatory regimes can be challenging and costly, and any failure to comply with local
laws and regulations could lead to penalties or the loss of our authorization to operate in that region. Furthermore,
communications regulatory authorizations often require periodic renewal and ongoing compliance with conditions
such as deployment milestones, fee payments, and interference mitigation obligations. If we are unable to obtain,
retain, and renew the necessary spectrum rights and service licenses on acceptable terms in each of our target
markets, or if regulatory bodies significantly delay our authorizations or impose burdensome requirements, our
ability to expand and continue our connectivity services would be jeopardized, which would have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Our AI products and X platform are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations
regarding privacy, cybersecurity, data use, data combination, data protection, content, AI, competition, youth
protection, safety, consumer protection and notification, advertising, e-commerce, sanctions, export controls, and
other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and we
could be required to make changes to our products and business practices, and be exposed to monetary penalties,
increased cost of operations, declines in user growth or engagement, or loss of customers, or other harm to our
AI products and X platform.
Our AI products and X platform are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and abroad,
including privacy, cybersecurity, data use, data combination, data protection and personal information, the provision
of our services to younger users, biometrics, encryption, rights of publicity and related concepts, content, integrity,
intellectual property, advertising, marketing, distribution, data security, data retention and deletion, data localization
and storage, data disclosure, AI and machine learning, electronic contracts and other communications, competition,
protection of minors, consumer protection, sanctions, export controls, and notification, civil rights, accessibility,
product liability, e-commerce, taxation and online payment services, as well as contractual requirements imposed by
app stores, payment processors, and other partners. The introduction of new products or services, expansion of our
activities in certain jurisdictions, or other actions that we may take may subject us to additional laws, regulations, or
other government scrutiny and, in some cases, such laws, regulations, or government scrutiny may limit or delay our
ability to introduce new products or services or expand our activities in certain jurisdictions. Particularly, our
leadership position in various markets, especially in orbital launch services, could subject us to heightened
regulatory scrutiny under competition laws. In addition, these U.S. and foreign laws and regulations may impose
different obligations from each other. As a result of these laws, regulations, and requirements, we are exposed to the
risk of significant fines and penalties or other adverse consequences, such as changes to our products, services, or
business practices.
Our social media and AI-related activities expose us to a variety of risks related to harmful, misleading or illegal
content, accuracy, misinformation and deepfakes, bias, discrimination, toxicity, sycophancy, AI deception,
consumer protection and notification, products liability, intellectual property infringement or misappropriation,
defamation, data privacy, cybersecurity, and sanctions and export controls. Social media and AI are the subject of
increasing legislative and regulatory activity by various governmental and regulatory agencies in jurisdictions
around the world, which are applying, or are considering applying, platform moderation, intellectual property,
product liability, data privacy, age restrictions, data disclosure, cybersecurity, export controls, consumer protection,
or other existing laws and regulations or new general legal frameworks to AI (such as the EU’s AI Act, California’s
Frontier Artificial Intelligence Act and New York’s Responsible AI Safety and Education Act). In the United States,
an increasing amount of legislative and regulatory activity regarding AI is taking place at the state level. Various
other jurisdictions have enacted or are considering enacting regulations focused on AI. Restrictions under such laws
or regulations, if implemented, could increase the costs and burdens to our AI segment and its customers, delay or
halt deployment of new systems using our AI segment’s products, require us to modify, restrict, or discontinue
31
certain features (including less constrained modes), and reduce the number of new entrants and customers,
negatively impacting our AI segment’s business and financial results. If we do not adequately address concerns and
regulations relating to the responsible use of AI, public confidence in AI could be undermined, adoption of our AI
products and services could slow, and we may suffer reputational or financial harm.
Certain of our AI products, including Grok, offer features or modes designed to generate more candid, direct, or less
reserved or irreverent outputs, such as “Spicy” Imagine Mode and “Unhinged” Voice Mode. These features are
intended to provide users with greater flexibility and control in how they use our tools. Because these modes may be
more irreverent and harsher than our standard offerings, they present heightened risks, including reputational harm,
the generation of potentially explicit content and misinformation or deceptive outputs, potential nonconsensual or
exploitative imagery, intellectual property infringement, or content that could be viewed as exploitative, harmful,
harassing, abusive, or discriminatory. The availability of such features may also increase the risk of regulatory
scrutiny, enforcement actions, litigation, or claims of harm, as well as reputational damage, user or advertiser
backlash, or limitations on our ability to distribute or monetize our products in certain jurisdictions or through
certain partners.
In addition, various regulatory authorities and agencies around the world are actively investigating and making
inquiries relating to social media or the use of AI concerning a variety of matters, including investigations and
inquiries relating to harmful or illegal content, recommendations, advertising, and consumer protection and
notification, which have resulted in, and may in the future result in additional or further investigations and
proceedings being brought against us. Certain features that enable more user-directed or less constrained outputs
may increase the risk of regulatory scrutiny. For example, we are subject to investigations and inquiries from
regulators and law enforcement authorities in the United States and internationally concerning allegations that our
AI products were used to create nonconsensual explicit images or content representing children in sexualized
contexts, and similar matters. We are subject to ongoing litigation, including putative class action lawsuits, relating
to such allegations, and we may be subject to additional litigation in the future concerning these types of allegations.
These regulatory inquiries, including those related to misuse of our AI products, such as Grok, and those related to
the X platform, could expose us to additional investigations, proceedings, and litigation, regulatory sanctions
(including loss of access to certain markets, which has occurred in the past), liability and adverse publicity, any of
which would adversely affect our business.
For example, in February 2026, the Irish Data Protection Commission, our AI segment’s privacy regulator in
Europe, launched a large-scale inquiry to determine whether our AI segment has complied with its obligations under
the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). This inquiry involves the processing of
personal data of European Union data subjects, including children, using generative AI functionality associated with
the Grok model within the X platform. In the United States, the Federal Trade Commission has undertaken an
inquiry into the chatbots of our AI segment and other major technology companies to understand how these
companies have evaluated the safety of their chatbots when acting as companions to children and teens. Regulatory
requirements applicable to online platforms and content moderation, and to AI systems, could require us to
implement costly compliance measures, restrict certain features or jurisdictions, or expose us to significant fines,
liability, penalties, or operational constraints. We are also subject to developer agreements and guidelines imposed
by third-party app stores, such as the Apple App Store and Google Play Store. Failure to comply with these
agreements and guidelines, including those relating to content, could result in the suspension or removal of our
mobile applications from such app stores. Any such suspension or removal could materially limit our ability to
distribute our mobile applications, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Authorities around the world have adopted or are considering adopting a number of legislative and regulatory
proposals concerning data protection and privacy. Additionally, the increasing adoption of AI technologies, which
often rely on the collection of large amounts of data and use of such data to train, fine-tune or otherwise develop AI
models, has led data protection authorities around the world to consider and adopt new and evolving interpretations
of data protection laws, imposing specific obligations with respect to the processing of personal data, including
required notices, consents and opt-outs. Adverse legal rulings, legislation or regulations related to such data privacy
matters may result in fines and orders requiring that we change our practices, which could have an adverse effect on
how we provide services, and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and future
prospects. These compliance obligations could also cause us to incur substantial costs or harm the quality and
32
operations of our products and services in ways that harm our business. Further, we are subject to evolving laws and
regulations that dictate whether, how, and under what circumstances we can transfer, receive or otherwise process
personal data. The validity of various data transfer mechanisms we currently rely upon remains subject to legal,
regulatory and political developments globally, which may require us to adapt our existing arrangements. Evolving
data protection laws and regulations such as the GDPR and ePrivacy Directive, and regulatory actions affecting our
AI segment may restrict or adversely affect the X platform’s advertising services, Grok’s development and training,
or the ability to offer certain products and services in certain jurisdictions.
We are also subject to tax laws, regulations, and policies of the U.S. federal, state, and local governments and of
comparable taxing authorities in foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business. Changes in tax laws or in their
interpretation or enforcement could result in fluctuations in our effective tax rate, exposure to new or additional tax
liabilities, or adversely affect our after-tax profitability or financial position. These U.S. federal and state, EU, and
other international laws and regulations, which in some cases can be enforced by private parties in addition to
government entities, are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. As a result, the application,
interpretation, and enforcement of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly
evolving industry in which we operate, and may be interpreted and applied inconsistently from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction and inconsistently with our current policies and practices. For example, regulatory or legislative actions
or litigation concerning the manner in which we display content to our users, moderate content, provide our services
to younger users, or are able to use data in various ways, including for advertising, have in the past and could in the
future adversely affect user growth and engagement, affect the manner in which we provide our services, or
adversely affect our financial results, including by imposing significant fines that increasingly may be calculated
based on global revenue. For example, the UK’s Online Safety Act 2023 and Australia’s Online Safety Amendment
(Social Media Minimum Age) Act 2024 impose risk mitigation and age-related requirements on certain online
platforms. These laws and regulations, as well as any associated claims, inquiries, or investigations or any
government actions, have led to, and may in the future lead to, unfavorable outcomes including increased
compliance costs, changes to our products, loss of revenue, delays or impediments in the development of new
products, negative publicity and reputational harm, increased operating costs, diversion of management time and
attention, and remedies that harm our business, including fines, damages, or orders that we modify or cease existing
business practices. In addition, our AI products and the X platform have historically been, and may continue to be,
subject to claims and investigations relating to misinformation and deepfakes, defamation, intellectual property
infringement or misappropriation, data privacy, cybersecurity, employment matters, advertising practices, and user
harms; defending such matters could be costly and divert management attention.
Our Starlink and other satellite services are subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws and
regulations, particularly relating to data privacy, cybersecurity, and telecommunications.
Our Starlink and other satellite services are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the United States and
abroad covering cybersecurity, privacy, data use, data combination, data protection, data security, data retention and
deletion, data localization and storage, and data disclosure to law enforcement agencies. As a satellite internet and
communications provider, we collect and otherwise process various kinds of data in connection with our services,
such as customer personal information, account registration information, device identifiers, network and
connectivity data, and government information. These laws and regulations govern how we handle such information,
and they may, among others, impose requirements relating to cybersecurity and privacy governance, data security
measures, data security breach notification, cross border data transfers, and customer consent obligations.
In particular, the California Consumer Privacy Act (as amended), the GDPR (and its equivalent in the United
Kingdom) and other data privacy laws and regulations impose stringent and burdensome requirements in connection
with the processing of personal information and include significant penalties for non-compliance. Additionally, as a
government contractor, we are also subject to the Department of War’s Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification
requirements, which requires companies that do business with the Department of War to, depending on the level of
scrutiny required, meet or exceed certain specified cybersecurity standards to be eligible for new contract awards.
Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, and their application may
vary significantly across jurisdictions. Compliance may require us to modify our policies, procedures, and controls,
and increase our compliance costs and operational complexity. We may post public privacy policies and other
statements regarding our collection, storage, sharing and other processing of personal information, and any actual or
33
perceived failure to comply with such privacy policies and other statements, as well as the foregoing data privacy
and cybersecurity laws and regulations, may subject us to enforcement actions, investigations, litigation, reputational
harm or requirements to modify or cease our business practices.
Our business strategy depends on successfully designing, developing, and deploying our products and services, as
well as related platforms, infrastructure, and other strategic initiatives, at an unprecedented scale, which presents
significant execution, cost, and timing risks.
Our business plan, and ultimately, the achievement of our mission, is predicated on building, commercializing, and
operating products and services, as well as related infrastructure and strategic initiatives at a scale that has not
previously been achieved. This objective requires us to integrate complex technologies, develop new processes and
infrastructure, and coordinate across multiple suppliers, contractors, regulators, and stakeholders. Because we are
attempting to execute at a scale for which there is limited precedent, we face heightened uncertainty with respect to
design, engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, and operational performance, which is further
heightened by the novel nature of the technologies underlying the products and services we intend to develop.
As a result, timelines for developing and deploying our products and services may be longer than we currently
anticipate, and we may encounter delays due to, among other things, technical challenges, including those resulting
from the nascent state of certain of our products and services, the unavailability or immaturity of key technologies,
supply chain constraints, energy shocks, including related price volatility, labor availability, permitting and
regulatory approvals, or the need to redesign or reengineer key components. In addition, the costs associated with
developing and deploying our products and services and related platforms, infrastructure and strategic initiatives at
scale may exceed our current estimates, including due to inflationary pressures, energy prices, unforeseen
engineering complexities, the cost of developing or licensing technologies that are not yet commercially available,
competitive dynamics, changes in scope, or the need for additional capital expenditures, contingency reserves or
working capital.
If we are unable to successfully execute our growth strategy on the anticipated timeline or within our expected cost
parameters, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Delays
or cost overruns could also impact our ability to achieve projected returns, meet contractual commitments, access
additional financing on acceptable terms, or maintain investor confidence. Moreover, even if we successfully deploy
our growth strategy, including Starship, Terafab, orbital AI, and the creation of the lunar economy, they may not
perform as expected at scale, which could result in operational inefficiencies, increased costs, reduced revenues, or
declines in our stock price.
We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, launch delays and failures that could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Launch vehicle underperformance, propulsion anomalies, structural failures, software errors, or other malfunctions
could result in launch delays or partial or total mission failures, including the loss of satellites, launch pads, vehicles,
or payloads. The occurrence of mission failures or other significant operational disruptions could also expose us to
litigation as well as increased scrutiny from regulatory authorities, lead to the imposition of additional compliance
requirements, and adversely affect our brand and reputation, and our ability to obtain future licenses, permits, or
government contracts. We do not typically obtain insurance coverage for our satellites, payloads, or launch vehicles,
and as a result we bear the full financial cost of any such losses. Repeated anomalies or high visibility mission
failures could also negatively affect our brand, reputation, ability to win new business, and our customers’ ability to
procure launch and in-orbit insurance at competitive rates (to the extent we decide to pursue it). Such repeated
anomalies or mission failures could also result in, regulators delaying, conditioning or denying approvals, waivers or
licenses required for future launches or reentries, which could reduce our launch cadence and delay the deployment
of our satellites and other services. In the past, certain of our launch vehicles have experienced partial or total
mission failures, including anomalies that resulted in launch pad destruction, the loss of payloads and damage to
launch vehicles. In certain circumstances, mission failures could result in debris from our launch vehicles causing
significant damage to persons or property on the ground as well as environmental damage. There can be no
assurance that similar or other failures will not occur with future launches. In addition, satellites may be deployed
into incorrect or suboptimal orbits due to vehicle performance issues, separation events, or guidance, navigation and
34
control errors. Incorrect orbital placement can materially reduce a satellite’s operational life, impair performance,
increase fuel consumption, or render the satellite unusable.
Our satellites, launch vehicles, and other space-related technologies operate, and in the case of orbital AI
compute, will operate, in the harsh and unpredictable environment of space, exposing them to a wide and unique
range of space-related risks that could cause them to malfunction or fail, and any such malfunction or failure
could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Operating in space subjects our satellites, launch vehicles, spacecraft, and related systems to extreme and highly
variable conditions that can adversely affect performance, reduce useful life, or result in total mission failure. Space
is inherently hostile. Hardware must withstand: significant vibration and acoustic loads during launch; wide-ranging
thermal cycles; radiation from solar and cosmic sources; micrometeoroids and orbital debris; and other
environmental hazards, each of which testing cannot fully replicate. In particular, we have not, and no one else has,
previously operated or attempted to operate orbital AI compute, and the conditions of space on such AI
infrastructure have not been tested. Once deployed, orbital AI compute infrastructure will not be readily accessible,
and as a result, will not be easily repaired or upgraded, such that any component failures could result in permanent
capacity loss, accelerated depreciation, decommissioning or need for replacement of the infrastructure.
In addition, space weather events, such as geomagnetic storms, solar flares, and other forms of radiation activity,
have in the past disrupted and could in the future disrupt satellite propulsion, power systems, and communications
equipment, potentially leading to reduced performance or permanent damage. Although we incorporate certain
radiation-hardened components, shielding, and redundancy into our systems, these measures may not be sufficient to
prevent material adverse impacts in all scenarios. Failures or performance degradation resulting from these risks
could delay deployments, reduce available capacity, increase operating costs, require significant capital expenditures
to replace affected assets, or interrupt or degrade services provided to customers. Furthermore, the useful life of our
satellites is inherently shorter than that of the information technology systems and infrastructure they host. As a
result, we must periodically launch replacement satellites as existing satellites reach the end of their useful lives and
are decommissioned, which may truncate the effective lifespan of those underlying information technology systems
and infrastructure. Any such events could adversely affect our reputation, compliance with applicable laws and
regulations, business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
The continued proliferation of satellite constellations in Low-Earth Orbit, as well as the risk of collisions with
space debris or other spacecraft, could limit or impair our launch flexibility and satellite deployment, which could
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
The continued proliferation of Low-Earth Orbit constellations can increase the risk of collisions with space debris or
other spacecraft if operators fail to adhere to responsible space safety, debris mitigation, or coordination practices.
Our growth strategy depends, in part, on continuing to launch additional satellites into Low-Earth Orbit. As the
number of satellites and other objects in Low-Earth Orbit continues to grow, the probability of accidental collisions,
fragmentation events, or other in-orbit incidents increases, which could result in the loss or degradation of our
satellites, increased costs for collision avoidance maneuvers, or the need to replace or reposition assets on an
accelerated schedule. Not all satellite operators or other space actors adhere to the same rigorous space safety, debris
mitigation, or coordination practices that we adhere to, which may increase the likelihood of congestion,
conjunctions, or other operational risks outside of our control and, in extreme cases, could contribute to
fragmentation events or cascading debris effects that further increase collision risks in Low-Earth Orbit.
In addition, some domestic and international authorities have applied heightened regulatory scrutiny as interest in
utilizing Low-Earth Orbit for satellite operations has increased. Debris mitigation regulations may emerge if
congestion increases. Failure to meet debris requirements could result in monetary penalties or loss of licensing
authority, which would adversely affect our satellite constellation deployment and expansion plans, and future
regulatory actions could impose more restrictive operational, deployment, or debris mitigation requirements that
could limit our ability to launch or operate satellites in Low-Earth Orbit. In addition, there is a burgeoning effort to
further regulate Low-Earth Orbit, MEO, and GSO and establish liability regimes for operators, including regimes
similar to those under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, which imposes
strict liability for environmental contamination or remediation costs, as well as growing concern over the potential
35
environmental effects of emissions and other byproducts from rocket launches in Earth’s upper atmosphere.
Additional regulation in this area could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
future prospects.
Furthermore, any damage to our satellites or impairment of their functionality resulting from collisions with space
debris or other spacecraft could materially and adversely affect our ability to deliver reliable services to our
customers, harm our reputation, and expose us to potential contractual liabilities or insurance claims. The growing
challenges associated with space debris management may require us to invest in additional technologies or processes
to safeguard our assets and maintain compliance with evolving regulatory frameworks, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Interruptions in the operation of critical satellite network, ground station, launch, manufacturing, or spacecraft
or data center infrastructure could result in significant downtime, operational delays or loss of service, each of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future
prospects.
Our ability to provide reliable services across our Space, Connectivity, and AI business segments depends on the
uninterrupted operation of our critical infrastructure, including but not limited to satellite and communications
networks, ground stations, launch facilities, and data centers. An interruption or failure affecting any aspect of this
infrastructure, whether due to equipment malfunctions, power outages, disruptions in, or unauthorized access to, our
computer systems (such as software or hardware failures, or cyberattacks), natural disasters (such as earthquakes,
floods, fires, or severe weather events), terrorism, war, sabotage, pandemics, epidemics, or other unforeseen
circumstances, could result in significant downtime, operational delays, or complete loss of service. A cyberattack or
other hostile act could destroy or disable a significant number of our satellites and, depending on its scale, could
trigger a cascading collision event that renders our licensed orbits, and potentially other orbits, unusable for an
extended period. Similarly, the use of our satellites to enable communications access in conflict zones may expose
us to retaliation from foreign governments and non-state actors. Such an event could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. These events may disrupt power,
damage facilities, interrupt service despite contingency plans or compromise our ability to deliver services to
customers as promised, hinder our ability to meet regulatory or contractual requirements, and erode trust among our
customers, partners, regulators and stakeholders. In particular, an interruption or failure affecting our critical
infrastructure could result in outages of service to our Starlink Subscribers. Any such outage could erode the trust of
existing and potential Starlink Subscribers in our service, which could result in the loss of existing or potential
subscribers. Certain of our launch and rocket manufacturing facilities are located in seismically active regions and in
low-lying coastal areas, making them susceptible to earthquakes and hurricanes, respectively. Such events could
damage our launch infrastructure, ground support equipment, manufacturing facilities, or rockets, potentially halting
or delaying launch operations and causing us to incur substantial costs. In addition, the complexity and
interdependence of our engineering, manufacturing, assembly and terrestrial, space transportation, and infrastructure
systems mean that a disruption in one component can have cascading effects throughout our operations. For
example, an outage at a data center or ground station could impact command and control functions, mission
planning, or real-time telemetry, while interruptions at launch facilities could cause postponements or cancellations
of scheduled launches.
Adverse global macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions may negatively affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations and future prospects.
Adverse global or regional economic and geopolitical conditions could reduce demand for certain of our products
and services, which may negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future
prospects. Economic downturns, inflation, higher interest rates, tighter credit conditions, reduced consumer
spending, lower business or government investment, or geopolitical developments may negatively affect demand for
our offerings. Reduced consumer or enterprise spending for each of our Starlink connectivity services or our AI-
related offerings would limit our ability to grow our business, which may slow the pace at which we deploy satellites
and expand our constellation or adversely affect the utilization of our launch capabilities.
36
Manufacturing, testing and launching rockets, satellites, and spacecraft, including our efforts to reuse rockets
and spacecraft, involve inherent risks that could result in human injury or death, property damage and
environmental damage or other adverse environmental impacts due to accidents or equipment failures. Any such
events could result in substantial losses, including reputational harm and legal liability, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
The manufacturing, testing, launching, and recovery of our rockets, satellites, and spacecraft are complex activities
that are conducted under challenging conditions and involve a high degree of risk. Our reusable vehicles will reenter
Earth’s atmosphere and fly over populated land for extended periods, which carries inherent risks to populations in
the event of failure, such as structural breakup, loss of control, or debris dispersal. Although we implement extensive
safety protocols and operational safeguards designed to protect personnel and the public, these protocols and
safeguards may not in all circumstances prevent exposure of our personnel and potentially members of the public to
hazards such as explosions, structural failures or debris dispersal. A manufacturing defect, testing anomaly, launch
failure, recovery incident, or similar event involving injury to humans, any human fatalities, property damage, or
environmental damage or other adverse environmental impacts could result in substantial losses, including
reputational harm and legal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Although we are focused on the vertical integration of our businesses, we depend on third parties to manufacture
and supply certain key components necessary for the provision of our launch, connectivity, and AI services, and
any supply shortages or disruptions or failures in their performance could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Disruptions in the supply chain for essential raw materials or components, challenges in the supplier qualification
process, or increases in the prices of inputs could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects. Despite our supply chain being largely vertically integrated, our reliance
on third-party manufacturers and suppliers for key components introduces risks related to supply chain continuity,
quality assurance, and vendor performance. We depend on both domestic and international suppliers for certain
specialized materials, components, and services that are essential to the production and operation of our launch
vehicles, spacecraft, satellites, user terminals (including Starlink consumer terminals), AI segment and related
infrastructure. Any failure or delay by these partners to deliver components in the required quantities, within
specifications, or on schedule has in the past and may in the future adversely affect our production schedules,
operational reliability, and our ability to meet contractual obligations. In addition, disruptions in the supply chain
due to shortages, quality issues, natural disasters, geopolitical events, labor disputes, pandemics, epidemics, tariffs or
trade restrictions, criminal activity (including terrorism, sabotage or cyberattacks) or other factors outside our
control could result in significant delays, increased costs, or an inability to deliver products and services to
customers in a timely and cost-effective manner. The process of qualifying new suppliers or transitioning to
alternative vendors can be time-consuming and may not be successful, further increasing our exposure to supply
chain interruptions. Furthermore, our limited pool of qualified vendors for certain critical products or services
exposes us to increased pricing pressures and quality risks. In particular, certain materials and products that are key
inputs in our Space, Connectivity, and AI segments are available from a limited number of suppliers, including sole
or limited-source suppliers, and our direct chip suppliers are dependent on a concentrated group of advanced
semiconductor fabrication facilities. For additional information regarding supply chain risk relating to our AI
processors, please see “Our ability to scale our AI products relies on our terrestrial and orbital AI compute
infrastructure, which depends on the availability of power, water, AI processors, and other critical components, and
telecommunications services, and any shortages or disruptions thereof would materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.” The inability of these suppliers to deliver
necessary components of the products in a timely manner and at prices, quality levels, and volumes acceptable to us,
or interruptions in supply of materials or products on which these suppliers rely, could have an adverse effect on our
ability to meet customer demands and contractual obligations, execute on our growth strategy, or manage our
expenses or timelines as expected, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and future prospects.
37
Our ability to scale our AI products relies on our terrestrial and orbital AI compute infrastructure, which
depends on the availability of power, water, AI processors, and other critical components, and
telecommunications services, and any shortages or disruptions thereof would materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Our ability to scale our data center infrastructure, which supports our AI segment, is increasingly constrained by the
availability of power and water at economically feasible prices, long lead times, availability of materials, and
changing regulatory requirements. For example, energy supply is constrained globally due to the significant increase
in demand for, and limited availability of, energy to power AI compute, and significant water resources may be
required for cooling large-scale data center operations. Securing this capacity can involve entering into complex,
long-lead-time arrangements or proceeding with alternative sources of power generation, and water availability has
become a critical consideration in data center site selection, development and operations. We currently rely
significantly on natural gas and gas turbine technology to power our data center operations. As such, our ability to
scale our infrastructure depends in part on our continued access to natural gas supply at economically feasible prices,
the availability of gas turbines and related equipment, and the maintenance of a regulatory environment that permits
and supports the use of natural gas for large-scale power generation. In addition, water scarcity, drought conditions,
competition for local water resources, or regulatory restrictions on water use could limit our ability to obtain
sufficient water for cooling, constrain data center cooling capacity, increase our costs, delay or limit expansion of
our data center infrastructure, or require us to implement alternative cooling technologies that may be more costly or
less available. Our AI products also rely on GPUs and other processors, servers, network equipment and other
critical components sourced from third-party suppliers for use in our data centers. Manufacturing and supply of
servers and network equipment for our technical infrastructure, particularly for GPUs and other specialized
components, is limited to a small number of qualified suppliers. We do not have any long-term or other material
contractual arrangements with our direct chip suppliers, instead procuring all of our GPUs on a purchase-order basis.
Our direct chip suppliers are dependent on a concentrated group of advanced semiconductor fabrication facilities, or
“fabs.” Any disruption to our upstream supply chain, including fab capacity constraints, manufacturing issues,
shortages of raw materials such as silicon wafers or rare earth elements, geopolitical tensions affecting fab
operations, or natural disasters impacting key fabrication regions, could limit our chip suppliers’ ability to fulfill our
orders, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our ability to achieve orbital AI at scale depends on our ability to access a sufficient number of AI chips,
significantly more than are currently available to us. While we expect to construct Terafab to address such supply
constraints, Terafab may not be successful, in which case we may not have other sources of sufficient AI chips to
meet our orbital AI compute demands. While Terafab is intended to expand our internal chip manufacturing
capabilities and alleviate potential future AI chip shortages at SpaceX, particularly as we pursue orbital AI at scale,
we expect to continue sourcing a significant portion of our compute hardware from third-party suppliers, and there
can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve our objectives with respect to Terafab within the expected
timeframes, or at all. While we have a framework agreement with Tesla, neither Tesla nor Intel are obligated to
remain a part of the project, and we may not enter into any such definitive agreements. Our AI segment also relies
on services from third-party telecommunications providers, including connectivity to the cloud, and internet
bandwidth suppliers to provide uninterrupted and error-free services through their networks. We may be unable to
obtain AI processors or other necessary components or telecommunications services at prices or volumes that are
acceptable to us or in a timely manner. Our suppliers and telecommunications and internet service providers also
serve other customers, including certain of our competitors, and such suppliers or providers may prioritize capacity
for such other customers, increase prices on short notice, require onerous prepayments, or reduce or delay deliveries
to us. Any failure by our suppliers and service providers to meet our cost, quality, volume, or delivery requirements,
or any shortage or disruption in the supply of chips, telecommunications services or other components required for
our AI segment, or any inability to secure sufficient power or water resources for data center operations, could result
in service disruption or outages, delay critical data center or network infrastructure upgrades or expansions, impair
our ability to train our AI models and meet customer demand for our AI segment products and materially adversely
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
We also rely on third-party cloud compute providers for a portion of the compute used for our AI segment and may
from time to time rely on third-party data center providers, which exposes us to several risks that are beyond our
direct control, including vulnerability to outages, cooling capacity constraints, performance issues, and cyberattacks.
38
We have non-cancellable, multi-year capacity commitments to cloud compute providers, requiring payment
regardless of usage. A termination or lapse in service from third-party cloud compute and data center providers
could expose us to service interruptions, significant delays, and additional expenses to re-architect products for a
different provider. Additionally, in the event of nonperformance by us or our providers, or an industry downturn, we
may incur liabilities, have excess capacity that we cannot easily redeploy, and fail to receive payments from our
counterparties or customers.
We face intense competition in the markets in which we operate, and while we have historically outperformed
certain competitors in our Space and Connectivity segments, we may not continue to do so, which could adversely
affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
The markets in which we operate are rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we face competition from a
range of established and emerging companies, including large, well-capitalized technology companies and aerospace
firms, including foreign competitors. Some competitors are investing significant capital to develop and deploy
satellite constellations and related infrastructure that compete directly with our offerings, and companies based in
China and other jurisdictions may benefit from government support, favorable regulatory environments, or strategic
national prioritization.
Some of our current and potential competitors, particularly in our AI segment, have greater financial, technical,
manufacturing, or other resources than we do, and may devote more resources to the development and
commercialization of competing products and services. Competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing, secure
more favorable supplier or distribution arrangements, bundle services, form strategic alliances or otherwise take
actions that enhance their competitive position in ways that could adversely affect our business. In certain markets,
regulatory or geopolitical factors may result in preferential treatment for domestic competitors or otherwise limit our
ability to compete effectively.
Competition continues to intensify as new technologies are developed and new entrants emerge. While we have
historically outperformed certain competitors in aspects of our business, such as our Space and Connectivity
segments, there can be no assurance that we will maintain this position.
We depend on our ability to recruit and retain employees who have advanced engineering and technical skills,
and intense competition for such employees may increase costs and affect our ability to meet development and
production timelines.
We depend on our ability to recruit and retain employees who have advanced engineering and technical skills and, in
some cases, employees with the necessary national security clearances to perform under our government contracts or
win new business. These employees are in great demand and are likely to remain a limited resource in the
foreseeable future. The current tight labor market has adversely impacted our ability to recruit qualified personnel,
including engineers, particularly with respect to our AI segment. Increased restrictions on the import or retention of
foreign labor may also increase demand for engineering personnel and adversely impact our ability to hire and retain
qualified personnel. Continued turnover may impact employee morale and create other challenges as we attempt to
scale our AI business. In addition, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train technical and other
personnel, and we have in the past lost and may in the future lose new employees to our competitors or other
companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. Our ability to recruit and
retain qualified employees depends on a number of things, including our ability to pay market compensation,
provide opportunities for advancement, and secure visa sponsorships and work permits for qualified international
candidates. If we are unable to recruit and retain a sufficient number of these employees, then our ability to maintain
our competitiveness and grow our business could be negatively affected. In addition, because of the highly technical
nature of our products and services, the loss of any significant number of our existing engineering personnel could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. A
significant portion of the talent pool for advanced engineering and technical roles is international, and changes in
immigration laws or policies in the jurisdictions in which we operate could limit our ability to hire and retain such
candidates and intensify competition for talent.
39
From time to time, we are involved in litigation, investigations, and other regulatory proceedings which could be
costly, time-consuming, and divert management attention, materially adversely affecting our business.
From time to time, we have been and may in the future become involved in various legal proceedings relating to a
variety of matters, including intellectual property, commercial, regulatory, product liability, employment, personal
injury, class action, employee or contractor health and safety, environmental, whistleblower, securities and other
litigation and claims, and governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings, including tax
examinations. Additionally, our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced
volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities litigation, including class action litigation.
Such matters could be costly, time-consuming, and divert management’s attention from executing our strategic
initiatives and operating our business. The industries in which we operate have historically experienced significant
litigation and regulatory scrutiny, and with our public profile, expanding operations and the novel nature of some of
our offerings, including our AI solutions, we may face an increased risk of such actions. Litigation and regulatory
proceedings are inherently unpredictable. Any adverse judgments, settlements, or regulatory penalties could result in
substantial financial costs, reputational harm, and operational disruptions. Certain of our hardware products are new
and relatively unproven. If a product defect were to arise, especially one leading to product liability claims, the
resulting warranty and damage claims, together with any associated harm to our reputation, could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. Even if we prevail in
these matters, the defense and resolution of litigation and regulatory proceedings may require significant resources
and management attention, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and future prospects. Additionally, the mere initiation of litigation or government inquiries, regardless of
the outcome, could negatively impact investor confidence and our stock price. As we continue to innovate and
pursue new commercial and government contracts, expand our product offerings, and enter new markets, the
likelihood of facing legal and regulatory challenges may increase, further exposing us to these risks. Please refer to
“Business—Legal Proceedings” and Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies, in our audited consolidated
financial statements and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies in our unaudited consolidated financial
statements include elsewhere in this prospectus.
Any significant disruption in, or unauthorized access to, our computer and data systems or those of third parties
that we utilize in our operations could result in a loss or degradation of service, loss of trust in us and harm to
our business.
An operational disruption in, or unauthorized access to, our computer and data systems or those of third parties that
we utilize in our operations could compromise sensitive (including classified or otherwise government-controlled),
proprietary, confidential, or personal information, impede operations, and result in financial losses, legal liabilities,
reputational harm, and erosion of our competitive position in launch services, space-based internet, and mobile
phone services. Our business depends on the continuous and secure operation of our information technology systems
and infrastructure, including those that support our launch operations, manufacturing facilities, Starlink services,
government services, employee databases, and mission-critical communications. Our systems and infrastructure may
also be subject to cyberattacks, including sophisticated hacking attempts by nation-states, state-sponsored actors,
cybercriminals, or other malicious third parties, which could result in unauthorized access to, disruption of, or
degradation of our satellite systems, ground infrastructure, or data networks. Such disruptions or unauthorized
access, which may result from a wide variety of incidents or activities, including inadvertent compromises arising
from process, coding or human errors, cyberattacks, data breaches, exploitation of known or unknown software or
hardware vulnerabilities, malware, ransomware, credential harvesting, computer viruses, social engineering (such as
phishing), denial of service attacks, software or hardware failure, or other malicious or disruptive incidents or
activities—whether perpetrated by external actors, including nation-states, state-sponsored organizations, or
cybercriminal groups, insiders, or other threat actors, any of whom may see their efforts enhanced by the use of AI
—could lead to the theft, destruction, or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive (including classified or otherwise
government-controlled), proprietary, confidential or personal information, including technical data, customer or
partner information, and intellectual property, particularly because some of our products and services involve the
collection, storage, and processing of such data and information. Our development and deployment of AI models,
internal and third-party AI tools, and other AI applications expose us to increased and novel risks and
vulnerabilities, including prompt injection, hallucinations, errors, and other issues related to AI agents, as well as the
40
risk of compromise of valuable intellectual property including source code, model weights, and other assets. Certain
internal and external threat actors, such as nation-states, state-sponsored organizations, organized threat networks
and corporate espionage actors, among others have and will continue to sustain malicious activities for extended
periods and deploy significant resources to attempt, and in some cases succeed, at causing significant disruptions in,
or unauthorized access to, our computer systems or those of third parties that we utilize in our operations. Such
incidents have in the past and may in the future also disrupt or degrade our ability to design, produce, launch, or
manage our products and services, resulting in operational delays, violations of applicable data privacy and
cybersecurity laws and regulations, disruptions in, or unauthorized access to, our customers’ computer systems,
increased costs, loss of revenue, loss of trust, litigation or regulatory penalties.
As the scale, frequency, sophistication, or intensity of cyber and data privacy threats continue to evolve, and as our
reliance on interconnected systems and third-party vendors grows, we remain exposed to vulnerabilities despite our
efforts to implement security measures, monitoring, and incident response protocols. There can be no assurance that
our cybersecurity risk management processes, including our policies, procedures, and controls, will be effective in
promptly or effectively detecting, containing, or remediating cybersecurity attacks. Any significant security and data
breach or system failure could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations,
and future prospects, and could result in loss of trust among customers, regulators, government agencies, and
partners. Furthermore, our efforts to investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate the harm caused by a significant
disruption in, or unauthorized access to, our computer and data systems or those of third parties that we utilize in our
operations may be costly and time-consuming and may not be successful, and we may make errors or fail to take
necessary actions. Remediation efforts, litigation, regulatory investigations, and compliance obligations (including
obligations to notify appropriate regulators and affected parties) arising from such incidents could require substantial
management attention and resources, and we rely on our own funds to cover such losses or liabilities. In addition,
rapid changes to U.S. and international cybersecurity and privacy laws and regulations have expanded regulatory
regimes and compliance requirements, and regulators continue to undertake enforcement actions in these areas. We
expect the regulatory environment to grow more complicated, which may increase our operational and compliance
expenditures, as well as those of our suppliers. Moreover, some third parties we utilize in our operations may receive
or store information provided by us or by our customers. If these third parties fail to adopt or adhere to adequate data
privacy and security practices, or their systems or networks are breached in the manner described above, our data or
our customers’ data may be improperly accessed, used, or disclosed to unauthorized recipients, which could result in
financial losses, legal liabilities, reputational harm, and additional compliance obligations. We do not control the
privacy and cybersecurity measures put in place by such third parties, and any contractual protections with such
third parties, such as obligations to indemnify us, if any, may be ineffective or otherwise inadequate.
The development and maintenance of the technologies and infrastructure necessary to support our current and
future operations will require significant capital expenditures, and if we are unable to generate sufficient cash
flow from operations or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
Our business requires substantial capital expenditures to design, develop, expand, and maintain our technologies and
infrastructure to support our operations. For example, we have incurred significant capital expenditures and expect
to increase our capital expenditures substantially in the future in connection with the design, development, and
deployment of our satellite constellations, launch vehicles, ground stations, manufacturing facilities, and programs,
including Terafab, AI compute infrastructure, data centers, and other supporting infrastructure. These expenditures
include, but are not limited to, costs associated with research and development, construction and expansion of
production capabilities, acquisition of property and equipment, and ongoing maintenance and upgrades to ensure
reliability and competitiveness. In particular, the development, testing, and deployment of Starship in accordance
with our anticipated schedule, as well as our pursuit of orbital AI, other space-related services, and lunar and
interplanetary missions, will require the investment of significant additional capital resources. In addition, we have
made and intend to continue to make substantial capital expenditures to support the growth of our AI products,
including costs related to obtaining third-party GPUs, manufacturing our own GPUs, and constructing, leasing,
maintaining, enhancing, and expanding our data centers. We may choose to increase or accelerate the pace of any of
these investments at any time, which could result in periods of reduced profitability or increased losses as we
prioritize long-term growth over near-term financial performance. Many of the products and services that are
41
important for our growth prospects are novel and untested, and therefore our estimates of capital expenditures may
prove to be inaccurate.
If we raise additional capital through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our shareholders
could suffer significant dilution and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges
superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. The agreements governing our indebtedness contain
various restrictive covenants and any additional debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive
covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which could limit our
operational flexibility and make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business
opportunities. Our ability to access the capital markets or secure other sources of financing may be adversely
affected by factors beyond our control, including fluctuations in market conditions, changes in investor sentiment,
increases in interest rates, or adverse events affecting the broader industry or economy.
Our substantial level of indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition.
We have significant indebtedness that could materially adversely affect our business by increasing our vulnerability
to general adverse economic and industry conditions; requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow
from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund
operations, our growth strategy, product development and strategic initiatives; limiting our flexibility in planning
for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and exposing us to the risk of
increased interest rates as our borrowings are, and may in the future be, at variable interest rates. As of March 31,
2026, we had total principal indebtedness outstanding of $29,132 million. Our substantial indebtedness may also
adversely affect our credit ratings or outlook, which may increase our cost of capital, limit our access to financing,
and impair our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. The occurrence of any one of
these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and
ability to satisfy our obligations under the agreements governing our indebtedness. If we fail to comply with the
terms of our debt agreements, our lenders could declare a default and accelerate our repayment obligations, which
could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Our future revenue and operating results depend upon our ability to develop new technologies and respond to
changes in customer demands and industry standards in highly competitive markets, and if we are unable to do
so, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects may be materially and adversely
affected.
Our future revenue growth and operating results are highly dependent on our ability to design, develop and
successfully commercialize new and innovative technologies, products, and services on a timely and cost-effective
basis. The markets in which we operate are characterized by rapid and disruptive technological change, evolving
industry standards, the emergence of new and well-funded competitors, frequent new product and service
introductions, changing customer demands and regulatory changes. In addition, we may expand into new markets,
which may lead to similar or additional challenges that we cannot foresee and may require novel innovations to
navigate or overcome. As a result, we may from time to time rapidly adjust, modify or change our strategic
priorities, capital allocation, product or service focus or operational initiatives across our business in response to
these other changes or new markets. In particular, the AI industry is nascent, highly competitive, capital intensive
and rapidly changing. There are a number of companies today that develop or may develop products or services that
compete with our AI segment, and new competitors may emerge over time. Some of our current or potential
competitors in the AI market are large technology companies that have significant financial, technical and marketing
resources, and in some cases greater access to data, and others are smaller specialized companies that possess
specialized expertise and may have greater flexibility than we do. We also have a limited number of customers for
our AI products when compared to certain of our competitors. Current and potential competitors have established, or
may in the future establish, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase the ability
of their AI technologies to address the needs of current and prospective users of our AI products. Furthermore,
current or prospective users may decide to develop competing products for particular use cases or to establish
strategic relationships with our competitors for such use cases. Current and potential competitors and bad actors,
may also attempt to reverse engineer or otherwise replicate our AI technology, including through model extraction
or distillation techniques. Increased competition with our AI products could result in price reductions, revenue
42
shortfalls, loss of customers and loss of market share, which may harm our business, financial condition results of
operations and future prospects.
In our Connectivity segment, including Starlink broadband and Starlink Mobile, we face competition from terrestrial
fixed network providers, mobile network operators, and other satellite providers, and our services may be less
competitive in certain markets, including dense urban areas where terrestrial fiber and wireless networks may offer
higher capacity, lower cost, or more consistent performance. In addition, our Starlink Mobile offering operates in a
highly competitive and evolving market, and may be affected by the pace of technological development, spectrum
availability, and the success of our partnerships with mobile carriers. In addition, the X platform faces intense
competition from social media, messaging and media companies and traditional media outlets, such as television,
radio and print, for advertising budgets. Advertisers generally do not have long-term commitments to the X platform
and may reduce or discontinue their advertising spending for a variety of reasons outside our control. We are
expending resources to improve the X platform and improve its attractiveness to users and advertisers. While we
have introduced new user interface enhancements, algorithm updates, and other product features, improvements to
the X platform, introducing new products and services on the X platform and other initiatives may be costly and
difficult to implement, and we cannot be sure that they will be positively received by users, content creators, or
advertisers, or provide positive returns on our investment. Losing users who migrate to other platforms may
negatively impact our potential subscription or advertising revenue. Additionally, if users do not continue to
contribute content and otherwise engage with the X platform, we are unable to provide users with valuable and
timely content, or if content that is considered to be problematic or offensive is made available on the X platform,
the size of the X platform’s user base and their engagement may decline, leading to a decline in monetizable usage
and the loss of potential subscription revenue from such users, and the X platform may experience brand or
reputational harm. A decline in users on the X platform, or the volume or quality of their content on the X platform,
could also impact the ongoing development of our AI product, which in part utilizes data and user-generated content
from the X platform. We plan to publicly launch the Money product on the X platform (the “Money Product”);
however, we are competing against large, established companies with significantly greater resources and market
presence than us. If we are unable to anticipate technological trends, respond to technological advancements or
changing customer demands, or successfully develop and commercialize new or enhanced offerings, we may be
unable to establish or maintain a meaningful market position and our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
The estimates of future market opportunity and forecasts of market growth, and our ability to capture such
markets, included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.
Our estimates for the total addressable market for our Space, Connectivity and AI businesses, as well as estimates
regarding the growth of AI and its impacts, contained elsewhere in this prospectus are based on a number of internal
and third-party estimates. For example, our estimates of market opportunity for our Space, Connectivity and AI
businesses rely in part on third-party data and a number of internal assumptions. With respect to our Space segment,
these estimates rely in part on estimates published by Novaspace regarding the size of the global market for space-
enabled solutions, including spacecraft manufacturing, launch services and related activities. Our connectivity
market estimates are based in part on estimates of the number of households, businesses, aircraft and maritime
vessels globally derived from third-party sources, together with assumptions regarding ARPU and monthly service
revenue derived from third-party industry data and our internal expectations regarding pricing, adoption rates and
service penetration across different geographic regions and economic environments. Our AI market estimates are
based in part on projections of global data center compute demand from third-party sources, including estimates
published by RAND Corporation, together with internal assumptions regarding the portion of global compute
capacity that may be utilized for AI workloads and other operational assumptions such as power usage, utilization
rates and pricing.
These estimates require us to make numerous assumptions and judgments regarding factors that are inherently
uncertain and subject to change, including the pace of technological development, future demand for launch,
connectivity and AI services, the rate of adoption of satellite connectivity and AI technologies, the availability and
cost of power and computing hardware, the evolution of regulatory frameworks, and broader macroeconomic
conditions.
43
While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and
estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time,
thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our estimates of the total
addressable market for our services, as well as the expected growth rate for the total addressable market for our
services, may prove to be inaccurate.
Many of our initiatives, including those to develop orbital AI compute at scale, manufacture AI chips at scale,
establish a lunar economy, develop human augmentation systems, and transport humans and cargo to the Moon
and Mars, involve significant technical complexity, unproven technologies, or technologies that do not exist or
may require significant advancement, and such initiatives may not achieve commercial viability.
Our initiatives to develop orbital AI compute at scale, establish a lunar economy, develop human augmentation
systems, and transport humans and cargo to the Moon and Mars are in early stages of conception, design and
development and have not yet been proven at commercial scale, or at all, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. In
particular, the timeline for these initiatives, and the launch cadence required to achieve them may be difficult or
impossible to determine. These efforts require substantial and ongoing investments of financial, technical, and
human resources over extended time horizons, including, but not limited to, research and development, testing,
infrastructure, regulatory approvals, and mission execution. The technologies, systems, and operational capabilities
required for each of these initiatives involve significant technical complexity and are subject to design, engineering,
and performance risks, many of which may only become apparent as development and testing progress. Many of
these technologies, systems and operational capabilities are novel and untested, and we expect to incur significant
capital expenditures over a period of years before our AI products and services and other strategic initiatives,
including AI compute infrastructure and in-orbit, lunar, and interplanetary industrialization efforts, become
profitable, which may never occur. In addition, in-orbit refueling of Starship is essential to our lunar, Mars, asteroid
mining, and other deep space ambitions beyond geostationary Earth orbit. In-orbit refueling is complex, and we have
not yet demonstrated or attempted it. We may not be able to develop, commercialize, scale, or successfully
implement these or other strategic initiatives on the timelines we currently anticipate, or at all. Furthermore, the
viability of orbital AI compute depends in part on the cost advantages of solar energy relative to existing terrestrial
energy sources. To the extent that breakthrough developments in terrestrial energy access, such as advances in
nuclear energy, significantly reduce energy costs or alleviate infrastructure constraints, the viability of our orbital AI
compute infrastructure may be materially diminished. Even if our orbital AI compute infrastructure proves to be
commercially viable, a material slowdown in the growth of AI applications and related compute demand could result
in existing terrestrial data centers sufficiently meeting such demand, thereby reducing the need for our orbital AI
compute infrastructure. As a result, we may be required to devote financial, technical, human or other resources in
excess of our current expectations, and there can be no assurance that these investments will generate adequate
revenue, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Several of our anticipated market opportunities, including certain AI, orbital, lunar, and interplanetary
transportation and industrial activities, are still emerging and evolving or do not currently exist, and such
markets may not develop as we expect, or at all.
A portion of our anticipated market opportunities is associated with industries described in the section entitled
“Business—Future Markets.” Certain of these industries, such as space tourism, human augmentation, and cargo
transport to the Moon, are still emerging. Others, including in-orbit manufacturing, passenger transport to the Moon,
an established human presence or gateway hub on the Moon, passenger and cargo transport to Mars, energy
production on the Moon or Mars, manufacturing capabilities on the Moon or Mars, and asteroid mining do not exist
today. Any estimate we make regarding the size or timing of our anticipated market opportunities is inherently
uncertain and necessarily involves significant assumptions about future customer demand, adoption, technological
development, regulatory conditions and the emergence of a broader commercial market that does not currently exist.
While we believe these industries will develop over time, the manner in which they emerge, including the timing of
commercialization, the scale and pace of adoption, and the applicable technical, regulatory, geopolitical and
economic frameworks may differ materially from our current expectations. If these industries do not develop,
develop on slower timelines, at smaller scales, or under different economic or regulatory conditions than we
anticipate, this could require us to modify, delay, or abandon certain of our business plans, or cause such plans not to
44
develop at all, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations,
and future prospects.
The global nature of our business poses risks with respect to unstable, malicious or arbitrary legal regimes and
authorities.
We, particularly through Starlink, maintain global operations. As a result, we may face risks that our operations will
be subject to unstable, capricious, or malicious legal regimes and authorities. The increasing militarization of space
and the potential development of space-based warfare capabilities may expose our assets and operations to
heightened geopolitical and security risks, including the risk that foreign governments or other actors could target
our satellites or related infrastructure. Certain foreign governments have publicly discussed the potential use of anti-
satellite weapons against the Starlink constellation. These and other actions by foreign governments, whether
through military, regulatory or other means, may adversely affect our operations and assets. Even if we attempt to
comply with known local laws, our assets (both physical, intangible and financial) may be subject to seizure or other
expropriation. There is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain operations in any jurisdiction, and, if our assets
or properties are subject to seizure or other expropriation, there can be no assurances that we will be able to recover
our assets or properties. Any such legal or other governmental action could have an adverse effect on us. For
example, in August 2024, Starlink received an order from Brazil’s Supreme Court that froze Starlink’s Brazilian
financial assets and prevented Starlink from conducting financial transactions in Brazil (the “Brazil Asset Seizure”).
The action taken by the Brazilian Supreme Court arose out of purported violations of Brazilian law by X, which at
the time was not owned by us and was only affiliated with Mr. Musk. It is possible that we may be subject to actions
like the Brazil Asset Seizure in the future (whether in Brazil or another country) and, regardless of whether any such
action is consistent with local and international law, we may never recover assets seized in any similar action.
Additionally, actions that we take to minimize the impact of actions such as the Brazil Asset Seizure to our
customers, for example, by continuing to provide service without charge or otherwise altering payment processes
and methods to permit customers to maintain service, may have a material impact on our financial performance. As
evidenced by the Brazil Asset Seizure, we may be subject to adverse actions from governmental actors on the basis
of assumptions, facts or events that are not directly related to our operations and instead relate to the actions of our
directors, officers, or shareholders or operations of businesses that are affiliated with them.
Our services are subject to risks related to supplying services to the U.S. government.
Supplying services to the U.S. government subjects us to unique risks, including compliance with complex
regulations, vulnerability to changes in government priorities or funding levels, and exposure to contractual disputes
or audits. In 2025, approximately one-fifth of our revenue was attributable to agencies within the U.S. federal
government. As a contractor to various U.S. government agencies, we are subject to extensive federal procurement
regulations, including the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation
Supplement (DFARS), as well as other rules governing cost accounting, cybersecurity, ethics, and national security.
These regulations impose stringent requirements on our operations, business practices, and reporting, and
noncompliance could result in civil or criminal penalties, suspension or debarment from government contracting, or
loss of existing or future business. These requirements, although customary in U.S. government contracts, increase
our performance and compliance costs. These costs might increase in the future. For those reasons and in order to
achieve our orbital compute goals, we may prioritize our own launch payloads over additional U.S. government
contracts or third-party customers. This prioritization of launch capacity may limit revenue growth in our Space
segment, and impact our relationship with regulators, and could invite litigation from customers or competitors. In
addition, government contracts are susceptible to unilateral termination, reduction in scope, or delays at the
government’s convenience, which may occur due to shifting budgetary priorities, changes in defense or space
policy, or the reallocation of funding to other programs. The termination or reduction of funding for a government
program could result in a loss of anticipated future revenue attributable to that program. The actual receipt of
revenue on awards may never occur or may change because a program schedule could change or the program could
be canceled, or a contract could be reduced, modified, or terminated early. In addition, in certain circumstances,
governments or other customers may be reluctant to rely on our satellite connectivity or defense-related services if
they believe the availability of such services could be restricted or suspended based on geopolitical considerations,
conflicts, sanctions, or other policy determinations, which could adversely affect our ability to win or retain
contracts. In addition, our significant business relationships with U.S. defense and government agencies may cause
45
us to be perceived as closely aligned with the U.S. government or military. This perception could discourage certain
consumers, enterprises, or foreign governments from purchasing our products and services which could adversely
affect our sales in the United States and internationally. We and our facilities could also be targeted by foreign
adversaries and non-state actors due to such perception. Government customers may also subject our contracts to
rigorous audits and investigations, which can result in disputes regarding contract performance, cost allowability, or
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Adverse audit findings or contractual disputes could lead to
repayments, financial penalties, or restrictions on our ability to compete for future contracts.
Certain of our government contracts also require that we maintain facility security clearances and that certain of our
employees obtain and maintain personnel security clearances. Obtaining and maintaining these clearances involves a
lengthy and uncertain process and depends on factors outside of our control, and we may experience delays in
receiving required clearances or be unable to hire or retain a sufficient number of employees with the necessary
clearances to perform under certain contracts. If we are unable to obtain or maintain required facility or personnel
security clearances, we may be unable to bid on, win, or perform certain classified programs, and existing contracts
could be terminated or not renewed, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects.
Further, our business is subject to economic sanctions and trade embargo laws, various import regulations, including
tariffs, and stringent U.S. import and export control laws. Any failure by us to comply with any of the foregoing
could result in our debarment from government contracts, limitations on our ability to enter into contracts with the
U.S. government, civil or criminal penalties, fines, investigations, more onerous compliance requirements, or loss of
export privileges.
We derive significant revenue from U.S. government contracts that are subject to competitive bidding, funding
approvals and other government budgetary processes, which factors could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
We derive significant revenue from U.S. government contracts that were awarded through a competitive bidding
process. Competitive bidding presents a number of risks, including: the need to bid on programs in advance of the
completion of their design, which may result in unforeseen technological difficulties and cost overruns; the
substantial cost and managerial time and effort that must be spent to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that
may not be awarded to us; the need to estimate accurately the resources and cost structure that will be required to
service any contract we are awarded; and the expense and delay that may arise if interested parties or our
competitors protest or challenge contract awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding, and the risk that any
such protest or challenge could result in the delay of our contract performance, the distraction of management, the
resubmission of bids on modified specifications, or in termination, reduction or modification of the awarded
contract.
Our business with governmental entities is subject to changes in policies, priorities, regulations, mandates, and
funding levels, any of which could materially impact our operations and financial results. U.S. government program
funding is subject to Congressional appropriations on a fiscal year basis even though contract performance may take
more than one year. As a result, at the outset of a major program, the contract is usually incrementally funded and
additional funds are normally committed to the contract only as Congress makes appropriations in future fiscal
years. U.S. government contracts may also be undefinitized at the time of the start of performance. Under
undefinitized contract actions, the U.S. government has the ability to unilaterally definitize contracts and, absent a
successful appeal of such action, the unilateral definitization of the contract would obligate us to perform under
terms and conditions imposed by the U.S. government. Such unilaterally imposed contract terms could include less
favorable pricing or terms and conditions more burdensome than those negotiated in other circumstances. U.S.
government contracts typically involve long lead times for design and development and are subject to significant
changes in contract scheduling.
Additionally, the U.S. government’s budget deficit and the national debt, as well as any inability of the U.S.
government to complete its budget process for any government fiscal year and consequently having to shut down or
operate on funding levels equivalent to its prior fiscal year pursuant to a “continuing resolution,” could have a
material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
46
Moreover, if we fail to establish and maintain important relationships with U.S. government agencies, our ability to
successfully maintain and develop new business could be materially and adversely affected. The current political
environment in the United States is highly polarized, and shifts in the composition of the U.S. Congress or changes
in the presidential administration can result in significant changes in government spending priorities, regulatory
posture, and the allocation of contracts and resources across industries and programs. Our relationships with U.S.
government agencies and the favorability of the regulatory and procurement environment in which we operate may
be affected by which political party controls the presidency or one or both chambers of the U.S. Congress. As a
result, there can be no assurance that current government relationships, contracts, or levels of funding will be
maintained, and any significant adverse developments could have a material and adverse impact on our growth and
competitive position.
In addition, our Space segment revenue is primarily derived from fixed-price contracts, under which we agree to
deliver specified products or services at a predetermined price regardless of the actual costs incurred. As a result, if
we experience cost overruns on these contracts, including from factors outside our control, we are required to absorb
the excess costs, which may reduce profitability or result in losses, strain cash flows, and impact our ability to invest
in future growth. Any unanticipated increases in labor, material, or other direct or indirect costs—including those
arising from inflation, supply chain disruptions, design changes, regulatory requirements, or unforeseen technical
challenges—must be borne by us. When these overruns occur, our margins on affected contracts may be
significantly reduced or eliminated, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and future prospects. Additionally, absorbing excess costs may limit our ability to allocate resources to
other strategic initiatives, delay investment in research and development, or constrain our capacity to pursue new
business opportunities. In addition, we sometimes receive advanced payments and billings in excess of the amount
of revenue we recognize, which we record as deferred revenue. As a result, our cash flows may be subject to
fluctuation across periods in a manner that may be unrelated to our underlying performance.
Our ability to expand our Starlink consumer and enterprise connectivity services depends on our ability to
increase market awareness and acceptance of connectivity through Starlink, and any failure to do so could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
Our ability to expand our Starlink consumer and enterprise connectivity services depends on our ability to increase
market awareness and acceptance of connectivity through Starlink. There can be no assurance that our efforts to
increase awareness will be successful. In particular, such efforts may not be successful if we are unable to offer
Starlink services at competitive prices. Additionally, constraints in the distribution of user terminals could delay
service activations, increase costs, or otherwise limit our ability to scale such services as anticipated. Consumer
acceptance may also be hindered by the presence of well-established terrestrial broadband alternatives, as well as
lingering perceptions regarding service reliability, latency, and the complexity of satellite-based internet compared
to traditional fixed-line solutions.
The expansion of our satellite-to-mobile connectivity services depends substantially on our ability to secure and
maintain partnerships with mobile network operators and on the adoption of necessary hardware and software
modifications by device manufacturers, and any failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
The expansion of our global satellite-to-mobile connectivity offerings depends substantially on our ability to enter
into and maintain successful partnerships with telecommunications carriers and spectrum licensees globally, and to
obtain country-specific authorizations to offer such connectivity using satellite spectrum bands for which we have
international coordination rights. In the United States, we expect to be able to provide 5G-like connectivity to a
meaningful portion of existing unmodified devices through our Starlink Mobile Gen2 service utilizing our V2
Mobile satellites, either by operating on spectrum leased to us by MNO partners or by utilizing our own domestic
spectrum holdings. However, achieving full 5G NR-NTN compliance and optimal performance would likely require
handset manufacturers to implement hardware and software modifications, primarily to the radio-frequency front
end, in future devices. The spectrum frequencies in the FCC licenses to be acquired from EchoStar are standardized
for terrestrial 5G mobile broadband (3GPP bands n66 and n70). But the 5G NR-NTN bands for these same
frequencies, such as n252 and n256, are not currently supported by RF front-end hardware for the provision of 5G-
like service in any commercially available mobile devices. We do not have direct contractual arrangements with
47
handset manufacturers; instead, we expect MNO partners, as major purchasers of mobile devices, to encourage or
drive such adoption. There can be no assurance that these modifications will be adopted on our preferred timeline, or
at all.
Internationally, we face similar constraints until handset manufacturers implement hardware and software
modifications to support the international spectrum authorizations to be obtained from EchoStar. As a result, our
near-term international service strategy depends on our ability to establish MNO spectrum partnerships on a market-
by-market basis, which does not require device hardware modifications but is subject to the successful negotiation
and execution of commercial agreements in each jurisdiction. Until device manufacturers incorporate support for our
international spectrum bands into future handsets, we will be unable to offer 5G-like direct-to-consumer service on
our own international spectrum.
The provision of our satellite-to-mobile services also requires regulatory approvals from the FCC and foreign
regulatory authorities. Our Gen1 service, utilizing our existing constellation of V1 Mobile satellites, is fully licensed
in the United States but requires additional country-by-country approvals to operate internationally. We have signed
MNO partnerships for our Gen1 service in approximately 30 countries. These partnerships represent commercial
agreements with carriers but do not, by themselves, provide the regulatory approvals necessary to offer service. In
addition to at least one MNO partnership, we have obtained required approvals to offer commercial Gen1 service in
the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Japan, and Australia, as well as in several additional countries.
Our Gen2 service, which will utilize 2 GHz S-band spectrum and a new satellite constellation, requires a license
transfer, a constellation license, and spectrum usage approvals in each country in which we seek to operate. For the
United States, we have received the relevant license transfer approval from the FCC, and we expect to receive the
remaining necessary regulatory authorizations in the second or third quarter of 2026. While these authorizations
would be sufficient from a United States regulatory perspective, we still require our V2 Mobile satellites to be in
orbit and must complete the acquisition of the relevant spectrum from EchoStar before we can commence our
planned commercial Gen2 service in the United States. Internationally, we have filed applications in nearly every
country in which we intend to operate our Gen2 service, and approvals have been granted in a limited number of
these jurisdictions to date. Each jurisdiction presents its own regulatory process and timeline, and we cannot predict
when or whether approvals will be granted in any given market. Subject to regulatory approvals, we are receiving
from EchoStar certain assets and authorizations that provide very senior ITU priority for international frequency
coordination for our V2 Mobile constellation. Until such approvals are obtained, we also signed a coordination
agreement with EchoStar to obtain the protection of its senior ITU priority rights until the authorizations transfer.
However, some countries have signaled through public consultations or other actions that they are considering
ignoring or diminishing ITU priority as a mechanism to decide which operators are licensed to operate in their
country. Several countries and regions have open inquiries that invite input on whether factors other than ITU
priority (such as whether the operator originates from the country) should govern the issuance of spectrum licenses,
and we cannot be certain the outcome of these proceedings. Delays or failures to obtain necessary approvals could
materially delay the deployment and commercialization of our Gen2 service. The failure to enter into or successfully
maintain such partnerships, or the failure of device manufacturers to adopt the necessary hardware modifications, or
the failure to obtain required regulatory approvals, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
If the recommendations, forecasts, content, analyses or other output that our AI technologies, including Grok,
assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, harmful, illegal, or used for an improper
purpose, we could continue to be subjected to claims and investigations, and we could be subjected to legal
liability and brand, reputational, or competitive harm.
AI technologies, the models, algorithms, prompts and datasets on which they rely, and the recommendations,
forecasts, analyses or other output that such AI technologies assist in producing, may be flawed, insufficient, of poor
quality, rely upon incorrect, inaccurate, harmful or illegal data, reflect unwanted forms of bias, hallucinate,
misrepresent, mislead or contain other errors or inadequacies, any of which may not be easily detectable. Although
we devote significant resources to develop, test, and maintain our AI technologies, we may not be able to identify or
resolve all AI-related issues, deficiencies, and failures before they arise. AI technologies have been known to
produce mischaracterized or “hallucinatory” inferences or outputs, and certain of our AI products, such as Grok,
48
have been alleged to be susceptible to “data poisoning” in the past. We may not have insight into, or control over,
the practices of third parties who may utilize our AI technologies. As such, third parties have in the past used, and
may in the future use, such AI technologies for improper purposes, including through the dissemination of illegal,
inaccurate, defamatory or harmful content, intellectual property infringement or misappropriation, furthering bias or
discrimination, cybersecurity attacks, including spear phishing and social engineering attacks, data privacy
violations, other societal harms, including activities that threaten people’s safety, financial security, or mental well-
being on- or offline, or to develop competing technologies. Inappropriate or controversial data practices by data
scientists, engineers, and end users of AI technologies, including our AI segment’s systems, could impair the
acceptance of AI technologies generally, including our AI products. If the recommendations, forecasts, content, or
analyses that our AI technologies assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, offensive, illegal,
or otherwise harmful, we could be subjected to claims and investigations, and we could be subjected to legal liability
and brand, reputational or competitive harm. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to
regulatory investigations and litigation related to such claims regarding our recommendations, forecasts, content or
analyses. Also please refer to “—Our AI products, X platform, and Starlink services are subject to complex and
evolving U.S. and foreign laws and regulations regarding privacy, cybersecurity, data use, data combination, data
protection, content, AI, competition, youth protection, safety, consumer protection and notification, advertising, e-
commerce, sanctions, export controls, and other matters. Many of these laws and regulations are subject to change
and uncertain interpretation, and we could be required to make changes to our products and business practices, and
be exposed to monetary penalties, increased cost of operations, declines in user growth or engagement, or loss of
customers, or other harm to our AI products, X platform, and Starlink services.” In addition, if we do not have
sufficient rights to use the models, algorithms, prompts and datasets on which our AI technologies rely, or the
recommendations, forecasts, content, analyses or other output that our AI technologies assist in producing, we could
also incur liability through the violation of applicable laws and regulations, third-party intellectual property, privacy
or other rights, or contracts to which we are a party. Furthermore, failure to properly disclose the use of consumer-
facing AI technologies may result in consumer protection or regulatory enforcement activity. Use of AI
technologies, including our AI products, may result in disruptions in, or unauthorized access to, users’ computer
systems, which could also lead to the unauthorized disclosure of sensitive (including classified), proprietary,
confidential or personal information, new potential cyberattack methods for third parties or an increase in the
frequency, sophistication or intensity of cyberattacks. Moreover, if AI technologies are perceived to be significantly
disruptive to society, it could lead to governmental or regulatory restrictions or prohibitions on their use, societal
concerns or unrest, or both, any of which could materially and adversely affect our ability to develop, deploy, or
commercialize AI technologies and execute our business strategy. Our implementation of AI technologies, including
through our AI segment’s systems, could result in legal liability, regulatory action, operational disruption, brand,
reputational or competitive harm, or other adverse impacts.
Environmental laws, regulations, litigation, liabilities and proceedings may adversely affect our operations,
including our launch operations, manufacturing activities, fuel storage and handling operations, launch facilities
and ground infrastructure, and data center operations and expansion plans.
Our operations, including our launch operations, manufacturing activities, fuel storage and handling operations,
launch facilities and ground infrastructure, and data center operations and expansion plans are subject to a variety of
state and federal environmental laws and regulations governing matters such as air emissions, wastewater discharges
and the discharge, treatment, storage, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and wastes, including the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and permitting requirements of federal, state and local
environmental authorities. Liability under these laws imposes strict liability for environmental contamination or
remediation costs. Changing regulatory requirements for permits and approvals relating to operational infrastructure,
including energy generation assets (e.g., renewables, generators or grid connections), manufacturing facilities,
launch facilities, fuel storage and handling facilities, and data centers may cause delays, higher costs or denials, and
a failure to comply with these requirements may result in fines, shutdowns or competitive harm. In addition,
growing scrutiny of data centers’ overall ecological footprint could lead to community opposition, fines or mandates
for changing existing practices. We are or may become subject to environmental lawsuits and proceedings, and
various parties have threatened or brought lawsuits that allege we are unlawfully operating natural gas-fired turbines
without required permits at facilities in Southaven, Mississippi. While we have obtained such permits, the outcome
49
of these legal actions is uncertain. Injunctive relief or the rescission of issued permits would prevent our ability to
utilize power generation sources that are required for the operation of these data centers and would adversely affect
our AI business. We cannot predict with certainty how future legislative or regulatory developments will affect our
business, but compliance with new or modified environmental requirements could require us to incur significant
unanticipated expenditures that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, speed of
deployment and cash flows.
In addition, our launch facilities and related operations are subject to environmental permitting, land use, wetlands,
coastal management and other environmental review requirements, such as the National Environmental Policy Act
or related federal and state laws, that may give rise to litigation, regulatory enforcement actions or permitting
disputes. Environmental groups, regulatory authorities or other stakeholders may challenge our launch activities,
launch cadence, construction or expansion of facilities, fuel storage or handling practices, or other operational
activities under federal, state or local environmental laws. Such actions may seek injunctive relief, civil penalties or
additional environmental review and mitigation measures, any of which could delay launches, restrict operations,
increase compliance costs or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and
future prospects.
We may face substantial potential liability and operational disruptions if we violate the intellectual property rights
or other rights of third parties, and if we fail to adequately protect, maintain, defend or enforce our intellectual
property and other similar rights, we could lose an important competitive advantage, in each case which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, customer trust and
future prospects.
Our success and ability to compete also depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing,
misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. Companies in the AI and
technology industries own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets, and frequently enter
into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation, or other violations of intellectual property or
other rights, including in novel areas such as those relating to AI training and AI outputs. Plaintiffs have in the past
and may in the future file infringement or other litigation or administrative or adversarial actions relating to the
training or development of our AI models. We cannot guarantee that the operation of our business does not and will
not infringe or violate the rights of third parties, and we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that
others may claim cover some or all of our products or services. Moreover, we may not have the freedom to operate
unimpeded by the patent or other rights of others. Third parties may have dominating, blocking or other patents or
other rights relevant to our technology, of which we are not aware.
Intellectual property and related laws are constantly evolving, can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal
and factual questions for which important principles remain unresolved. For example, in the United States and in
many foreign jurisdictions, policies regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents and scope of protections for
content can be inconsistent. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent, intellectual property
and other related laws or changes to patent, intellectual property and other related laws that might be enacted into
law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies.
We rely on statutory safe harbors, including those set forth in the Digital Millennium Copyright Act and Section 230
of the Communications Decency Act in the United States and the Digital Services Act in the EU, to protect against
liability for various activities, including linking, caching, ranking, recommending and hosting. Legislation or court
rulings affecting these safe harbors may harm us and may impose significant operational challenges. There are
legislative proposals and pending litigation in the United States, EU, and around the world that could diminish or
eliminate safe harbor protection for websites and online platforms.
If we violate, or are alleged to have violated, the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents,
copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, or other intellectual property rights and related rights, we may be subject to
costly and time-consuming litigation, substantial financial penalties, and reputational harm, any of which could
materially disrupt our operations, product development and strategic initiatives. As we continue to develop new or
update existing technologies, products, and services, there is a risk that third parties may allege that our operations
or offerings infringe upon their intellectual property rights. For example, we are currently a defendant in litigation
50
alleging copyright infringement relating to the claimed use of copyrighted works to train our AI models. Other
plaintiffs may file infringement or other litigation relating to the training or development of our AI models. In
addition, we are currently subject to, and in the future may be subject to claims from various “non-practicing
entities” or other companies that own patents and other intellectual property rights that often attempt to aggressively
assert their rights in order to extract value from technology companies by threatening costly litigation or that have
minimal operations or relevant product revenue and against whom our patents may provide little or no deterrence or
protection. We are and may in the future be subject to additional copyright litigation or other litigation, including
litigation relating to allegations that we have trained or developed our AI models on copyrighted works in a manner
that infringes on copyrights, or in a manner that otherwise violates the intellectual property or other rights of third
parties, or that our models produce outputs in a manner that infringes on copyrights or other intellectual property or
other rights. Moreover, the impact of AI on intellectual property ownership and licensing rights, including
copyrights, has not been fully addressed by U.S. or international courts or other federal, state or international laws or
regulations (or by courts, laws or regulations in foreign jurisdictions), and our use of AI models may reduce our
ability to protect our own intellectual property. In addition, former employers of our current, former, or future
employees may assert claims that such employees have improperly disclosed to us confidential or proprietary
information of these former employers. Any such claims or allegations, whether or not they have merit, could result
in costly litigation, substantial damages, injunctions against the use of certain technologies, or the need to obtain
licenses on unfavorable terms. In addition, certain of our contracts with customers, suppliers, and partners contain
indemnification provisions that could require us to defend against infringement or other claims and pay damages or
settlements, thereby increasing our financial exposure. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is inherently
uncertain, and adverse judgments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of
operations, and future prospects. If we are unable to obtain necessary licenses, non-infringing substitute
technologies, or otherwise mitigate these risks, we may be forced to discontinue certain products or services, delay
or curtail research and development activities, or limit our expansion into new markets.
Additionally, failure to adequately protect, maintain, defend, or enforce our intellectual property—including patents,
copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and proprietary technologies—may lead to loss of competitive advantage,
weakened market position, and financial harm from unauthorized use or infringement. We rely and expect to
continue to rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality procedures,
contractual commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our intellectual property. However, the steps
we take to protect our intellectual property and other rights may be inadequate due to various circumstances. We
may be unable or choose not to pursue or maintain certain types of intellectual property protection or registration for
our intellectual property in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, and the measures we do take may not prevent
our competitors or other third parties from independently developing products, services, and technology similar to or
duplicative of our products and services. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to
enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. In addition, our patents or
other intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable, and
pending and future trademark and patent applications may not be approved. While it is our policy to enter into
confidentiality agreements with our employees, contractors and other third parties to limit and control access to and
disclosure of our trade secrets, intellectual property and confidential information, we may fail to enter into such
agreements with all relevant entities and any such agreements may be breached, or this intellectual property may
otherwise be disclosed or become known to our competitors, including through hacking, theft, or other
misappropriation, including by employees, which could cause us to lose any competitive advantage resulting from
these trade secrets, intellectual property and proprietary information. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that the
steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent infringement of our rights or
misappropriation of our technology, trade secrets or know-how.
Additionally, to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to
monitor, defend, enforce and protect these rights. Monitoring unauthorized uses of our intellectual property is
difficult and costly. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our
intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and
to protect our trade secrets, and any such litigation may be costly and time consuming, result in the diversion of time
and attention of our management team, and may not be successful or could result in the impairment or loss of
portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met
51
with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property
rights. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent unauthorized use, copy, reverse engineering,
misappropriation of our technology or intellectual property rights to create technology that compete with ours, or
independent development of similar technologies. Insufficient protection could force us into costly and uncertain
litigation or enforcement actions, allowing competitors to launch rival products and eroding our revenue and
profitability.
Acquisitions, divestitures, or other strategic transactions we pursue may not achieve the anticipated benefits,
synergies or strategic objectives.
We may not achieve the anticipated benefits, synergies, or strategic objectives of any acquisition, divestiture, or
other strategic transaction in a timely manner, or at all, including those we expect from the recent acquisition of xAI,
the acquisition of spectrum assets and licenses from EchoStar in connection with our Starlink Mobile initiatives, our
collaboration on Terafab with Tesla, Intel or any future partners, project and our recent collaboration with Cursor
and any potential acquisition of Cursor, if consummated. Acquisitions, divestitures, or other strategic transactions
may present unforeseen liabilities or disruptions to our operations, which could adversely impact our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. We may assume unexpected obligations or incur
costs associated with acquired businesses, including litigation, regulatory compliance, environmental liabilities, or
contractual disputes, which could result in material losses or divert management focus from ongoing operations. We
may issue a significant amount of equity in connection with future transactions.
Integrating acquired businesses, partnerships, or joint ventures may present significant challenges, including
aligning operations, systems, and cultures, which could result in inefficiencies, increased costs, or failure to realize
anticipated benefits. The process of integration is often complex and time-consuming, and we may encounter
unforeseen difficulties in harmonizing business practices, integrating technologies and IT systems, retaining key
personnel, or reconciling differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies. In addition, the integration
of acquired entities or new partners exposes us to disruptions in, or unauthorized access to, our computer systems
and data or may divert management attention and resources from our core operations, potentially impacting our
ability to execute on other strategic initiatives or maintain existing customer relationships. We may also face
challenges in achieving expected synergies, cost savings, or strategic objectives within anticipated timeframes, or at
all, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. If we
are unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, partnerships, or joint ventures, or if the anticipated benefits of these
transactions do not materialize as expected, we could experience operational disruptions, loss of key personnel or
customers, increased costs, and diminished competitive position. Any failure to effectively integrate acquired
businesses, partnerships, or joint ventures could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects.
Similarly, divestitures could result in the loss of revenue, disruption of customer or partner relationships, or
challenges in separating assets and personnel. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify,
consummate, or integrate future acquisitions, divestitures, or other strategic transactions on favorable terms, or at all,
and any such activities may heighten our exposure to operational, financial, and regulatory risks unique to our
industry.
We have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, development and manufacturing delays and damage
or destruction during pre-launch operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
The development, manufacturing, and operation of launch vehicles and satellites are complex and capital-intensive
activities that are subject to numerous risks. Our launch vehicles, satellites, and related systems have in the past
experienced and may in the future experience delays, damage or destruction during design and manufacturing,
including delays in fabrication, assembly, inspection, testing, and component qualification. These issues may arise
from engineering challenges, supplier performance problems, quality control shortcomings, unexpected design
modifications, or disruptions in our manufacturing facilities. Any of these factors may delay development or
production schedules, increase costs, or result in hardware that must be reworked or replaced.
52
Our operations also involve significant risks during pre-launch preparation. Launch vehicles and satellites can be
damaged or destroyed during transport, fueling, integration, or ground testing. Furthermore, the early retirement or
inoperability of satellites or related infrastructure may require us to accelerate depreciation or recognize impairment
charges, thereby adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
Even minor anomalies may require extensive troubleshooting or repairs, resulting in launch delays, increased
mission costs, or the loss of flight hardware. Because launch operations require coordination across multiple systems
—including propulsion, avionics, ground infrastructure, and third-party range providers—issues in any one area can
lead to postponements or mission cancellations.
Our ability to continue and expand launch and satellite operations depends upon our ability to obtain new and
leverage existing U.S. export control and sanctions authorizations, and any significant changes to the geopolitical
landscape or U.S. government regulatory approach to licensing could materially and adversely impact our
international business operations by compromising existing licenses or limiting our ability to engage in
commercial dealings in or involving geopolitically sensitive countries.
The launch and satellite operations are subject to stringent export control and economic and trade sanctions laws,
including the U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”), the Export Administration Regulations, and
sanctions administered and enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control
(“OFAC”). Under U.S. export control laws, we are required to obtain export authorizations from the Departments of
Commerce or State to export or share any controlled goods, technology, or software with foreign persons, including
foreign person employees, or to foreign destinations. The availability of such authorizations may be impacted by
significant changes to the geopolitical landscape. The U.S. government may revise export control regulations,
restrict exports to new or additional locations, or otherwise change its approach to licensing in ways that, while
outside of our control, materially impact our international supply chain, existing export licenses, and business
operations. For example, under the ITAR, we are required to determine the proper licensing jurisdiction and
classification of products, software and technology; and obtain licenses or other forms of U.S. government
authorizations to engage in certain activities related to and that support our business operations. The authorization
requirements include the need to get permission to release controlled technology to foreign person employees and
other foreign persons.
In addition, we are required to obtain OFAC authorization in certain situations, including to provide connectivity
services or engage in other business operations in certain global markets that may be subject to economic sanctions
or trade embargoes. While we have been successful in obtaining such authorizations in the past, there can be no
assurances that authorizations or licenses will be available in the future. In addition, significant changes to the
geopolitical landscape, such as the outbreak of armed conflict, could result in the imposition of new or expanded
economic or trade sanctions that may impact or prevent our ability to provide services or otherwise operate in certain
markets. Failures by us to comply with import, export control, or sanctions laws and regulations could result in civil
or criminal penalties, fines, investigations, more onerous compliance requirements, loss of export privileges,
debarment from government contracts, or limitations on our ability to enter into contracts with the U.S. government.
Other regulators, such as the EU or UK, may also impose restrictions on our ability to operate in geopolitically
sensitive countries or territories.
Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our space-based
internet and mobile phone services, AI products, and X platform, or otherwise negatively affect our business.
We use open source technology in some of our software, including in our Starlink products and services, and in our
AI segment’s and X platform’s software and products, and we expect to continue to use open source technology in
the future. Open source technology is licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses, which
in some instances may subject us to certain unfavorable conditions. For example, certain open source licenses may
give rise to requirements to disclose or license our proprietary source code or make available any derivative works
or modifications of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Although we monitor and have
implemented policies relating to our use of open source technology to avoid subjecting our products and services to
conditions we do not intend, we cannot guarantee such efforts will be successful and we may face allegations from
others alleging ownership of, or seeking to enforce the terms of, an open source license, including by demanding
release of the open source software, derivative works or modifications, or our proprietary source code that was
53
developed using such technology, or demanding access to our software free of charge or on other unfavorable terms.
These allegations could also result in litigation. Additionally, our AI products are trained on data sets that may
include open source software, and it is possible that certain outputs of our AI products may be subject to open source
license restrictions or obligations. The terms of many open source licenses are ambiguous and have not been
interpreted by United States or foreign courts. There is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that
could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our AI segment’s products. In
such an event, we may be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue commercially offering our AI
segment’s products, to make our proprietary code generally available in source code form, to re-engineer our AI
segment’s products or to discontinue the sale of our AI segment’s products or such other products if re-engineering
could not be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, and future prospects.
In addition, the use of open source technology may entail greater technical and legal risks than those associated with
the use of third-party commercial software as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties,
controls on origin of the software, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or
the quality of the code, including the existence of security vulnerabilities. Many of the risks associated with usage of
open source technology, such as the lack of warranties or assurance of title, cannot be eliminated and could, if not
properly addressed, negatively affect our business. To the extent that our technologies and other business operations
depend upon the successful and secure operation of the open source technology we use, any undetected errors or
defects in this open source software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our software, delay
the introduction of new technological capabilities, result in a failure of our technologies, and injure our brand and
reputation. For example, undetected errors or defects in open source software could render it vulnerable to breaches
or security attacks and make our AI segment’s products more vulnerable to data breaches or security attacks. Any of
the foregoing would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
future prospects.
Payment, banking, and other financial service-related activities may subject us to additional regulatory
requirements, regulatory actions, and other risks that could be costly and difficult to comply with or that could
harm our business.
We plan to publicly launch the Money Product, which will offer payment, banking and other financial services
functionalities, including enabling our users to purchase tangible, virtual, and digital goods from merchants and send
money to other users, among other activities. These activities will subject us to a variety of laws and regulations in
the United States, Europe, and elsewhere globally, including those governing anti-money laundering and counter-
terrorism financing, money transmission, stored value, gift cards and other prepaid access instruments, electronic
funds transfer, virtual currency, consumer protection, charitable fundraising, global and local economic sanctions,
and import and export restrictions. In addition, we could become subject to new consumer protection laws and
regulations that may be adopted or amended, including those related to payment, banking, and other financial
services activities as well as sharing, collection, and use of payment, banking, and other financial services-related
data. Depending on how the Money Product evolves, we may also be subject to other laws and regulations including
those governing gambling, cryptocurrencies, brokerage, banking, credit, and lending. In some jurisdictions, the
application or interpretation of these laws and regulations is not clear. We have received certain payments licenses in
the United States and other jurisdictions for our anticipated regulated payments-related products and activities.
These licenses increase flexibility in how our use of payments may evolve, help mitigate regulatory uncertainty, and
will generally require us to demonstrate compliance with many domestic and foreign laws in relation to our licensed
payments products and activities. Our efforts to comply with these laws and regulations may still not guarantee
compliance. In the event that we are found to be in violation of any such legal or regulatory requirements, we may
be subject to monetary fines or other penalties such as a cease and desist order, or we may be required to make
product changes, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results
of operations and future prospects.
In addition, we will be subject to a variety of additional risks as a result of payment, banking, and other financial
services transactions, including: increased costs and other resources to address errors in transactions or customer
disputes; potential fraudulent or otherwise illegal activity by users, developers, employees, or third parties;
restrictions on the investment of consumer funds used to transact payments; and additional disclosure and reporting
54
requirements. We plan to publicly launch the Money Product and may in the future undertake additional payment,
banking, and other financial services initiatives, which may subject us to many of the foregoing risks and additional
licensing requirements.
Our efforts to support the creation of permanent installations on the Moon and Mars depend on the successful
development and deployment of next-generation capabilities.
Activities related to the industrialization and development of the Moon and Mars require the successful development
and deployment of next-generation capabilities such as fully reusable launch vehicles, including Starship, in-space
refueling and propellant storage, in space communications systems, and other capabilities required for operations
beyond Earth’s orbit. These systems involve significant technological, engineering, and operational challenges,
including the need to develop habitable transportation and surface environments, and perform complex in-orbit
operations. Solving these challenges will require developing solutions that are novel or untested and will require
substantial capital investment. If these efforts take longer than anticipated, or if technical, operational, or engineering
challenges arise in connection with these efforts, our goals with respect to the Moon and Mars, including
government contracts, and other and multiplanetary initiatives could be delayed, modified, or cancelled and could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if such goals are
achieved, they may not generate meaningful revenue or achieve profitability for an extended period of time.
Our AI segment is recently formed, is still being fully integrated and optimized, operates in a rapidly evolving
industry and is subject to significant execution, competitive and operational risks.
We acquired xAI in February 2026 as the foundational platform for our AI segment and as part of our ambitious
vertical integration strategy intended to combine artificial intelligence capabilities with our established Space and
Connectivity businesses. Prior to its acquisition by the Company, xAI itself was an early-stage company. As a result,
our AI segment remains in a relatively early stage of organizational and operational maturity and is subject to
integration, scaling and execution risks.
The successful integration of acquired businesses, technologies, strategic partners, and employees is inherently
complex, costly and time-consuming, and may result in operational inefficiencies, delays, disruptions, increased
costs, loss of knowledge and diversion of management attention. As is common in large acquisitions, we have had to
take significant steps to integrate xAI’s operations into our broader corporate structure as part of our AI segment,
including putting in place the management team and organizational structure needed to execute at the scale and pace
our strategy demands, as well as controls and procedures appropriate for a larger organization like ours. Many of
these steps are not yet complete.
We have undertaken, and continue to undertake, changes in personnel, strategic partnerships, infrastructure-sharing
arrangements, organizational restructurings, acquisitions and other integration initiatives intended to accelerate
development of our AI capabilities, compute infrastructure and commercial offerings. Management believes these
initiatives may create long-term strategic advantages through the combination of engineering talent, compute
infrastructure, proprietary data, software capabilities and integrated operational platforms across the Company’s
businesses, among others. However, the successful integration of acquired businesses, management teams,
employees, strategic partners, technologies and evolving product architectures is inherently complex, costly and
time-consuming and may result in operational inefficiencies, delays, disruptions or the failure to realize anticipated
synergies or commercial benefits.
We have also pursued evolving commercial and technical strategies, including coding and software development
(such as through our partnership with Cursor) and monetization of unused compute capacity (such as through our
cloud compute services agreements with Anthropic), while simultaneously continuing to invest heavily in expanding
datacenter and compute capacity for our own internal AI initiatives and products. These efforts may require
substantial capital expenditures and management attention and may create operational complexity relating to
infrastructure allocation, prioritization of internal versus external compute usage, integration of third-party
technologies and partnerships, cybersecurity, data governance and commercialization strategy. We may elect to
allocate capital and resources to long-term initiatives even if alternative uses with more short-term upside are
55
available. There can be no assurance that these initiatives will achieve their intended operational or financial
objectives.
The artificial intelligence industry is highly dynamic and rapidly evolving. We face significant uncertainty relating
to technological developments, changing customer preferences, evolving regulatory and legal frameworks,
increasing public scrutiny, and intense competition for engineering talent, compute capacity, infrastructure,
customers and capital. Some customers for compute services may not be cash flow positive and rely on external
capital to fund their contractual obligations to us. In addition, the consumer AI market is characterized by rapid
model iteration, frequent new entrants and intense competition for user attention; as a result, download and other
usage metrics for any individual AI application, including Grok, can fluctuate significantly (including periods of
decreased Grok app downloads and user activity) in response to competitor model releases, product update cycles,
and broader shifts in user behavior. As a result of these market dynamics, we may need to modify our AI strategy,
organizational structure, infrastructure deployment and capital allocation decisions in response to technological
change, competitive pressures, regulatory developments or commercial adoption trends. Initiatives that management
believes are strategically beneficial over the long term may nevertheless experience near-term operational
disruptions, integration inefficiencies, product delays, technical setbacks, leadership turnover, employee attrition,
infrastructure constraints, increased costs or uneven customer adoption during periods of transition or rapid scaling.
Management believes that our recent organizational restructuring efforts, infrastructure investments and strategic
collaborations position the AI segment favorably for long-term growth and are consistent with the maturation
process of rapidly scaling AI platforms and optimization of acquired companies. However, there can be no assurance
that we will successfully integrate acquired businesses and technologies, retain key personnel, execute our AI
strategy within anticipated timeframes, achieve meaningful commercial adoption, generate anticipated revenues or
returns on investment, or compete effectively in a rapidly evolving and increasingly competitive and consolidated AI
market. If we are unable to successfully execute our AI strategy, our business, financial condition, results of
operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.
Our AI segment is capital intensive, has incurred significant operating losses, and operates in a nascent and
rapidly evolving market in which the potential of AI remains uncertain.
AI is a nascent and rapidly evolving technology, and although we believe AI holds significant promise for
consumers and enterprises, its long-term impact will depend on the degree to which AI products and services prove
to be broadly useful in real-world applications. There can be no assurance that demand for AI solutions will develop
or be sustained at the levels we anticipate, or at all. While industry interest in AI has grown substantially, the
commercial value proposition of frontier AI models remains largely unproven, and long-term market acceptance of
our AI products and services is uncertain. Developing, training, and providing inference for frontier AI models
requires substantial and growing capital expenditures, including investments in specialized computing hardware,
data center infrastructure, energy procurement, and technical personnel, and we expect these costs to continue to
increase for the foreseeable future. In addition, we plan to allocate substantial capital to build our AI compute
infrastructure, and we expect a multi-year investment horizon before these deployments translate into sustained
positive AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Our AI segment has incurred significant operating losses since inception,
and we may not achieve profitability in this segment, or, if achieved, sustain it, and there can be no assurance that
the returns on our AI investments will be adequate to justify the capital deployed. Furthermore, the continued
improvement of AI model capabilities has historically depended in part on scaling laws, the empirical observation
that model performance improves with increased compute, data, and model size, but there is uncertainty as to how
long these scaling relationships will continue to hold. As a result of these factors, our AI segment may not achieve
the growth or returns we expect.
We have a history of net losses and may not achieve profitability in the future.
We incurred net losses of $(4,937) million and $(4,628) million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2023,
respectively, and a net loss of $(4,276) million for the three months ended March 31, 2026. We may not achieve or,
if achieved, sustain profitability in the future. As of March 31, 2026, we had an accumulated deficit of $41,311
million. While we have experienced significant growth in revenue over the last three years, we cannot predict
whether we will maintain this level of growth or when we will achieve profitability again. We also expect our capital
56
expenditures and operating expenses to increase in the future, including our general and administrative expenses as a
result of increased costs associated with operating as a public company and as we continue to invest for our future
growth, including substantial capital expenditures to design, develop, expand, and maintain our technologies and
infrastructure to support our operations. Our revenue could decline for a number of reasons, including if we are
unable to execute on our growth strategy and as a result of the other risks described in this prospectus. Furthermore,
if we fail to maintain or increase our revenue to offset increases in our operating expenses or manage our costs as we
invest in our business, including if we do not maintain or improve our operating efficiencies, we may not achieve or
sustain profitability. Any failure by us to achieve or sustain profitability on a consistent basis could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause the market price of our Class
A common stock to decline.
The timing of our revenue and cost recognition may fluctuate due to factors outside of our control, which could
cause our periodic results of operations to fluctuate and make our results difficult to predict.
In our financial results, we recognize revenue and costs for a majority of customer payloads at the launch or
deployment of the customer’s payload to its intended orbit. While we plan launches and schedule payloads in
advance, the timing of these launches or deployments may vary and can be delayed or otherwise affected by a
number of factors outside of our control, including the customer’s delay in delivering their payload for integration
onto the launch vehicle, adverse weather, and other operational considerations. As a result, the timing of revenue
recognition may shift between reporting periods. For example, if the launch of a customer’s payload was expected to
occur near the end of a reporting period but instead occurs shortly thereafter (e.g., on April 1 instead of March 30),
the associated revenue would be recognized in the subsequent quarter. In addition, if a significant number of
launches or deployments occur within a short period of time, the concentration of those events may result in greater
variability in the timing of revenue recognition between reporting periods. These factors may cause our quarterly or
annual results of operations to fluctuate and may make our results difficult to predict.
Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement, and maintain effective internal controls could have a
material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
As a privately held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a
manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
(“Section 404”).
As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls.
The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to
anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend
significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as
a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and
procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material
misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, and harm our results of operations. In addition, we will be
required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of
our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report following the completion of this offering.
This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our
internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to
assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and
possible remediation. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other
matters that are important to our business. Additionally, our independent registered public accounting firm will be
required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis, beginning
with our second annual report.
We are currently in the process of updating our control processes and automating certain of our procedures and
systems in anticipation of becoming a public company, but our internal controls over financial reporting currently do
not meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. Because we
currently do not have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal
controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a
57
material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the
conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. In connection with updating our control
processes and the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial
reporting, we have identified deficiencies and may identify deficiencies in the future that we may not be able to
remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of
Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the remediation of any deficiencies
identified by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the issuance of their attestation
report. Our testing, or the subsequent testing (if required) by our independent registered public accounting firm, may
reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Any
material weaknesses could result in a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly consolidated financial
statements or disclosures that may not be prevented or detected.
Our insurance coverage strategy may not be adequate to protect us from all business risks.
We may be subject, in the ordinary course of business, to losses resulting from accidents, acts of God and other
claims against us, for which we may have no insurance coverage. As a general matter, we do not maintain as much
insurance coverage as many other companies do, and in some cases, we do not maintain any at all, including with
respect to our in-orbit satellites, which we currently do not insure and do not expect to insure in the future.
Additionally, the policies that we do have may include significant deductibles or self-insured retentions, policy
limitations and exclusions, and we cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover all future
losses or claims against us. A loss that is uninsured or which exceeds policy limits may require us to pay substantial
amounts, which may harm our financial condition and operating results.
Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure, Ownership of our Class A Common Stock and This Offering
Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and Mr. Musk and entities owned by
or affiliated with him, on the other hand, concerning among other things, business transactions, potential
competitive activities or other business opportunities.
Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and Mr. Musk and entities owned by or
affiliated with him, on the other hand, concerning among other things, business transactions, potential competitive
business activities or other opportunities. In the normal course of business, we have engaged in a variety of
transactions with some of these companies. Please refer to “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions.”
In addition, we have previously engaged, are currently engaged, and expect to continue to engage in the future in a
number of strategic collaborations with Tesla, including with respect to Macrohard and Terafab. Certain of these
projects, including Macrohard and Terafab, are in the very early stages, as a result of which we and Tesla have not
finalized a variety of details relating to our collaboration, including, but not limited to, financial terms, intellectual
property rights, and the ultimate term of our collaboration. Furthermore, Mr. Musk and other businesses owned by
or affiliated with him may now, or in the future, directly or indirectly, compete with us for investment or business
opportunities.
Mr. Musk or his affiliates may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities (such as
acquisition opportunities or technological developments) and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in
which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such
opportunity. In addition, Mr. Musk and his affiliates may dispose of their interests in other companies or other assets
in the future, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase any of those interests or assets.
Under our charter, Mr. Musk and his affiliates are not restricted from owning assets or engaging in businesses that
compete directly or indirectly with us and will not have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in
the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, including those business activities or lines of
business deemed to be competing with us, or doing business with any of our customers or vendors. Moreover, we
have in the past entered into, and may in the future enter into, transactions with entities affiliated with Mr. Musk. We
may enter into such transactions in lieu of pursuing other opportunities that some other shareholders may prefer or
that may prove to be more accretive than the opportunities we elect to pursue. In any of these matters, the interests
of Mr. Musk and entities owned by or affiliated with him may differ or conflict with the interests of our other
58
shareholders. Any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to the foregoing could have an adverse
impact on the trading price of our Class A common stock.
Certain of our directors and key employees may have conflicts of interest because they are also employees or
directors of affiliates of Mr. Musk or other large shareholders. The resolution of these conflicts of interest may
not be in our or your best interests.
Certain of our directors and key employees may have conflicts of interest because they are also employees or
directors of affiliates of Mr. Musk or other large shareholders. Such directors may have interests in, serve on the
boards of, or have financial or other relationships with other companies, ventures, or initiatives that are related to or
competitive with our business, including but not limited to other space or AI companies, technology ventures,
satellite communications businesses, and government or commercial space contracts. Please refer to “Management.”
These relationships and interests could create actual or perceived conflicts of interest, particularly with respect to the
allocation of time, resources, business opportunities, or strategic decisions. In addition, our charter provides that, to
the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, we renounce certain corporate opportunities that may be presented to
Mr. Musk and certain of our directors and their respective affiliates, and such persons may have no duty to present
such opportunities to us. Please refer to “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunities.” Any actual or
perceived conflicts of interest could harm our reputation, lead to disputes, divert management attention, or result in
decisions that are not in the best interests of us or our shareholders, which could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.
We are highly dependent on the continued services of Mr. Musk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Technical Officer, and other key personnel, and the loss or reduced involvement of one or more of these
individuals could adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
We are highly dependent on the continued service and performance of Mr. Musk, whose leadership, vision, and
expertise are critical to the development of our technologies and the execution of our business strategy. Mr. Musk
has been, and continues to be, a driving force behind our growth, innovation, and operational success. The loss of
Mr. Musk, whether due to death, disability, or otherwise, or his inability or unwillingness to continue in his current
roles, could significantly disrupt our management structure, adversely affect our ability to execute our strategic
plans, and negatively impact our reputation and relationships with customers, partners, and other stakeholders. Our
intense, mission-driven, engineering-first culture has been a key driver of our growth and execution, and any erosion
of this culture, including as a result of the loss or reduced involvement of Mr. Musk, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. We do not maintain key-
person life insurance on Mr. Musk. Further, although Mr. Musk devotes significant time to our businesses and is
highly active in our management, he does not devote his full time and attention to our businesses and devotes time
and attention to other significant roles (and may in the future serve in additional roles). For instance, Mr. Musk
currently serves as Technoking and Chief Executive Officer of Tesla and is involved in other emerging technology
ventures, including Neuralink and The Boring Company. Mr. Musk has also previously served as Senior Advisor to
the President of the United States. Any such loss or reduced involvement in our business could result in a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects. The process of
identifying and recruiting a successor with the combination of skills and experience possessed by Mr. Musk, as well
as the ability to maintain the confidence of the market, could be lengthy and uncertain, and there can be no assurance
that we would be able to attract or retain a suitable replacement in a timely manner or at all.
We, Mr. Musk, and other companies Mr. Musk is affiliated with frequently receive an immense amount of media
attention. The actions and statements of Mr. Musk and his affiliated ventures, whether or not directly relating to us,
may draw significant public attention and scrutiny to us and could potentially have a positive or negative impact on
our business, relationships with customers and regulators, or stock price.
In addition to Mr. Musk, we have key personnel who are invaluable to our businesses. We rely upon their
knowledge, expertise, and leadership to develop, manufacture, launch, sell, and support our products and services.
None of our key employees are bound by an employment agreement for any specific term and we may not be able to
successfully attract and retain the senior leadership necessary to continue to grow our business. Our compensation
arrangements, such as our equity award programs, may not always be successful in attracting new employees and
59
retaining and motivating existing key personnel. Our success depends upon our ability to attract and retain key
personnel and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results
of operations, and future prospects.
A significant reduction by Mr. Musk or other existing shareholders of their ownership interest in us could
adversely affect us.
We believe that Mr. Musk’s substantial ownership interest in us provides him with an economic incentive to assist
us to be successful. Upon the expiration or earlier waiver of the lock-up restrictions on transfers or sales of our
securities following the completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will not be subject to any obligation to maintain his
ownership interest in us and may elect at any time thereafter to sell all or a substantial portion of or otherwise reduce
his ownership interest in us. If Mr. Musk sells all or a substantial portion of his ownership interest in us, he may
have less incentive to assist in our success, which could adversely affect our future prospects. Additionally, future
resales of our Class A common stock by Mr. Musk or other existing shareholders, or the perception that such sales
may occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline significantly, regardless of our
actual business performance. In particular, subject to the expiration or waiver of any applicable lock-up period,
parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—
Investors’ Rights Agreement” will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to
register approximately                    shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”), and they will have the right to participate in certain future registrations of securities by us.
Registration of any of such shares would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with
Rule 144 limitations upon effectiveness of the registration statement. In addition, approximately                    shares
of Class A common stock will generally be available for resale under Rule 144 starting 90 days after this offering,
subject to lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions—Investors’ Rights Agreement” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”
Following the consummation of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas listing rules and, as a result, will qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain
corporate governance requirements.
Because Mr. Musk will beneficially own                    shares of Class A common stock and                    shares of
Class B common stock, which represents greater than 50% of the voting power of our common stock with respect to
director elections and moreover, holders of our Class B common stock, voting separately as a class, will be entitled
to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors constituting our board (rounded up to the nearest whole
number), following the completion of this offering, we will be a controlled company under the listing rules of
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas.
Under the listing rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power with
respect to director elections is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company”
and may elect not to comply with certain Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas corporate governance requirements, including
the requirements that:
•a majority of such company’s board of directors consist of independent directors as defined under the listing
rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas;
•director nominees be selected or recommended for board of directors’ selection by a nominating committee
composed entirely of independent directors, with a written charter addressing the nominations process as
required under the listing rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas;
•the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing
the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
•annual performance evaluations of the compensation and nominating committees be conducted.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we do not
expect to have a compensation and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors or that
60
has a committee charter that addresses all Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas requirements applicable to companies that are
not controlled companies. Additionally, we may elect to take advantage of certain other exemptions in the future for
as long as we remain a “controlled company.” Accordingly, our Class A shareholders will not have the same
protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be
listed on Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas, we will be required to comply with all of the applicable governance
requirements within the applicable transition periods. Please refer to “Management.”
Our ability to provide returns to shareholders will depend on appreciation in our share price, as we do not plan to
pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
The ability of investors to realize a return on their investment will depend largely on the appreciation of the price of
our Class A common stock, as we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. We have never
declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we currently intend to retain all available funds and
any future earnings to support the growth and operation of our business, including investment in new technologies
and commercial opportunities. As a result, investors seeking cash returns from their investment will not receive any
dividend income, and the only way to realize a return may be through an increase in the market price of our Class A
common stock, which may not occur. The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile and subject to
wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including our financial condition and operating results, changes in
our business or future prospects, technological innovations, announcements by us or our competitors, changes in the
regulatory environment, harm to our brand and reputation, broader market or economic conditions, and the fact that
a number of shares of our Class A common stock are expected to be allocated to retail investors in this offering.
Additionally, high retail investor interest in our Class A common stock may occur following this offering, which
may lead to increased volatility of the trading price. Some of these factors are outside of our control, and the trading
price of our Class A common stock may not reflect our actual operating performance. Accordingly, investors may
not be able to realize a gain on their investment and could lose all or part of their investment in our Class A common
stock.
Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will serve as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer,
and Chairman of our board and control the election of our directors, and our dual class structure concentrates
voting control with Mr. Musk and other holders of our Class B common stock. This will limit or preclude your
ability to influence corporate matters and the election of our directors.
Our Class B common stock will have ten votes per share; our Class A common stock will have one vote per share;
and, except as summarized here, our Class A common stock will vote together with our Class B common stock on
any matter submitted to the shareholders for a vote. Under our charter, holders of our Class B common stock, voting
separately as a class, will be entitled to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors constituting our board
(rounded up to the nearest whole number) and will have the ability to remove those directors for as long as there is at
least one share of Class B common stock outstanding. As a result, holders of our Class B common stock will have
control over the composition of our board and significant influence over the outcome of matters requiring
shareholder approval. Please refer to “Description of Capital Stock” for certain other actions that will require
approval of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock voting separately as a
class. This concentration of voting power will limit or preclude the ability of holders of our Class A common stock,
including purchasers of Class A common stock in this offering, to influence corporate matters and the election of our
directors.
Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will beneficially own a majority of the outstanding shares of our
Class B common stock and a majority of the voting power of the common stock (the Class A common stock and the
Class B common stock voting together) and therefore will be able to elect all the members of our board. Mr. Musk,
who will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board under our charter and can only be
removed from our board or these positions by the vote of Class B holders, as set forth in our charter, will exert
significant influence over our business and affairs.
Class B common stock will continue to have ten votes per share, except that, subject to exceptions for certain inter-
family transfers and transfers to certain entities that qualify as “permitted transferees” (as described elsewhere in this
61
prospectus), transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to
Class A common stock. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect,
over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares.
If Mr. Musk retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he
could continue to control the election and removal of a majority of our board.
However, other persons will also hold shares of Class B common stock. If Mr. Musk were to sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of a sufficient number of his shares of Class B common stock such that he no longer holds a
majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, another holder or group of holders of Class B common
stock could obtain the ability to elect and remove a majority of our board and thereby effectively control the
Company. Any such change in control could result in changes to our strategic direction, management, business plans
or policies that may not be aligned with the interests of holders of our Class A common stock.
In addition, our charter will provide that other than for specified class votes by the Class B common stock or any
rights granted to other classes in the future, classes of stock will not be entitled to any separate class votes provided
for under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), including among others (i) the increase or decrease
of the aggregate number of authorized shares of a class outstanding, (ii) the exchange, reclassification, or
cancellation of all or part of the shares of a class, (iii) a change of shares of a class, with or without par value, into
the same or a different number of shares of the same or another class, with or without par value, (iv) the creation of a
new class of shares with rights and preferences equal, prior, or superior to the shares of the class and (v) cancellation
or other effectuation of the dividends on the shares of the class or series that have accrued but have not been
declared.
The TBOC and our charter include provisions that may limit shareholders’ ability to bring a cause of action
against our directors or officers for certain acts or omissions in their capacity as directors or officers of the
Company, including minimum share ownership for derivative proceedings and the presumption of the business
judgment rule.
The TBOC and our governing documents include certain provisions that may limit our shareholders’ ability to bring
certain derivative claims against our officers and directors. For example, the TBOC provides that, if a corporation
has a class of stock listed on a national securities exchange, the governing documents may provide that the minimum
ownership threshold for a shareholder or group of shareholders to institute or maintain a derivative proceeding is up
to 3% of the outstanding shares of the corporation. Our bylaws will specify that the required ownership threshold for
a shareholder or group of shareholders to institute or maintain a derivative proceeding in the right of the Company
will be 3% of the outstanding shares of the Company. Based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, 3% of our outstanding shares has a total dollar value of $               . A similar
ownership threshold provision based on this 2025 TBOC provision has already been challenged in court proceedings
involving another Texas corporation and, although the federal district court found the provision enforceable in that
case, its enforceability or governing documents containing its provisions could be subject to further challenges or
interpretation. The TBOC also permits corporations to request a court, at the start of a transaction (including a
related party transaction) or inquiry into a derivative claim, to determine the independence and disinterestedness of
directors serving on a special committee reviewing the transaction or directors or other individuals on panels
reviewing derivative claims. Subsequent challenges to independence or disinterestedness would require new facts.
Our bylaws will provide that these TBOC provisions will apply to us.
In addition, Section 21.419 of the TBOC sets forth certain presumptions concerning compliance by directors and
officers with respect to their duties to a corporation, including the duty of care and duty of loyalty. Specifically, in
taking or declining to take any action on any matters of a corporation’s business, Section 21.419, which applies to
us, provides that a director or officer is presumed to have acted (i) in good faith, (ii) on an informed basis, (iii) in
furtherance of the interests of the corporation and (iv) in obedience to the law and the corporation’s governing
documents. These provisions are described as codifying the “business judgment rule.” In order to succeed in a cause
of action against a director or officer, the Company or a shareholder pursuing such an action must rebut one or more
of the foregoing presumptions and prove with particularity the director or officer’s act or omission constituted a
breach of duty as a director or officer and that such breach involved fraud, intentional misconduct, an ultra vires act
or a knowing violation of law.
62
Our bylaws will impose minimum stock ownership and solicitation requirements on shareholders seeking to
submit proposals for shareholder approval, which could limit the ability of our shareholders to bring matters
before a meeting of shareholders.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will qualify as a “nationally listed corporation” under Section 21.373 of the
TBOC, and our bylaws will provide that the shareholder proposal requirements permitted by that section will apply
immediately upon qualifying as a “nationally listed corporation.” As a result, except with respect to director
nominations and procedural resolutions ancillary to the conduct of a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder or group
of shareholders seeking to submit a proposal for approval at a meeting of shareholders will be required to satisfy
specified ownership, holding-period and solicitation requirements. Under these provisions, the proposing
shareholder or shareholder group must hold an amount of voting shares (determined as of the date of submission of
the proposal) equal to at least 3% of our voting shares, must have held that amount continuously for at least six
months before the date of the meeting and throughout the entire duration of the meeting, and must solicit holders of
shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote on the proposal at the shareholder
meeting. Based on the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, 3% of our voting
shares has a total dollar value of $               . For purposes of this paragraph, “voting shares” means shares that
entitle the holder of the shares to vote on the proposal. These requirements are more restrictive than the requirements
that would otherwise apply absent such a bylaw provision and may make it more difficult, or in some cases
impracticable, for shareholders to submit proposals for consideration at a shareholders’ meeting. As a result, our
shareholders may have fewer opportunities to present proposals for shareholder approval, even on matters they
believe are important, which could limit shareholder influence over corporate governance and other matters. Section
21.373 of the TBOC was enacted in 2025 and, while its enforceability has not yet been challenged in court and we
do not have any material concerns related to enforceability of Section 21.373 or the related bylaws provision, like
many new laws, we expect the enforceability of TBOC Section 21.373 will eventually be challenged.
Our bylaws place restrictions on the forum, venue and procedures for legal actions or proceedings initiated by
our shareholders, including certain requirements for mandatory arbitration. These provisions could limit our
shareholders’ ability to pursue certain claims and/or increase the cost of doing so and could also affect the
procedures, rights, and remedies available to our shareholders in such legal actions or proceedings.
Our bylaws will contain a section (the “Forum Section Bylaw”) that will provide that, unless the Company consents
in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for the filing, adjudication, and trial
of all disputes between (i) one or more shareholders and (ii) the Company or its directors, officers, or controlling
persons, or any underwriter of securities issued by the Company (or controlling person thereof) relating to any of the
following: (1) any derivative proceeding, meaning a civil dispute brought in the right of the Company; (2) any action
based on the governance, governing documents, or internal affairs of the Company; (3) any action based on state or
federal securities or trade regulation laws; (4) any action based on the alleged act(s) or omission(s) by a person in its
capacity as a shareholder, controlling person, director, officer or other managerial official of the Company; (5) any
action based on the alleged breach(es) by one or more shareholders, controlling persons, directors, officers, or other
managerial officials of a duty owed, in his or her capacity as such, to the Company or to any shareholder thereof; (6)
an action seeking to hold a shareholder, controlling person, director, officer, or other managerial official of the
Company liable for an obligation of the Company, other than on account of a written contract signed by the person
to be held liable in a capacity other than as a shareholder or managerial official; and (7) any action arising out of the
TBOC, will be the Texas Business Court, Eleventh Division (the “Business Court”) (for purposes of this summary,
each, an “Internal Dispute”).
The selection of the Business Court as the exclusive forum for Internal Disputes may limit a shareholder’s ability to
bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, other
managerial officials, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, other
managerial officials, and other employees. Except to the extent that the Company consents in writing, or a court of
competent jurisdiction determines in a final and unappealable judgment, that an Internal Dispute is not subject to the
sole and exclusive venue and forum or jurisdiction of the Business Court or arbitration (as described further below),
a shareholder will not be permitted to litigate an Internal Dispute in federal court or in any state court other than the
Business Court, and will not be able to avail itself of any potential advantages or procedural protections of such
other forums (subject to the provisions of Section 27 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
63
“Exchange Act”) discussed below). Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our
shares of capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. For more
information, please refer to “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum and Venue and Arbitration, Jury Trial
Waiver.”
Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or
liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and investors cannot be required to
waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding this
provision, federal case law provides that claims under the federal securities laws may be litigated in state court or
arbitration provided that doing so does not waive the substantive application of the federal securities laws and the
rules and regulations thereunder. 
The law governing the selection of a forum other than a federal court for certain actions brought under the federal
securities laws is unsettled, and there is some risk that, if an Internal Dispute were filed under the Exchange Act or
the rules and regulations thereunder in a court other than the Business Court, that court could deny a motion to
transfer the action to the Business Court pursuant to the Forum Selection Bylaw.
Accordingly, the bylaws provide that to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction (which is a court that
possesses personal and subject matter jurisdiction) were to decline, in a final and unappealable judgment, to transfer
an Internal Dispute to the Business Court (such Internal Dispute, an “Other Dispute”), such Other Dispute would be
exclusively and finally settled by arbitration, pursuant to the Texas Arbitration Act, under the Expedited Procedure
Provisions of the Rules of the International Chamber of Commerce, pursuant to Article 30 thereof. To be clear,
absent Company consent, a shareholder would not be able to file an arbitration demand pursuant to the Dispute
Resolution Clause without first obtaining a final and unappealable judgment declining to transfer that shareholder’s
Internal Dispute to the Business Court. The governing law of such Other Dispute would be the federal law of the
United States or the law of the State of Texas, as applicable to the issues raised in the Other Dispute, including
without limitation the pleading and discovery limitations of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. If a court
declines to transfer an Internal Dispute to the Business Court, but such court is later held not to have personal or
subject matter jurisdiction with respect to such Internal Dispute, the arbitration provision would not be triggered
because such action would be required to be dismissed and subsequently brought in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
Given the unsettled nature of the law in this area, there is some risk that a court that has denied a motion to transfer
an Internal Dispute to the Business Court pursuant to the Forum Selection Bylaw would also deny a motion to
compel arbitration of such Other Dispute pursuant to the Forum Selection Bylaw. Accordingly, the Forum Selection
Bylaw further provides that to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and
unappealable judgment that such Other Dispute cannot be compelled to arbitration pursuant to the Forum Selection
Bylaw, the sole and exclusive forum for the adjudication and trial of such Other Dispute will be the United States
District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Federal Court”).
Finally, the Forum Selection Bylaw provides that to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a
final and unappealable judgment that the Federal Court lacks jurisdiction over any such Other Dispute, the sole and
exclusive forum and venue for such Other Dispute will be the state district courts of Harris County, Texas.
Regardless of the forum, venue, or procedures selected for an Internal Dispute or Other Dispute, our bylaws shall
require that any Internal Dispute or Other Disputes be brought only as an individual action or derivative proceeding,
and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall prohibit shareholders from bringing such an Internal Dispute or
Other Dispute as a class action, mass action, or other form of collective action or from being consolidated or joined,
in whole or in part, consistent with the Arbitration Rules. However, the Company, at its sole option, may elect to
seek consolidation or joinder of matters as consistent with the Arbitration Rules.
In addition, our bylaws will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any
interest in shares of stock of the Company shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally waived any right
it may have to a trial by jury in any Internal Dispute. This will prevent a shareholder from requesting that a jury
64
decide disputed issues of fact and may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, other managerial
officials, and other employees.
These dispute resolution rules that our bylaws will establish for Internal Disputes, as well as the Arbitration Rules to
the extent they will apply, are different from the procedural rules that would normally apply to the litigation of
Internal Disputes in state or federal court. They may prevent a shareholder from availing itself of procedural
protections that would be available under litigation in state or federal court and may render available or affect
adversely the rights and remedies available to shareholders in such proceedings. Particularly in the case of
arbitration, including its prohibition on class or collective actions, these dispute resolution rules may also result in
greater costs being imposed on shareholders to litigate Internal Disputes, and in some cases involving lower amounts
in controversy, the additional costs that may be imposed on shareholders to litigate Internal Disputes could exceed
the potential recovery from such litigation.
Although we maintain that our bylaws, including the Forum Selection Bylaw (and its selection of the Business Court
as the sole and exclusive forum for all actions brought under federal securities laws) accord with the law and are
enforceable, it is possible that one or more provisions of our bylaws, including those regarding the exclusive forum
for Internal Disputes, mandatory arbitration for Other Disputes, or waiver of the right to proceed on a class, mass, or
collective basis, may be found by a court to be inapplicable or unenforceable. In addition, the mandatory arbitration
provision in our bylaws could be subject to litigation or regulatory scrutiny, which could result in the provision
being enjoined or in additional costs or uncertainty. In such case, we may incur additional costs or delays associated
with resolving such actions, including in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, or results of operations.
65
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include those that express a
belief, expectation, or intention, as well as those that are not statements of historical fact. Forward-looking
statements contained in this prospectus include information regarding our future operating results and financial
position, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations. Forward-looking statements
contained in this prospectus also include, but are not limited to, statements about:
•the development and deployment of Starship in accordance with our anticipated schedule (including
commencement of payload delivery to orbit in 2026) and launch cadence and our ability to achieve expected
performance, reusability, and cost efficiencies;
•the size and growth of our various existing and future markets, including the markets for commercial launch
services, satellite connectivity services, our AI platforms, AI compute infrastructure (terrestrial and orbital),
lunar-related activities and interplanetary activities, including the extent to which such markets develop,
particularly emerging or unproven markets that may not materialize as expected or on anticipated timelines;
•demand for our products and services, including our launch, connectivity, and AI offerings, and our ability to
grow our customer base and generate revenue;
•the deployment of our next-generation Starlink satellites, satellite-to-mobile connectivity, and orbital AI
compute infrastructure (including potential deployment of our orbital AI compute satellites as early as 2028),
including our ability to successfully develop, scale, and commercialize such technologies, which are subject to
significant technical complexity, capital requirements, new innovations and regulatory approvals;
•our target launch cadence and expansion of our manufacturing and operational capacity necessary to support our
strategies, including our ability to scale production, supply chain, infrastructure, and workforce efficiently;
•our ability to execute our growth strategy and scale our operations efficiently, including managing costs,
timelines, and operational complexity;
•our ability to solve novel issues and navigate and monetize technologies and environments that have never been
accessed or economized before;
•our ability to design, develop and successfully commercialize new and innovative technologies, products, and
services, including our AI platforms and Terafab, and our ability to achieve and maintain a low cost per token,
in each case in rapidly evolving and competitive markets;
•our ability to scale and monetize our AI products, services and compute infrastructure, including the
development, performance, and adoption of our frontier models and related applications, and to realize benefits
from related acquisitions and initiatives, such as our arrangement with Cursor;
•the amount, nature and timing of our capital expenditures and the impact of such capital expenditures on our
growth and performance, including our ability to fund such expenditures, manage costs, strategically reduce
costs and achieve expected returns on investment;
•our ability to obtain sufficient power, GPUs, and other critical components and manage our supply chain to
support our operations and growth;
•our ability to obtain and maintain required regulatory approvals, licenses and spectrum authorizations in the
United States and internationally, and the timing, scope, and conditions of such approvals;
•the competitive landscape in the industries in which we operate and our ability to compete effectively;
•the implementation, interpretation, and impact of current or future regulations including laws and regulations
relating to space operations, communications, AI, data privacy, and other areas;
•our ability to realize benefits and manage risks of being a public company; and
66
•general economic conditions.
These forward-looking statements may be accompanied by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,”
“expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,”
“likely,” “future,” “budget,” “goal,” “commit,” “pursue,” “target,” “seek,” “objective” or the negative of these
words, or similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events or trends that do not relate to historical
matters. We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this
prospectus.
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus, or such other date as
specified herein. We undertake no obligation to update these statements unless required by law, and we caution you
not to place undue reliance on them. Forward-looking statements are not assurances of future performance and
involve risks and uncertainties. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and
assumptions about future events. Forecasts, goals, milestones, and expectations that cover multi-year time horizons,
or unknown timelines, inherently involve increased risks with respect to predictability and actual results may differ
materially from current expectations. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be
reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory, technological,
environmental, political, and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, which are difficult to predict and many of
which are beyond our control. These risks, contingencies, and uncertainties and other important factors are described
in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” sections of this prospectus. Should one or more of such risks or uncertainties occur, or should
underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance, achievements or plans could differ
materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. In addition, because we operate in
rapidly evolving and certain highly competitive markets, we may from time to time rapidly adjust, modify or change
our strategic priorities, capital allocation, product or service focus or operational initiatives in response to
technological developments, competitive dynamics, regulatory changes or other factors, which could cause actual
results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. New
risks emerge from time to time, some risks are inherently unknown to us, and it is not possible for our management
to predict all such risks. Many of the risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect us or our prospects
are beyond our control or relate to portions of our business strategy that have a lengthy time horizon or involve
unprecedented ventures. This can make assessment of certain risks more difficult and you should factor these
uncertainties into your assessment of an investment in our Class A common stock. All forward-looking statements in
this prospectus are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this section.
67
USE OF PROCEEDS
We expect to receive approximately $           of net proceeds from this offering (or $           if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full), based upon the assumed initial
public offering price of $           per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund our growth strategy, including the expansion of our AI
compute infrastructure, enhancements to our launch infrastructure and launch vehicles, increases in the scale and
capacity of our satellite constellations, and any remaining amounts for general corporate purposes.
Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, each $1.00 change in the assumed
initial public offering price of $           per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus) would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, to change by approximately $          million, assuming
no change to the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering by
us would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by $          million, assuming the initial public offering price of
$           per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains
the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us. If the net proceeds increase for any reason, we would use the additional net proceeds for the purposes set forth
above. If the net proceeds decrease for any reason, then we expect that we would use the lower amount of net
proceeds for the purposes set forth above.
The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and
business conditions. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering
or the amounts that we will actually spend on each of the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will
have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering. The timing and amount of our actual
expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows and the anticipated growth of our business.
68
DIVIDEND POLICY
We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable
future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of our business. Our future
dividend policy is within the discretion of our board and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our
results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory restrictions on our
ability to pay dividends, restrictions in our existing and any future debt agreements and other factors our board may
deem relevant. Covenants under our Credit Agreements also restrict our ability to pay dividends, and we may enter
into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict our ability to declare or pay cash
dividends or make distributions in the future. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a description of the restrictions on our
ability to pay dividends.
Please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure, Ownership of our Class A Common Stock
and This Offering—Our ability to provide returns to shareholders will depend on appreciation in our share price, as
we do not plan to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.”
69
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2026:
•on an actual basis;
•on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Preferred Conversion as if such conversion had occurred on March
31, 2026, (ii) the Class C Reclassification as if such reclassification had occurred on March 31, 2026, and (iii)
the effectiveness of our charter, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering; and
•on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) the sale
of           shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $           per
share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (iii) the
application of the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
The table below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock” and our
consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of March 31, 2026
(Dollars in millions, except par values)
Actual
Pro Forma (4)
Pro Forma as
Adjusted (5)
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................
$15,852
$15,852
$
Long-term debt:
SpaceX Credit Facility (1) .........................................................
$—
$—
SpaceX Bridge Loan (2) ............................................................
20,000
20,000
X 2027 and X 2030 Notes ........................................................
27
27
Other Financings (3) ..................................................................
9,105
9,105
Unamortized deferred financing costs ......................................
(21)
(21)
Total long-term debt ............................................................
$29,111
$29,111
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001;
189,155,861 shares issued and 134,451,267 shares
outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ...............
$7,049
$—
Shareholders’ equity:
Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 2,964,501,353
shares issued and 2,882,480,230 shares outstanding,
actual; 36,132,150,000 shares authorized, 6,824,641,355
shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 36,132,150,000
shares authorized,                shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma as adjusted ............................................................
3
6
Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 2,421,215,365
shares issued and outstanding, actual;
6,125,000,000 shares authorized, 5,695,668,265 shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted .................................................................................
3
6
Class C common stock, par value $0.001; 494,050,675
shares issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000,000
shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro
forma and pro forma as adjusted ..........................................
0
—
70
Class D common stock, par value $0.0001; no shares issued
and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted ...............
—
—
Preferred stock, par value $0.001; no shares issued and
outstanding, actual; 2,400,000,000 shares authorized, no
shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted .................................................................................
—
—
Additional paid-in capital .........................................................
74,083
81,126
Accumulated deficit .................................................................
(41,311)
(41,311)
Accumulated other comprehensive income .............................
1,755
1,755
Total shareholders’ equity ...................................................
$34,533
$41,582
Total capitalization ........................................................................
$70,693
$70,693
________________
(1)As of April 30, 2026, we had no borrowings outstanding under the SpaceX Credit Facility. In May 2026, the SpaceX Credit Facility was
amended to increase the borrowing capacity up to $5,000 million (“Amended SpaceX Credit Facility”). The Amended SpaceX Credit
Facility terminates, and all outstanding loans become due and payable, on May 19, 2031, unless the parties agree to an extension in
accordance with the terms of the Amended SpaceX Credit Facility. For more information on the SpaceX Credit Facility and Amended
SpaceX Credit Facility, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity
and Capital Resources—Debt Agreements.”
(2)As of April 30, 2026, we had $20,000 million of borrowings outstanding under the SpaceX Bridge Loan. The SpaceX Bridge Loan matures
on September 2, 2027, subject to extension in accordance with the terms of the agreement. For more information on the SpaceX Bridge
Loan, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital
Resources—Debt Agreements.”
(3)Includes obligations related to certain AI infrastructure assets recorded as failed sale-leaseback transactions.
(4)Gives effect to (i) the conversion of the outstanding shares of all our preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,448,110,450 shares of our Class
A common stock and 3,274,452,900 shares of our Class B common stock as of March 31, 2026, (ii) the reclassification of all of the
outstanding shares of our Class C common stock into an aggregate of 494,050,675 shares of Class A common stock as of March 31, 2026,
and (iii) the effectiveness of our charter, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering and, among other things,
eliminates our Class D common stock and reduces the authorized number of shares of preferred stock from 2,606,643,000 to 2,400,000,000.
(5)If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents,
additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, and total capitalization would increase by $          , and we would have             shares of
our Class A common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted. For sensitivity information about the impact of changes in the
offering price, please see “Use of Proceeds.”
71
DILUTION
Purchasers of the Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the
net tangible book value per share of the Class A common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value
as of March 31, 2026 was approximately $              , or $                per share of Class A common stock. Net tangible
book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the
total number of outstanding shares of all classes of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion
of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, the payment of
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses by us, the Class C Reclassification and the
Preferred Conversion as if such reclassification and conversion occurred on March 31, 2026, our adjusted pro forma
net tangible book value as of March 31, 2026 would have been approximately $                , or $                per share of
Class A common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in the net tangible book value of $                per share
of Class A common stock to Mr. Musk and other existing investors and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference
between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value immediately after this offering) to
new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering of $                per share. The following
table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering:
Initial public offering price per share ........................................................................
$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2026 ..........................
$
Decrease per share attributable to new investors in this offering ..............................
As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving further effect
to this offering ........................................................................................................
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this
offering (1) ...............................................................................................................
$
_______________
(1)If the initial public offering price were to increase or decrease by $1.00 per share, then dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per
share of Class A common stock to new investors in this offering would equal $                or $                , respectively. Similarly, if the
number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us were to increase or decrease by                      shares, then dilution in pro forma net
tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to new investors in this offering would be $                or $                , respectively.
The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of March 31, 2026, the total number of shares of
Class A and Class B common stock owned by Mr. Musk and other existing investors and to be owned by new
investors in this offering, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by Mr. Musk and other
existing investors and to be paid by new investors in this offering at $                , calculated before deduction of
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
Shares Acquired(1)
Total Consideration(2)
Average Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Elon Musk and other existing
investors ............................................
%
$
%
$
New investors in this offering ............
%
$
%
$
Total ...................................................
100.0%
$
100.0%
$
______________
(1)If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, Mr. Musk and other existing investors would own
approximately                % and our new investors in this offering would own approximately                % of the total number of shares of our
common stock outstanding after this offering.
(2)If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be
approximately $                (or                %).
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as
applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all shareholders by
$           million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us remains the same and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Similarly, an increase or decrease of                      shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered
by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and the total
72
consideration paid by all shareholders by $              million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price
remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
a01_mda.jpg
a02_elonquotexxai.jpg
75
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information
included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following
discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results
could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. You should review the sections titled
“Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of forward-looking statements and
“Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results
described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis and
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared to
reflect the retrospective combination of the companies for all periods presented as the acquisitions of xAI and X
Holdings were accounted for as transactions between entities under common control.
Our Mission
Our mission is to build the systems and technologies necessary to make life multiplanetary, to understand the true
nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars. To do this, we have formed the most
ambitious, vertically integrated innovation engine on (and off) Earth with unmatched capabilities to rapidly
manufacture and launch space-based communications that connect the world, to harness the Sun to power a truth-
seeking artificial intelligence that advances scientific discovery, and ultimately to build a base on the Moon and
cities on other planets.
Starship Flight Test
mda_1a.jpg
Overview
Founded in 2002, SpaceX is the only company building the integrated hardware and software infrastructure of the
future across space, connectivity, and AI. At our core, we are builders. We design, manufacture, launch, and operate
products and services built on cutting-edge technologies, including the world’s most advanced rockets and
spacecraft. We safely and reliably transport astronauts, satellites, and other payloads on missions that benefit life on
76
Earth. Since 2023, we have launched more than 80% of mass to orbit for the world each year with an over 99%
mission success rate with Falcon rockets. We also operate a high-speed, low-latency global broadband data and
communications network powered by approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth
Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers across 164 countries,
territories, and other markets, as of March 31, 2026. Using our dedicated satellite-to-mobile constellation, we offer
connectivity services, supplementing terrestrial networks and substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across
approximately 30 countries.
With the potential to improve both space exploration and life on Earth, AI accelerates SpaceX’s mission to make life
multiplanetary, to understand the true nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars.
xAI, which was founded in 2023 and acquired by SpaceX in early 2026, is now an integral pillar of our vertically
integrated company. We are rapidly constructing AI compute infrastructure—starting on Earth with the goal of
extending to space—at industry-leading pace and cost efficiency. Our infrastructure supports training and inference
for Grok, which has emerged as one of the world’s most advanced frontier models. Grok is designed as a truth-
seeking AI model, built on our founder Elon Musk’s mission to enable humanity to understand the universe. We
believe that accomplishing this mission requires a truth-seeking approach to AI. We define truth seeking as the
active, relentless pursuit of what is objectively true about reality, and grounded in evidence, logic, empirical data,
and first principles thinking. Our goal is to understand and explain what the universe appears to be doing, as
accurately as current knowledge allows. Within two years of its initial model release, Grok achieved frontier-level
performance in scientific reasoning, as measured by its GPQA Diamond score, an industry benchmark that evaluates
AI models on a standardized set of questions written and validated by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by
other leading model providers. Grok also benefits from integration with X, our real-time information, entertainment,
and free speech platform, which serves as a foundational distribution and data engine for our AI ecosystem and
further enhances Grok’s truth-seeking objective.
We believe that space represents the largest economic frontier in human history, unlocking unprecedented
opportunities in orbit and on Earth. Earth has limits, so we must build infrastructure and industries in space,
expanding human capabilities to improve life on Earth and to establish life beyond. Connectivity infrastructure in
space is designed to help everyone on Earth have access to education, healthcare, entertainment, and
communications, and to enable people to overcome many traditional limits, such as physical and political borders.
We believe AI infrastructure in space can utilize the virtually limitless power of the Sun and thereby enable the use
of AI as a transformative force for understanding the universe and improving the daily lives of all humans. We
believe the convergence of these areas will enable an unprecedented expansion in the global economy, leading to an
age of abundance. Our innovations and technological advancements are redefining industries on Earth, while we aim
to create new ones on the Moon, Mars, and beyond. We are truly building the infrastructure of the future.
SpaceX is the only company that has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, revolutionizing an industry
characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures. SpaceX upended
this paradigm through the application of first-principles thinking, which rejects industry assumptions and builds
solutions based on the fundamental laws of physics. Our intense, mission-driven, engineering-first culture and focus
on extreme vertical integration have propelled us to achieve what many deemed impossible. We have demonstrated
the ability to achieve groundbreaking technological innovations with speed, quality control, and precision. We
pioneered high-cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space with our Falcon family of rockets, with a goal to
transform the rocket launch industry into airline-like operations. In 2015, we established at least a 10-year lead over
the industry by successfully landing our first Falcon 9 booster back from space before anyone else. We have
continued to invest significantly in further increasing our lead by pursuing full and rapid reusability at scale,
including investing over $15 billion in our next-generation rocket, Starship.
We believe rocket launches and landings should be as routine and commonplace as airplanes taking off and landing.
To achieve this sort of cadence, our iterative approach emphasizes rapid designing, testing, and process
optimization, putting flight hardware in the flight environment as often as possible. This allows us to accelerate our
learning by repeatedly using and improving our systems. This has resulted in a significantly higher flight rate at
costs that are much lower than launch programs that existed before SpaceX. For example, according to NASA, the
first version of Falcon 9 in 2010 had a launch cost of approximately $2,700 per kilogram, which represented a
reduction of approximately 85% compared to the historical average launch cost per kilogram of $18,500. The first
77
version of Falcon Heavy in 2018 further reduced this cost to approximately $1,400 per kilogram, a reduction of
approximately 92% compared to the historical average cost. With the future deployment of Starship, which is
designed to be the world’s first fully and rapidly reusable spacecraft, we aim to further reduce the cost to reach orbit
by 99% or more relative to the historical average launch cost. Central to our cost advantage is the reusability of key
hardware—most notably boosters—which we recover, refurbish, and refly many times instead of discarding after
single use. This dramatically lowers per-launch costs by minimizing hardware replacement expenses and spreading
fixed production costs across repeated uses. Space flight that historically cost billions per launch now costs in the
tens of millions, fundamentally reducing the cost of space access, providing the opportunity to build new enterprises
in space.
Similarly, xAI has cracked the code in the complexities of building and scaling AI compute infrastructure, becoming
the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. We believe the combination of our
proprietary AI infrastructure capability, our truth-seeking frontier model, Grok, and our access to real-time data on
X creates a formidable competitive advantage, allowing us to maintain a leading position in the development of
advanced artificial intelligence. This advantage stems from our complete vertical integration and the common vision
infused by our founder, Elon Musk. In just a few years, we have demonstrated an ability to build coherent compute
at scale and rapid speed with lower cost. COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II collectively provide approximately 1.0
gigawatt of compute power, with additional power capacity available for data center operations. We believe speed is
a competitive advantage. In order to bring compute clusters online as fast as possible, we employ a vertically
integrated, nimble approach to construction. At COLOSSUS, we brought online the first cluster of approximately
100,000 H100 processors, approximately 130 megawatts of compute power, in just 122 days, repurposing the shell
of an existing factory. At COLOSSUS II, we brought online the first cluster of approximately 110,000 GB200
processors, approximately 210 megawatts of compute power, even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative comparison,
an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two years.
Furthermore, in the case of COLOSSUS II, following the initial cluster, we brought online the second cluster of
110,000 GB300 processors and 220 megawatts of compute power in 64 days, demonstrating our ability to rapidly
scale our facilities once built. We expect that once fully operational, the next phase of expansion at COLOSSUS II
will bring online at least 220,000 additional GB300 processors and over 400 additional megawatts of compute
power. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center construction costs
for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis.
We are able to deploy power and compute significantly faster than other AI companies through first-principles
thinking, behind-the-meter power generation, coupled with what we believe is the world’s largest network of
sustainable battery storage systems, and innovations in advanced liquid cooling, high-density rack layouts, and
efficient networking. Our facilities also incorporate innovative design features that limit the effects on regional
electricity pricing for neighbors and include advanced water cleaning, reclamation, and recycling processes to
support sustainable operations. We partner with utilities and communities to connect to and enhance the grid over
time, and do so while pledging to cover costs of all new power delivery infrastructure upgrades to service our data
centers, including adequate network upgrade costs, to ensure that these expenses are not passed on to the ordinary
household. Our ability to rapidly and cost-effectively scale with the latest processors keeps us ahead of competitors
who deploy traditional and more expensive methods. As a result, we believe COLOSSUS II became one of the
world’s first data centers to deploy GB200s and GB300s, the most advanced AI processors available at the time, at
significant scale, and is currently powering training for our next frontier models, including Grok-5. Furthermore,
through our Terafab initiative together with Tesla to build a manufacturing facility capable of producing 1 terawatt
per year of compute hardware, we intend to further extend our vertical integration to chip design and manufacturing
to alleviate potential future chip shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute performance, and potentially reduce overall
compute costs. Intel, which has the ability to design, fabricate, and package ultra-high-performance chips at scale,
also joined the Terafab project in early April 2026. Our shovels-to-tokens approach allows us to train and iterate our
frontier models at high velocity, accelerating development cycles, eliminating external bottlenecks, and driving
rapid, continuous improvements in model performance.
We were the first private company to develop and launch a liquid-fuel rocket to reach orbit with the successful
launch of Falcon 1 in 2008. In 2019, we were the first to begin deploying a large-scale LEO broadband satellite
78
constellation. In February 2026, we acquired xAI, the first company to build a gigawatt-scale AI training cluster and
largest coherent supercomputer. The graphic below illustrates key milestones for our business.
mda_2a.jpg
79
Our Repeatable Business Model
Our business model is built on a repeatable, engineering-driven framework that combines our unparalleled launch
capabilities, extreme vertical integration, rapid iteration, and disciplined capital investment to create durable, large-
scale businesses. We execute this framework through the following core principles:
1.Leverage our unparalleled launch capabilities to enable massive scale. Our rockets—with unmatched
launch cadence, best-in-class reliability, and dramatically reduced cost-to-orbit—are the foundation that we
expect will enable us to create economic opportunities in space and deliver a diversified portfolio of services.
Our launch capabilities enable large-scale deployment of assets that would not otherwise be economically
viable.
2.Identify and create new trillion-dollar market opportunities. We focus on market opportunities that are
useful for humanity and that present trillion-dollar opportunities, including global broadband and mobile
connectivity for consumers, enterprises, and governments; and AI applications and computational infrastructure.
We prioritize opportunities where structural inefficiencies or legacy technological limitations have constrained
supply.
3.Design a solution with world-class engineering and first-principles thinking. We apply physics-based
engineering and first-principles thinking to design products and systems from the ground up—boiling things
down to the most fundamental truths and reasoning up from there. This helps us drive massive, step-function
improvements in performance, scalability, and cost.
4.Apply “The Algorithm” (make less dumb, delete, optimize, accelerate, automate). We operate under a set
of core execution principles that we refer to as “The Algorithm,” a five-step iterative process that we use as our
guiding principles day-to-day. We make the requirements less dumb, delete unnecessary processes or parts
(embracing the principle that the best part is no part), only then optimize the necessary processes or parts, and
then accelerate cycle time (many entities have launched once; no one other than us has ever launched over 100
times per year), and automate only proven processes after the first four steps are completed. We apply the
Algorithm across every aspect of our organization, creating a cultural and operational standard of excellence
that has defined SpaceX since inception.
5.Vertically integrate all the way to the end customer. We design and manufacture a significant portion of our
components in-house, including engines, avionics, structures, and software, even producing the “tools that make
the tools,” enabling us to test, fail, and iterate rapidly. We can then release newer, more advanced hardware with
speed and cost efficiency.
6.Continuously drive cost down and throughput up. Through rocket reusability, manufacturing at scale,
advanced automation, and rigorous operational discipline, we continuously reduce unit costs while increasing
launch cadence, satellite network, and AI hosting capacity.
7.Generate significant cash flow and reinvest in the future. As our businesses scale, they generate significant
cash flow, which we reinvest into nascent market opportunities—driving a self-reinforcing cycle of constant
innovation and potentially creating significant additional value.
Segments in Our Vertically-Integrated Innovation Engine
We have three reportable segments in our vertically integrated innovation engine: Space, Connectivity, and AI. In
our Space segment, we design, manufacture, and launch reusable rockets to provide high cadence, reliable, and
affordable access to space at unprecedented scale. In our Connectivity segment, we operate a worldwide high-speed,
low-latency broadband data and communications network powered by over 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile
satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers
across 164 countries, territories, and other markets. In our AI segment, we operate a highly vertically integrated AI
platform spanning our truth-seeking frontier model Grok, AI solutions for consumer and enterprise customers, X—
our real-time information, entertainment, and free speech platform—and AI computational infrastructure.
80
Our financial results reflect the strength of our operating model and our ability to create and scale multiple new
businesses:
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, we generated revenue on a consolidated basis of $4,694 million,
loss from operations of $(1,943) million and Adjusted EBITDA of $1,127 million. In 2025, we generated
revenue on a consolidated basis of $18,674 million, loss from operations of $(2,589) million and Adjusted
EBITDA of $6,584 million. Our Space and Connectivity segments contributed the substantial majority of our
consolidated revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
demonstrating the benefits of their scale and operating leverage in our vertically integrated business model;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Space segment generated revenue of $619 million, loss from
operations of $(662) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(351) million. In 2025, our Space segment
generated revenue of $4,086 million, loss from operations of $(657) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of
$653 million. Additionally, our Space segment funded $930 million and $3,004 million in research and
development expense during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
respectively, for our next-generation Starship launch vehicle program. Starship is designed to enable a step-
function change in our launch capability across reusability, payload capacity, and launch cadence, and is the key
enabler of our long-term growth strategy by unlocking entirely new categories of missions;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Connectivity segment generated revenue of $3,257 million,
income from operations of $1,188 million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $2,087 million. Our Connectivity
segment, primarily driven by Starlink, generated revenue of $11,387 million, income from operations of $4,423
million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $7,168 million in 2025, representing year-over-year growth of
49.8%, 120.4%, and 86.2%, respectively, benefiting from subscriber growth, increasing enterprise adoption, and
continued improvement in network efficiency;
•In our newly acquired AI segment, we plan to prioritize growth and investment to capture significant
opportunities in AI applications and compute infrastructure. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our AI
segment generated revenue of $818 million, loss from operations of $(2,469) million, and Segment Adjusted
EBITDA of $(609) million. In 2025, our AI segment generated revenue of $3,201 million, loss from operations
of $(6,355) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(1,237) million, reflecting its earlier stage of
development and continued investments to support long-term growth opportunities in AI; and
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, capital expenditures for our Space segment was $1,052 million, for
our Connectivity segment was $1,332 million and for our AI segment was $7,723 million. In 2025, capital
expenditures for our Space segment was $3,832 million, for our Connectivity segment was $4,178 million and
for our AI segment was $12,727 million. 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial
Measures” for additional information on our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of Segment
Adjusted EBITDA to segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Space
Since our founding in 2002, SpaceX has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, transforming an industry
characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures. We design,
manufacture, launch, and refurbish reusable launch vehicles that provide cost-efficient, reliable, and high-cadence
access to space for our own purposes as well as for third-party commercial and government customers. In 2025, we
launched from four primary launch pads in the United States and successfully recovered boosters across seven
landing facilities including autonomous drone ships and catch towers based on the vehicle type and mission profile.
Our extensive vertical integration and end-to-end control over the entire value chain, from design to launch to
operations, allows us to achieve unprecedented speed and cost efficiency.
81
Falcon 9 First Stage Booster Landing
mda_3a.jpg
As of March 31, 2026, SpaceX had launched a total mass to orbit of approximately 7,400 metric tons with an over
99% mission success rate across our Falcon rockets. We have completed approximately 650 orbital space launches,
and over 540 of those launches were completed by a flight-proven Falcon rocket. In 2025 alone, SpaceX completed
170 missions across Falcon and Starship vehicles and 159 flight-proven booster launches with an over 99% success
rate on attempted booster recoveries. We launched over 2,200 metric tons, representing over 80% of mass to orbit
for the world in 2025. With the first successful launch of Falcon 1 in 2008, we became the first private company to
successfully launch a liquid-fueled rocket to Earth’s orbit. Just two years later, in 2010, the commercial debut of the
Falcon 9 rocket revolutionized space access by delivering unprecedented cost efficiency. For example, according to
NASA, the first version of Falcon 9 in 2010 reduced launch cost to approximately $2,700 per kilogram, which
represented a reduction of approximately 85% compared to the historical average launch cost per kilogram of
$18,500. The first version of Falcon Heavy in 2018 further reduced this cost to $1,400 per kilogram, a reduction of
approximately 92% compared to the historical average. We have also reduced our internal cost of launch through a
combination of engineering improvements, manufacturing efficiencies, and economies of scale—most notably,
through our ability to drive more frequent reuse of rockets.
We generate Space revenue primarily through launch and mission services of Falcon 9, Falcon Heavy, and Dragon
provided to commercial and government customers. We fly to LEO, MEO, GEO, lunar, and interplanetary
trajectories, as well as the International Space Station. Our Space segment revenue is derived from fixed-price
contracts related to the development and provision of launch services for both commercial customers and
governmental agency space programs, either at a “point in time” or “over time.”
We manage our Space segment to support our businesses and those of our customers. We plan launches and allocate
payloads in advance, although it can be difficult to manage the timing of customer payload arrivals. When an
expected customer payload for a planned launch is not available, we instead use launch capacity for our satellites. As
a result, we adjust expected launch payloads frequently, impacting period-to-period financial comparison. For a
majority of customer payloads, revenue and costs are primarily recognized at the launch or deployment of the
customer’s spacecraft to its intended orbit, with some revenues and costs being recognized over time. For launches
dedicated to deploying our Starlink satellites, we capitalize the associated costs within our Connectivity segment and
depreciate them over time, and we do not recognize revenue for those launches in our Space segment. We allocate a
82
significant amount of launch capacity to our Connectivity segment, and expect to allocate a significant amount to
our AI segment in the future. Our Space segment revenue only reflects customer launches and other customer
activities. As a result, notwithstanding an increasing launch cadence, our Space segment has relatively lower
revenue scale and revenue growth compared to our other segments, though its financial results do not reflect the
foundational strategic value that it provides to us in bolstering the growth of our Connectivity and AI segments.
Connectivity. Starlink provides global access to high-speed internet, including underserved rural and remote
communities worldwide. As of March 31, 2026, we had approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile
satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, providing broadband connectivity to approximately 10.3 million Starlink Subscribers
across 164 countries, territories, and other markets. We also provide satellite-to-mobile texting and over-the-top
voice services to approximately 7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30 countries.
Starlink Mini
mda_4a.jpg
•Starlink Consumer Broadband. We operate the world’s largest and most advanced space-based internet
broadband service with median latency at approximately 25 milliseconds as of March 31, 2026. We provide
fiber-like download speeds—at a median of 225 Mbps during peak hours for residential users as of March 31,
2026—and the technological capability to provide service everywhere on Earth, including the poles. This
service quality is enabled by our vast network of approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites
in Low-Earth Orbit, which accounted for approximately 75% of all active maneuverable satellites in orbit as of
March 31, 2026. We expect to commence deploying our next-generation V3 satellites, designed to offer one
Tbps of downlink capacity per satellite, using Starship in the second half of 2026. We expect that a single
Starship launch will be capable of deploying up to 60 V3 satellites to LEO, representing a potential twenty-fold
increase in Starlink downlink capacity deployed relative to a Falcon 9 launch. As of March 31, 2026, we had
approximately 10.3 million Starlink Subscribers, up approximately 105% from 5.0 million subscribers a year
prior. We charge our Starlink Subscribers a monthly subscription fee, which varies based on geographic market
and download speed, plus typically a one-time upfront terminal cost.
•Enterprise Solutions. SpaceX is a critical partner to a wide array of enterprises. We offer Starlink’s high-
speed, low-latency, reliable internet services to enterprise customers across industries including construction,
agriculture, retail, telecom, hospitality, aviation, maritime, and land mobility. Starlink’s unique capabilities are
well‑suited for deployments across field offices, remote worksites, research stations, drilling rigs, rural
83
hospitals, aircraft, cruise ships, trains, and hotels. Our enterprise customers include companies such as United
Airlines, Carnival, Maersk, and John Deere, among others. We also serve a broad fixed‑site customer base
across industries such as retail and financial services that require high availability for critical operations as well
as reliable connectivity in remote or hard-to-serve locations. As companies continue to invest in secure and
resilient networks and backup systems to keep critical infrastructure online—such as point‑of‑sale and payment
processing systems—we often start as a backup solution and then transition to being the primary solution. Our
enterprise contracts are based on a combination of subscriptions, data consumption, capacity, or other pricing
models depending on each customer’s particular needs. Since 2023, no Starlink Enterprise customer having
contributed more than $750,000 of annual revenue has voluntarily discontinued their service, demonstrating the
strong performance and value of our offering. This is despite the ability of our customers to cancel the service at
any time.
•Government Solutions. For our government customers, we provide high-speed, resilient connectivity for
public services, social impact, humanitarian efforts, and disaster response in even the most remote and
challenging environments. Examples include support for the FEMA in coordinating disaster recovery after
hurricanes and wildfires, the NOAA for at-sea testing and environmental monitoring, the Government of the
Philippines for linking remote islands, schools, and public institutions, the Government of Jamaica for
improving digital access in remote and maritime areas, and the Government of Ecuador for supporting
education and healthcare connectivity in isolated communities. Separately with Starshield, we have leveraged
our commercial LEO satellite constellation engineering learnings and operational experiences to develop a
secure, dedicated satellite network designed specifically for United States Government customers and national
security applications.
•Starlink Mobile. We provide satellite-to-mobile connectivity, supplementing terrestrial networks and
substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across approximately 30 countries. We partner with MNOs
including major wireless carriers like T-Mobile in the United States, and other international operators including
One NZ, Optus, Telstra, Rogers, KDDI, Salt, Entel, Kyivstar, and VMO2. Through these partnerships, we
enable consumers, businesses, and public-sector customers to use their existing phones in more places, support
critical connectivity during disasters and power outages, and open new applications for low-bandwidth mobile
and IoT devices. Our current capabilities under our “V1” constellation (consisting of approximately 650 V1
Mobile satellites in orbit) include light data, text messaging (SMS), and over-the-top voice services (e.g.,
WhatsApp and FaceTime). We are developing more comprehensive satellite-to-mobile services, including
broadband data and IoT connectivity, which are expected to deliver resilient, infrastructure-independent
connectivity worldwide and enable 5G connectivity. We have partnerships with approximately 30 MNOs on six
continents, covering an area that is home to approximately 1.9 billion people. We charge MNOs either a fixed
fee or a per-mobile user fee-based amount, which is typically passed through to the customer via the carrier as
an “add-on” feature.
We generate revenue in our Connectivity segment primarily through subscription fees from consumer subscribers.
We drive consumer revenue through monthly subscription fees based on geographic market and download speed,
recognizing revenue ratably over the service period, plus typically a one-time sale of a kit. In addition, we generate
revenue from enterprises through contracts structured as a combination of subscriptions, data consumption, and
capacity, or on a percentage-of-completion basis, depending on each customer’s particular needs. We generate
government revenue via long term contracts for Starshield, a secure satellite network designed specifically for
government customers and national security applications. We also earn Starlink Mobile revenue through revenue-
sharing arrangements with MNO partners, based on connectivity services included in their plans.
In 2025, revenue from consumer subscribers represented over 60% of Connectivity segment revenue. We expect 
revenue from consumer subscribers, as well as enterprise and government customers, to be  the primary driver of
Connectivity segment growth, and that Starlink Mobile will become a significant new contributor of Connectivity
segment revenue.
AI. We operate a highly vertically integrated AI platform spanning gigawatt-scale AI compute infrastructure, our
truth-seeking frontier AI model, Grok, AI solutions for consumer and enterprise customers, and X, our real-time
information, entertainment, and free speech platform. We believe AI is rapidly converging toward AGI, where
84
human cognitive capabilities can be replicated and scaled at machine speeds, profoundly augmenting human
productivity. Once an AGI system exists, its true value derives from the ability to create limitless duplicates of
human-like intelligence, necessitating vast computational resources and cost-efficient deployment to achieve
meaningful scale. Without large-scale, power-efficient infrastructure, AGI cannot be deployed broadly or
economically—making such infrastructure a critical strategic differentiator.
COLOSSUS II Facility in Memphis, Tennessee
mda5a.jpg
•AI Compute Infrastructure. xAI has established a leading position in building and scaling terrestrial AI
compute infrastructure, becoming the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. Our
AI compute facilities, COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II, collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of
compute power, with additional power capacity available for data center operations. Our first-principles
thinking enables us to build coherent compute at scale and at rapid speed with lower costs than most other
companies in the industry. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS online in 122 days, repurposing the shell
of an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative
comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two
years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center construction
costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis. This
dual speed and cost advantage stems from our complete vertical integration and the shared culture infused by
our founder, Mr. Musk, across our Space, Connectivity, and AI segments. The addition of Terafab, an initiative
together with Tesla to build a manufacturing facility capable of producing 1 terawatt per year of compute
hardware, aims to further extend our vertical integration to chip design and manufacturing to alleviate potential
future chip shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute performance, and potentially reduce overall compute costs.
Intel, which has the ability to design, fabricate, and package ultra-high-performance chips at scale, has also
joined the Terafab project. We believe that the key constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical—chip
manufacturing, data center infrastructure, and power generation; the future of AI will be determined by the
control of the physical stack.
•Truth-Seeking Frontier Model. xAI has developed one of the world’s most advanced, truth-seeking frontier
models with Grok. Since launching Grok-1 in November 2023, we have released four major versions and
notable variations thereof, achieving one of the fastest iteration cycles in the industry, culminating in Grok-4.3
85
(April 2026). Building on this trajectory, we expect to continue scaling Grok through subsequent generations.
Ongoing training of next‑generation models is expected to scale toward multiple trillions of parameters, which
could represent a step change in reasoning in depth and overall intelligence. In this context, the number of
parameters refers to the scale of the model, where parameters are the internal numerical values, such as
“weights,” that are adjusted during training to enable the model to recognize patterns and relationships in data.
A larger number of parameters generally allows the model to capture more complex relationships, store greater
amounts of knowledge, and achieve higher levels of reasoning capability. Within two years of its initial model
release, Grok achieved frontier-level performance in scientific reasoning, as measured by its GPQA Diamond
score, an industry benchmark that evaluates AI models on a standardized set of questions written and validated
by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by other leading model providers. This accelerated rate of
innovation stems from our highly vertically integrated stack: full ownership of training infrastructure, access to
the world’s most powerful compute clusters, and relentless focus on truth seeking and real-world utility. A key
competitive differentiator is Grok’s deep integration with X, enabling proprietary access to a real-time
information stream of approximately 350 million daily posts, which enhances freshness, relevance, and
contextual awareness for Grok. This direct, real-time access to the information and human discourse on X
enhances Grok’s truth-seeking capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse
viewpoints. We believe that this combination of compute infrastructure scale and the massive dataset available
to us through X, subject to some limitations for certain content, has allowed us to achieve industry-leading
performance and provide model outputs that analyze real-time information on global events. We expect that our
compute infrastructure and direct access to real-time data via X constitute substantial performance advantages
for Grok that will result in increasingly rapid and dramatic iteration cycles.
•Consumer and Enterprise Applications. We leverage our leading frontier models and compute infrastructure
to deliver consumer and enterprise applications. In under six months, we developed Grok Voice, a real-time
speech engine, including in multilingual performance. Our image and video generation system, Imagine,
produced approximately 10 billion images and over 2 billion videos per month, on average, for the quarter
ending March 31, 2026. Together with Tesla, we are also developing Macrohard, an agentic AI platform
designed to be capable of fully emulating digital workflows and augmenting human operation of computers—
from coding and product development to management and entire business processes—using sophisticated
autonomous agents. We believe Macrohard will have the potential to fundamentally transform how companies
are structured and operate, thereby allowing dramatic increases in human productivity. In addition, we believe
our existing government relationships and track record as large government contractors are a structural
advantage as governments become significant consumers of AI applications.
Our integrated AI platforms across Grok and X had approximately 1.3 billion supported accounts active in the
last twelve months ended March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, including approximately 550 million and
520 million MAUs as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. Of our MAUs, we had
approximately 117 million and 89 million MAUs that used Grok’s AI features as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively.
While MAUs provide an estimated measure of the size and engagement of our user base, we are focused on
revenue and operating margin, and manage our business with the objective of driving sustainable revenue
growth and profitability rather than with the primary objective of growing or maintaining MAU levels.
We also monetize user activity through high-impact advertising inventory on X. We believe X’s scale, real-time
engagement, and integration with Grok provide a differentiated foundation for building a unified user
experience across communication, content discovery, commerce, and financial services, among others. For
enterprises that advertise on X, we offer large-scale user engagement, real-time content, and advanced AI-
driven performance marketing tools. For enterprises, we offer tailored deployments of Grok customized to
specific workflows and security needs through Grok Business and Grok Enterprise, sold on license-,
consumption-, or outcome-based pricing models.
Our Capital Allocation and Funding Strategy
Since our beginning, we have managed through multiple investment cycles. We initially raised capital to fund what
is now our Space segment, which generates revenue from commercial and government customers while serving as
86
the backbone for our Connectivity segment. We invested in our Connectivity segment as we generated Segment
Adjusted EBITDA from our Space segment, along with additional equity capital that we raised externally, creating a
segment that generates predictable and recurring revenue from consumer, enterprise, and government customers. We
continue to invest meaningfully in both our Space and Connectivity segments to build out the infrastructure of the
future through our next-generation Starship launch platform and our expanded Starlink broadband and mobility
networks.
We have a stellar track record of capital allocation and value creation in Space and Connectivity. Since SpaceX’s
founding in 2002, we have raised over $9 billion of equity capital to fund the development and growth of these two
business segments. The Space segment became Segment Adjusted EBITDA positive on a sustained basis beginning
in 2018 and the Connectivity segment became in aggregate Segment Adjusted EBITDA positive on a sustained basis
beginning in 2023. In 2025, our Space segment generated a loss from operations of $(657) million and Segment
Adjusted EBITDA of $653 million, including the impact of funding $3,004 million in research and development
expense for our next-generation Starship launch vehicle program. In 2025, our Connectivity segment generated
income from operations of $4,423 million and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $7,168 million.
We acquired xAI in February 2026, which forms the basis of our AI segment. We expect to allocate substantial
capital to expand our compute infrastructure, and we expect a multi-year investment horizon before these
deployments translate into sustained positive AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA. During this investment period, our
capital expenditures will scale as quickly as we are able to deploy power and compute to address the $26.5 trillion
potential market opportunity for AI. We plan to access a range of debt and equity financing solutions available to us
as a public company to fund future investments in growth and to maintain strong liquidity. We aim to maintain an
investment grade credit rating.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial
Measures” for additional information on our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of Segment
Adjusted EBITDA to segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Key Business Metrics
We use the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends,
formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.
Space
In our Space segment, we use mass to orbit and launches as key business metrics to measure our scale and
throughput. Mass to orbit and launches grow more rapidly than Space segment revenue because these metrics
include our internal constellation deployments from which we do not recognize inter-segment revenue.
Mass to Orbit: Mass to orbit is the total kilograms of payload that we deploy to orbit in a given period, and is a key
indicator of SpaceX’s capacity and scalability that supports Space revenue and drives expansion across our
Connectivity and AI segments. We calculate this metric by summing verified mass, including Starlink satellites,
customer payloads, and development cargo, from all successful orbital and flight tests. This measure excludes failed
or scrubbed attempts. We increased mass to orbit from 1,210 metric tons in 2023 to 1,699 metric tons in 2024 to
2,213 metric tons in 2025, and from 450 metric tons in the three months ended March 31, 2025 to 556 metric tons in
the three months ended March 31, 2026. In 2023, 2024, and 2025, mass to orbit included 205, 282, and 312 metric
tons attributable to customer payloads, respectively, and 1,005, 1,418, and 1,901 metric tons attributable to internal
payloads, respectively (the amounts presented may not add up to the corresponding totals due to rounding). Falcon 9
launches contribute steadily at an average capacity of 13 metric tons per mission since 2023 to various orbits while
we transition to Starship. As the most powerful launch system ever developed, we expect that Starship V3 will be
able to carry a payload of 100 metric tons, with future generations of Starship being designed to double this payload.
87
mda_6b.jpg
Launches: Launches are a key measure of our operational scale, which in turn supports our revenue growth and
mission to expand humanity’s presence in space. Launches in a period represent the sum of all successful orbital and
flight tests across our rockets, including internal Starlink deployments, development tests, and launches for our
third-party customers, and excluding any cancellations or scrubs that occurred in that period. Falcon 9 is the most
active orbital launch vehicle today, with approximately 620 orbital space launches as of March 31, 2026, and an
over 99% mission success rate. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, we launched 40 Falcon rockets, of
which 39 were flight-proven booster launches, and in 2025, we launched 165 Falcon 9 rockets, of which 157 were
flight-proven booster launches. While we have steadily increased our Falcon 9 launch cadence over recent years, we
expect Falcon 9 launches to decrease over time. While Falcon 9 currently drives the majority of our launch activity,
we expect Starship, which is designed to be the world’s first fully, rapidly, reusable launch vehicle, to become a
larger contributor to our launch volume as it enters operational service. To date, we have executed 12 Starship flight
tests to advance our goal of rapidly and fully reusable orbital capability, a breakthrough we believe will transform
our launch economics and benefit both our business and customers who rely on our launch services. Our 12th flight
test in May 2026 debuted the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy booster, powered by the next
evolution of our Raptor engine and launching from a newly designed pad at Starbase. We allocate a significant
88
amount of launch capacity to our Connectivity segment, and expect to allocate a significant amount to our AI
segment in the future. Our Space segment revenue only reflects our customer launches and customer activities.
mda_7b.jpg
__________________
(1)With respect to Falcon launches, the number of launches for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025 totaled 96, 134, and 165,
respectively, of which customer launches totaled 33, 45, and 43, respectively, and internal launches totaled 63, 89, and 122, respectively.
The number of Falcon launches for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2026 totaled 36 and 40, respectively, of which customer
launches totaled 12 and 7, respectively, and internal launches totaled 24 and 33, respectively. We designate a launch as a “customer launch”
if an external customer payload constitutes the primary payload (i.e., where the principal objective is to deliver the customer payload) and
the mission parameters (e.g., launch window, orbital parameters, mission profile) are designed around the primary payload’s requirements.
To date, all Starship launches have been classified as internal.
Connectivity
In our Connectivity segment, we view Starlink Subscribers and Starlink Subscriber ARPU as key business metrics to
evaluate our growth and monetization.
Starlink Subscribers: We define a Starlink Subscriber as a unique Service Line that is directly assigned to a
Starlink.com account registered to a person or entity that does not have a direct, negotiated agreement with the
Starlink sales team. A Service Line is an individual instance of Starlink broadband internet service provisioned
under a subscription plan, generally associated with a specific Starlink terminal or group of terminals, and billed
according to Starlink’s service plans and terms of service. The number of Service Lines is distinct from the number
of unique devices, account holders, end users or physical persons. An individual, household, or business may share a
single Service Line among multiple end-users. Likewise, an individual, household, or business may maintain
multiple service lines (e.g., both a Residential Service Line and a separate Roam Service Line, which would be
defined as two separate Service Lines and therefore two Starlink Subscribers).
We use this measure to assess the adoption of Starlink as we expand within and across geographies and business
segments. Starlink Subscribers includes both Personal (e.g., Residential and Roam) and Business (e.g., Local
Priority and Global Priority) subscription plans, but does not include managed enterprise and government customers
with contracts in domains including aviation, maritime, land mobility, fixed sites and government entities. We
calculate Starlink Subscribers for a period as the number of unique Service Lines at the end of the period. Starlink
89
Subscribers totaled approximately 10.3 million and 5.0 million, up 105% and 91% on a year-over-year basis, in the
quarters ended March 31, 2026 and March 31, 2025, respectively.
mda_8b.jpg
Starlink Subscriber ARPU: We calculate ARPU as service revenue generated from Starlink Subscribers during the
period divided by (i) the average number of Starlink Subscribers during the period and by (ii) the number of months
in the period. Our strategy is focused on driving sustainable revenue growth and expanding our margins through
operational efficiencies and technological advancements, rather than prioritizing increases in ARPU. This approach
aligns with our long-term vision of expanding global connectivity and market access. We generally expect Starlink
Subscriber ARPU to continue to decline over the next few years as the portion of our subscriber base outside North
America continues to grow, as we add lower priced service plans, and as we adjust the monthly service plan fees we
charge for broadband offerings. However, we expect these dynamics to be offset by increased scale and
technological advancement in our launch, satellite, and user terminal operations, ultimately supporting overall
revenue growth and cost reduction. Our Starlink Subscriber monthly ARPU decreased from $86 per month for the
three months ended March 31, 2025 to $66 per month for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and from $91 per
90
month in 2024 to $81 per month in 2025. These decreases were driven primarily by international expansion and the
addition of lower priced service plans.
mda_9b.jpg
AI
Nameplate Compute Draw: We calculate Nameplate Compute Draw for a period as the number of GPUs installed in
our data centers at the end of the period multiplied by their respective all-in power draw. Nameplate Compute Draw
reflects installed capacity and does not represent actual power consumption or utilization. It does not include power
we install and use for our supporting infrastructure such as cooling systems, power distribution losses, lighting,
security systems, or facility-level overhead. Our Nameplate Compute Draw increased to 1.0 gigawatt as of March
91
31, 2026 as we brought COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II online. We use this metric to assess our ability to deploy
and scale compute capacity.
mda_10b.jpg
Segment Income (Loss) from Operations
Space Income (Loss) from Operations
Space loss from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $592 million to $(662) million
compared to $(70) million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by an accelerated
investment in development of the Starship vehicle as well as launch facilities to support future Starship launches,
and a decrease in revenue from customer launches, partially offset by a decrease in cost of revenue, selling, general,
and administrative expenses and impairment.
Space income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $678 million to $(657)
million compared to $21 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, while Space income (loss) from operations
for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $22 million to $21 million for the year ended December 31,
2024 compared to $(1) million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The year-over-year decrease in 2025 was
primarily driven by an accelerated investment in development of the Starship vehicle as well as launch facilities to
support future Starship launches, partially offset by an increase in revenue and decrease in cost of revenue.
Connectivity Income (Loss) from Operations
Connectivity income from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $155 million to
$1,188 million compared to $1,033 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by
increased revenue from our consumer subscribers (composed of 104.7% growth in Starlink Subscribers, offset by a
22.9% decline in Starlink Subscriber ARPU, primarily due to international expansion and the addition of lower
priced service plans) and enterprise business, partially offset by higher depreciation of capitalized launch and
satellite costs due to the increase in Starlink flights, as well as higher operating expenses including ground operating
costs and international expansion costs to support and drive subscriber growth.
Connectivity income from operations for 2025 increased by $2,417 million to $4,423 million compared to $2,006
million for the year ended December 31, 2024 while Connectivity income from operations for the year ended
92
December 31, 2024 increased by $1,537 million to $2,006 million compared to $469 million for the year ended
December 31, 2023. The year-over-year increase in 2025 was primarily driven by increased revenue from growth of
our consumer and enterprise customers by $2,378 million and $1,410 million, respectively, partially offset by higher
depreciation of capitalized launch and satellite costs due to the increase in Starlink flights, as well as higher
marketing and international expansion costs to drive subscriber growth.
AI Income (Loss) from Operations
AI loss from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $1,533 million to $(2,469) million
compared to $(936) million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by higher cloud computing
and GPU depreciation costs, data center infrastructure and employee expenses, partially offset by higher revenue.
AI loss from operations for 2025 increased by $4,794 million to $(6,355) million compared to $(1,561) million for
the year ended December 31, 2024, while AI loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased
by $2,412 million to $(1,561) million compared to $(3,973) million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The
increase in 2025 was primarily driven by higher cloud computing costs, facilities-related costs and employee
expenses, partially offset by higher revenue.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as segment income (loss) from operations excluding (i) depreciation and
amortization, (ii) share-based compensation, (iii) restructuring charges and (iv) impairment.
Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $575 million to $(351)
million compared to $224 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by an accelerated
investment in development of the Starship vehicle as well as launch facilities to support future Starship launches,
and a decrease in revenue from customer launches, partially offset by a decrease in cost of revenue, selling, general,
and administrative expenses.
Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2025 decreased by $501 million to $653 million compared to $1,154 million
in 2024, while Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 increased by $157 million to $1,154 million compared to
$997 million in 2023. The year-over-year decrease in 2025 was primarily driven by an accelerated investment in
development of the Starship vehicle, as well as launch facilities to support future Starship launches, partially offset
by an increase in NASA Cargo Resupply Services (CRS) for additional missions to the International Space Station,
along with increased revenue from a U.S. Department of War contract. Our Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA is
also driven by the reusability and efficiency of our rockets, which boosts cadence and reliability and supports a
diversified base of commercial and government customers. These efforts have created a strong foundation for our
Space Segment Adjusted EBITDA, and we believe position us to unlock further high-value opportunities in the
expanding space economy.
Connectivity Segment Adjusted EBITDA
Connectivity Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $469 million to
$2,087 million compared to $1,618 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by higher
revenue from growth in consumer and enterprise revenue. Consumer revenue was composed of 104.7% growth in
Starlink Subscribers, offset by a 22.9% decline in Starlink Subscriber ARPU, primarily due to international
expansion and the addition of lower priced service plans. Enterprise and government revenue had an increase
primarily driven by the growth in our aviation, maritime, mobility, and other enterprise business, partially offset by a
decrease in our government business. These increases in revenue were offset by higher operating expenses for
international expansion, and higher research and development costs.
Connectivity Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2025 increased by $3,319 million to $7,168 million compared to
$3,849 million in 2024 while Connectivity Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 increased by $2,247 million to
$3,849 million compared to $1,602 million in 2023. The year-over-year increase in 2025 was primarily driven by
93
higher revenue from growth in our consumer and enterprise customers, partially offset by higher marketing and
international expansion costs to grow our subscribers, as well as higher research and development costs for our next-
generation product development. We have driven our strong sequential Connectivity Segment Adjusted EBITDA
growth by expanding the scale and efficiency of our LEO satellite constellations and our highly verticalized supply
chain, which has delivered major cost reductions in user terminal production.
AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA
AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $497 million to $(609)
million compared to $(112) million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, primarily driven by higher cloud
compute and data center infrastructure and operating costs, and employee compensation expenses, partially offset by
higher revenue.
AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2025 decreased by $1,584 million to $(1,237) million compared to $347 million
in 2024 while AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA for 2024 decreased by $875 million to $347 million, compared to
$1,222 million in 2023. The decrease in 2025 was primarily driven by higher cloud computing costs, facilities-
related costs and employee expenses, partially offset by higher revenue. AI Segment Adjusted EBITDA is primarily
driven by our strategy to rapidly and cost-effectively scale compute infrastructure. We expect to continue to expand
our terrestrial data centers, and to launch orbital data centers, and we expect a multi-year investment horizon before
these deployments translate into sustained positive Segment Adjusted EBITDA for our AI segment.
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “—Non-GAAP Financial
Measures” for additional information on our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of Segment
Adjusted EBITDA to segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Capital Expenditures
The following table presents our capital expenditures by segment:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Space ..................................................
$1,052
$759
$3,832
$2,032
$1,497
Connectivity .......................................
1,332
814
4,178
3,498
2,455
AI ........................................................
7,723
2,567
12,727
5,633
463
Total Capital Expenditures .................
$10,107
$4,140
$20,737
$11,163
$4,415
Space Capital Expenditures
Space capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $293 million to $1,052 million
compared to $759 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by
increased investment in our launch site infrastructure for Starship.
Space capital expenditures for 2025 increased $1,800 million to $3,832 million compared to $2,032 million in 2024,
while Space capital expenditures for 2024 increased $535 million to $2,032 million compared to $1,497 million in
2023. The increase in each year-over-year period was primarily driven by increased investment in our launch site
infrastructure for Starship.
Connectivity Capital Expenditures
Connectivity capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $518 million to $1,332
million compared to $814 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by
higher satellite and ground equipment costs as we continue to increase our number of satellites and grow our satellite
network.
Connectivity capital expenditures for 2025 increased $680 million to $4,178 million compared to $3,498 million in
2024, while Connectivity capital expenditures for 2024 increased $1,043 million to $3,498 million compared to
94
$2,455 million in 2023. The increase in each year-over-year period was primarily driven by higher satellite and
ground equipment costs as we continue to increase our number of satellites and grow our satellite network. 
AI Capital Expenditures
AI capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased $5,156 million to $7,723 million
compared to $2,567 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily driven by
investments in the rapid expansion of our terrestrial data centers, including the development, construction, and
equipping of new facilities and supporting infrastructure.
AI capital expenditures for 2025 increased $7,094 million to $12,727 million compared to $5,633 million in 2024,
while AI capital expenditures for 2024 increased $5,170 million to $5,633 million compared to $463 million in
2023. This increase was primarily driven by significant investments in the rapid expansion of our terrestrial data
centers, including the development, construction, and equipping of new facilities and supporting infrastructure.
Drivers of Our Performance
Developing Starship. Starship is our next-generation vehicle that we expect will dramatically expand our launch
capability through full and rapid reusability combined with unprecedented mass to orbit capability. As the most
powerful launch system ever developed, we expect that Starship V3 will be able to carry a payload of 100 metric
tons, and that future generations could reach 200 metric tons, potentially as soon as Starship V4. Starship is central
to our goal of unlocking growth through our unique vertically integrated business model. Starship is expected to be
the only vehicle with fully reusable first and second stages, which is critical to reducing launch costs and increasing
launch cadence. We believe that Starship can eventually reduce the cost to reach orbit by 99% or more relative to the
historical average launch cost per kilogram according to NASA of $18,500, establishing a scalable path to creating
the infrastructure of the future, such as orbital AI compute.
We have already demonstrated catching and reusing the first stage booster for Starship through our innovative
“chopsticks” method to catch the booster. To date, we have executed 12 Starship flight tests, with our 12th flight test
in May 2026 debuting the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy booster. This next-generation Starship
introduces major changes for better orbital performance and reusability. We plan to demonstrate key development
milestones of catching the upper stage and demonstrating in-orbit propellant transfer capabilities. These milestones
will be the key unlocks for a rapidly reusable rocket that we expect will take hundreds of thousands of tons of mass
to orbit to drive growth in our Connectivity and AI segments, and allow us to develop the lunar economy and
eventually to reach Mars. We expect Starship to commence payload delivery to orbit in the second half of 2026
following additional flight tests. For additional information about this risk, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks
Related to Our Business—Any failure or delay in the development of Starship at scale or in achieving the required
launch cadence, reusability and capabilities thereafter would delay or limit our ability to execute our growth
strategy, including the deployment of next-generation satellites, global satellite-to-mobile connectivity, and orbital
AI compute, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and
future prospects” in this prospectus.
Launch Costs and Cadence. Our launch costs and cadence underpin the foundational competitive advantage that
enables the performance of each of our segments. The reusability of our launch vehicles meaningfully reduces the
cost per kilogram to orbit by eliminating or limiting the need to manufacture new vehicles for every mission.
Reusability also enables higher launch cadence by shortening the time between flights, as vehicles can be rapidly
reflown after their return. These factors enable performance in our Connectivity segment by supporting faster and
more cost‑effective deployment of our satellite constellations. We expect they will support our AI segment as we
aim to deploy a large fleet of orbital AI compute. We expect continued enhancements to our launch infrastructure
and launch vehicles, including Starship, to drive cost down and throughput up, extending these benefits to our
businesses, as well as to our third‑party customers who rely on our launch capabilities. As we continue to reduce
launch costs and increase launch cadence, we expect to transform the rocket launch industry into airline-like
operations, enabling continuous and affordable access to space. Period-to-period comparisons of launch costs and
cadence are impacted by factors out of our control, including timing of delivery of customer payloads which impacts
95
the mix of customer and internal payloads and related financial reporting, or weather which can delay a launch from
one period to another.
Increasing Satellite Capacity. The scale, reliability, and capacity of our LEO broadband and mobile satellite
constellations drive our Connectivity segment’s growth and operating performance. In 2025, launching and
operating higher-throughput satellites supported Starlink’s service quality and customer reach by increasing
available network capacity and improving service consistency during peak usage periods. As of March 31, 2026, we
operated over 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, with the majority composed of our
second-generation, V2 Mini satellites. We expect to commence deploying our next-generation V3 satellites,
designed to offer one Tbps of downlink capacity per satellite, using Starship in the second half of 2026 and expect
that a single Starship launch will be capable of deploying up to 60 V3 satellites to LEO, representing a twenty-fold
increase in Starlink downlink capacity deployed relative to a Falcon 9 launch.
We also provide satellite-to-mobile connectivity, supplementing terrestrial networks and substantially reducing
mobile “dead zones” in approximately 30 countries. Since January 2025, we have grown our constellation from
approximately 360 V1 Mobile satellites to approximately 650 V1 Mobile satellites. Through this constellation and in
partnership with more than 30 mobile network operators, we provided data, over-the-top voice, and messaging
services to approximately 7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30 countries. During 2025, we
also entered into agreements to acquire 65 MHz of spectrum in the United States as well as certain global Mobile
Satellite Service spectrum licenses from EchoStar for $19.6 billion of equity and cash consideration, as described
below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Material Cash Commitments.” We expect the spectrum
acquisition to close in November 2027, subject to required regulatory approvals and other closing conditions. We
expect the wider bandwidth operations enabled by this spectrum purchase, together with our authorization to deploy
7,500 satellites including with the 2GHz spectrum band, will provide stronger support for current performance and
potential future services, including broadband data and IoT connectivity, and is expected to enable 5G connectivity.
These investments in satellite scale, per-satellite capacity, and expanded capabilities are instrumental to the growth
and operating performance of our Connectivity segment, enabling us to onboard new users while improving service
quality.
Increasing Starlink Brand Awareness and Acquiring New Subscribers. Our growth is driven in part by increased
global awareness of Starlink’s capabilities and our ability to convert that awareness into customer adoption. Trust,
visibility, and demonstrated reliability are central to customer acquisition, particularly for those in remote and
infrastructure-limited regions. Proven performance in rural, remote, and disaster-affected areas, along with strong
brand awareness, reinforces Starlink’s reputation as essential infrastructure, leading to higher adoption in new
markets.
As of March 31, 2026, we had over 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, operating the
world’s most advanced broadband constellation providing internet connectivity to approximately 10.3 million
Starlink Subscribers across 164 countries, territories, and other markets, collectively home to more than 3.3 billion
people. We are focused on growing the number of Starlink Subscribers by expanding our consumer distribution
network across thousands of authorized retail stores globally, and executing region-specific marketing campaigns to
increase brand awareness. By clearly demonstrating Starlink’s superior speed, low-latency, and ease of installation,
we expect to drive meaningful subscriber growth.
Increasing Enterprise Customer Adoption. As we continue to grow our Starlink constellation and bandwidth, we
see a large opportunity to grow the enterprise connectivity market by providing solutions that had not previously
been available. Our network is global and can provide primary connectivity for on-the-move applications as well as
a resilient backup option for enterprises serviced by land-based connectivity. We plan to deepen our penetration with
enterprise and government customers through direct, vertical-specific acquisition strategies. In recent years, we have
assembled dedicated sales and engineering teams to market and support fleet-wide conversions in aviation and
maritime, customized deployments for land mobility, which we expect to continue to grow as consumers who
experience Starlink begin to expect high-performance connectivity when traveling. We expect to enable more
customized deployments for land mobility across existing use cases such as commercial trucking fleets, and new
applications enabled by more connected devices. We also continue to develop specialized networks for secure
96
government applications via Starshield. By leveraging proven performance in mission-critical environments and
expanding through channel partners in select geographies, we expect to drive increased adoption among high-value
enterprise and government accounts.
Accelerating Investment in Growth and Innovation. We are simultaneously developing and scaling a wide range of
complex, capital‑intensive projects, including Starship and terrestrial and orbital AI compute. We believe speed is a
competitive advantage, and periodically we decide to increase and accelerate our investments. For example, in 2025
we accelerated our timeline for Starship development, increasing R&D in our Space segment to $3,004 million,
compared to $1,835 million in 2024. In our AI segment, in 2025 we successfully accelerated deployment of compute
for the development of Grok, increasing R&D in our AI segment to $5,064 million, compared to $1,176 million in
2024. We believe pursuing multiple ambitious programs in parallel enables us to compound advantages across our
vertically integrated innovation engine and unlock new large addressable markets over time. The timing of our
investments is not fixed and may accelerate based on technical progress, market opportunity, or resource
availability. As a result, our operating results, margins and profitability may fluctuate from period to period as we
continue to prioritize execution speed, capacity expansion, and technological leadership over near‑term margin
optimization. We believe that this approach maximizes long‑term value creation by allowing us to move faster than
competitors, scale earlier in emerging markets, and reinforce durable competitive advantages that we expect to
benefit our business over time.
Supply Chain and Manufacturing Efficiency for User Terminals. The operating performance of our Connectivity
segment depends in part on the cost and availability of user terminals at scale. We are vertically integrated across
terminal design, production, and support, including silicon, hardware, software, manufacturing, fulfillment, and
operations, which enables us to control our means of production as well as rapidly iterate to continuously improve
the performance of our user terminals and optimize product cost. Since our initial launch of our user terminal, we
have optimized the design of our phased-array antennas, our self-aligning antenna responsible for connecting user
equipment to our LEO satellite network, for manufacturability and high-volume scale. Over the past five years, we
have significantly lowered production costs and have scaled terminal output to approximately 200,000 terminals per
week. We plan to continue to further scale production significantly and make gains that improve margins, lower
customer barriers, and broaden addressable markets.
Scaling our AI Compute Rapidly and Efficiently. Our ability to rapidly and cost-effectively scale AI compute is a
significant driver of our competitiveness. We view scaling of compute capacity through a simple lens: power
availability and the powered shell together determine how quickly we can deploy compute, and our model and
serving stack in that powered shell determines how efficiently we convert that compute into useful tokens. In order
to scale our AI segment rapidly and efficiently, our strategy is extreme vertical integration, “from shovels to tokens.”
Power Availability and Powered Shells. We have demonstrated an industry-leading ability to rapidly deploy
large-scale data center infrastructure at unprecedented speed and cost efficiency. Our COLOSSUS and
COLOSSUS II data centers collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of compute power, with additional
power capacity available for data center operations. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS online in 122
days, repurposing the shell of an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91
days. As an illustrative comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data
center is approximately two years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency,
achieving data center construction costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry
benchmarks on a per megawatt basis.
COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II were brought online almost entirely through on-site power generation
capabilities that we designed, built, and deployed ourselves. We view our proven ability to construct power
infrastructure at this scale and speed as a significant competitive advantage. We partner closely with local
utilities to fund grid infrastructure expansions and access excess capacity, while proactively curtailing our grid
usage whenever required to prioritize community needs. Megapacks—utility-scale battery storage systems—
deliver critical redundancy and help stabilize operations during peak demand. Going forward, COLOSSUS II is
expected to be primarily powered by a dedicated natural gas power plant, supplemented over time by additional
grid capacity that we are directly funding through our local utility partners. Our comprehensive expertise across
the full infrastructure stack—from power procurement and on-site generation to distribution and advanced
cooling systems—enables us to translate available power into usable compute capacity with exceptional
97
efficiency. As we continue to scale and optimize, we expect to drive further improvements in Power Usage
Effectiveness. We expect these gains to accelerate the path from buildout to monetization.
AI Token Generation Efficiency. We are highly vertically integrated. We design, own or lease, and install all of
our powered shells and dedicated processor capacity. This full-stack ownership enables us to efficiently convert
power capacity into usable compute, precisely control cluster configuration, and operate a true end-to-end
system spanning infrastructure through to model deployment. Our operating performance depends on how
effectively we utilize deployed compute once capacity comes online—specifically, our ability to convert raw
infrastructure into reliable, high-throughput token generation at scale. Achieving this requires tight coordination
across model training and inference workflows, hardware configuration, and data center operations so that
utilization and throughput ramp efficiently as we expand. We believe we hold a meaningful efficiency
advantage by tightly integrating the model layer directly with the compute layer. Unlike third-party
environments that impose multiple abstraction layers, we run our serving stack close to the processors and
optimize serving, networking, and cluster configuration as a single unified system. This “model-to-compute”
integration reduces overhead, improves hardware utilization, and increases the proportion of available compute
that is converted into delivered output tokens. Output tokens represent the final generated response delivered to
the user, while total processing can be substantially higher when a request triggers additional inference-time
reasoning steps. Because we control workload scheduling and serving logic, we can prioritize high token
efficiency—intelligently balancing compute allocated to reasoning with strong final output to maintain or
improve response quality. This end-to-end control, combined with our sourcing relationships with leading
compute providers, gives us a performance-per-watt advantage and enables us to adopt new processor
generations at scale more rapidly through a repeatable playbook for reconfiguration and recommissioning.
Orbital AI Compute Has the Potential to Massively Increase Our Ability to Scale Our AI Compute,
Accelerate Our Pace, and to Be More Cost Effective Relative to Terrestrial Options. We believe we are the
only company with a commercially viable path to building orbital AI compute at scale. This is underpinned by
our unique ability to launch substantial mass into orbit cost efficiently through reusable rockets and manufacture
secure, reliable, and high performance satellites at low cost and high volume. We plan to develop orbital data
centers to enable scaling of compute capacity for us and our customers that is independent of terrestrial power
infrastructure constraints. Space offers the potential to access virtually limitless power and an operating
environment that supports sustained high‑density compute, including structural advantages for power
generation, cooling, and uninterrupted operations as capacity grows. We plan to employ a modular shell
approach built around our scalable satellite constellation, which enables compute capacity to be deployed and
expanded efficiently as capacity requirements grow. The architecture also supports shorter refresh cycles at the
token layer, as we can upgrade compute as successive chip generations arrive, increasing token output per unit
of installed capacity. Our goal over time is to launch 100 gigawatts of compute to space each year. If operated
continuously, the generation resources used to support 100 gigawatts of compute could generate approximately
one-fifth of the annual power production in the United States, which was 4.4 thousand terawatt hours in 2025,
according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA). We expect space‑based compute to massively
increase AI compute scale, while also improving token economics.
Ability to Increase Revenue from our Consumer User Base. Our performance depends in part on our ability to
effectively increase revenue from our over 1.3 billion accounts active in the last twelve months ended March 2026,
including approximately 550 million monthly active AI users across Grok and X through multiple complementary
monetization channels:
Growing our Advertising Platform. Advertising remains a core monetization channel for our AI segment, with
revenue driven by our ability to deliver highly relevant ads. We aim to grow advertising revenue per user by
strengthening performance advertising, expanding AI‑driven targeting and measurement, and introducing richer
ad formats and creative tools. A central focus of ours is making ads feel like content—contextually relevant,
aligned with user interests, and integrated into real‑time conversations. Grok increasingly supports this strategy
by helping advertisers with campaign creation, creative optimization, and alignment with trending topics and
user intent. While these factors help us drive advertising revenue, the pricing of our advertising products is also
affected by other factors, including the global economy and the highly competitive nature of our industry. We
98
believe continued investment in AI‑powered advertising will further improve advertiser ROI while further
enhancing user experience.
Conversion of Users to Paid Subscribers. In parallel, we are focused on converting a greater portion of our user
base into paying subscribers through our X subscription (Premium and Premium+) and Grok subscription
offerings. Subscribers benefit from enhanced functionality, exclusive features, and access to our latest AI
models. As of December 31, 2025, we reached approximately 4.9 million active paid subscribers, which was
comprised of approximately 4.1 million X Premium Basic, X Premium and Premium+ paid subscribers and
approximately 0.9 million SuperGrok and SuperGrok Heavy paid subscribers. As of March 31, 2026, we
reached approximately 6.3 million active paid subscribers, which was comprised of approximately 4.4 million X
Premium Basic, X Premium and Premium+ paid subscribers and approximately 1.9 million SuperGrok,
SuperGrok Heavy and SuperGrok Lite paid subscribers. We plan to continue adding new features and
functionality while releasing increasingly capable Grok models to increase the penetration rate of our subscriber
base. Our AI segment has demonstrated exceptional model velocity: since launching Grok, we have developed
leading frontier models at a far faster rate of innovation than others. We believe this pace of innovation
strengthens the value proposition of our subscription offerings and supports long‑term subscriber growth.
Progress Toward the Everything App and New Monetization Channels. We aim to evolve X into an
“Everything App,” integrating real-time information, communications, media, payments, banking, commerce
and more within one consumer experience. This can increase the usefulness of X, and therefore increase the
usage and monetization potential of X. We have rapid product launch velocity, with a frequent cadence of new
features and products launched since 2023, including features such as long‑form video, improved group
interactions, and creator tools. We plan to further broaden the value proposition of X through offerings like
Money, a product we launched in beta in November 2025, which aims to expand platform utility by enabling
payments and other financial services. We released X Chat in November 2025, which features end-to-end
encryption and has no connection to advertising, unlike other services. We intend to further embed Grok
throughout the platform to enhance discovery, analysis of posts, user support, and personalization, making core
workflows more useful and reducing friction for users to adopt paid features.
Growing Enterprise and Government Adoption of Our AI Offerings. Our future growth and financial performance
depend in part on our ability to increase adoption and usage of our AI offerings among enterprise and government
customers. We have launched Grok Business, Grok Enterprise, Grok API, and xAI Gov, products that we believe
will be attractive to enterprises and governments, and we expect substantial opportunities to acquire new customers.
We are also partnering with Cursor to advance Grok and potentially to create jointly-owned coding and knowledge
work AI models, trained on our compute infrastructure. Over time, we also believe enterprises and governments will
present significant opportunities for revenue expansion as they deploy our models more broadly across their
organizations, adopt new capabilities, and build and operate solutions using our API. We also intend to continue to
offer our compute infrastructure to third-party customers. Our ability to realize these expansion opportunities
depends on continued innovation, reliable performance, and meeting evolving technical, security, and compliance
requirements.
Components of Results of Operations
Description of Our Segments
Space
Revenue - Space
Space segment generates revenue primarily through (i) Launch Services for the deployment of payloads to their
intended orbits for both commercial and government customers utilizing Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy, and (ii)
Launch and Development for the development of spacecraft and provision of launch and mission services for
government agency space programs utilizing Falcon 9, Falcon Heavy, Starship, and Dragon. Launch Services
revenue is derived from fixed-price contracts that range from one to five years. Launch and Development revenue is
derived from fixed-price contracts that can range from one to fourteen years.
99
The Company recognizes Launch Services revenue at a point in time, due to the interchangeability of flight
hardware and minimal unique engineering costs. Revenue and costs are deferred and not recognized until upon the
launch or deployment of the customer’s payload to their intended orbit.
The Company recognizes Launch and Development revenue over time as the Company’s performance on the
contract creates an asset with no alternative use and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for
performance to date. The Company measures progress on these contracts using the cost-to-cost input method, which
the Company believes represents the most appropriate measure towards satisfaction of its performance obligation.
For launches of our Starlink satellites, the Company does not recognize any inter-segment revenue, rather those
launch costs are capitalized in satellites in Property, plant, and equipment, net.  We allocate a significant amount of
launch capacity to our Connectivity segment, and expect to allocate a significant amount to our AI segment in the
future. Our Space segment revenue only reflects our customer launches and customer activities.
Revenue from Launch Services recognized at point in time and revenue from Launch and Development recognized
over time as a percentage of total Space segment revenue are as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Launch Services ...............................
53.3%
65.4%
63.0%
68.2%
55.2%
Launch & Development ...................
46.7%
34.6%
37.0%
31.8%
44.8%
Space ................................................
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
We expect Space revenue growth to continue to be lower than total company revenue growth as our internal
business continues to absorb most of the growth in our launch capacity. In addition, we expect Launch and
Development to represent a larger portion of our Space revenue as we continue to serve our long-term contracts for
our government customers. From period to period, Space revenue will vary based on the mix of launches used for
customers and our own businesses.
Expenses - Space
Cost of Revenue
The Company’s Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy are composed of boosters (also known as first stages), second stages,
Merlin engines, and fairings. Boosters, fairings, and Merlin engines are reusable and are classified as property, plant,
and equipment and are depreciated to cost of revenue. The second stages are not reusable and are recorded to cost of
revenue when they are launched for Launch Services revenue transactions or assigned for Launch and Development
revenue transactions. Dragon is comprised of a fully reusable capsule that is classified as Property, plant, and
equipment, net and is depreciated to cost of revenue. Starship is comprised of a booster, ship, and Raptor engines
and is currently in the development stage. A majority of Starship costs are currently expensed to Research and
development as incurred. Raptor engines are expensed when used in test flights.   
Space segment’s cost of revenue includes second stages flown related to the Company’s Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy
launches, launch operations and overhead, depreciation (inclusive of booster, Merlin engine, and fairing
depreciation), employee compensation costs (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) for our
operations teams, launch testing and overhead, engineering costs, inventory excess and obsolescence, shared costs
incurred in the production of launch hardware, and ongoing product support. 
We expect Space cost of revenue to increase both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue based on our
expected mix of Launch Services and Launch and Development. From period to period, Space segment cost of
revenue will vary based on the mix of customer and internal launches.
Research and Development
Space segment’s research and development (“R&D”) expenses mainly relate to the development, build, and testing
of Starship. Starship costs consist of test flight hardware, Raptor engines, employee compensation costs (including
100
salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation), tooling and equipment expenses, depreciation for R&D
equipment, and allocated overhead. R&D also includes certain expenses related to the development of features and
modules created through engineering services for the Company’s Falcon vehicles, where the Company retains the
associated intellectual property.
We expect Space research and development to increase both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in
2026, as we invest in the development and commercialization of Starship, and to moderate both in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of revenue once Starship is commercialized by delivering payload to orbit. At
commercialization, Starship costs generally will be capitalized and then depreciated in cost of revenue of the
segment associated with the payload delivered.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Space segment’s selling, general, and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses include allocated employee compensation
costs (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) for our sales, facilities, legal, finance, information
technology, human resources, and other administrative employees, depreciation, and corporate aircraft costs.
We expect Space segment's SG&A to increase in absolute dollars to support growth of our business, and to decrease
as a percentage of revenue as we continue to work to reduce operating costs as a percentage of revenue.
Impairment
Space impairment includes impairment losses on fixed assets due to anomalies on the Company’s flight vehicles and
launch sites, which occur outside our normal business operations.
Connectivity
Revenue - Connectivity
Connectivity segment generates revenue from (i) the broadband and mobile connectivity services provided through
Starlink and (ii) the sale of the Starlink Kit (inclusive of the terminal). The Company provides connectivity services
and Starlink Kits to consumers or enterprise and government customers. 
The Company recognizes revenue from broadband and mobile connectivity services over time as the customer
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided. The Company generates service revenue from (i)
fixed-price services that require advance or recurring monthly payments by the customer or (ii) variable-priced
services based on actual data consumption. The amounts received from customers for advanced payments for
broadband and mobile connectivity services are recognized either ratably over the subscription term or based on
actual data consumption. The Company’s broadband contracts are generally month-to-month and the revenue
recognized for these recurring consumer customers is equal to the amount billed in that month.  The Company’s
mobile connectivity agreements are generally multi-year contractual obligations that range from one to five years,
although the customer can generally terminate at any time.
The Company recognizes revenue over time for certain contracts related to our Starshield business that are multi-
year in nature. For revenue that is recognized over time, we use the cost-to-cost input method. The Company records
revenue based upon costs (such as materials and labor hours) incurred to date relative to the total estimated cost at
completion.
The Company records revenue for the Starlink Kit upon delivery to the customer, or in the instance of certain
enterprise customers, when it is installed. Starlink Kit revenue is reported net of sales returns, credits, and
chargebacks.
101
Expenses - Connectivity
Cost of Revenue
Connectivity segment’s cost of revenue includes depreciation (inclusive of launch, satellite, and ground
infrastructure costs), Starlink Kit costs, shipping and handling costs, ground operating expenses, employee
compensation costs (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) for our engineering and operations
teams, payment processor fees, warranty expense, inventory excess and obsolescence, and customs and duties.
We expect Connectivity cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our revenue, and to decrease as a
percentage of revenue as we continue to drive efficiencies in our next-generation satellites, Starlink Kits, and ground
infrastructure.
Research and Development
Connectivity segment’s R&D expenses mainly relate to the development, build, and testing of our next-generation
satellites, Starlink Kits, and ground infrastructure. These costs include employee compensation costs (including
salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation), contractor compensation expenses, equipment lease expenses,
depreciation for R&D equipment, and allocated overhead.
We expect Connectivity research and development to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our revenue, and to
decrease as a percentage of revenue as we scale our business.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Connectivity segment’s SG&A expenses include allocated employee compensation costs (including salaries,
benefits, and share-based compensation) for our sales, facilities, legal, finance, information technology, human
resources, and other administrative employees, licensing and regulatory fees, marketing expenses, depreciation, and
bad debt expense.
We expect Connectivity SG&A to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in 2026 as we
introduce marketing spend to support growth of our business, and to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time
as we continue to work to reduce operating costs as a percentage of revenue.
Impairment
Connectivity impairment includes costs related to discontinuation of a product line for Starlink Kits that is non-
recurring.
AI
Revenue - AI
AI segment generates revenue from (i) the sale of ad products displayed on its X platform, and (ii) providing AI
solutions and infrastructure, which includes subscription-related offerings, data licensing arrangements, and API
access to Grok models. Both services are offered to consumer and enterprise customers.
Revenue for advertising services is recognized in the period when advertising is delivered as evidenced by a person
engaging with an ad on the Company’s platforms in a manner satisfying the types of engagement selected by the
advertisers.  The Company’s contract terms for advertising services are typically cancellable short-term
arrangements. We experience seasonality in our advertising revenues. Overall advertising spend tends to be highest
in the fourth quarter of each year due in large part to end-of-year advertiser spending and lowest in the first quarter
of each year. 
Revenue for AI solutions and infrastructure includes: (i) premium subscriptions on X and Grok which is recognized
ratably over the period of the subscription term (ranging from month-to-month to one year), (ii) data licensing
revenue which is generally recognized ratably over the period (from month-to-month to two years) in which the
Company provides data as the customer consumes and benefits from the use of the licensed data, and (iii) revenue
102
from providing API access to Grok models recognized ratably over the contract term (typically month-to-month or
up to one year) for stand-ready access or as services are consumed for usage based arrangements.
Expenses - AI
Cost of Revenue
AI segment’s cost of revenue includes infrastructure costs, revenue share expenses, payment processor fees,
payments to creators, amortization of acquired intangible assets, and allocated labor and overhead costs.
Infrastructure costs consist primarily of costs related to data center facilities, including lease and hosting costs,
related support, maintenance, energy, and bandwidth costs, depreciation of servers and networking equipment,
public cloud hosting costs, and employee compensation costs (including salaries, benefits, and share-based
compensation) for our operations teams.
We expect AI cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we grow our revenue, and to decrease as a
percentage of revenue as we monetize our products and as we expand our service offerings for AI solutions. 
Research and Development
AI segment’s R&D expenses mainly relate to the training of Grok, our leading frontier model, development, build,
and testing of our next-generation AI-enabled products and data center costs to train AI-enabled products. These
costs include cloud computing expenses, employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-
based compensation), power generation costs, and depreciation of data center assets, including processors,
equipment lease expenses, and networking equipment.
We expect AI R&D expenses to increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, as we invest in
compute infrastructure for Grok. Additionally, AI R&D expenses may increase as a result of the compute agreement
with Cursor.
Selling, General, and Administrative
AI segment’s SG&A expenses consist primarily of employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits,
and share-based compensation) for our sales, sales support, marketing, finance, legal, information technology,
human resources and other administrative employees. In addition, SG&A expenses include fees and costs for
professional services, including consulting, content moderation, third-party legal and accounting services and
facilities costs and other supporting overhead costs that are not allocated to other departments.
We expect AI SG&A to increase in absolute dollars to support growth of our business, and to decrease as a
percentage of revenue as we continue to work to reduce operating costs as a percentage of revenue. Additionally, AI
SG&A may increase as a result of the compute agreement with Cursor.
Restructuring Charges
AI restructuring charges are the result of the acquisition of Twitter in October 2022 by X Holdings. The charges
include workforce restructuring for former Twitter employees, as well as impairment and early termination penalties
as a result of consolidation of Twitter’s various office leases.
Impairment
AI impairment includes a one-time impairment of the Twitter brand when Twitter was rebranded to X in July 2023. 
Other Corporate Expenses
Interest Expense
Interest expense includes interest expense related to our borrowings, amortization of associated debt issuance costs,
undrawn fees, and finance leases. Interest expense is reflected net of capitalized interest.
103
Interest Income
Interest income includes interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, and
dividend income from our investments in mutual funds.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net consists of gain or loss on digital assets, gain or loss on foreign currency transactions,
and loss on extinguishment of debt.
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of income taxes in certain federal, state, local and
foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Foreign jurisdictions typically have different statutory tax rates
from those in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates may vary depending on the impact of the
valuation allowance as well as the relative proportion of foreign income to domestic income, generation of tax
credits, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in tax laws.
Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated financial statements data for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026 vs. 2025 Change
(in millions)
2026
2025
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$4,694
$4,067
$627
15.4%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
2,388
1,962
426
21.7%
Research and development .............................
3,514
1,557
1,957
125.7%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
746
493
253
51.3%
Restructuring charges (credits) .......................
(11)
4
(15)
NM
Impairment .....................................................
—
24
(24)
NM
Total costs and expenses ...........................
6,637
4,040
2,597
64.3%
Income (loss) from operations ............................
(1,943)
27
(1,970)
NM
Interest expense ...................................................
(664)
(447)
(217)
48.5%
Interest income ....................................................
213
117
96
82.1%
Other expense, net ...............................................
(1,876)
(211)
(1,665)
789.1%
Loss before income taxes ....................................
(4,270)
(514)
(3,756)
730.7%
Provision for income taxes ..................................
6
14
(8)
(57.1)%
Net loss ................................................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
$(3,748)
709.8%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $627 million, or 15.4%, compared to the three
months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to an increase in revenue from our Connectivity
segment of $782 million as our Starlink Subscriber base continued to grow as well as an increase in revenue from
our AI segment of $91 million from higher X and Grok subscriptions, partially offset by a decrease in revenue from
our Space segment of $246 million due to lower Launch Services missions and timing of work for government
contracts.
104
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $426 million, or 21.7%, compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to an increase in costs in our
Connectivity segment of $437 million driven by an increase in depreciation related to the number of satellites placed
into orbit and higher operating costs of $5 million in our AI segment, partially offset by a decrease in cost of revenue
from our Space segment of $16 million due to less customer launches.
Research and Development
Research and development expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $1,957 million, or
125.7%, compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher costs
in our AI segment of $1,471 million driven by depreciation of GPU hardware, and the cost of cloud computing and
data center infrastructure expenses as a result of our AI data center expansions and higher costs from our Space
segment of $404 million driven by accelerated investment in our Starship vehicle and related facilities.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $253 million,
or 51.3%, compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher
employee-related costs and professional fees for our AI segment of $163 million as our AI business grew rapidly,
higher marketing and international expansion costs of $79 million and $23 million, respectively, for our
Connectivity segment. These increases were partially offset by lower expenses of $18 million in our Space segment.
Restructuring Charges (Credits)
Restructuring charges (credits) for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $15 million compared to
the prior three months ended March 31, 2025.  This decrease was primarily due to change in estimated settlement
amounts for former Twitter employees as part of the workforce reduction program implemented in 2022.
Impairment
Impairment for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $24 million compared to the prior three
months ended March 31, 2025. The impairment in the three months ended March 31, 2025 was related to a post-
landing anomaly in our Space segment.  There was no impairment for the three months ended March 31, 2026.
Income (Loss) from Operations
Income (loss) from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $1,970 million compared to
the prior three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the factors described above.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $217 million, or 48.5%, compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to additional debt raised by the Company
and other financing arrangements entered into during the period by our AI segment.
Interest Income
Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $96 million, or 82.1%, compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest income earned
from cash equivalents and marketable securities.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other expense, net for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $1,665 million, compared to the prior
three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to the loss on extinguishment of debt and
unrealized loss on digital assets.
105
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $8 million compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to the change in the mix of our
jurisdictional earnings subject to different tax rates.
Net Income (Loss)
Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $3,748 million compared to the prior three months
ended March 31, 2025 driven by the factors described above.
Segment Results
Space
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026 vs. 2025 Change
(in millions)
2026
2025
$ Change
% Change
Revenue .............................................................
$619
$865
$(246)
(28.4)%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ...................................................
281
297
(16)
(5.4)%
Research and development .............................
930
526
404
76.8%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
70
88
(18)
(20.5)%
Impairment .....................................................
—
24
(24)
NM
Total costs and expenses ................................
$1,281
$935
$346
37.0%
Loss from operations .................................
$(662)
$(70)
$(592)
845.7%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased $246 million, or 28.4%, compared to the prior three
months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily driven by a decrease in Launch Services revenue of
$236 million and a decrease of $10 million in Launch and Development revenue. The decrease in Launch Services
revenue is due to a decrease in customer launches period over period. While total Falcon launches increased by 4
from 36 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 to 40 for the three months ended March 31, 2026, Launch
Services missions decreased by 4 over the same period. Launch and Development revenue decreased due to timing
of work performed on government contracts. 
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $16 million, or 5.4%, compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in customer launches and
timing of work on government contracts of $26 million, partially offset by an increase of $10 million in inventory
excess and obsolescence reserves and $4 million in launch hardware disposals for damaged Falcon fairings.   
Research and Development
Research and development for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $404 million, or 76.8%,
compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven by higher production
costs of $194 million, higher engineering costs of $95 million, and higher test and launch costs of $62 million, due
to the accelerated investment in development of the Starship vehicle and continued development of production and
launch facilities to support future Starship launches.
106
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $18 million, or 20.5%,
compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to lower allocated
general and administrative overhead of $13 million.
Impairment
Impairment for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $24 million compared to the prior three
months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a non-recurring impairment loss on a Falcon 9
booster due to a post-landing anomaly during the three months ended March 31, 2025. There was no impairment for
the three months ended March 31, 2026.
Loss from Operations
Space loss from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $592 million compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the factors described above.
Connectivity
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026 vs. 2025 Change
(in millions)
2026
2025
$ Change
% Change
Revenue .............................................................
$3,257
$2,475
$782
31.6%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
$1,651
$1,214
$437
36.0%
Research and development .............................
205
123
82
66.7%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
213
105
108
102.9%
Total costs and expenses ................................
$2,069
$1,442
$627
43.5%
Income from operations .............................
$1,188
$1,033
$155
15.0%
Revenue
Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $782 million, or 31.6%, compared to the prior
three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $656 million in revenue
from our consumer subscribers, composed of 104.7% growth in Starlink Subscribers, offset by an 22.9% decline in
Starlink Subscriber ARPU, primarily due to international expansion and the addition of lower priced service plans.
In addition, enterprise and government revenue had an increase of $126 million primarily driven by the growth in
our aviation, maritime, and other enterprise business of $209 million, our mobile connectivity business of $85
million, partially offset by a decrease of $175 million in our government connectivity business.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $437 million, or 36.0%, compared to the
prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciation of $276 million
from capitalized launch and satellite costs, higher operating expenses of $140 million mainly driven by ground
operating costs of $50 million, customer support and installation costs of $42 million, payment processor fees of $19
million, freight costs of $15 million, and warranty costs of $12 million.
Research and Development
Research and development for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $82 million, or 66.7%,
compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher costs for the
next-generation production development of satellites of $62 million, Starlink Kits of $8 million, and ground
equipment of $14 million.
107
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $108 million, or
102.9%, compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven by higher
marketing costs of $79 million and higher international expansion costs of $23 million, partially offset by lower bad
debt expense of $9 million.
Income from Operations
Connectivity income from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $155 million, or
15.0%, compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the factors described above.
AI
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026 vs. 2025 Change
(in millions)
2026
2025
$ Change
% Change
Revenue .............................................................
$818
$727
$91
12.5%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
456
451
5
1.1%
Research and development .............................
2,379
908
1,471
162.0%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
463
300
163
54.3%
Restructuring charges .....................................
(11)
4
(15)
NM
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$3,287
$1,663
$1,624
97.7%
Loss from operations .................................
$(2,469)
$(936)
$(1,533)
163.8%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $91 million, or 12.5%, compared to the prior three
months ended March 31, 2025 due to the increase in AI solutions and infrastructure revenue of $191 million, offset
by decrease in advertising revenue of $100 million. The increase in AI solutions and infrastructure was primarily
due to an increase in Grok and X subscription revenue of $177 million and an increase in data licensing
arrangements of $12 million. The decrease in advertising revenue is due to an overhaul of the Company’s
advertising platform which impacted ad sales for a short period of time during the rebuild.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $5 million, or 1.1%, compared to the prior
three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to an increase in revenue share and content
creator expenses of $71 million, and higher payment processing fees of $18 million, partially offset by a decrease in
amortization expenses of technology intangibles of $89 million that were fully amortized during 2025.
Research and Development
Research and development for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $1,471 million, or 162.0%,
compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher GPU
depreciation expense of $908 million, and higher cloud computing and data center infrastructure expenses of $301
million associated with the continued build out of our compute infrastructure, as well as higher employee
compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) of $262 million.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $163 million, or
54.3%, compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This increase was primarily due to higher
108
employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) of $148 million as
we continue to expand our AI business and higher legal expenses of $33 million, partially offset by a decrease in
facilities and general and administrative costs of $18 million.
Restructuring Charges (Credits)
Restructuring charges (credits) for the three months ended March 31, 2026 decreased by $15 million compared to
the prior three months ended March 31, 2025. This decrease was primarily due to a change in estimated settlement
amounts for former Twitter employees as part of the workforce reduction program implemented in 2022.
Loss from Operations
AI loss from operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026 increased by $1,533 million, or 163.8%,
compared to the prior three months ended March 31, 2025 driven by the factors described above.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
Consolidated Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
2025 vs. 2024 Change
(in millions)
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$18,674
$14,015
$4,659
33.2%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
9,451
7,996
1,455
18.2%
Research and development .............................
8,643
3,464
5,179
149.5%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
2,644
1,813
831
45.8%
Restructuring charges .....................................
487
213
274
128.6%
Impairment .....................................................
38
63
(25)
(39.7)%
Total costs and expenses ...........................
21,263
13,549
7,714
56.9%
Income (loss) from operations ............................
(2,589)
466
(3,055)
NM
Interest expense ...................................................
(1,945)
(1,580)
(365)
23.1%
Interest income ....................................................
492
371
121
32.6%
Other income, net ................................................
(177)
985
(1,162)
NM
Income (loss) before income taxes ......................
(4,219)
242
(4,461)
NM
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ..........
718
(549)
1,267
NM
Net income (loss) ................................................
$(4,937)
$791
$(5,728)
NM
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $4,659 million, or 33.2%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in revenue from our Connectivity segment
of $3,788 million as our Starlink Subscriber base continued to grow as well as our Connectivity enterprise and
government sales, and increases in revenue from our Space segment of $290 million due to increases in Launch and
Development revenue for work performed on government contracts, and an increase in revenue from our AI
segment of $581 million as advertising, Grok and X subscriptions, and data licensing arrangements grew.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $1,455 million, or 18.2%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in costs in our Connectivity segment
109
of $1,153 million driven by higher depreciation as the number of satellites placed into orbit grew and higher
operating expenses, and higher infrastructure and cloud computing costs of $491 million in our AI segment, partially
offset by a decrease in cost of revenue from our Space segment of $189 million due to the increased reusability of
our Falcon launch vehicles resulting in lower depreciation. 
Research and Development
Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $5,179 million, or 149.5%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher R&D costs in our
AI segment of $3,888 million driven by the depreciation of GPU hardware and the cost of cloud computing as a
result of our AI data center expansions and higher R&D costs from our Space segment of $1,169 million driven by
accelerated investment in our Starship vehicle.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $831 million, or
45.8%, compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher employee
and facilities-related costs and higher legal expenses for our AI segment of $722 million as our AI business grew
rapidly, and higher marketing and international expansion costs of $53 million and $37 million, respectively, for our
Connectivity segment. These increases were partially offset by lower allocated general and administrative overhead
in our Space segment.
Restructuring Charges
Restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $274 million, or 128.6%, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2024.  This increase was primarily due to additional expense related to the settlement
to former Twitter employees as part of the workforce reduction program implemented in 2022.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $25 million, or 39.7%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily related to a discontinuation of a Starlink Kit production line
in our Connectivity segment that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2024 with no impairment in 2025,
partially offset by an increase in impairment in our Space Segment during the year ended December 31, 2025
primarily related to a post-landing anomaly.
Income (Loss) from Operations
Income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $3,055 million compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2024 driven by the factors described above.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $365 million, or 23.1%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to new term loans and senior notes entered into by
the Company and other financing arrangements for GPUs entered into during the year by our AI segment.
Interest Income
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $121 million, or 32.6%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in dividend income earned from
marketable securities and cash equivalents.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $1,162 million, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to an unrealized loss on digital assets.
110
Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes
Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $1,267 million compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to a partial valuation allowance release in 2024 and
the establishment of a valuation allowance in 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company released a
partial valuation allowance on the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2024, the Company
forecasted $659 million of deferred tax assets related to U.S. R&D credits would be utilized in the future. For the
year ended December 31, 2025, as a result of the enactment of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (Public Law No.
119-21), we assessed the realizability of our deferred tax assets and reversed the benefit that was recognized for the
year ended December 31, 2024.
Net Income (Loss)
Net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $5,728 million compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024 driven by the factors described above.
Segment Results
Space
Year Ended December 31,
2025 vs. 2024 Change
(in millions)
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$4,086
$3,796
$290
7.6%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
1,352
1,541
(189)
(12.2)%
Research and development .............................
3,004
1,835
1,169
63.7%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
349
375
(26)
(6.9)%
Impairment .....................................................
38
24
14
61.5%
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$4,743
$3,775
$968
25.7%
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$(657)
$21
$(678)
NM
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $290 million, or 7.6%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024.  Launch Services revenue remained relatively flat year over year, while Launch and
Development revenue increased by $298 million.  The Launch and Development revenue increase was primarily
driven by increased revenue for an extended contract with NASA for additional Cargo Resupply Services (CRS)
missions to the International Space Station and increased revenue from a U.S. Department of War contract. While
total Falcon launches increased by 31 from 134 in 2024 to 165 in 2025, Space customer launches and average price
per launch remained relatively flat year over year.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $189 million, or 12.2%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due increased reusability of our Falcon launch vehicles
resulting in lower deprecation of $240 million, lowering the cost of each launch, and lower overhead costs of $11
million. The decrease is also due to the relative increase in Starlink satellite launches from 89 launches in 2024 to
122 launches in 2025, resulting in relatively more of our launch operations and overhead costs capitalized in our
Connectivity segment of $14 million.  This decrease was partially offset by an increase in inventory excess and
obsolescence reserves of $51 million mainly due to less demand on rocket vehicle and spacecraft parts as reusability
has increased. 
111
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $1,169 million, or 63.7%, compared
to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by higher production costs of $779
million, higher launch costs of $218 million, and higher engineering costs of $185 million, due to the accelerated
investment in development of the Starship vehicle and continued development of production and launch facilities to
support future Starship launches. 
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $26 million, or 6.9%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This decrease was primarily due to lower allocated general
and administrative overhead of $52 million, partially offset by higher employee compensation expenses (including
salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) of $16 million.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $14 million, or 61.5%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to a non-recurring impairment loss on a Falcon 9 booster
due to a post-landing anomaly during the year.
Income (Loss) from Operations
Space income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $678 million compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2024 driven by the factors described above.
Connectivity
Year Ended December 31,
2025 vs. 2024 Change
(in millions)
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$11,387
$7,599
$3,788
49.8%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
5,921
4,768
1,153
24.2%
Research and development .............................
575
453
122
27.1%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
468
333
135
40.4%
Impairment .....................................................
—
39
(39)
NM
Total costs and expenses ................................
$6,964
$5,593
$1,371
24.5%
Income from operations ......................................
$4,423
$2,006
$2,417
120.4%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $3,788 million, or 49.8%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $2,377 million in revenue from our
consumer subscribers, composed of 99.9% growth in Starlink Subscribers, offset by an 11.2% decline in Starlink
Subscriber ARPU, primarily due to international expansion and the addition of lower priced service plans. In
addition, Connectivity revenue had an increase of $1,411 million from our enterprise and government customers,
primarily driven by the growth in our enterprise connectivity business of $1,218 million inclusive of growth in our
mobile connectivity business of $632 million, and growth in our government connectivity business of $193 million.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $1,153 million, or 24.2%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciation of $827 million from
112
capitalized launch and satellite costs, higher operating expenses of $283 million mainly driven by ground operating
costs of $134 million, payment processor fees of $45 million, international expansion of $44 million, warranty costs
of $38 million, and employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation)
of $12 million, and higher freight costs of $72 million.
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $122 million, or 27.1%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher costs for the next-generation
production development of satellites of $84 million, Starlink Kits of $22 million, and ground equipment of $15
million.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $135 million, or 40.4%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by higher marketing costs
of $53 million, higher international expansion costs of $37 million, and higher allocated general and administrative
overhead of $67 million.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased by $39 million compared to the prior year ended
December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily related to the discontinuation of a Starlink Kit production line in
2024 with no impairment in 2025.
Income from Operations
Connectivity income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $2,417 million, or
120.4%, compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024 driven by the factors described above.
AI
Year Ended December 31,
2025 vs. 2024 Change
(in millions)
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$3,201
$2,620
$581
22.2%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
2,178
1,687
491
29.1%
Research and development .............................
5,064
1,176
3,888
330.8%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
1,827
1,105
722
65.4%
Restructuring charges .....................................
487
213
274
129.1%
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$9,556
$4,181
$5,375
128.6%
Loss from operations ...........................................
$(6,355)
$(1,561)
$(4,794)
307.1%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $581 million, or 22.2%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to an increase in advertising revenue of $116 million as 
advertising spend increased from advertising partners on X and an increase in AI solutions and infrastructure
revenue of $465 million.  The increase in AI solutions and infrastructure revenue is mainly due to an increase in X
and Grok subscription revenue of $365 million and an increase in revenue from data licensing arrangements of $88
million.     
113
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $491 million, or 29.1%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher infrastructure and cloud computing costs
of $412 million attributable to increased subscriber revenue, higher employee compensation expenses (including
salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) of $90 million, higher revenue share and content creator fees of
$45 million, and higher payment processor fees of $28 million, partially offset by a decrease in depreciation and
amortization expense of $97 million driven by a decrease in amortization expense for intangible assets that were
fully amortized during 2025.
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $3,888 million, or 330.8%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher GPU depreciation
expense of $1,673 million, higher infrastructure and cloud computing expenses of $1,440 million associated with the
build out of our compute infrastructure, and higher employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits,
and share-based compensation) and allocated overhead costs of $775 million.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $722 million, or 65.4%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher employee
compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) of $519 million as we continue
to expand our AI business, higher legal expenses of $189 million, and higher facilities and general and
administrative costs of $14 million.
Restructuring Charges
Restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $274 million or 129.1%, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to additional expense recorded to settle with
former Twitter employees as part of the workforce reduction program implemented in 2022.
Loss from Operations
AI loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $4,794 million, or 307.1%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2024 driven by the factors described above.
114
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
Consolidated Results of Operations
Year Ended December 31,
2024 vs. 2023 Change
(in millions)
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$14,015
$10,387
$3,628
34.9%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
7,996
6,110
1,886
30.9%
Research and development .............................
3,464
2,105
1,359
64.6%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
1,813
1,665
148
8.9%
Restructuring charges .....................................
213
237
(24)
(10.1)%
Impairment .....................................................
63
3,775
(3,712)
(98.3)%
Total costs and expenses ...........................
13,549
13,892
(343)
(2.5)%
Income (loss) from operations ............................
466
(3,505)
3,971
NM
Interest expense ...................................................
(1,580)
(1,693)
113
(6.7)%
Interest income ....................................................
371
249
122
49.0%
Other income, net ................................................
985
(42)
1,027
NM
Income (loss) before income taxes ......................
242
(4,991)
5,233
NM
Benefit from income taxes ..................................
(549)
(363)
(186)
51.2%
Net income (loss) ................................................
$791
$(4,628)
$5,419
NM
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $3,628 million, or 34.9%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to an increase in revenue from our Connectivity segment
of $3,730 million as both our Starlink consumer subscriber base continued to grow as well as our Connectivity
enterprise and government sales, and an increase in revenue from our Space segment of $239 million due to the
increase in Falcon 9 launches partially offset by a decrease in Launch and Development revenue due to timing of
government contracts. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in revenue from our AI segment of $341
million driven by a decrease in advertising sales, partially offset by an increase in X subscriptions and data licensing
arrangements.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1,886 million, or 30.9%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to a higher cost of revenue from the Connectivity
segment of $1,982 million as a result of the higher volume spend on Starlink Kits as deliveries increased and higher
depreciation of launch costs driven by an increase in the number of satellites placed into orbit, partially offset by
cost efficiency from increased reusability of our Falcon launch vehicles in our Space segment of $128 million.
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1,359 million, or 64.6%, compared
to the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher cost in our AI segment of
$990 million related to advancing our AI technologies and higher costs of $297 million in our Space segment for
investment in Starship production, launch and engineering costs, and related facilities.
115
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $148 million, or 8.9%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2023.  This increase was primarily due to: (i) higher international
expansion costs of $18 million, higher employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-
based compensation) of $11 million, and higher allocated general and administrative overhead of $54 million in our
Connectivity segment, and  (ii) higher employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-
based compensation) and professional fees of $25 million in our Space segment.
Restructuring Charges
Restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $24 million, or 10.1%, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2023.  This decrease was due to the impairment on office leases assumed as part of
the Twitter acquisition that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023, partially offset by an increase in
workforce-related restructuring charges.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $3,712 million, or 98.3%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. The impairment during the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily related to
the impairment of the Twitter brand following its rebranding to X.
Income (Loss) from Operations
Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $3,971 million compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023 driven by the factors described above.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $113 million, or 6.7%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily due to the debt issuance costs related to the X Bridge
Credit Facilities being amortized only through July 2024, the original maturity date, as compared to a full year of
amortization in 2023.
Interest Income
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $122 million, or 49.0%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to an increase in dividend income earned from
marketable securities.
Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1,027 million compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to an unrealized gain on digital assets.
Benefit from Income Taxes
Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $186 million, or 51.2%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to the change in the realizability of our net
deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2024, we forecasted additional deferred tax assets related to U.S. R&D
credits would be utilized.
Net Income (Loss)
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $5,419 million compared to the prior year ended
December 31, 2023 driven by the factors described above.
116
Space
Year Ended December 31,
2024 vs. 2023 Change
(in millions)
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$3,796
$3,557
$239
6.7%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
1,541
1,669
(128)
(7.6)%
Research and development .............................
1,835
1,538
297
19.3%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
375
351
24
7.0%
Impairment .....................................................
24
—
24
NM
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$3,775
$3,558
$217
6.1%
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$21
$(1)
$22
NM
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $239 million, or 6.7%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2023. Launch Services revenue increased by $620 million as total Falcon launches increased by
38 from 96 in 2023 to 134 in 2024, with Launch Services missions increasing by 8.  This increase was partially
offset by a decrease of $381 million for Launch and Development revenue due to decreased activity in our
International Space Station contracts and lower revenue from a U.S. Department of War contract.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $128 million, or 7.6%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was primarily due to increased reusability of our Falcon launch
vehicles resulting in lower depreciation of $80 million, lowering the cost of each launch. The decrease was also due
to the relative increase in Starlink satellite launches from 63 launches in 2023 to 89 launches in 2024, resulting in
relatively more of our launch operations and overhead costs capitalized in our Connectivity segment of $99 million. 
This decrease was offset by an increase in launch overhead costs of $77 million due to the increase in Falcon
launches. 
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $297 million, or 19.3%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher production costs of $159 million,
higher launch costs of $67 million, and higher engineering costs of $56 million due to the increased investment in
the development of the Starship vehicle and related launch facilities.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $24 million, or 7.0%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher employee
compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation) and professional fees of $25
million.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $24 million compared to the prior year ended
December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to non-recurring impairment losses resulting from one-time
launch anomalies experienced during the year.
117
Income (Loss) from Operations
Income (loss) from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $22 million compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023 driven by the factors described above.
Connectivity
Year Ended December 31,
2024 vs. 2023 Change
(in millions)
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$7,599
$3,869
$3,730
96.4%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
4,768
2,786
1,982
71.1%
Research and development .............................
453
381
72
18.8%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
333
233
100
43.0%
Impairment .....................................................
39
—
39
NM
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$5,593
$3,400
$2,193
64.5%
Income from operations ......................................
$2,006
$469
$1,537
327.4%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $3,730 million, or 96.4%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $2,013 million in revenue from our
consumer subscribers, composed of 96.5% growth in Starlink Subscribers offset by a 8.1% decline in Starlink
Subscriber ARPU primarily due to international expansion.  In addition, Connectivity revenue had an increase of
$1,717 million from our enterprise and government customers, primarily driven by the growth in our enterprise
connectivity business of $466 million and growth in our government connectivity business of $1,250 million.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1,982 million, or 71.1%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher volume spend on Starlink Kits of $907
million driven by higher kit deliveries and higher depreciation of $555 million from capitalized launch and satellite
costs driven by an increase in the number of launches and satellites placed into orbit.
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $72 million, or 18.8%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher costs for the next-generation
production development of satellites of $73 million, ground equipment of $4 million, offset by lower costs of $4
million for Starlink Kits.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $100 million, or 43.0%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher international
expansion costs of $18 million, higher employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-
based compensation) of $11 million, and higher allocated general and administrative overhead of $54 million.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $39 million compared to the prior year ended
December 31, 2023. This increase was due to a discontinuation of a certain Starlink Kit production line.
118
Income from Operations
Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $1,537 million, or 327.4%, compared to
the prior year ended December 31, 2023 driven by the factors described above.
AI
Year Ended December 31,
2024 vs. 2023 Change
(in millions)
2024
2023
$ Change
% Change
Revenue ...............................................................
$2,620
$2,961
$(341)
(11.5)%
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
1,687
1,655
32
1.9%
Research and development .............................
1,176
186
990
531.5%
Selling, general, and administrative ...............
1,105
1,081
24
2.3%
Restructuring charges .....................................
213
237
(24)
(10.2)%
Impairment .....................................................
—
3,775
(3,775)
NM
Total costs and expenses ...........................
$4,181
$6,934
$(2,753)
(39.7)%
Loss from operations ...........................................
$(1,561)
$(3,973)
$2,412
(60.7)%
_________________
NM — Absolute percentage comparisons from positive to negative values or to zero values are considered not meaningful.
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $341 million, or 11.5%, compared to the prior year
ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was due to a decrease in advertising revenue of $595 million, partially
offset by an increase in AI solutions and infrastructure revenue of $254 million. The decrease in advertising revenue
was due to the loss of advertising partners for X. The increase in AI solutions and infrastructure was due to an
increase in X subscription revenue of $157 million and an increase in data licensing arrangements of $90 million.  In
2023 and 2024, substantially all of our AI segment revenue consisted of advertising, subscriptions, and data
licensing revenue generated from X, formerly known as Twitter. 
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $32 million, or 1.9%, compared to the prior
year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to higher server depreciation of $97 million,
partially offset by lower infrastructure and revenue share expenses of $46 million, and lower employee and
facilities-related expenses of $18 million resulting from the Company’s restructuring and cost reduction efforts.
Research and Development
Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $990 million, or 531.5%, compared
to the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to increased investments made in
advancing our AI technologies, including employee compensation expenses (including salaries, benefits, and share-
based compensation) and infrastructure services of $703 million and higher depreciation of $321 million for our
equipment hardware.
Selling, General, and Administrative
Selling, general, and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $24 million, or 2.3%,
compared to the prior year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our
amortization expense of $107 million related to the Twitter brand becoming a finite-lived intangible asset and higher
legal costs of $65 million, partially offset by lower employee and facilities related costs of $125 million and lower
professional fees of $23 million resulting from the Company’s restructuring and cost reduction efforts.
119
Restructuring charges
Restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $24 million, or 10.2%, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2023. This decrease was due to the impairment on the office leases assumed as part
of the Twitter acquisition that primarily occurred during the year ended December 31, 2023, partially offset by an
increase in workforce-related restructuring charges.
Impairment
Impairment for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $3,775 million compared to the prior year ended
December 31, 2023. The impairment during the year ended December 31, 2023 was related to the impairment of the
Twitter brand intangible asset following its rebranding to X.
Loss from Operations
Loss from operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 decreased by $2,412 million, or 60.7%, compared to the
prior year ended December 31, 2023 driven by the factors described above.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Management believes that certain financial measures that are not presented in accordance with GAAP provide
management and investors with useful supplemental information that provides a meaningful view of our financial
condition and results of operations across periods by removing the impact of items that management believes do not
directly reflect our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA are
supplemental measures that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. In evaluating our
performance as measured by Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA, management recognizes and
considers the limitations of these measures. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA and
Segment Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do or may not calculate them at all, limiting their usefulness as
comparative measures. Because of these limitations,  Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA should not
be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income (loss), income (loss) from operations, or any other
measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and should be considered together with our GAAP financial
measures and the reconciliations to the corresponding most directly comparable GAAP financial measures set forth
in this prospectus.
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) excluding (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) share-based
compensation, (iii) impairment, (iv) restructuring charges, (v) interest expense, (vi) interest income, (vii) other
income (expense), net and (viii) provision for income taxes. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as segment
income (loss) from operations excluding (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) share-based compensation, (iii)
restructuring charges, and (iv) impairment. Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA are key performance
measures that our management uses to assess our financial performance as well as for internal planning and
forecasting purposes. We consider Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA to be meaningful
performance measures for investors to evaluate our operating performance and to compare the financial results
between periods.
120
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to
Adjusted EBITDA:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Net income (loss) ........................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Add (deduct):
Depreciation and amortization ....................
2,442
1,443
6,701
3,824
2,635
Share-based compensation ..........................
639
232
1,947
784
679
Restructuring charges ..................................
(11)
4
487
213
237
Impairments ................................................
—
24
38
63
3,775
Interest expense ...........................................
664
447
1,945
1,580
1,693
Interest income ............................................
(213)
(117)
(492)
(371)
(249)
Other (income) expense, net .......................
1,876
211
177
(985)
42
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ..
6
14
718
(549)
(363)
Adjusted EBITDA .....................................
$1,127
$1,730
$6,584
$5,350
$3,821
121
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Income (loss) from operations for each segment, the most directly
comparable GAAP measure, to Segment Adjusted EBITDA:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
(in millions)
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$(662)
$1,188
$(2,469)
$(1,943)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization ............................
166
783
1,493
2,442
Share-based compensation ..................................
145
116
378
639
Restructuring charges ..........................................
—
—
(11)
(11)
Segment Adjusted EBITDA ................................
$(351)
$2,087
$(609)
$1,127
Three Months Ended March 31,
2025
(in millions)
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$(70)
$1,033
$(936)
$27
Add:
Depreciation and amortization ............................
162
510
771
1,443
Share-based compensation ..................................
108
75
49
232
Restructuring charges ..........................................
—
—
4
4
Impairment ..........................................................
24
—
—
24
Segment Adjusted EBITDA ................................
$224
$1,618
$(112)
$1,730
Year Ended December 31,
2025
(in millions)
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$(657)
$4,423
$(6,355)
$(2,589)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization ............................
757
2,376
3,568
6,701
Share-based compensation ..................................
515
369
1,063
1,947
Restructuring charges ..........................................
—
—
487
487
Impairment ..........................................................
38
—
—
38
Segment Adjusted EBITDA ................................
$653
$7,168
$(1,237)
$6,584
122
Year Ended December 31,
2024
(in millions)
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$21
$2,006
$(1,561)
$466
Add:
Depreciation and amortization ............................
637
1,508
1,679
3,824
Share-based compensation ..................................
472
296
16
784
Restructuring charges ..........................................
—
—
213
213
Impairment ..........................................................
24
39
—
63
Segment Adjusted EBITDA ................................
$1,154
$3,849
$347
$5,350
Year Ended December 31,
2023
(in millions)
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Income (loss) from operations ............................
$(1)
$469
$(3,973)
$(3,505)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization ............................
571
884
1,180
2,635
Share-based compensation ..................................
427
249
3
679
Restructuring charges ..........................................
—
—
237
237
Impairment ..........................................................
—
—
3,775
3,775
Segment Adjusted EBITDA ................................
$997
$1,602
$1,222
$3,821
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from operations, our total cash and cash equivalents of
$15,852 million as of March 31, 2026, short-term marketable securities of $7,823 million as of March 31, 2026, and
borrowings under our credit facilities. As of March 31, 2026, we have $1,500 million available to borrow under the
SpaceX Credit Facility.  The cash we generate from our core operations also enables us to fund our research and
development projects including our Starship rocket and next-generation satellites, the construction of future data
centers, and the continued expansion of our AI-enabled products.
In addition, because we expect a significant portion of our future expenditures to fund growth initiatives, we retain
flexibility to adjust spending across segments. For example, if our near-term data center needs decrease in scale or
ramp more slowly than expected, including due to global economic, tax, trade or business conditions, we may
reduce future capital expenditures in this segment and reallocate those expenditures to other segments based on
business priorities and growth opportunities. In addition, we continually evaluate our cash needs and may decide it is
best to raise additional capital or seek alternative financing sources to fund the rapid growth of our business,
including through drawdowns on existing or new debt facilities. We may seek to refinance the SpaceX Bridge Loan,
including with the proceeds from notes offerings, bank borrowings, or other financial arrangements. We may also
from time to time determine that it is in our best interests to voluntarily repay certain indebtedness early.
Accordingly, we believe we have sufficient sources of funding to meet our business requirements for at least the
next twelve months from the issuance of the consolidated financial statements.
Debt Agreements
SpaceX Credit Facility
In February 2025, SpaceX entered into a five-year senior unsecured revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of
banks, under which the Company may borrow up to $1,500 million (“SpaceX Credit Facility”). The SpaceX Credit
Facility is subject to certain customary representations, warranties, covenants, and events of default, including a
123
maximum financial covenant requiring the Company to maintain a Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the
SpaceX Credit Facility) of no greater than 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal quarter (subject to temporary
increases to 4.25 to 1.0 following certain qualified acquisitions) and other customary reporting requirements. The
SpaceX Credit Facility also includes sublimits of up to $150 million for financial letters of credit and up to $1,000
million for performance letters of credit. The SpaceX Credit Facility terminates, and all outstanding loans become
due and payable, on February 7, 2030, unless the parties agree to an extension in accordance with the terms of the
SpaceX Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, no amounts were outstanding under the
SpaceX Credit Facility.
Borrowings under the SpaceX Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate per annum equal to (i)
a forward-looking term rate based on SOFR (“Term SOFR”) plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% and
1.25% (depending on the Company’s debt rating), or (ii) a base rate equal to the highest of (a) Federal Funds Rate
plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus 1.00%, and (d) 1.00% plus an applicable margin ranging from
0.0% and 0.25% (depending on the Company’s debt rating). The Company may also borrow in various alternative
currencies, with interest calculated at rates based on SONIA for Pound Sterling-denominated loans and EURIBOR
for Euro-denominated loans, plus an applicable margin. In addition, the Company pays a commitment fee on the
unused portion of the SpaceX Credit Facility, which ranges from 0.07% (amended to 0.06% under the Amended
SpaceX Credit Facility described below) to 0.11% per annum based on the Company’s debt rating. As of March 31,
2026, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the SpaceX Credit Facility.
In March 2026, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver (the “First
Amendment”) with its lenders, in connection with the Company’s entry into the SpaceX Bridge Loan (as defined
below). The First Amendment, among other things, (i) waived certain specified defaults and (ii) amended certain
definitions and covenants under the SpaceX Credit Facility to conform to the terms of the SpaceX Bridge Loan.
In May 2026, SpaceX amended the SpaceX Credit Facility to increase the borrowing capacity up to $5,000 million
(“Amended SpaceX Credit Facility”). As part of the Amended SpaceX Credit Facility, the sublimit for performance
letters of credit was increased to $2,000 million. The Amended SpaceX Credit Facility terminates, and all
outstanding loans become due and payable, on May 19, 2031, unless the parties agree to an extension in accordance
with the terms of the Amended SpaceX Credit Facility. All other terms were consistent with the terms of the SpaceX
Credit Facility.
SpaceX Bridge Loan
In March 2026, SpaceX entered into a new bridge loan credit agreement (the “SpaceX Bridge Loan”) with a
syndicate of lenders, providing for an unsecured bridge term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$20,000 million. The SpaceX Bridge Loan matures on September 2, 2027, with two three-month extensions at the
Company’s option, subject to the absence of a continuing default and the payment of an extension fee of 0.25% of
the aggregate outstanding principal per extension, resulting in a final extended maturity date of March 2028.
The proceeds of the SpaceX Bridge Loan were used to repay the X B-1 Term Loan, the X B-3 Term Loan, the xAI
Fixed Rate Loan, the xAI Floating Rate Loan and the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes (as defined and described in
Note 10, Debt, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). The Company may
also use the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes.
The SpaceX Bridge Loan bears interest, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to (i) Term SOFR plus
an applicable margin ranging from 0.75%-1.75% (depending on the Company’s debt rating), or (ii) a base rate equal
to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus 1.0% and (d) 1.00%,
plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.75% (depending on the Company’s debt rating). In addition, the
Company is obligated to pay duration fees equal to 0.125% of outstanding principal on the first anniversary of
closing and 0.25% of outstanding principal on the fifteen-month anniversary of closing. As of March 31, 2026, the
Company was in compliance with all covenants under the SpaceX Bridge Loan.
The obligations of the Company under the SpaceX Bridge Loan are guaranteed on a joint and several basis by X
Corp., X.AI LLC, and CTC Property LLC (each a subsidiary of the Company). The SpaceX Bridge Loan may be
prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. The Company is required to use an amount
124
equal to the net cash proceeds of certain debt financings to repay amounts outstanding under the SpaceX Bridge
Loan and to apply an amount equal to the net proceeds of a qualified initial public offering, including this offering,
to repay such amounts within six months following receipt of such proceeds.
The SpaceX Bridge Loan contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants, including
restrictions on liens, subsidiary indebtedness, fundamental changes (including a prohibition on the disposition of
Starlink assets and other material businesses outside the consolidated group), and changes in the nature of the
Company’s business. The sole financial maintenance covenant requires the Company to maintain a Consolidated
Leverage Ratio — defined as consolidated funded indebtedness (net of 85% of unrestricted cash) to Consolidated
EBITDA (as defined in the SpaceX Bridge Loan) — of no greater than 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of each fiscal
quarter, with a temporary step-up to 4.25 to 1.0 for four fiscal quarters following a qualifying acquisition of at least
$1.0 billion.
Material Cash Commitments
From time to time in the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements with suppliers for the purchase of
parts and raw materials to manufacture our products. However, due to contractual terms, variability in the precise
growth curves of our development and production ramps, and opportunities to renegotiate pricing, these contracts
generally do not have long-term binding and enforceable purchase orders, and the timing and magnitude of purchase
orders beyond the short term is difficult to accurately project. Because we do not have long-term purchase orders for
these parts and raw materials, future purchases may result in material cash commitments. For additional information
about this risk, please refer to “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
On September 7, 2025, the Company entered into a License Purchase Agreement (the “Spectrum License Purchase
Agreement”) with Spectrum Business Trust 2025-1, a Nevada Business Trust (“Trust”) and EchoStar Corporation
(“EchoStar”) for the purchase of EchoStar’s licenses related to 50 MHz of spectrum (the “AWS-4 and H-Block
Licenses” and the transactions contemplated thereby, “Spectrum Transaction”). On November 5, 2025 the parties
amended and restated the Spectrum License Purchase Agreement to include EchoStar’s licenses for up to 15 MHz of
additional unpaired AWS-3 spectrum (together with the AWS-4 and H-Block Licenses, the “Spectrum Licenses”).
The total consideration for the acquisition of the Spectrum Licenses is approximately $19.6 billion, consisting of (i)
approximately $11.1 billion in equity, payable through the issuance of approximately 261.8 million shares of the
Company’s Class A common stock at a fixed value of $42.40 per share, and (ii) up to $8.5 billion related to the
payoff of designated EchoStar debt, with any shortfall below $8.5 billion to be paid in cash. The allocation of cash
and equity consideration is subject to certain adjustments based on the amount of EchoStar debt satisfied at or prior
to closing. The Spectrum License Purchase Agreement provides that the transfer of the Spectrum Licenses occurs in
two steps: first, the transfer of the Spectrum Licenses by EchoStar to the Trust (the “Spectrum Transfer Closing”),
and second, the Spectrum Licenses will be transferred by the Trust to the Company (the “Spectrum Acquisition
Closing”). The Foreign Assets will be transferred directly to the Company at the Spectrum Acquisition Closing, to
the extent the required regulatory approvals have been obtained by such date; provided, however, that the failure to
obtain such approvals will not delay or prevent the Spectrum Acquisition Closing.
The Spectrum Transaction was approved by the FCC on May 12, 2026, and the Spectrum Transfer Closing occurred
on May 22, 2026. On that date, the Spectrum Licenses were transferred to the Trust, where they will remain until the
Spectrum Acquisition Closing. Upon the Spectrum Transfer Closing, the Company became obligated to make
payments under the credit agreement, which are recognized as prepaid assets until the Spectrum Acquisition Closing
at which point they will be recognized as intangible assets. The Spectrum Acquisition Closing is expected to occur
on or about November 30, 2027. Upon closing, the Company intends to either use cash and cash equivalents on hand
or seek alternative financing sources to fund the cash payment to EchoStar.
As of March 31, 2026, we and our subsidiaries had outstanding $29,132 million in aggregate principal amount of
indebtedness and no debt principal payments are due until August 28, 2027 if we choose not to extend.  As of March
31, 2026, our total minimum lease payments was $5,823 million, of which $1,026 million is due within this fiscal
year. For details regarding our indebtedness and lease obligations, refer to Note 10, Debt, and Note 11, Leases of our 
audited consolidated financial statements and Note 9, Debt of our unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
125
Summary of Cash flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2026
2025
2025
2024
2023
Net cash provided by (used in)
Operating activities ........................
$1,047
$727
$6,785
$5,776
$4,520
Investing activities .........................
$(16,724)
$(4,170)
$(19,575)
$(10,796)
$(4,867)
Financing activities ........................
$7,125
$354
$26,350
$11,830
$422
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $320 million from $727 million during the three months
ended March 31, 2025 to $1,047 million during the three months ended March 31, 2026. This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in working capital for deferred revenue of $1,153 million from upfront payments from our
Space and Connectivity customers, partially offset by lower net income exclusive of non-cash items.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $1,009 million from $5,776 million during the year ended
December 31, 2024 to $6,785 million during the year ended December 31, 2025. This increase was primarily driven
by higher net income exclusive of non-cash items and an increase of $1,080 million for accounts payable and other
liabilities as we continue to expand our infrastructure and timing of payments, and higher deferred revenue from
cash received from upfront payments from our aviation customers. This increase was partially offset by an increase
of $449 million for accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, and inventory.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $1,256 million from $4,520 million during the year ended
December 31, 2023 to $5,776 million during the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily driven
by higher net income exclusive of non-cash items, partially offset by a decrease of $628 million for inventory,
accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets due to increase in our revenue and production of Starlink
Kits.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities increased by $12,554 million from $4,170 million during the three months
ended March 31, 2025 to $16,724 million during the three months ended March 31, 2026.  This increase was
primarily driven by an increase in capital expenditures of $5,967 million related to the build out of data centers and
related infrastructure, and space launch facilities and related infrastructure, as well as an increase in purchases of
marketable securities of $7,489 million in the period. This increase was partially offset by an increase in cash
received from product rebates of $1,195 million.
Net cash used in investing activities increased by $8,779 million from $10,796 million during the year ended
December 31, 2024 to $19,575 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.  This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in capital expenditures of $9,574 million related to the build out of data centers and related
infrastructure, and space launch facilities and related infrastructure, partially offset by a net increase in cash received
from marketable securities of $1,264 million.
Net cash used in investing activities increased by $5,929 million from $4,867 million during the year ended
December 31, 2023 to $10,796 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.  This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in capital expenditures of $6,748 million related to the build out of data centers and related
infrastructure, and space launch facilities and related infrastructure, partially offset by an increase in cash received
for the maturities of marketable securities of $981 million.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $6,771 million from $354 million during the three months
ended March 31, 2025 to $7,125 million during the three months ended March 31, 2026.  This increase was
126
primarily driven by an increase in proceeds from the SpaceX Bridge Loan and other financing arrangements of
$17,950 million and proceeds from sale of our capital stock of $7,420 million, partially offset by an increase in
payment on existing debt obligations and debt extinguishment costs of $14,703 million from the proceeds from the
SpaceX Bridge Loan as well as an increase in repurchases of our capital stock of $3,838 million following the xAI
Merger.
Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $14,520 million from $11,830 million during the year ended
December 31, 2024 to $26,350 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.  This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in proceeds from debt and other financing arrangements for our AI segment of $16,055 million
and proceeds from sale of our capital stock of $5,706 million, partially offset by an increase in repayments on debt
and other financing arrangements for our AI segment of $6,781 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities increased by $11,408 million from $422 million during the year ended
December 31, 2023 to $11,830 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.  This increase was primarily
driven by an increase in proceeds from the sale of our capital stock of $12,327 million, partially offset by an increase
in the buyback of common and preferred shares by the Company of $104 million.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP and the Company’s
discussion and analysis of its financial condition and operating results require the Company’s management to make
judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported. Note 2, “Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies” of the Notes to audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus
describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated
financial statements. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions it
believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about
the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
Revenue Recognition
Space contract revenue is derived from fixed-price contracts related to the development and provision of launch
services for the deployment of spacecraft and other payloads to their intended orbit for both commercial customers
and governmental agency space programs. Connectivity contract revenue for Starshield customers is mostly derived
from fixed-price contracts related to the development of a secure satellite network designed specifically for
government and national security applications.
The Company recognizes revenue over time when the Company’s performance on the contract creates an asset with
no alternative use and when the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance to date. The
Company measures progress on these contracts using the cost-to-cost input method, as the Company believes this
represents the most appropriate measure towards satisfaction of its performance obligation. Under the cost-to-cost
input method, the Company records revenue based upon costs (such as materials and labor hours) incurred to date
relative to the total estimated cost at completion.
The Company’s contracts recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input method are complex and require the
Company to estimate the total costs to perform over the term of the contracts, as well as the measurement of
progress towards completion for each performance obligation. For Space contracts, developing the estimated total
cost at completion for each performance obligation requires the use of significant management judgment, including
assumptions regarding launch timing, labor hours, allocation of shared costs for launch vehicles that have been
identified as reusable for multiple launches, as well as expected technological changes to launch vehicles and
spacecraft. For Connectivity contracts, developing the estimated total cost at completion for each performance
obligation requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions regarding labor hours,
allocation of shared costs used in the production of satellites, satellite material costs, as well as expected
technological changes to satellites. Material changes in estimated contract revenue or costs at completion and the
resulting changes in contract profit could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and operating
results.
127
The impact of net adjustments from contracts recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input method to our
revenue and operating income was not material for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and for the
three months ended March 31, 2026. If the combined gross margins for our contracts recognized over time using the
cost-to-cost input method had been estimated to be higher or lower by 1% during 2025, it would have increased or
decreased operating income for the year by approximately $110 million.
Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net
Property, plant, and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Company depreciates these
assets primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets except flight vehicles and
spacecraft, which are depreciated over the expected number of average flights for each flight vehicle and spacecraft.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease term.
Determining the useful lives and the number of average flights a flight vehicle and spacecraft can fly require the
Company to estimate the period over which we expect to recover the economic value of our property, plant, and
equipment. For each of our flight vehicle hardware and spacecraft, we consider recovery and refurbishment success
rates, refurbishment economics, customer acceptance limits that may prohibit the use of vehicles that have been
flown more than a certain number of launches, expected future launches included in the mission manifest, as well as
any anticipated retirement timing of certain flight vehicle and spacecraft models such as Falcon as a result of
anticipated transition to Starship to determine the expected number of average flights for each vehicle.
For our satellites assets, we consider factors such as on-orbit performance, orbit-raise timing, expected service
capability, and the evolution of constellation density and technology.
When we determine that the useful lives or expected remaining flights of assets are shorter or longer than we had
originally estimated, we adjust the rate of depreciation to reflect the assets' revised useful lives or number of
remaining flights.
The Company periodically evaluates impairment of its property, plant, and equipment assets whenever events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Factors we consider
to identify indicators of potential impairment include significant changes or planned changes in our use of certain
property, plant and equipment, technological developments that reduce the utility of the existing assets, declines in
forecasted cash flows, and significant negative industry or economic trends.
Impairment is assessed at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows
of other assets and liabilities. If estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset or asset
group, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value to cost of
revenue or selling, general, and administrative expenses depending on the nature of the assets, or to impairment
charges if the impairment is considered to be outside the normal course of business. For the years ended December
31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, and for the three months ended March 31, 2026, impairments on fixed assets were not
material.
If the average remaining flights for our flight vehicle and spacecraft had been estimated to be five more or fewer
flights, the impact to our operating income for the year ended December 31, 2025 and three months ended March 31,
2026 would not be material. If the average useful life of our satellite assets had been changed by one year, it would
have an approximately $480 million and $170 million impact on our operating income for the year ended December
31, 2025 and three months ended March 31, 2026, respectively.
Legal and Other Contingencies
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, the
outcomes of which are inherently uncertain. The Company records a liability when it is probable a loss has been
incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable, the determination of which requires significant judgment.
Resolution of legal matters in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact
on the Company’s financial condition and operating results.
128
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Foreign Currency Risk
Our Connectivity and AI businesses operate in many countries and transact in multiple currencies. In general, we are
a net receiver of currencies other than the U.S. dollar for our foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, we are exposed to
foreign currency risk both from fluctuations in exchange rates affecting foreign-currency denominated transactions
and from the impact of translating the assets, liabilities, revenues, costs of revenue, and other operating expenses of
our foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars. We have experienced, and will continue to experience, fluctuations in our
net income as a result of gains (losses) on the settlement and the re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities
not denominated in our functional currencies. We do not hedge foreign currency risk and changes in exchange rates
could have an adverse impact on our operating results and cash flows.
We considered the historical trends in foreign currency exchange rates and determined that it is reasonably possible
that adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates of 10% for all currencies could be experienced in the near-
term. These changes were applied to our total monetary assets and liabilities denominated in our non-functional
currencies at the balance sheet date to compute the impact these changes would have had on our income (loss)
before income taxes. These changes would have resulted in an immaterial gain or loss as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively.
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio, interest income on cash and
cash equivalents and our credit facilities. 
Our cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, time deposits, money market funds, U.S. government and agency
securities. Our investment policy and strategy are focused on preservation of capital and supporting our liquidity
requirements. Changes in U.S. interest rates affect the interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.  A
hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would have resulted in an immaterial
increase or decrease in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 and three months ended March 31,
2026. 
The effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the SpaceX Bridge Loan was 4.58% as of March 31,
2026. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in U.S. interest rates would increase annual interest expense by
approximately $200 million.
a01_business.jpg
a02_elonquoteconnectivity.jpg
131
BUSINESS
“You want to wake up in the morning and think the future is going to be great—and that’s what being a space-faring
civilization is all about. It’s about believing in the future and thinking that the future will be better than the past. And
I can’t think of anything more exciting than going out there and being among the stars.”
—Elon Musk
Our Mission
Our mission is to build the systems and technologies necessary to make life multiplanetary, to understand the true
nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars. To do this, we have formed the most
ambitious, vertically integrated innovation engine on (and off) Earth with unmatched capabilities to rapidly
manufacture and launch space-based communications that connect the world, to harness the Sun to power a truth-
seeking artificial intelligence that advances scientific discovery, and ultimately to build a base on the Moon and
cities on other planets.
Overview
Founded in 2002, SpaceX is the only company building the integrated hardware and software infrastructure of the
future across space, connectivity, and AI. At our core, we are builders. We design, manufacture, launch, and operate
products and services built on cutting-edge technologies, including the world’s most advanced rockets and
spacecraft. We safely and reliably transport astronauts, satellites, and other payloads on missions that benefit life on
Earth. Since 2023, we have launched more than 80% of mass to orbit for the world each year with an over 99%
mission success rate with Falcon rockets. We also operate a high-speed, low-latency global broadband data and
communications network powered by approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth
Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers across 164 countries,
territories, and other markets, as of March 31, 2026. Using our dedicated satellite-to-mobile constellation, we offer
connectivity services, supplementing terrestrial networks and substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across
approximately 30 countries.
With the potential to improve both space exploration and life on Earth, AI accelerates SpaceX’s mission to make life
multiplanetary, to understand the true nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars.
xAI, which was founded in 2023 and acquired by SpaceX in early 2026, is now an integral pillar of our vertically
integrated company. We are rapidly constructing AI compute infrastructure—starting on Earth with the goal of
extending to space—at industry-leading pace and cost efficiency. Our infrastructure supports training and inference
for Grok, which has emerged as one of the world’s most advanced frontier models. Grok is designed as a truth-
seeking AI model, built on our founder Elon Musk’s mission to enable humanity to understand the universe. We
believe that accomplishing this mission requires a truth-seeking approach to AI. We define truth seeking as the
active, relentless pursuit of what is objectively true about reality, and grounded in evidence, logic, empirical data,
and first principles thinking. Our goal is to understand and explain what the universe appears to be doing, as
accurately as current knowledge allows. Within two years of its initial model release, Grok achieved frontier-level
performance in scientific reasoning, as measured by its GPQA Diamond score, an industry benchmark that evaluates
AI models on a standardized set of questions written and validated by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by
other leading model providers. Grok also benefits from integration with X, our real-time information, entertainment,
and free speech platform, which serves as a foundational distribution and data engine for our AI ecosystem and
further enhances Grok’s truth-seeking objective.
We believe that space represents the largest economic frontier in human history, unlocking unprecedented
opportunities in orbit and on Earth. Earth has limits, so we must build infrastructure and industries in space,
expanding human capabilities to improve life on Earth and to establish life beyond. Connectivity infrastructure in
space is designed to help everyone on Earth have access to education, healthcare, entertainment, and
communications, and to enable people to overcome many traditional limits, such as physical and political borders.
We believe AI infrastructure in space can utilize the virtually limitless power of the Sun and thereby enable the use
of AI as a transformative force for understanding the universe and improving the daily lives of all humans. We
believe the convergence of these areas will enable an unprecedented expansion in the global economy, leading to an
132
age of abundance. Our innovations and technological advancements are redefining industries on Earth, while we aim
to create new ones on the Moon, Mars, and beyond. We are truly building the infrastructure of the future.
SpaceX is the only company that has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, revolutionizing an industry
characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures. SpaceX upended
this paradigm through the application of first-principles thinking, which rejects industry assumptions and builds
solutions based on the fundamental laws of physics. Our intense, mission-driven, engineering-first culture and focus
on extreme vertical integration have propelled us to achieve what many deemed impossible. We have demonstrated
the ability to achieve groundbreaking technological innovations with speed, quality control, and precision. We
pioneered high-cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space with our Falcon family of rockets, with a goal to
transform the rocket launch industry into airline-like operations. In 2015, we established at least a 10-year lead over
the industry by successfully landing our first Falcon 9 booster back from space before anyone else. We have
continued to invest significantly in further increasing our lead by pursuing full and rapid reusability at scale,
including investing over $15 billion in our next-generation rocket, Starship.
We believe rocket launches and landings should be as routine and commonplace as airplanes taking off and landing.
To achieve this sort of cadence, our iterative approach emphasizes rapid designing, testing, and process
optimization, putting flight hardware in the flight environment as often as possible. This allows us to accelerate our
learning by repeatedly using and improving our systems. This has resulted in a significantly higher flight rate at
costs that are much lower than launch programs that existed before SpaceX. For example, according to NASA, the
first version of Falcon 9 in 2010 had a launch cost of approximately $2,700 per kilogram, which represented a
reduction of approximately 85% compared to the historical average launch cost per kilogram of $18,500. The first
version of Falcon Heavy in 2018 further reduced this cost to approximately $1,400 per kilogram, a reduction of
approximately 92% compared to the historical average cost. With the future deployment of Starship, which is
designed to be the world’s first fully and rapidly reusable spacecraft, we aim to further reduce the cost to reach orbit
by 99% or more relative to the historical average launch cost. Central to our cost advantage is the reusability of key
hardware—most notably boosters—which we recover, refurbish, and refly many times instead of discarding after
single use. This dramatically lowers per-launch costs by minimizing hardware replacement expenses and spreading
fixed production costs across repeated uses. Space flight that historically cost billions per launch now costs in the
tens of millions, fundamentally reducing the cost of space access, providing the opportunity to build new enterprises
in space.
Similarly, xAI has cracked the code in the complexities of building and scaling AI compute infrastructure, becoming
the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. We believe the combination of our
proprietary AI infrastructure capability, our truth-seeking frontier model, Grok, and our access to real-time data on
X creates a formidable competitive advantage, allowing us to maintain a leading position in the development of
advanced artificial intelligence. This advantage stems from our complete vertical integration and the common vision
infused by our founder, Elon Musk. In just a few years, we have demonstrated an ability to build coherent compute
at scale and rapid speed with lower cost. COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II collectively provide approximately 1.0
gigawatt of compute power, with additional power capacity available for data center operations. We believe speed is
a competitive advantage. In order to bring compute clusters online as fast as possible, we employ a vertically
integrated, nimble approach to construction. At COLOSSUS, we brought online the first cluster of approximately
100,000 H100 processors, approximately 130 megawatts of compute power, in just 122 days, repurposing the shell
of an existing factory. At COLOSSUS II, we brought online the first cluster of approximately 110,000 GB200
processors, approximately 210 megawatts of compute power, even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative comparison,
an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two years.
Furthermore, in the case of COLOSSUS II, following the initial cluster, we brought online the second cluster of
110,000 GB300 processors and 220 megawatts of compute power in 64 days, demonstrating our ability to rapidly
scale our facilities once built. We expect that once fully operational, the next phase of expansion at COLOSSUS II
will bring online at least 220,000 additional GB300 processors and over 400 additional megawatts of compute
power. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center construction costs
for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis.
We are able to deploy power and compute significantly faster than other AI companies through first-principles
thinking, behind-the-meter power generation, coupled with what we believe is the world’s largest network of
133
sustainable battery storage systems, and innovations in advanced liquid cooling, high-density rack layouts, and
efficient networking. Our facilities also incorporate innovative design features that limit the effects on regional
electricity pricing for neighbors and include advanced water cleaning, reclamation, and recycling processes to
support sustainable operations. We partner with utilities and communities to connect to and enhance the grid over
time, and do so while pledging to cover costs of all new power delivery infrastructure upgrades to service our data
centers, including adequate network upgrade costs, to ensure that these expenses are not passed on to the ordinary
household. Our ability to rapidly and cost-effectively scale with the latest processors keeps us ahead of competitors
who deploy traditional and more expensive methods. As a result, we believe COLOSSUS II became one of the
world’s first data centers to deploy GB200s and GB300s, the most advanced AI processors available at the time, at
significant scale, and is currently powering training for our next frontier models, including Grok-5. Furthermore,
through our Terafab initiative together with Tesla to build a manufacturing facility capable of producing 1 terawatt
per year of compute hardware, we intend to further extend our vertical integration to chip design and manufacturing
to alleviate potential future chip shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute performance, and potentially reduce overall
compute costs. Intel, which has the ability to design, fabricate, and package ultra-high-performance chips at scale,
also joined the Terafab project in early April 2026. Our shovels-to-tokens approach allows us to train and iterate our
frontier models at high velocity, accelerating development cycles, eliminating external bottlenecks, and driving
rapid, continuous improvements in model performance.
In pursuing our mission, SpaceX has created new opportunities across our three foundational competitive
advantages, Space, Connectivity, and AI:
•Space. Launch is one of our foundational competitive advantages. We were the first private company to
develop and launch a liquid-fuel rocket to reach orbit (2008), the first private company to successfully dock a
private spacecraft with the International Space Station (2012), the first company to propulsively land (2015) and
refly an orbital-class rocket booster (2017), the first to begin deploying a large-scale LEO broadband satellite
constellation (2019), and the first private company to launch astronauts to orbit, allowing American astronauts
to again fly to and from the International Space Station on an American launch vehicle (2020). As of March 31,
2026, SpaceX had completed approximately 650 orbital space launches, and over 540 of those launches were
completed by a flight-proven Falcon rocket, drastically reducing the cost of access to space. We are the only
private company that is certified by NASA to send human missions to orbit. We are currently developing
Starship, designed to be the world’s most powerful launch vehicle. Starship is designed to be a fully and rapidly
reusable transportation system capable of carrying larger payloads farther and at lower marginal cost per launch
than our current Falcon rockets. Our unparalleled launch capabilities power every aspect of our business.
•Connectivity. Since activating service for customers in 2020, Starlink has rapidly expanded global access to
high-speed internet, prioritizing underserved rural and remote communities worldwide. While building
terrestrial networks in such communities can be prohibitively expensive, Starlink is capable of delivering
broadband connectivity anywhere on Earth with just a Starlink Kit. As of March 31, 2026, we had
approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, operating the world’s most
advanced broadband constellation providing internet connectivity to approximately 10.3 million Starlink
Subscribers across 164 countries, territories, and other markets. In January 2024, we also began deploying our
Starlink Mobile constellation that utilizes separate Starlink satellites with satellite-to-mobile capabilities,
substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” around the world. As of March 31, 2026, our dedicated satellite-to-
mobile constellation of approximately 650 V1 Mobile satellites provides satellite-to-mobile data, over-the-top
voice, and messaging services to approximately 7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30
countries.
•AI. We were the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. We own and operate
what we believe to be the largest AI training data center clusters on Earth, consisting of hundreds of thousands
GPUs—all in the same spirit that enabled us to launch Grok faster than any other leading foundational AI model
—while maintaining full vertical integration from on-site power generation and water reclamation to GPU
deployment. In under two years, we have established a dual advantage in both cost efficiency and deployment
speed at scale. By owning the compute infrastructure and vertically integrating across the full AI stack, we can
train and iterate our frontier models at lower cost and higher velocity and accelerate development cycles. This
eliminates external bottlenecks and drives rapid, continuous improvements in model performance. The addition
134
of the Terafab initiative aims to further extend our control to the foundational processor layer. We believe that
the key constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical—chip manufacturing, data center infrastructure,
and power generation; the future of AI will be determined by the control of the physical stack. We believe no
other AI company has better control over the full physical stack than SpaceX. We believe this combination of
our state-of-the-art AI compute infrastructure, our truth-seeking frontier model, and our access to real-time data
on X creates a significant strategic advantage. Our integrated AI platforms across Grok and X had
approximately 1.3 billion supported accounts active in the last twelve months ended March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, including approximately 550 million and 520 million MAUs as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively. Of our MAUs, we had approximately 117 million and 89 million MAUs that
used Grok’s AI features as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. Grok’s deep integration
with X enables freshness, relevance, and contextual awareness that we believe is a competitive differentiator.
This direct, real-time access to the information and human discourse on X enhances Grok’s truth-seeking
capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse viewpoints. As a result, we believe Grok
can deliver the most objective and relevant insights and best serve high-frequency, high-value use cases across
consumer and enterprise AI applications.
For complex reasoning and agentic workloads, compute is directly correlated with the quality of intelligence
and task completion speed. Over the long-term, however, we expect Earth’s finite resources will not be able to
sustain the immense computational demands of advanced AI models. Sustainably satisfying this compute
demand will require space-based infrastructure that utilizes the ultimate fusion energy source: the Sun. We
believe we are the only company with a commercially viable path to building orbital AI compute at scale, due to
our unique ability to launch substantial mass into orbit through reusable, cost-efficient rockets, to manufacture
secure, reliable, and high-performance satellites at low cost and high volume, and to manage large-scale
constellations. We expect that owning scalable, power-efficient infrastructure to train and operate frontier
models will be the most important driver for AI differentiation as AI systems converge toward artificial general
intelligence (“AGI”)—which has the potential to unlock large-scale productivity gains, scientific discovery, and
societal abundance.
We have created distinct new markets across the space, connectivity, and AI industries by building the integrated
hardware and software infrastructure of the future and by combining our broad range of capabilities. For example,
SpaceX’s recent acquisition of xAI unites SpaceX’s launch capabilities and global connectivity network with xAI’s
AI development capabilities. Specifically, we believe SpaceX’s reusable rockets, scaled satellite manufacturing, and
operational expertise can enable the cost-effective and rapid deployment of massive AI compute satellite
constellations—with potentially millions of satellites—for orbital data centers. We believe these AI compute
satellites in Sun-synchronous orbit will be able to handle energy-intensive AI workloads, such as inference demand,
at far greater scale and efficiency than terrestrial alternatives, with Starlink providing low-latency, global
connectivity linking these orbital AI systems to people around the world and delivering real-time intelligence. Our
goal is to leverage our launch leadership, global connectivity network, and AI expertise to allow us to continue
building the integrated infrastructure of the future on Earth, the Moon, Mars, and beyond to benefit humanity.
a04_thealgorithm.jpg
136
We have an intense, mission-driven, engineering-first culture that seeks to achieve what many have deemed
impossible. “The Algorithm,” as it is known internally, is a five-step iterative process that emphasizes making the
requirements less dumb, deleting unnecessary processes or parts (embracing the principle that the best part is no
part), only then optimizing the necessary processes or parts, accelerating cycle time, and automating only proven
processes. We strive to make the incredible and extraordinary accessible and repeatable, and we have grown rapidly
by continuously leveraging our core strengths, including:
•Global leadership in orbital launch services;
•Unrivaled satellite and connectivity platform across design, manufacturing, deployment, and operations;
•Truth-seeking AI model enhanced by real-time data;
•Extreme vertical integration enabling high velocity and superior cost efficiency at scale;
•Unique ability to scale new trillion-dollar markets across Space, Connectivity, and AI;
•Business models that are incredibly difficult to replicate; and
•Our mission-driven culture and world-class talent.
We have a stellar track record of capital allocation and value creation in Space and Connectivity. Since SpaceX’s
founding in 2002, we have raised over $9 billion of equity capital to fund the development and growth of these two
business segments. The Space segment became Segment Adjusted EBITDA positive on a sustained basis beginning
in 2018 and the Connectivity segment became in aggregate Segment Adjusted EBITDA positive on a sustained basis
beginning in 2023. In 2025, our Space segment generated a loss from operations of $(657) million and Segment
Adjusted EBITDA of $653 million, including the impact of funding $3,004 million in research and development
expense for our next-generation Starship launch vehicle program. In 2025, our Connectivity segment generated
income from operations of $4,423 million and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $7,168 million.
Our financial results reflect the strength of our operating model and our ability to create and scale multiple new
businesses:
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, we generated revenue on a consolidated basis of $4,694 million,
loss from operations of $(1,943) million and Adjusted EBITDA of $1,127 million. In 2025, we generated
revenue on a consolidated basis of $18,674 million, loss from operations of $(2,589) million and Adjusted
EBITDA of $6,584 million. Our Space and Connectivity segments contributed the substantial majority of our
consolidated revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
demonstrating the benefits of their scale and operating leverage in our vertically integrated business model;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Space segment generated revenue of $619 million, loss from
operations of $(662) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(351) million. In 2025, our Space segment
generated revenue of $4,086 million, loss from operations of $(657) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of
$653 million Additionally, our Space segment funded $930 million and $3,004 million in research and
development expense during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and the year ended December 31, 2025,
respectively, for our next-generation Starship launch vehicle program. Starship is designed to enable a step-
function change in our launch capability across reusability, payload capacity, and launch cadence, and is the key
enabler of our long-term growth strategy by unlocking entirely new categories of missions;
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our Connectivity segment generated revenue of $3,257 million,
income from operations of $1,188 million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $2,087 million. Our Connectivity
segment, primarily driven by Starlink, generated revenue of $11,387 million, income from operations of $4,423
million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $7,168 million in 2025, representing year-over-year growth of
49.8%, 120.4%, and 86.2%, respectively, benefiting from subscriber growth, increasing enterprise adoption, and
continued improvement in network efficiency;
137
•In our newly acquired AI segment, we plan to prioritize growth and investment to capture significant
opportunities in AI applications and compute infrastructure. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, our AI
segment generated revenue of $818 million, loss from operations of $(2,469) million, and Segment Adjusted
EBITDA of $(609) million. In 2025, our AI segment generated revenue of $3,201 million, loss from operations
of $(6,355) million, and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $(1,237) million, reflecting its earlier stage of
development and continued investments to support long-term growth opportunities in AI; and
•For the three months ended March 31, 2026, capital expenditures for our Space segment was $1,052 million, for
our Connectivity segment was $1,332 million and for our AI segment was $7,723 million. In 2025, capital
expenditures for our Space segment was $3,832 million, for our Connectivity segment was $4,178 million and
for our AI segment was $12,727 million. 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please refer to the section titled “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional
information on our non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to
segment income (loss) from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
Why This Matters Now
For the entirety of its existence, human civilization has lived on a single celestial body: Earth. The current paradigm,
in which human civilization is confined to one planet, exposes humanity to existential threats that are unpredictable
and uncontrollable on a planetary scale. These threats include naturally occurring catastrophic events—such as
asteroid impacts, volcanic activity, or solar fluctuations—as well as man-made global conflicts. Geological and
astronomical records indicate a non-zero probability of extinction-level events occurring over periods measurable in
millions of years. Reliance on a single planetary home constitutes a single point of failure and carries existential risk
with a probability of one that must be solved. By moving beyond the only home we have ever known, we ensure
species-level redundancy and that the light of consciousness will not be tied to a single planet subject to the
inevitable hazards of a harsh and vast universe. We do not want humans to have the same fate as dinosaurs. We want
to give them a reason to look ahead with excitement, with the prospect that we are entering an age of abundance
with an endlessly prosperous and exciting future.
Artist Visualization of Life on Mars
a03_multiplanetarylifeimage.jpg
138
For decades, a reality where humanity travels between the planets and the stars has felt tantalizingly close but still
locked in the pages and screens of science fiction. We are capable of better understanding the universe, exploring the
universe, and ultimately making life multiplanetary across the universe. We are becoming a civilization with the
ability to reach beyond Earth’s cradle and begin to inhabit other worlds. While we remain dedicated to this
fundamental mission, our progress in accessing space continues to yield opportunities that enrich life on Earth.
We believe our steps into the expanse will be accelerated by the rapid emergence of AI. As humanity moves into the
unknown, we believe AI will be our greatest tool for innovation and navigation, helping us better understand day-to-
day life and the universe, and master the complexity of establishing new civilizations in the far-flung reaches of
space. For AI to help us understand the universe, we believe it must be able to discard the often popular, but wrong,
in favor of the unpopular, but true. By combining the innate human desire to seek truth and explore with our
breakthrough technologies, we believe humanity will eventually reach new frontiers across the universe, while
enhancing the quality and resilience of life on Earth.
The rapid emergence of the AI era intensifies the urgency of our mission, as AI has the potential to accelerate not
only space exploration, but also transformative societal advancements on Earth. However, AI’s ability to
revolutionize human potential is directly dependent on meeting exponentially increasing resource demands. On
Earth, the massive expansion of data center capacity to support growing compute demand is significantly outpacing
electricity generation, which was effectively flat in the United States for approximately 15 years, growing at a
compound annual growth rate of 0.1% from 2008 to 2023. Despite the recent increase in electricity demand from AI
data centers, electricity generation in the United States has grown at an annual rate of less than 3% between 2023
and 2025, while electricity generation in China has grown at approximately twice that rate in the same time period.
U.S. compute demand has already outpaced available power supply with estimated demand of 62 gigawatts in 2025
exceeding the power generation of 49 gigawatts, according to industry sources. We expect the gap between demand
for compute and power supply to continue to widen meaningfully as AI compute needs proliferate. Such structural
power shortages are expected to intensify over the coming years. This supply and demand imbalance is already
imposing unsustainable strains on terrestrial power grids, supply chains, and the environment. The Sun contains
approximately 99.8% of the solar system’s energy and, as a result, we believe it is the only truly scalable solution to
terrestrial energy constraints in the age of AI. Harnessing this energy in space is considerably more efficient than on
land. Space-based solar arrays can generate more than five times the energy per unit area of terrestrial solar due to
continuous illumination, lack of atmospheric interference, and optimal orientation. SpaceX is well-positioned to
capture this space-based solar energy through our ability to rapidly access Sun-synchronous orbit through our
satellite manufacturing scale and launch capability. As a result, we are expanding our footprint and harnessing the
vast resources of space that are essential to sustaining technological development. Our goal is to ensure that AI
becomes a force for human flourishing and a benefit to civilization, rather than a catalyst for terrestrial resource
depletion and instability. We believe owning scalable, power-efficient infrastructure to train and operate frontier
models will be the most important competitive differentiator as AI systems converge toward AGI—which has the
potential to unlock large-scale productivity gains, scientific discovery, and societal abundance.
We believe space represents the largest economic frontier in human history. Our unmatched launch cadence has
massively increased access to space, enabling rapid and reliable missions for humans, cargo, and satellites—creating
unprecedented opportunities for innovation, scientific discovery, and global connectivity. SpaceX has always been a
mission-driven company, founded with the goal of making humanity multiplanetary. By dramatically reducing the
cost of access to space, we have been able to expand our mission to address some of the Earth’s most pressing
challenges, including bridging the digital divide by aiming to connect over three billion unconnected people to the
internet and humanity’s collective knowledge. Starlink is our groundbreaking solution for global internet
connectivity, delivering high-speed, low-latency access to the most remote and underserved corners of the world—
from Antarctica’s frozen wilderness to vast oceans and towering mountaintops—overcoming barriers posed by
traditional terrestrial infrastructure. Starlink’s unparalleled global reach has the potential to enable society to educate
billions of people, to help lift entire communities out of poverty, and to provide essential connectivity to schools,
hospitals, and critical services, fostering a more equitable and informed future for humanity. We support essential
applications such as education in rural and underserved regions, telemedicine for hard-to-reach patients, seamless
connectivity for aviation and maritime users, and resilient communications during natural disasters. For example,
during the 2023 Maui wildfires, which devastated Lahaina and left thousands without power or cellular service,
139
Starlink rapidly deployed over 650 terminals to restore high-speed internet connectivity, enabling first responders,
humanitarian organizations, and survivors to coordinate relief efforts, access aid resources, communicate with
family, and support recovery in areas where traditional infrastructure had completely failed. During Hurricanes
Helene and Milton in 2024 in the southeastern United States, our Starlink terminals provided a rapid lifeline for
communication and recovery when traditional cell towers, broadband lines, and power infrastructure were knocked
out for days or weeks by widespread damage caused by flooding and high winds.
Our AI technology also has the ability to elevate the quality of life for people and communities around the world.
We believe AI has the potential to revolutionize human potential—from advanced manufacturing and infrastructure
development to scientific research and medicine—delivering tangible real-world benefits for individuals,
organizations, and governments. For example, AI systems can expedite scientific discovery for researchers, aid
healthcare professionals in precise medical analysis and diagnosis, and empower educators to craft tailored learning
experiences for students. Moreover, these technologies can optimize Earth’s resource allocation, enhance disaster
response strategies, and drive efficiencies in transportation and energy systems.
We believe that our current space efforts will catalyze transformative breakthroughs that could reshape terrestrial
industries and lead to the emergence of new trillion-dollar markets on the Moon, Mars, and beyond. In particular, we
believe our goal of establishing a lunar presence will enable terawatt-scale annual AI compute growth, support
deeper space exploration and industrialization, and serve as a stepping stone to establishing a civilization on Mars.
Due to technological advancements that we are working towards, such as in-space propellant transfer, we believe
our Starship vehicle will be capable of landing massive amounts of cargo on the Moon. Once there, we believe it
will be possible to establish a permanent presence for scientific and manufacturing pursuits. For example, we believe
that factories on the Moon will be able to take advantage of lunar resources to manufacture millions of AI compute
satellites and deploy them farther into space. Our goal is to establish a sustainable lunar presence for scientific
exploration, industrialization, and as a stepping stone to Mars, serving as a proving ground for habitats, resource
utilization, and Starship systems essential for long-term human survival beyond Earth.
We believe the next paradigm shift for humanity is the creation of a resilient, perpetually expanding spacefaring
civilization that drives continuous innovation across new frontiers, ultimately propelling us to Kardashev Type II
status—a civilization that harnesses the full energy output of our Sun. In the near term, we expect space-enabled
technologies to enhance life on Earth through greater global connectivity and breakthroughs forged in the harsh
environments of our solar system, leading to accelerating progress in energy and AI. As we build infrastructure in
the Earth’s orbit, and potentially on the Moon, Mars and beyond, we believe we are capable of unlocking an era of
unprecedented economic expansion, while also contributing to the safeguards of humanity’s future against
existential risk.
Who We Are
Our mission is to build the systems and technologies necessary to make life multiplanetary, to understand the true
nature of the universe, and to extend the light of consciousness to the stars. To do this, we’ve formed the most
ambitious, vertically integrated innovation engine on (and off) Earth. We are combining the most transformative and
critical technologies in human history, including reusable rockets, a fully global internet service, satellite-to-mobile
communications that enable connectivity everywhere, our real-time information, entertainment, and free speech
platform, and a truth-seeking AI system designed to accelerate scientific discovery and augment human capabilities.
These capabilities form a self-reinforcing ecosystem: launch systems deploy and maintain the satellite network,
which delivers ubiquitous connectivity and vast data flows; the platform surfaces real-time information and supports
open discourse; and AI processes data at scale to drive breakthroughs in physics, materials science, and space
exploration. Together, they create a foundation for the development of the infrastructure of the future and the
ultimate goal of establishing a self-sustaining human presence on other planets.
SpaceX designs, manufactures, launches, and operates the world’s most advanced rockets and spacecraft. We safely
and reliably transport astronauts, satellites, and other payloads on missions that benefit life on Earth. Since 2023, we
have launched more than 80% of mass to orbit for the world each year with an over 99% mission success rate. We
believe our unparalleled launch capabilities represent the foundational competitive advantage that enables all other
parts of our business. We operate a high-speed, low-latency broadband data and communications network powered
140
by approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, delivering connectivity to
millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers across 164 countries, territories, and other markets, as
of March 31, 2026. We also built one of the world’s most advanced models in under two years and are rapidly
scaling the associated AI compute infrastructure—starting on Earth with the goal of extending to space—at industry-
leading pace and cost efficiency. We believe that space represents the largest economic frontier in human history
and that AI is a transformative force for understanding the universe. Together, we believe that space and AI will
enable an age of abundance that will lead to an unprecedented expansion in the global economy. We are the only
company that has the foundational infrastructure across hardware and software necessary to drive transformative
innovation across space, connectivity, and AI. Our technological advancements are redefining industries on Earth,
while aiming to create new ones on the Moon, Mars, and beyond.
Our Unparalleled Launch Capabilities
Since our founding in 2002, SpaceX has cracked the code on accessing space at scale, transforming an industry
characterized by decades of stagnation, risk aversion, and economically perverse cost structures. We design,
manufacture, launch, and refurbish reusable launch vehicles that provide cost-efficient, reliable, and high-cadence
access to space for our own purposes as well as for third-party commercial and government customers. In 2025, we
launched from four primary launch pads in the United States and successfully recovered boosters across seven
landing facilities including autonomous drone ships and catch towers based on the vehicle type and mission profile.
Our extensive vertical integration and end-to-end control over the entire value chain, from design to launch to
operations, allows us to achieve unprecedented speed and cost efficiency.
As of March 31, 2026, SpaceX had launched a total mass to orbit of approximately 7,400 metric tons with an over
99% mission success rate across our Falcon rockets. We have completed approximately 650 orbital space launches,
and over 540 of those launches were completed by a flight-proven Falcon rocket. In 2025 alone, SpaceX completed
170 missions across Falcon and Starship vehicles and 159 flight-proven booster launches with an over 99% success
rate on attempted booster recoveries. We launched over 2,200 metric tons, representing over 80% of mass to orbit
for the world in 2025. With the first successful launch of Falcon 1 in 2008, we became the first private company to
successfully launch a liquid-fueled rocket to Earth’s orbit. Just two years later, in 2010, the commercial debut of the
Falcon 9 rocket revolutionized space access by delivering unprecedented cost efficiency. For example, according to
NASA, the first version of Falcon 9 in 2010 reduced launch cost to approximately $2,700 per kilogram, which
represented a reduction of approximately 85% compared to the historical average launch cost per kilogram of
$18,500. The first version of Falcon Heavy in 2018 further reduced this cost to $1,400 per kilogram, a reduction of
approximately 92% compared to the historical average. We have also reduced our internal cost of launch through a
combination of engineering improvements, manufacturing efficiencies, and economies of scale—most notably,
through our ability to drive more frequent reuse of rockets.
In December 2015, we achieved what many deemed impossible: landing a rocket launched to space back on Earth.
By 2017, we were routinely recovering and reusing the Falcon 9 first-stage booster post-launch, delivering another
step-function drop in space access costs via groundbreaking reusability. As of March 31, 2026, our Falcon 9 rockets
have demonstrated the ability to refly a first-stage 34 times. Since 2020, our Dragon spacecraft has safely flown 78
crewmembers from 20 countries. With the future deployment of Starship, which is designed to be the world’s first
fully and rapidly reusable spacecraft, we aim to reduce the cost to reach orbit by 99% or more relative to the
historical average launch cost, establishing the most affordable and scalable path to creating new opportunities in
space, such as orbital AI compute and Mars exploration.
141
Booster Reusability Enables Increasing Launch Rates
a05_boosterreusabilitychart.jpg
Our principal launch vehicles and spacecraft include:
•Falcon 9. As the world’s first orbital-class rapidly reusable rocket, Falcon 9 was first launched in 2010 and has
a payload capacity to LEO of approximately 23 metric tons when fully expendable. Falcon 9 has completed
approximately 620 orbital space launches as of March 31, 2026, and an over 99% mission success rate, making
it the most active orbital launch vehicle today. In 2025 alone, we launched 165 Falcon 9 rockets, of which 157
were flight-proven booster launches, and during the three months ended March 31, 2026, we launched 40
Falcon rockets, of which 39 were flight-proven booster launches.
•Falcon Heavy. Falcon Heavy first launched in 2018 when it put a Tesla Roadster and its mannequin passenger,
known as Starman, into orbit around the Sun. With a payload capacity to LEO of approximately 64 metric tons,
Falcon Heavy is a partially reusable super heavy-lift launch vehicle designed to deliver large payloads to orbit.
Falcon Heavy is one of the most powerful operational rockets in the world measured by liftoff thrust, with 11
launches as of March 31, 2026 and a 100% mission success rate.
•Dragon. Launched by Falcon 9 in 2012, our Dragon spacecraft became the first commercial spacecraft to
deliver cargo to and from the International Space Station and, eight years later, the first privately built vehicle to
fly humans to the orbiting laboratory. Since its first flight, Dragon has visited the International Space Station
over 50 times, and restored America’s ability to launch astronauts. Dragon has also supported all of NASA’s
private astronaut missions to the International Space Station, flown the first all-commercial astronaut crew,
completed the first human spaceflight over the Earth’s polar regions, and supported the first-ever commercial
spacewalk.
•Starship. First launched in 2023, Starship is designed to be a fully reusable, super heavy-lift launch vehicle.
Starship V3 is designed to deliver 100 metric tons to Earth’s orbit in a fully reusable configuration while
enabling rapid turnaround times akin to commercial aviation. Future generations of Starship are being designed
to double this payload capacity. To date, we have executed 12 Starship flight tests, with our 12th flight test in
May 2026 debuting the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy booster, powered by the next
evolution of our Raptor engine and launching from a newly designed pad at Starbase. We expect Starship to
commence payload delivery to orbit in the second half of 2026. We have achieved innovative milestones such
142
as catching a booster using “chopstick” arms on the same tower it launched from. We expect this capability will
facilitate rapid refurbishment and reuse, allowing for multiple launches per day at reduced costs.
Upon achieving rocket reusability, we recognized the immense potential of our launch business to enable new
revenue streams, as our launch capacity would eventually outstrip demand from traditional space customers alone.
This realization, along with our efforts to make life multiplanetary, drove us to reimagine what was possible when
access to space became more affordable. Rather than asking what was being done in space, we asked what large-
scale global need could be better served from space. This led to the development of Starlink, our global satellite
internet constellation, consisting of thousands of LEO satellites designed to provide high-speed, low-latency
broadband connectivity to underserved areas worldwide. Although the concept of using satellites for global internet
connectivity dates back decades, technical challenges and the prohibitive cost of accessing space historically
rendered attempts to provide such connectivity economically unviable. Within three years of our first satellite launch
in 2019, we solved the technical and production challenges of the satellites and had deployed the largest LEO
constellation in existence. Today, Starlink is the sole low-latency network available globally.
As the leader in space access, our launch operations are an important and expanding competitive advantage. By
combining increasing launch cadence, expanding cargo capacity, and declining unit costs—driven by rapid
reusability—we have generated a compounding competitive advantage. This not only fortifies our core business, but
also provides vast new market opportunities uniquely enabled by space.
Our Leading Capabilities Across Space, Connectivity, and AI
Space. While our launch capabilities support our other businesses, such as Starlink Consumer Broadband and
Starlink Mobile, we also sell launches to third-party customers. We offer launch services to commercial, civil, and
government customers through our reusable Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy rockets for satellite, cargo, and crew
missions. We fly to LEO, MEO, GEO, lunar, and interplanetary trajectories, as well as the International Space
Station. We are the primary launch provider for the U.S. government. In 2025, we launched 11 of 12 National
Security Space Launch (“NSSL”) medium and heavy lift missions and all five U.S. crew and cargo missions to the
International Space Station for NASA. We serve commercial and government customers—including NASA, the
National Reconnaissance Office (“NRO”), Axiom Space, SES, Eutelsat, and Oneweb. We charge our customers
based on the type of rocket, mass to orbit, size of payload, and type of service, such as whether the launch is
dedicated to a single customer or part of a “rideshare” with other customers.
Starship is our next-generation reusable rocket vehicle that we expect will expand our launch capability dramatically
through full and rapid reusability combined with currently unprecedented mass to orbit capability. As the most
powerful launch system ever developed, we expect that Starship V3 will be able to carry a payload of 100 metric
tons, and that future generations could reach 200 metric tons, potentially as soon as Starship V4. Starship is designed
to deliver our next-generation satellites to orbit, long-haul point-to-point transportation on Earth, the cargo and crew
necessary to develop a base on the Moon and a city on Mars for research and human spaceflight development.
Connectivity. Starlink provides global access to high-speed internet, including underserved rural and remote
communities worldwide. As of March 31, 2026, we had approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile
satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, providing broadband connectivity to approximately 10.3 million Starlink Subscribers
across 164 countries, territories, and other markets. We also provide satellite-to-mobile texting and over-the-top
voice services to approximately 7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30 countries.
•Starlink Consumer Broadband. We operate the world’s largest and most advanced space-based internet
broadband service with median latency at approximately 25 milliseconds as of March 31, 2026. We provide
fiber-like download speeds—at a median of 225 Mbps during peak hours for residential users as of March 31,
2026—and the technological capability to provide service everywhere on Earth, including the poles. This
service quality is enabled by our vast network of approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites
in Low-Earth Orbit, which accounted for approximately 75% of all active maneuverable satellites in orbit as of
March 31, 2026. We expect to commence deploying our next-generation V3 satellites, designed to offer one
Tbps of downlink capacity per satellite, using Starship in the second half of 2026. We expect that a single
Starship launch will be capable of deploying up to 60 V3 satellites to LEO, representing a potential twenty-fold
143
increase in Starlink downlink capacity deployed relative to a Falcon 9 launch. As of March 31, 2026, we had
approximately 10.3 million Starlink Subscribers, up approximately 105% from 5.0 million subscribers a year
prior. We charge our Starlink Subscribers a monthly subscription fee, which varies based on geographic market
and download speed, plus typically a one-time upfront terminal cost.
•Enterprise Solutions. SpaceX is a critical partner to a wide array of enterprises. We offer Starlink’s high-
speed, low-latency, reliable internet services to enterprise customers across industries including construction,
agriculture, retail, telecom, hospitality, aviation, maritime, and land mobility. Starlink’s unique capabilities are
well‑suited for deployments across field offices, remote worksites, research stations, drilling rigs, rural
hospitals, aircraft, cruise ships, trains, and hotels. Our enterprise customers include companies such as United
Airlines, Carnival, Maersk, and John Deere, among others. We also serve a broad fixed‑site customer base
across industries such as retail and financial services that require high availability for critical operations as well
as reliable connectivity in remote or hard-to-serve locations. As companies continue to invest in secure and
resilient networks and backup systems to keep critical infrastructure online—such as point‑of‑sale and payment
processing systems—we often start as a backup solution and then transition to being the primary solution. Our
enterprise contracts are based on a combination of subscriptions, data consumption, capacity, or other pricing
models depending on each customer’s particular needs. Since 2023, no Starlink Enterprise customer having
contributed more than $750,000 of annual revenue has voluntarily discontinued their service, demonstrating the
strong performance and value of our offering. This is despite the ability of our customers to cancel the service at
any time.
•Government Solutions. For our government customers, we provide high-speed, resilient connectivity for
public services, social impact, humanitarian efforts, and disaster response in even the most remote and
challenging environments. Examples include support for the FEMA in coordinating disaster recovery after
hurricanes and wildfires, the NOAA for at-sea testing and environmental monitoring, the Government of the
Philippines for linking remote islands, schools, and public institutions, the Government of Jamaica for
improving digital access in remote and maritime areas, and the Government of Ecuador for supporting
education and healthcare connectivity in isolated communities. Separately with Starshield, we have leveraged
our commercial LEO satellite constellation engineering learnings and operational experiences to develop a
secure, dedicated satellite network designed specifically for United States Government customers and national
security applications.
•Starlink Mobile. We provide satellite-to-mobile connectivity, supplementing terrestrial networks and
substantially reducing mobile “dead zones” across approximately 30 countries. We partner with MNOs
including major wireless carriers like T-Mobile in the United States, and other international operators including
One NZ, Optus, Telstra, Rogers, KDDI, Salt, Entel, Kyivstar, and VMO2. Through these partnerships, we
enable consumers, businesses, and public-sector customers to use their existing phones in more places, support
critical connectivity during disasters and power outages, and open new applications for low-bandwidth mobile
and IoT devices. Our current capabilities under our “V1” constellation (consisting of approximately 650 V1
Mobile satellites in orbit) include light data, text messaging (SMS), and over-the-top voice services (e.g.,
WhatsApp and FaceTime). We are developing more comprehensive satellite-to-mobile services, including
broadband data and IoT connectivity, which are expected to deliver resilient, infrastructure-independent
connectivity worldwide and enable 5G connectivity. We have partnerships with approximately 30 MNOs on six
continents, covering an area that is home to approximately 1.9 billion people. We charge MNOs either a fixed
fee or a per-mobile user fee-based amount, which is typically passed through to the customer via the carrier as
an “add-on” feature.
144
Our Global Starlink Subscriber Base
a06_substantialglobalcover.jpg
AI. We operate a highly vertically integrated AI platform spanning gigawatt-scale AI compute infrastructure, our
truth-seeking frontier AI model, Grok, AI solutions for consumer and enterprise customers, and X, our real-time
information, entertainment, and free speech platform. We believe AI is rapidly converging toward AGI, where
human cognitive capabilities can be replicated and scaled at machine speeds, profoundly augmenting human
productivity. Once an AGI system exists, its true value derives from the ability to create limitless duplicates of
human-like intelligence, necessitating vast computational resources and cost-efficient deployment to achieve
meaningful scale. Without large-scale, power-efficient infrastructure, AGI cannot be deployed broadly or
economically—making such infrastructure a critical strategic differentiator.
•AI Compute Infrastructure. xAI has established a leading position in building and scaling terrestrial AI
compute infrastructure, becoming the first company to deploy a coherent gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. Our
AI compute facilities, COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II, collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of
compute power, with additional power capacity available for data center operations. Our first-principles
thinking enables us to build coherent compute at scale and at rapid speed with lower costs than most other
companies in the industry. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS online in 122 days, repurposing the shell
of an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative
comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two
years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center construction
costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis. This
dual speed and cost advantage stems from our complete vertical integration and the shared culture infused by
our founder, Mr. Musk, across our Space, Connectivity, and AI segments. The addition of Terafab, an initiative
together with Tesla to build a manufacturing facility capable of producing 1 terawatt per year of compute
hardware, aims to further extend our vertical integration to chip design and manufacturing to alleviate potential
future chip shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute performance, and potentially reduce overall compute costs.
Intel, which has the ability to design, fabricate, and package ultra-high-performance chips at scale, has also
joined the Terafab project. We believe that the key constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical—chip
manufacturing, data center infrastructure, and power generation; the future of AI will be determined by the
control of the physical stack.
145
•Truth-Seeking Frontier Model. xAI has developed one of the world’s most advanced, truth-seeking frontier
models with Grok. Since launching Grok-1 in November 2023, we have released four major versions and
notable variations thereof, achieving one of the fastest iteration cycles in the industry, culminating in Grok-4.3
(April 2026). Building on this trajectory, we expect to continue scaling Grok through subsequent generations.
Ongoing training of next‑generation models is expected to scale toward multiple trillions of parameters, which
could represent a step change in reasoning in depth and overall intelligence. In this context, the number of
parameters refers to the scale of the model, where parameters are the internal numerical values, such as
“weights,” that are adjusted during training to enable the model to recognize patterns and relationships in data.
A larger number of parameters generally allows the model to capture more complex relationships, store greater
amounts of knowledge, and achieve higher levels of reasoning capability. Within two years of its initial model
release, Grok achieved frontier-level performance in scientific reasoning, as measured by its GPQA Diamond
score, an industry benchmark that evaluates AI models on a standardized set of questions written and validated
by experts, on a faster timeline than reported by other leading model providers. This accelerated rate of
innovation stems from our highly vertically integrated stack: full ownership of training infrastructure, access to
the world’s most powerful compute clusters, and relentless focus on truth seeking and real-world utility. A key
competitive differentiator is Grok’s deep integration with X, enabling proprietary access to a real-time
information stream of approximately 350 million daily posts, which enhances freshness, relevance, and
contextual awareness for Grok. This direct, real-time access to the information and human discourse on X
enhances Grok’s truth-seeking capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse
viewpoints. We believe that this combination of compute infrastructure scale and the massive dataset available
to us through X, subject to some limitations for certain content, has allowed us to achieve industry-leading
performance and provide model outputs that analyze real-time information on global events. We expect that our
compute infrastructure and direct access to real-time data via X constitute substantial performance advantages
for Grok that will result in increasingly rapid and dramatic iteration cycles.
•Consumer and Enterprise Applications. We leverage our leading frontier models and compute infrastructure
to deliver consumer and enterprise applications. In under six months, we developed Grok Voice, a real-time
speech engine, including in multilingual performance. Our image and video generation system, Imagine,
produced approximately 10 billion images and over 2 billion videos per month, on average, for the quarter
ending March 31, 2026. Together with Tesla, we are also developing Macrohard, an agentic AI platform
designed to be capable of fully emulating digital workflows and augmenting human operation of computers—
from coding and product development to management and entire business processes—using sophisticated
autonomous agents. We believe Macrohard will have the potential to fundamentally transform how companies
are structured and operate, thereby allowing dramatic increases in human productivity. In addition, we believe
our existing government relationships and track record as large government contractors are a structural
advantage as governments become significant consumers of AI applications.
Our integrated AI platforms across Grok and X had approximately 1.3 billion supported accounts active in the
last twelve months ended March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, including approximately 550 million and
520 million MAUs as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively. Of our MAUs, we had
approximately 117 million and 89 million MAUs that used Grok’s AI features as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively.
We also monetize user activity through high-impact advertising inventory on X. We believe X’s scale, real-time
engagement, and integration with Grok provide a differentiated foundation for building a unified user
experience across communication, content discovery, commerce, and financial services, among others. For
enterprises that advertise on X, we offer large-scale user engagement, real-time content, and advanced AI-
driven performance marketing tools. For enterprises, we offer tailored deployments of Grok customized to
specific workflows and security needs through Grok Business and Grok Enterprise, sold on license-,
consumption-, or outcome-based pricing models.
Collaboration with Tesla
SpaceX and Tesla developed the early foundation of a strong and constructive partnership through a series of limited
but successful commercial engagements. Our relationship with Tesla evolved meaningfully following Tesla’s
146
January 2026 commitment to invest in xAI—an investment that, upon SpaceX’s acquisition of xAI, was converted
into an equity interest in SpaceX. Tesla and xAI continue to build upon their longstanding collaborative relationship
by evaluating future strategic opportunities between the companies.
One expected area of collaboration is an AI project called Macrohard. We expect Macrohard to benefit from running
on both state-of-the-art processors and cost efficient, next-generation Tesla processors, a critical advantage of our
vertical integration.
Another expected area of collaboration is Terafab, an announced AI chip manufacturing initiative designed to
vertically integrate the design, fabrication, and deployment of advanced logic and memory chips. We believe this
initiative will alleviate potential future chip shortages at SpaceX and optimize compute performance.  We expect
Terafab to be the world’s largest chip manufacturing facility. Our strategy for Terafab is to vertically integrate
across the design of lithography masks, fabrication of logic and memory chips, and design of advanced packaging in
a single closed-loop plant. Conducting all these activities end-to-end in a single facility enables rapid testing and
iterations, allowing us to improve chip design and scale manufacturing faster. We expect that our speed and cost
advantage from vertical integration will allow us to scale efficiently in AI chip manufacturing towards our long-term
goal of producing one terawatt of compute each year. We are partnering to build Terafab in order to support growth
in two kinds of chips—one type optimized for terrestrial edge and inference to be used primarily in Tesla’s Optimus
robots and vehicles, and another type optimized for the space environment to be used in our orbital compute
infrastructure. While Terafab is intended to expand our internal chip manufacturing capabilities, we expect to
continue sourcing a significant portion of our compute hardware from third-party suppliers. We view Terafab as
complementary to these relationships, enabling us to augment our access to compute hardware at massive scale and
further complete our highly vertically integrated compute platform by extending our control to the foundational chip
layer. We believe that the key constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical—chip manufacturing, data
center infrastructure, and power generation; the future of AI will be determined by the control of the physical stack.
We believe that we are better positioned than other AI companies given our unique control over the full physical
stack. We plan to explore other areas of strategic collaboration with Tesla in the future.
Collaboration with Cursor
On April 19, 2026, we entered into a compute agreement with Cursor. Cursor develops and operates an AI-native
integrated development environment that enables professional software developers and engineering teams to write,
edit, review, and refactor code using LLM-powered agents and workflows integrated via its proprietary model
harness. In 2025, Cursor launched Composer, its own LLM trained for software development. It recently released
Composer 2, which offers improvements in coding performance at lower cost. We believe the compute agreement
and any acquisition of Cursor (described below), if completed, will extend our strategy to vertically integrate
compute infrastructure, models, and applications, can help accelerate our development of AI-native software tools,
and combined with our significant compute capacity, will help strengthen our position in AI-assisted developer
productivity. We expect to accelerate the development of our existing AI models, including Grok, through our
collaboration with Cursor.
Under the compute agreement, we will provide Cursor with certain GPU cluster compute capacity for use in
connection with specified development, training, improvement and other activities related to AI models and other
technology and intellectual property. In exchange, Cursor will contribute certain personnel, data and datasets,
documentation, technical know-how, workflows, prompts, specifications and software code. We will collaborate
with Cursor to improve our existing models, including Grok, and potentially to jointly develop AI models and
related model-specific deliverables. Each party retains ownership of its pre-existing and independently developed
intellectual property (including, in the case of SpaceX, Grok) and related improvements and derivatives, including
where they are utilized in connection with joint development activities. Any jointly developed models will be jointly
owned, and each party will have a broad right to use, reproduce, modify, distribute, license, commercialize and
otherwise exploit them without an obligation to account to the other party.
We also entered into an option agreement pursuant to which we have the right, but not the obligation, to acquire
Cursor. The option agreement generally provides that we may exercise the call option at any time during the 30-day
period following the earlier of (i) seven trading days following the completion of this offering and (ii) September 30,
147
2026. Exercise of the call option is in our sole discretion and subject to further approval by our board of directors.
Cursor is also subject to certain exclusivity obligations under the option agreement.
If we exercise the call option, we would simultaneously execute a merger agreement with Cursor, pursuant to which,
following satisfaction of the closing conditions set forth in the merger agreement, including receipt of requisite
regulatory approvals, Cursor would become our subsidiary, and, as a result, we would acquire all of Cursor’s cash,
intellectual property, personnel, customer contracts and other assets. As of January 31, 2026 (Cursor’s fiscal year-
end), Cursor had $3.1 billion of total assets, primarily comprising $2.7 billion of cash and cash equivalents, and
$0.55 billion of total liabilities. The purchase price would primarily be allocated to goodwill on our balance sheet.
Cursor has historically earned some revenue by providing services to customers and, if we acquired Cursor, we may
provide these or similar services to customers after the acquisition although at revenue levels that may vary
significantly from historical performance. If we exercise the call option to acquire Cursor, we would expect to retain
certain Cursor talent by committing to provide continuing employees with competitive compensation and retention-
focused incentives designed to support the long-term value of SpaceX.
The consideration for the acquisition of Cursor, if any, after the closing of this offering would consist of shares of
our Class A common stock based on an implied equity value of Cursor of $60.0 billion, and the price of our Class A
common stock that equals the volume-weighted average closing price thereof over the seven consecutive trading
days immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition. If either (i) we decide to terminate the option agreement
or (ii) Cursor is eligible to and decides to terminate due to our material breach of the option agreement (subject to
notice and cure provisions), Cursor is entitled to a $1.5 billion termination fee under the option agreement and an
$8.5 billion deferred services fee under the compute agreement. These fees are payable in cash (or Class A common
stock, if this offering has not been consummated at the time the fees become payable).
Any shares of our Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the merger agreement would be issued in reliance
upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereof. As
a result, any such shares of Class A common stock would be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined
under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Such shares of Class A common stock would be eligible for resale only if
registered under the Securities Act or if such resales qualify for an exemption from registration.
We have conducted preliminary due diligence on Cursor’s business, technology and operations, and expect to
continue such diligence in connection with any decision to exercise the call option. We cannot predict whether we
will elect to exercise the call option or, if exercised, whether the acquisition will close on the anticipated terms, or at
all.
Compute Services Agreements with Third Parties
We believe our compute infrastructure and related strategy provides us with substantial flexibility in how we
allocate and monetize capacity. We have the ability to use compute resources to support our proprietary AI
applications (such as Grok-5, which is currently being trained at COLOSSUS II), while also providing access to
select compute capacity to third-party customers. For example, in May 2026, we entered into Cloud Services
Agreements with Anthropic, an AI research and development public benefit corporation, with respect to access to
compute capacity across COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II. Compute capacity provided includes approximately
325,000 NVIDIA GPUs, backed by hyperscale-class CPUs, exabyte-scale storage and high-speed networking and
interconnects purpose-built for AI workloads. Pursuant to these agreements, the customer has agreed to pay us $1.25
billion per month through May 2029, with capacity ramping in May and June 2026 at a reduced fee. After the initial
three-month period, the agreements may be terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice. The customer will
retain ownership and intellectual property rights in its content, AI models, and related data. This structure allows us
to monetize a portion of the compute capacity in our infrastructure, while still permitting reallocation of that
capacity for our own internal initiatives if needed in the future. We have sufficient capacity to provide compute for
our own AI models, including support of our training and inference demands, and to satisfy the obligations under
these agreements. We expect to enter into additional similar services contracts for compute capacity with third
parties. To the extent we become compute constrained due internal and external utilization, we would need to
expand our compute infrastructure. We believe this opportunity highlights the increasing importance of large-scale,
frontier-level AI infrastructure and positions us as a differentiated provider of high-performance compute capacity to
148
both internal and third-party AI workloads. We believe our dual monetization strategy provides multiple pathways to
generate returns on invested capital.
Our Repeatable Business Model
Our business model is built on a repeatable, engineering-driven framework that combines our unparalleled launch
capabilities, extreme vertical integration, rapid iteration, and disciplined capital investment to create durable, large-
scale businesses. We execute this framework through the following core principles:
1.Leverage our unparalleled launch capabilities to enable massive scale. Our rockets—with unmatched
launch cadence, best-in-class reliability, and dramatically reduced cost-to-orbit—are the foundation that we
expect will enable us to create economic opportunities in space and deliver a diversified portfolio of services.
Our launch capabilities enable large-scale deployment of assets that would not otherwise be economically
viable.
2.Identify and create new trillion-dollar market opportunities. We focus on market opportunities that are
useful for humanity and that present trillion-dollar opportunities, including global broadband and mobile
connectivity for consumers, enterprises, and governments; and AI applications and computational infrastructure.
We prioritize opportunities where structural inefficiencies or legacy technological limitations have constrained
supply.
3.Design a solution with world-class engineering and first-principles thinking. We apply physics-based
engineering and first-principles thinking to design products and systems from the ground up—boiling things
down to the most fundamental truths and reasoning up from there. This helps us drive massive, step-function
improvements in performance, scalability, and cost.
4.Apply “The Algorithm” (make less dumb, delete, optimize, accelerate, automate). We operate under a set
of core execution principles that we refer to as “The Algorithm,” a five-step iterative process that we use as our
guiding principles day-to-day. We make the requirements less dumb, delete unnecessary processes or parts
(embracing the principle that the best part is no part), only then optimize the necessary processes or parts, and
then accelerate cycle time (many entities have launched once; no one other than us has ever launched over 100
times per year), and automate only proven processes after the first four steps are completed. We apply the
Algorithm across every aspect of our organization, creating a cultural and operational standard of excellence
that has defined SpaceX since inception.
5.Vertically integrate all the way to the end customer. We design and manufacture a significant portion of our
components in-house, including engines, avionics, structures, and software, even producing the “tools that make
the tools,” enabling us to test, fail, and iterate rapidly. We can then release newer, more advanced hardware with
speed and cost efficiency.
6.Continuously drive cost down and throughput up. Through rocket reusability, manufacturing at scale,
advanced automation, and rigorous operational discipline, we continuously reduce unit costs while increasing
launch cadence, satellite network, and AI hosting capacity.
7.Generate significant cash flow and reinvest in the future. As our businesses scale, they generate significant
cash flow, which we reinvest into nascent market opportunities—driving a self-reinforcing cycle of constant
innovation and potentially creating significant additional value.
Starship is a powerful example of this business model in action. Upon achieving a fully and rapidly reusable design,
we believe Starship will support a step-function increase in launch capacity and be capable of landing massive
amounts of cargo on the Moon. Once there, we believe it will be possible to establish a permanent presence for
scientific and manufacturing pursuits. For example, we believe that factories on the Moon could take advantage of
lunar resources to manufacture millions of AI compute satellites and deploy them farther into space. Additionally,
we are collaborating with NASA under the Artemis program to land humans on the Moon, with the goal of using
Starship for transportation, which will be the first such mission since 1972.
149
We will continue leveraging our expanding launch capabilities, combined with our engineering and manufacturing
expertise, to create and scale new markets in space for the benefit of humanity—on Earth, the Moon, Mars, and
beyond.
Our Engineering-First Culture
We are able to achieve transformative technological breakthroughs because we accept only the laws of physics as
the limiting factors to our work and mission. Our core approach is deeply rooted in first-principles thinking, which
rejects any preconceived notions or experience-based norms. Our unparalleled track record demonstrates our
capacity to execute space missions and achieve technological breakthroughs with speed and precision that others
have not achieved. We have a track record of achieving what many have deemed impossible. Some of our industry-
defining achievements and historic milestones include:
•The first private company to develop and launch a liquid-fuel rocket to reach orbit (2008);
•The first private company to successfully dock a private spacecraft with the International Space Station (2012);
•The first to successfully propulsively land (2015) and refly orbital-class rocket boosters (2017);
•The first to begin deploying a large-scale LEO broadband satellite constellation (2019);
•The first private company to transport astronauts to orbit, returning America’s ability to fly astronauts to and
from the International Space Station (2020);
•The first to manufacture consumer-grade phased-array user terminals at scale (2022);
•The first to deploy a large-scale LEO satellite-to-mobile constellation (2025);
•The first to build a gigawatt-scale AI training cluster and largest coherent supercomputer (2026);
•The first gigawatt-scale Megapack battery installation (2026); and
•The only company capable of building orbital AI compute at scale.
Our organizational philosophy fosters an engineering- and data-led culture that embraces failure as an essential
learning opportunity and is maniacally focused on efficiency and speed. This culture allows us to deliberately move
quickly to test new hardware, knowing that early failures provide more valuable data than protracted analysis. We
view our factories as the machines that build the machines and maintain a relentless focus on our ability to move,
fail, and fix fast.
Our AI Compute Infrastructure Advantage and Growth Strategy
We believe AI leadership will be defined by the ability to rapidly scale compute capacity to support exponential
usage growth and frontier intelligence. There is a meaningful compounding benefit of greater usage, creating more
data for training, driving improvements in model performance, and in turn leading to greater usage. We believe that
our highly vertically integrated, shovels-to-tokens approach allows us to train and iterate our frontier models at
lower cost and higher velocity, accelerating development cycles, eliminating external bottlenecks, and driving rapid,
continuous improvements in model performance. This dynamic reinforces the criticality of scale and cost efficiency
in compute infrastructure as the primary differentiator in the AI landscape. In addition, our leadership in compute
infrastructure positions us to monetize not only AI software applications built on our models, but also the underlying
compute that powers them. As we continue to scale our terrestrial and orbital compute infrastructure to support
internal model development, training, and inference workloads, we intend to sell our high-performance compute
capacity to a limited number of third party customers.
Why Compute Matters. The training and inference demanded by advanced AI models require substantial
computational resources. Greater compute capacity enables more intelligence by training new generations of models
with increasing frequency and creating more capable models, ability to support inference, or usage, across a large
and growing user base, and extraction of the highest performance from those models. As the AI user base expands,
150
we also expect compute demand per user to increase significantly. Reasoning models introduced in 2024
demonstrated that allocating more computational resources during inference directly leads to higher-quality
intelligence. AI agents popularized in 2026 demonstrated that allocating more computational resources enabled
multi-step task execution, meaningfully increasing compute demand per human user interaction. In addition,
compute infrastructure with end-to-end, cluster-level coherence through tight integration across software and
hardware systems enables more efficient, stable, and higher-fidelity training and inference at scale—ultimately
enhancing model intelligence and performance. Within inference, we expect computationally-intensive reasoning,
agentic, and multi-modal workloads will continue to grow as a portion of overall usage. We therefore expect
demand for compute will continue to increase across consumer, enterprise, and government applications as AI
adoption accelerates. For example, U.S. compute demand has already outpaced available power supply with
estimated demand of 62 gigawatts in 2025 exceeding the power generation of 49 gigawatts, according to industry
sources. We expect the gap between demand for compute and power supply to continue to widen meaningfully as AI
compute needs proliferate.  Furthermore, we believe that third-party estimates on data center demand are constrained
by the practical supply limitations that exist in a terrestrial context and the power shortage may be far greater than
what research estimates suggest. We believe operators with superior model-to-compute integration—the ability to
efficiently support and allocate compute across both training and inference workloads—are best positioned to win
the AI race.
Self-Reinforcing Network Effects Among Lower Cost Per Token, Model Quality, and User Adoption. AI systems
are ultimately constrained or differentiated by the cost, speed, and scale at which they can generate and process
tokens. A “token” represents the fundamental unit of data consumed and produced by modern AI models, for
example corresponding to words, images, audio, or other modalities. It serves as the atomic unit through which
models read, reason, and generate output. As such, tokens are the primary basis for measuring both the cost of
training and cost of inference, making them a foundational economic metric in the AI space. Companies that can
structurally reduce energy, compute, networking, and deployment costs per token will be positioned to train faster,
iterate more rapidly, and ultimately manufacture greater intelligence, scale models more rapidly, and deliver
increasingly powerful and accessible AI solutions. This creates a self-reinforcing advantage in which lower token
costs drive greater model quality and user adoption, reinforcing AI leadership. This is because lower cost per token
enables more frequent model training, larger and more sophisticated models, longer chains of processing for
reasoning and agentic workloads, and significantly higher inference volumes at economically viable prices. This
dynamic directly impacts model quality, responsiveness, and accessibility, while also determining the ability to
serve the rising global demand across consumer, enterprise, and mission-critical AI applications. As AI systems
scale toward increasingly complex reasoning tasks and higher usage intensity, improvement in cost per token
enables meaningful advantages in performance quality, scaled distribution, and monetization. This is particularly
true as the industry converges towards recursive self-improving learning that minimizes human intervention, which
is highly token consumptive.
Cost of Compute is the Main Driver of Cost Per Token. The cost of compute is the primary driver of cost per token
across both training and inference workloads. Each token processed by an AI model requires a quantifiable amount
of computational effort. The total cost per token is determined by the efficiency, availability, and unit economics of
the underlying compute resources. According to SemiAnalysis, for most AI companies without a build cost
advantage, their total capital cost of building compute infrastructure derives approximately 30% from data center
construction costs (including, but not limited to, the shell; mechanical, electrical, and plumbing (“MEP”); and grid
interconnection) and approximately 70% from the cost of procuring processors and critical IT equipment. Ongoing
operational costs of utilizing this compute infrastructure include the cost of power to run the processors, cost of
maintaining those processors, and cost of delivering inference workloads to the end user. Improvement in the cost of
building and operating this compute infrastructure—whether through lower data center construction cost, lower
power infrastructure cost, shorter time to grid interconnection, or higher cluster-level throughput—translates directly
into lower cost per token. Accordingly, for a given level of intelligence, we expect the long-term economics of AI
companies to be driven by the ability to consistently deliver bleeding-edge compute at the lowest possible cost per
token. Put simply, we view cost per token as a function of three primary inputs—the underlying AI model, the
compute hardware, and energy, and we expect to have a competitive advantage in the latter two cost components.
We believe we have a pathway over time that will significantly reduce compute hardware costs through continued
vertical integration and development of proprietary chips, building on our experience designing custom silicon for
151
our Starlink satellites. We also expect that the marginal cost of energy for our AI compute satellites will be minimal
because our satellites are powered by solar arrays in space. By driving the energy component to minimal levels and
pursuing improvements in compute hardware cost, we believe we can achieve a meaningfully lower overall cost per
token in the future.
We Have a Dual Speed and Cost Advantage in Terrestrial AI Compute. We have established a leading position in
building and scaling terrestrial AI compute infrastructure, becoming the first company to deploy a coherent
gigawatt-scale AI training cluster. We own and operate what we believe to be the largest AI training data center
clusters on Earth. Our AI compute facilities, COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II, collectively provide approximately
1.0 gigawatt of compute power, with additional power capacity available for data center operations. Our first-
principles thinking enables us to build coherent compute at scale and at rapid speed with lower costs than most other
companies in the industry. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS online in 122 days, repurposing the shell of
an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative
comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two
years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center construction costs
for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis. We are able to
deploy power and compute significantly faster than other AI companies through first-principles thinking, behind-
the-meter power generation, coupled with what we believe is the world’s largest network of sustainable battery
storage systems, and innovations in advanced liquid cooling, high-density rack layouts, and efficient networking.
Our first-principles thinking and innovations in advanced liquid cooling, high-density rack layouts, and efficient
networking enable rapid, cost-effective scaling with the latest processors—keeping us ahead of competitors
deploying traditional methods. Faster deployments reinforce our cost advantage: we are able to access and bring
online the highest performing hardware before our competitors, allowing us to sustain a token cost advantage. For
example, we believe COLOSSUS II became one of the world’s first data centers to deploy GB200s and GB300s at
significant scale and is currently powering training for our next frontier models, including Grok-5. We have already
proven in multiple large-scale terrestrial data centers that we have built not only faster than competitors in the
industry, but also at a lower cost.
We have a Unique Right to Win in Orbital AI. The Sun contains approximately 99.8% of the solar system’s energy
and offers what we believe is the only truly scalable solution to terrestrial energy constraints, as we expect the cost
and availability of terrestrial energy sources over time will necessitate a transition to orbital AI solutions. The logical
path forward is to move power-intensive AI workloads into orbit, where solar energy is near-constant and
uninterrupted. With such accessibility to energy, we believe that our launch business will enable us to consistently
activate the highest performing hardware before our competitors without such access, shrinking the timeline to
useful tokens on bleeding-edge hardware and sustaining our token cost advantage. Manufacturing next-generation
satellites and launching them into space in very large numbers is a core component of our plans. We believe we are
the only company with a commercially viable path to building orbital AI compute at scale. This is underpinned by
our unique ability to launch substantial mass into orbit cost-efficiently through reusable rockets and to manufacture
secure, reliable, and high-performance satellites at low cost and high volume.
•Terrestrial compute leadership. We believe the same cost and build advantages that have underpinned our
leadership in gigawatt-scale terrestrial data centers will enable us to innovate across other terrestrial data center
formats such as modular data centers for inference. We believe our modular terrestrial data center architectures
will provide a foundation for the deployment of compute infrastructure in orbit given similarities in form factor
in contrast to a gigawatt-scale campus.
•Satellites. Just as we expect our expertise in terrestrial data centers will enable us to package AI compute into
modular, satellite form factors, we expect our leadership in satellite communications to allow us to interconnect
our fleet of AI compute satellites into a massive, coherent constellation of compute. For example, as of March
31, 2026, our constellation already incorporated over 23,000 inter-satellite lasers that create a dynamic mesh
network in space, enabling traffic to route through orbit rather than relying solely on terrestrial backhaul
infrastructure. We are designing next-generation, high-performance AI compute satellites built for high volume,
low cost, and with the reliability required for long-duration operation in space.
152
•Starship. We expect each of our Starship V3 vehicles to carry 100 metric tons to Earth’s orbit in a reusable
configuration, and future generations could reach 200 metric tons in capacity, potentially as soon as Starship
V4. Future generations of Starship are being designed to eventually deliver millions of tons to orbit and beyond
per year. Delivering large amounts of mass to orbit at low cost will be critical to deploying AI compute satellites
at scale.
We Believe Orbital AI Can Accelerate Time to Power and Reduce Token Costs. The Sun contains approximately
99.8% of the solar system’s energy and offers what we believe is the only truly scalable solution to the challenge of
accelerating demand for compute relative to terrestrial energy constraints. The logical path forward is to move
power-intensive AI workloads into orbit, where solar energy is near-constant and uninterrupted. With such
accessibility to energy, we believe that our launch business will enable us to consistently activate the highest
performing hardware before our competitors without such access. We believe SpaceX is uniquely positioned to
deploy and operate data centers in orbit that can eventually achieve a lower cost than terrestrial data centers over
time due to our extreme vertically integrated approach across launch, satellite manufacturing at scale, network
connectivity and terrestrial data center expertise.
•Time to useful tokens on new generations of infrastructure. Although we have already demonstrated an
ability to rapidly scale new generations of compute in terrestrial deployments, we believe orbital AI will
accelerate our time to useful tokens on bleeding-edge AI infrastructure. Physical deployment of new hardware
is expected to be enabled by our launch business, where we believe reusability and launch cost efficiency will
drive rapid cycles of payload delivery. Rapid time to useful tokens on that hardware will be enabled by the
Sun’s near-constant, uninterrupted supply of power, which would circumvent terrestrial power infrastructure
constraints such as power procurement, grid interconnections, and permitting. As new generations of AI
infrastructure continue to deliver step-function improvements in token efficiency, we believe that maintaining
an AI fleet consistently at the bleeding edge of the frontier curve has the potential to deliver a sustainable cost
per token advantage relative to our competitors.
•Construction, power, and cooling infrastructure. In orbit, construction costs are replaced by launch costs and
satellite production costs. We expect reusable launch systems and high flight cadence will significantly reduce
the cost per kilogram to orbit, enabling more efficient deployment of compute payloads to orbit, and eventually
approach the cost of fuel. We believe our advanced satellite manufacturing capabilities enable us to build AI
compute satellites at scale and lower cost than competitors. Other terrestrial data center construction costs such
as building the shell, MEP, and grid interconnection are not applicable in space. As a result, once Starship and
our AI compute satellites are fully deployed at scale, we believe that the initial deployment costs of in-orbit
compute in the aggregate will be less than construction costs of others’ terrestrial data centers.
•Cost to procure and service processors. The cost of processors is a significant cost for both terrestrial and
orbital data centers. We do not believe that moving compute to space in and of itself will have a meaningful
impact on the cost of procuring processors. However, we believe that diversifying our long-term access to the
supply of processors, including through our Terafab initiative with Tesla and Intel, will be a key driver in
reducing the overall cost of compute hardware over time. By combining internally manufactured, lower cost
chips with those we source from third-party suppliers, we expect the overall cost of our processors to decline. In
addition to reducing costs, we also expect that this hybrid sourcing strategy will help alleviate potential future
chip shortages at SpaceX. In addition, we intend to conduct intensive pre-deployment testing to reduce the rate
of chip failure in space, as we do not anticipate servicing or repairing processors in space.
•Ongoing operations. The total cost of operating data centers is heavily influenced by energy, cooling, and
distribution requirements. In orbit, chips are expected to be powered by solar energy which is low cost and
unlimited, and we expect to leverage radiative cooling architectures, which incur no operating costs compared
to liquid or air cooling. Our integrated, space-based Starlink network architecture also enables more cost
efficient routing of data between compute clusters and to end users on a global basis.
We Believe We Are Well-Positioned to Deliver Orbital AI Compute. We believe orbital AI compute is an incredibly
difficult technical challenge that only we can solve at scale in the near term. We are the only company that has
already accomplished the key technical challenges associated with evolving connectivity satellites into AI compute
153
satellites. In our view, due to our proven experience, we are well-positioned to deliver a full-scale AI compute
satellite constellation. Significant work remains, but we are confident in our singular leadership position.
•We have unmatched satellite launch capabilities to enable deployment at scale. Our ability to launch mass
at scale and low cost is our foundational competitive advantage. Deployment of 100 gigawatts per year via
satellites carrying over 100 kilowatts of compute power per metric ton will require thousands of launches per
year and the transport of approximately one million metric tons to orbit annually. The fully reusable nature of
Starship positions us to be capable of launching this level of mass. We plan to leverage our PEZ dispenser
system, an integrated payload deployment system for Starship, along with our experience in developing fully
deployable single-unit systems that are designed to substantially reduce the risks associated with in-orbit
assembly. Starlink Broadband V1 and V2 Mini satellites have already demonstrated launch survivability and
high reliability under vibration, shock, g-loads, acoustic stress, and vacuum exposure, achieving 99.9% average
uptime. Although introducing AI processors would traditionally increase component-level failure rates, we plan
to subject compute hardware to extensive pre-deployment testing on Earth to identify early life failures before
launch.
•We have already solved many of the significant technical hurdles to evolving connectivity satellites into
AI compute satellites. Through our leading expertise in connectivity satellites and Starlink’s existing technical
and operational capabilities—including constellation-scale satellite management, autonomous operations, over-
the-air software updates, inter-satellite laser communications, mesh network deployment, radiation-hardened
system design, proprietary chip development, and the ability to operate computers reliably in the space
environment—we have already solved the hardest part in the development of AI compute satellites. AI compute
satellites represent an evolution of spacecraft engineering already demonstrated at scale through Starlink’s
connectivity satellites, and we believe development of AI compute satellites will be easier for us than for
anyone else. AI compute satellites must integrate high-density compute payloads developed with radiation-
tolerant designs and components with high electrical power generation, advanced thermal management, and
inter satellite networking. To source the electricity needed to power our AI processors, we aim to continuously
scale our existing space-grade solar technologies through insourced process development and build a
constellation in dawn-dusk Sun-synchronous orbit that delivers near-constant solar exposure. We expect solar
cells optimized for the space environment will be produced at a rapid rate, with early satellites generating 100
kilowatts of compute power and scaling from there. In orbit, thermal control must be accomplished through
radiation rather than convection and conduction. We plan to advance thermal control systems—many of which
have been proven on Starlink—by using radiators, vapor chambers, active cooling loops, and coatings to
dissipate the heat generated by AI hardware in space’s vacuum. We will also utilize inter-satellite lasers
pioneered by Starlink for mesh networking at scale, creating coherent computing clusters across free space
instead of wired connections used in terrestrial data centers. Our existing Starlink constellation, with over
23,000 inter-satellite lasers, will be a crucial enabler of orbital AI compute, as its global network allows data
from our AI compute satellites in Sun-synchronous orbit to reach ground stations anywhere on Earth. The
SpaceX AI compute satellites will be designed for high rate, automated production to enable the scale of
satellites needed for the large amounts of compute planned in space.
There are material differences between connectivity satellites and AI compute satellites. Connectivity satellites
are primarily designed for communications, with substantial onboard equipment dedicated to phased-array
antennas, radio systems, and data transmission. In contrast, AI compute satellites are optimized for high-
performance computing. Key differences include significantly larger solar arrays to support higher power
requirements, substantially larger radiators for thermal management, different electronics centered on AI
accelerators rather than communications processors, and the removal of much of the communications hardware.
Our V3 satellite platform already incorporates proprietary chips, providing a strong foundation for the ability to
operate AI-focused electronics in space, and we expect to begin deploying our orbital AI compute satellites as
early as 2028.
The primary remaining challenge is one of scale. For example, a deployment rate of approximately 10 gigawatts
per year would require a materially lower manufacturing and launch cadence, which we believe would still
enable a commercially attractive AI compute business with strong economic returns. While our long-term vision
includes the ambition of deploying up to 100 gigawatts of power to orbit annually, which would require the
154
deployment of thousands of launches per year, assuming 100 kilowatts of compute power per metric ton and
Starship capacity to orbit of 100 metric tons, we believe we can be economically successful at significantly
more modest volumes.
Our 100 gigawatt annual power deployment goal is based on reasoned engineering analyses and design
parameters developed through our ongoing design and development work on next-generation AI compute
satellites. These analyses are based on currently available space-grade solar technology and do not require
fundamental technological advances beyond existing capabilities. Specifically, we expect these satellites to
leverage our already-designed V3 satellite platform. The core V3 satellite design is complete, and the AI
compute satellites are expected to generate substantially more power than V3 satellites. This performance is
expected to be achieved primarily through the use of significantly larger solar arrays. These satellites are
targeted to generate approximately 100 kW of compute power per ton, which initially will require
approximately five times the solar array output compared to V3 satellite designs.
We currently do not anticipate material supply constraints for space-based solar panels, as global production
capacity, including through our vertical integration efforts, is believed to be sufficient to meet its requirements.
We are actively developing the manufacturing, launch cadence, and operational capabilities that we believe
would be needed to support such launch rates.
The precise solar collection area, total system mass per satellite, and on-orbit assembly requirements associated
with this goal continue to be refined as part of our ongoing engineering efforts. In general, the approach
contemplates larger deployable solar arrays on each satellite, with no significant on-orbit assembly currently
anticipated.
•We will use our proven Starlink in-orbit technology to optimize our orbital AI compute. In order to
operate orbital AI compute satellites, we plan to build on our vast experience of operating approximately 9,600
Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in Low-Earth Orbit. In 2025 alone, Starlink satellites proactively
performed over 1,000 automated collision avoidance maneuvers per day guided by this technology to safely and
efficiently operate the constellation. This operating model gives us control over workload placement across
Earth and space while maintaining resilience through redundancy and fail safe systems. To ensure optimized
thermal management and power generation, we will design each satellite’s solar arrays to face the sun for
constant power while its housing radiator panels face cold deep space for radiative cooling. A high degree of
controllability will allow the satellite to be optimized for brightness mitigation, disposal, and other modes of
operation. As more advanced AI hardware becomes available, we plan to manage the lifecycle of deployed
systems by shifting older hardware to lower intensity workloads as performance characteristics evolve, and
retiring systems that are no longer needed through controlled end of life disposition, including transition to
graveyard orbits where appropriate. These retirements may occur sooner than our estimates for the useful lives
of our satellites, which estimates are based on engineering studies, historical on-orbit performance, propellant
life, utilization patterns, design enhancements across generations, and planned transitions to newer satellite
technology. Space based compute also introduces orbital debris risk, which we already manage at constellation
scale through our autonomous collision avoidance system across Starlink. To date, we have not experienced any
failures of our autonomous collision avoidance system that have resulted in satellite loss.
•We can manufacture our AI compute constellations at scale with rapid upgrade cycles. We have built one
of the largest satellite manufacturing operations in the world with standardized bus architectures, rapid iteration
cycles, and automotive-style production lines, enabling us to evolve bus architecture and subsystem design with
limited reliance on third-party suppliers. Our highly vertically integrated approach will be key to our mass-
scaling efforts and should allow us to deploy the latest AI processors. Our ability to quickly develop and deploy
new generations of AI compute to orbit will be a key advantage in maintaining frontier performance of the
constellation. We believe SpaceX will be the first and only company to manufacture satellites at the scale of
automotive manufacturing.
•We are building chip manufacturing capabilities to scale our access to AI compute hardware. We
announced a collaboration with Tesla in March 2026 to build the Terafab initiative with a long-term goal of
producing one terawatt of compute hardware each year. Intel joined the project in April 2026 and is expected to
155
contribute its expertise in designing, fabricating, and packaging ultra-high-performance chips to help Terafab
scale. In connection with such collaboration, we have agreed with Tesla on a general framework for the future
development of Terafab. Any specific projects undertaken pursuant to this framework will be subject to separate
negotiations and agreements (including any development timelines, milestones and capital expenditures) and
have not yet been determined. Our strategy for Terafab is to vertically integrate across design of lithography
masks, fabrication of logic and memory chips, design of advanced packaging and rapidly test and iterate in
order to improve chip design and performance. With this internal manufacturing capability, we plan to alleviate
potential future chip shortages at SpaceX, especially as we develop orbital AI at scale, and design chips that are
optimized for the space environment. We expect that our speed and cost advantage from vertical integration will
allow us to scale efficiently in AI chip manufacturing.
•We can leverage our terrestrial experience to build and operate compute clusters and AI workloads at
scale. We believe our experience operating compute infrastructure on Earth provides the technical and
operational foundation to extend these capabilities into orbit. For example, manufacturing and silicon defects in
AI processors can cause failures early in life. We plan to subject compute hardware to extensive pre-deployment
testing on Earth to identify early life failures before launch to reduce in-orbit disruption. Over time, we plan to
design AI compute processors optimized for the space environment. Our operating experience will be critical in
informing our orbital data center designs for highly reliable operations even with potential chip failures. This
capability is further supported by our flexible allocation of AI workloads across compute clusters, enabling us to
utilize orbital data centers for workloads without hardware reconfigurations or maintenance. For compute
hardware that does fail, we plan to leverage existing Starlink fleet management software to reallocate traffic to
other satellites and prevent cluster-level downtime. We further believe that our strong relationships with chip
makers enhance our ability to build a well-functioning, integrated AI compute system in space.
We Believe Our Infrastructure is a Distinct Advantage in Delivering Superior AI. We believe that the key
constraints in the continued growth of AI are physical – chip manufacturing, data center infrastructure, and power
generation; the future of AI will be determined by the control of the physical stack. We believe no other AI company
has better control over the full physical stack than SpaceX. We expect the combination of competitive cost per
token, our ability to deploy and operate data centers in orbit, and our strength in connectivity to result in more
scalable intelligence that is accessible globally at high speeds by way of the following structural advantages:
•Time to power. If we are able to deploy our AI compute satellite constellation, we believe it will enable
compute capacity to be deployed and expanded efficiently as capacity requirements grow. This approach will
also allow us to deploy new generations of compute hardware in quicker succession relative to terrestrial
approaches where data centers cannot be easily retrofitted for new compute hardware. Due to terrestrial
retrofitting limitations, adding terrestrial capacity typically demands building large, new data centers designed
for specific generations of compute hardware. This approach is usually burdened with long lead times for
activities such as power procurement, utility grid interconnections, and permitting before new computing
hardware can generate useful tokens. We believe our orbital, modular approach will allow us to circumvent
terrestrial power infrastructure constraints.
•Highly scalable compute capacity. Unlike terrestrial facilities constrained by physical footprint and
availability of power in a given location, orbital data centers leverage a decentralized mesh architecture. This
permits the aggregation of massive compute clusters interconnected over long distances by inter-satellite lasers
pioneered by Starlink. Space offers effectively unlimited power and vast expanse to sustain uninterrupted
operations as capacity grows. We believe this abundance of power and physical area will allow us to scale our
connected compute capacity faster and far beyond levels that are terrestrially viable.
•Low latency. Our satellite constellation provides a direct, orbital data path that circumvents the bottlenecks of
terrestrial communications networks. This architecture is particularly suitable to support high-speed
connectivity for latency-sensitive workloads, which we believe are increasingly valued in certain consumer- and
enterprise-facing applications.
•Global distribution. Because of the global coverage of our satellite constellation, not only can we deliver high-
speed, ultra-low latency AI solutions, we can do so anywhere in the world. We believe our increasingly global
156
network of Starlink satellites will enable us to deliver frontier intelligence, at high speed and reliability, to
communities and economies around the world.
Design and manufacture our own chips. Terafab aims to be the world’s largest chip manufacturing facility, with
the goal of achieving one terawatt of annual compute production capacity. While Terafab is intended to expand our
internal chip manufacturing capabilities, we expect to continue sourcing a significant portion of our compute
hardware from third-party suppliers. We view Terafab as complementary to these relationships, enabling us to
augment our access to compute hardware at massive scale and further complete our highly vertically integrated
compute platform by extending our control to the foundational chip layer. By developing end-to-end capabilities
spanning the design of lithography masks, fabrication of logic and memory chips, and advanced packaging, all in a
vertically integrated closed-loop single plant, we will be able to more rapidly iterate to improve chip design and
performance. We plan to design chips that are optimized for the space environment. This collaboration directly
enables our planned orders-of-magnitude increases in AI compute deployment in orbit which would be constrained
by pure reliance on external foundries. Leveraging shared engineering resources, intellectual property, and
infrastructure across Tesla and SpaceX, as well as Intel’s proposed contribution of its expertise in designing,
fabricating and packaging ultra-high-performance chips at scale, Terafab creates powerful ecosystem synergies that
accelerate innovation cycles and reduce costs. Just as we manufacture approximately 80% of Starship in-house,
enabling it to be the world’s most powerful and, eventually, the most cost-effective launch vehicle through full and
rapid reusability, we expect significant speed and cost advantages from Terafab’s vertical integration. We believe
this will provide us with a critical competitive advantage in the race to scale AI infrastructure, especially as we begin
our orbital AI compute satellite deployments.
Industry Overview
We are focused on three rapidly evolving industries: space, connectivity, and AI. Technological advancements and
breakthrough innovation are enabling what we believe is the next great economic frontier, as progress across space
launch, global communications, frontier models, AI compute, robotics, and automation reshape what is possible on
and off Earth. There are several key trends driving the growth and evolution of these industries in which we operate:
•Reusable launch and industrialized space operations are materially reducing the cost of access to orbit,
increasing mass carried per launch, and enabling high-cadence deployment of space-based infrastructure;
•High‑volume satellite manufacturing, combined with rapid constellation refresh cycles, is expanding the ability
for ubiquitous connectivity across unconnected, underconnected, and mobile “dead zone” areas; and
•AI, automation, and robotics are accelerating engineering iteration cycles, streamlining operations, and
revolutionizing complex construction, reducing reliance on scarce specialized labor while delivering faster,
more precise, and cost-optimized infrastructure.
The Space Industry
For most of the space age—dating back to the first launches in the 1950s—spaceflight was shaped by onerous
regulatory requirements and government budgets that determined launch cadence. The prevailing cost-plus
procurement model offered limited incentives to reduce costs or increase launch cadence, creating an operating
environment that constrained technological innovation. Government agencies served as the primary launch services
providers and the industry remained stagnant for decades. According to NASA, until the 2000s and the introduction
of the Falcon 9 rocket by SpaceX, global commercial launch activity averaged 25 to 35 launches per year. As a
result, the space industry remained a niche domain with limited ability to support large commercial markets or
scaled space-based infrastructure.
During this period, satellites—which comprised the majority of launch payload—were typically bespoke, expensive
systems requiring significant non-recurring engineering that consisted of development cycles that were measured in
decades. Launch vehicles were designed to be largely expendable and optimized for single-mission use, reinforcing
a low-throughput ecosystem that lacked flexibility, scalability, and responsiveness to evolving customer
requirements.
157
The need for more advanced launch capabilities became clear as space-based use cases expanded to include
communications, navigation, Earth observation, environmental monitoring, scientific research, Intelligence,
Surveillance and Reconnaissance, and access to the International Space Station. In 2006, NASA awarded SpaceX,
along with Rocketplane Kistler, the landmark Commercial Orbital Transportation Services contract that heralded the
age of commercial space launch, marking a shift toward a more scalable approach to accessing space. This inflection
point catalyzed a transition toward systems designed for more frequent operations, lower cost, and greater
operational flexibility.
Fundamental breakthroughs in high cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space—driven largely by SpaceX—
have expanded space from a purely mission-driven activity to a fully industrialized and commercial sector capable
of supporting and enabling industries far beyond traditional launch and satellites. SpaceX’s advancements reduced
the cost of access to orbit from tens of thousands of dollars per kilogram to just a few thousand dollars per kilogram.
Cost of Space Launches to Low-Earth Orbit
(constant 2021 $ per kilogram; plotted on a logarithmic axis)
a09_scatterchart.jpg
As launch economics have changed rapidly over the last decade, demand for orbital infrastructure has expanded
dramatically. Commercial operators have launched thousands of satellites since 2015 as constellation architectures
scale and diversify. The number of active maneuverable satellites in orbit has grown from less than 1,000 in 2015 to
approximately 12,700 as of March 31, 2026. With approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in
Low-Earth Orbit as of March 31, 2026, SpaceX owns and operates approximately 75% of all active maneuverable
satellites. Additionally, launch activity has continued to grow, with approximately 220 metric tons of payload
launched to orbit in 2012 increasing to approximately 2,600 metric tons in 2025, of which over 80% was launched
by SpaceX.
Government demand is rising in parallel: according to the Space Foundation, excluding classified spending, U.S.
Government space spending in 2024 totaled approximately $77 billion. Notably, U.S. national security customers
have also awarded approximately $13.7 billion across the National Security Space Launch (“NSSL”) Program’s
Phase 3 Lane 2 contracts through 2032, supporting approximately 54 missions from 2025 to 2032, with the overall
Phase 3 manifest nearly doubling Phase 2’s manifest to 84 missions. Amid escalating geopolitical tensions that
further underscore the critical role of resilient launch infrastructure, we believe government space budgets around
the world are positioned for sustained, long‑term growth.
158
Falcon Heavy Boosters Landing
a10_new16x9embeddedimagefo.jpg
On the back of dramatically reduced launch cost pioneered by SpaceX over the past two decades, the global
economy is reorganizing around a new domain: space. We believe the development of a lunar economy will be
central to unlocking the full potential of this new domain and advancing the long-term transition to a multiplanetary
civilization.
The Connectivity Industry
Modern life relies on connectivity. Over the past several decades, the technologies that underpin global connectivity
have evolved rapidly, reshaping the way individuals, families, and organizations communicate, collaborate, and
access information.
Despite remarkable technological advancements, terrestrial networks remain constrained by the same inherent
structural limitations that have hindered them since their inception. According to the Global Satellite Operators
Association, terrestrial network infrastructure only covers approximately 20% of global land mass, resulting in
significant unserved and underserved regions across both developed and developing economies. This terrestrial
connectivity gap spans areas that are remote, difficult to build in, or economically impractical to serve—and also
includes mobile “dead zones” within otherwise well-connected areas and in urban markets. According to the J.D.
Power U.S. Wireless Network Quality Performance Study, U.S. wireless customers experienced service problems in
approximately one out of every 11 mobile interactions, even in well-connected areas. As demand for ubiquitous,
high-reliability connectivity continues to rise, terrestrial networks alone are increasingly unable to bridge the
widening gap between user demand and available coverage.
The development of large-scale LEO constellations represented a paradigm shift, breaking from the long-standing
dependence on terrestrial networks for global connectivity. Deployed at unprecedented scale—such as through
SpaceX’s Starlink and Mobile constellations—these satellites can provide high-speed, low-latency service that
integrates seamlessly with terrestrial infrastructure. This evolution has transformed satellite connectivity from a
solution of last resort into a core pillar of resilient, ubiquitous global communications.
159
Consumer Broadband
Residential internet access began with the dial-up connection in the late 1990s with maximum speeds of .056 Mbps,
when early users relied on narrowband copper phone lines to connect. As demand for speed and reliability grew,
dial-up gave way to DSL, cable, and eventually fiber, each increasing bandwidth and enabling more connected
devices. According to the Speedtest Global Index, the global average broadband download speed has increased to
approximately 120 Mbps. Satellite internet also emerged in the 1990s through geostationary orbit (GEO) systems
that extended coverage to remote and unconnected regions—beginning with early offerings such as Hughesnet’s
first satellite service DirecPC, which provided downstream speeds of roughly 400 kbps compared to dial-up
averages of 28.8 kbps—but these systems were constrained by limited throughput and high latency, making it
difficult to keep pace as consumer requirements evolved. Starlink satellites operate in Low-Earth Orbit, substantially
closer to the Earth’s surface than traditional geostationary communications satellites. This architecture reduces
signal latency and is designed to support broadband connectivity in remote and underserved areas. Each launch of
additional Starlink satellites increases the overall capacity of the network, which provides service globally.
In today’s digital landscape, consumers increasingly rely on seamless, high-performance connectivity to power all
aspects of connected life—from every day digital services to demanding applications that require high throughput,
consistent performance, and low latency. These needs are particularly challenging to satisfy in regions where
terrestrial networks are limited, degraded, or unavailable due to prohibitive deployment costs, rugged terrain, low
population density, or outdated infrastructure. Consequently, consumer broadband has evolved into a multifaceted
ecosystem, where diverse access technologies converge and providers compete based on superior reliability,
consistent performance, and an exceptional overall user experience.
Consumer demand for data is surging at a pace that terrestrial infrastructure has struggled to match. According to
International Data Corporation’s Global DataSphere, in 2025, global data generation was estimated to have reached
more than 585 exabytes of per day—up from approximately 10.8 exabytes per day in 2010—reflecting an immense
escalation in consumption. With fixed broadband connections projected to reach two billion by 2030 according to
Ericsson, and terrestrial expansion often economically unfeasible in remote and challenging regions, only space-
based systems can deliver truly global, ubiquitous, high-throughput coverage capable of supporting this explosive
growth in data demand.
Enterprise and Government Broadband
Enterprise broadband internet has evolved alongside residential internet, beginning with fixed private lines that
connected offices and infrastructure. As businesses adopted real-time, distributed workflows, they needed secure,
low-latency connectivity across multiple sites and mobile assets. Mobility became essential in sectors like
manufacturing, transportation, and logistics, extending connectivity demands beyond fixed locations into dynamic
environments that terrestrial networks often cannot support reliably or economically. Enterprises now expect
seamless, uninterrupted performance with instant failover where terrestrial systems are unavailable or unstable—
driving adoption of hybrid architectures that combine ground networks with space-based solutions.
Enterprise connectivity demand continues to rise as organizations digitize operations and rely on real‑time,
cloud‑based workflows that require secure, low‑latency connectivity across distributed sites and mobile
environments. This is particularly true in the case of aviation, maritime, and land mobility applications, where
aircraft, vessels, and ground fleets are inherently mobile and therefore unable to depend on continuous terrestrial
network coverage for connectivity. These platforms increasingly require resilient communications to support flight
and voyage operations, crew applications, passenger internet access, telematics, and port or shipboard logistics. In
aviation, legacy GEO-based systems that are still prevalent across most major commercial fleets typically provide
low Mbps speeds and significantly higher latency, often exceeding 500 milliseconds, falling well short of the
approximately 100 Mbps throughput and sub-50 milliseconds latency that today’s applications—such as streaming,
cloud services, and real-time collaboration—increasingly demand. Therefore, there is a need for modern LEO-
powered in-flight connectivity systems—such as Starlink Broadband—that can deliver passenger download speeds
exceeding 400 Mbps with latency as low as 21 milliseconds. Terrestrial networks cannot meet these evolving
demands where deployment is costly, complex, and slowed by regulatory constraints, and legacy satellite solutions
160
have not delivered the latency or consistency needed for enterprise‑grade applications, with average terrestrial ISP
download speeds at 120 Mbps and average latency from 7-34 milliseconds.
Defense and civil agencies similarly require secure, resilient, and global connectivity, often operating in contested or
infrastructure-poor regions where terrestrial networks are unavailable or vulnerable. As the battlefield becomes
increasingly connected, the need for robust, persistent connectivity across all domains is more urgent than ever.
Modern missions depend on high-throughput, low-latency connectivity for command and control, autonomous
systems, emergency response, and humanitarian operations, driving demand for architectures that maintain
performance where terrestrial systems fail. Substantial government investment into mission-critical, space-based
communication services illustrates the institutional reliance on LEO architecture for defense applications. High-
throughput, low-latency LEO constellations add a new architectural layer that enhances redundancy, operational
continuity, and flexibility across mission sets. There is an increasing need for purpose-built secure platforms—such
as Starshield, that can provide encrypted, high-assurance communications and modular payload integration—further
expand the utility of space-based connectivity for defense, civil, and national resilience needs. Together, these
advances position space as the foundational component of future mission‑critical communications architectures.
Satellite-to-Mobile Service
Since the early rise of mobile phones, terrestrial networks have expanded at immense cost and increasing density to
support successive generations of cellular technology—from the primarily voice-centric networks of the 1980s to
today’s high-speed 5G data networks. These investments have enabled much of the global population to become
well‑connected, yet the capital‑intensive nature of terrestrial build‑outs has resulted in vast geographic mobile “dead
zones” where coverage remains too expensive or is nonexistent. In many regions particularly those that are remote
or sparsely populated, extending towers is economically impractical for mobile network operators, resulting in large
segments of the population with limited or no access to reliable connectivity. Early satellite-based cellular options,
beginning in the 1980s with dedicated satellite phones, helped fill these gaps but required bulky hardware and
carried high usage cost, limiting them to narrow and mission-driven use cases. As consumer expectations for
ubiquitous coverage have grown, mobile network operators face structural limits in closing these “dead zones” with
terrestrial infrastructure alone, making LEO-based augmentation the most viable path to continuous, reliable mobile
connectivity at global scale.
Early satellite-to-mobile services (i.e., those connecting directly to standard smartphones) emerged in the 2020s with
support for basic messaging and, in some cases, voice in areas without terrestrial coverage. These offerings provided
more contiguous communication for safety, continuity, and remote operations. However, they were introduced at the
same time mobile data consumption was accelerating dramatically, and consumer expectations for “always-
connected” devices were rising. As a result, satellite-to-mobile technology is now evolving beyond emergency-only
communication. It is shifting toward enabling everyday smartphones to remain seamlessly connected when outside
traditional cellular or Wi-Fi range, integrating satellite connectivity into routine mobile usage, rather than treating it
as a contingency layer. At the same time, telecom operators have been reducing capital expenditures amid slower
revenue growth, weaker monetization, and declining returns on invested capital—pressures that have limited their
willingness to maintain historically high levels of network deployment. These shifts are also increasing demand for
harmonized, scalable spectrum allocations capable of supporting higher-capacity satellite-to-mobile services without
interfering with terrestrial networks, with the potential to add an incremental $1.4 trillion of economic growth over
the next 10 years, as forecasted by Cellular Telecommunications and Internet Association.
These industry shifts have opened the door for deeper collaboration among satellite operators, MNOs, carriers,
spectrum owners, device manufacturers, and regulators. As satellite network performance continues to improve and
these partnerships expand, satellite-to-mobile offerings—such as Starlink Mobile—are poised to evolve from a
“backup” layer into a meaningful complement to terrestrial networks, extending coverage and enhancing overall
network resilience and performance.
The AI Industry
Humanity is defined by our relentless pursuit of knowledge, with each transformative breakthrough dramatically
expanding our capacity to create, preserve, and share ideas across time and space. AI marks the next—and arguably
161
most consequential—chapter in this progression. For the first time, we are creating systems that do more than simply
amplify or transmit human-generated knowledge. These systems can reason, learn, and generate new knowledge
autonomously—synthesizing information, forming hypotheses, and in some domains even making original
discoveries. In doing so, they augment, accelerate, and will likely surpass unaided human cognition. This represents
a profound shift: we are moving from tools that simply extend the mind to autonomous agents and companions that
actively participate in the act of knowing.
Over the past decade, the convergence of big data, advances in AI hardware, and the breakthrough development of
LLMs have transformed AI from a speculative academic field into a foundational driver of the modern economy.
AI Compute
Massive demand for frontier AI models is accelerating the build-out of AI infrastructure at a pace and scale with few
historical precedents. Meeting projected AI needs will require $7 trillion in global data center investment through
2030, with generative AI workloads expected to account for roughly 70% of total data-center power demand by the
end of the decade. Each new generation of frontier models requires exponentially greater compute, following well-
established scaling laws that link model performance to the volume and quality of training data, parameter count,
and total compute expected. The rise of agentic AI and the potential emergence of artificial general intelligence are
expected to further amplify inference workloads, driving a step-function increase in compute requirements and the
corresponding data center capacity needed to support them. Frontier AI has become fundamentally infrastructure-
constrained. Only operators with access to massive amounts of power, very large GPU clusters and tightly integrated
training infrastructure can train cutting-edge models, and these systems exhibit non-linear performance advantages
that compound over time. Compute infrastructure scale helps determine model iteration speed, model quality, and
capital efficiency—making infrastructure itself a critical capability.
AI Frontier Models
A new class of frontier models has emerged, which includes LLMs and multimodal models. LLMs are neural
network-based models trained on massive datasets to interpret user questions and generate responses to highly
complex questions. LLMs can synthesize existing research, propose new ideas, and communicate in a natural
language that requires no programming expertise by the user. Demand for these tools has been explosive—according
to a YouGov survey, approximately 60% of Americans have used AI tools since December 2024, and 34% use AI
tools at least weekly. Multimodal models are AI systems that can process, understand, and generate outputs across
multiple types of data simultaneously—such as text, images, audio, video, and sometimes other modalities—rather
than being limited to just one (like text-only language models). Multimodal models offer several key benefits over
traditional unimodal (e.g., text-only) systems by processing and integrating multiple data types like text, images,
audio, video, and sometimes sensor data simultaneously. They provide richer contextual understanding, capturing
relationships and nuances across modalities that are invisible in isolation, leading to more accurate predictions and
reasoning.
AI frontier models are shaped by the values, objectives, and design choices of their creators. Model intelligence and
performance reflect decisions around data curation, training methodologies, alignment frameworks, and system
constraints, resulting in different reasoning styles, interpretations, and responses across models. Therefore, values
can be embedded in the technology, influencing accuracy, logic, and utility of the model outputs and how well
models can serve end users.
Following rapid frontier model innovation and broad adoption of chat-based tools, organizations are now beginning
to deploy agentic systems—AI that can use tools and operate with limited supervision. This marks the beginning of
what we believe will be a broader transition from co-pilots to agentic systems that enable high-complexity
workflows and create materially higher inference demand.
Consumer and Enterprise Applications
Advances in digital communication have reshaped how information is created, shared, and consumed, laying the
foundation for today’s social media platforms. These platforms have become essential channels for digital
advertising by combining large‑scale user engagement with targeted content and ad distribution. Recent advances in
162
AI are further strengthening advertising, allowing enterprises to optimize campaigns and measure outcomes. At the
same time, consumer expectations for AI‑powered tools are rising, with users seeking timely, accurate and
trustworthy information across an expanding universe of digital content.
We believe the ongoing convergence of consumer platforms, consumer AI, and integrated digital services will
accelerate the emergence of super‑app ecosystems that combine communication, content creation, information,
commerce, and banking within a single platform. These trends are expected to expand the role of internet platforms
as distribution channels and support next‑generation AI‑enabled applications and advertising solutions.
For enterprises and governments, frontier models and agentic AI—autonomous systems capable of multi-step
reasoning and independent task execution—are beginning to manage increasingly complex processes and
workflows. As of February 2026, more than 80% of Fortune 500 companies were using AI active agents. Entire
industries are being reshaped by AI-driven applications, including agentic commerce (personalized AI-directed
shopping), vibe coding (software development with minimal or no human-written code), and autonomous driving for
vehicles.
The ultimate frontier in AI is human augmentation: creating systems that amplify and multiply human reasoning,
creativity, decision-making, and productivity, enabling people to perform highly complex tasks with unprecedented
speed, scale, and insight. By enhancing how humans think, learn, and interact, such systems act as cognitive
multipliers, supercharging individual and collective capabilities far beyond biological limits. As AI evolves, we
expect both consumer platforms and enterprises to adopt increasingly agentic systems that serve as powerful
extensions of human intelligence. These tools will orchestrate multi-step workflows, interact seamlessly with
business applications, and accelerate operational processes, with humans at the center of judgment, creativity, and
strategy. Emerging efforts in enterprise AI illustrate how future systems could coordinate entire business functions
as force multipliers—dramatically expanding what a human team can achieve with minimal scaling friction and
maximal leverage. Human augmentation also offers a transformative solution to the escalating effort required for
breakthroughs in technology and beyond. For example, the human effort needed to sustain Moore’s Law (chip
density doubling approximately every two years) has increased eighteenfold since the early 1970s; AI augmentation
could reverse this trend by empowering engineers, researchers, and innovators to iterate faster, explore more
possibilities, and achieve exponential progress with smaller, core teams of experts.
As humanity expands beyond Earth, augmented human intelligence will be essential to managing the immense
operational, scientific, and logistical complexity of a spacefaring civilization. The core promise of augmentation lies
in multiplication: AI not as a substitute for human minds, but as an amplifier for human ingenuity, curiosity and
purpose that unlocks new frontiers of what humans can accomplish together.
Our Strengths
We have an intense, mission-driven, and engineering-first culture that seeks to achieve what many have deemed
impossible. We make the incredible and extraordinary possible and repeatable by continuously leveraging our core
strengths:
Global Leadership in Orbital Launch Services
Our unique ability to reliably, quickly, and cost efficiently launch rockets at scale into space is our core competitive
advantage that enables other parts of our business. Our launch capabilities form the foundation of our orbital
infrastructure and have created new multi-trillion-dollar opportunities in space, global connectivity, and AI. We
believe no other launch provider is competitive at this scale today, nor is likely to become so in the near term. Our
fleet of 24 flight-proven, reusable rockets and our growing share of total mass delivered to orbit has increased every
year since 2021. Reusability completely changes the economics of space access. Qualified for 40 launches, our
reusable rockets can fly multiple times with only minimal refurbishment between missions, sharply lowering the
cost per launch, while boosting our launch rate, asset use, and overall efficiency compared to traditional expendable
rockets. As a result, we can offer competitive launch prices, rapidly deploy our own satellites and infrastructure, and
make it easier and cheaper for us to pursue new opportunities requiring orbital access. Our higher launch rates and
reusability also create a virtuous cycle: more flights lead to faster improvements in design, manufacturing, and
operations through accumulated experience. Additionally, not only did we demonstrate at least a 10-year advantage
163
over the rest of the industry when we first landed our Falcon 9 booster back from space in 2015, but we have
continued to invest significantly in further increasing our lead by pursuing full and rapid reusability at scale,
including investing over $15 billion in our next-generation rocket, Starship.
Unrivaled Satellite and Connectivity Platform across Design, Manufacturing, Deployment, and Operations
We are able to design, engineer, and manufacture the world’s most advanced satellites at scale, enabling the creation
and scaling of new businesses leveraging this core satellite technology platform, including: Starlink Broadband, our
space-based internet broadband service; Starlink Mobile, our global satellite-to-mobile service; and emerging AI
initiatives. Unlike traditional satellite manufacturers that rely on fragmented supply chains and low-volume
production, we have built an integrated satellite platform that spans architecture, chip design, software, power
systems, and final assembly. As we rapidly iterate on our next-generation satellites in-house, some others are
contracting outsourced manufacturers to build satellite architectures with capacity comparable to satellites that we
retired years ago. As of March 31, 2026, our constellation also incorporates over 23,000 inter-satellite lasers that
create a dynamic mesh network in space, enabling data traffic to route through orbit rather than relying solely on
terrestrial backhaul infrastructure. By controlling satellite design, production, launch and operations, we can tailor
payloads, networking capabilities, and power requirements to support new use cases. For example, our AI compute
constellations will leverage our core satellite technologies already developed for our existing Starlink constellations.
We will build new satellites that can host processors for high-density compute payloads, offer enhanced power
generation with larger solar panels and storage systems, and enable higher-capacity networking capabilities to
support low-latency workloads in orbit. Our high-throughput manufacturing capabilities—combined with our launch
capabilities—enable us to produce and deploy thousands of satellites per year, an uneconomic proposition for those
lacking an ability to deliver substantial mass into space. This capability accelerates our deployment timelines and
allows us to commercialize entire constellations with capital efficiency that we believe is difficult to replicate.
Our global connectivity platform, Starlink, is powered by the world’s largest LEO constellation and supported by
our vertically integrated launch and satellite manufacturing capabilities to enable the delivery of high-speed, low-
latency broadband and mobile connectivity to homes and businesses everywhere in the world. Our vertically
integrated model allows us to provide reliable service with unmatched speed and cost across geographies where
traditional terrestrial infrastructure has been limited, uneconomical, or unavailable.
Truth-Seeking AI Model Enhanced by Real-Time Data
AI frontier models are shaped by the values, objectives, and design choices of their creators that influence accuracy,
logic, and utility of the model outputs. We believe Grok represents a differentiated approach to AI, grounded in a
core objective of truth seeking and powered by continuous, proprietary access to real-time data inflows through its
integration with X. With approximately 350 million daily posts, X enables freshness, relevance, and contextual
awareness for Grok that we believe is a competitive differentiator. This direct, real-time access to the information
and human discourse on X enhances Grok’s truth-seeking capabilities by grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge
and diverse viewpoints.
This architecture reflects our core philosophy that maximizing truth seeking—through the active, relentless pursuit
of what is objectively true about reality, grounded in evidence, logic, empirical data, and first principles thinking—
drives superior model outputs and higher utility intelligence. By combining our unique truth-seeking model with
proprietary access to one of the world’s largest real-time information platforms, we believe Grok can deliver the
most objective and relevant insights and best serve high-frequency, high-value use cases across consumer and
enterprise AI applications.
Extreme Vertical Integration Enabling High Velocity and Superior Cost Efficiency at Scale
While conventional aerospace manufacturing relies heavily on fragmented and outsourced supply chains, we operate
with extreme vertical integration. By designing and manufacturing a significant portion of our components in-house,
we bypass many of the slow, bloated sourcing channels that structurally constrain the rest of the industry. For
example, approximately 80% of Starship, SpaceX’s next-generation launch vehicle, is manufactured in-house. Our
vertical integration allows us to achieve iterative cycles in weeks, compared to years for some legacy companies,
enabling us to build newer, more technologically advanced products faster than many of our competitors. We
164
believe this technological and logistical gap is widening meaningfully as our speed and cost advantage compound.
Our vertical integration extends beyond design and manufacturing—it permeates our entire business model,
encompassing engineering, deployment, and operations. We are the only company building integrated hardware and
software infrastructure of the future across space, connectivity and AI. This end-to-end control allows us to deliver
value through structural advantages in speed, cost and quality.
Our strong belief in the benefits of extreme vertical integration is further exemplified by our acquisition of xAI. We
not only develop best-in-class models to support the application layer of AI, where we leverage real-time data
ingestion from X (subject to some limitations for certain content), but we also own and operate the physical compute
infrastructure required to train and run inference on those models, providing a substantial cost and speed advantage.
Through our Terafab initiative together with Tesla and Intel, we intend to further extend our vertical integration to
chip design and manufacturing to alleviate potential future chip shortages at SpaceX, optimize compute
performance, and reduce overall compute costs. Intel will contribute its expertise in designing, fabricating, and
packaging ultra-high-performance chips to help Terafab scale. This highly vertically integrated approach allows us
to train and iterate our frontier models at high velocity, accelerating development cycles, eliminating external
bottlenecks, and driving rapid, continuous improvements in model performance. Compute availability is also critical
for running more complex workloads and delivering higher performance inference at scale. As AI adoption
accelerates and demand for low-latency, high-throughput inference increases, we believe operators with the ability
to support and efficiently allocate compute across both training and inference workloads are best positioned to win
the AI race. Our human augmentation solutions are being designed to capitalize on this shift, enabling us to deliver
superior performance for our customers. This advantage of vertical integration exists in both a terrestrial context,
where we own our own data centers and the associated power infrastructure, and eventually in a space-based
context, where we are planning to build our own orbital AI compute infrastructure. The key constraints in the
continued growth of AI are physical—chip manufacturing, data center infrastructure, and power generation.
Differentiation is rapidly shifting from model architecture alone to AI compute scale, cost efficiency, power
availability, and speed of deployment. We believe that physical infrastructure, not models, will be the primary
competitive differentiator for AI companies, and no other AI company has better control over the full physical
infrastructure than SpaceX.
Unique Ability to Scale New Trillion-Dollar Markets Across Space, Connectivity, and AI
We believe space represents the largest economic frontier in human history. We believe we have a distinct ability to
identify, activate, and commercialize new multi-trillion-dollar markets that did not previously exist. Historically,
space access was impaired by high launch costs, low flight cadence, and limited demand. While such constraints
may limit others’ ability to access space at a scale, our ability to build large-scale and complex hardware
infrastructure is a meaningful competitive advantage. By pioneering the world’s first and only fleet of reusable
rockets at scale, we revolutionized space access through dramatically lower cost and unmatched reliability.
Lowering costs by orders of magnitude does not just expand the launch market, it enables the creation of entirely
new industries on Earth and in space that have historically been technologically and economically infeasible for
others to access historically.
When we have identified a new trillion-dollar market opportunity to pursue, we design a solution rooted in the same
world-class engineering and first-principles thinking that has driven our technological breakthroughs and success to
date. Our first trillion-dollar market was connectivity: we founded Starlink, a satellite service supported by our low-
latency, high-speed LEO constellation. Starlink required the rapid, low-cost deployment of millions of kilograms of
hardware into orbit, a feat economically impossible to solve for anyone lacking our foundational launch capabilities.
Our Starlink constellation powers a global connectivity platform capable of supporting the world’s largest and most
advanced space-based internet broadband service and satellite-to-mobile service, enabling high-speed internet access
to homes, enterprises, governments, and mobile users around the world. We believe our next trillion-dollar market is
AI compute, and we expect to leverage our rockets and satellites for massive orbital deployments of AI
infrastructure. We believe this AI compute infrastructure will help us develop and monetize the Grok model faster
than other AI companies that are dependent on finite sources of power on Earth. No other company has built the
capabilities to create value across all these end markets at scale.
165
In addition, we believe we are poised to catalyze transformative breakthroughs in other industries on Earth and in
space such as long haul point-to-point terrestrial travel, in-orbit manufacturing, passenger and cargo transportation to
the Moon and Mars, manufacturing and energy production on the Moon and Mars, and asteroid mining. In
particular, we believe that if we achieve our goal of establishing a lunar presence, it will potentially enable terawatt-
scale annual AI compute growth, support deeper space exploration and industrialization, and serve as a stepping
stone to establishing a civilization on Mars. As we continue to scale and expand into new trillion-dollar markets, we
expect our more mature businesses will continue to generate substantial cash flows, enabling us to reinvest in
emerging opportunities.
Business Models that Are Incredibly Difficult to Replicate
Our business model is simple to describe: leverage our unparalleled launch capabilities to reduce the cost of access
to space, apply first-principles thinking and world-class engineering to solve large structural constraints, vertically
integrate across the value chain, continuously improve cost efficiency and throughput, and reinvest cash flow to
expand our capabilities and create new markets. While simple to describe, we believe this model is extraordinarily
difficult to replicate. We believe no other organization can execute this combination of reusable orbital launch
systems at industrial scale, breakthrough engineering designs with reliable high-volume manufacturing, full stack
proprietary software, and end-to-end operational control. These capabilities reinforce each other, and our vertical
integration enables faster innovation cycles and structural cost advantages that widen our competitive advantage.
Our business model has allowed us to build a diversified portfolio of complementary businesses and revenue streams
from a common technological foundation. Our Space segment generates revenue from commercial and government
customers, while also serving as the backbone for our Connectivity segment which generates highly predictable and
recurring subscription revenue from Starlink broadband consumer, enterprise, and government customers, as well as
Starlink Mobile subscribers. The result is a powerful, self-reinforcing value creation cycle: success in one business
fuels faster growth in the others, enabling reinvestment into the next frontier. We believe this model has the potential
to create compounding value across our ecosystem, allowing our lead to grow and become more durable over time.
Mission-Driven Culture and World-Class Talent
We have the benefit of being founded and led by Elon Musk, one of the great visionaries of our generation. We
believe that our ability to attract and retain world-class technical and engineering talent is a significant competitive
advantage. Our founding goal of making life multiplanetary serves as the ultimate mission-driven filter and retention
tool, which has only been enhanced by xAI’s truth-seeking mission of understanding the universe. Top engineers are
drawn to SpaceX to work on some of the hardest, most consequential problems facing humanity—doing things that
have never been done before, like landing and re-using rockets, working towards making humanity multiplanetary,
and gaining a better understanding of the mysteries of the universe through AI. They are also drawn to our intense,
engineering-led, first-principles culture, which treats the laws of physics as the only true constraints. We reinforce
this culture through “The Algorithm,” a five-step iterative process that emphasizes making the requirements less
dumb, deleting unnecessary processes or parts (embracing the principle that the best part is no part), only then
optimizing what remains, accelerating cycle time, and automating only proven processes. Our organizational
philosophy embraces failure as an essential learning opportunity and maintains a relentless focus on efficiency and
speed, enabling rapid iteration and repeatable execution on the hardest technical problems. To this end, our
engineering-oriented organization maintains access to some of the world’s most selective talent pool. In 2025, we
accepted under 2% of our engineering applicants, reflecting our ability to be highly selective and hire among the
best talent in the industry. We also foster commitment by aligning employee interests with organizational success:
our broad-based employee ownership program ensures that those who help us build the future are also direct
beneficiaries of our success. This commitment to quality and mission results in exceptional employee loyalty,
reflected by an average tenure across our broader SpaceX leadership team of 12 years.
Our Growth Strategies
We have created what we believe to be the world’s most ambitious vertically integrated innovation engine that
captures significant growth across three domains: Space, Connectivity, and AI. While our Space segment provides
us with a foundational competitive advantage that enables all other parts of our business, our Connectivity and AI
166
segments are expected to be the primary driver of revenue growth in the near term. In the next few years, we are
focused on increasing the monetization of our existing Connectivity infrastructure and our existing AI user base. We
also intend to continue to build out our AI infrastructure, which we expect to enable growth as we address the
significant AI market opportunity. Our growth strategy aligns with our value creation cycle where we identify
emerging opportunities, invest in innovation, rigorously test and iterate, launch new offerings, and generate strong
cash flows to fuel the next wave of breakthroughs.
Space
Increase launch payload capacity. We plan to drive meaningful growth in payload delivered to orbit (mass to orbit)
through higher launch cadence and increased payload per launch, while enhancing launch efficiency and reducing
costs. Our next-generation fully and rapidly reusable Starship V3 vehicle is designed to carry 100 metric tons to
Earth’s orbit in a reusable configuration, driving substantial improvements in payload capacity per launch, while
enabling significantly more frequent flights, at unparalleled cost efficiency. To date, we have executed 12 Starship
flight tests, with our 12th flight test in May 2026 debuting the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy
booster, powered by the next evolution of our Raptor engine and launching from a newly designed pad at Starbase.
We expect Starship to commence payload delivery to orbit in the second half of 2026. We have achieved innovative
milestones, such as the creation of booster catches using “chopstick” arms that facilitate rapid refurbishment and
reuse, including launching multiple times per day. To enable a more frequent launch cadence and overall greater
payload delivery, we are also expanding our ground launch infrastructure, including investing in additional pads, on-
site propellant production, and other support facilities, and investing in future generations of Starship, which could
carry 200 metric tons in capacity, potentially as soon as Starship V4. We expect these efforts to continue to drive
launch payload growth that is expected to provide the foundational capacity needed to scale our Starlink Broadband
and Starlink Mobile constellations that underpin our Connectivity platform. Our growing payload capacity is also
intended to underpin the deployment of orbital AI compute that will accelerate our AI business, as well as benefit
third-party customers who use our launch offerings.
Establish the lunar economy. Advancing access to the lunar surface represents an important next step in the
evolution of our Space segment and is a prerequisite for long-term commercialization beyond Earth. We are focused
on developing the capability to transport significant amounts of cargo and crew to the lunar surface in a repeatable
and economically viable manner. We believe this capability will also enable creating a petawatt-scale AI
constellation through the use of lunar satellite production and a lunar mass driver for launch activities. By leveraging
Starship’s expected fully and rapidly reusable capabilities and in‑space refueling, we expect to materially reduce the
cost of lunar missions relative to historical norms. Our initial efforts will prioritize lunar cargo landings and
returning Americans to the Moon, followed by expanded crewed missions that we believe can establish a continuous
flow of cargo and humans between Earth and the lunar surface.
We believe that the foundation of a commercial lunar economy begins with achieving infrastructure development,
lunar resource utilization, and high bandwidth communications at scale. This requires the ability to mine, extract and
process raw material for the production of solar power on the lunar surface. Combined with the ability to locally
produce water and fuel, we believe these capabilities would enable sustained lunar operations, support lunar
exploration, and provide the foundation for humanity’s permanent presence on the Moon. The lunar base would then
allow sustained, high volume testing of new technologies in a space environment much closer to Earth than deep
space.
We intend to establish lunar‑based manufacturing capabilities, including factories to produce large‑scale AI compute
satellites. We believe we can efficiently launch our satellites at scale, namely due to the potential use of a lunar mass
driver that is capable of high-frequency, low-cost launches of satellites from the lunar surface. By shifting energy
and material and mass-intensive satellite and solar manufacturing activities off Earth that leverage sustainable power
generation and the Moon’s low gravity, we aim to significantly reduce costs and terrestrial resource constraints. We
expect to use raw materials from the Moon to construct most of the mass of the satellites and ship chips and other
lower mass elements from Earth. This roadmap positions the Moon not only as a potential gateway to Mars and
space exploration, but as the first space-based industrial economy at scale.
167
Once resource utilization capabilities are proven feasible, we believe there is an opportunity to commercialize the
harvesting and exportation of rare materials, which is estimated to be present on the Moon in quantities exceeding
one million tons and has potential applications in future nuclear energy and quantum computing systems. Large-
scale access to these resources, coupled with the Moon’s low gravity, could unlock the potential for scalable growth
by establishing a vertically-integrated resource extraction, processing and exportation hub. Using Starship’s high
payload capacity, we believe these materials could be economically transported directly to Earth. In parallel, the
Moon could function as a proving ground for closed-loop ecosystems, long-duration habitats, and autonomous
construction techniques, all of which are essential for industrialization. Over time, this infrastructure has the
potential to position the Moon as a strategic industrial and transportation node.
Establishing lunar operations for mining, refueling, manufacturing, and habitation is subject to a variety of
interconnected engineering and other hurdles as well as known and currently unknown risks and uncertainties. These
include hurdles, risks and uncertainties that relate to, among other things, transporting and deploying heavy
equipment to the lunar surface, developing reliable power generation and storage systems, extracting and processing
lunar resources at commercial scale, operating equipment in extreme temperature, radiation and dust conditions,
maintaining communications and navigation infrastructure, and supporting long-duration human presence in a
remote and hazardous environment.
Connectivity
Grow Starlink Consumer Broadband and enterprise and government customers. In the near term, we are focused
on increasing global awareness of our Starlink brand and capabilities to grow our base of Starlink Broadband
subscribers and to increase Starlink Broadband adoption in new and existing markets.
•Starlink Consumer Broadband. We have grown the number of Starlink Subscribers rapidly over the last
several years. As of March 31, 2026, we had approximately 10.3 million Starlink Subscribers across 164
countries, territories, and other markets. These subscribers represent a small fraction of the estimated 3.3 billion
potential end users in the markets we currently serve, many of whom still lack reliable high-speed broadband.
Because we report Starlink Subscribers on a per‑Service Line basis, the number of individual end users who
access Starlink is already likely meaningfully higher than 10.3 million, as multiple people may share a single
Service Line, including within a household. We intend to grow the number of Starlink Subscribers by
expanding our consumer distribution network across thousands of authorized retail stores globally and execute
region-specific marketing campaigns to increase Starlink brand awareness. By clearly demonstrating Starlink’s
superior speed, low-latency, affordability, and ease of installation—not only in rural, remote, and infrastructure-
limited areas, but also in suburban and urban areas with wireline broadband options—we expect to drive
meaningful subscriber and revenue growth.
•Enterprise and Government Starlink Customers. We plan to drive growth in enterprise and government
Starlink customers through our direct, vertical-specific sales model. In recent years, we have assembled
dedicated sales and engineering teams to market and support fleet-wide conversions in the aviation and
maritime sectors. This has enabled partnerships with many of the world’s leading airlines, including United
Airlines, Southwest Airlines, American Airlines, Qatar Airways, Lufthansa Group, British Airways, Alaska
Airlines, and Hawaiian Airlines, many of which have implemented or committed to fleet-wide Starlink
installations for seamless in-flight connectivity. We have also partnered with premier cruise operators, such as
Carnival Corporation, Royal Caribbean Group, MSC Cruises, and Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings, for full-
fleet deployments that deliver reliable high-speed internet across thousands of vessels worldwide. In addition,
we have partnered with land mobility operators, including John Deere and the California Fire Department, as
well as passenger rail operators such as Brightline (Florida), and Italo Treno, to provide remote monitoring and
management of their fleets. We are actively driving growth in these sectors by onboarding new major airlines,
cruise lines, and land mobility operators around the world, expanding existing relationships through deeper fleet
penetration, and introducing advanced service tiers to make Starlink the standard connectivity solution for
aviation, maritime, and land mobility customers globally. We also intend to expand our government customer
base, securing major contracts with the United States and allied governments while delivering secure, resilient,
and mission-critical connectivity for defense operations, humanitarian efforts, disaster response, and national
security applications in even the most remote and challenging environments. We also serve a broad fixed‑site
168
customer base across industries such as retail and financial services that require high availability for critical
operations as well as reliable connectivity in remote or hard-to-serve locations. As companies continue to invest
in secure and resilient networks to keep critical infrastructure—such as point‑of‑sale and payment processing
systems—we see an opportunity to grow our broad fixed‑site customer base, often starting as back-up and then
transitioning to primary.
Expand our Starlink Mobile offering. As of March 31, 2026, we provide Starlink Mobile services to approximately
7.4 million monthly unique devices across approximately 30 countries. We partner with leading device
manufacturers, application developers, and mobile network operators to enhance the services we provide over one
satellite network, including over-the-top voice, video, and messaging. In 2025, we entered into agreements to
acquire 65 MHz of spectrum in the United States and certain global Mobile Satellite Service spectrum licenses from
EchoStar, which will enable a step-change in the possibilities for our Starlink Mobile service. Furthermore, we
anticipate that Starship will be able to deploy approximately 50 mobile satellites per launch, significantly increasing
capacity per launch and accelerating the deployment of our next-generation constellation. With the deployment of
our next-generation constellation, which is designed to fully utilize the acquired spectrum, and the expansion of our
MNO partnerships, we aim to further deliver on our goal of providing connectivity for everyone and substantially
reducing mobile “dead zones” worldwide—eventually with 5G connectivity to unmodified cell phones and IoT
devices globally.
Increase the capacity of our constellations. Our current constellations of approximately 9,600 Starlink broadband
and mobile satellites, including over 3,000 satellites deployed in 2025, support over 700 Tbps of cumulative
downlink capacity. To support larger numbers of customers through our Connectivity segment, we plan to materially
increase the capacity of our broadband and mobile constellations. For our Starlink broadband constellation, we will
continue deployment of more of our V2 Mini satellites, and in the second half of 2026, we expect to begin
deployment of our next-generation V3 satellites, each of which is designed to offer one Tbps of downlink capacity
per satellite. We expect Starship will be able to deploy up to 60 V3 satellites per launch, representing a twenty-fold
increase in downlink capacity deployed per launch compared to Falcon 9, enabling a more rapid expansion of our
Starlink broadband constellation at a significantly lower cost. For our Starlink Mobile constellation, we currently
have approximately 650 existing dedicated mobile satellites. We are developing more comprehensive satellite-to
mobile services, which we refer to as our Starlink Mobile Gen2 services, including broadband data and IoT
connectivity, which are expected to deliver resilient, infrastructure-independent connectivity worldwide and enable
5G connectivity.
We plan to expand our mobile constellation by deploying our next-generation V2 Mobile satellites in 2027 which,
combined with the EchoStar spectrum acquisition and optimized 5G protocols, are expected to increase capacity by
orders of magnitude compared to our first-generation constellation. In the U.S., the FCC approved the EchoStar
license transfer in May 2026, and we separately expect to receive the remaining necessary U.S. regulatory
authorizations in the second or third quarter of 2026. While these authorizations would be sufficient from a U.S.
regulatory perspective, we still require our V2 Mobile satellites to be in orbit and must complete the acquisition of
the relevant spectrum from EchoStar before we can commence our planned commercial Gen2 service in the United
States. Internationally, we have filed applications in nearly every country in which we intend to operate our Gen2
service, and approvals have been granted in a limited number of these jurisdictions to date. Each international
jurisdiction presents its own regulatory process and timeline, and we cannot predict when or whether approvals will
be granted in any given market. In addition, our Gen2 service is subject to ITU coordination requirements. We have
an operational coordination agreement with EchoStar, which we expect to continue through 2026 and 2027, under
which EchoStar has agreed to protect our lower-priority S-band V2 Mobile constellation. By prioritizing these step-
change capacity increases in our satellite-to-mobile capabilities, we expect to both enhance high-speed, low-latency
service quality in existing markets and provide services to previously capacity-limited and unserved regions,
including dense urban areas and emerging markets.
AI
Grow consumer AI platform monetization. We plan to continue to grow revenue from our AI platform, the Grok
application, by increasing monetization of our existing user base. We will leverage our unique combination of
real‑time data, large‑scale distribution, leading foundational model, and hardware expertise to increase the number
169
of Grok subscribers. Subscribers benefit from enhanced functionality, exclusive features, and access to our latest AI
models. Since the introduction of our Grok subscription offering in 2025, we have increased the number of available
features to add value to our subscribers, including providing access to our latest and enhanced AI tools. We plan to
continue adding new features and functionality while releasing increasingly capable Grok models to increase the
penetration rate of our subscriber base. Our AI segment has demonstrated exceptional model velocity: since
launching Grok, we have developed leading frontier models at a far faster rate of innovation than others. We
continue to invest in scaling Grok through subsequent generations, including Grok-5. Our roadmap for future
models contains multi-trillion parameter models, which could represent a step change in reasoning depth and overall
intelligence. We believe this pace of innovation strengthens the value proposition of our subscription offerings and
supports long term subscriber growth. While our subscriber growth has been strong, we believe we are still early in
increasing paid penetration across our Grok user base. We further believe there might be an incremental
monetization opportunity by introducing advertising into our stand-alone Grok offering.
Grow X monetization. We intend to drive X revenue growth by increasing engagement across our users, increasing
X Premium subscriber conversion, growing advertising revenue per user, and diversifying our advertising base. We
continue to evolve X into an “Everything App,” integrating real-time information, communications, media,
payments, banking, and more within one consumer app experience. This can improve the usefulness of X, and
therefore increase the usage and monetization potential of X. We have demonstrated rapid product launch velocity,
with frequent features and products launched since 2023, including Grok integration, long‑form video, audio and
video calling, secure messaging, tool calling, long-form articles, and creator tools. We plan to further broaden the
value proposition of X through offerings like Money, a product we launched in beta in November 2025, which aims
to expand platform utility by enabling payments and other financial services. We updated X chat in 2025, featuring
end-to-end encryption and no connection to our ad personalization, unlike other messaging services. We intend to
further embed Grok throughout X to enhance discovery, analysis of posts, user support, and personalization,
increasing the usefulness of X and further improving the value of a paid subscription.
We also expect to grow advertising revenue per user and to diversify our advertiser base over time because of X’s
compelling advertiser value proposition—large-scale user engagement, real-time content, and advanced AI-driven
performance marketing tools. We intend to drive further advertising revenue growth by improving our performance
advertising capabilities, embedding AI to optimize ad campaigns, and launching richer ad formats, including those
that increase advertiser return on ad spending and their spend with us. In determining our advertising rates, we use
an auction process in which advertisers bid to have their ads shown to the audience they are targeting, except for
certain reserved inventory, which is sold on a fixed price basis. We provide advertisers with several engagement
metrics, including: the number of impressions, price per ad, clicks, and conversions. Currently, Grok API access is
not included in our advertising rates to advertisers. We do not currently sell or offer advertisers the ability to place
ads on the Grok API.
We also expect X’s real-time content stream and engagement feedback, subject to some limitations for certain
content, to strengthen our advertising product performance and relevance, improving outcomes for both consumers
and advertisers, and increasing retention. We also began a phased roll-out of our new advertising platform, including
the new X Ads Manager, in April 2026. X Ads Manager is designed to help advertisers launch better campaigns
faster, with AI-powered systems enabling more precise, relevant, and dynamic ad delivery and a centralized
workflow for campaign creation, optimization, and real-time monitoring. Grok supports this strategy by helping
advertisers with campaign creation, creative optimization, and alignment with trending topics and user intent.
Deepen enterprise and government adoption. We believe adoption of AI by both enterprise and government reflects
a structural industry shift, with room for substantial long-term growth. Our Grok Business, Grok Enterprise, and xAI
Gov offerings position us to scale in tandem with broader enterprise and governmental AI adoption. Our Grok API
further extends our reach by enabling developers to integrate our models directly into their applications and
workflows. We intend to further support our enterprise offerings with a specialized salesforce and forward deployed
engineers, engineers who embed directly with a client to implement our solution, to support customer acquisition
and expansion.
Increase the scale of our terrestrial power and AI compute infrastructure. We plan to rapidly scale our terrestrial
AI compute infrastructure through the continued deployment of large-scale clusters to support the training and
170
inference of our AI models. To rapidly bring gigawatt-scale data centers online, we leverage world-class
engineering, first-principles thinking and deep “shovels-to-tokens” vertical integration. Our AI compute facilities,
COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II, collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of compute power, with additional
power capacity available for data center operations. COLOSSUS II will also provide the compute to train our next-
generation Grok-5 AI model. We expect that once fully operational, the next phase of expansion at COLOSSUS II
will represent an additional 400MW of compute capacity. Our first-principles thinking enables us to build coherent
compute at scale and at rapid speed with lower costs than most other companies in the industry. We brought the first
cluster of COLOSSUS online in 122 days, repurposing the shell of an existing factory, and the first cluster of
COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91 days. As an illustrative comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a
100 megawatt greenfield data center is approximately two years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in
cost efficiency, achieving data center construction costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry
benchmarks on a per megawatt basis. As AI workloads increase in complexity and scale, data center operators face
constraints related to power density, cooling, network bandwidth, supply chain management, construction expertise
and capital deployment. Our experience in designing mission-critical hardware systems, optimizing power
efficiency, and operating distributed infrastructure networks provides a differentiated foundation for continuing to
grow and advance the next-generation compute platform. We believe that continued investment in our compute
infrastructure is critical to supporting long-term consumer and enterprise growth as AI adoption accelerates, while
also providing a powerful foundation for our transition to orbital AI compute at scale.
In addition, our leadership in compute infrastructure positions us to monetize not only AI software applications built
on our models, but also the underlying compute that powers them. As we continue to scale our terrestrial compute
infrastructure to support internal model development, training, and inference workloads, we intend to sell our high-
performance compute capacity to a limited number of third party customers.
Deploy orbital AI compute at scale. We believe growth of the projected $26.5 trillion-dollar AI market will be
constrained by Earth’s inability to rapidly scale power generation, underscoring the challenge of achieving terawatt-
scale compute without harming people and the environment. While we expect terrestrial power generation to
continue to grow, we believe the physical, environmental, and regulatory constraints will prevent it from delivering
the orders-of-magnitude increases needed to match future energy demands of the AI era. Power from the Sun, an
enormous, free fusion reactor in the sky, represents approximately 99.8% of the solar system’s energy and offers the
only truly scalable solution to terrestrial energy constraints. By combining virtually unlimited solar power in space
with our industry-leading launch costs and satellite manufacturing capabilities, we believe we can deliver compute
over time at a fundamentally lower cost structure than is possible on Earth. By the end of the decade, we intend to
deploy the first modular orbital AI compute shells and begin monetizing capacity through the sale of AI software
and AI compute. We aim to launch 100 gigawatts of AI compute capacity on solar-powered satellites each year,
equivalent to roughly one fifth of total annual U.S. power production in 2025. The amount of compute capacity we
can launch depends on three components—payload, satellite capacity, and launch frequency. With respect to
payload, Starship V3 is designed to deliver 100 metric tons to space in a fully reusable configuration while enabling
rapid turnaround times, and future generations could reach 200 metric tons, potentially as soon as Starship V4. With
respect to satellite capacity, we expect solar cells optimized for the space environment will be produced at a rapid
rate, with early satellites generating 100 kilowatts of compute power and scaling from there. Finally, with respect to
launch frequency, we expect to be able to scale to thousands of launches per year. Together, we expect these
achievements will allow us to transport approximately one million metric tons to orbit annually, powering 100
gigawatts of AI compute. Such compute capacity will also play a critical role in advancing our human augmentation
vision by expanding the reach, speed, and capability of AI beyond what is possible with terrestrial compute
infrastructure alone.
We believe we are well-positioned to execute and deliver orbital AI compute to build the infrastructure of the future.
We believe orbital AI compute is an incredibly difficult challenge that only we can solve at scale in the near term.
Design and manufacture our own chips. We plan to deepen our strategic collaboration with Tesla and Intel through
Terafab. In connection with such collaboration, we have agreed with Tesla on a general framework for the future
development of Terafab. Any specific projects undertaken pursuant to this framework will be subject to separate
negotiations and agreements (including any development timelines, milestones and capital expenditures) and have
not yet been determined. We expect Terafab to be the world’s largest chip manufacturing facility, with the goal of
171
eventually achieving one terawatt of annual compute production capacity. While Terafab is intended to expand our
internal chip manufacturing capabilities, we expect to continue sourcing a significant portion of our compute
hardware from third-party suppliers. We view Terafab as complementary to these relationships, enabling us to
augment our access to compute hardware at massive scale and further complete our highly vertically integrated
compute platform by extending our control to the foundational chip layer. By developing end-to-end capabilities
spanning the design of lithography masks, fabrication of logic and memory chips, and advanced packaging, all in a
vertically integrated closed-loop single plant, we will be able to more rapidly iterate to improve chip design and
performance. We plan to design chips that are optimized for the space environment. This collaboration directly
enables our planned orders-of-magnitude increases in AI compute deployment in orbit which would be constrained
by pure reliance on external foundries. Leveraging shared engineering resources, intellectual property, and
infrastructure across Tesla and SpaceX, as well as Intel’s expertise in designing, fabricating and packaging ultra-
high-performance chips at scale, Terafab is designed to create powerful ecosystem synergies that accelerate
innovation cycles and reduce costs. Just as we manufacture approximately 80% of Starship in-house, we expect
significant speed and cost advantages from Terafab’s vertical integration. We believe this integration, if achieved,
will provide us with a critical competitive advantage in the race to scale AI infrastructure, especially as we begin our
orbital AI compute satellite deployments.
Launch digital human augmentation. In partnership with Tesla, we are developing Macrohard, an agentic platform
designed to fully emulate digital workflows and augment human operation of computers—from coding and product
development to management and entire business processes. Similar to how autonomous systems emulate human
inputs to execute complex tasks, Macrohard is designed to augment how humans operate computers and tools to
analyze, create, and manage workflows. Unlike other enterprise software and AI applications that primarily digitize
workflows and systematize historical processes, our solutions are designed to operate as real-time, intelligence-
driven extensions of the user. Macrohard aims to combine our frontier AI model with Tesla’s physical AI prowess to
achieve the goal of augmenting the operational functions of entire companies. We expect Macrohard to benefit from
running on both state-of-the-art processors and cost efficient Tesla processors, a critical advantage of our vertical
integration. We believe Macrohard has the potential to fundamentally transform how companies across all industries
are structured and operate, thereby allowing dramatic increases in human productivity and prosperity.
Future Markets
We aim to build the infrastructure of the future in Space, leveraging our foundational competitive advantage, the
ability to launch mass at scale. By opening access to space to industries on Earth, we can grow our business by
creating new markets. Our technological capabilities enable us to repeatedly create new markets by pushing the
boundaries of what space can support. As we continue to advance and scale, we expect to unlock new market
opportunities. Over the long-term, we expect our Starship-enabled opportunities to include:
•Point-to-point terrestrial travel. We plan to develop ultra-fast long-haul point-to-point Earth transport using
Starship, enabling passengers and cargo to travel between major cities in a fraction of current transit times,
revolutionizing global logistics and passenger travel with unprecedented speed and efficiency.
•Space tourism. With meaningful advances in space technology and the continued build-out of orbital flight
infrastructure, we expect increasing interest in human space travel as it becomes easier and more common to
access space.
•In-orbit manufacturing. We aim to establish in-space manufacturing facilities that leverage the unique
microgravity conditions of space to produce materials, pharmaceuticals, and advanced components that are
difficult or impossible to manufacture on Earth, opening new high-value industrial markets.
•Passenger and cargo transport to the Moon and Mars. We intend to support large-scale passenger and cargo
missions to the Moon and Mars, delivering the people, equipment, and supplies needed to establish permanent
human settlements and accelerate the path to becoming a self-sustaining multiplanetary civilization.
•Energy production on the Moon and Mars. We aim to develop large-scale solar energy production on the
Moon and Mars, taking advantage of the thin atmosphere and constant solar exposure to generate power for
manufacturing, habitats, and future infrastructure at scale.
172
•Manufacturing capabilities on the Moon and Mars. We plan to build manufacturing infrastructure on the
Moon and Mars that utilizes local resources to produce fuel, construction materials, and other essential
resources, reducing dependence on Earth resupply and enabling sustainable long-term presence.
•Asteroid mining. We plan to pursue asteroid mining operations to extract metals and other critical resources
from near-Earth and main-belt asteroids, providing abundant raw materials for space-based industries and
reducing the need to launch mass from Earth.
Our Market Opportunity
We believe space represents the largest economic frontier in human history. Our innovations and technological
advancements are redefining existing industries and creating new market opportunities across Space, Connectivity
and AI. We believe we have a distinct ability to identify, develop, and commercialize new multi-trillion-dollar
markets that did not previously exist. We currently stand alone in our ability to deliver revolutionary breakthroughs
across spaceflight and exploration, global connectivity, and artificial intelligence, enabling an age of abundance that
we believe has the potential to propel an unprecedented expansion in the global economy.
By pioneering the world’s first and only fleet of reusable rockets at scale, we revolutionized space access through
dramatically lower cost and unmatched reliability. Lowering costs by orders of magnitude creates entirely new
industries on Earth and in space that were technologically and economically infeasible for others to access
historically. Our first trillion-dollar market was Starlink, a satellite service supported by our low-latency, high-speed
LEO constellation that required the rapid, low-cost deployment of millions of kilograms of hardware into orbit. Our
Starlink constellation powers a global connectivity platform capable of supporting broadband and mobile services,
enabling high-speed internet access to homes, enterprises, governments, and mobile users across virtually any
location on Earth. We believe our next trillion-dollar market is AI compute, which we contemplate will leverage our
rockets and satellites for massive orbital deployment.
We believe we have identified the largest TAM in human history. We estimate that our quantifiable TAM is $28.5
trillion, consisting of $370 billion in Space from space-enabled solutions; $1.6 trillion in Connectivity across $870
billion in Starlink Broadband and $740 billion in Starlink Mobile as well as additional opportunities in enterprise
and government; $26.5 trillion in AI across $2.4 trillion in AI infrastructure, $760 billion in consumer subscriptions,
$600 billion in digital advertising, and $22.7 trillion in enterprise applications. For illustrative purposes of sizing our
addressable market opportunity, we exclude China and Russia from our global estimates.
In addition to the markets we serve today, we believe we are poised to catalyze transformative breakthroughs and
create entirely new markets. Given these are longer-term opportunities at earlier stages of development, we do not
quantify them in our TAM estimates; however, we believe that over time each of these markets could eventually
represent multi-trillion-dollar economic opportunities. These new markets include long haul point-to-point terrestrial
travel, space tourism, in-orbit manufacturing, asteroid mining, energy production and manufacturing on the Moon
and Mars, and passenger and cargo transportation to the Moon and Mars.
173
SpaceX’s Estimated TAM by Segment
a02_businesstamchart.jpg
Space
While the size of the space market is massive for any company to address, our capabilities in space represent a
foundational competitive advantage that allow us to address markets that represent significant portions of global
gross domestic product (“GDP”)—connectivity and AI. We estimate a total market opportunity of $370 billion
across space-enabled solutions, with the lunar economy presenting a significant upside not included in the estimate.
Space-Enabled Solutions. According to Novaspace, space-enabled solutions represented a $370 billion market in
2025, including spacecraft manufacturing, launch services, satellite operations, positioning, navigation and timing
(“PNT”) devices and value-added services, as well as uncontracted costs of government space agencies. Both
commercial and government customers participate in this market, with growing space-based defense budgets
reflecting prioritization of security, resilience, and strategic autonomy by governments globally. For the purpose of
sizing our TAM, we exclude the value of satellite communications services, as we include those within our
Connectivity segment.
Lunar Economy. We believe the development of a sustained human and commercial presence on the Moon has the
potential to give rise to a new lunar economy encompassing transportation, infrastructure, communications, energy,
manufacturing (including the production of satellites and advanced chips), resource extraction, and scientific and
commercial activity. Early demand is already emerging from government space agencies and research institutions,
and we expect this to expand over time to include commercial enterprises seeking to leverage the Moon as a
platform for logistics, industrial activity, and deep-space exploration. Establishing a lunar economy requires first
proving reliable extraction of water ice to sustain life and producing hydrogen-oxygen propellant, alongside building
power, transport, and storage infrastructure in an extreme, high-cost environment. If achieved, we believe these
same resources and the Moon’s low gravity unlock the potential for scalable growth through an efficient fuel
production and refueling hub, creating a strategic access point that can potentially support deeper space
industrialization and serve as a stepping stone to establishing a civilization on Mars. Although we believe the
potential size and scope of the lunar economy is extraordinarily large, we are not providing an estimate of the TAM
for this opportunity at this time because expectations regarding the timing, pace of adoption, regulatory frameworks,
and ultimate scope of commercial activity beyond Earth are rapidly evolving alongside the development and
deployment of the technology necessary to establish a lunar presence (such as Starship). As the Moon transitions
174
from a scientific outpost into an industrial frontier, SpaceX is positioned to spearhead this revolutionary expansion,
and we believe that continued advancements in our launch capabilities, space infrastructure capabilities, and cost
efficiency will allow us to meaningfully accelerate the development of a sustainable lunar economy.
Connectivity
We believe the global connectivity market represents a substantial and durable opportunity, driven by the increasing
reliance of consumers, enterprises, and governments on high-speed, low-latency, reliable connectivity across both
terrestrial and remote environments. Across Starlink Broadband and Starlink Mobile, we estimate a total market
opportunity of $1.6 trillion reflecting primarily consumer use cases. We believe these traditional use cases, however,
do not account for the long-term market opportunity, as connectivity is evolving into a critical infrastructure layer
underpinning the global economy, enabling entirely new categories of demand. As high-performance, ubiquitous
connectivity becomes embedded across transportation networks, autonomous systems, and smart devices, we expect
the scope of the market to extend well beyond the traditional definitions.
Starlink Broadband. The global demand for ubiquitous, high-speed broadband internet creates an approximately
$870 billion dollar opportunity. Our satellite broadband service, Starlink, is positioned to capture value across
multiple massive and rapidly expanding markets:
•Consumer Broadband. As the digital economy continues to expand, ubiquitous, high-speed, reliable internet
has become a structural necessity for households worldwide—powering opportunity and the next wave of
global prosperity. According to Euromonitor, there were approximately 1.8 billion global households in 2025.
As Starlink develops, we believe that our broadband network can connect, and improve the existing connection,
of every household globally. Given varying economic conditions and consumer purchasing power across
different countries, we use a different monthly ARPU for different parts of the world based on country-specific
consumer broadband ARPU from Omdia as we seek to make our service affordable and accessible across
different economic development contexts. Region-specific ARPU assumptions result in a weighted average of
$31 monthly ARPU for residential broadband internet services globally, according to Omdia. This global
average consists of a weighted average monthly ARPU of $43 in high-income markets, $16 in upper-middle
income markets, and $9 in lower-middle income and low income markets per World Bank classification.
Together this represents a total addressable market of $660 billion based on 1.8 billion households.
Approximately 40% of the global population lives in rural areas, remaining structurally underserved by
terrestrial broadband infrastructure due to unfavorable deployment economics, limited network density and high
last-mile costs.
This structural imbalance creates a large, durable and relatively uncontested baseline market for satellite-based
connectivity solutions. For many of these households, Starlink represents the first viable option for high-speed,
low-latency internet access, with limited competition from terrestrial providers. Unlike terrestrial networks,
which require significant incremental capital to extend coverage to low-density areas, our space-based
architecture enables economically scalable service delivery across these regions with minimal marginal cost per
additional user.
Importantly, while rural and underserved geographies provide a compelling initial adoption vector, we believe
Starlink’s value proposition extends well beyond these markets. As network capacity increases and product
performance continues to improve, we expect to compete increasingly in suburban and urban environments.
Accordingly, while rural households represent a large and durable entry point for our connectivity offering, we
view this segment as a foundational layer upon which significantly broader consumer, enterprise and
government demand can be built.
•Enterprise Solutions. We offer fixed site broadband solutions tailored for the needs of our enterprise customers
across many different industries, including construction, agriculture, retail, telecom, hospitality and others. For
the purpose of sizing market opportunity, we include small and medium sized businesses within our Enterprise
Solutions market opportunity. Our Starlink enterprise offerings can provide important primary or back-up
connectivity for every business in the geographies where we are licensed to operate. According to Grand View
175
Research, the global business broadband market in 2025 across small to medium sized business and enterprise
usage is estimated to be $200 billion.
•Government Solutions. Driven by increasing demand for resilient, low-latency, and highly secure
communications in contested and remote environments, defense organizations and governments around the
world are increasingly turning to commercial satellite providers with connectivity solutions to supplement and
enhance traditional military networks. According to Novaspace, the global satellite communications market
driven by defense and government demand in 2025 was $5 billion. The estimate of the government
communications market includes only publicly disclosed programs and budgets and does not include classified
missions or other restricted uses, which we believe represent additional sources of demand.
Starlink Mobile. According to Omdia, as of December 31, 2025, there were eight billion mobile connected devices
globally. We believe our Starlink Mobile offering will be able to provide continuous global coverage and
substantially reduce mobile “dead zones,” which remain areas that are structurally underserved by the limitations of
the networks of current mobile network operators. For example, according to the J.D. Power U.S. Wireless Network
Quality Performance Study, U.S. wireless customers experienced service problems in approximately one out of
every 11 mobile interactions, even in well-connected areas. In addition, an estimated 40% of the global population
resided in rural areas in 2024 according to the World Bank, where terrestrial mobile coverage can be limited or
unreliable. While we expect Starlink Mobile service today to be most impactful for customers in remote areas
uncovered by terrestrial mobile networks, as our constellation grows and our product performance continues to
improve, we will compete to be the preferred connectivity experience to our customers no matter where they are
located, whether in rural, suburban, or urban areas. The next-generation of Starlink Mobile satellites, in combination
with our recent purchase of wireless spectrum from EchoStar, is designed to provide high bandwidth and low
latency connectivity directly to end user devices, enabling a connectivity solution on par with terrestrial mobile
networks. Given varying economic conditions and consumer purchasing power across different countries, we
assume a different monthly ARPU for different parts of the world as we seek to make our service affordable and
accessible across different economic development contexts. Our region-specific ARPU assumptions result in a
weighted average monthly mobile ARPU of $8 per user. This global average consists of a weighted average monthly
ARPU of $18 in high-income markets, $5 in upper-middle income markets, $2 in lower-middle, and $2 in low
income markets. Based on the total number of connected devices globally and the mobile ARPU, we estimate the
Starlink Mobile market opportunity to be $740 billion. We expect to continue to partner with mobile network
operators globally as we expand coverage and participate in the broader mobile connectivity market.
Additional and Future Starlink Applications. We believe the long-term market opportunity for Starlink extends
materially beyond traditional fixed broadband and satellite-to-mobile connectivity. Many of these use cases
represent new categories of demand that were not previously addressable with legacy terrestrial or satellite solutions
due to limitations in coverage, latency, capacity, or cost. While these additional and future use cases are early stage
and not yet captured in conventional industry market definitions, we believe they have the potential to significantly
expand the total addressable market for connectivity over time.
•Enterprise Mobility. Because our Starlink solutions are uniquely well-suited for in-motion environments,
remote, or hard-to-serve locations, we are able to provide high-performance connectivity across land, air, and
sea. We believe we have a differentiated right to win these verticals as existing connectivity solutions are not
able to provide sufficient speed, latency and reliability, with frequent service outages driven by weather, orbital
mechanics and coverage gaps. Our Starlink constellation directly addresses these deficiencies, creating a
compelling path for us to capture a substantial share of opportunities and to unlock previously unattainable
levels of service quality and customer willingness to pay.
In land mobility, Starlink supports connectivity for vehicle fleets, including trucking, rail, public safety vehicles,
and autonomous systems, enabling real-time telematics, route optimization, safety monitoring, and onboard
passenger connectivity, as fleets become increasingly connected and data-driven.
In aviation, Starlink delivers high-speed, low-latency in-flight connectivity for commercial airlines, business
aviation, and government aircraft, supporting passenger broadband, operational communications, and real-time
aircraft data transmission, as airlines increasingly prioritize differentiated onboard experiences and operational
176
efficiency. There are approximately 23,900 commercial aircraft, according to Oliver Wyman, and
approximately 24,500 privately owned aircraft, according to Corporate Jet Investor, in the world, which can be
served by our aviation offering.
In maritime, Starlink provides connectivity for commercial shipping, offshore energy platforms, cruise lines,
and government vessels, enabling crew welfare, operational optimization, safety systems, and real-time data
transfer, as connectivity becomes a standard requirement across global fleets. Our potential customer base as of
2025 consists of approximately 99,000 commercial merchant ships, defined as being 100 gross tons or more,
approximately 21,000 fishing vessels, and approximately 4,000 cruise ships and private yachts, according to
Marine Traffic Dashboard.
•Expanded Enterprise and Government Applications
Enterprise Back-Up and Failover Connectivity. As connectivity becomes a mission critical component of
enterprise operations, we believe back-up and failover connectivity is evolving into a foundational layer of
enterprise infrastructure. The increasing cost of downtime, combined with the proliferation of cloud-based and
latency-sensitive applications, is driving enterprises to prioritize uptime, business continuity, and network
resilience and adopt multi-layered connectivity architectures. We believe this shift will result in a meaningful
expansion of the connectivity market.
Expanded Government Applications. We believe traditional connectivity market estimates do not fully
capture the scope of government-related demand, particularly in mission-critical and classified applications. The
growing importance of secure communications, real-time intelligence, and resilient network architectures is
driving sustained investment in connectivity capabilities across defense and civilian agencies. These use cases
tend to command higher value and longer-duration contracts, contributing to a meaningful and durable
expansion of the connectivity market.
Smart Device Connectivity. The proliferation of connected devices across various physical environments—
including sensors, wearables, vehicles, appliances, and infrastructure systems—is driving increasing demand for
ubiquitous, reliable, and low-latency connectivity. As of 2025, there were approximately 22 billion IoT
connected devices globally, forecasted to reach 47 billion by 2031. As billions of connected devices generate,
transmit, and act on data, connectivity becomes an essential enabler of new categories of economic activity. As
these devices grow in scale into the tens of billions globally and become more intelligent and data-intensive, we
believe the scope of the connectivity market will expand significantly beyond traditional human-centric usage.
In-Orbit Data Transport. We operate a large constellation of over 23,000 inter-satellite lasers that create a
dynamic mesh network in space and enable traffic rerouting through orbit. We believe this laser mesh network
will help us unlock a new connectivity market by enabling third-party satellites to utilize our in-orbit data
transport layer. While most of our laser mesh network capacity is used to power our Starlink services, we
selectively monetize excess capacity through our Plaser program. We allow third parties to purchase our space
laser hardware and connect their satellites to our Starlink network, allowing them to offload data to a ground
station anywhere on Earth while bypassing the need to build their own relay architecture or ground stations. As
satellite constellations grow, we expect market demand for high-throughput, low-latency data relay to increase
across commercial and government operators. While this market remains nascent, we believe the opportunity
represents a meaningful expansion beyond traditional satellite connectivity TAM.
Artificial Intelligence
The market for artificial intelligence is currently undergoing explosive structural growth, emerging as a foundational
utility for the modern global economy and unlocking a multi-trillion-dollar opportunity. Our frontier models,
consumer and enterprise applications, and AI infrastructure solutions are strategically positioned to capture value
across four key components of this vast ecosystem, resulting in an estimated total market opportunity of $26.5
trillion.
AI Infrastructure. According to RAND Corporation, global data center compute demand is estimated to be 235
gigawatts in 2030, of which 70% is estimated to be utilized for AI workloads. Assuming a target Power Usage
177
Effectiveness of 1.2 and an all-in chip power consumption per GPU of 1.3 kilowatts per GPU—that of an H100
SXM—this AI workload demand corresponds to 104 million GPUs required. We apply an 80% utilization rate per
the National Electrical Installation Standards and a GPU rental rate of $3.33 per hour, according to Silicon Data,
which is based on the median of neocloud GPU rental rates in 2025; we note that the rental rate has historically
varied subject to market conditions. As a result, we estimate the AI compute infrastructure market opportunity to be
approximately $2.4 trillion.
Consumer Subscriptions. As demand for AI solutions surges, fueled by widespread adoption of AI tools that
enhance productivity, creativity, personalization, and real-time assistance in everyday life, consumers are
increasingly turning to subscription-based access to high-performance AI platforms. These platforms, equipped with
advanced reasoning, seamless real-time data integration, and multimodal capabilities, are essential in today’s ever-
more receptive and interconnected world. We believe SpaceX is well positioned to address this opportunity through
our X and Grok platforms by delivering a differentiated product centered on truth-seeking and real-time relevance.
Our roadmap for future models contains multi-trillion parameter models, which could represent a step change in
reasoning depth and overall intelligence. Through Grok’s integration with X and proprietary access to real-time data
inflows, we believe we can better address a broader set of high-frequency, high-value consumer use cases and
increase user engagement and willingness to pay, positioning Grok to capture a larger share of the consumer AI
subscription market relative to standalone, non-integrated offerings. We estimate our market opportunity based on
the global population of individuals aged 10 and over in 2025—approximately five and a half billion according to
Euromonitor—multiplied by the weighted average monthly subscription revenue of $12, resulting in an annualized
market opportunity of approximately $760 billion. Our weighted average monthly revenue assumes different
monthly subscription fees across different geographies around the world. We assume $30 monthly cost of a
SuperGrok subscription in high-income countries, $8 monthly cost in upper-middle and lower-middle income
countries, and significantly lower monthly cost in low income countries, as defined by the World Bank.
Digital Advertising. Digital advertising represents a large and growing global market opportunity as businesses
increase marketing budgets towards digital platforms that enable targeted advertising, measurable performance, and
direct engagement with consumers. In 2025, global digital advertising spending totaled $600 billion according to
S&P Global Market Intelligence. We believe that X’s ability to combine large-scale user engagement, real-time
content, and advanced AI-driven performance marketing tools positions us well to participate in this significant
market opportunity.
Enterprise Applications. AI is revolutionizing enterprise applications as organizations across industries increasingly
adopt AI solutions to automate complex workflows, augment knowledge workers, enhance decision-making,
redefine productivity, and improve operational efficiency. Specifically, we believe that our enterprise applications,
including Macrohard, agentic AI, will increasingly support knowledge workers across industries by automating
routine cognitive tasks, assisting with research and analysis, generating content and code, and refining decision-
making processes. Ultimately, we believe this transformation could evolve knowledge workers into empowered
managers of autonomous agents, unlocking unprecedented levels of creativity and productivity.
We believe we are still in the early days of AI transforming enterprises, with AI-powered enterprise applications
poised to reshape the digital economy. The Digital Cooperation Organization (“DCO”) defines the digital economy
as economic activity reliant on, significantly enhanced, or enabled by digital technologies and their applications,
including the following products and services: AI and advanced analytics, blockchain and decentralized
technologies, cloud services, digital connectivity, digital devices and the IoT, encryption and cybersecurity,
immersive technologies, and robotics and autonomous systems. DCO estimates that the digital economy will grow
three times faster in 2026 on a year-over-year basis compared to the estimated growth of the global GDP, reaching
approximately $22.7 trillion in 2026. In a survey of CTOs, senior technologists, policymakers, and digital economy
experts, also conducted by DCO, AI and advanced analytics were identified by 69% of respondents as their top
digital technology priority—higher than any other surveyed priority. We believe that our enterprise strategy, which
is focused on serving the digital needs of the world’s largest industries with AI solutions, positions us competitively
to pursue this rapidly growing opportunity.
178
Future Markets
Beyond the established markets reflected in our TAM, we envision that ongoing advancements in our technology
and infrastructure will unlock entirely new markets over time. As launch costs decline, satellite capabilities advance,
and large-scale compute infrastructure expands, innovative applications and new markets may emerge that harness
our integrated infrastructure across space, connectivity, and AI. Although these prospects remain nascent, with
uncertain timing and scale—and thus are excluded from our quantified total addressable market estimates—we
believe they hold trillions of dollars of eventual potential for groundbreaking innovation and value creation,
eventually representing multi-trillion-dollar economic opportunities.
Long-Haul Point-to-Point Terrestrial Travel. Our Starship vehicle has the potential to revolutionize terrestrial
commercial transportation by achieving an unparalleled combination of speed, reliability and cost efficiency. This
capability could reduce most international long-haul flights to under 30 minutes, enabling point-to-point travel to the
furthest location in an hour or less. While we must surmount technological, economic and regulatory obstacles to
fully capitalize on this opportunity—such as restrictions on supersonic flights over land in certain regions due to
sonic booms, and the economic feasibility of shorter routes—we believe we are strategically positioned to take share
of the terrestrial logistics and transportation market.
Space Tourism. Historically, human spaceflight has been limited to government astronauts, augmented by a limited
number of privately funded missions. Yet, with meaningful advances in space technology and the ongoing
expansion of orbital flight infrastructure, we anticipate a gradual increase in accessibility of spaceflight over time,
potentially enabling a new category of commercial human spaceflight and tourism. Under 30 people out of the
global population visited Earth’s orbit in 2025, which we believe could be a far greater number in the future.
Passenger and Cargo Transport to the Moon and Mars. Looking further ahead, advances in reusable launch
systems and deep-space transportation infrastructure may enable new forms of interplanetary logistics, including
passenger and cargo transportation to the Moon and Mars. Supporting a sustained human presence on another planet
would require the regular transport of people, equipment, and materials at a scale not previously possible.
Energy Production and Manufacturing on the Moon and Mars. Establishing a sustained human and industrial
presence on the Moon and Mars would require reliable, large-scale energy generation to support habitats,
manufacturing, and scientific operations. Potential solutions could include solar power systems, taking advantage of
the thin atmosphere, constant solar exposure, and other advanced energy technologies designed to operate in the
unique environmental conditions of the Moon and Mars. Over time, we believe that advances in planetary
infrastructure may enable manufacturing on the Moon and Mars using locally available resources.
In-Orbit Manufacturing. Terrestrial manufacturing is inherently constrained by gravity, which imposes
fundamental limitations on processes at the atomic and molecular level. Establishing in-orbit infrastructure unlocks
large-scale, high-value production free from those traditional barriers, enabling breakthroughs in precision and
efficiency. The microgravity environment of space fosters innovative advancements in key industries, such as
pharmaceuticals—where it enhances drug solubility, purity, crystallization, and stability—as well as, advanced
materials and semiconductors, allowing for superior crystal formation and material properties unattainable on Earth.
Beyond these particle-level innovations, in-orbit facilities overcome Earth’s energy constraints by harnessing
abundant, uninterrupted solar power, facilitating energy-intensive operations with unparalleled sustainability.
Asteroid Mining. Asteroid resources, including platinum-group metals, rare earth elements, nickel, cobalt, iron and
water, represent a vast untapped reservoir beyond Earth’s gravity well, with some near-Earth objects containing
concentrations of elements far exceeding typical terrestrial ore grades. With meaningful advances in reusable launch
capabilities, autonomous robotics, and in-situ processing technologies, we believe the accessibility of asteroid
resources will expand over time, unlocking a new category of commercial space resource extraction. We believe our
experience in launch systems, spacecraft development, and space infrastructure uniquely positions us to pursue
asteroid mining operations to extract metals and other critical resources from near-Earth and main-belt asteroids,
providing abundant raw materials for space-based infrastructure, reducing the need to launch all mass from Earth.
179
Our Solutions & Services
Unparalleled Launch Capability
Our unmatched launch capability is the foundational competitive advantage that enables our unique solutions and
services. We are the market leader in orbital launch, providing low-cost, reliable, and frequent access to space for
commercial and government customers. Our launch services are built around a fleet of reusable rockets and
spacecraft. SpaceX’s family of rocket systems and spacecraft address missions ranging from routine cargo delivery
to the International Space Station to deep-space exploration. The Falcon class of rockets delivered over 80% of mass
to orbit in the year ending December 31, 2025. Starship, a two-stage super heavy-lift launch vehicle that we have
been flight testing since 2023, further enhances our industry-defining launch offerings.
Separate from our fleet of reusable rockets, SpaceX’s launch advantage is equally underpinned by our fleet of
advanced spacecraft. Our International Space Station cargo and human spaceflight missions are launched on Falcon
9 and flown on the Dragon crew and cargo spacecraft. The vehicles autonomously dock to the station, delivering
pressurized and unpressurized cargo, and passengers. Both Dragon variants are partially reusable and perform fully
autonomous rendezvous, docking, and return operations.
Our Fleet of Launch Vehicles and Spacecraft
Our Fleet of Launch Vehicles
a11_ourfleetoflaunchvehicl.jpg
Falcon 9. The Falcon 9 rocket is a reusable, two-stage rocket designed and manufactured by SpaceX for the safe,
reliable, and cost-effective transport of satellites, scientific payloads, cargo, and crew to Earth orbit and beyond.
Powered by liquid oxygen and rocket-grade kerosene, the first-stage is equipped with nine Merlin 1D engines
producing over 1.7 million pounds of thrust at sea level, while the second stage utilizes a single vacuum-optimized
Merlin engine for precise orbital insertion. First launched in 2010, Falcon 9 is the world’s first orbital-class rapidly
reusable rocket, and has become the most active orbital launch vehicle today, with approximately 620 orbital space
launches as of March 31, 2026 and an over 99% mission success rate. Falcon 9 is capable of delivering
approximately 23 metric tons to LEO and eight metric tons to geosynchronous transfer orbit. Reusability allows
SpaceX to refly the most expensive parts of the rocket, which in turn drives down the cost of space access. Falcon
9’s reusable components primarily include its booster, which lands on one of our autonomous drone ships out on the
180
ocean or on one of our landing zones near our launch pads ahead of being refurbished for a future launch, and its
payload fairing halves, which are recovered via parachute-assisted splashdowns and are refurbished and reused after
retrieval. The second stage is not designed for recovery or reuse and instead safely deorbits after successful payload
deployment.
Falcon 9 Overview
a12_falcon9overview.jpg
Falcon 9 introduced a combination of technical innovation, cost reduction, and operational scale that materially
altered the economics of orbital launch and established our position as the leading commercial launch provider.
•First Orbital-Class Rapidly Reusable Rocket: In December 2015, Falcon 9 achieved the first vertical landing
of an orbital-class booster, followed in April 2016 by the first autonomous drone ship landing in the Atlantic
Ocean. Reuse of boosters and fairings, a practice pioneered by SpaceX in the launch industry, fundamentally
enables our launch rate and capacity and forms the basis for the launch system’s inherent reliability. Through
recovering, inspecting, and evaluating flown hardware, SpaceX gains insight into system performance that
would not be otherwise achievable. Partial reusability for orbital spaceflight has reduced cost per ton to orbit by
approximately 85% as compared to the historical average launch cost per kilogram of $18,500.
•Reusability Enabled Cost Structure Advantage: Reuse of the first-stage—representing the majority of
vehicle manufacturing cost—has materially reduced marginal launch costs relative to fully expendable systems.
•Highest Operational Tempo in History: With approximately 620 orbital space launches over 15 years of
operation, Falcon 9 is the most frequently flown active orbital launch vehicle to date. In 2025, Falcon 9
conducted 165 launches, accounting for over half of all global orbital launches in the year while delivering over
80% of mass to orbit.
•Track Record of Success: As of March 31, 2026, Falcon 9 has achieved an over 99% mission success rate.
Falcon 9 has achieved over 570 successful booster landings and more than 540 launches completed by a flight-
proven Falcon rocket, underscoring the reliability of its reusability architecture.
•Human Spaceflight Certified: Falcon 9, paired with SpaceX’s Dragon crew spacecraft, is the only U.S.-based
launch vehicle certified by NASA under the Commercial Crew Program to transport astronauts to and from the
181
International Space Station. As of December 31, 2025, Falcon 9 has successfully launched 19 human
spaceflight missions with a 100% mission success rate.
•In-House Engine Development and Manufacturing: Falcon 9 is powered by Merlin engines that are
designed, developed, and manufactured in‑house, providing vertical integration across propulsion design,
production, and testing. The Merlin engine achieves one of the highest thrust‑to‑weight ratios of any rocket
engine in operational service, contributing to Falcon 9’s performance and payload capacity.
Falcon 9
a13_falcon9image.jpg
As we transition primary production and development resources toward the fully and rapidly reusable Starship
system, Falcon 9 continues to serve as the backbone of our launch revenue base; generating high-margin recurring
cash flows while providing critical operational experience in high-cadence reuse. The proven capabilities of Falcon
9 established us as the leading provider of launch services globally and laid the technological and economic
foundation for the next era of space transportation.
Falcon Heavy. Falcon Heavy is a partially reusable super heavy-lift launch vehicle, designed to deliver large
payloads to orbit. Building on the proven architecture of the Falcon 9 rocket, Falcon Heavy is composed of three
reusable Falcon 9 nine-engine boosters whose combined 27 Merlin engines generate more than five million pounds
of thrust at liftoff—one of the most powerful operational rockets in the world today. It is capable of carrying
approximately 64 metric tons of payload to LEO and 27 metric tons to geosynchronous transfer orbit. Falcon
Heavy’s reusable components primarily include its three boosters, which are designed to land vertically on drone
ships in the ocean and landing zones near our launch sites, and its payload-faring halves, which are recovered via
parachute-assisted splashdown and are refurbished and reused after retrieval. The second stage is not designed for
recovery or reuse and is designed to safely deorbit after successful payload deployment, similar to Falcon 9.
182
Falcon Heavy Overview
a14_falconheavyoverview.jpg
•Reusability: Falcon Heavy incorporates a design focused on reusability, which has contributed to lowering the
cost of access to space and altering the launch industry’s economic model for large or high-value payloads. The
vehicle’s two side boosters, equipped with hypersonic grid fins and advanced propulsion systems, enable
controlled recovery and soft landings. This capability enables reusability, with missions launching on flight-
proven boosters generally priced below those of traditional expendable flights. Our Falcon 9 boosters, which are
qualified for up to 40 flights, are also used on Falcon Heavy, with an average of 6 flights per booster on Falcon
Heavy. Although our Falcon 9 boosters have been engineered and demonstrated to support up to 40 flights, we
have established a maximum accounting useful life of 25 flights as an estimate based on forecasted utilization.
This estimate reflects: (i) our strategic transition to Starship, which is expected to materially reduce future
Falcon 9 flight demand; and (ii) restrictions under certain government contracts that prohibit the use of boosters
flown more than five times on their missions. These useful life estimates are periodically reassessed based on
engineering qualification data, post-flight inspections, recovery success rates, actual fleet performance, cost
sensitivity analyses, and the long-range launch manifest.
183
Falcon Heavy
a15_falconheavyimage.jpg
•Exploratory Missions Beyond Earth’s Orbit: Falcon Heavy first launched in February 2018, when it put a
Tesla Roadster and its mannequin passenger, Starman, into orbit around the Sun. This was the first instance of a
car sent into deep space and demonstrated the rocket’s capability for trans-Mars injection. Since its inaugural
flight, Falcon Heavy has completed missions that expanded the scope of space exploration and commercial
spaceflight. Falcon Heavy has been selected by NASA to launch critical weather satellites, interplanetary probes
including Europa Clipper (Jupiter) and Dragonfly (Saturn), and the upcoming Nancy Grace Roman telescope,
designed to study exoplanets and dark energy and matter.
184
Starman in Orbit
a16_starman.jpg
•Perfect Performance Record: As of March 31, 2026, Falcon Heavy had successfully completed 11 launches,
all resulting in successful payload delivery. Falcon Heavy flown boosters have also safely completed 18 total
recoveries and 16 reflights. It was certified for National Security Space Launch in 2019, authorizing its use for
U.S. government operations alongside Falcon 9.
Starship. A fully reusable two-stage super heavy-lift launch vehicle, Starship stands to fundamentally transform
spaceflight by making it more accessible, cost-effective, and scalable than ever before. Comprising the Super Heavy
booster (powered by 33 Raptor engines) and the Starship upper stage (with three sea-level and three vacuum Raptor
engines), Starship V3 is designed to deliver 100 metric tons to space in a fully reusable configuration while enabling
rapid turnaround times akin to commercial aviation, and future generations could reach 200 metric tons, potentially
as soon as Starship V4. To date, we have executed 12 Starship flight tests, with our 12th flight test in May 2026
debuting the next generation Starship vehicle and Super Heavy booster, powered by the next evolution of our Raptor
engine and launching from a newly designed pad at Starbase. We expect Starship to commence payload delivery to
orbit in the second half of 2026. We have achieved innovative milestones, including multiple successful ascents of
the world’s most powerful rocket; the launch, return, catch, and reuse of the Super Heavy booster; the return of its
upper stage within three meters of its intended landing point; the transfer of approximately five metric tons of
cryogenic propellant between tanks while in space, a first of its kind operation that provides key data for future full-
scale propellant transfer operations; successful in-space relights of the Raptor engines; and multiple controlled
reentries through Earth’s atmosphere. The purpose of flight tests is to collect data so no result, even loss of a vehicle,
is considered a failure because we learn something.
Starship is a key enabler of our growth objectives, including the deployment of next-generation V3 satellites,
satellite-to-mobile constellations, and orbital AI compute at scale. Achieving our targeted launch cadence with
Starship will require significant progress on several key milestones and the investment of significant capital
resources. These include: securing additional land and developing high-rate launch sites and supporting
infrastructure across multiple locations; scaling production of Starship vehicles and Raptor engines; constructing
propellant production facilities, including air separation units and methane liquefaction plants co-located with launch
sites; securing sufficient power supply; and obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals, particularly from the FAA,
to support a high launch cadence while addressing public safety and environmental considerations. Our development
185
of Starship and its associated infrastructure assumes continued successful iteration through flight testing, regulatory
progress, supply chain scaling, and cost reduction driven by increasing reusability. We have made substantial
investments in manufacturing scale-up, including Starfactory for high-volume vehicle production, multiple large-
scale vertical integration and refurbishment facilities, additional launch towers, test infrastructure, propellant
production assets, and power generation capabilities.
Full reusability of Starship’s upper stage is not required to deploy our V3 satellites and V2 Mobile satellites in low-
Earth orbit. In-orbit refueling is also not required for any of these LEO programs and is instead intended for
missions beyond LEO, such as lunar and interplanetary transport. Starship’s substantial payload capacity to LEO,
even in partially reusable or expendable configurations, enables meaningful progress toward these objectives. We
have already demonstrated Super Heavy booster reusability in multiple integrated flight tests. As a result,
meaningful advancement across the deployment of next-generation V3 satellites, satellite-to-mobile constellations,
and the orbital AI compute program is not dependent on achieving full reusability.
Starship Overview
a17_starshipoverview.jpg
•Full and Rapid Reusability and Drastically Reduced Launch Costs: Starship’s core design innovation is its
full and rapid approach to reusability: both stages return to Earth for catch and rapid refurbishment. The Super
Heavy booster returns to the launch site following stage separation and is caught mid-air by the launch tower’s
mechanical arms, also known as “chopsticks,” to facilitate immediate inspection, refurbishment, and relaunch.
186
“Chopstick” Super Heavy Booster Catch
a19_boostercatch.jpg
The Starship upper stage, after orbital delivery or missions beyond, is designed to reenter protected by advanced
heat shield tiles, execute a propulsive landing burn, and be similarly caught mid-air by the launch tower’s
mechanical arms. We believe that Starship’s full and rapid reusability will enable sub-one hour reflights,
causing a paradigm shift in launch cadence.
Starship Landing Burn
a18_starshiplandingimage.jpg
187
•Improvements in Engine Development Underpin Starship’s Massive Payload Capacity: With a payload
bay volume rivaling the pressurized sections of the International Space Station, Starship is designed to deploy
structures like space station modules, large telescopes, our next-generation V3 satellites, and future AI compute
satellites. Starship is powered by 39 Raptor engines, which are full-flow staged combustion cycle rocket engines
burning cryogenic liquid methane and liquid oxygen. Raptor engines offer nearly triple the thrust per engine,
higher efficiency, and better performance for heavy-lift and deep space missions compared to the Merlin engine
used on Falcon 9. Each Raptor 3 engine in Starship saves nearly a ton of vehicle mass compared to previous
generations by removing heat shields and simplifying plumbing. Starship’s capacity enables the next leg of our
growth, including scaling our Starlink Mobile constellation and orbital AI compute.
•Orbital Refueling: Starship’s expected orbital refueling capability will allow tanker variants to refill the upper
stage in LEO and extend its range for deep-space missions beyond Earth’s orbit. These capabilities are expected
to revolutionize mission architecture, with each Starship designed to be capable of transporting large numbers
of people or hundreds of metric tons of cargo to destinations like the surface of the Moon and Mars.
•Sustainable Human Exploration Beyond Earth: Starship was designed from the beginning to fly to other
worlds and enable self-growing bases on the Moon, an entire civilization on Mars, and ultimately expansion
beyond our solar system. As NASA’s Human Landing System for Artemis, Starship is built to deliver
astronauts and cargo to the lunar surface and serve as the key enabler for supporting permanent presence on the
Moon.
•Versatility Across Mission Profiles: Beyond deep space, Starship is designed to adapt to diverse roles
including the U.S. Space Force’s Rocket Cargo program for rapid point-to-point global logistics, Starlink and
other commercial satellite constellations, in-orbit manufacturing components and hardware, space tourism, and
others.
Starship is designed to enable a step-function advancement in our capabilities, featuring rapid, full reusability of
both the Super Heavy booster and the Starship spacecraft to achieve unprecedented throughput at significantly
reduced costs compared to existing systems. As Starship progresses toward full operational utilization, the Falcon 9
and Falcon Heavy platforms will remain key assets for specialized missions, including NASA crew rotations and
national security payloads.
Dragon Cargo Spacecraft. The Dragon cargo spacecraft is an uncrewed vehicle designed primarily for transporting
cargo to and from the International Space Station under NASA’s Commercial Resupply Services program. As an
evolution of the original Dragon spacecraft, this vehicle represents a critical component of our portfolio, enabling
reliable, cost-effective logistics for space missions. The spacecraft consists of a pressurized section for
environmentally controlled cargo and an unpressurized trunk section for additional payloads. It has a launch payload
mass of up to 6,000 kilograms and a return payload mass of 3,000 kilograms, making it uniquely suited for both
delivery and retrieval of scientific experiments, supplies, and hardware, and establishing SpaceX as the only
company capable of returning significant amounts of cargo from the International Space Station back to Earth.
188
Dragon Cargo Overview
a20_dragonoverview.jpg
•Key features: Key highlights of the Dragon cargo spacecraft include its propulsion system with 16 Draco
thrusters for precise orbital maneuvering, autonomous docking capabilities via NASA’s International Docking
System Standard (IDSS), and a trunk equipped with solar panels for power generation during flight.
•Launch vehicle, return mechanism and mission profiles: The spacecraft is launched atop the Falcon 9 rocket
and returns to Earth via parachute-assisted splashdown in the ocean, where it is recovered for refurbishment and
reuse. Dragon supports extended in-orbit durations, typically spending several weeks docked to the International
Space Station before undocking with returned cargo.
•Historic accomplishments: Launched by Falcon 9 in 2012, our Dragon spacecraft became the first commercial
spacecraft to deliver cargo to and from the International Space Station and, eight years later, the first privately
built vehicle to fly humans to the orbiting laboratory. This achievement ended U.S. reliance on foreign vehicles
for International Space Station resupply following the Space Shuttle’s retirement in 2011. The original Dragon
variant (later known as Dragon 1) established a critical role in advancing research on the space station as the
only spacecraft capable of returning significant amounts of cargo to Earth. The upgraded cargo spacecraft
pioneered autonomous docking without robotic arm assistance, delivered major hardware upgrades for the
station including new solar arrays, and recently debuted the ability to reboost the station’s altitude. It remains
the only reusable cargo spacecraft in operation. As of March 31, 2026, our Dragon spacecraft has completed
over 30 cargo missions to the International Space Station.
Dragon Crew Spacecraft. Dragon is engineered to fly humans to and from Earth orbit, including the International
Space Station. The spacecraft is designed to accommodate up to seven passengers, with a pressurized cabin for crew
habitation, life support systems, and cargo.
189
Dragon Orbiting Earth's Poles
a21_dragonimage.jpg
•Key features: Dragon Crew spacecraft is equipped with advanced avionics, touchscreen interfaces for manual
control, and an integrated trunk with solar power generation. Dragon Crew’s propulsion includes 16 Draco
thrusters for orbital adjustments and 8 Super Draco engines for its launch escape system, enabling rapid
separation from the rocket in the unlikely event of an emergency.
•Launch vehicle, return mechanism and mission profiles: The spacecraft is launched atop the Falcon 9 rocket
and returns to Earth via parachute-assisted splashdown in the ocean, where it is recovered for refurbishment and
reuse. The design emphasizes reusability, with vehicles certified for multiple flights after refurbishment, and
supports missions lasting up to nine months on the International Space Station.
•Historic accomplishments: Revolutionary accomplishments of Dragon include being the first privately
developed spacecraft to transport humans to and from the International Space Station, achieved during the
Demo-2 mission in May 2020 which carried NASA astronauts Doug Hurley and Bob Behnken. This milestone
returned human spaceflight capabilities to the United States for the first time since the Space Shuttle’s
retirement in 2011, reducing dependence on foreign spacecraft. Dragon has enabled regular astronaut rotations
under NASA’s Commercial Crew Program, flying nearly 15 successful Crew and Private Astronaut missions to
the International Space Station to date, while pioneering space tourism by carrying commercial astronauts on
private flights. Its autonomous docking technology, life support for extended durations, and abort system have
set new safety standards achieving a flawless record in crewed operations.
Connectivity
Starlink Consumer Broadband
Starlink Consumer Broadband is a broadband network powered by our global LEO satellite constellation, designed
to deliver high-speed, low-latency internet connectivity anywhere on Earth. The service provides fiber-like
download speeds with latency low enough to support intensive real-time applications, such as content streaming,
video calls, and online gaming, while requiring only visible sight to the sky and electricity for installation. Since
launch, Starlink has scaled rapidly, serving approximately 10.3 million subscribers across 164 countries, territories,
and other markets as of March 31, 2026.
190
Starlink Consumer Broadband is enabled by the largest satellite constellation in human history with approximately
9,000 broadband satellites as of March 31, 2026, operating in LEO to deliver latency comparable to many terrestrial
broadband connections. We launched approximately 3,100 Starlink broadband and mobile satellites in 2025, which
is approximately five times more than the total number of active satellites in the entire second largest LEO satellite
constellation. We provide download speeds exceeding 400 Mbps with round-trip latencies as low as 21 milliseconds
—performance that rivals or surpasses traditional terrestrial broadband while also reaching locations no traditional
fiber or cellular network can economically serve. Satellite-based communications are uniquely suited to reach
underserved and remote areas by delivering coverage directly from LEO without requiring local infrastructure. In
contrast, terrestrial networks depend on costly, ground-based buildouts that are often uneconomical in low-density or
hard-to-access regions. As of March 31, 2026, the constellation incorporated over 23,000 inter-satellite lasers that
create a dynamic mesh network in space, enabling traffic to route through orbit rather than relying solely on
terrestrial backhaul infrastructure. Satellites autonomously maneuver to avoid collisions and are designed for
controlled end-of-life deorbit, supporting long-term orbital sustainability. Successive generations of our broadband
satellites, including V3 satellites, are expected to increase throughput, power capacity, and network efficiency, with
production vertically integrated and performed largely in-house. Our focus on vertical integration has allowed us to
reduce the Starlink satellite manufacturing cost per one Gbps of downlink capacity by approximately three times
from Starlink V1 Broadband satellites to V2 Mini satellites. We expect to achieve a total cost reduction of nine times
from Starlink V1 Broadband satellites to V3 satellites.
Starlink Broadband V2 Mini and V3 Satellites
a22_starlinkv3overview.jpg
On Earth, users access the network through proprietary Starlink terminals that we design and manufacture. As of
March 31, 2026, we have reduced the cost of Starlink terminals—achieving an approximately 59% reduction in the
average manufacturing cost of a Starlink Kit since 2022—while improving performance and reliability, which we
believe collectively provides us a meaningful and durable competitive advantage over other terrestrial and satellite
broadband providers. Our portfolio of terminals, which we are able to manufacture and sell for a fraction of the cost
of terminals used by other satellite internet providers, includes three primary consumer configurations including: a
Standard terminal designed for fixed residential and small business use, featuring a wide field of view; a Mini
terminal roughly the size of a laptop, designed for mobility and travel use cases with a built-in Wi-Fi router and the
ability to operate on portable battery systems or 12V vehicle power; and the Performance terminal, designed for
demanding environments, with a maximum download speed over 450 Mbps and a higher power consumption of
191
110W or more under load. Each type of terminal is designed to be quick and seamless for a consumer to self-set up,
support in-motion connectivity up to speeds of 100 mph, and deliver global, oceanwide coverage for consumer
maritime use. We believe that this combination of low cost, portability (particularly in the case of our Starlink Mini
terminal), and ease of installation of our terminals will help scale our consumer broadband offering.
Starlink Standard and Mini User Terminals
a23_starlinkuserterminal.jpg
We monetize Starlink primarily through subscription plans paired with hardware sales. Service tiers vary by speed,
priority access, geographic coverage, and mobility requirements, including Local and Global Priority options for
small to medium sized business, enterprise, and government Starlink customers. As the constellation scales and
capacity expands with next-generation satellites, we expect Starlink to continue growing as a global, recurring-
revenue connectivity platform and foundational layer of a space-enabled digital economy.
Enterprise Solutions
Enterprise Solutions offers the same fundamental advantages of Starlink Consumer Broadband—high throughput,
low-latency, and global coverage—into mission-critical, in-motion, and distributed connectivity environments for
enterprises. Starlink’s architecture is designed to deliver consistent performance across routes, oceans, and remote
industrial sites. Enterprise services are supported by dedicated hardware configurations and commercial structures
tailored to usage intensity, service-level requirements, and fleet-scale deployments.
192
Enterprise Solutions
a26_starlinkenterprise.jpg
Aviation Connectivity
Starlink Aviation provides broadband connectivity for commercial and private aircraft, enabling high-quality
internet service for passengers and crew from gate to gate, including during taxi and prior to take-off. The service is
differentiated by materially lower latency and higher throughput than legacy in-flight connectivity systems, enabling
streaming, video conferencing, and real-time applications at scale while in flight—even bandwidth-intensive
applications such as gaming, previously impractical from an airplane. Starlink’s global network is designed to
eliminate “dead zones” and supports performance on polar and high-latitude routes that can be challenging for
traditional providers. In recent years, we have assembled dedicated sales and engineering teams to market and
support fleet-wide conversions in the aviation sector. This has enabled partnerships with many of the world’s
leading airlines, including United Airlines, Southwest Airlines, American Airlines, Qatar Airways, Lufthansa Group,
British Airways, Alaska Airlines, and Hawaiian Airlines, many of which have implemented or committed to fleet-
wide Starlink installations for seamless in-flight connectivity.
Maritime Connectivity
Starlink Maritime provides broadband connectivity for vessels operating in coastal and deep-ocean environments,
supporting both operational requirements (navigation, telemetry, maintenance, logistics) and end-user connectivity
(crew welfare and passenger internet). The service is designed for consistent coverage regardless of proximity to
land, including routes that may experience service degradation under legacy satellite architectures. Starlink terminals
are engineered for marine operating conditions and are designed to be installed or swapped efficiently alongside
existing onboard communications systems, reducing downtime during retrofit. For many maritime operators,
Starlink functions as a wholesale or “syndicated” connectivity layer: vessel owners or cruise operators purchase and
allocate capacity across passengers, crew, and critical ship systems, including when reselling Wi-Fi access as an
onboard service. Pricing structures vary by vessel class, expected consumption, coverage requirements (coastal vs.
ocean), and priority level, and are generally implemented through recurring subscription arrangements with fleet-
based commercial terms. To support fleet-wide conversions in the maritime sector, we have partnered with premier
cruise operators, such as Carnival Corporation, Royal Caribbean Group, MSC Cruises, and Norwegian Cruise Line
Holdings, for full-fleet deployments that deliver reliable high-speed internet across thousands of vessels worldwide.
193
Land Mobility and IoT
Starlink supports in-motion connectivity for land mobility and industrial IoT applications where terrestrial networks
are intermittent or unavailable. These deployments include fleet vehicles, remote field operations, and ruggedized
use cases that require continuous broadband while moving, often across large geographies. The service is
particularly relevant for emergency responders, disaster recovery, and critical infrastructure continuity, where
resilient communications materially impact safety and response effectiveness. In industrial settings, Starlink can
serve as a connectivity backbone for connected equipment and telemetry-driven workflows, enabling real-time
monitoring and remote operations in agriculture, energy, and logistics environments. Commercial deployments are
typically structured around fleets or enterprise accounts, with hardware and service tiers aligned to mobility
requirements, usage intensity, and priority performance. We have partnered with land mobility operators, including
John Deere and the California Fire Department, as well as passenger rail operators such as Brightline (Florida), and
Italo Treno, to provide remote monitoring and management of their fleets.
Starlink Fixed Site
Starlink Fixed Site is designed to provide primary or backup connectivity for distributed business locations globally,
including sites that are difficult to serve economically with fiber or that require redundancy for uptime. Starlink’s
lack of dependence on wireline infrastructure—which is subject to damage or disruption from natural disasters,
conflict, and other events—makes it well-suited for businesses that rely on continuous broadband connectivity and
cannot afford a terrestrial offering going temporarily “offline.” Customers deploy Starlink to support point-of-sale
systems, corporate networking, video and security systems, and business continuity, including during disasters and
localized outages where terrestrial infrastructure may be impaired. The service is differentiated by rapid
installability, geographic flexibility, and reliable performance in remote and hard-to-reach locations, making it
suitable for retailers, industrial operators, and remote facilities (including offshore and field sites). Pricing models
include multiple tiers and configurations depending on speed, priority access, coverage footprint, and the number of
sites deployed, with typical enterprise arrangements structured as recurring subscriptions paired with hardware.
Government Solutions
We provide U.S. civil, state, and local government agencies as well as international civil government agencies high-
speed, resilient connectivity for public services, social impact, humanitarian efforts, and disaster response in even
the most remote and challenging environments. Examples include support for the FEMA in coordinating disaster
recovery after hurricanes and wildfires, the NOAA for at-sea testing and environmental monitoring, the Government
of the Philippines for linking remote islands, schools, and public institutions, the Government of Jamaica for
improving digital access in remote and maritime areas, and the Government of Ecuador for supporting education and
healthcare connectivity in isolated communities.
Separately, we operate Starshield, a secure satellite network designed specifically for national security applications.
Built on the technology, manufacturing, and launch infrastructure that underpin Starlink, Starshield is focused on
three core mission areas: Earth observation, global secure communications, and hosted payloads. Starshield satellites
are designed to integrate a wide range of sensors and instruments, allowing government customers to deploy
mission-specific capabilities in LEO without having to design, build, and launch standalone spacecraft for every
program.
Starshield builds on the end-to-end data encryption used in our commercial network by adding high-assurance
cryptographic capabilities tailored to military and other government requirements. By combining this security
posture with our high-cadence launch capability and evolving Starlink-derived infrastructure, we aim to offer a
scalable national security platform that can be updated, replenished, and expanded as mission needs change over
time.
Starlink Mobile
We are extending the reach of Starlink beyond fixed and mobility terminals through our mobile service, connecting
smartphones (with no modifications or incremental hardware) and other terrestrial devices directly to our satellites.
We aim to entirely eliminate mobile “dead zones.” By using satellites that effectively function as cell towers in
194
space, we enable data, over-the-top voice, video and messaging in remote and hard-to-reach locations where
terrestrial networks have historically been unavailable or unreliable. Starlink Mobile is already commercially
available for messaging in select markets and has been used to support emergency communications following
natural disasters, demonstrating its strength as resilient, infrastructure-independent connectivity.
V1 Mobile Satellites and V2 Mobile Satellites
a27_starlinkmobilesatevolu.jpg
Our mobile constellation builds on the same LEO architecture as our broadband network, with satellites specifically
designed to communicate directly with everyday LTE handsets and IoT devices without requiring specialized or
additional hardware. These satellites use exclusive licensed spectrum, allowing us to integrate into MNOs’ existing
networks while delivering coverage far beyond the reach of ground-based towers. Since launching the first mobile
satellites in early 2024, we have rapidly scaled the network to hundreds of in-orbit spacecraft and demonstrated key
technical milestones, including the first SMS tests within days of launch, live video calls, and public posts sent
directly from standard smartphones through a Starlink Mobile satellite. Our ability to design, manufacture and
launch these satellites on our own vehicles enables us to iterate quickly on payloads and software, expanding
capacity and performance over time.
Today, our Starlink Mobile service is delivered in partnership with leading mobile network operators around the
world. We are initially focused on messaging for consumer subscribers in areas with limited or no terrestrial
coverage, with a roadmap to support broader data, voice and IoT services. We partner with approximately 30 MNOs
across six continents, including T-Mobile in the United States, and other international operators including One NZ,
Optus, Telstra, Rogers, KDDI, Salt, Entel, Kyivstar, and VMO2. Through these partnerships, we enable consumers,
businesses and public-sector customers to use their existing phones in more places, support critical connectivity
during disasters and power outages, and open new applications for low-bandwidth mobile and IoT devices.
195
Map of Starlink Mobile Coverage
a28_starlinkmobilecoverage.jpg
Satellite Life
We estimate that our satellites have useful lives of three to five years based on engineering studies, historical on-
orbit performance, propellant life, utilization patterns, design enhancements across generations, and planned
transitions to newer satellite technology. We, however, often deorbit satellites before the end of their useful lives,
primarily to reduce degradation risks that could impair our autonomous collision avoidance system and compromise
constellation safety. To date, our autonomous collision avoidance system has not experienced any failures resulting
in satellite loss, and satellite losses from other causes remain de minimis.
AI
Grok
Grok represents a core pillar of our mission to advance humanity’s understanding of the universe through the
development of truth-seeking artificial intelligence. Grok is designed and optimized for rigorous reasoning, real-time
information synthesis, and transparent outputs, with a product philosophy centered on intellectual honesty, first-
principles thinking, and engagement with complex topics.
Grok is designed as a truth-seeking AI model, built on our founder Elon Musk’s mission to enable humanity to
understand the universe. We believe that accomplishing this mission requires a truth-seeking approach to AI. We
define truth seeking as the active, relentless pursuit of what is objectively true about reality, and grounded in
evidence, logic, empirical data, and first principles thinking. Our goal is to understand and explain what the universe
appears to be doing, as accurately as current knowledge allows. In pursuit of this truth-seeking objective, Grok also
benefits from its integration with X, our real-time information, entertainment, and free speech platform. This direct,
real-time access to the information and human discourse on X enhances Grok’s truth-seeking capabilities by
grounding outputs in up-to-date knowledge and diverse viewpoints.
Since the initial release of Grok 1, we have iterated rapidly, releasing Grok 2, Grok 3, and, the current version, Grok
4, each delivering material improvements in pre-training, reasoning depth, multimodal capabilities, latency, and
scale. Building on this trajectory, we expect to continue scaling Grok through subsequent generations. Ongoing
196
training of next‑generation models is expected to scale toward multiple trillions of parameters, which could
represent a step change in reasoning in depth and overall intelligence. In this context, the number of parameters
refers to the scale of the model, where parameters are the internal numerical values, such as “weights,” that are
adjusted during training to enable the model to recognize patterns and relationships in data. A larger number of
parameters generally allows the model to capture more complex relationships, store greater amounts of knowledge,
and achieve higher levels of reasoning capability. Our accelerated development cadence positions Grok among the
fastest-advancing frontier models relative to peers, including OpenAI, Anthropic, and Google. Grok is differentiated
by its emphasis on real-time data integration, particularly through insights derived from the X platform (subject to
some limitations for certain content), enabling dynamic awareness of current events and user discourse, as well as by
explicit investment in reasoning transparency and explainability. Grok enhances the X ecosystem by improving
content understanding, personalization, and recommendation systems, thereby increasing user engagement and
platform intelligence. We are currently developing next-generation iterations, including Grok-5, which are expected
to further expand reasoning fidelity, multimodal integration, and domain-specific performance.
Terrestrial AI Compute
Our terrestrial AI compute forms the backbone of the Grok model family and is anchored by the COLOSSUS and
COLOSSUS II data centers that boast some of the world’s largest and most advanced AI training clusters.
COLOSSUS and COLOSSUS II collectively provide approximately 1.0 gigawatt of compute power, with the
additional power capacity available for data center operations. We brought the first cluster of COLOSSUS online in
122 days, repurposing the shell of an existing factory, and the first cluster of COLOSSUS II online even faster in 91
days. As an illustrative comparison, an industry benchmark to bring online a 100 megawatt greenfield data center is
approximately two years. We also demonstrated a significant improvement in cost efficiency, achieving data center
construction costs for COLOSSUS II that are considerably lower than industry benchmarks on a per megawatt basis.
COLOSSUS II is capable of operating entirely by our self-built behind-the-meter gigawatt-scale natural gas power
plant. Our data centers are integrated with the world’s largest Megapack deployment, providing additional layers of
reliability and operating performance. At all our existing data centers we have employed a brownfield retrofit
strategy leveraging existing industrial sites, advanced direct-to-chip cooling to support higher rack densities, and
high-speed networking. The clusters deploy leading-edge GPUs to maximize training throughput and model
performance. The next phase of expansion at COLOSSUS II is designed to train our next-generation Grok-5 AI
model. As we continue to expand our AI compute infrastructure, we will also continue to enhance our power
capabilities utilizing a combination of grid-power and behind-the-meter natural gas power plant buildouts. At
COLOSSUS, our grid power capabilities are designed to purchase power from the grid as available, and to rely on
our behind-the-meter, self-generated power and Megapack installations when grid power is curtailed.
197
COLOSSUS II Facility
xai_sitexscoutxx19.jpg
X Platform
X is a real-time information, entertainment, and free speech platform that serves as a foundational distribution and
data engine for our AI ecosystem. With a global user base generating substantial volumes of content at all times
across a wide variety of topics, X provides a uniquely dynamic data set for model training and real-time context
integration, subject to some limitations for certain content, which significantly differentiates Grok from the other
frontier lab offerings.
198
X is Our Real-time Information, Entertainment, and Free Speech Platform
a30_x.jpg
X is our real-time information, entertainment, and free speech platform that serves as a global town square with
integrated AI capabilities powered by Grok. Designed to evolve toward an “everything app,” X enables users to post
content, share media, engage in conversations, host, view, and participate in live group discussions, follow real-time
events, use encrypted messaging, and leverage advanced features such as Grok-assisted post creation, content
discovery, and conversational AI directly within the interface via the prominent Grok icon.
199
Grok Holds Front and Center Real Estate on the X Platform
a31_xgrok.jpg
With native integration of Grok’s frontier models, including real-time access to X data for up-to-date insights,
trending analysis, and enhanced search, X delivers personalized feeds, smarter recommendations, and low-latency
AI assistance for our users worldwide. Our X Premium subscription options, including Basic, Premium and
Premium+ tiers, offer expanded features, ad-reduced experiences, and priority Grok interactions. In 2023, Grok’s
chat functionality was integrated into the X app allowing for the user to open the chat interface to type prompts and
get real time answers.
Public X data enhances Grok’s training and reasoning capabilities, while the platform continues to deliver
measurable performance outcomes for advertisers, with an increasing strategic focus on performance-based
marketing solutions.
In addition to X consumer products, X offers advertisers and developers a powerful suite of tools to reach highly
engaged audiences. Advertisers can target audiences through diverse ad formats—such as Promoted Ads, Vertical
Video Ads, Collection Ads, and premium options such as X Amplify and Takeovers—blending seamlessly with
organic content for authentic engagement. With advanced targeting based on public conversations, events,
keywords, interests, locations, and look-alike audiences, brands can connect with audiences while benefiting from
flexible, performance-based pricing (pay only for actions such as clicks or engagements) and often lower costs
compared to other platforms. We expect that our ongoing innovations—including Grok-powered integrations, new
contextual ad tests, and expanded aspect ratio support for easy reuse of ad creative—make X a competitive choice
for driving traffic, conversions, and brand awareness and visibility among X’s hundreds of millions of MAUs.
Developers have access to a continuous, high-volume, real-time stream of data around current events, trends, or
sentiment, which they can access through an official X Developer Platform and APIs.
In April 2026, we began a phased roll-out of our new advertising platform, that we rebuilt from the ground up. The
new Ads Manager is built to help advertisers launch better campaigns, faster, with stronger ROI. Powered by AI, the
new systems enable more precise, relevant and dynamic ad delivery. Ads are seamlessly integrated into a User’s X
feed.
200
By combining high-volume user interactions with frontier AI, AI compute infrastructure, and vertical integration, X
accelerates progress toward ubiquitous connectivity, real-time global awareness, and the foundational social layer
for multiplanetary human endeavors.
X Ads Manager. X provides a comprehensive suite of advertising products, including promoted posts, video ads,
carousels, and sponsored content, which enable businesses to reach targeted audiences in real time across the
platform. Powered by real-time conversation data, interest-based targeting, and behavioral signals, these solutions
support objective-based campaigns focused on website traffic, video views, app installs, lead generation, and brand
awareness. X’s Ad Manager provides a centralized platform that allows advertisers to manage creation,
optimization, and real-time monitoring of ad campaigns with detailed audience insights, bidding controls,
performance analytics, and A/B testing capabilities. Integration with Grok AI further streamlines creative
development, making X’s scalable ad solutions effective for businesses of all sizes seeking efficient engagement in a
dynamic public conversation environment.
Grok Consumer Products
Our consumer products are powered by Grok, including Grok language and coding models, Grok image and video
generation models (more commonly known as Grok Imagine), and Grokipedia. These applications leverage the
underlying Grok model family to deliver advanced multimodal interaction, real-time information awareness, and
transparent reasoning outputs. We currently offer four different tiers of subscription for Grok—basic, SuperGrok,
SuperGrok Heavy, and SuperGrok Lite, each priced on a monthly or annual basis. Higher pricing tiers unlock
expanded access to advanced models, increased usage limits, priority compute, and a suite of premium features
tailored to power users and enterprise-grade applications.
Grok Chat. Grok Chat represents the primary conversational interface of Grok, enabling users to submit text or
voice queries for explanations, problem-solving, research, coding, brainstorming, and in-depth discussions with real-
time integration of web search, X data, code execution, and multimodal analysis of images or documents. Available
via grok.com, dedicated mobile apps, X platform integration, and the xAI API, it provides truth-seeking, helpful,
and minimally censored responses optimized for factual precision and complex reasoning.
Grok Chat
a33_grok.jpg
201
Grok Imagine. Grok Imagine is Grok’s generative visual and multimedia creation suite, powered by proprietary
models for producing high-quality images, short videos (up to 15 seconds at 720p in current iterations), and
synchronized audio from text prompts, reference images, or existing visuals. It supports text-to-image/video editing,
image-to-video editing, and video-to-video editing, style transfer, and cinematic motion with strong prompt
adherence and photorealistic output, accessible through the Grok platform, Imagine tab, and dedicated API.
Grok Imagine
a34_grokimages.jpg
Grok Voice. Grok Voice delivers natural, real-time conversational AI through voice interactions, allowing users to
seamlessly speak and listen to Grok for faster access to information and task execution.
Grok Enterprise Products
Grok Teams. Grok Teams empowers small-to-medium-sized organizations to integrate Grok’s advanced AI
capabilities directly into collaborative workflows. Teams gain access to dedicated workspaces with secure sharing,
enhanced privacy protections, and administrative controls for inviting users and managing access. Grok Teams
accelerates analysis, innovation, and creation while ensuring data remains private and is never used for training.
Grok API. The Grok API provides programmatic access to Grok’s frontier models, including advanced reasoning,
vision, tool-use, image generation, voice AI, and real-time search capabilities, tailored for enterprise-scale
integration. It offers features like agentic workflows, and enterprise-grade options such as custom allocations, secure
authentication, and dedicated support. Designed for developers and organizations building production applications,
the API enables seamless embedding of Grok’s powerful AI into custom solutions, driving innovation across
industries with speed, precision, and reliability. For example, the enterprise version of the Grok Voice Agent API
allows developers and businesses to build multilingual voice agents capable of speech recognition, tool calling, real-
time data querying, and low-latency responses. It supports production-grade voice applications that enhance
customer service, internal operations, and interactive experiences with high performance in audio reasoning
benchmarks.
202
Infrastructure and Facilities
SpaceX maintains a highly vertically integrated, geographically diverse manufacturing ecosystem that designs,
produces, and qualifies a significant share of components in-house, from raw materials and rocket engines to
complete launch vehicles, crewed spacecraft, satellites, and user terminals, enabling unprecedented iteration speed,
quality control, and cost efficiency essential for successful production of reusable systems and high-cadence
operations. Our manufacturing facilities are complemented by our physical infrastructure, which supports launch
and orbital operations for human spaceflight, satellite deployment, and cargo missions, as well as large-scale
artificial intelligence training and inference. We continue to invest in expansions and improvements across our sites
to accommodate anticipated growth in launch cadence, Starlink Subscribers, and AI compute requirements.
SpaceX Facilities
a35_keyinfrastructureandfa.jpg
While none of our properties are individually material to our operations because of the long-term timetables for
renewal and the opportunities for alternative sites, we maintain an effective network of vertically integrated facilities
across the United States, including:
•Starbase, Texas: Development, manufacturing, testing, and launch of Starship currently takes place at
Starbase, home to SpaceX headquarters and one of the world’s first commercial spaceports designed for orbital
missions. The site is located at the newly created city of Starbase in Cameron County, Texas, along the Gulf of
America. Its infrastructure includes Starfactory, a manufacturing facility designed to mass produce Starship and
Super Heavy at scale; a large office structure co-locating engineering and production personnel; and large,
vertical integration buildings including the upcoming Gigabay, which will be able to support Starship and Super
Heavy vehicles up to 85 meters (279 feet) tall and will provide 24 work cells for integration and refurbishment
work, along with cranes capable of lifting up to 400 tons. Starbase also has an orbital launch pad for flight of the
world’s most powerful rocket, complete with one of the tallest launch towers in the world, specially designed to
integrate, test, launch, and catch Starship and Super Heavy vehicles, with an additional pad underway to support
Starship V3. The Starbase team also operates a site for full and subscale vehicle structural testing, static fires,
and component level testing.
Starbase is also home to several hundred SpaceX employees and their families, many of whom have relocated
from across the country to the community to support the development and operation of Starship. SpaceX, in
203
partnership with the newly formed city, is developing local infrastructure and municipal services, including
utilities, governance, schools, and environmental conservation initiatives, to support a world-class, concentrated
engineering and manufacturing community focused on the rapid advancement of Starship and SpaceX’s long-
term mission. This close integration of residential life, engineering, and manufacturing around a single program
enables a mission-focused environment designed to accelerate development, testing, and launch operations.
SpaceX Headquarters at Starbase, Texas
a01_starbasetx.jpg
204
•Hawthorne, California: Our original flagship facility in Hawthorne, California manufactures Falcon 9 and
Falcon Heavy first and second stages, Dragon Crew and Dragon Cargo spacecraft, Merlin engines, Starship’s
Raptor engines, Starlink User Terminals, as well as other various Starship components. The site supports high-
reliability production for hundreds of successful missions, including NASA-certified crew rotations. We also
maintain a corporate presence in Hawthorne.
Hawthorne, California
a02_hawthorne.jpg
205
•McGregor, Texas: The McGregor rocket engine complex is the most active rocket development and testing
facility in the world. It serves as the primary site for qualification, acceptance, and post-flight testing of Merlin
and Raptor engines. It features 15 specialized test stands, including dedicated vertical stands for Raptor engines
and multiple stands for Falcon 9’s Merlin engines, as well as component-level testing facilities for Starship
hardware, including composite overwrapped pressure vessels, tanks, and experimental systems.
McGregor, Texas
a03_mcgregortexas.jpg
206
•Redmond, Washington: The Redmond Starlink satellite manufacturing facility has produced an average of
approximately 70 satellites per week (approximately 3,640 per year at full rate) from December 2025 to April
2026, covering bus structures, phased-array antennas, propulsion, solar arrays, and inter-satellite lasers,
enabling rapid Starlink constellation expansion.
Redmond, Washington
a04_redmondwashington.jpg
207
•Bastrop, Texas: We build the majority of Starlink products at our manufacturing facility in Bastrop, Texas,
which opened in 2023, producing tens of thousands of Starlink Kits per day and all of the current generation
Starlink Standard and Performance Kits.
In 2026, we expect to more than double the size of the Bastrop facility, expanding our design and
manufacturing capabilities to support new Starlink products, plus deepening our vertical integration by adding
the production of Starlink gateway antennas, solar cells and AI compute satellites.
Bastrop, Texas
a05_bastroptexas.jpg
•Kennedy Space Center and Cape Canaveral, Florida: SpaceX operations in Florida span across NASA’s
Kennedy Space Center and Cape Canaveral Space Force Station, which includes two active launch sites—
Launch Complex 39A (LC-39A) and Space Launch Complex 40 (SLC-40)—Falcon booster and Dragon
spacecraft refurbishing facilities, launch operations, and payload processing buildings. Both launch sites support
critical missions to geostationary orbit and the International Space Station while also providing launch
opportunities to a wide range of low, mid, and polar orbit inclinations for science and national security
missions. SpaceX also utilizes Landing Zones 40 and 2 at the Cape, which support Return to Launch Site
landings for Falcon boosters ahead of recovery and refurbishment for future missions.
Once recovered, flight hardware is refurbished at one of two state-of-the-art SpaceX facilities, HangarX and X2,
on Kennedy Space Center. These facilities also house our Falcon Launch and Landing Control Center, where
our Dragon spacecraft are refurbished and prepared for their next missions after they are recovered off the coast
of southern California, where we produce Starship heatshield tiles in the Bakery, and where we process
customer payloads before launch in our Payload Processing Facility.
For future launches, SpaceX is expanding its operations in Florida to bring Starship to the Cape. In addition to
the under-construction Starship launch pad at LC-39A expected to be completed by the end of 2026, SpaceX is
constructing Space Launch Complex 37 (SLC-37) on Cape Canaveral Space Force Station as another Starship
launch site. SLC-37 will host two orbital launch pads, including up to two towers for Starship launch, catch, and
testing operations, culminating in a total of four operational launch pads for Starship by the end of 2027.
SpaceX is also building a new integration facility called Gigabay, next to its HangarX location at Kennedy
Space Center by late 2026.
208
In connection with preparing leased real property for our launch operations, we make significant capital
improvements and install extensive real and personal property at these government-owned sites. The launch
facilities we build are a unique capital improvement compared to standard commercial use sites because the
federal government specifically designates these launch sites for aerospace activities, such as rocket launches.
Given the specific use requirements of these government-owned sites, we have historically entered into
handover agreements with the relevant government entities upon expiration or termination of the leases,
pursuant to which the improvements are transferred to the government rather than removed. This fact pattern
has historically been the case with previous leases such as at Cape Canaveral Space Force Station.
NASA’s Kennedy Space Center, Florida
a06_nasakennedyspacecenter.jpg
209
Cape Canaveral Space Force Station, Florida
a07_capecanaveralspaceforc.jpg
•Vandenberg Space Force Base, Space Launch Complex 4: Space Launch Complex 4 East at Vandenberg
Space Force Base is our West Coast launch site and serves as our primary facility for polar and high-inclination
orbit missions critical to Starlink constellation deployment, national security payloads, Earth observation
satellites, and select lunar trajectories. The facility includes a modernized orbital launch pad optimized for
Falcon 9 launches, featuring a fixed launch mount, integration tower, propellant loading infrastructure, flame
trench, and support systems enabling frequent operations. Adjacent Space Launch Complex 4 West functions as
a dedicated Falcon 9 booster landing zone, supporting downrange recoveries to maximize reusability. Please
refer to “—Kennedy Space Center and Cape Canaveral, Florida” for additional information regarding our lease
arrangements with government entities.
210
Vandenberg Space Force Base, California
a08_vandy.jpg
211
•Memphis, Tennessee and Southaven, Mississippi: We operate a cluster of high-density data centers in the
Greater Memphis Area extending into northern Mississippi along the state border, to power training and
inference for frontier AI models, including the Grok family. The flagship COLOSSUS supercomputer campus
is located on Paul R. Lowry Road in Memphis, Tennessee; the COLOSSUS II facilities are located on Tulane
Road in Memphis, Tennessee and on Stateline Road in Southaven, Mississippi.
Memphis, Tennessee
a09_memphis.jpg
212
•Palo Alto, California: The corporate headquarters for our AI operations following the acquisition of xAI in
February 2026 is located in Palo Alto, California. This location, under long-term lease, houses our advanced AI
research, development, and engineering teams and is strategically situated in Silicon Valley to attract and retain
top AI research talent. The engineers responsible for the design, training, and continued evolution of Grok, our
proprietary frontier AI model, are based at this facility.
Palo Alto, California
a10_paloaltoxxxai.jpg
In addition to our infrastructure and facilities across the United States, we also operate a fleet of recovery vessels,
autonomous spaceport drone ships (“ASDS”), and a network of Starlink ground stations.
•Our recovery fleet: Our fleet of ASDS forms the maritime backbone of SpaceX’s reusable rocket architecture,
enabling high-probability downrange booster landings for Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy missions while
maximizing vehicle recovery and rapid refurbishment. The core ASDS fleet consists of three operational
vessels: “Of Course I Still Love You,” the pioneering East Coast-to-Pacific vessel homeported at the Port of
Long Beach, California, and dedicated to supporting primarily polar and high-inclination launches from
Vandenberg Space Force Base with its large landing deck and thruster-based dynamic positioning; “Just Read
the Instructions,” stationed at Port Canaveral, Florida, serving East Coast operations from Cape Canaveral and
Kennedy Space Center; and “A Shortfall of Gravitas,” the newest and most advanced addition since 2021, also
based at Port Canaveral with enhanced autonomy, station-keeping precision, and upgraded deck infrastructure
to handle frequent, high-cadence missions. These autonomous ships have collectively facilitated hundreds of
successful booster touchdowns, dramatically reducing expendable flight profiles and enabling the reuse of
boosters 34 times as of March 31, 2026. Complementing the drone ships are dedicated support vessels for
fairing half recovery, such as “Bob” and “Doug,” named after astronauts Bob Behnken and Doug Hurley, and
Dragon retrieval vessel “Shannon,” named in honor of astronaut Shannon Walker. These support vessels ensure
comprehensive ocean-based recovery operations across Atlantic and Pacific theaters and underpin our
constellation deployments, national security launches, and crewed missions while advancing toward full
reusability for Starship in future offshore scenarios.
213
Autonomous Drone Ship “A Shortfall of Gravitas”
a11_autonomousspaceportdro.jpg
•Starlink ground stations: A Starlink ground station, also referred to as a gateway, is a terrestrial relay station
that communicates with our satellite constellation. These stations transmit data between satellites and terrestrial
internet networks. We operate ground stations around the world, with over 400 sites globally.
Customer Case Studies 
The following examples illustrate ways in which customers across a range of industries have used and benefited
from our solutions within our Space, Connectivity, and AI segments. These examples are intended to highlight
representative applications of our offerings and the types of operational, performance and efficiency benefits that
customers may realize.
In addition, we include examples of our deployment of Starlink services in response to natural disasters, which
demonstrate our ability to rapidly establish communications infrastructure to support emergency response and
recovery efforts in challenging environments.
a02_ses.jpg
a01_united.jpg
a03_royalcaribbeangroup.jpg
a04_johndeere.jpg
a05_flexport.jpg
a06_emergencyandhumanitari.jpg
220
Competition
Our principal sources of competition vary based on the segment and market in which our business operates.
In Space, we compete with launch service providers that transport small, medium, and heavy payloads and
astronauts to Earth’s orbit and beyond. Participants in this market include established aerospace and defense
companies, emerging commercial launch providers, and national space agencies. Key established aerospace and
defense competitors providing launch services include, among others, United Launch Alliance, a joint venture
between Boeing and Lockheed Martin, Arianespace, a French-based aerospace company operating a family of
European-developed rockets, and Northrop Grumman, manufacturer of the Cygnus cargo spacecraft. Emerging
commercial launch providers include Blue Origin, which has developed launch vehicles intended to compete with
our Falcon 9 rocket, and Rocket Lab, which operates in the small-lift launch market but is expanding into medium-
lift payloads, as well as other domestic competitors such as Firefly Aerospace and Relativity Space. While we
typically do not compete directly for the same missions, national space agencies also provide launch services in their
respective markets.
However, the launch services market is characterized by significant barriers to entry, including substantial capital
requirements, advanced technological expertise, regulatory licenses and approvals, and established relationships
with government and commercial customers. Competition in this market is based on factors that include launch
reliability and cadence, payload capacity, mission flexibility, manufacturing capabilities and price. For this reason,
while the established aerospace and defense competitors and emerging commercial launch providers may provide
launch services at varying degrees of scale, we believe that SpaceX holds a meaningful advantage in terms of the
breadth of our launch solutions and services and the cadence at which we are able to launch, and thus a significant
competitive advantage relative to these players.
In Connectivity, we compete with operators of terrestrial and satellite communications infrastructure and providers
of satellite-to-mobile connectivity solutions, including terrestrial fixed network providers, terrestrial mobile network
companies, and other satellite service providers, as described below:
•Consumer and Enterprise Broadband. Our Starlink Consumer and Enterprise broadband offerings compete with
terrestrial fixed network providers, terrestrial mobile network companies, and other satellite service providers.
Terrestrial fixed network providers include operators of cable and fiber networks such as Verizon, Comcast,
AT&T, T-Mobile, Lumen, Charter Communications, Google Fiber, Astound, BT, Deutsche Telekom, and
Liberty Global. Terrestrial mobile network companies also operate land-based infrastructure, including wireless
antennas affixed to mobile towers used to provide fixed wireless services, and include AT&T, Telefónica, T-
Mobile, Verizon, and Vodafone Group. These network providers typically serve customers in one or more
countries (for example, Verizon in the United States, or Telefónica in Spain and Brazil, among others), but are
not global players insofar as they do not sell to a global customer base, nor does their network infrastructure
exist globally. Satellite service providers include, among others, GEO satellite network operators such as
EchoStar, SES, Telesat Corporation (“Telesat”) GEO, and Viasat, as well as current and planned LEO and
MEO constellations including Amazon LEO, Blue Origin’s TeraWave, Eutelsat OneWeb, Iridium NEXT and
Telesat Lightspeed. Some of these service providers are also launch customers of SpaceX as they contract with
us to launch their satellite constellations into orbit.
•Government Solutions. Our Starlink broadband offering for government use cases competes primarily with the
same terrestrial network providers and satellite service providers with which our Starlink Consumer and
Enterprise broadband offerings compete, as well as defense prime contractors. In certain cases, these providers
also have dedicated subsidiaries or business units focused on serving government customers, such as Telesat
Government Solutions.
•Starlink Mobile. Our Starlink Mobile offering competes with other satellite-to-mobile satellite operators
including, among others, AST SpaceMobile, Lynk, Globalstar and Skylo.
The satellite connectivity market involves significant barriers to entry, including substantial capital requirements,
advanced technological capabilities, access to spectrum and orbital resources, regulatory licenses and approvals, and
the development of relationships with government, enterprise and commercial customers. Competition in this market
221
is based on factors that include network coverage, capacity, latency and reliability, spectrum access, density of urban
environments, satellite deployment capability and efficiency, price and user acquisition, retention, and experience.
In AI, we compete with developers of foundational AI models and providers of AI products and services, as well as
general purpose and vertical search engines, information services, online advertising platforms and social networks.
Participants in this market include large technology companies, emerging AI model developers and providers of AI-
enabled products and services. Key competitors in these markets include, among others, AI model developers and
platform providers such as OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, Meta, Microsoft, and various open source model providers,
as well as social networks such as Threads (owned by Meta), Reddit, and TikTok. As we continue to build out our
AI compute infrastructure, we intend to sell our excess capacity by offering it to a limited number of third parties
and intend to continue to explore monetizing excess capacity, potentially positioning us to emerge as a competitor to
AI cloud providers such as Coreweave and Nebius as well as hyperscalers.
Our AI businesses likewise compete in markets characterized by significant barriers to entry, including substantial
computational and infrastructure requirements, access to large datasets and the ability to attract and retain highly
skilled technical talent. Competition in these markets is based on factors including pricing and cost efficiency, the
performance and technical features of AI platforms, customer experience across our products and services, the
ability to attract new and retain existing subscribers, users and advertisers and the ability to deploy compute and
innovative technologies at scale.
Intellectual Property
The intellectual property that is material to our business includes our proprietary knowledge and software, as well as
our brands and our selectively patented inventions and technologies. Our proprietary knowledge includes expertise
in design, testing, manufacturing, software, in-orbit operations, real-time platforms, and artificial intelligence
development. The protection of our technology and intellectual property is an important aspect of our business. We
rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality procedures, contractual
commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our intellectual property. We have registered, and
applied for the registration of, U.S. and international trademarks, service marks, domain names, and copyrights. We
have also filed patent applications and acquired patents in the United States and foreign countries covering certain
aspects of our technology, and in some cases, we have acquired patent assets of others to supplement our portfolio.
We have licensed in the past, and expect that we may license in the future, certain of our rights to other parties or
from other parties. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements and invention or work product assignment
agreements with our employees, contractors, and consultants to control access to, and clarify ownership of, our
proprietary information and other intellectual property. For additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—
Risks Related to Our Business—We may face substantial potential liability and operational disruptions if we violate
the intellectual property rights or other rights of third parties, and if we fail to adequately protect, maintain, defend
or enforce our intellectual property and other similar rights, we could lose an important competitive advantage, in
each case which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations,
customer trust and future prospects.”
Human Capital
As of March 31, 2026, we employed over 22,000 full-time employees worldwide, none of whom are subject to any
collective bargaining agreement. We believe our strong culture of collaboration and innovation distinguishes us and
serves as an important driver of our business performance.
Regulatory Environment
We are required to comply with a variety of governmental regulations, which could have a significant impact on our
business, including our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position. In particular, our ability to (i)
conduct launches and reentries, (ii) operate and expand our satellite systems and related ground infrastructure and
(iii) perform certain U.S. government programs depends on maintaining key governmental authorizations and
complying with evolving safety, spectrum, national security, environmental, contractual, and trade-control
requirements. Our ability to provide our AI products and X platform depends on complying with evolving AI, data
privacy, online services, cybersecurity and environmental requirements. We incur and will continue to incur
222
substantial costs to monitor and take actions to comply with governmental and other regulations that are or will be
applicable to our businesses, including, among others, restrictions and regulations of the U.S. Department of
Transportation, the FAA, the FCC and other government agencies in the United States and the other countries in
which we operate, economic sanctions and trade embargo laws, export controls, import controls and customs. For
additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our ability to continue and
expand launch and satellite operations depends upon our ability to obtain new and leverage existing U.S. export
control and sanctions authorizations, and any significant changes to the geopolitical landscape or U.S. government
regulatory approach to licensing could materially and adversely impact our international business operations by
compromising existing licenses or limiting our ability to engage in commercial dealings in or involving
geopolitically sensitive countries.” We will also be subject to additional laws and regulations as a result of being a
public company, which will require us to devote significant management resources and incur additional legal,
accounting and other expenses.
Space
Our Space segment is subject to extensive regulation in the United States and internationally, including (i)
regulations administered by the FAA relating to commercial space launches and reentries, (ii) regulations
administered by the FCC relating to radio communications used in launch activities and spacecraft operations, and
related domestic and international coordination processes, including through the International Telecommunication
Union, (iii) U.S. export and import regulatory regimes, and (iv) additional regulations that relate to being a U.S.
government contractor.
Commercial space launch and reentry activities require licenses and permits from the FAA. FAA licenses are
generally granted on a launch-by-launch basis and may incorporate safety, environmental and operational
conditions. Where applicable, reentry operations require separate authorization. We are generally required to obtain
licenses or license modifications from the FAA in connection with changes to vehicles, launch sites, flight profiles,
operational procedures, payloads, or other mission parameters, and our launch and range operations may also be
subject to environmental reviews, consultations, and permits. We depend on timely approvals of licenses or license
modifications from the FAA and the timing and outcome of the FAA approval process may affect our ability to
conduct launches and reentries or require operational restrictions or mitigation measures. For additional information,
please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining
or renewing required regulatory approvals and licenses required for our space-related activities, including FAA
launch and reentry licenses, would materially delay or disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability
to execute our business strategy.”
Radio communications for launch activities and spacecraft operations require licenses from the FCC and are subject
to technical and operational conditions, coordination requirements, and interference-mitigation frameworks. We rely
on obtaining licenses from the FCC to conduct our launch and spacecraft operations, and many of our FCC licenses
include conditions regarding milestone schedules, reporting and surety‑bond requirements, among other conditions.
In addition, our spacecraft and satellite operations are subject to evolving regulatory expectations relating to space
situational awareness and orbital debris mitigation, including requirements regarding collision avoidance and post-
mission disposal. International spacecraft frequency use is coordinated via International Telecommunication Union
filings made through the FCC and similar international regulatory bodies, and through country‑by‑country market
access approvals for non‑U.S. service. For additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to
Our Business—Any delays or difficulties in obtaining, maintaining or renewing required regulatory approvals and
licenses required for our space-related activities, including FAA launch and reentry licenses, would materially delay
or disrupt our operations, harm our business, or limit our ability to execute our business strategy.” 
Additionally, as a contractor and subcontractor to certain agencies of the U.S. government, we are subject to the
Federal Acquisition Regulation, and other applicable laws, security requirements, and regulations, including
supplemental agency regulations, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration, and performance
under government contracts. Certain contracts with the U.S. government may require us to be issued facility security
clearances under the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual Rule, as a result of which we are
required to maintain with the Department of War mitigation measures with respect to foreign ownership, control and
influence. Additionally, certain transactions in which we may be involved from time to time may be subject to the
223
jurisdiction of the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), which has authority to conduct
national security reviews of certain foreign investments. CFIUS may impose mitigation conditions to grant clearance
of a particular transaction, may unilaterally initiate national security review of certain transactions, and may
recommend that the President of the United States order parties to divest their shareholdings in certain situations,
among other actions.
Connectivity
Our Connectivity services, including our global satellite-to-mobile connectivity services under Starlink Mobile,
depend on authorizations from the FCC in the United States and telecommunications regulators in other countries.
Without these licenses and approvals, we generally cannot offer connectivity services in a given market. In the
United States, these authorizations include FCC approvals for our satellite system and related earth stations and use
of radio frequency spectrum, and they may be subject to technical, operational, and reporting conditions and
ongoing compliance obligations (including interference mitigation, coordination requirements and orbital debris
mitigation requirements). All communications services that rely on radio frequency communications require use of
radio frequency spectrum, the assignment and distribution of which is subject to FCC oversight. Our access to
spectrum and orbital resources is also subject to international coordination processes, including through International
Telecommunication Union filing and coordination processes, and disputes or delays in these processes could
adversely affect our operations. If demand continues to increase or if new spectrum is required for a future
generation of technology, we may need to obtain additional spectrum usage rights or related authorizations through
FCC proceedings (including modification applications), coordination processes, auctions or secondary market
transactions, or partnerships with third parties, each of which may be subject to review, approval, and conditions.
We hold FCC authorizations and licenses that allow us to provide a wide range of satellite-based connectivity
services, including through the operation of our satellite system and related earth stations. FCC spectrum licenses
and authorizations typically have terms of 10-15 years, at which time they are subject to renewal. Similarly, our
subsidiaries operating outside the United States are subject to the jurisdiction of regulatory authorities in the
territories in which the subsidiaries operate, including any requirements to obtain spectrum licenses or other market
access authorization. Our licensing, compliance and advocacy initiatives in foreign countries support our ability to
offer enterprise and consumer connectivity services in various international markets. Although we generally seek to
renew and maintain these authorizations, challenges could be raised in the future, and there can be no assurance that
our applications to renew, modify, or expand our authorizations will be granted on a timely basis, or at all, or
without additional conditions. If a spectrum license was revoked or not renewed, we would not be permitted to
provide services on the spectrum covered by that license or could be required to modify or curtail operations.
Within the United States, the Communications Act generally preempts regulation by state and local governments of
the entry of, or the rates charged by, wireless carriers. It does not prohibit states from regulating the other “terms and
conditions” of wireless service. For example, some states impose reporting and consumer protection requirements.
Several states also have laws or regulations that address safety issues (for example, use of wireless handsets while
driving), universal service funding, and taxation matters. Some states are also considering new network reliability or
service quality requirements that may affect how and where we provide services if not preempted by federal law.
AI
Certain enacted and proposed laws and regulations related to AI may impose requirements with respect to our
development, deployment, and use of AI systems and models, including obligations relating to security, integrity,
transparency, labeling, detection, and provenance of AI data, models and AI-generated content, as well as
restrictions on the export or import of AI-related systems and components. AI regulation is evolving rapidly across
jurisdictions, with regulators applying, or considering applying, existing laws or adopting new, non-harmonized
frameworks with respect thereto, including emerging AI laws. Development, deployment, and use of AI can also be
subject to existing, technology-agnostic regulatory frameworks, including, for example, those addressing consumer
protection, data privacy, cybersecurity, intellectual property, content moderation, non-discrimination, and
employment. Data centers necessary for AI-related systems may also be subject to changing regulatory frameworks
under federal, state, local, and foreign environmental, health, and safety laws. The scope and enforcement of these
regimes remain uncertain, and their potential impact on our multiple and overlapping business lines is difficult to
224
predict. Divergent or conflicting regulatory approaches across jurisdictions, as well as evolving enforcement
priorities, may also create compliance uncertainty and require market-specific limitations or modifications to AI-
related functionality, increasing operational complexity.
In addition, third parties may allege intellectual property violations, or misappropriation relating to the training data
used in, or the outputs generated by, AI systems and models. The uncertain and evolving legal status of AI-
generated content may create legal and operational risk, including with respect to the ownership of, and ability to
obtain intellectual property protection for, such outputs, as well as our ability to offer services in certain markets.
Open-source and other license terms applicable to AI systems and models may limit the distribution of AI-related
functionality or constrain product design.
Separately, AI systems and models may present legal operational and reputational risks. Legal and reputational risk
may arise in the context of datasets used in the development or operation of AI systems and models as well as the
use of AI-enabled products or services to generate output that is perceived as objectionable or inappropriate.
Emerging legislation, such as the European Union’s Artificial Intelligence Act, California’s Transparency in
Frontier Artificial Intelligence Act (SB 53) and New York’s Responsible AI Safety and Education Act (RAISE Act),
may impose requirements relating to, among other things, safety, governance, transparency, and incident reporting
on developers of large or frontier AI models. Misuse of our AI systems, models, products, or services by customers
or partners may similarly create safety, compliance, or brand risks. These risks have in the past and may in the future
result in regulatory scrutiny, legal liability, or reputational harm and adversely affect our business, results of
operations, and financial condition. Addressing these risks may require substantial investment in testing,
moderation, guardrails, enforcement, and other mitigation measures. For additional information, please refer to
“Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—If the recommendations, forecasts, content, analyses or other output
that our AI technologies, including Grok, assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, harmful,
illegal, or used for an improper purpose, we could continue to be subjected to claims and investigations, and we
could be subjected to legal liability and brand, reputational, or competitive harm.”
Privacy, Cybersecurity, Data Protection, Online Safety, and Digital Platform Regulation
We are subject to complex and evolving global legal and regulatory frameworks relating to privacy, cybersecurity,
AI, data protection, lawful access, content moderation, and digital platform regulation, as well as contractual and
other commitments we make in the course of doing business and our internal and external policies, procedures and
controls. These laws and regulations vary across jurisdictions and sectors, are not harmonized, and may conflict or
impose overlapping or inconsistent obligations, and continue to evolve and emerge. In particular, the California
Consumer Privacy Act (as amended), the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (and its equivalent
in the United Kingdom) and other data privacy laws and regulations impose stringent and burdensome requirements
in connection with the processing of personal information and include significant penalties for non-compliance.
Additionally, as a government contractor, we are also subject to the Department of War’s Cybersecurity Maturity
Model Certification requirements, which requires companies that do business with the Department of War to,
depending on the level of security required, meet or exceed certain specified cybersecurity standards to be eligible
for new contract awards. The interpretation and application of these and other existing laws not originally enacted to
address privacy, cybersecurity, AI, data protection, lawful access, content moderation, or digital platforms are
uncertain and continue to develop as they are applied to new technologies and data-driven products and services.
These frameworks impose obligations regarding, among other things, the collection, use, storage, protection,
disclosure, transfer, and other processing of data, including personal information, and may restrict or condition
cross-border data transfers, require data localization, or impose content moderation or other platform-related
requirements, and may be interpreted or enforced in ways that are inconsistent, unclear, or subject to significant
regulatory discretion. The risks are particularly acute for us because we operate globally across multiple industries
and develop cutting-edge technologies that present novel regulatory and security issues. The data we collect and
otherwise process is integral to our business, technology, and services, and regulatory restrictions or limitations on
our ability to secure and process such data could materially affect our operations and business model.
In addition, our products and services, including those enabled by AI, may also be subject to online safety and
youth-protection laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations may impose obligations relating to content risk
mitigation, age assurance, platform governance, and, in certain jurisdictions, content reporting and removal
225
requirements. For example, the UK’s Online Safety Act 2023 and Australia’s Online Safety Amendment (Social
Media Minimum Age) Act 2024 impose risk mitigation and age-related requirements on certain online platforms. As
a result of these requirements or to otherwise seek to maintain the safety of our platforms, we maintain content
policies and enforcement mechanisms across our platforms and related products and services. These include a
combination of automated detection tools, classifiers and filters, algorithmic signals, and human review processes.
We also employ measures to help detect and challenge suspicious accounts during sign-up and ongoing use, provide
user reporting channels, and apply enforcement actions. Additional safeguards to help mitigate safety concerns
include age-related controls, content restrictions, and specialized modes; and labeling or watermarks on certain
outputs and other market-specific restrictions on certain content categories where required by local laws.
This evolving landscape will continue to affect our ability to maintain, develop, or launch products and services,
including those that rely on the processing of personal information or other sensitive data, including targeted
advertising and other data-driven offerings, and may require market-specific changes to our products, services, or
business practices, increasing operational complexity and cost. In addition, emerging laws and regulations seeking to
restrict cross-border transfer of or access to certain data in light of perceived national security considerations may
increase compliance costs and restrict our operational flexibility, investment activities, or ability to achieve our
strategic objectives. As our business evolves, and if we expand into additional industries or jurisdictions, our
compliance requirements and associated costs may increase and we may be subject to heightened regulatory
scrutiny.
We also face cybersecurity risks, including the potential unlawful, accidental, or unauthorized access to, or use,
disclosure, alteration, loss, or disruption of, our technology, products, systems, and data, or those of our service
providers and partners, which could result in a loss of confidentiality, integrity, or availability. We operate in
industries that have been, and will continue to be, targeted by sophisticated and persistent internal and external threat
actors, including those controlled by or affiliated with nation states. For additional information, please refer to “Risk
Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Any significant disruption in, or unauthorized access to, our computer and
data systems or those of third parties that we utilize in our operations could result in a loss or degradation of service,
loss of trust in us and harm to our business.” Many jurisdictions impose mandatory breach notification and reporting
obligations, and compliance with such requirements can be costly, time-sensitive, and operationally burdensome,
and we may bear such costs in the event of a material incident. As we continue to use and integrate advanced
technologies, including AI systems and models, into our operations, products, and services, our exposure to
cybersecurity incidents may increase, particularly as threat actors also try to adopt and deploy AI-enabled tools to
evade detection and compromise systems or data. Compliance with applicable privacy, cybersecurity, AI, data
protection, lawful access, content moderation and digital platform obligations can be costly and operationally
demanding and may require changes to our products, services, business practices, or technical infrastructure.
Environmental, Health, and Safety
Our operations and facilities, as well as existing and planned infrastructure, are subject to an extensive regulatory
framework of federal, state, local, and foreign environmental, health, and safety laws, and regulations and permits
that govern, among other things, employee health and safety, discharges of pollutants into the air and water, the
generation, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes and the investigation and remediation
of certain materials, substances, and wastes. These include various regulations promulgated by federal, state, and
local regulatory agencies and legislative bodies. Certain of our operations, including launch, reentry, testing, and
manufacturing activities and the development or expansion of facilities, as well as the siting, construction and
operation of data centers, may require environmental reviews, consultations, and permits and may be subject to
conditions or mitigation measures that could increase costs or limit operations.
We are required to obtain a number of permits and entitlements from various government agencies to construct and
operate our facilities, including zoning, land use and building code permits, air quality permits for permanent
combustion equipment (including both diesel generators and natural gas turbines), stormwater and wastewater
discharge permits, and fire and life safety approvals. We have issued or pending permit applications for certain of
our facilities. For additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—
Environmental laws, regulations, litigation, liabilities and proceedings may adversely affect our operations,
226
including our launch operations, manufacturing activities, fuel storage and handling operations, launch facilities and
ground infrastructure, and data center operations and expansion plans.”
Government Contracts
A portion of our revenue is derived from contracts, directly or indirectly, with the U.S. government. We have
numerous direct contracts with the U.S. government, primarily NASA, the Department of War, the General Services
Administration, and certain Intelligence Community agencies. These contracts focus mainly on launch services,
spacecraft development, and satellite deployment, and artificial intelligence products. We are almost always the
prime contractor on our government contracts, and we rarely use subcontractors. All of our launch contracts with
U.S. government agencies are firm fixed-price contracts with milestone-based payments.
These contracts are subject to U.S. government contracting rules and regulations (Federal Acquisition Regulation
(FAR) and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS)), and therefore, we are subject to the
business risks specific to the defense industry. These regulations impose stringent requirements on our operations,
business practices and reporting, and noncompliance could result in civil or criminal penalties, suspension or
debarment from government contracting, or loss of existing or future business. These requirements, although
customary in U.S. government contracts, increase our performance and compliance costs. These costs might increase
in the future. The U.S. government has the ability to unilaterally: (i) declare us ineligible to receive new contracts;
(ii) terminate existing contracts at its convenience and without advance notice; (iii) reduce the scope and value of
existing contracts; (iv) audit our contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs; and (v) revoke
required security clearances. Violations of government procurement laws could result in civil or criminal penalties.
We are also required to maintain special security clearances and comply with executive orders, federal laws and
regulations, and customer security requirements for classified programs, and our government contracts impose
cybersecurity and information assurance requirements, including implementation of information security protections
in accordance with NIST Special Publication 800-171 and obligations to review and report certain cyber incidents.
Failure to comply could result in suspension of payments, termination of contracts, civil or criminal penalties, or
exclusion from future government contracting opportunities. For additional information, please refer to “Risk
Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our services are subject to risks related to supplying services to the U.S.
government.”
In addition, in connection with preparing leased real property for our launch operations at Kennedy Space Center
and Cape Canaveral, Florida, and Space Launch Complex 4 at Vandenberg Space Force Base, California, we make
significant capital improvements and install extensive real and personal property at these government-owned sites.
The launch facilities we build are a unique capital improvement compared to standard commercial use sites because
the federal government specifically designates these launch sites for aerospace activities, such as rocket launches.
Given the specific use requirements of these government-owned sites, we have historically entered into handover
agreements with the relevant government entities upon expiration or termination of the leases, pursuant to which the
improvements are transferred to the government rather than removed. This fact pattern has historically been the case
with previous leases such as at Cape Canaveral Space Force Station.
Legal Proceedings
We are involved in the legal proceedings described in Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies, in our audited
consolidated financial statements and Note 16, Commitments and Contingencies in our unaudited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and we are subject to other claims and litigation arising in
the ordinary course of business. The outcome of any litigation is inherently uncertain, and if decided adversely to us,
or if we determine that settlement of particular litigation is appropriate, we may be subject to liability that could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
227
MANAGEMENT
Below is certain information as of May 1, 2026 regarding individuals who are expected to serve as our executive
officers and directors upon the completion of this offering.
Name
Age
Position
Elon Musk ......................
54
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chairman of the Board
Gwynne Shotwell ...........
62
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Bret Johnsen ...................
57
Chief Financial Officer
Ira Ehrenpreis .................
57
Director
Randy Glein ....................
60
Director
Antonio J. Gracias ..........
55
Director
Donald Harrison .............
54
Director
Steve Jurvetson ...............
59
Director
Luke Nosek .....................
50
Director
Executive Officers and Management Directors
Elon Musk has served as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chairman of our board since
May 2002. Mr. Musk is also the Technoking of Tesla and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Tesla since
October 2008. Mr. Musk was Chief Technology Officer and on the board of directors of X, beginning October 2022
and served as the Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of xAI, beginning March 2023, in each case
through the March 2025 merger of X and xAI. Following the merger, Mr. Musk served as the President, Treasurer,
and Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of xAI, until it was acquired by the Company in February
2026. Mr. Musk is also a founder and Chief Executive Officer of Neuralink Corp., a company focused on
developing brain-machine interfaces, and The Boring Company, an infrastructure company. Prior to the Company,
Mr. Musk co-founded PayPal, an electronic payment system, which was acquired by eBay in October 2002, and
Zip2 Corporation, a provider of Internet enterprise software and services, which was acquired by Compaq in March
1999. Mr. Musk serves on the board of directors of Tesla and previously served on the board of directors of
Endeavor Group Holdings, Inc. from April 2021 to June 2022. Mr. Musk holds a B.A. in Physics from the
University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Business from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr.
Musk brings to our board historical knowledge, operational and technical expertise, and continuity.
Gwynne Shotwell has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since 2008 and has been a member of our
board since March 2009. Previously, Ms. Shotwell served as our Vice President, Business Development, from 2002
to 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Shotwell held positions with Microcosm, Inc., an aerospace company, as
a director, and The Aerospace Corporation, an independent, non-profit organization performing objective technical
analyses and assessments for a variety of government, civil, and commercial customers, as a senior project engineer.
Ms. Shotwell also serves on the board of directors of Polaris, Inc., a manufacturer of powersports vehicles, and on
Northwestern University’s Board of Trustees. Ms. Shotwell was inducted into the National Academy of Engineering
and was previously named the Satellite Executive of the Year, included on Time’s 100 Most Influential People, and
Fortune Magazine’s World’s 50 Greatest Leaders. Ms. Shotwell holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and an
M.S. in Applied Mathematics from Northwestern University. As one of the key members of our leadership team,
Ms. Shotwell brings to our board extensive operational experience and in-house knowledge of the Company’s
operations, technology, research and development and business management.
Bret Johnsen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2011. In this role, Mr. Johnsen leads our global
finance organization and is responsible for our long-term financial strategy, internal financial operations,
interactions with the financial community, and the financial aspects of our growth initiatives. With more than two
decades of experience in financial leadership, primarily in high-profile technology and semiconductor companies,
his leadership continues to play a key role in driving our financial performance, long-term value creation and
operational discipline. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Johnsen served as Chief Financial Officer at Mindspeed
Technologies, Inc., a publicly traded semiconductor company, from 2008 to 2011. Prior to that role, he spent nearly
228
a decade at Broadcom Inc., a global semiconductor company, from 1999 to 2008, holding roles of increasing
responsibility within the organization, including serving as Vice President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Johnsen
serves as a Trustee of the University of Southern California and holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of
Southern California and an M.S. in Finance from San Diego State University, and he is a Certified Public
Accountant (CPA).
Non-Management Directors
Ira Ehrenpreis has served on our board since February 2026. Mr. Ehrenpreis is a founder and managing member of
DBL Partners, a leading impact investing venture capital firm, formed in 2015. Previously, he was a partner at
Technology Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Ehrenpreis serves on the board of directors of Tesla. He serves as
the Chairman of the VCNetwork, the largest and most active California venture capital organization. Mr. Ehrenpreis
also serves as the Chair of the National Association of Corporate Directors (NACD) Northern California and the Co-
Chair of the Stanford Precourt Institute for Energy Advisory Council. Among several other awards and honors, Mr.
Ehrenpreis has been named a member of the NACD Directorship 100 for being “one of the most influential leaders
in the boardroom and corporate governance community.” Mr. Ehrenpreis holds a B.A. from the University of
California, Los Angeles and a J.D. and M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Ehrenpreis brings to our board
experience in the technology, impact and venture capital industries, as well as valuable insights in corporate
governance, strategic growth and shareholder values.
Randy Glein has served on our board since February 2026 and previously served as a board observer since 2009.
Mr. Glein is co-founder and managing partner of DFJ Growth, a venture capital firm that has invested in more than
100 growth-stage technology companies over the past 20 years. He currently serves on the board of directors of
several private technology companies and has previously served on the board of directors of Anaplan, Inc. and
Tremor Video, Inc. Prior to DFJ Growth, Mr. Glein served as Chief Financial Officer of FeedBurner (acquired by
Google in 2007) and Vice President of Tribune Company and its corporate investment group, Tribune Ventures. Mr.
Glein began his career in the aerospace industry as a systems engineer with Hughes Space & Communications and
in business development roles with its DIRECTV and New Ventures units. Mr. Glein holds a B.S.E.E. in Electrical
Engineering from the University of Florida, an M.S.E.E. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Southern
California, and an M.B.A. from the UCLA Anderson School of Management. Mr. Glein brings to our board
experience in the venture capital industry and more than 35 years of business and leadership experience in the
technology, media, and satellite communications industries.
Antonio J. Gracias has served on our board since October 2010. Since 2001, Mr. Gracias has been Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Valor Management LLC, a private equity firm. As Founder, CEO, and CIO
of Valor, he oversees one of the leading growth-focused investment firms in the United States with over $55 billion
in assets under management. He has served on the board of Neuralink Corp., a company focused on developing
brain-machine interfaces, since May 2026, served on the board of The Boring Company, an infrastructure company,
since May 2026 and served as a director of Harmony Biosciences Holdings, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from
September 2017 to May 2026. He also served as a director of Marathon Pharmaceuticals, LLC from November 2013
until its acquisition by PTC Therapeutics in May 2017, and SolarCity Corporation from 2012 to 2016. Mr. Gracias
previously served as a director of Tesla from 2007 to 2021 helping take the company public and acting as Lead
Independent Director for eight years. Prior to founding Valor Management LLC in 2001, Mr. Gracias served as
Founder and Managing Member of MG Capital, a private equity firm headquartered in Chicago, where he was the
lead transaction principal from 1995 through 2000. Prior to MG Capital, Mr. Gracias was an associate with
Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York, where he served the firm’s institutional clients in the International Equity
Division. Mr. Gracias is also actively involved in philanthropic activities. He is a trustee of The Aspen Institute,
where he was a 2009 Henry Crown Fellow, an Aspen Institute program designed to engage the next generation of
leaders in the challenge of community-spirited leadership. Additionally, he serves as a member of several
prestigious non-profit and endowment boards, including the Board of Visitors for the Georgetown University School
of Foreign Service and the Pritzker School of Molecular Engineering at the University of Chicago. He is also a
member of the University of Chicago Board of Trustees. Mr. Gracias holds a joint B.S. and M.S.F.S. (Honors
Degree) in International Finance and Economics from the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and a
J.D. from the University of Chicago Law School. Mr. Gracias brings to our board skills and experience in
229
investment strategy, portfolio company management and improvement, operations of business, and finance across
several industries, including aerospace, technology, and manufacturing.
Donald Harrison has served on our board since February 2015. Mr. Harrison has served as President, Global
Partnerships and Corporate Development at Google LLC, a technology company, since 2017. Mr. Harrison
previously served as Vice-President, Corporate Development at Google from 2012 to 2017 and as Vice-President
and Deputy General Counsel from 2005 to 2012. Mr. Harrison also sits on the board of directors of Reliance Jio, the
largest mobile telecommunications services provider in India. Mr. Harrison holds a B.A. in Philosophy and Political
Science from the University of King’s College and a J.D. and LLB from the University of Toronto. Mr. Harrison
brings to our board years of business and leadership experience and provides valuable experience in the areas of
strategic transactions and partnerships.
Steve Jurvetson has served on our board since March 2009. Mr. Jurvetson is a co-founder of Future Ventures, a
venture capital firm, which he founded in 2019, and previously he co-founded and served as Managing Director of
Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm, from 1995 to 2017. Mr. Jurvetson serves as a director of The Metals
Company, a deep sea mining exploration company, and also previously served as a director of Tesla from 2009 to
2020, and NeoPhotonics Corp. from 2004 to 2011. Mr. Jurvetson also served as a director of Planet Labs from 2011
to 2017 and a director of D-Wave from 2003 to 2020. Before co-founding Future Ventures and Draper Fisher
Jurvetson, Mr. Jurvetson was an R&D Engineer at Hewlett-Packard, where seven of his chip designs were
fabricated. He also worked in product marketing at Apple Inc. and NeXT and management consulting with Bain &
Company. Mr. Jurvetson holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an
M.B.A. from the Stanford Business School. Mr. Jurvetson brings to our board experience in the venture capital
industry and years of business and leadership experience.
Luke Nosek has served on our board since July 2008. Mr. Nosek co-founded Gigafund, a venture capital firm, in
July 2017, and has been Managing Partner since inception. Mr. Nosek previously co-founded Founders Fund, a
venture capital fund, in April 2006, and served as General Partner through July 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Nosek co-
founded and served as Vice President of Business Development, Vice President of Marketing, and Vice President of
Strategy of PayPal, an electronic payment system, from November 1998 to February 2002. Mr. Nosek also serves as
a member of the board of directors of various private companies, including Last Energy, a nuclear energy company
that designs and manufactures small modular reactors, Emerald Cloud Lab, which operates remotely accessible and
largely autonomous life science laboratories, and ResearchGate, an online platform connecting scientists and
researchers with each other and their work. Mr. Nosek also served as a board member of DeepMind prior to its
acquisition by Google. Mr. Nosek holds a B.S. in Computer Engineering from the University of Illinois Urbana-
Champaign. Mr. Nosek brings to the board experience in the venture capital industry and years of business and
leadership experience.
Additional Information
On October 16, 2018, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York entered a final judgment
approving the terms of a settlement, filed with the court on September 29, 2018, in connection with the actions taken
by the SEC relating to Mr. Musk’s August 7, 2018 Twitter (now known as X) posts stating that he was considering
taking Tesla private at a specified price and with secured financing. The SEC alleged that these posts were
materially false and misleading, in violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder. In
settling the action, Mr. Musk did not admit or deny the SEC’s allegations and consented to the entry of a judgment
that enjoined him from violating these laws, ordered him to pay a $20 million civil penalty and required him to
comply with procedures implemented by Tesla with respect to preclearing his public statements about Tesla. While
he was required to step down as chairman of the board of Tesla for three years, there is no restriction on Mr. Musk’s
ability to serve as an officer or director on the board of directors of any public or private company. On April 26,
2019, this settlement was amended to further clarify the pre-clearance procedures applicable to his making certain
public statements about Tesla. The amendment was subsequently approved by the District Court.
On April 3, 2026, in Pampena v. Musk, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California entered a
partial judgment against Mr. Musk in his personal capacity only in favor of lead plaintiffs on behalf of themselves
and a class of investors who sold certain Twitter, Inc. equity securities between May 13 and October 4, 2022. The
230
judgment is based on a jury verdict rendered on March 20, 2026 that found (i) in favor of plaintiffs on claims
alleging that Mr. Musk violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder in connection with
two statements made by Mr. Musk in May 2022 and (ii) in favor of Mr. Musk on claims challenging a third
statement and alleging a “scheme to defraud” under Rules 10b-5(a) and (c). The claims in this case all concern Mr.
Musk’s then-pending potential purchase of Twitter, Inc. On May 1, 2026, Mr. Musk challenged the partial judgment
by filing a post-trial motion for judgment as a matter of law and motion to decertify the class. The motion practice is
ongoing, and the Court is expected to hear these motions in June 2026.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Controlled Company Exemption
Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will beneficially own approximately          % of our outstanding Class B
common stock, which under our charter, as described under “Description of Capital Stock,” will be entitled to elect
51% of the total number of authorized directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and          % of the total
voting power of our outstanding common stock (or               % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional shares of Class A common stock in full). As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the
meaning of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas corporate governance standards. Under the listing rules of Nasdaq and
Nasdaq Texas, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power with respect to director elections is held by
another person or group of persons acting together is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with
certain Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
•a majority of such company’s board of directors consist of independent directors as defined under the listing
rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas;
•director nominees be selected or recommended for board of directors’ selection by a nominating committee
composed entirely of independent directors, with a written charter addressing the nominations process as
required under the listing rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas;
•the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing
the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
•annual performance evaluations of the compensation and nominating committees be conducted.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we do not
expect to have a compensation and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors or that
has a committee charter that addresses all Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas requirements applicable to companies that are
not controlled companies. Additionally, we may elect to take advantage of certain other exemptions in the future for
as long as we remain a “controlled company.” Accordingly, our Class A shareholders will not have the same
protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be
listed on Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas, we will be required to comply with all of the applicable governance
requirements within the applicable transition periods.
Composition of Our Board
Upon the consummation of the offering, our board will consist of eight directors. Subject to the terms of our charter
and bylaws, the number of directors on our board will be determined from time to time by our board. Under the
terms of our charter, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock, voting separately as a class, will have
the right to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors, rounded up to the nearest whole number (the
“Class B Directors”). Holders of Class A and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class, will elect the
remaining members of our board (the “Common Stock Directors”). We expect that upon the completion of the
offering Mr. Musk, Gwynne Shotwell, Antonio J. Gracias, Donald Harrison, and Luke Nosek will serve as the initial
231
Class B Directors and Ira Ehrenpreis, Randy Glein, and Steve Jurvetson will serve as the initial Common Stock
Directors.
Our board will be subject to annual elections. Each director will hold office until the next annual meeting of our
shareholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation
or removal (as provided in our charter). For additional information, please refer to “Description of Capital Stock.”
Role of our Board in Risk Oversight
We face a number of risks, including those described under the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Our board believes that risk management is an important part of establishing, updating and
executing on our business strategy. Our board, as a whole and at the committee level, has oversight responsibility
relating to risks that could affect our corporate strategy, business objectives, compliance, operations and financial
condition and performance. Our board focuses its oversight on the most significant risks facing us and on the
processes to identify, prioritize, assess, manage and mitigate those risks. While our board has an oversight role,
management is principally tasked with direct responsibility for management and assessment of risks and the
implementation of processes and controls to mitigate their effects on us.
Director Independence
Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background,
employment and affiliations, our board has determined that each of Ira Ehrenpreis, Randy Glein, Donald Harrison,
Steve Jurvetson, and Luke Nosek is independent within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq and Nasdaq
Texas currently in effect. In making this determination, our board considered the relationships that each of these
directors has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board deemed relevant in determining their
independence, including (i) the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each such director and/or investment
funds or other entities affiliated with them and (ii) the relationships set forth below under “Certain Relationships and
Related Person Transactions.” The board also considered that Donald Harrison was employed by an organization
that does business with Company. The amount received by the Company or such other organization in each of the
last three fiscal years did not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 5% of either the Company’s or such organization’s
consolidated gross revenues.
Board Leadership Structure
Upon the completion of this offering, as provided in our charter, our board will continue to be led by Mr. Musk.
Pursuant to the terms of our charter, he can only be removed from the board and these leadership positions by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, voting
separately as a class.
Our board has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time.
Board Committees
In connection with the completion of this offering, our board will establish an audit committee and a compensation
and nominating committee. Audit and compensation and nominating committees will be governed by their charters
that will be available on our website at www.spacex.com. Pursuant to our bylaws, our board may, from time to time,
establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business and operations. Information contained on
our website or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto does not constitute part of nor is it incorporated by
reference into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Audit Committee
The primary responsibilities of our audit committee will include, among other things:
•assisting our board in its oversight responsibilities regarding the integrity of our financial statements, our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and
independence and our accounting and financial reporting processes of and the audits of our financial statements;
232
•preparing the report required by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy or information statement;
•approving audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent accountants; and
•performing such other functions as our board may from time to time assign to the audit committee.
The audit committee will be empowered to retain any advisors as it deems necessary or appropriate to assist it in
fulfilling its responsibilities, and to approve the fees and other retention terms of such advisors.
Upon the completion of this offering, Randy Glein and Steve Jurvetson are expected to be the members of our audit
committee. Randy Glein is expected to qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined
under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and each of Randy Glein and Steve
Jurvetson qualifies as an independent director for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the listing
standards of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas. We will identify the third member to serve on the audit committee within
the applicable one year period under the Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas listing rules. Randy Glein is expected to serve as
the chair of the audit committee.
Compensation and Nominating Committee
The primary responsibilities of our compensation and nominating committee will include, among other things:
•overseeing the Company’s overall compensation philosophy;
•reviewing and approving, or recommending to the full board for approval, the compensation and other benefits
for executive officers;
•reviewing and recommending to our board for approval the form and amount of compensation for our
independent directors;
•making recommendations to our board regarding director candidates and assisting our board in determining the
composition of our board and its committees, subject to the terms of our charter; and
•performing such other functions as our board may from time to time assign to the committee.
Upon the completion of this offering, Ira Ehrenpreis, Antonio J. Gracias, and Luke Nosek are expected to be the
members of our compensation and nominating committee. As a “controlled company,” we will rely upon the
exemption from Nasdaq’s and Nasdaq Texas’ requirement that we have a compensation and nominating committee
that is composed entirely of independent directors with a committee charter that addresses all Nasdaq and Nasdaq
Texas’ requirements applicable to companies that are not controlled companies. Each of Ira Ehrenpreis and Luke
Nosek qualifies as an independent director under the listing standards of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas, including the
heightened independence standards for members of a compensation committee, and as a “non-employee director” as
defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. Ira Ehrenpreis is expected to serve as the chair of the compensation and
nominating committee. 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During the last completed fiscal year, we were not a publicly traded company and did not have a compensation
committee or any other committee serving a similar function. Historically, the board has been responsible for
determining, and has made all decisions regarding, the compensation for Mr. Musk. With respect to those expected
to serve as our other executive officers, Mr. Musk has had primary responsibility for compensation-related
decisions; however, all equity awards were approved by the board.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
In connection with this offering, our board will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our
employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable SEC rules and the corporate governance rules of
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas. We expect that any amendments to the code or any waivers of its requirements
applicable to our directors and executive officers will be disclosed on our website at www.spacex.com, as and to the
233
extent required by applicable SEC rules and the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas.
Information contained on our website or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto does not constitute part of,
nor is it incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a
part.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
In connection with the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt corporate governance guidelines, which will
set forth expectations for directors, director qualification standards, committee structure and functions and other
policies for the governance of our company. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our
website at www.spacex.com. Information contained on our website or linked therein or otherwise connected thereto
does not constitute part of, nor is it incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of
which this prospectus forms a part.
234
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A, provides an overview of our executive compensation
philosophy, objectives, and design and each element of our executive compensation program with regard to the
compensation awarded, to, earned by, or paid to the following named executive officers (collectively, our “NEOs”)
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 (the “2025 Fiscal Year”), which includes all of our executive officers
for the 2025 Fiscal Year. For the 2025 Fiscal Year, our NEOs were:
Name
Position
Elon Musk ......................................
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and Chairman of the Board
Gwynne Shotwell ...........................
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Bret Johnsen ...................................
Chief Financial Officer
Our Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our compensation program is designed to attract, retain and reward executives and employees, with a heavy
emphasis on equity compensation to provide employees with a financial stake in our business and an ownership
mindset. We offer a number of programs that allow employees to voluntarily elect to receive elements of their
compensation in equity or to otherwise increase their ownership interests in the Company.
Process for Setting Compensation
Historically, our board has been responsible for determining, and has made all decisions regarding, the
compensation for Mr. Musk. With respect to the other NEOs, Mr. Musk has had primary responsibility for
compensation-related decisions (in consultation with Ms. Shotwell with respect to Mr. Johnsen’s compensation). All
equity awards are approved by our board.
In connection with this offering, we plan to establish a compensation and nominating committee of our board who
will oversee our executive compensation program going forward. The compensation and nominating committee, in
consultation with Mr. Musk (other than with respect to his own compensation), will have primary responsibility for
evaluating and approving the compensation of our NEOs or making recommendations regarding such compensation
to our board when appropriate, including with respect to Mr. Musk’s compensation.
Elements of Compensation
Base Salary
Each NEO’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation for performing specific job duties and functions.
Base salaries are generally reviewed on an annual basis, taking into account the NEO’s experience and
responsibilities. Mr. Musk’s base salary of $54,080 has remained unchanged since 2019, and prior to our relocation
to Texas in 2024 was tied to California’s minimum salary for exempt employees. Mr. Musk has historically
determined the base salary for Ms. Shotwell, which was increased from $1,040,000 to $1,080,000 effective April 20,
2025. Mr. Musk and Ms. Shotwell have historically determined the base salary for Mr. Johnsen, which was
increased from $780,000 to $825,000 on April 6, 2025, with retroactive effect for the full 2025 Fiscal Year.
As participants in a broader employee equity election program, our NEOs, other than Mr. Musk, were eligible to
elect to receive all or a portion of their base salary in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”). For the 2025 Fiscal
Year, Ms. Shotwell received $353,077 of her base salary in cash and the remainder as a grant of 19,650 RSUs that
vested 50% on May 15, 2025 and 50% on November 15, 2025, and Mr. Johnsen elected to receive his base salary
fully in cash. The base salaries paid to our NEOs reflect the only cash compensation that they are eligible to receive,
as no NEO participates in an annual bonus program.
235
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
In 2025, we granted long-term incentive compensation under our 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Plan”),
which replaced our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) with respect to new grants; however, outstanding
grants under the 2015 Plan remained outstanding and subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, which are substantially
similar to the terms of the 2024 Plan. The 2024 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 365,950,000 shares of Class
C common stock thereunder pursuant to stock options (which may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory
stock options), RSUs, and other equity awards, in each case, on the terms determined by our board. It is expected
that, in connection with and following the completion of this offering, all outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan
and the 2024 Plan will remain outstanding and continue to be subject to their existing terms; however, awards in
respect of Class C common stock will be converted into awards in respect of Class A common stock on a one-for-
one basis as part of the Class C Reclassification. It is expected that the 2024 Plan will be amended and restated in
connection with this offering, as described below.
Given his significant ownership interest in our Company, Mr. Musk was not granted any annual long-term incentive
compensation in 2025, and generally does not participate in our annual long-term incentive compensation program.
However, as part of our efforts to further incentivize Mr. Musk to achieve our long-term business objectives, the
board granted him a performance-based award of restricted shares of Class B common stock in January 2026, as
described further under “—2026 Compensation Developments” below.
Ms. Shotwell was eligible to participate in our long-term incentive election program with a target award of $5
million, pursuant to which she could elect to receive 20% of her target award in cash or RSUs that vest after six
months and 80% of her target award in cash vesting over five years, RSUs vesting over five years or stock options
vesting over six years. In accordance with her elections, on May 10, 2025, our board granted Ms. Shotwell 27,030
RSUs, representing $1 million of her target award, that vested on November 15, 2025 and stock options to purchase
324,325 shares of Class C common stock, representing $4 million of her target award, which vest as to 12.5% on
May 15, 2027 and monthly thereafter in equal installments through November 15, 2030, in each case, subject to Ms.
Shotwell’s continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date.
Because Mr. Johnsen held outstanding stock options tied to aggressive performance milestones, a portion of which
were adjusted in 2026 as described further under “—2026 Compensation Developments” below, he was not eligible
to participate in the long-term incentive election program described above. Instead, Mr. Johnsen’s long-term
incentive award for the 2025 Fiscal Year consisted exclusively of stock options to purchase 324,325 shares of Class
C common stock, which was granted by our board on May 10, 2025. These stock options vest as to 40% in equal
monthly installments from January 1, 2027 through December 1, 2027 and as to 60% in equal monthly installments
from January 1, 2028 through December 1, 2030, in each case, subject to Mr. Johnsen’s continued employment with
us through the applicable vesting date.
On October 20, 2025, as a special equity grant intended to further promote their retention, reward their individual
performance, and encourage efforts to continue growing the Company, our board granted Ms. Shotwell stock
options to purchase 3,537,740 shares of Class C common stock and granted Mr. Johnsen stock options to purchase
141,510 shares of Class C common stock. These special stock options vest as to 20% on September 30, 2027 and
monthly thereafter in equal installments through September 30, 2031, in each case, subject to the NEO’s continued
employment with us through the applicable vesting date.
Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Benefits
All of our U.S. employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan, which is a broad-
based, tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan. Under the 401(k) plan, we may make discretionary
matching and non-elective contributions, subject to certain limits under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the “Code”), and such contributions would vest ratably and would be 100% vested after five years of
credited service; however, no such company contributions were made for 2025.
236
Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Historically, we have provided two employee stock purchase plans in which all of our U.S. employees, including the
NEOs, are eligible to participate. Our Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2017
ESPP”) is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and allows eligible employees to purchase shares of
Class C common stock using accumulated payroll contributions at a discount. It is expected that the 2017 ESPP will
be amended and restated in connection with this offering, as described below. Our 2023 Non-Qualified ESPP (the
“NQ ESPP”) is not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and allows eligible employees to purchase
shares of Class C common stock using accumulated payroll contributions at fair market value. Our NQ ESPP will be
discontinued in connection with this offering.
Perquisites
The Company provides security equipment to enhance security at Ms. Shotwell’s personal residence. The aggregate
incremental cost of these security benefits are reported in the “—Executive Compensation Tables—2025 Summary
Compensation Table” below. No other material perquisites are provided to our NEOs.
Other Matters
2026 Compensation Developments
On January 13, 2026, our board approved the grant of 1 billion performance-based restricted shares of Class B
common stock to Mr. Musk. The restricted shares vest upon (i) our achievement of specified market capitalization
milestones across 15 equal tranches and (ii) the Company’s establishment of a permanent human colony on Mars
with at least one million inhabitants, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment with us through the
date on which achievement is certified by our board. Mr. Musk has the right to vote all of these performance-based
restricted shares of Class B common stock that remain outstanding. For any tranche of the award to vest, both the
applicable market capitalization milestone for such tranche and the human colony milestone must be met. In
connection with the xAI Merger that closed on February 2, 2026, the market capitalization milestones were
equitably adjusted in accordance with the terms of the award agreement to the following:
Restricted Shares Subject to Tranche
Market Capitalization
Milestone
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$500,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$1,000,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$1,500,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$2,000,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$2,500,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$3,000,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$3,500,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$4,000,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$4,500,000,000,000
66,666,665 ...............................................................................................................................
$5,000,000,000,000
66,666,670 ...............................................................................................................................
$5,500,000,000,000
66,666,670 ...............................................................................................................................
$6,000,000,000,000
66,666,670 ...............................................................................................................................
$6,500,000,000,000
66,666,670 ...............................................................................................................................
$7,000,000,000,000
66,666,670 ...............................................................................................................................
$7,500,000,000,000
In connection with the xAI Merger, we also assumed a performance stock award originally granted to Mr. Musk by
xAI on November 26, 2025. In accordance with the terms of that award agreement, the award was adjusted to
account for the xAI Merger and, following such adjustment, reflected Mr. Musk’s right to receive shares of our
Class A common stock equal to 0.20% of the fully diluted capitalization of the Company upon achievement of each
237
of 12 valuation milestones ranging from $1.065 trillion to $6.565 trillion, with each milestone reflecting $500 billion
in additional valuation, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment with us. The first valuation
milestone was achieved prior to the xAI Merger, and Mr. Musk was issued 25,172,695 shares of our Class A
common stock in settlement of that portion of the award. On March 23, 2026, this award and the 25,172,695 shares
earned upon achievement of the first valuation milestone were cancelled and replaced with a grant of 302,072,285
performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock, which vest upon both (i) achievement of specified
market capitalization milestones across 12 equal tranches ranging from $1.065 trillion to $6.565 trillion, with each
milestone reflecting $500 billion in additional valuation, and (ii) the Company’s completion of non-Earth-based data
centers capable of delivering 100 terawatts of compute per year, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued
employment with us through the date on which achievement is certified by our board. Mr. Musk has the right to vote
all of these performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock that remain outstanding.
On January 4, 2026, our board approved an amendment to Mr. Johnsen’s 4 million performance-based stock options
originally granted in 2024. In lieu of vesting based on free cash flow achievement in excess of a baseline, 371,125 of
the stock options will vest for each $10 billion in adjusted EBITDA achieved during the 2025 through 2029 fiscal
years, assessed on an annual basis. For purposes of this award, adjusted EBITDA is calculated as income from
operations excluding (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) share-based compensation, (iii) impairment, and (iv)
restructuring impacts. Once a tranche of the stock options have become earned as a result of our adjusted EBITDA
performance as of the end of a particular fiscal year, such stock options remain subject to an additional one-year and
one day service-based vesting requirement following December 31 of the fiscal year in which such tranche was
earned. None of the stock options became earned on account of our 2025 Fiscal Year adjusted EBITDA
performance.
Clawback Policy
In connection with this offering, we will adopt a compensation recoupment (clawback) policy that complies with the
Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas listing standards implementing Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act.
Executive Compensation Tables
2025 Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to the
NEOs for the 2025 Fiscal Year.
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($)
Option
Awards
($)(1)
Stock
Awards
($)(2)
All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
Total
Compensation
($)
Elon Musk
Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Technical Officer and
Chairman of the Board ............
2025
54,080
—
—
—
54,080
Gwynne Shotwell
President, Chief Operating
Officer and Director ................
2025
1,080,127
(4)
82,969,515
1,727,160
30,095
85,806,897
Bret Johnsen
Chief Financial Officer ...............
2025
825,000
9,013,002
—
—
9,838,002
__________________
(1)Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of stock options granted to the NEOs during the 2025 Fiscal Year calculated in
accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, disregarding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For additional information regarding the
assumptions underlying this calculation, please refer to Note 15, Share-based Compensation—Fair Value Determination, to the consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of RSUs granted to the NEOs calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
718, disregarding the effect of estimated forfeitures, based on the fair market value of a share of our Class C common stock on the
applicable date.
(3)Amounts in the column include, for Ms. Shotwell, the incremental cost to the Company of security equipment to enhance security at Ms.
Shotwell’s personal residence. From time to time, each NEO may also be accompanied by personal guests on travel on Company-owned
aircraft that otherwise has a business purpose; however, there is no incremental cost to the Company of such travel.
238
(4)This amount includes the grant date fair value of 19,650 RSUs granted to Ms. Shotwell in lieu of base salary, calculated in accordance with
FASB ASC Topic 718, disregarding the effect of estimated forfeitures, based on the fair market value of a share of our Class C common
stock on the applicable date ($37 on May 10, 2025). For additional information, please refer to “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis
—Elements of Compensation—Base Salary” above and “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” below.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table provides information on the stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock and
RSUs representing a right to receive shares of our Class C common stock, in each case, granted to each NEO during
the 2025 Fiscal Year under the 2024 Plan. Mr. Musk did not receive any equity grants from the Company during the
2025 Fiscal Year.
Name
Grant
Date
All Other Stock
Awards: Number
of Shares of
Stock
or Units (#)(1)
All Other Option
Awards: Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)(2)
Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
($/Sh)(3)
Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock
and
Option Awards
($)(4)
Gwynne Shotwell
RSUs ......................................
5/10/25
19,650
(5)
$727,050
RSUs ......................................
5/10/25
27,030
$1,000,110
Options ...................................
5/10/25
324,325
$37.00
$6,136,878
Options ...................................
10/20/25
3,537,740
$42.40
$76,832,637
Bret Johnsen
Options ...................................
5/10/25
324,325
$37.00
$5,939,688
Options ...................................
10/20/25
141,510
$42.40
$3,073,314
__________________
(1)Amounts in this column represent RSUs granted during the 2025 Fiscal Year. For more information, please refer to “—Compensation
Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis
—Elements of Compensation—Base Salaries” above.
(2)Amounts in this column represent stock options granted during the 2025 Fiscal Year. For more information, please refer to “—
Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Incentive Compensation” above.
(3)The exercise price of each stock option granted during the 2025 Fiscal Year reflects the fair market value of a share of our Class C common
stock on the date of grant and was determined based on a third-party valuation obtained in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.
(4)Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value of stock options and RSUs, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718,
disregarding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For additional information regarding the assumptions underlying this calculation, refer to
Note 15, Share-based Compensation—Fair Value Determination, to the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(5)Represents the RSUs granted to Ms. Shotwell in lieu of $726,923 of her 2025 base salary. For additional information, please refer to “—
Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Base Salary” above.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents information regarding the outstanding stock option awards held by our NEOs as of
December 31, 2025. No NEOs held outstanding RSUs or other unvested stock awards in the Company as of
December 31, 2025. Awards in respect of Class C common stock reflected in this following table will be converted
into awards in respect of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis as part of the Class C Reclassification.
239
Name
Option Awards
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)
Option
Exercise Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Elon Musk
Class B Options .....................
344,166,650
8,333,350
(1)
—
$8.3998
2/11/31
Gwynne Shotwell
Class C Options .....................
27,800
305,550
(2)
—
$8.3998
4/20/31
Class C Options .....................
14,885
163,690
(2)
—
$11.20
4/27/32
Class C Options .....................
—
618,560
(3)
—
$19.40
5/16/34
Class C Options .....................
—
324,325
(4)
—
$37.00
5/10/35
Class C Options .....................
—
3,537,740
(5)
—
$42.40
10/20/35
Bret Johnsen
Class C Options .....................
711,850
—
—
$4.40
4/24/30
Class C Options .....................
1,019,400
480,600
(2)
—
$8.3998
4/20/31
Class C Options .....................
535,715
—
2,142,860
(6)
$11.20
4/27/32
Class C Options .....................
139,285
375,005
(7)
—
$15.40
5/1/33
Class C Options .....................
—
371,135
(3)
—
$19.40
5/16/34
Class C Options .....................
—
—
4,000,000
(8)
$19.40
5/16/34
Class C Options .....................
—
324,325
(9)
—
$37.00
5/10/35
Class C Options .....................
—
141,510
(5)
—
$42.40
10/20/35
__________________
(1)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock vested on January 1, 2026.
(2)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest in approximately equal monthly installments through November
15, 2026, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
(3)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest as to 12.5% on May 15, 2026 and thereafter in approximately
equal monthly installments through November 15, 2029, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
(4)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest as to 12.5% on May 15, 2027 and thereafter in approximately
equal monthly installments through November 15, 2030, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
(5)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest as to 20% on September 30, 2027 and thereafter in approximately
equal monthly installments through September 30, 2031, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
(6)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest as follows: (i) 75% vests in three equal tranches upon
achievement of a 50%, 80% and 90% reduction in cost per ton to orbit from such cost in April 2022, and (ii) 25% vests in two equal
tranches upon achievement of 80% and 90% reduction in Starlink service delivery costs from such costs in April 2022, in each case, subject
to the NEO’s continued employment.
(7)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest in approximately equal monthly installments through November
15, 2028, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
(8)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock were eligible to vest based on our free cash flow performance
exceeding $2 billion beginning in 2025, subject to the NEO’s continued employment. In 2026, these stock options were amended as
described in more detail under —”Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Other Matters—2026 Compensation Developments” above.
(9)These stock options to purchase shares of our Class C common stock vest as follows: (i) 129,730 vest in approximately equal monthly
installments from January 1, 2027 through December 1, 2027 and (ii) 194,595 vest in approximately equal monthly installments from
January 1, 2028 through December 1, 2030, in each case, subject to the NEO’s continued employment.
240
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table reflects stock options to purchase Class C common stock exercised by our NEOs during the
2025 Fiscal Years and RSUs held by our NEOs which vested during 2025.
Name
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
Value Realized
on
Exercise ($)(1)
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
Value Realized
on
Vesting ($)(2)
Elon Musk ..........................................................
—
—
—
—
Gwynne Shotwell ...............................................
1,684,515
44,800,662
46,680
1,926,177
Bret Johnsen .......................................................
1,182,150
41,906,655
—
—
__________________
(1)The value realized on the exercise of stock options is determined based on the fair market value of a share of our Class C common stock on
the exercise date, less the applicable exercise price.
(2)The value realized on the vesting of RSUs is determined based on the fair market value of a share of our Class C common stock on the
vesting date.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
None of our NEOs are party to an employment agreement or severance arrangement that provides for payments or
benefits upon termination of employment or a change in control of the Company. Under the terms of the RSU award
agreements, in the event of an NEO’s death, the RSUs scheduled to vest within the following 12-month period
would become vested. No NEOs held outstanding RSUs as of December 31, 2025. No other equity award
agreements provide for benefits upon termination of employment or a change in control of the Company.
Amended and Restated 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, we intend to amend and restate our 2024 Plan (the “A&R 2024 Plan”). The purpose
of the A&R 2024 Plan is to secure and retain the services of eligible employees, directors and consultants to provide
incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and to provide a means by
which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of our Class A
common stock. The A&R 2024 Plan allows for the grant of stock options, both incentive stock options and
“nonstatutory” stock options; stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); restricted stock; RSUs; and other equity awards.
We refer to these collectively herein as “Awards.”
The following description of the A&R 2024 Plan is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the complete text of the A&R 2024 Plan, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Please read the A&R 2024 Plan in its entirety.
Administration
The A&R 2024 Plan will be administered by our board or a committee thereof designated by our board to administer
the A&R 2024 Plan, which we refer to herein as the “Plan Administrator.” The Plan Administrator will have broad
authority, subject to the provisions of the A&R 2024 Plan, to administer and interpret the A&R 2024 Plan and
Awards granted thereunder. All decisions and actions of the Plan Administrator will be final, binding and conclusive
on all persons.
Stock Subject to A&R 2024 Plan
The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under the A&R 2024 Plan will not
exceed 365,950,000 shares (the “Share Reserve”), inclusive of shares issued under the 2024 Plan prior to the
adoption of the A&R 2024 Plan. The Share Reserve is subject to certain adjustments in the event of a change in our
capitalization. Shares of Class A common stock issued under the A&R 2024 Plan may be authorized but unissued or
reacquired shares, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.
241
Shares of Class A common stock subject to any award under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan or the 2015 Plan that
expires, terminates or is forfeited or that are reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation
will be added to the Share Reserve. Shares of Class A common stock subject to any award under the A&R 2024 Plan
that expires, terminates or is forfeited or that are reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding
obligation or payment of an exercise price will be again be available for issuance under the A&R 2024 Plan.
Eligibility
Current or prospective employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates will be
eligible to participate in the A&R 2024 Plan.
Types of Awards
Stock Options. Stock options granted under the A&R 2024 Plan may be granted as incentive stock options or
nonstatutory stock options, in either case with a term not to exceed 10 years (or five years for incentive stock options
granted to 10% shareholders). Subject to the express provisions of the A&R 2024 Plan, stock options generally may
be exercised over such period, in installments or otherwise, as the Plan Administrator may determine. The exercise
price for any stock option granted may not generally be less than the fair market value of the Class A common stock
subject to that option on the grant date (or 110% of the fair market value for incentive stock options granted to 10%
shareholders). The exercise price may be paid in cash or such other method as determined by the Plan Administrator,
including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the shares issuable under
an option, the delivery of previously owned shares, or withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise.
Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs represent, upon exercise, the right to receive the amount by which the fair market
value of the Class A common stock at the time of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the SAR. This amount is
payable in Class A common stock, cash, or a combination thereof, or in any other form of consideration at the Plan
Administrator’s discretion. The exercise price for any SARs may not generally be less than the fair market value of
the Class A common stock subject to the SAR on the grant date and may not have a term in excess of 10 years.
Restricted Stock and RSUs. Awards of restricted stock consist of shares of stock that are transferred to the
participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. RSUs result in
the transfer of shares of Class A common stock, cash or other form of consideration to the participant only after
specified conditions are satisfied. The Plan Administrator will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to
each award of restricted stock or RSUs, which may include performance vesting conditions.
Other Equity Awards. Other equity awards are Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise
based, on Class A common stock, including the appreciation in value thereof. Other equity awards may be granted
either alone or in tandem with other Awards under the A&R 2024 Plan.
Performance Criteria
The Plan Administrator may specify certain performance criteria which must be satisfied before Awards will be
granted or will vest. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to
period.
Transferability
Except as otherwise permitted by the Plan Administrator, Awards generally are not transferable except by will or by
the laws of descent and distribution, and each stock option or SAR will be exercisable during the lifetime of the
participant only by the participant.
Clawback
Awards will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that we adopt, including any
clawback policy required under Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act.
242
Amendment and Termination
The Plan Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the A&R 2024 Plan at any time; however certain
enumerated material amendments may not be made without shareholder approval. Suspension or termination of the
A&R 2024 Plan may not impair the rights and obligations of any outstanding Award. The Plan Administrator may
also amend any outstanding Award, subject to the participant’s consent in the event such amendment impairs such
participant’s rights under such Award. The A&R 2024 Plan is expected to be adopted by our board in connection
with this offering and will terminate on December 10, 2034, unless earlier terminated by our board.
Second Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In connection with this offering, we intend to further amend and restated our 2017 ESPP. The purpose of the A&R
2017 ESPP is to encourage and enable our eligible employees to acquire a proprietary interest in us through the
ownership of our Class A common stock. The A&R 2017 ESPP, and the rights of participants to make purchases
thereunder, is intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 423 of the Code.
The following description of the A&R 2017 ESPP is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the complete text of the A&R 2017 ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Please read the A&R 2017 ESPP in its entirety. 
Administration
The A&R 2017 ESPP will be administered by our board or a committee thereof designated by our board to
administer the A&R 2017 ESPP, which we refer to herein as the “ESPP Administrator.” The ESPP Administrator
has the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the
A&R 2017 ESPP. The ESPP Administrator may delegate its responsibilities under the A&R 2017 ESPP to one or
more other persons.
Stock Subject to A&R 2017 ESPP
The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under the A&R 2017 ESPP will not
exceed 75,000,000 shares (the “ESPP Share Pool”), inclusive of shares issued under the 2017 ESPP prior to the
adoption of the A&R 2017 Plan. The ESPP Share Pool is subject to certain adjustments in the event of a change in
our capitalization. Shares of Class A common stock issued under the A&R 2017 ESPP may be either authorized and
unissued shares or previously issued shares acquired by us. A participant does not have the rights of a shareholder
until the shares are actually issued to the participant.
Eligibility; Limitations
An employee is eligible to participate in the A&R 2017 ESPP if the employee has been continuously employed by
us our one of our related corporations incorporated in the United States since at least the last day of the calendar
month preceding the month in which the offering date occurs and does not own 5% or more of the combined voting
power of the Company or any related corporations (as determined under Section 423 and 424 of the Code). Eligible
employees must enroll in a particular offering at least 10 business days prior to the offering date of such offering,
and once enrolled for an offering, employees will be automatically enrolled in subsequent offerings unless the
employee withdraws.
A participant is not permitted to purchase shares of our Class A common stock with a fair market value in excess of
$25,000 in any one calendar year (calculated based on the fair market value on the offering date).
Offerings
The offerings and purchase periods will be determined by the ESPP Administrator, subject to limitations under the
Section 423 of the Code. It is expected that we will continue six-month successive purchase periods with purchase
dates occurring on April 15th and October 15th of each year.
243
During the purchase period, a participant may contribute between 1% and 100% of their eligible earnings (in whole
percentage increments) through payroll deductions. A participant may change their payroll deduction prior to the
beginning of an offering; however, during an offering, a participant may not increase the contribution percentage
and may only decrease it up to two times (with the second decrease required to be to 0%), subject to the withdrawal
provisions. At the end of each offering period, unless the participant has withdrawn from the A&R 2017 ESPP,
payroll deductions are applied automatically to purchase shares of Class A common stock at the purchase price
described below. The number of shares purchased is determined by dividing the payroll deductions by the applicable
purchase price, with any remaining funds held in the participant’s account for the subsequent purchase period
(subject to the withdrawal provisions).
In the event of a participant’s termination of employment or a participant’s withdrawal from an offering (which may
occur at any time prior to the ten-business day period preceding the purchase date), such participant’s accumulated
deductions will be returned to the participant as soon as administratively practicable.
Purchase Price
The price per share at which shares are purchased under the A&R 2017 ESPP in a particular offering period is
determined by the ESPP Administrator, but in no event will be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of
the Class A common stock on the offering date or the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the
purchase date.
Adjustments
In the event of any reorganizations, recapitalizations, stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, extraordinary
dividends or distributions, or similar events, the ESPP Administrator will appropriately adjust the number and class
of shares available under the A&R 2017 ESPP and subject to the purchase limits under each ongoing offering and
the applicable purchase price of such shares in each ongoing offering.
Transferability
Rights to purchase Class A common stock under the A&R 2017 ESPP may not be transferred by a participant and
may be exercised during a participant’s lifetime only by the participant.
Amendment and Termination
The A&R 2017 ESPP will become effective when it is approved by our board. Our board may amend, alter, or
discontinue the A&R 2017 ESPP in any respect at any time, subject to shareholder approval as required by
applicable laws and regulations.
Director Compensation
During 2025, our non-employee directors did not receive cash or equity compensation for their service on our board.
Mr. Musk and Ms. Shotwell do not receive any additional compensation for their respective services as directors.
244
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions that exist, are proposed to exist or have
existed or that we have entered into or propose to enter into with our directors, executive officers, holders of more
than 5% of our capital stock or their affiliates and immediate family members since January 1, 2023 and where:
•we have been or are to be a participant;
•the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
•any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate
family member of, or persons sharing their household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or
indirect material interest.
Note Regarding the xAI Merger
On February 2, 2026, we effected the xAI Merger, pursuant to which we acquired xAI (which includes X). For the
purposes of the disclosures set forth in this section pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, the transactions
described below also include certain agreements and transactions originally entered into by xAI or X Holdings prior
to the xAI Merger to the extent that such agreements and transactions are ongoing following the consummation of
the xAI Merger.
Transactions with Elon Musk and Affiliated Entities
Elon Musk, our founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer, Chairman of our board, and principal
shareholder, also serves as the Technoking, Chief Executive Officer and director of Tesla, and is an approximately
20% shareholder of Tesla as of November 10, 2025. Mr. Musk is also the founder of several other ventures,
including The Boring Company (an infrastructure company). In addition, Mr. Musk was a stockholder, director, and
officer of each of xAI and X prior to the X Merger and the xAI Merger. We have certain relationships and/or
transactions with Mr. Musk and affiliated entities, as described below.
Transactions with Tesla
Tesla is the beneficial owner of 18,990,195 shares of our Class A common stock as of May 1, 2026, representing an
ownership interest of less than 1.0% of the total outstanding number of shares of our Class A common stock, after
giving effect to the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering.
Tesla designs, develops, manufactures, sells, and leases fully electric vehicles and energy generation and storage
systems that deliver AI-related and enhanced software and services to its customers. We have historically
collaborated with Tesla through commercial, licensing, and support agreements. Certain amounts presented below
that may have been incurred in one year could be paid in another year.
•SpaceX commercial, licensing and support agreements. We are party with Tesla to certain agreements which
generally relate to commercial, licensing, and support agreements and standardized commercial transactions
with Tesla done on terms no less favorable to SpaceX than those generally available to unaffiliated third parties
under similar circumstances. Pursuant to those agreements, we obtained goods and services of $11 million in
2023, $4 million in 2024, $147 million in 2025, and $4.0 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
•xAI commercial, licensing and support agreements. xAI is party to certain commercial, licensing, and
support agreements with Tesla. Under these agreements, xAI obtained goods and services of $191 million in
2024, $506 million in 2025, and $303 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026, and xAI recognized
revenue of $2 million in 2025 and $1 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026 from Tesla.
•X Holdings advertising agreements. Tesla has directly and indirectly purchased advertising on our X
platform. These amounts totaled $0.5 million in 2024, $4 million in 2025, and $0.1 million from January 1,
2026 through April 30, 2026. 
245
•Aircraft usage. Since April 2016, we have owned and operated aircraft used by Mr. Musk, in his capacity as
the Chief Executive Officer of Tesla, and other Tesla personnel for business travel, and we have invoiced Tesla
for the use of such aircraft owned and operated by us at rates determined by Tesla and SpaceX, subject to rules
of the Federal Aviation Administration governing such arrangements. For such aircraft use, we charged Tesla
$1 million in 2023, $1 million in 2024, $2 million in 2025, and $0 from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
Transactions with The Boring Company
In 2024, X entered into a lease for office space with a subsidiary owned by The Boring Company (an entity
affiliated with Mr. Musk). Under this agreement, X made lease payments of $0.1 million in 2024, $1 million in
2025, and $0.3 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026. In addition, SpaceX incurred expenses of $1
million in 2025 in connection with the construction of tunnels by The Boring Company in Bastrop, Texas.
Relationships with Musk Industries LLC
xAI leases a real property owned by the Musk Industries LLC, which is owned by Mr. Musk. Under this agreement,
xAI made lease payments of $0.5 million in 2024, $2 million in 2025, and $1 million from January 1, 2026 through
April 30, 2026.
Security Services provided to Mr. Musk
We are party to a services agreement with a security company owned by Mr. Musk and organized to provide
security services concerning him, including in connection with his duties to and work for SpaceX. SpaceX incurred
expenses of $2 million for such SpaceX-related security services in 2023, $3 million for such security services in
2024, $4 million for such security services in 2025, and $2 million for such security services from January 1, 2026
through April 30, 2026.
Relationship with Antonio J. Gracias and Affiliated Entities
Transactions with Valor Equity Partners and Affiliated Entities
Mr. Antonio J. Gracias, a member of our board, also serves as the founder, CEO and Chief Investment Officer of
Valor Equity Partners (together with its affiliates, “Valor”).
Certain subsidiaries of xAI, have entered into certain equipment lease, sublease, and access agreements with Valor.
These arrangements include (i) an equipment lease agreement under which a subsidiary of xAI leases computing and
related equipment from Valor, which provides for aggregate cash payments of $6,986 million to be made by such
subsidiary over the life of the lease, (ii) a second equipment lease agreement under which such subsidiary leases
certain computing and related equipment from Valor, which provides for aggregate cash payments of $6,633 million
to be made by such subsidiary over the life of the lease, and (iii) a third equipment lease under which such
subsidiary leases certain computing and related equipment from Valor, which provides for aggregate cash payments
of $6,587 million to be made by such subsidiary over the life of the lease. The lessees’ payments and performance
obligations under these agreements are guaranteed by Space Exploration Technologies Corp. or one of its
subsidiaries. Pursuant to the lease agreements described above, our subsidiaries have made payments of $885
million in 2025, and $1,917 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
In connection with certain X API services, X received payments from Valor of $1 million in 2024, $1 million in
2025, and $0.1 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
Other Transactions with our Directors and Executive Officers
We own and operate, through our subsidiary, Falcon Landing, LLC, three aircraft for use by our directors, executive
officers and employees in connection with the performance of their duties for business purposes. One of the aircraft
is maintained and serviced by Craft Aviation Services, LLC, an affiliate of Mr. Musk. The amount of the expenses
incurred by us for the maintenance and service of this aircraft was $1 million in 2023, $1 million in 2024, $3 million
in 2025, and $3 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026. As disclosed above, we have also invoiced
246
Tesla for their use of one of the aircraft owned and operated by us at rates determined by Tesla and SpaceX, subject
to rules of the Federal Aviation Administration governing such arrangements.
In certain circumstances, when our aircraft are unavailable, Mr. Musk uses his personal aircraft for SpaceX business
purposes and is reimbursed by us, subject to rules of the Federal Aviation Administration governing such
arrangements. In connection with the use of such aircraft, SpaceX has incurred expenses of $0.1 million in 2023, $3
million in 2024, $2 million in 2025, and $0.2 million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
Ms. Shotwell, our President, Chief Operating Officer and Director, and Mr. Johnsen, our Chief Financial Officer,
separately co-own an aircraft for their personal use. In certain circumstances, when none of our aircraft are available
for business use, our directors and employees, including Ms. Shotwell and Mr. Johnsen, have used this aircraft for
SpaceX business purposes. Any leasing fees for the use of such aircraft for our business purposes have been waived
by the owners, and we have agreed to assume the cost of maintenance, crew and operation of such aircraft for such
use, subject to rules of the Federal Aviation Administration governing such arrangements. In connection with the use
of this aircraft, SpaceX has incurred expenses of $3 million in 2023, $3 million in 2024, $3 million in 2025, and $1
million from January 1, 2026 through April 30, 2026.
Investors’ Rights Agreement
Certain existing investors in our equity securities, including entities affiliated with Elon Musk, Google, Valor, and
DFJ Growth, are party to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2020 (the
“Investors’ Rights Agreement”). Under the Investors’ Rights Agreement, such existing investors are entitled to
registration rights with respect to shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by them (collectively, the
“Registrable Securities”). These registration rights, if exercised, would require us to register such existing investors’
Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, and would facilitate the resale of such securities by such existing
investors into the public markets. 
We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with
registrations effected pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, subject to limited exceptions.
Demand Registration Rights
At any time commencing six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of
our securities (other than a registration on certain registration forms or for transactions not providing for the sale of
Registrable Securities), such holders of a majority of the then‑outstanding Registrable Securities, excluding for this
purpose shares issuable or issued upon conversion of certain series of our preferred stock, may request that we file a
registration statement within 60 days after receipt of the request covering the offer and sale of Registrable Securities,
provided that, among other things, the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and selling
expenses, exceeds $250.0 million. Further, the initiating holders may require that such registration be an
underwritten offering, in which case the underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the initiating
holders, subject to our reasonable approval. 
Piggyback Registration Rights
If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public for cash (other than on
certain registration forms or for transactions that do not permit piggyback participation), we must promptly give
each holder of Registrable Securities notice of such proposed registration and, upon timely request, cause to be
registered all Registrable Securities that such holder requests to be included, subject to any cutbacks, as permitted by
the agreement.
Policies and Procedures for Review of Related Person Transactions
In connection with the completion of this offering, we will adopt a written policy pursuant to which the audit
committee will review and approve or disapprove certain “related person transactions” (as defined in the policy and
summarized below) with our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting
securities and certain of their family members and affiliates. In approving or disapproving any such transaction, we
247
expect that our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to
the audit committee. Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under
review will not be permitted to participate in the deliberations or vote on approval or disapproval of the transaction.
In addition, certain transactions (including compensation arrangements with our executives and directors) will
constitute pre-approved related person transactions under the terms of our policy.
For purposes of the policy, (i) “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we
or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in
which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest; and (ii) “related person” means:
(1) any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our
directors; (2) any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our
common stock; and (3) any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child,
stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-
law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our
common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive
officer or beneficial owner of more than 5.0% of any class of our common stock.
248
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as
of May 1, 2026 and as adjusted to give effect to the completion of this offering and transactions related thereto, for:
•each person (or group of affiliated persons) known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our
voting securities;
•each of our named executive officers and directors; and
•all of our executive officers and directors as a group.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Space Exploration Technologies
Corp., 1 Rocket Road, Starbase, Texas 78521.
The percentage ownership information before this offering shown in the table is based on 6,932,508,000 shares of
our Class A common stock and 5,602,790,410 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of May 1, 2026,
after giving effect to the Class C Reclassification, the Preferred Conversion, and the 2026 Stock Split. The
percentage ownership information after this offering shown in the table is based on               shares of our Class A
common stock and                shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of May 1, 2026, after giving effect
to the sale of               shares of Class A common stock in this offering and to the Class C Reclassification, the
Preferred Conversion, and the 2026 Stock Split.
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than               shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have
the option to purchase up to an additional               shares of Class A common stock from us. These amounts are
shown assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
The following table does not reflect any of the shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased in this
offering through the directed share program described in “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Shares of common stock subject
to options, warrants and rights that are exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2026 are considered outstanding and
beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage
ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership
of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a
group.
249
Shares Beneficially Owned Before This Offering
Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering (No Exercise)
Class A common stock(8)
Class B common stock
Combined
voting
power
Class A common stock
Class B common stock
Combined
voting
power
Number
%
Number
%
%
Number
%
Number
%
%
5% Shareholders:
Elon Musk (1) ...................................
849,494,440
12.3%
5,569,053,075
93.6%
85.1%
%
%
%
Named Executive Officers and
Directors:
Elon Musk (1) ...................................
849,494,440
12.3%
5,569,053,075
93.6%
85.1%
%
%
%
Gwynne Shotwell (2) ........................
5,460,400
*
7,113,550
*
*
%
%
%
Bret Johnsen (3) ................................
9,583,690
*
—
*
*
%
%
%
Ira Ehrenpreis (4) ..............................
809,050
*
564,650
*
*
%
%
%
Randy Glein (5) .................................
277,800
*
—
*
*
%
%
%
Antonio J. Gracias (6) .......................
503,414,530
7.3%
—
*
*
%
%
%
Donald Harrison ..............................
—
*
—
*
*
%
%
%
Steve Jurvetson ...............................
—
*
—
*
*
%
%
%
Luke Nosek (7) .................................
32,987,360
*
—
*
*
%
%
%
All executive officers and directors
as a group (              persons) ......
1,402,027,270
20.2%
5,576,731,275
93.7%
86.0%
%
%
%
__________________
*Represents beneficial ownership or voting power of less than 1%.
(1)Includes (i) 1,302,072,285 shares of restricted Class B common stock issued to and held of record by Mr. Musk, which may be voted by Mr. Musk, and the
vesting of which is subject to the satisfaction of certain performance and other conditions, (ii) 842,091,670 shares of Class A common stock and 3,788,654,145
shares of Class B common stock held of record by the Elon Musk Revocable Trust dated July 22, 2003, of which Mr. Musk serves as trustee, (iii) 900,495 shares
of Class B common stock held of record by the Musk 2017 Sprinkling Trust dated 12/12/2017, of which Mr. Musk serves as trustee, (iv) 7,402,770 shares of Class
A common stock held of record by the EM 2024 GRAT-A under agreement dated November 26, 2024, of which Mr. Musk serves as trustee, (v) 127,426,150
shares of Class B common stock held of record by the Mission Trust dated December 12, 2019, of which Mr. Musk serves as trustee, and (vi) 350,000,000 shares
of Class B common stock issuable to Mr. Musk upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2026. The reported amounts include 237,530 shares
of Class A common stock pledged as security for personal indebtedness.
(2)Includes (i) 2,258,135 shares of Class A common stock and 7,113,550 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Ms. Shotwell, (ii) 1,556,055 shares of
Class A common stock held of record by QM GS 2021 Exempt Trust, of which Ms. Shotwell and her spouse serve as trustees, (iii) 1,556,005 shares of Class A
common stock held of record by QM RS 2021 Exempt Trust, of which Ms. Shotwell and her spouse serve as trustees, and (iv) 90,205 shares of Class A common
stock issuable to Ms. Shotwell upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of May 1, 2026.
(3)Includes (i) 2,518,540 shares of Class A common stock held of record by B & C Johnsen Holdings LLC, of which Mr. Johnsen and his spouse serve as managers,
(ii) 3,866,970 shares of Class A common stock held of record by the Bret and Catherine Johnsen Family Trust dated July 2, 2015, of which Mr. Johnsen and his
spouse serve as trustees, and (iii) 3,198,180 shares of Class A common stock issuable to Mr. Johnsen upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of May
1, 2026.
(4)Consists of 809,050 shares of Class A common stock and 564,650 shares of Class B common stock held of record by a revocable trust, of which Mr. Ehrenpreis
and his spouse serve as trustees.
(5)Represents 277,800 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Galaxy2021 Partners, LLC for which Mr. Glein serves as a manager. Mr. Glein disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by Galaxy2021 Partners, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(6)Consists of shares of Class A common stock held of record by the following: (i) 16,250,015 shares held by CV Consortio A LLC, (ii) 5,154,650 shares held by CV
Consortio F LLC, (iii) 4,464,250 shares held by CV Consortio G LLC, (iv) 2,375,295 shares held by CV Consortio M LLC, (v) 4,652,600 shares held by CV
Consortio N LLC, (vi) 3,648,645 shares held by KVSX I L.P., (vii) 1,118,920 shares held by TM33 Partner Holdings LLC, (viii) 911,430 shares held by Valor
Equity Partners Opportunity Fund I L.P., (ix) 190,610 shares held by Valor Equity Partners Opportunity Fund I-A L.P., (x) 1,576,525 shares held by Valor Equity
Partners Opportunity Fund I-B L.P., (xi) 20,529,605 shares held by Valor Equity Partners VI L.P., (xii) 495,880 shares held by Valor Equity Partners VI-A L.P.,
(xiii) 13,152,840 shares held by Valor Equity Partners VI-B L.P., (xiv) 52,569,550 shares held by Valor IV Space Holdings, LLC, (xv) 39,793,000 shares held by
Valor M33 II L.P., (xvi) 22,066,800 shares held by Valor M33 IV L.P., (xvii) 77,810,800 shares held by Valor M33 V L.P., (xviii) 8,939,445 shares held by Valor
M33 VI L.P., (xix) 31,083,705 shares held by Valor M33 L.P., (xx) 7,552,000 shares held by Valor R&D Series LLC, (xxi) 97,883,000 shares held by Valor
Space Holdings, LLC, (xxii) 34,051,100 shares held by Valor V Space Holdings, L.P., (xxiii) 1,179,245 shares held by Valor VII Space Holdings, L.P., (xxiv)
20,497,155 shares held by VG 1.0 L.P., (xxv) 4,272,795 shares held by VG 2.0 L.P., (xxvi) 783,920 shares held by VG AI Holdings L.P., (xxvii) 27,462,910
shares held by VGX 1.0 L.P., (xxviii) 669,600 shares held by VOF Space Holdings L.P., (xxix) 1,197,160 shares held by VSV II XAI Holdings L.P., and (xxx)
1,081,080 shares held by VX Holdings L.P. (collectively, “Valor Entities”). By virtue of his position with the Valor Entities or the general partners of the Valor
Entities, Antonio J. Gracias may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by the Valor Entities. Mr. Gracias disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held of record by each of the Valor Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of the Valor
Entities identified in this footnote and Antonio Gracias is c/o Valor Equity Partners, 320 North Sangamon Street, Suite 1200, Chicago, IL 60607.
(7)Includes (i) 24,987,340 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Mr. Nosek and (ii) 8,000,020 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Nosek
Capital, LLC, for which Mr. Nosek is the managing member. The reported amounts include 2,381,000 shares of Class A common stock pledged as security for
personal indebtedness.
250
(8)The amounts in the table with respect to Class A Common Stock do not include the shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by the persons listed
therein. Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common stock. In addition,
subject to certain exceptions, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any sale of such share
of Class B common stock or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Conversion.”
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally attribute ownership to persons who have or share voting or
investment power with respect to the relevant securities. Shares of Class A Common Stock that may be acquired within 60 days upon conversion of outstanding
Class B Common Stock are deemed to be beneficially owned. Securities not outstanding, but included in the beneficial ownership of each such person, are deemed
to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class owned by such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding
for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class(es) of securities owned by any other person. Except as indicated in these footnotes, and subject to
community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all securities shown as
beneficially owned by them. Moreover, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Voting Rights,” subject to the terms of our charter, each holder of our
Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share, and each holder of our Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of our Class B
common stock, voting separately as a class, are entitled to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
251
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summary of the Company’s capital stock and charter and bylaws (each as in effect upon completion of
this offering) does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of
applicable law and to our charter and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part. To understand the material terms of our common stock and preferred stock, you should read
our charter and our bylaws in their entirety. For purposes of this section, the term “common stock” refers to our
Class A, Class B, and Class C common stock.
General
Upon completion of this offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of  36,132,150,000 shares
of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which          shares will be issued and outstanding,
6,125,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which          shares will be issued and
outstanding, 10,000,000,000 shares of Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares will be
issued and outstanding, and 2,400,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares
will be issued and outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
General
Subject to the terms of our charter, each holder of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share; each
holder of our Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share; and the holders of our Class C common stock
will have no voting rights. Generally speaking, with respect to matters to be voted on by shareholders of the
Company, the holders of all classes of our voting common stock will vote together as a single class. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, our charter will provide that (i) as further described below, (1) holders of our Class B common stock,
voting separately as a class, are entitled to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors (rounded up to the
nearest whole number); and (2) removal of Mr. Musk from his board and leadership roles (Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of our board) requires the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the
outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting separately as a class; and (ii) in addition to any other required
vote, under our charter, the approval of the Class B common stock, voting separately as a class, is required to
approve (1) any amendment to our charter that would make any change in the rights, powers, preferences and
privileges of the Class B common stock (including with respect to Class B Directors); and (2) certain combinations,
mergers or sales, as described in our charter. Otherwise, classes of common stock will not be entitled to any separate
class votes, as our charter will provide for an opt-out from class votes that would otherwise be required under the
TBOC.
Election and Removal of Directors
With respect to the election of directors, our charter will provide that (i) holders of our Class B common stock,
voting separately as a class, are entitled to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors (rounded up to the
nearest whole number) for so long as any shares of Class B common stock remain outstanding; and that (ii) holders
of all classes of our voting common stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect the remaining
directors (the “Common Stock Directors”). Class B Directors may be removed with or without cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B
common stock, voting separately as a class. Vacancies occurring with respect to the Class B Directors, including as
a result of newly created directorships on the board, may be filled at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting separately as a
class, or by the remaining Class B Directors, and not any other persons, subject to the terms of our charter. Common
Stock Directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of
the voting power of the outstanding shares of voting common stock, voting together as a single class. Vacancies
occurring with respect to the Common Stock Directors, including as a result of newly created directorships on the
board, may be filled at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of
252
the outstanding shares of voting common stock, voting together as a single class, or by the remaining directors,
subject to the terms of our charter.
Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will continue to serve as our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical
Officer and Chairman of the board. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, pursuant to the terms of our charter,
Mr. Musk will only be subject to removal from the board and from his Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
board leadership positions with the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the
outstanding shares of our Class B common stock, voting separately as a class.
Notwithstanding the above, each of the voting rights described above will be subject to the rights that may be
granted in the future to the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock, as applicable.
Dividends
Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of the Company’s capital stock at the time outstanding
having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class
C common stock will be entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board. Any
dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common stock
will be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis.
Dissolution and Liquidation
Upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of shares of Class A common stock, Class B
common stock and Class C common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of
liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.
Conversion
Holders of our Class A common stock and Class C common stock do not have conversion rights. Each share of
Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of our Class A common
stock. In addition, subject to certain exceptions specified in the charter that do not constitute a “Transfer” (as defined
below) and other than in the case of certain “permitted transfers” (as summarized below), each share of Class B
common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any sale, assignment,
encumbrance, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, pledge, gift, or other transfer or disposition of any kind of such
share of Class B common stock or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and
whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, the transfer of, or entering
into a binding agreement with respect to, voting control over such share by proxy or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”).
For purposes of our charter, “permitted transfers” will include transfers to and from (i) the registered holders of
Class B common stock; (ii) each natural person who transferred shares of Class B common stock or equity awards
(including any option or warrant exercisable or convertible into shares of Class B common stock) to certain
“permitted entities” (as defined in the charter); (iii) one or more family members of shareholders specified in clauses
(i) and (ii); (iv) certain other trusts, general partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability companies,
corporations, or other entities owned by certain qualified shareholders (as defined in the charter), including certain
permitted non-for-profits; as well as (v) certain transfers to bona fide trusts for the benefit of a charitable
organization, contributions to which are deductible for federal income, estate, gift and generation skipping transfer
tax purposes, to certain retirement accounts, and for certain estate or succession planning purposes. “Permitted
Transferees” will include a transferee of shares of Class B common stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a
“permitted transfer.”
No Preemptive or Other Rights
Holders of the Company’s Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and Class C common stock do not have
preemptive, subscription, redemption rights, or sinking fund.
253
Issuance of Additional Shares
We may issue additional authorized shares of Class A common stock, Class B common stock and Class C common
stock at any time or from time to time, subject to applicable provisions of our charter, our bylaws and Texas law.
Our charter will provide that additional shares of Class B common stock may only be issued in the future to Mr.
Musk, his family members and certain entities permitted under our charter.
Preferred Stock
Our charter authorizes our board, subject to any limitations prescribed by applicable law and any stock exchange,
without further shareholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more series of preferred
stock. Each series of preferred stock will have the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation,
optional or other rights, if any, including voting rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if
any, and the number of shares constituting the series, as determined by the board. Any issuance of preferred stock
could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our Class A common stock.
Anti-takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Charter, our Bylaws and Texas Law
Some provisions of Texas law, and our charter and our bylaws contain provisions that could make the following
transactions more difficult: acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of
our incumbent officers and directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our
management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter
transactions that shareholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including
transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares of Class A common stock.
These provisions, as summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate
takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first
negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection and our potential ability to negotiate with the
proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of
discouraging these proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an
improvement of their terms.
Anti-takeover statute under Texas law
We will be subject to Section 21.606 of the TBOC, which in general, prohibits a publicly held Texas corporation,
like the Company after the completion of this offering, from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business
combination with an affiliated shareholder (as defined in the TBOC) for a period of three years following the date
the person became an affiliated shareholder unless:
•the board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming
an affiliated shareholder before the affiliated shareholder’s share acquisition date; or
•at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized
at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares not beneficially owned by the affiliated shareholder or any of its
affiliates or associates at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose not less than six months after the
affiliated shareholder’s share acquisition date.
Provisions of our charter and our bylaws that may have an anti-takeover effect
Election of Class B Directors
As discussed above, our charter will provide that holders of our Class B common stock, voting separately as a class,
are entitled to elect 51% of the total number of authorized directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). Upon
completion of this offering, Mr. Musk will beneficially own                    shares of our Class A common stock
and                    shares of our Class B common stock, representing approximately           % of the combined voting
power of our outstanding shares of voting common stock. As the holder of a majority of our outstanding shares of
254
Class B common stock, Mr. Musk will be able to elect, remove or fill any vacancy among the Class B Directors. As
a result, Mr. Musk will have the power to control the outcome of matters requiring shareholder approval, including
election of the board, and our business and affairs. This may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging
hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management, of the Company.
No cumulative voting
Our charter will not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Special meetings of shareholders
Our charter will provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called by the chairman of the board, the chief
executive officer, the president (to the extent required by the TBOC), our board, our founder or by shareholders
holding not less than 50% (or the highest percentage of ownership that may be set under the TBOC) of the
Company’s then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the proposed action at the meeting.
Shareholder action by written consent
Our charter will provide that any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted. Our charter will also provide that any action required or permitted to be taken
by the holders of Class B common stock, voting separately as a class, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the
holders of outstanding Class B common stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of Class B common stock entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.
Requirements for advance notification of shareholder meetings, nominations and proposals
Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of
candidates for election as a director. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a shareholder
(other than Mr. Musk and his permitted transferees) must comply with such advance notice procedures and provide
us with certain information.
Section 21.373 of the TBOC permits a “nationally listed corporation” to amend its governing documents to elect to
impose stock ownership requirements on shareholders seeking to submit a proposal on a matter (other than director
nominations and procedural resolutions ancillary to the conduct of a shareholder meeting) to the shareholders of
such corporation for approval at a shareholder meeting. If a “nationally listed corporation” elects to be governed by
Section 21.373 of the TBOC, a shareholder or group of shareholders may submit a proposal on a matter to the
shareholders of such corporation for approval at a meeting of shareholders only if such shareholder or group of
shareholders (i) holds an amount of voting shares (determined as of the date of submission of the proposal) equal to
at least $1,000,000 in market value or 3% of the corporation’s voting shares, and (ii) holds such amount for a
continuous period of at least six months before the date of the meeting and throughout the entire duration of the
meeting and (iii) solicits the holders of shares representing at least 67% of the voting power of shares entitled to vote
on the proposal at the shareholder meeting. For the purpose of this paragraph, “voting shares” means shares that
entitle the holder of the shares to vote on the proposal. Our bylaws will adopt these requirements for submitting a
shareholder proposal to go into effect immediately upon the completion of this offering, when we will qualify as a
“nationally listed corporation.”
Authorized but unissued shares
As mentioned above, our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will generally be
available for future issuance without the approval of our shareholders. The TBOC does not require shareholder
approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas listing requirements require
255
shareholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then-outstanding voting power or the
then-outstanding number of shares of common stock. We may issue additional shares for a variety of corporate
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit
plans.
Corporate Opportunities
Under our charter, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, we will renounce any interest or expectancy of
the Company or its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, certain business opportunities
(as specified in our charter) that are from time to time presented to any member of the board or board observer or
attendee, regardless of whether any such person is an employee of the Company and their respective affiliates (other
than the Company and its subsidiaries) (together, the “Business Opportunities Exempt Party”), even if the business
opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or
desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and no Business Opportunities Exempt Party shall have any duty
to present any such business opportunity to us or be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries or any shareholder,
including for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or controlling shareholder or otherwise,
and we shall indemnify each Business Opportunities Exempt Party against any claim that such person is liable to us
or our shareholders for breach of any fiduciary duty, by reason of the fact that such person (i) fails to present any
such business opportunity, (ii) pursues, acquires or exploits any such business opportunity, or (iii) directs, sells,
assigns or transfers any such business opportunity to another person or entity, unless, in the case of a person who is
our director or officer, such business opportunity is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise
comes into the possession of, such Business Opportunities Exempt Party expressly and solely in his or her capacity
as an employee, director, board observer or attendee, or shareholder of the Company.
Exclusive Forum and Venue and Arbitration, Jury Trial Waiver
Our bylaws will provide that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the
sole and exclusive forum for any of the filing, adjudication and trial of all disputes (“Internal Disputes”) between (i)
one or more shareholders and (ii) the Company or its directors, officers, or controlling persons, or any underwriter of
securities issued by the Company (or controlling person thereof) relating to any of the following: (1) any derivative
proceeding, meaning a civil dispute brought in the right of the Company; (2) any action based on the governance,
governing documents, or internal affairs of the Company; (3) any action based on state or federal securities or trade
regulation laws; (4) any action based on the alleged act(s) or omission(s) by a person in its capacity as a shareholder,
controlling person, director, officer, or other managerial official of the Company; (5) any action based on the alleged
breach(es) by one or more shareholders, controlling persons, directors, officers, or other managerial officials of a
duty owed, in his or her capacity as such, to the Company or to any shareholder thereof; (6) an action seeking to
hold a shareholder, controlling person, director, officer, or other managerial official of the Company liable for an
obligation of the Company, other than on account of a written contract signed by the person to be held liable in a
capacity other than as a shareholder or managerial official; and (7) any action arising out of the TBOC, will be the
Business Court.
Our bylaws will further provide that to the extent, and solely to the extent, that a court of competent jurisdiction
(which is a court that possesses personal and subject matter jurisdiction) declines in a final and unappealable
judgment to transfer an Internal Dispute to the Business Court (such Internal Dispute, an “Other Dispute”), such
Other Dispute, irrespective of the amount in dispute, shall be exclusively and finally settled by arbitration before the
International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) in Houston, Texas, conducted under the Expedited Procedure
Provisions of the Rules (the “Arbitration Rules”) of the ICC as those rules may be periodically updated. If a court
declines to transfer an Internal Dispute to the Business Court, but such court is later held not to have personal or
subject matter jurisdiction with respect to such Internal Dispute, the arbitration provision would not be triggered
because such action would be required to be dismissed and subsequently brought in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
256
Our bylaws will provide the following for arbitration:
•The tribunal will include one arbitrator for claims of $5 million or less or a panel of three arbitrators for claims
exceeding $5 million, and our bylaws will specify procedures governing the selection of the panel. The ICC fees
and arbitrator(s) fees will be governed by the ICC fee and arbitrator fee schedule as may apply depending on the
nature and amount of the claim.
•If more than three claims arising from the same or similar conduct, transaction, or occurrence are submitted to
arbitration within any three-year period, all but the first-filed claim shall be stayed pending final resolution of
that first-filed claim. In such circumstance, the Company and each shareholder asserting such a claim shall bear
equal shares of the ICC fees and arbitrator(s) fees. However, if any shareholder party or parties are ultimately
successful on all of their claims, the Company shall reimburse the successful shareholder party or parties for the
ICC fees and arbitrator(s) fees paid by such shareholder party or parties.
•If more than three claims are submitted by the same shareholder(s) within any three-year period, then the
Company shall pay the ICC fees and arbitrator(s) fees associated with the first three claims only. However, if
any shareholder party or parties are ultimately successful on all of their claims, the Company shall reimburse the
successful shareholder party or parties for the ICC fees and arbitrator(s) fees paid by such shareholder party or
parties.
•If any claim submitted to arbitration is determined by the tribunal to be frivolous, without reasonable cause, or
for an improper purpose such as bad faith or vexatious litigation, the Company shall be entitled to recover its
reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred in defending against such claim, including any ICC fees and
arbitrator(s) fees.
•The tribunal’s authority is subject to the same limits as the authority of a judge in a Texas court of law. The
tribunal does not have authority to issue an award that (i) exceeds the tribunal’s authority under the Texas
Arbitration Act; (ii) contains a reversible error of state or federal law, including as to the admissibility of
evidence, or a clearly erroneous finding of fact; or (iii) applies a cause of action or provides a remedy not
expressly provided for under applicable Texas or federal law. The tribunal’s application of the pleading and
discovery limitations imposed by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act is mandatory for applicable
claims and shall not constitute a refusal to hear evidence pertinent and/or material to the controversy under
Texas or federal law.
•Pursuant to the Texas Arbitration Act, the scope of judicial review of the tribunal’s award includes the ordinary
grounds for vacatur, modification, and correction imposed by the Texas Civil Practice & Remedies Code §§
171.088 and 171.091, and is expanded beyond what is otherwise available under the Texas Civil Practice &
Remedies Code to include review of whether the award: (i) contains a reversible error of state or federal law,
including as to the admissibility of evidence, or a clearly erroneous finding of fact; or (ii) applies a cause of
action or provides a remedy not expressly provided for under applicable Texas or federal law. The arbitral
tribunal’s award and the findings of fact and conclusions of law shall be reviewable upon the same standards of
review as if said award and supporting findings of fact and conclusions of law were entered by a Texas court.
•Any action seeking to confirm, vacate, modify, correct, or otherwise challenge the tribunal’s award shall be
brought in the Business Court. In any such action, the parties shall file all court filings under seal, to the fullest
extent allowed by applicable law.
Our bylaws will further provide that to the extent, and solely to the extent, that a court of competent jurisdiction
determines in a final and unappealable judgment that the requirement that Other Disputes be exclusively and finally
settled by arbitration is unenforceable in whole or part, the sole and exclusive forum and venue for such Other
Disputes which are determined not to be subject to mandatory arbitration shall be the United States District Court for
the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Federal Court”), or if a court of competent jurisdiction
determines in a final and unappealable judgment that the Federal Court lacks jurisdiction over any such Other
Dispute, the sole and exclusive forum and venue for such Other Dispute shall be the state district courts of Harris
County, Texas.
257
Our bylaws will further provide that Other Disputes will be governed either by Texas state law or federal law,
depending on the claim asserted.
Our bylaws will also provide that:
•The Company and each shareholder, director, and officer of the Company irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, and any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of stock of
the Company shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally waived, any right it may have to a trial
by jury in any legal action or proceeding relating to Internal Disputes described above.
•Internal Disputes may not be brought as a class, or consolidated or joined, except at the Company’s option.
Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Texas
law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging or
increasing the costs of lawsuits against our directors, officers, other managerial officials employees and agents.
However, it is possible that, in connection with a future legal proceeding, a court could rule that all or a portion of
these provisions in our bylaws purporting to require an exclusive forum for certain disputes, to waive the right to a
jury trial or to require arbitration for shareholder claims are inapplicable, unconstitutional or otherwise
unenforceable.
Stock Ownership Requirement for Derivative Suits
Our bylaws will specify that the required ownership threshold for a shareholder or group of shareholders to institute
or maintain a derivative proceeding in the right of the Company for purposes of Section 21.552(a)(3) of the TBOC
will be 3% of the outstanding shares of the Company. This provision will continue to apply so long as any shares of
the Company’s common stock are listed for trading on a national securities exchange or the Company affirmatively
elects to be governed by TBOC 21.419 and has 500 or more shareholders.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our charter will include a provision eliminating the liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages for
an act or omission by the person in the person’s capacity as a director or officer, respectively, except for: (i) a breach
of the duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a
breach of duty of the person to the Company or involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of applicable
law; (iii) a transaction from which the director or officer obtains an improper benefit, regardless of whether the
benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the person’s duties; or (iv) an act or omission for which the
liability of a director or officer is expressly provided by an applicable statute (such as wrongful distributions). Our
charter also will provide that if the TBOC is amended in the future to authorize corporate action further eliminating
or limiting of the personal liability of directors and officers, the liability of directors and officers will be eliminated
or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any
limitation on liability of a director or officer for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal
or modification.
Our bylaws also provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest
extent permitted by the TBOC, subject to reimbursement in the event it is ultimately determined that the individual
was not entitled to indemnification under the TBOC or the indemnification agreement. Our bylaws also will permit
us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of
that person’s actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether the TBOC would permit
indemnification. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors
and officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals against liability that may arise by
reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which
they could be indemnified. As permitted by the TBOC, because these agreements are expected to be approved by
our shareholders, the agreements may require indemnification or payment of expenses in favor of the indemnitee in
certain circumstances in which we would not otherwise have the power to do so under the provisions of the TBOC
258
or our charter or bylaws. We believe that the limitation of liability provision that will be in our charter and the
indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as
directors and officers.
Our bylaws will provide that the Company affirmatively elects to be governed by Section 21.419 of the TBOC and
any successor provision thereto. Because the Company will have a class of voting common stock (our Class A
common stock) listed on a national securities exchange, Section 21.419 will also be deemed to apply to the
Company. Under Section 21.419 of the TBOC, in taking or declining to take any action on any matters of a
corporation’s business, a director or officer of the Company is presumed to act (i) in good faith, (ii) on an informed
basis, (iii) in furtherance of the interests of the Company, and (iv) in obedience to the law and the Company’s
governing documents. In addition, neither the Company nor any of its shareholders has a cause of action against the
director or officer as a result of any act or omission in the person’s capacity as such unless the claimant rebuts one or
more of the foregoing presumptions and it is proven by the claimant that (A) the director’s or officer’s act or
omission constitutes a breach of one or more of the person’s duties as a director or officer and (B) the breach
involved fraud, intentional misconduct, an ultra vires act or a knowing violation of law.
Protection for Conflicts of Interest
Section 21.418 of the TBOC provides that, at any time a corporation’s voting common stock is listed for trading on a
national securities exchange, the corporation’s directors and officers will not be liable to the corporation or its
shareholders for claims alleging a breach of duty arising from the making, authorization, or performance of a
contract or transaction solely because the director or officer had an interest in the transaction unless the claim would
be permitted under Section 21.419 of the TBOC as described above. Because the Company will have a class of
voting common stock (our Class A common stock) listed on a national securities exchange, Section 21.418 of the
TBOC will be deemed to apply to the Company.
Registration Rights
For a description of registration rights with respect to our Class A common stock, see “Certain Relationships and
Related Person Transactions—Investors’ Rights Agreement.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Fidelity Stock Transfer Solutions LLC. Its address
is 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, and its phone number is (617) 563-5800.
Listing
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas under the symbol “SPCX.”
259
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A
common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely
affect the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a
limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions
on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market
after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing
market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and
price we deem appropriate.
Sales of Restricted Shares
Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March
31, 2026, we will have outstanding an aggregate of               shares of Class A common stock and               shares of
Class B common stock, after giving effect to (i) the sale of               shares of Class A common stock in this offering,
(ii) the Class C Reclassification, and (iii) the Preferred Conversion. Of these shares, all shares of Class A common
stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
All shares of Class A common stock (including any shares issuable upon conversion of our Class B common stock)
outstanding prior to the closing of this offering, including shares held by Mr. Musk and other existing investors, will
be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were issued in
private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an
exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized
below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with
Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
As a result of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described below, and subject to such agreements and the
provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act (including, with respect to shares held by affiliates, Rule
144 volume limitations), based on information available to the Company, these restricted securities will be available
for sale in the public market in increments at various points in time during the first year following the date of this
prospectus. Please refer to the “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements” section of this prospectus for a description of
the early release provisions of the lock-up agreements covering all outstanding shares of our common stock (other
than shares held by our founder, which are not subject to early release).
Lock-Up and Market Standoff Agreements
Mr. Musk has agreed with the underwriters, that during a period of 366 days after the date of this prospectus, all of
the shares owned by him are subject to the restrictions described in the paragraph below; and certain shareholders
have agreed that, until the release of our financial results for the quarter ending June 30, 2027, certain shares owned
by them are subject to the restrictions described in the paragraph below (subject to timed automatic releases
described in the “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements” section of this prospectus). Together, the shares subject to
these restrictions for over one year include an aggregate of               shares owned (including 100% of the shares
owned by Mr. Musk), representing               % of our shares outstanding (after giving effect to this offering). Shares
held by Mr. Musk will not be subject to any early release provisions.
Shareholders and Mr. Musk may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior
written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, offer,
sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell,
lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of (directly or indirectly), engage in any hedging or other transaction or
arrangement which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge,
or other disposition, or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by
delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or make any demand for or exercise any
right with respect to the registration of, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into,
260
exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, or otherwise publicly announce
any intention to engage in or cause any such action, activity, transaction or arrangement described above.
In addition, all of the remaining shares of our common stock, and securities convertible into, exchangeable for or
that represent the right to receive our common stock, are subject to a variety of other terms governing restrictions on
the sale, short sale, transfer, hedging, pledging, or other disposition of their interests in our equity, pursuant to a
number of different agreements and arrangements, for 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject to timed
automatic releases).
See the section titled “Underwriting—Lock-up Agreements” for more information about these Transfer restrictions
and related releases and exceptions. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC may release any of the securities described above at
any time, subject to applicable requirements.
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, holders of an aggregate of approximately               shares of our Class A
common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities
Act. The registration of these shares of our Class A common stock under the Securities Act would result in these
shares becoming eligible for resale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately
upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to certain limitations applicable to affiliates. See
“Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Investors' Rights Agreement” for a description of these
registration rights.
Resale Shelf Registration For Employee Benefit Plans
Upon completion of this offering, we will register the resale of approximately               shares of our Class A
common stock that has been issued pursuant to various historical equity compensation plans. Such shares will be
registered on Form S-8. The resale registration of these shares will result in the shares becoming immediately
eligible for resale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the
effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to certain limitations applicable to any affiliates and any
applicable lock-up agreements.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale,
and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months
(including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those
shares, but only (i) once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for
at least 90 days and (ii) subject to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person
(who has been unaffiliated for at least the past three months) who has beneficially owned restricted securities within
the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions
of Rule 144 (including before we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act for at least 90 days).
Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a
person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially
owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least 12 total months would be entitled to sell
within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of
•1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal
approximately               shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or
•the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock reported through Nasdaq and Nasdaq
Texas during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
261
Such sales under Rule 144 by our “affiliates” or persons selling shares on behalf of our “affiliates” are also subject
to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
Regulation S
Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”) provides that ordinary shares owned by any person may be
sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no
directed selling efforts are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain
other conditions. In general, this means that our Class A common stock may be sold outside the United States under
certain circumstances without registration in the United States being required.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or
advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written
agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of
this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144
and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice
filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an
issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired
upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.
Stock Issued Under Employee Plans
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our
A&R 2024 Plan and A&R 2017 ESPP and to register stock issuable pursuant to outstanding awards under our other
Equity Plans. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective immediately upon filing. Accordingly,
shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open
market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up and
market standoff restrictions described above.
262
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF CLASS
A COMMON STOCK
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership, and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined below). This
discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular taxpayers in
light of their special circumstances (including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income
and the alternative minimum tax) or to taxpayers subject to special tax rules (including a “controlled foreign
corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a company that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal
income tax, a tax-exempt organization or a governmental organization, a financial institution, a person that elects to
mark their securities to market, a person required to conform the timing of income accruals to financial statements
pursuant to Section 451 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a person holding our Class
A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or
other integrated investment, a person who holds or receives our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of
any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, a tax-qualified retirement plan, a “qualified foreign
pension fund” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of “Code” or an entity all of the interests of which are held by
qualified foreign pension funds, a broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a U.S. expatriate, a former U.S. citizen
or resident, or a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes).
Except as specifically provided herein, this discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal taxation other than
U.S. federal income taxation or any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. In addition, this discussion deals only
with U.S. federal income tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder that acquires our Class A common stock in this
offering and holds our Class A common stock as a capital asset.
This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and
published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case, in
effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change
or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of
our Class A common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters
discussed below. We cannot assure that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below
regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock, or that a
change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.
A “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is an individual, corporation (or other
entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), trust or estate that is not, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes:
•an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any State thereof (including the
District of Columbia);
•an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•a trust, the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and
for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions, or that has a valid
election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our
Class A common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of
the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A common stock and partners in such
partnerships should consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income and other tax consequences of
investing in our Class A common stock.
263
THIS DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL
INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO THEM OF PURCHASING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL
AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME,
GIFT, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
Distributions
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of
our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on
our Class A common stock (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock), such distributions will be treated
as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S.
federal income tax principles). Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be treated
as a tax-free return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its shares of
our Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange
of the Non-U.S. Holder’s shares of Class A common stock taxable as described below under “—Sale or Disposition
of Class A Common Stock.”
Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, dividends  paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our
Class A common stock that are not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business
within the United States will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such
lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid
IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty
rate. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and
must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but is
eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an income tax treaty, may obtain a refund or credit of any excess
amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax
advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the
benefits of such treaty.
Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United
States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed
base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax described
above but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated U.S. federal
income tax rates. In order for its effectively connected dividends to be exempt from the withholding tax described
above, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide a duly completed and properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI,
certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business
within the United States. Dividends received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation that are effectively
connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States may be subject to an additional “branch
profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S.
Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Sale or Disposition of Class A Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be
subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain recognized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable
disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, unless:
•such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business within the
United States and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to claim treaty benefits (and the Non-U.S. Holder complies
with applicable certification and other requirements), is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base
maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder within the United States;
•such Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more
in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or
264
•we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at
any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that such Non-
U.S. Holder held shares of our Class A common stock.
A Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived
from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Holder were a U.S. person as defined under
the Code. In addition, if any Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation,
the gain realized by such Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such
lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the
second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an
applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other taxable disposition, which gain may be
offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States,
provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) if the fair market value
of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its
worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for
U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S.
federal income tax purposes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair
market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our business assets, there can be
no assurances that we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a
Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of
our Class A common stock by reason of our status as USRPHC so long as our Class A common stock is regularly
traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of the applicable regulations) and such Non-U.S.
Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our
outstanding Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of
disposition and such holder’s holding period. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the
possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
The amount of dividends or proceeds paid to a Non-U.S. Holder, the name and address of the Non-U.S. Holder and
the amount of tax, if any, withheld generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of these information returns may
also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in
which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide proper certification
(usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN,  W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, as applicable) to establish that the Non-U.S. Holder is
not a U.S. person or otherwise qualifies for an exemption in order to avoid backup withholding tax with respect to
our payment of dividends on, or the proceeds from the disposition of, our Class A common stock. Backup
withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a
refund or a credit against that Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information
is timely furnished to the IRS. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the application of the
information reporting rules and backup withholding to it.
Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts
Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder and other official guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to
non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be
imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from
the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-
financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless applicable exceptions apply. Foreign financial
institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing
FATCA may be subject to different rules.
265
Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally
applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock. However, under proposed Treasury Regulations (on
which taxpayers may rely until final Treasury Regulations are issued), this withholding tax will not apply to the
gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock.
There can be no assurance that the proposed Treasury Regulations will be finalized in their present form.
Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the effects of FATCA on its investment in our Class
A common stock.
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS NOT TAX
ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE
PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING,
OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES
OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS, INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENTS, OR
TAX TREATIES.
266
UNDERWRITING
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the
underwriters named below, for whom Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities,
Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally
agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of Class A common stock
indicated below:
Name
Number of
Shares
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (1) .............................................................................................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (2) ............................................................................................................
BofA Securities, Inc. (3) ........................................................................................................................
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (4) .........................................................................................................
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (5) .............................................................................................................
Barclays Capital Inc. (6) ........................................................................................................................
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (7) .........................................................................................................
RBC Capital Markets, LLC (8) .............................................................................................................
UBS Securities LLC (9) ........................................................................................................................
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (10) ..........................................................................................................
Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch .......................................................................................
ING Bank N.V. ....................................................................................................................................
Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. .............................................................................................................
Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd. .........................................................................................................
Mizuho Securities USA LLC (11) .........................................................................................................
Santander US Capital Markets LLC (12) ...............................................................................................
Allen & Company LLC .......................................................................................................................
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (13) .................................................................................................................
Needham & Company, LLC ................................................................................................................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (14) ...............................................................................................
SG Americas Securities, LLC (15) ........................................................................................................
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (16) ....................................................................................
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. ......................................................................................................
Total ..............................................................................................................................................
__________________
(1)Affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, including Goldman Sachs Canada Inc. and Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE, may sell shares in
jurisdictions outside the United States.
(2)Affiliates of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, including Morgan Stanley Canada Limited and Morgan Stanley Europe SE, may sell shares in
jurisdictions outside the United States.
(3)Affiliates of BofA Securities, Inc., including Merrill Lynch Canada Inc., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(4)Affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., including Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG,
may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(5)Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, including J.P. Morgan Securities Canada Inc. and J.P. Morgan SE, may sell shares in jurisdictions
outside the United States.
(6)Affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., including Barclays Capital Canada Inc., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(7)Affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., including Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United
States.
(8)Affiliates of RBC Capital Markets, LLC, including RBC Dominion Securities Inc., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(9)Affiliates of UBS Securities LLC, including UBS AG and UBS Securities Canada Inc., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United
States.
(10)Affiliates of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, including Wells Fargo Securities Canada, Ltd., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United
States.
(11)Affiliates of Mizuho Securities USA LLC, including Mizuho Securities Canada Inc., may act as underwriters in jurisdictions outside the
United States.
267
(12)Affiliates of Santander US Capital Markets LLC, including Banco Santander, S.A., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United
States.
(13)Affiliates of Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., including Cantor Fitzgerald Canada Corporation, may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United
States.
(14)Affiliates of Raymond James & Associates, Inc., including Raymond James Ltd., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(15)Affiliates of SG Americas Securities, LLC, including Société Générale S.A., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the United States.
(16)Affiliates of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, including Stifel Nicolaus Canada Inc., may sell shares in jurisdictions outside the
United States.
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,”
respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of such
shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several
underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are
subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are
obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares
are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’
option to purchase additional shares described below. The offering of the shares of Class A common stock by the
underwriters is subject to their receipt and acceptance of the shares being offered and subject to the underwriters’
right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the
offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $                per share of Class A common stock under the public offering price. After the
initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to
time be varied by the representatives. Sales of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be
made by affiliates of the underwriters.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase
up to                 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of
this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number
listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common
stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
ING Bank N.V., Banco BTG Pactual S.A. – Cayman Branch and Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd. are not broker-
dealers registered with the SEC and therefore may not make sales of any shares of Class A common stock in the
United States or to U.S. persons except in compliance with applicable U.S. laws and regulations.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions,
and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock.
Total
Per Share
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Public offering price .......................................................................
$                     
$                     
$                     
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us (1) .......
$                     
$                     
$                     
Proceeds, before expenses, to us ....................................................
$                     
$                     
$                     
__________________
(1)The underwriters will not receive any discount or commission on any shares of our Class A common stock sold pursuant to the over-
allotment option.
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are
approximately $               . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their reasonable expenses relating to
clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $               .
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total
number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.
268
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq and Nasdaq Texas under the trading symbol “SPCX.”
In addition to allocations made to retail investors by the underwriters, we currently anticipate that certain of the
shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will, at our request, be offered to retail investors through Charles
Schwab & Co., Inc., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC and Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial
Services LLC, Robinhood Financial, LLC, and SoFi Securities LLC, as selling group members, via their respective
online brokerage platforms. We also anticipate that certain of the shares of Class A common stock will be offered to
retail investors through E*TRADE by Morgan Stanley, an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, one of the
underwriters of this offering. These platforms are not affiliated with us. Purchases through these platforms will be
subject to the terms, conditions and requirements set by each selling group member. Any purchase of our Class A
common stock in this offering through these platforms will be at the same initial public offering price, and at the
same time, as any other purchases in this offering, including purchases by institutions and other large investors. The
selling group members’ platforms and information on the selling group members’ applications do not form a part of
nor are they incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
Lock-up Agreements
We have agreed with the underwriters that during the period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “lock-
up period”), without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, subject
to certain exceptions, we will not (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short
sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the
Securities Act relating to, any of our common stock or other securities substantially similar to our common stock,
including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities that
are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or any such
substantially similar securities (“lock-up securities”), or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, or
(b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of
ownership of any of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (a)
or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. These
restrictions will not apply to securities to be issued by the Company in connection with any mergers, acquisitions or
similar transactions during the lock-up period.
All shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering will be subject to restrictions on
Transfer (as defined below) in connection with this offering as follows. Shareholders (including our founder) may
not (and may not cause or direct any of their affiliates to), without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC, on behalf of the underwriters: (a) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of (directly or indirectly) any
shares of our common stock, or any options, rights, or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock or any
securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock (such
shares of our common stock, options, rights, warrants or other securities, collectively, the “lock-up securities”),
including without limitation any such lock-up securities now owned or hereafter acquired by such lock-up party, (b)
engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the
purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other
derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could
be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge, or other disposition (whether by such lock-up party or
someone other than such lock-up party), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or
in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument
provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or
otherwise (for purposes of this section, any such sale, loan, pledge, or other disposition, or transfer of economic
consequences, a “Transfer”), (c) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any
lock-up securities, or (d) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action, activity,
transaction or arrangement described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.
269
The restrictions on Transfer of the lock-up securities do not apply to the:
a.Transfer by the lock-up party of the lock-up securities: (i) as one or more bona fide gifts or charitable
contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, including without limitation to charitable organizations
or educational institutions, (ii) upon death by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) if the
lock-up party is a natural person, to any member of the lock-up party’s immediate family, to other dependents
or to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-
up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party or, if the lock-up party is a trust to a trustor, trustee or
beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a trustor, trustee or beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and the immediate family of the
lock-up party are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests,
(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under
clauses (a)(i) through (iv) above, (vi) if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust
or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity which
fund or entity is controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by, advises or is advised by, sub-advises or is
sub-advised by or under common control with the lock-up party or affiliates of the lock-up party or (B) as part
of a distribution, transfer or other disposition by the lock-up party to its stockholders, current or former partners,
members, managers, beneficiaries or other equityholders of the lock-up party or its affiliates or to the estate of
any such stockholders, partners, members, manager, beneficiaries or other equityholders, (vii) by operation of
law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic  order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement
or other order of a court or regulatory agency, (viii) to us from our or any of our subsidiaries’ employee or
service provider upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee or service
provider, (ix) if the lock-up party is not our officer or director or a stockholder holding 10% or more of our
common stock, in connection with a Transfer of the lock-up party’s shares of common stock acquired (A) from
the underwriters in this offering or (B) in open market transactions after the pricing date of this offering, (x) to
us in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants, exchange,
conversion or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire shares of common stock (including, in each case, by
way of “net” or “cashless” exercise, settlement or similar procedure) that are vested, vest or are scheduled to
expire or automatically vest during the applicable lock-up period, including any transfer to us for the purpose of
satisfying any tax obligations (including withholdings and estimated taxes) or remittance payments due as a
result of the grant, vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants, exchange,
conversion or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities, in all such cases of
this clause (x) pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan, long-term incentive plan or other
equity award plan or arrangement, or pursuant to the terms of convertible or exchangeable securities, as
applicable, each as described herein, provided that any securities received by the lock-up party upon such
vesting, settlement, exercise or conversion must be subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement, (xi) in “sell to
cover” or similar open market transactions to satisfy any exercise price or tax withholding obligations as a result
of the exercise, vesting and/or settlement of equity awards (including options and restricted stock units) held by
the lock-up party and issued pursuant to a stock incentive plan, long-term incentive plan or other equity award
plan or arrangement, each as described herein, provided that, any shares of common stock retained by the lock-
up party after giving effect to this provision must be subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement, (xii) to us or
any of our subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement under which we or any such subsidiary have the option to
repurchase shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfer of such shares, (xiii) to us or any of our
subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement under which the holder of shares or other securities convertible into or
exercisable for shares has the option to require us or such subsidiary to repurchase such shares or other
securities convertible into or exercisable for shares, (xiv) to us in connection with a tender offer by us for
outstanding equity securities or other repurchase transaction by us that is approved by our board of directors,
(xv) in certain cases, to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations
pursuant to a lending or similar financing arrangement effective on the date of this offering between such third
party (or its affiliates or designees) and the lock-up party and/or its affiliates, or otherwise any action by the
lock-up party and/or its affiliates to permit such pledgee to enforce its security interest under such arrangement
by selling, transferring, appropriating or otherwise disposing of the lock-up securities, or (xvi) the prior written
consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters; provided that (A) in the case of clauses
270
(a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, such transfer or distribution must not involve a disposition for value, (B)
in the case of clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (xv) above, it is a condition to the transfer or
distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, must sign and deliver a lock-up
agreement for the balance of the applicable lock-up period (C) in the case of clauses (a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi)
and (ix) above, no filing by any party (including, without limitation, any donor, donee, devisee, transferor,
transferee, distributor or distributee) under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement
reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of lock-up securities must be required or must be voluntarily made
in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (D) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi),
(xii), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or
announcement must be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, and if any such filing,
report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of lock-up securities must be legally
required in connection with such transfer or distribution during the applicable lock-up period, such filing, report
or announcement must clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or
distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (vii) above, that the
donee, devisee, transferee or distributee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement;
b.entry into or amendment of a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act
relating to the Transfer of the lock-up securities of the lock-up party, if then permitted by us, provided that none
of the securities subject to such plan may be Transferred until after the expiration of the applicable lock-up
period, other than as permitted by the lock-up agreement, and no public announcement, report or filing under
the Exchange Act, or any other public filing, report or announcement, must be voluntarily made (whether by or
on behalf of the lock-up party, us or any other party) regarding, or that otherwise discloses, the establishment of
such plan during the applicable lock-up period, and if any such filing, report or announcement must be legally
required during the applicable lock-up period, such filing, report or announcement must clearly indicate that that
none of the securities subject to such plan may be Transferred pursuant to such plan until after the expiration of
the applicable lock-up period;
c.(i) Transfer by the lock-up party of the lock-up securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer,
merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all our
holders of capital stock involving a change of control, and (ii) entry into any lock-up, voting or similar
agreement pursuant to which the lock-up party may agree to transfer, sell, tender or otherwise dispose of shares
of common stock or such other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in
connection with a transaction described in clause (i) above; provided that in the event that such tender offer,
merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the lock-up securities must remain subject to
the lock-up restrictions;
d.Transfer by the lock-up party of the lock-up securities to us in connection with (i) the conversion of our
outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the consummation of this offering
or (ii) the conversion, reclassification, redemption, exchange of any shares of any class of common stock or
lock-up securities into shares of another class of common stock, provided that any such shares of common stock
or lock-up securities received upon such conversion, reclassification, redemption or exchange pursuant to clause
(i) or (ii) must be subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement; and
e.exercise of any option to purchase any lock-up securities pursuant to any of our or our subsidiaries’ stock
incentive plan, long-term incentive plan, stock purchase plan or other equity award plan or arrangement, each as
described herein, on a cash basis, and the receipt by the lock-up party from us of lock-up securities upon such
exercise, provided that the underlying lock-up securities must be subject to the terms of a lock-up agreement.
Our founder has agreed with the underwriters that all of the shares of our common stock owned by him are subject
to the restrictions described above until immediately after the close of the trading day on the 366th day after the date
of this prospectus. Our founder’s shares are not subject to any early release provisions during the lock-up period.
Several of our shareholders have agreed with the underwriters that certain shares of our common stock owned by
them are subject to the restrictions described above until the beginning of the second full trading day immediately
271
following public release of our quarterly financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2027 (such period of time,
the “extended lock-up period”), subject to specified early release provisions described below.
The shares subject to the extended lock-up period, together with the shares held by our founder (which are subject to
a 366-day lock-up period), represent approximately 7.8 billion shares of common stock, or greater than 60% of our
shares outstanding immediately prior to this offering.
For those shares subject to the extended lock-up period (which does not include shares held by our founder), there
are automatic early releases from the restrictions on Transfer commencing in the first quarter of 2027 as follows:
a.on or after the second full trading day on Nasdaq immediately following the public release of our quarterly
financial results (which for this purpose does not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for
the quarter ended December 31, 2026, up to 20% of the shares may be Transferred;
b.on or after               (the date that is 280 days after the date of this prospectus), up to an additional 10% of the
shares may be Transferred;
c.on or after the second full trading day on Nasdaq immediately following the public release of our quarterly
financial results (which for this purpose does not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for
the quarter ended March 31, 2027, up to an additional 20% of the shares may be Transferred;
d.on or after               (the date that is 340 days after the date of this prospectus), up to an additional 10% of the
shares may be Transferred;
e.on or after               (the date that is 366 days after the date of this prospectus), up to an additional 20% of the
shares may be Transferred; and
f.on or after the second full trading day on Nasdaq immediately following the public release of our quarterly
financial results (which for this purpose does not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for
the quarter ended June 30, 2027, all of the shares may be Transferred.
All other outstanding shares of our common stock are subject to the Transfer restrictions described above until
immediately after the close of the trading day on the 180th day after the date of this prospectus (such period of time,
the “180-day lock-up period”), subject to the early release provisions described below.
For those shares subject to the 180-day lock-up period, there are automatic early releases from the restrictions on
Transfer commencing in the third quarter of 2026 as follows:
a.on or after the second full trading day on Nasdaq immediately following the public release of our quarterly
financial results (which for this purpose does not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for
the quarter ended June 30, 2026 (such date, the “First Earnings Release Date”), up to 20% of the shares may be
Transferred;
b.if the reported closing price of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq is at least 30% greater than the public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus for at least five of the ten consecutive trading days
ending on, and  including, the First Earnings Release Date, on or after the second full trading day immediately
after the First Earnings Release Date, up to an additional 10% of the shares may be Transferred;
c.up to an additional 7% of the shares may be Transferred on or after each of the dates that are 70 days, 90 days,
105 days, 120 days, and 135 days, respectively, after the date of this prospectus;
d.on or after the second full trading day on Nasdaq immediately following the public release of our quarterly
financial results (which for this purpose does not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for
the quarter ended September 30, 2026, up to an additional 28% of the shares may be Transferred; and
e.on or after the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, all of the shares may be Transferred.
272
In order to facilitate the offering of our Class A common stock, the underwriters, with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
acting as stabilization agent, may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our
Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares of Class A common stock than they are
obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short
position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to
purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase
additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered
short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of our Class A common stock
compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares
of Class A common stock in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The
underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be
downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering. As an additional means of
facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open
market to stabilize the price of our Class A common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of
our Class A common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our
Class A common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these
activities at any time.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or
selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of
shares of Class A common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet
distributions will be allocated by the representatives to the underwriters that may make internet distributions on the
same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities,
which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment
management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the
underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform,
various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary
fees and expenses. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past been, are currently, and
may in the future be, our customers in arm’s length transactions. In addition, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC advised us
in connection with the acquisition of xAI. Affiliates of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC,
BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC serve as lenders or
administrative agents under the SpaceX Bridge Loan. Affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, UBS Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are lenders under the
SpaceX Bridge Loan. Affiliates of BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co.
LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and UBS Securities LLC are lenders under the SpaceX Credit Facility. Affiliates
of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC serve as co-
syndication agents; affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities,
LLC serve as co-documentation agents; affiliates of BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman
Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC serve as joint lead arrangers; affiliates of BofA Securities, Inc.,
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Barclays Capital Inc.,
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serve as joint bookrunners; and an affiliate of BofA
Securities, Inc. serves as administrative agent under the SpaceX Credit Facility.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates
may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative
securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their
customers and may at any time hold long and short positions, or provide loans or other financing on or secured by,
273
in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and
instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish
or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or
recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering
price has been determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price were prevailing market conditions, our future prospects and those of our
industry in general, our historical financial and operating performance in recent periods, an assessment by our
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies engaged in
activities similar to ours.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to five percent of the shares of Class A common stock offered by
this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain employees and
persons selected based on the discretion of our executive officers, which may include parties with whom we have a
business relationship and friends and family of our executive officers. If purchased by these persons, these shares
will not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the
general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these persons. Any reserved shares not
purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other
shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters and their
affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with
sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, an underwriter in this
offering, and its affiliates will administer the global directed share program.
Offerings Outside the United States
This offering includes public offerings in Australia, certain provinces and territories of Canada, certain member
states of the European Economic Area, Japan, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom. We do not currently intend to
list our Class A common stock on any exchange in such jurisdictions.
Subject to applicable law, the underwriters may offer shares of our Class A common stock outside of the United
States, Australia, Canada, the European Economic Area, Japan, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. The
underwriters may use one or more affiliates in order to offer and sell shares outside of the United States. No shares
of our Class A common stock will be offered or sold in any jurisdiction except by or through brokers or dealers duly
registered under the applicable securities laws of that jurisdiction, or in circumstances where any exemption from
such registration requirements is available.
Selling Restrictions
Argentina
The shares of Class A common stock are not authorized for public offering in Argentina by the Comisión Nacional
de Valores pursuant to Argentine Public Offering Law No. 17,811, as amended, and they shall not be sold publicly.
Therefore, any transaction carried out in Argentina must be made privately.
Australia
This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under
Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the
information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the
Corporations Act.
274
Any offer in Australia of the shares of Class A common stock made pursuant to this prospectus may only be made to
persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the
Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or
otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to
offer the shares of Class A common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares of Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia pursuant to this prospectus must
not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in
circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required
pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise, or where the offer is pursuant to a
disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring the shares of
Class A common stock pursuant to this prospectus must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
The public offering in Australia will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus (“Australian Prospectus”) which
complies with the requirements of the Corporations Act and will be lodged with the Australian Securities and
Investments Commission. Any non-Exempt Investor who wishes to participate in the offering must apply pursuant
to the Australian Prospectus, through an application form which accompanies the Australian Prospectus.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial
situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial
product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this
prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those
matters.
Brazil
The offer and sale of the shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian
Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or “CVM”) and, therefore, will not be carried out by any
means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No. 160, dated 13 July 2022, as
amended, or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The shares of Class A common stock
will be authorized for trading on organized non-Brazilian securities markets and may only be offered to Brazilian
Professional Investors (as defined by applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the shares of Class A
common stock through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The
trading of the shares of Class A common stock on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.
Chile
The shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are not registered in the Securities Registry
(Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission
(Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus and other offering materials relating to the offer
of the shares of Class A common stock do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or
purchase, the shares of Class A common stock in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified
purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley
de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group
of the public”).
Colombia
The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Colombian National Registry
of Securities and Issuers (Registro Nacional de Valores y Emisores - RNVE) maintained by the Financial
Superintendence of Colombia (Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia; the “SFC”) and, therefore, the shares of
Class A common stock may not be publicly offered or delivered in Colombia. However, the shares of Class A
common stock may be offered in Colombia under Colombian law pursuant to the private placement exemption set
forth in the Colombian regulation (Decree 2555 of 2010), in accordance of which an offering shall be deemed a
private placement if it is addressed to fewer than one hundred (100) specific persons (article 6.1.1.1.1, Decree 2555
of 2010). These materials are solely our responsibility and have not been reviewed or authorized by the SFC and
275
may not be publicly distributed in Colombia. In making an investment decision, all investors, including any
Colombian investor who may acquire shares of the Class A common stock from time to time, must rely on their own
examination of the terms of the offering and shares of the Class A common stock, including the merits and risks
involved.
Dubai
This prospectus relates to an “Exempt Offer” in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial
Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in
the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA
has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has
not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for
the prospectus. The shares of Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid or subject to
restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of Class A common stock should conduct their own
due diligence on the shares of Class A common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you
should consult an authorized financial advisor.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the EEA (each, a “Relevant State”), no shares of Class A common stock have
been offered or will be offered in that Relevant State, except for (i) the European public offering in Germany,
Denmark, France, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain and Sweden contemplated by the European prospectus (once the
prospectus has been approved by a competent authority and notified to the respective competent authority of each of
Denmark, France, the Netherlands, Norway, Spain and Sweden and published, in each case in accordance with the
Prospectus Regulation) and (ii) with respect to any shares other than the shares of Class A common stock offered in
the European public offering in any Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus
Regulation:
•to any qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;
•to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the
Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
•in any other circumstances falling within the scope of application of Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares of Class A common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a
prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of
the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires the shares of Class A common stock or to whom
any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of us and the
underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 point (e) of the Prospectus Regulation.
In the case of any shares of Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in
Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented,
warranted and agreed that the shares of Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on
a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in
circumstances which may give rise to an offer of the shares of Class A common stock to the public, other than their
offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent
of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of Class A
common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of Class A common stock.
276
India
This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with any registrar of companies in India. This
prospectus has not been and will not be reviewed or approved by any regulatory authority in India, including the
Securities and Exchange Board of India, any registrar of companies in India or any stock exchange in India. This
prospectus and this offering of the shares of Class A common stock are not and should not be construed as an
invitation, offer or sale of any securities to the public in India. Other than in compliance with the private placement
exemptions under applicable laws and regulations in India, including the Companies Act, 2013, as amended, the
shares of Class A common stock have not been, and will not be, offered or sold to the public or any member of the
public in India. This prospectus is strictly personal to the recipient and neither this prospectus nor the offering of the
shares of Class A common stock is calculated to result, directly or indirectly, in the shares of Class A common stock
becoming available for subscription or purchase by persons other than those receiving the invitation or offer. Each
investor is deemed to have acknowledged, represented and agreed that it is eligible to invest in the shares of Class A
common stock under applicable laws, rules and regulations in India, without the requirement to obtain any prior
approval, and that it is not prohibited or prevented under any law, rule or regulation in India from acquiring, owning
or selling the shares of Class A common stock.
Indonesia
This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Indonesia under Law Number 8 of
1995 regarding Capital Market. This prospectus may not be distributed in the Republic of Indonesia and the shares
of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in the Republic of Indonesia or to Indonesian citizens wherever
they are domiciled, or to Indonesia residents, in a manner which constitutes a public offering under the laws of the
Republic of Indonesia.
Israel
In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of Class A
common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and
authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli
Securities Law, 5728–1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35
investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”), or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed
to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, subject to
certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of
the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. We
have not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to
the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or
direct an offer to subscribe for our Class A common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to
Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.
Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First
Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered
shares of Class A common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to
anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum
to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli
Securities Law, 5728—1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions
set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with
the offer to be issued shares of Class A common stock; (iv) that the shares of Class A common stock that it will be
issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968: (a) for its own account; (b)
for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in
accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further
evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their
identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address
and passport number or Israeli identification number.
277
Malaysia
No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of shares of Class A
common stock offered by this prospectus has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia
(the “Malaysian Commission”) for the Malaysian Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and
Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or
sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or
distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation
for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed-end fund
approved by the Malaysian Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who
acquires shares of Class A common stock, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares if Class A common
stock may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies)
for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse
exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the
individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign
currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a
gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve
months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies)
based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its
equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial
Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial
Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that,
in each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares of Class A common stock is made by a
holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in
Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used
for the purpose of a public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, or invitation to subscribe for or
purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Malaysian Commission under the Capital
Markets and Services Act 2007.
Mexico
The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Mexican National Securities
Registry (Registro Nacional de Valores or the “RNV”) maintained by the Mexican National Banking and Securities
Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores, or the “CNBV”), and therefore, may not be offered or sold
publicly in Mexico or otherwise be subject to intermediation activities in Mexico. However, the shares of Class A
common stock may only be offered and sold in Mexico on a private placement basis to investors that qualify as
institutional or qualified investors pursuant to the private placement exemption set forth in Article 8 of the Mexican
Securities Market Law (Ley del Mercado de Valores) and regulations thereunder. The information contained in this
prospectus is solely our responsibility and has not been reviewed or authorized by the CNBV and may not be
publicly distributed in Mexico. In making an investment decision, all investors, including any Mexican investor,
who may acquire the shares of Class A common stock from time to time, must rely on their own examination of us
and the terms of this offering and the shares of Class A common stock, including the merits and risks involved.
New Zealand
This document has not been registered, filed with or approved by any New Zealand regulatory authority under the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 (the “FMC Act”). The shares of Class A common stock may only be offered or
sold in New Zealand (or allotted with a view to being offered for sale in New Zealand) to a person who:
•is an investment business within the meaning of clause 37 of Schedule I of the FMC Act;
•meets the investment activity criteria in clause 38 of Schedule I of the FMC Act;
•is large within the meaning of clause 39 of Schedule I of the FMC Act;
•is a government agency within the meaning of clause 40 of Schedule I of the FMC Act; or
278
•is an eligible investor within the meaning of clause 41 of Schedule I of the FMC Act.
Peru
The shares of Class A common stock and the information contained herein are not being publicly marketed or
offered in Peru and will not be distributed or caused to be distributed to the general public in Peru. Peruvian
securities laws and regulations on public offerings will not be applicable to this offering and therefore, the disclosure
obligations set forth therein will not be applicable to the Company or the sellers of the shares of Class A common
stock before or after their acquisition by prospective investors. The shares of Class A common stock and the
information contained herein have not been and will not be reviewed, confirmed, approved or in any way submitted
to the Superintendencia del Mercado de Valores (Peruvian capital market regulator) (the “SMV”), nor have they
been registered with the SMV’s Securities Market Public Registry (Registro Público del Mercado de Valores).
Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock cannot be offered or sold within Peruvian territory except to the
extent any such offering or sale qualifies as a private offering under Peruvian law and regulations and complies with
the provisions on private offerings set forth therein.
Philippines
The shares of Class A common stock being offered or sold have not been and will not be registered with the
Philippine Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Regulation Code of the Philippines (the
“SCR”). Any future offer or sale of the shares of Class A common stock within the Philippines is subject to the
registration requirements under the SRC unless such offer or sale qualifies as a transaction exempt from the
registration under the SRC.
Accordingly, this prospectus, and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation
for subscription or purchase of the shares of Class A common stock, may not be circulated or distributed in the
Philippines, and the shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an
invitation for subscription or purchase, to persons in the Philippines, other than (i) to qualified investors in
transactions that are exempt from the registration requirements of the SRC; and (ii) by persons licensed to make
such offers or sales in the Philippines.
Qatar
In the State of Qatar, the offer contained in this prospectus is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended
recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as
a general offer for the sale of the shares of Class A common stock to the public or an attempt to do business as a
bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have
not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Center Regulatory Authority or any
other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third
parties in the State of Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the offering. Any distribution of
this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in the State of Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and
shall be at the liability of such recipient.
Saudi Arabia
This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted
under the Rules on the Offer of Securities and Continuing Obligations Regulations as issued by the board of the
Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (the “CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 3-123-2017 dated 27
December 2017, as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this
prospectus and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon,
any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby should
conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the shares of Class A common stock.
If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.
279
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the
shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or
purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or
invitation for subscription or purchase of the shares of Class A common stock be circulated, whether directly or
indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the
Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to
Section 274 of the SFA or (ii) to an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to and in
accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA.
South Africa
Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the
South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the South African Companies Act)) is
being made in connection with the issue of the shares of Class A common stock in South Africa. Accordingly, this
document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South
African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved
by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory
authority in South Africa. The shares of Class A common stock are not offered, and the offer should not be
transferred, sold, renounced, or delivered in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one
or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96(1) applies:
Section 96(1)(a) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:
i.persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or
agent;
ii.the South African Public Investment Corporation;
iii.persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;
iv.authorized financial service providers under South African law;
v.financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;
vi.a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (iii), (iv) or (v), acting as agent in the
capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment
scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or
vii.any combination of the person in (i) to (vi);
Section 96(1)(b) the total contemplated acquisition cost of the shares of Class A common stock, for any single
addressee acting as a principal is equal to or greater than ZAR 1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be
promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African
Companies Act.
Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African
Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act 2002.
South Korea
The shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the
Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the
“FSCMA”), and the shares of Class A common stock have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement
under the FSCMA. Except in connection with the aforementioned private placement and except as otherwise
permitted under the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange
280
Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”), none of the shares of Class A
common stock may be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-
offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea. The shares of Class A common stock
have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange
in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares of Class A common stock will comply with all applicable
regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase
of shares of Class A common stock. By the purchase of shares of Class A common stock, the relevant holder thereof
will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares of
Class A common stock pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
Switzerland
Except pursuant to the Swiss public offering described above, the shares of Class A common stock may not be
publicly offered in Switzerland. In addition, the Class A common stock will not be listed on any trading venue in
Switzerland.
Other than in the context of the Swiss public offering described above, the shares of Class A common stock may
only be offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in or into Switzerland (i) to any investor that qualifies as a
professional client within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act ("FinSA") or (ii) in any other
circumstances falling within Article 36 FinSA.
This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of the FinSA and has not been and will not be
filed with, or reviewed or approved by, a Swiss review body pursuant to Article 51 FinSA. This document does not
comply with the disclosure requirements applicable to a prospectus within the meaning of the FinSA. This document
may not be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Taiwan
The shares of Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory
Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered
within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the
Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory
Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or
otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares of Class A common stock in Taiwan.
Thailand
This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Thailand. The shares of Class A
common stock may not be offered or sold to persons in Thailand, unless such offering is made under the exemptions
from approval and filing requirements under applicable laws, or under circumstances which do not constitute an
offer for sale of the shares Class A common stock to the public for the purposes of the Securities and Exchange Act
of 1992 of Thailand, nor require approval from the Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand.
United Arab Emirates
The shares of Class A common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or
advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in
compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the
issue, offering and sale of the shares of Class A common stock. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public
offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not
intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United
Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority, Financial Services Regulatory Authority or the Dubai
Financial Services Authority.
281
United Kingdom
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that the offering of the shares of Class A common stock falls within
one of the exceptions specified in Part 1 of Schedule 1 of the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations
2024 (the “POATRs”) and, accordingly, there will not be a prospectus prepared or published for the purposes of the
POATRs. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus for the purposes of the POATRs.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not made and will not make an offer of the shares of Class A
common stock which are the subject of this prospectus to the public in the United Kingdom, except that it may make
an offer:
•at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the
POATRs;
•at any time to fewer than 150 persons (other than qualified investors as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to
the POATRs) in the United Kingdom subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriters
nominated by us for any such offer; or
•at any time in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares of Class A
common stock in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of Class A common stock.
282
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Gibson,
Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon
for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2025 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s significant
transactions with related parties, as described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements), an independent
registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the shares of
our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration
statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules
thereto. For more information regarding us and the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus,
we refer you to the full registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. This prospectus
summarizes certain provisions of certain contracts and other documents filed as exhibits to which we refer you.
Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the
full text of those documents.
The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus
constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website. As a result of the offering, we will become subject to
the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other
information. We intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our audited
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make available to
our shareholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, for the first three fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year. Our website is located at www.spacex.com. Following the completion of this offering,
we intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of
charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are
electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our website or linked therein or
otherwise connected thereto does not constitute part of nor is it incorporated by reference into this prospectus or the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We may use our website www.ir.spacex.com or our X
account to make information publicly available for purposes of Regulation FD from time to time.
F-1
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 ..........................................................
2024, and 2023 .....................................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................................................................
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
2025 .....................................................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................................................................
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Space Exploration Technologies Corp. and its
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders' equity and
of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, including the related notes
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025
and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it
accounts for digital assets in 2024. 
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public
accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Significant Transactions with Related Parties
As discussed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has entered into significant
transactions with related parties.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i)
relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter
in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the
accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
F-3
Revenue Recognition – Estimate of Total Cost at Completion for Certain Contracts Recognized Over Time
As described in Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognized revenue of $4.1
billion and $11.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2025 within the Space and Connectivity segments,
respectively, a portion of which related to contracts recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input method. Under
the cost-to-cost input method, the Company records revenue based upon costs (such as materials and labor hours)
incurred to date relative to the total estimated cost at completion. Developing the estimated total cost at completion
for each performance obligation requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions
regarding (i) launch timing, labor hours, allocation of shared costs for launch vehicles that have been identified as
reusable for multiple launches, as well as expected technological changes to launch vehicles and spacecraft for
Space contracts, and (ii) labor hours, allocation of shared costs used in the production of satellites, satellite material
costs, as well as expected technological changes to satellites for Connectivity contracts. The Company recognizes
changes in estimated contract revenue or costs at completion and the resulting changes in contract profit on a
cumulative basis.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to revenue recognition –
estimate of total cost at completion for certain contracts recognized over time is a critical audit matter are (i) the
significant judgment by management in developing the estimate of total cost at completion, including significant
judgments and assumptions on a contract by contract basis, and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity,
and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s estimate of total cost at
completion, including estimated labor hours.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming
our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others, (i) testing
the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used by management related to actual costs to date, (ii) testing
management’s process for developing the estimate of total cost at completion, including evaluating on a test basis,
the reasonableness of certain significant judgments and assumptions considered by management specific to each
contract, including estimated labor hours. Evaluating the significant judgments and assumptions related to the
estimates of total cost at completion involved evaluating whether the significant judgments and assumptions used by
management were reasonable considering (i) management’s historical forecasting accuracy; (ii) evidence to support
the relevant aforementioned assumptions; (iii) the consistent application of accounting policies; and (iv) the timely
identification of circumstances which may require a modification to a previous estimate.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 30, 2026, except for the effects of the reorganization of entities under common control and the effects of the
stock split discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and the change in reportable segments
discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is May 7, 2026
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
F-4
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except per share data)
December 31,
2025
2024
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................................................................................
$24,747
$11,385
Marketable securities .....................................................................................................................................
—
800
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $39 and $119 at December 31, 2025 and 2024,
respectively ...............................................................................................................................................
1,579
1,052
Inventory ........................................................................................................................................................
2,416
2,003
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................................................................................................
2,210
868
Total current assets .....................................................................................................................................
30,952
16,108
Property, plant, and equipment, net(a) ...................................................................................................................
42,602
21,147
Finance lease right-of-use assets ..........................................................................................................................
1,260
1,686
Intangible assets, net ............................................................................................................................................
1,548
2,211
Digital assets .........................................................................................................................................................
1,637
1,749
Goodwill ...............................................................................................................................................................
11,809
11,129
Deferred tax assets ................................................................................................................................................
141
696
Other assets ...........................................................................................................................................................
2,130
2,336
Total assets ...............................................................................................................................................
$92,079
$57,062
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable ...........................................................................................................................................
11,792
4,413
Deferred revenue, current .............................................................................................................................
6,111
5,498
Debt and finance leases, current (related party of $455 and $- at December 31, 2025 and 2024,
respectively) ..............................................................................................................................................
928
372
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..............................................................................................
2,569
1,508
Total current liabilities ................................................................................................................................
21,400
11,791
Long-term liabilities .............................................................................................................................................
Deferred revenue, net of current ..........................................................................................................................
6,005
4,681
Debt and finance leases, net of current (related party of $4,052 and $- at December 31, 2025 and 2024,
respectively) ....................................................................................................................................................
21,968
13,421
Other liabilities .....................................................................................................................................................
1,381
1,365
Total liabilities ..........................................................................................................................................
50,754
31,258
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001; 2,351 and 1,997 shares issued; 2,046 and
1,748 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively .............................................
38,752
20,941
Shareholders’ equity
Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 2,036 and 1,832 shares issued; 1,954 and 1,832 shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively ..................................................................
3
2
Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 644 and 768 shares issued and outstanding as of December
31, 2025 and 2024, respectively ................................................................................................................
1
1
Class C common stock, par value $0.001; 482 and 421 shares issued and outstanding as of December
31, 2025 and 2024, respectively ................................................................................................................
0
0
Class D common stock, par value $0.0001; no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025
and 2024, respectively ...............................................................................................................................
—
—
Additional paid-in capital .....................................................................................................................................
37,706
35,865
Accumulated deficit .............................................................................................................................................
(37,035)
(32,098)
Accumulated other comprehensive income .........................................................................................................
1,898
1,093
Total shareholders’ equity ......................................................................................................................
2,573
4,863
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and shareholders’ equity .......................
$92,079
$57,062
__________________
(a)Refer to Note 18, Related Party Transactions for additional details on related party arrangements.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Revenue ........................................................................................
$18,674
$14,015
$10,387
Costs and expenses ......................................................................
Cost of revenue ............................................................................
9,451
7,996
6,110
Research and development ..........................................................
8,643
3,464
2,105
Selling, general, and administrative .............................................
2,644
1,813
1,665
Restructuring charges ...................................................................
487
213
237
Impairment ...................................................................................
38
63
3,775
Total costs and expenses ...........................................................
21,263
13,549
13,892
Income (loss) from operations ....................................................
(2,589)
466
(3,505)
Interest expense (related party of $66, $-, and $- for December
31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively) .....................................
(1,945)
(1,580)
(1,693)
Interest income ...............................................................................
492
371
249
Other income (expense), net ...........................................................
(177)
985
(42)
Income (loss) before income taxes ..............................................
(4,219)
242
(4,991)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes .....................................
718
(549)
(363)
Net income (loss) ..........................................................................
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders - basic .................
$(4,937)
$18
$(4,628)
Net income (loss) attributable to shareholders - diluted ..............
$(4,937)
$21
$(4,628)
Net income (loss) per share of common stock attributable to
common shareholders
Basic ...............................................................................................
$(1.69)
$0.01
$(1.68)
Diluted ............................................................................................
$(1.69)
$0.00
$(1.68)
Weighted average shares used in computing net income (loss)
per share of common stock
Basic ...............................................................................................
2,926
2,848
2,759
Diluted ............................................................................................
2,926
9,956
2,759
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Net income (loss) .........................................................................
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax ....
805
(391)
222
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of tax ......
0
(1)
1
Other comprehensive income (loss) ..............................................
805
(392)
223
Comprehensive income (loss) ....................................................
$(4,132)
$399
$(4,405)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity
(in millions)
Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Balances at December 31, 2022 ....................................
136
$7,239
2,742
$3
$35,275
$(28,757)
$1,262
$7,783
Share-based compensation ...............................................
—
3
—
—
784
—
—
784
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock ........
750
750
—
—
—
—
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax withholding .................
—
—
249
0
(41)
—
—
(41)
Repurchase of common stock ..........................................
—
—
(11)
0
(170)
—
—
(170)
Net loss .............................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
(4,628)
—
(4,628)
Other comprehensive income (loss) .................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
223
223
Balances at December 31, 2023 ....................................
886
$7,992
2,980
$3
$35,848
$(33,385)
$1,485
$3,951
Adjustment for prior periods from adoption of ASU
2023-08 .......................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
496
—
496
Share-based compensation ..............................................
—
—
—
—
914
—
—
914
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock ........
862
13,001
—
—
—
—
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax withholding .................
—
—
75
0
72
—
—
72
Repurchase of common and redeemable convertible
preferred stock .............................................................
0
(21)
(46)
0
(1,000)
—
—
(1,000)
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
to common stock ..........................................................
0
(31)
14
0
31
—
—
31
Net income ......................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
791
—
791
Other comprehensive income (loss) .................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
(392)
(392)
Balances at December 31, 2024 ....................................
1,748
$20,941
3,023
$3
$35,865
$(32,098)
$1,093
$4,863
Share-based compensation ..............................................
—
—
—
—
2,087
—
—
2,087
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock ........
299
17,898
—
—
—
—
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax withholding .................
—
—
97
1
740
—
—
741
Repurchase of common stock ..........................................
—
—
(69)
0
(1,125)
—
—
(1,125)
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
to common stock ..........................................................
(1)
(87)
28
0
87
—
—
87
Transfer of equity in business combination .....................
—
—
0
0
52
—
—
52
Net loss .............................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
(4,937)
—
(4,937)
Other comprehensive income (loss) .................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
805
805
Balances at December 31, 2025 ....................................
2,046
$38,752
3,079
$4
$37,706
$(37,035)
$1,898
$2,573
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss) ...........................................................................
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ...................................................
6,701
3,824
2,635
Share-based compensation ........................................................
1,947
784
679
Intangible asset impairment .......................................................
—
—
3,775
Deferred income taxes ...............................................................
626
(675)
(409)
Unrealized (gain) loss on digital assets .....................................
112
(955)
—
Impairment and loss on disposal of fixed assets, net .................
88
135
36
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs .....................
93
84
212
Other ..........................................................................................
66
115
214
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable ..............................................................
(543)
(347)
345
Inventory ...............................................................................
(413)
(309)
(72)
Prepaid expenses and other assets ........................................
(673)
(328)
41
Accounts payable ..................................................................
709
472
220
Deferred revenue ..................................................................
1,929
1,876
1,695
Operating lease liabilities, net ...............................................
(56)
(37)
(15)
Other liabilities .....................................................................
1,136
346
(208)
Net cash provided by operating activities ........................
$6,785
$5,776
$4,520
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment (related party of
$666, $171, and $11 for December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023,
respectively) ................................................................................
(20,737)
(11,163)
(4,415)
Capitalized interest .........................................................................
(169)
—
—
Proceeds from product rebates .......................................................
118
—
—
Purchases of marketable securities .................................................
(611)
(3,542)
(3,535)
Maturities of marketable securities ................................................
548
3,712
2,731
Proceeds from sales of marketable securities .................................
1,457
193
333
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates ........................................
(86)
—
—
Other investing activities, net .........................................................
(95)
4
19
Net cash used in investing activities ..........................................
$(19,575)
$(10,796)
$(4,867)
Cash flows from financing activities
Principal repayments on finance leases ..........................................
(295)
(154)
—
Proceeds from debt and other financing obligations ......................
16,055
—
—
Payment of debt issuance costs ......................................................
(66)
—
—
Repayments on debt and other financing obligations ....................
(6,858)
(77)
(112)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock, net of issuance costs ......
18,807
13,101
774
Proceeds from employee equity award plans .................................
328
224
141
F-9
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Payments for repurchase of common and redeemable convertible
preferred stock ............................................................................
(1,125)
(1,021)
(170)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity award ............
(496)
(243)
(211)
Net cash provided by financing activities ..................................
$26,350
$11,830
$422
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ......
63
1
(2)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash .........
13,623
6,811
73
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year .
11,501
4,690
4,617
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year ...........
$25,124
$11,501
$4,690
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for the following:
Interest, net of interest capitalized .............................................
$1,476
$1,500
$1,365
Income taxes, net .......................................................................
$154
$134
$45
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing
activities
Share-based compensation capitalized in property, plant, and
equipment, net .............................................................................
$154
$132
$108
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment included in
accounts payable .........................................................................
$7,088
$2,481
$505
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-10
SPACE EXPLORATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(tables in millions, except per share data)
Note 1 - Nature of Business
Description of Business
Space Exploration Technologies Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the “Company”
or “SpaceX,” operate three segments – (i) the Space segment designs, manufactures, and launches reusable rockets
to provide high cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space at unprecedented scale, (ii) the Connectivity
segment operates a worldwide high-speed, low-latency broadband network powered by thousands of Starlink
satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers
through our Starlink offering, and (iii) the AI segment operates a vertically integrated AI platform spanning a
frontier LLM Grok, AI solutions for consumer and enterprise customers, X — a real-time information,
entertainment, and free speech platform — and AI computational infrastructure.
SpaceX is advancing the boundaries of space technology and human spaceflight through its Falcon launch vehicles
and Dragon spacecraft and is currently developing Starship, a fully reusable transportation system that is designed to
carry crew, cargo, satellites, and data centers to Earth orbit, the Moon, Mars, and beyond.
SpaceX operates Starlink which delivers high-speed, low-latency broadband internet to customers around the globe,
including to those who live in some of the most remote places on Earth. The Company also provides access to
satellite-to-mobile texting and voice services to mobile users (referred to as “Starlink Mobile”).
SpaceX operates a global platform for public conversation known as X (formerly known as Twitter) as well as the
Grok suite of text and multi-modal AI models, accessible to individual users via online platforms such as x.com and
to enterprise clients for applications in research, productivity, and decision-making.
The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in Starbase, Texas. SpaceX was incorporated in the state of
Delaware on March 14, 2002 and converted into a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Texas on
February 14, 2024.
On May 4, 2026, the Company effected a five-for-one forward stock split of its authorized, issued, and outstanding
shares of Class A, Class B, and Class C Common Stock (“2026 Stock Split”). The conversion rate of SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was proportionately adjusted to factor in the 2026 Stock Split. All share
and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 2026 Stock Split for all periods presented.
On February 2, 2026, the Company completed its acquisition of X.AI Holdings Corp. (“xAI”), pursuant to which
xAI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“xAI Merger”). Prior to the xAI Merger, on March 28,
2025, xAI completed its acquisition of X Holdings Corp. (“X”) and X.AI Corp., in which X and X.AI Corp. became
wholly-owned subsidiaries of xAI (“X Merger”, and collectively with xAI Merger, “Mergers”). X.AI Corp began
operations in March 2023 and Twitter, Inc. (“Twitter”) was acquired by Mr. Elon Musk in October 2022. The
Mergers were each effected through a share exchange.   
The Mergers have been accounted for as reorganizations of entities under common control as Mr. Elon Musk had a
controlling financial interest in the Company, xAI and X through his majority voting interest in each such entity
during the years presented in these consolidated financial statements. The Company’s consolidated financial
statements have been prepared to reflect the retrospective combination of the net assets of the entities at their
historical carrying amounts for all periods presented. No new goodwill or other intangible assets have been recorded
and all historical related party transactions between the entities have been eliminated in consolidation. The capital
stock and shareholders’ equity for all periods presented reflects a continuation of the historical SpaceX capital stock
and shareholders’ equity, combined with the historical capital stock and shareholders’ equity of X and xAI merged
under common control, as adjusted by the respective exchange ratios used to effect the Mergers, except for xAI’s
historical redeemable convertible preferred stock. This presentation constitutes a change in reporting entity. Refer to
F-11
Note 13, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional details.
As the consolidated financial statements already reflect the reorganization of entities under common control for all
periods presented, separate financial statements of xAI and X are not provided.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) in the United States of America (“U.S.”).
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Amounts which are subject to
significant judgment and use of estimates include revenues recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input
method, the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities,
reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives
of property, plant, and equipment, the determination of incremental borrowing rate for lease liabilities, litigation and
settlement costs, and the valuation and assumptions underlying share-based compensation. On an ongoing basis, the
Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and current trends, which forms the basis for
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company engages valuation
specialists to assist in the valuation of equity instruments.
Concentration of Supplier Risk
Certain materials and products that are key inputs in the Company’s Space, Connectivity, and AI segments are
available from a limited number of suppliers, including sole or limited-source suppliers; and the Company’s direct
chip suppliers are dependent on a concentrated group of advanced semiconductor fabrication facilities. The
Company believes that alternative suppliers are available for many, but not all, of these products and services. The
inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of the products in a timely manner and at prices, quality
levels, and volumes acceptable to the Company, or interruptions in supply of materials or products on which these
suppliers rely, could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to meet customer demands and contractual
obligations, to execute on its growth strategy, or to manage its expenses or timelines as expected, which could
adversely impact the Company’s financial condition and operating results.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in checking accounts, money market accounts, and certificates of deposit
at high quality financial institutions primarily in the U.S. All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of
three months or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains certain
cash and cash equivalents for which the withdrawal or use is restricted. The restricted cash and cash equivalents are
generally held in separate, dedicated accounts required to secure letters of credit related to various customer,
insurance, and facility lease agreements.
F-12
The Company’s total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, as presented in the consolidated statements of
cash flows, are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................
$24,747
$11,385
$4,620
Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current
assets ...........................................................................................
182
23
28
Restricted cash included in other assets .........................................
195
93
42
Total as presented in the consolidated statements of cash
flows ..........................................................................................
$25,124
$11,501
$4,690
Marketable Securities
The Company’s marketable securities consist primarily of debt securities of the U.S. Government, time deposits and
certificates of deposits, and are classified and accounted for as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity.
Management determines the classification of its investments at the time of purchase and reevaluates the
classification at each balance sheet date. Marketable securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company
has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity and are carried at cost. The Company’s available-
for-sale investments in marketable securities are recorded at fair value, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of
taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity until
realized. Realized gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale marketable securities are recorded in Other
income (expense), net. Interest on marketable securities is included in Interest income.
The Company classifies its marketable securities as either short-term or long-term based on each instrument’s
underlying contractual maturity date. Marketable securities with maturities of 12 months or less from the balance
sheet date are classified as short-term, and maturities greater than 12 months from the balance sheet date are
classified as long-term and included in Other assets.
Accounts Receivable, Unbilled Receivables, and Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company extends credit in the normal course of business to its customers and performs credit evaluations on a
case-by-case basis. The Company generally does not obtain collateral or other security to secure accounts receivable.
Billed receivables are recorded at their carrying amount, net of allowance for credit losses, and do not bear interest.
Unbilled receivables is comprised principally of revenue recognized on contracts that are not contractually billable at
the balance sheet date.
The allowance for credit losses is established through a provision for bad debt expense which is recorded in Selling,
general, and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company determines the
adequacy of its allowance for credit losses by considering a number of factors including: age of invoices, each
customer’s expected ability to pay and collection history, customer-specific information, and current economic
conditions that may impact a customer’s ability to pay. Accounts receivable are written off when they are deemed
uncollectible.
Fair Value Measurement
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair
Value Measurement, states that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a
market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in
pricing an asset or a liability. The three-tiered fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes which inputs should be used in
measuring fair value, is comprised of:
Level IObservable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets
F-13
Level IIInputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly
Level IIIUnobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data
The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available in determining fair value. The
Company’s financial assets only include cash equivalents, certain restricted cash accounts, digital assets and
marketable securities that are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts of the
Company’s other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair
value because of their short maturities. The carrying value of financing obligations approximate fair value based on
the interest rate remaining relatively consistent from the dates these arrangements were initially entered into and/or
the overall materiality of the related liability balances.
Launch Vehicles and Spacecraft
The Company has four types of launch vehicles - Falcon 9, Falcon Heavy, Dragon, and Starship.  Falcon 9 and
Falcon Heavy are comprised of the following significant components: boosters (also known as first stages), second
stages, Merlin engines, and fairings.  Boosters, fairings, and Merlin engines are reusable and are classified as
Property, plant, and equipment, net.  The second stages are not reusable and are recorded as inventory until they are
launched for point-in-time revenue transactions or assigned for over-time revenue transactions.  Dragon is composed
of a fully reusable capsule that is classified as Property, plant, and equipment, net. Starship is a fully reusable rocket
composed of boosters, ships, and Raptor engines and is currently in the development stage. A majority of Starship
costs are expensed to Research and development as incurred.
Inventory
Inventory consists primarily of raw materials and work-in-progress used in the production of launch vehicles and
Starlink Kits, and finished goods for Starlink Kits, Falcon 9 and Falcon Heavy second stages awaiting launch.
Inventory is computed using standard cost or weighted average, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-
out basis and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company records inventory write-downs in
Cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventories
based upon assumptions about future demand and design, and technological or other changes.
Property, Plant, and Equipment, net
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets except flight vehicles, which is computed based on
the expected number of average flights for each flight vehicle. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the
shorter of their estimated useful lives or the related lease term. Management periodically reviews these useful life
estimates with engineering and operations teams and revises them as additional data becomes available.
The Company estimates the useful lives of its satellite assets based on engineering studies, historical on-orbit
performance, propellant life, utilization patterns, design enhancements across generations, and planned transitions to
newer satellite technology. The Company estimates broadband satellites to have a five-year useful life and the first
generation mobile satellites to have a three-year useful life.
The Company estimates the expected flights for its flight vehicle hardware based on three key criteria: (1) the
continued ability to successfully recover and refurbish the hardware for additional flights, (2) the continued
economic feasibility of using the hardware on incremental flights, supported by declining refurbishment costs and
sensitivity analyses, and (3) customer acceptance for reflown hardware as evidenced by the Company’s launch
manifest.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that do not extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as
incurred while significant refurbishment, renewals, and enhancements that increase the functionality, output or
expected life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated ratably over the identified useful life.
F-14
Satellites include costs to build the satellites (parts, labor, and allocated overhead) as well as capitalized launch costs
incurred by the Space segment to launch the satellites to orbit, which include an allocation of the flight vehicle
hardware costs. 
The Company capitalizes certain interest costs associated with significant acquisition or construction of certain
Property, plant, and equipment, net. The Company begins to capitalize qualified interest cost once activities
necessary to get the asset ready for its intended use have commenced. The Company calculates qualified interest
capitalization using the average amount of accumulated expenditures during the period the asset is being prepared
for its intended use and a capitalization rate which is derived from the Company’s weighted average borrowing rate
during such time, in the absence of specific borrowings related to the significant long term construction projects.
The Company ceases capitalization on any portions substantially completed and ready for their intended use.
Capitalized interest is considered a part of the assets’ historical cost, and depreciates over the estimated useful lives
of the underlying assets.
The Company evaluates impairment of its Property, plant, and equipment assets at the lowest level for which
identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The Company
reviews Property, plant, and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying
value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. If estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying
value of the asset or asset group, an impairment charge is recognized to the extent its carrying value exceeds its
estimated fair value. Routine asset disposals, scrapping, gateway decommissions, and other recurring operational
losses are charged to Cost of revenue or Selling, general, and administrative expenses depending on the nature of the
assets, or to impairment if the impairment is considered to be outside the normal course of business.
The estimated useful lives of the Company’s Property, plant, and equipment, net are as follows:
Classification
Estimated Useful Life
Servers and networking equipment ...................................
5 - 6 years
Satellites ............................................................................
3 - 5 years
Machinery and equipment .................................................
3 - 10 years
Flight vehicle hardware .....................................................
5 - 25 flights
Data center infrastructure ..................................................
20 - 25 years
Launch sites .......................................................................
7 - 20 years
Buildings and improvements .............................................
30 years
Leasehold improvements ...................................................
Shorter of 7 - 20 years or the life of the lease
Leases
The Company leases facilities, corporate offices, data centers, and manufacturing equipment primarily in the U.S.
under various operating and finance leases. In addition, the Company enters into various lease agreements for its
satellite gateway sites throughout the world.
The Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. If a lease exists, any lease
arrangements with contractual terms longer than twelve months are classified as either an operating or finance lease.
Finance leases are generally those leases that allow the Company to substantially utilize or pay for the entire asset
over its estimated life. All other leases that do not meet any of the criteria for finance lease classification are
classified as operating leases.
Leases with a lease term of twelve months or less are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheets and are
expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term in the consolidated statements of operations.
Certain lease agreements include options that grant the Company the ability to renew or extend the lease term, or
early terminate the lease. When determining the lease term, the Company does not include renewal or early
termination options unless they are deemed to be reasonably certain of being exercised at the lease commencement
date.
F-15
Upon lease commencement, the Company recognizes a lease liability measured at the present value of the fixed
future minimum lease payments and a right-of-use asset for an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by
prepaid and accrued rent, lease incentives, and initial direct costs. The Company has elected the practical expedient
to not separate lease and non-lease components. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over
the lease term, with the cost presented as a component of Cost of revenue, Research and development, or Selling,
general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations depending on the nature of the
operating lease. Finance lease cost is composed of a separate interest component and amortization component. The
interest component of a finance lease is included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and
the amortization component of a finance lease is included in Cost of revenue, Research and development, or Selling,
general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations depending on the nature of the
finance lease.
The Company’s leases generally do not provide information about the rate implicit in the lease. Therefore, the
Company utilizes an incremental borrowing rate to calculate the present value of future lease obligations. The
Company’s incremental borrowing rate is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with
similar terms and payments, and in economic environments where the leased asset is located.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and the
liabilities assumed in connection with a business combination. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are
not amortized but rather, are tested for impairment annually on October 1 and more frequently if events and
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Events that could indicate impairment of goodwill and other
indefinite-lived intangible assets that trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, adverse
economic market conditions, long-term declining industry outlook conditions, entity-specific financial
underperformance, changes in the use of the asset, and other adverse legal and regulatory events. Goodwill is tested
for impairment at the reporting unit level.
The Company may elect to utilize a qualitative assessment to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the fair
value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value and if so, the Company
performs a quantitative test. Impairment is recognized when the quantitative assessment results in the carrying value
exceeding the fair value. The reporting unit’s estimated fair value is determined on the basis of discounted future
cash flows and market approach using the guideline public company method.
The Company conducted its annual goodwill impairment test and no goodwill impairments were identified for the
years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. Refer to Note 6, Intangible Assets and Goodwill for additional
discussion on indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Digital Assets
The Company has ownership of and control over its digital assets, which consist of bitcoin, and utilizes, and expects
to continue to utilize, third-party custodians to hold its bitcoin.
The Company determines and records the fair value of its bitcoin based on quoted prices on the active exchange that
the Company has determined is the principal market for bitcoin (Level I inputs). The cost of bitcoin is based upon
the specific identification method. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded to Other income (expense),
net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. 
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Crypto
Assets (Subtopic 350-60) (“ASU 2023-08”), using a modified retrospective approach effective January 1, 2024. The
F-16
cumulative effect of the changes made on the Company’s January 1, 2024 consolidated balance sheet for the
adoption of ASU 2023-08 were as follows:
Balance at
December 31,
2023
Adjustment from
adoption of ASU
2023-08
Balance at
January 1, 2024
Assets
Digital assets ..................................................................................
$299
$496
$794
Shareholders’ Equity
Accumulated deficit .......................................................................
$(4,664)
$496
$(4,168)
Loss Contingencies
The Company is currently involved in, and may in the future be involved in, legal proceedings, claims,
investigations, and government inquiries and investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company
records a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount or range can
be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines there is a reasonable possibility that it may incur a loss and the
loss or range of loss can be estimated, it discloses the possible loss to the extent material. Significant judgment is
required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. The Company reviews these provisions on a
regular basis and adjusts these provisions accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings,
advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.
Joint Ventures and Investments
The Company has made strategic investments in joint ventures. The Company evaluates each investment to
determine if the investee is a variable interest entity, and, if so, whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of
the variable interest entity. The Company has determined, as of December 31, 2025, there were no variable interest
entities required to be consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company’s investments
in unconsolidated affiliates are primarily non-marketable equity securities without readily determinable fair values.
The Company accounts for each of its investments in unconsolidated affiliates either under equity method
accounting, fair value, or by adjusting the carrying value of its non-marketable equity securities to fair value upon
observable transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer or upon impairment (referred to as the
measurement alternative). The investments in unconsolidated affiliates are included within Other assets on the
consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses on the Company’s non-marketable equity securities are recognized in
Other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 9, Investments in
unconsolidated affiliates for additional details.
Revenue Recognition
Below describes the Company’s significant revenue recognition policies by segment.
Space Segment
The Company’s Space segment generates revenue primarily through (i) Launch Services for the deployment of
payloads to their intended orbits for both commercial and government customers utilizing Falcon 9 and Falcon
Heavy, and (ii) Launch and Development for the development of spacecraft and provision of launch and mission
services for government agency space programs utilizing Falcon 9, Falcon Heavy, Starship, and Dragon.
Space revenue is derived from fixed-price contracts related to the development and provision of launch services for
the deployment of spacecraft and other payloads to its intended orbit for both commercial customers and
governmental agency space programs. The Company recognizes revenue as control is transferred to the customer,
either “over time” or at a “point in time”. The Company recognizes revenue over time for Launch and Development 
contracts when the Company’s performance on the contract creates an asset with no alternative use and when the
Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance to date. The Company measures progress on these
F-17
contracts using the cost-to-cost input method, as the Company believes this represents the most appropriate measure
towards satisfaction of its performance obligation. Under the cost-to-cost input method, the Company records
revenue based upon costs (such as materials and labor hours) incurred to date relative to the total estimated cost at
completion. For Launch Services contracts where revenue is recognized at a point in time, due to the
interchangeability of flight hardware and minimal unique engineering costs, revenue and costs are deferred and not
recognized until the launch or deployment of the customer’s spacecraft to its intended orbit.
The Company’s contracts are complex and require the Company to estimate total costs to perform over the term of
the contracts, as well as the measurement of progress towards completion for each performance obligation.
Developing the estimated total cost at completion for each performance obligation requires the use of significant
management judgment, including assumptions regarding launch timing, labor hours, allocation of shared costs for
launch vehicles that have been identified as reusable for multiple launches, as well as expected technological
changes to launch vehicles and spacecraft. The Company recognizes changes in estimated contract revenue or costs
at completion and the resulting changes in contract profit on a cumulative basis. 
Connectivity Segment
The Company’s Connectivity segment generates revenue primarily through broadband and Starlink Mobile services
to consumers, and enterprise and government customers throughout 156 markets.
Substantially all of the Company’s contracts with Starlink customers contain multiple performance obligations.
These performance obligations typically include (i) the broadband services provided through Starlink and (ii) the
sale of the Starlink Kit (inclusive of the terminal). For customer contracts that include multiple performance
obligations, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations if they are distinct. The transaction price
is allocated to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price. The Company determines the
standalone selling price based on the price at which the good or service is sold separately on a standalone basis to
similar customers in similar locations. Starlink Mobile services have one performance obligation. 
The Company’s performance obligation to provide broadband and Starlink Mobile services is satisfied over time as
the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided.  The Company generates service revenue
by (i) fixed price services that require advanced or recurring monthly payments by the customer or (ii) variable
priced services based on actual data usage of the Starlink broadband.  The amounts received from customers for
advanced payment for broadband and Starlink Mobile service are included in deferred revenue on the Company’s
consolidated balance sheets and revenue is recognized either ratably over the subscription term or based on actual
data usage. The Company’s contracts are generally month to month and the revenue recognized for these recurring
customers is equal to the amount billed in that month.
The Company’s performance obligation to provide the Starlink Kit and other related hardware is satisfied at the
point in time when control is transferred to the customer. In almost all circumstances, control passes to the customer
upon delivery of the Starlink Kit and other related hardware to the customer, or in the instance of certain enterprise
customers, when it is installed. Starlink Kit revenue is reported net of sales returns and chargebacks. Shipping and
handling charges are included in the transaction price. The Company recognizes shipping and handling activities as
fulfillment activities and not as a separate performance obligation.
The Company recognizes revenue over time for certain contracts related to the Starshield business that are long-term
in nature using the cost-to-cost input method.  The Company records revenue based upon costs (such as materials
and labor hours) incurred to date relative to the total estimated cost at completion.
The Company’s Starshield contracts are complex and require the Company to estimate the total costs to perform
over the term of the contracts, as well as the measurement of progress towards completion for each performance
obligation. Developing the estimated total cost at completion for each performance obligation requires the use of
significant management judgment, including assumptions regarding labor hours, allocation of shared costs used in
the production of satellites, satellite material costs, as well as expected technological changes to satellites. The
Company recognizes changes in estimated contract revenue or costs at completion and the resulting changes in
contract profit on a cumulative basis. 
F-18
AI Segment
The AI segment generates revenue from the sale of advertising and from AI solutions and infrastructure services,
which include (i) subscription offerings, (ii) data licensing arrangements, and (iii) API access to Grok models.
Revenue from advertising is recognized in the period in which the advertising is delivered, as evidenced by a user
engaging with the ad in a manner that satisfies the advertiser’s selected engagement criteria. The Company evaluates
whether it acts as principal or agent when third parties are involved. For advertising products sold directly through
its X platform, the Company controls the specified ad services prior to transfer to the advertiser, is responsible for
serving the advertisements, and fulfills the advertiser’s engagement criteria. Accordingly, it acts as principal and
recognizes revenue on a gross basis. For advertising sold through supply side platform (“SSP”) partners, the
Company receives a percentage share of gross advertising spend. The SSP partner controls the advertising inventory
prior to its transfer to the advertisers, is primarily responsible for fulfilling the performance obligation to the
advertiser, and has discretion in pricing. As a result, the Company acts as agent and recognizes revenue on a net
basis.
Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the period of the subscription term.
Data licensing arrangements grant customers a right to access, search, and analyze the Company’s historical and
real-time intellectual property (“IP”) on the X platform through the developer channel for a defined period. These
arrangements may contain a single performance obligation (satisfied at a point in time for historical IP or over time
for future IP) or multiple performance obligations satisfied separately. For arrangements with a fixed monthly fee
and a single future IP performance obligation, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which
the Company provides the data. When such arrangements contain multiple performance obligations, the Company
allocates revenue on a relative basis between the performance obligations based on standalone selling price based on
directly observable standalone transactions and recognizes revenue as the performance obligations are satisfied. For
certain data licensing arrangements, the Company charges customers based on the amount of sales they generate
from downstream customers using its data. For arrangements with a minimum guarantee and a single future IP
performance obligation, the minimum guarantee is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period. For
arrangements with a minimum guarantee and two or more performance obligations, the Company allocates revenue
on a relative basis between the performance obligations based on standalone selling price based on directly
observable standalone transactions and recognizes revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. Any royalties
in excess of minimum guarantees, if any, are recognized over the contract term, on a straight-line, on a cumulative
catch-up basis.
For the Company’s API services, the primary performance obligation is to stand ready to provide customers with
access to the platform to process data through token-based inputs and utilize compute hours for outputs. Revenue is
recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the contract term for subscription arrangements that provide stand-
ready access. For usage-based arrangements, revenue is recognized as the services are consumed (i.e., as tokens are
processed or compute hours are utilized).
For all segments, the Company records payment processing fees for its credit card sales within Cost of revenue.
Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are not included in the transaction price. The
Company expenses sales commissions as incurred when the amortization period is one year or less within Selling,
general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue includes the cost of materials, depreciation and amortization, shipping and handling, payment
processor fees, customs and duties, revenue share costs, infrastructure costs, allocated overhead, and employee
compensation costs (including salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation). Infrastructure costs consist
primarily of rocket, kit, and satellite manufacturing facilities and data center costs related to the Company’s
colocated facilities, which include lease and hosting costs, related support and maintenance costs, energy and
bandwidth costs, and public cloud hosting costs.
F-19
Warranty on Starlink Kits
The Company offers a standard product warranty for a period of one to two years on Starlink Kits. The Company
has an obligation to either repair or replace the defective Starlink Kit. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate
of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of Cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation
include historical as well as current product failure rates and costs incurred in correcting product failures. Warranty
expenses and related liabilities are not material to the consolidated financial statements.
Research and Development Expenses
The Company sponsors various research and development projects, whose costs are expensed as incurred. Research
and development (“R&D”) expenses consist of cost of materials, employee compensation costs (including salaries,
benefits, and share-based compensation), contractor compensation expenses, cloud computing expenses, data
services, equipment lease expenses, depreciation for R&D equipment and allocated overhead. R&D costs also
include certain expenses related to the development of features and modules created through engineering services
for the Company’s products, where the Company retains the associated intellectual property.
Software Development Costs
The Company expenses software development costs marketed under on-premise perpetual license agreements. Costs
incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are expensed as research and development costs. Due
to the nature of the Company’s development cycle, technological feasibility typically occurs shortly before the
product is available for general release. All software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2025,
2024, and 2023 were expensed as incurred.
Share-Based Compensation
The fair value of stock options, restricted share units (“RSUs”) and restricted share awards (“RSAs”) with service
and/or performance conditions and the employee share purchase plan (“ESPP”) are estimated on the grant or
offering date. The fair value of RSUs, RSAs, and ESPP is determined based on the fair value of the Company’s
common stock on the date of grant and the fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires inputs such as the fair value of the Company’s
common stock, risk-free interest rate, expected award term and expected share price volatility.
Share-based compensation expense for equity awards with performance conditions is recognized over the requisite
service period when the vesting of the award becomes probable. Share-based compensation expense is recognized
on a straight-line basis for equity awards with only a service condition and on a graded vesting basis for equity
awards with a performance condition. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur rather than on an
estimated basis.
The fair value and derived service period of awards granted to the Company’s CEO with market, service, and
performance conditions are estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. A Monte Carlo
simulation model requires inputs such as fair value of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate,
expected award term, expected share dilution and expected share price volatility. These inputs, which are subjective
and generally require judgment, are unique to each award based on the best available information at the valuation
date. For these awards, share-based compensation expense is not recognized until the performance condition is
probable. Once the performance condition is met, share-based compensation is recorded based on the requisite
service period associated with the probable performance condition.
Advertising Expense
The Company expenses the cost of advertising and other promotional expenditures to primarily market Starlink
services as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, advertising expenses included in
Selling, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations are $69 million, $31
million, and $29 million, respectively.
F-20
Net Income (Loss) per Share of Common Stock Attributable to Common Shareholders
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders is computed using the two-class method required
for participating securities. Under this method, net income is allocated to common shareholders and participating
securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends as if all earnings for the period had been distributed.
Certain series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities
because they are entitled to receive dividends on an as-converted basis if and when dividends are declared on
common stock. These securities do not participate in net losses. The Company’s classes of common stock have
identical economic rights, resulting in the same net income (loss) per share for each class. Accordingly, the
Company presents a single net income (loss) per share for all classes of common stock.
Diluted net (loss) income per share is computed based on the more dilutive of (i) the two-class method or (ii) the if-
converted method. Potentially dilutive shares from outstanding share-based compensation awards, including stock
options and restricted stock units, are included when calculating diluted net income (loss) per share of attributable to
common shareholders using the treasury stock method when their effect is dilutive.
Refer to Note 13, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional details of the
Company’s preferred and common stock.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC Topic 740,
Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized using enacted tax
rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities.
ASC 740 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company’s ability to realize deferred tax
assets is assessed at each year-end and a valuation allowance is established if necessary. The factors used to assess
the likelihood of realization may include forecasts of future taxable income, future reversal of existing taxable
temporary differences, and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize net deferred tax
assets.
The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10, which requires the Company to recognize in the consolidated
financial statements the impact of a tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination
based on the technical merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax
positions in income tax expense.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (Topic 740)
(“ASU 2023-09”). ASU 2023-09 requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate
reconciliation as well as additional information on income taxes paid. The Company adopted this ASU on a
prospective basis effective January 1, 2025. Refer to Note 16, Income Taxes for the inclusion of new disclosures
required.
Investment Tax Credits
The Company recognizes investment tax credits when there is reasonable assurance that the credit will be received
and the Company will comply with the conditions specified in the agreement or statutory requirements. The
Company records capital-related credits as a reduction to Property, plant, and equipment, net within the consolidated
balance sheets and recognizes a reduction to depreciation expense over the useful life of the corresponding acquired
asset.
Foreign Currency
The reporting currency of the Company is the United States (“U.S.”) dollar. The Company determines the functional
and reporting currency of each of its international subsidiaries based on the primary currency in which they operate.
If the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, the Company recognizes a cumulative translation adjustment created
by the different rates the Company applies to current period income or loss and the balance sheet. For each
F-21
subsidiary, the Company applies the monthly average functional exchange rate to its monthly income or loss and the
month-end functional currency rate to translate the balance sheet.
Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are a result of the effect of exchange rate changes on transactions
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in Other
income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. Net foreign currency transaction gains (losses)
were not material to the consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (Subtopic
220-40). The ASU requires the disaggregated disclosure of specific expense categories, including purchases of
inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, and amortization, within relevant income statement captions. This
ASU also requires disclosure of the total amount of selling expenses along with the definition of selling expenses.
The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2027. Adoption of this ASU can either be applied prospectively to consolidated
financial statements issued for reporting periods after the effective date of this ASU or retrospectively to any or all
prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. This ASU will likely result in the required
additional disclosures being included in the consolidated financial statements, once adopted. The Company is 
currently evaluating the provisions of this ASU.
In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement
of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. The amendments in this update provide a practical
expedient permitting an entity to assume that conditions at the balance sheet date remain unchanged over the life of
the asset when estimating expected credit losses for current classified accounts receivable and contract assets. This
update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025, including interim periods within those
fiscal years. Adoption of this ASU can be applied prospectively for reporting periods after its effective date. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this ASU and does not expect this
ASU to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software. The ASU simplifies the
capitalization guidance by removing all references to prescriptive and sequential software development stages
(referred to as “project stages”) throughout ASC 350-40. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after
December 15, 2027, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this ASU can be applied
prospectively for reporting periods after its effective date; or follow a modified transition approach that is based on
the status of the respective projects and whether software costs were capitalized before the date of adoption; or
retrospectively to any or all prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. Early adoption is
permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this ASU and does not expect this ASU to have a
material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-10, Government Grants (Topic 832): Accounting for
Government Grants Received by Business Entities. The ASU establishes authoritative guidance in GAAP about
accounting for government grants received by business entities, clarifies the appropriate accounting, in an effort to
reduce diversity in practice, and increase consistency of application across business entities. The ASU is effective
for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2028, and interim reporting periods within those annual
reporting periods. Adoption of this ASU can be applied a modified prospective approach, a modified retrospective
approach, or a retrospective approach. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the
provisions of this ASU and does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
F-22
Note 3 - Revenue
Revenue disaggregated by products and services is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Products ..........................................................................................
$1,510
$1,470
$1,093
Services ..........................................................................................
17,164
12,545
9,294
Total revenues ..............................................................................
$18,674
$14,015
$10,387
All of products revenue is attributable to the Connectivity segment.
Revenue disaggregated by type and segment is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Launch Services ...........................................................................
$2,576
$2,584
$1,964
Launch & Development ...............................................................
1,510
1,212
1,593
Space .............................................................................................
4,086
3,796
3,557
Consumer .....................................................................................
7,208
4,830
2,817
Enterprise & Government (1) ........................................................
4,179
2,769
1,052
Connectivity .................................................................................
11,387
7,599
3,869
Advertising ...................................................................................
1,844
1,728
2,323
AI Solutions & Infrastructure ......................................................
1,357
892
638
AI ..................................................................................................
3,201
2,620
2,961
Total revenues .........................................................................
$18,674
$14,015
$10,387
___________________
(1) Enterprise & Government revenue includes revenue from Starlink Mobile service offerings.
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue is recorded when cash payments are received or due, in advance of the Company’s performance.
Deferred revenue primarily relates to Space agreements and Connectivity enterprise and government contracts. Total
deferred revenue as of December 31, 2024 was $10,179 million, of which $4,080 million was recognized as revenue
for the year ended December 31, 2025. Total deferred revenue as of December 31, 2025 was $12,116 million.
Revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 that were included in the deferred revenue
balance at the beginning of each period was $3,414 million and $2,691 million, respectively.
Backlog
The Company’s backlog represents the transaction price of performance obligations to customers for which work
remains to be performed. The amount of backlog increases with new contracts or additions to existing contracts and
decreases as revenue is recognized on existing contracts. Contracts are included in backlog when an enforceable
agreement has been reached. Backlog does not include amounts related to performance obligations that are billed
and recognized as they are delivered, optional purchases that do not represent material rights and any estimated
amounts of variable consideration that are subject to constraint. Backlog totaled $28,377 million as of December 31,
2025, of which $12,116 million was recognized as deferred revenue at December 31, 2025. Approximately 32% is
expected to be recognized within one year, and approximately 53%  to be recognized in 2027 and 2028, with the
remaining 15% to be recognized thereafter.
F-23
Concentration of risk
Consolidated revenue from a significant customer is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Customer A ....................................................................................
20.9%
24.2%
25.2%
Revenue from this customer relates to all three segments. No other customers represented more than 10% of
consolidated revenue during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Note 4 - Inventory
Inventory consists of the following:
December 31,
2025
2024
Raw materials ............................................................................................................
$1,030
$923
Work-in-progress .......................................................................................................
803
730
Finished goods ...........................................................................................................
583
350
Inventory .................................................................................................................
$2,416
$2,003
Note 5 - Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net
Property, plant, and equipment, net consist of the following:
December 31,
2025
2024
Servers and networking equipment ...........................................................................
$22,694
$6,892
Satellites .....................................................................................................................
11,949
7,591
Machinery and equipment .........................................................................................
6,343
5,343
Data center infrastructure ..........................................................................................
2,960
224
Launch sites ...............................................................................................................
2,404
2,121
Land, buildings and improvements (1) .......................................................................
1,876
913
Flight vehicle hardware .............................................................................................
1,689
1,577
Leasehold improvements ...........................................................................................
784
1,019
Construction-in-progress ...........................................................................................
4,604
3,007
Property, plant, and equipment ..................................................................................
55,303
28,687
Less: Accumulated depreciation ................................................................................
(12,701)
(7,540)
Property, plant, and equipment, net .....................................................................
$42,602
$21,147
__________________
(1)Land is not a depreciable asset.
Construction in progress is primarily comprised of ongoing construction and expansion of the facilities and
equipment as well as AI infrastructure that has not yet been placed in service.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $5,915 million, $2,977 million
and $1,897 million respectively.
Interest is capitalized during the construction period for significant long term construction projects, such as the AI
infrastructure data centers. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company capitalized $169 million of interest,
F-24
which is included in Construction-in-progress amounts above. No interest was capitalized during the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023.
For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded impairment charges of $38 million and
$63 million, respectively, related to the write off of (i) damaged flight vehicle in the Space segment, and (ii)
abandoned production line and damaged satellite hardware in the Connectivity segment. These charges are reflected
in Impairment in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no impairment related to Property, plant, and
equipment recorded in Impairment during the year ended December 31, 2023.
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company also recorded impairment charges of $36
million and $54 million, respectively, related to its leasehold improvements and office equipment as part of its
facilities consolidation efforts in the AI segment in Restructuring charges in the consolidated statements of
operations. There was no impairment related to Property, plant, and equipment recorded in Restructuring charges
during the year ended December 31, 2025. Refer to Note 20, Restructuring for additional details.
In 2024, the Company closed two taxable revenue bond transactions with a local municipality, in order to receive a
personal property tax abatement on newly acquired server and networking equipment in the state. Pursuant to this
transaction, the municipality issued taxable revenue bonds of $442 million and $258 million principal amount each
to the Company and used the constructive proceeds to purchase the server and networking equipment from the
Company, and then leased the equipment back to the Company. As this effectively created a bond receivable and a
corresponding financing obligation with the municipality, and the Company has the legal right to set-off and intends
to set-off the corresponding lease expense and bond service payments received, there was no impact to the
consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets.
Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible Assets
Finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:
December 31, 2025
Weighted-
Average Useful
Life (years)
Gross Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Brand ......................................................................
5.0
$743
$(335)
$408
User base .................................................................
9.0
1,291
(456)
835
Existing technology ................................................
3.2
27
(16)
11
Advertising customer relationships ........................
5.0
752
(478)
274
Acquired workforce ................................................
2.0
9
—
9
Total .................................................................
$2,822
$(1,285)
$1,537
December 31, 2024
Weighted-
Average Useful
Life (in years)
Gross Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Brand ......................................................................
5.0
$707
$(177)
$530
User base .................................................................
9.0
1,225
(297)
928
Existing technology ................................................
3.0
1,140
(823)
317
Advertising customer relationships ........................
5.0
714
(311)
403
Data licensing customer relationships ....................
3.0
102
(74)
28
Developed technology ............................................
2.0
3
(2)
1
Total .................................................................
$3,891
$(1,684)
$2,207
F-25
Amortization expense associated with finite-lived intangible assets was $786 million, $847 million, and $738
million in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
The Company also has indefinite-lived intangible assets of $11 million and $4 million as of December 31, 2025 and
2024, respectively. Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of domain names, which are expected to
provide long-term branding and marketing benefits. No impairment charges were recognized on indefinite-lived
intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 other than the Twitter impairment
described below.
Estimated future amortization expense of finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
2026 ......................................................................................................................................................
$452
2027 ......................................................................................................................................................
421
2028 ......................................................................................................................................................
256
2029 ......................................................................................................................................................
143
2030 ......................................................................................................................................................
142
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................
123
$1,537
Twitter Impairment
In 2023, the Company rebranded its Twitter platform to X. As a result of the rebranding, the Company performed an
impairment assessment and recorded an impairment charge of $3,775 million on its previously indefinite-lived brand
intangible for the AI segment. The Company’s brand intangible asset was determined to no longer be indefinite-
lived and is presented as a finite-lived intangible asset with a five-year useful life. The fair value of the brand
intangible asset was determined using the relief-from-royalty method.
Spectrum Transactions
On September 7, 2025, the Company entered into a License Purchase Agreement (the “Spectrum License Purchase
Agreement”) with Spectrum Business Trust 2025-1, a Nevada Business Trust (“Trust”) and EchoStar Corporation
(“EchoStar”, and the transactions contemplated thereby, “Spectrum Transactions”) for total consideration of $17,000
million as discussed below. 
Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Spectrum License Purchase Agreement, the
Company agreed to purchase EchoStar’s rights and licenses related to an aggregate of 50 MHz of spectrum in
frequency ranges 2000–2020, 2180–2200, 1915–1920 and 1995–2000 (the “AWS-4 and H-Block Licenses” and
such spectrum, “the Spectrum”) granted by the Federal Communication Commissions (“FCC”), together with
certain international authorizations, filings, concessions, licenses, rights and priorities related to that spectrum and
certain assets associated therewith (collectively, the “Foreign Assets”). The transfer of the AWS-4 and H-Block
Licenses will occur in two steps: first, the AWS-4 and H-Block Licenses will be transferred by EchoStar to the Trust
(the “Spectrum Transfer Closing”), and second, the AWS-4 and H-Block Licenses will be transferred by the Trust to
the Company (the “Spectrum Acquisition Closing”). The Foreign Assets will be transferred directly to the Company
at the Spectrum Acquisition Closing, to the extent the required regulatory approvals have been obtained by such
date; provided, however, that the failure to obtain such approvals will not delay or prevent the Spectrum Acquisition
Closing.
In connection with the Spectrum License Purchase Agreement and the Spectrum Transactions, on September 7,
2025, the Company and the Trust entered into a Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the Company has agreed upon
the Spectrum Transfer Closing, to loan to the Trust (via loans which are able to be canceled at six-month intervals)
to be used by the Trust to  make debt service payments on EchoStar’s debt through at least November 30, 2027, but
in no event later than November 30, 2028. These loans will be secured on a junior lien basis by the AWS-4 and H-
Block Licenses. The aggregate amount of debt service payments through November 30, 2028 will equal
approximately $3,000 million.
F-26
On November 5, 2025, the parties amended and restated the Spectrum License Purchase Agreement to include
EchoStar’s licenses for up to 15MHz of additional unpaired AWS-3 spectrum, and increased the consideration by
$2,600 million, to a total amount of consideration of $19,600 million. The cash payoff consideration (as noted
below), two-step transfer process, debt service payments, trust structure, and maintenance obligations remain
unchanged.
The total consideration, approximating $19.6 billion, consisting of (i) approximately $11.1 billion in equity, payable
through the issuance of approximately 261.8 million shares of the Company’s Class A common stock at a fixed
value of $42.40 per share, and (ii) up to $8.5 billion related to the payoff of designated EchoStar debt, with any
shortfall below $8.5 billion to be paid in cash. The allocation of cash and equity consideration is subject to certain
adjustments based on the amount of EchoStar debt satisfied at or prior to closing.
The Spectrum Acquisition Closing is expected to occur on or about November 30, 2027. The completion of the
Spectrum Transactions is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of customary closing conditions, including, among
others, receipt of certain consents and approvals from the FCC and the Department of Justice (“DOJ”). The
Spectrum License Purchase Agreement also provides for specified termination rights. As of December 31, 2025, the
Spectrum Transfer Closing has not yet occurred, and as a result, the Company is not yet obligated to make any
payments under the Credit Agreement with the Trust. Once the Spectrum Transfer Closing occurs, the Spectrum
Transactions will be recognized as acquired intangible assets.
Goodwill
The activity for goodwill is as follows:
Balance at December 31, 2023 .............................................................................................................
$11,418
Cumulative translation adjustments .................................................................................................
(289)
Balance at December 31, 2024 .............................................................................................................
11,129
Business combination .......................................................................................................................
52
Cumulative translation adjustments ................................................................................................
628
Balance at December 31, 2025 ..........................................................................................................
$11,809
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, goodwill attributable to the Connectivity segment was $513 million and $505
million, respectively, and goodwill attributable to the AI segment was $11,296 million and $10,624 million,
respectively.
Note 7 - Digital Assets
Digital assets consist of the following:
December 31,
2025
2024
(in millions except units of digital assets)
Units
Cost Basis
Fair Value
Units
Cost Basis
Fair Value
Digital assets held:
Bitcoin .........................................
18,712
$661
$1,637
18,712
$661
$1,749
Total ................................................
18,712
$661
$1,637
18,712
$661
$1,749
F-27
The fair value of digital assets is determined using a Level I in the fair value hierarchy.  The following table
provides activities related to digital assets:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
Beginning balance, at fair value ................................................................................
$1,749
$794
Unrealized gain (loss), net .........................................................................................
(112)
955
Ending balance, at fair value .................................................................................
$1,637
$1,749
Note 8 - Financial Instruments
The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
As of December 31, 2025
Level
Cost
Unrealized
Gain
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash .................................................
I
$3,408
$—
$—
$3,408
Money market funds ........................
I
21,339
—
—
21,339
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Restricted cash .................................
I
30
—
—
30
Restricted cash in money market
funds ...............................................
I
152
—
—
152
Other assets
Restricted cash .................................
I
182
—
—
182
Restricted cash in money market
funds ...............................................
I
13
—
—
13
Total ..................................................
$25,124
$—
$—
$25,124
As of December 31, 2024
Level
Cost
Unrealized
Gain
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash .................................................
I
$3,865
$—
$—
$3,865
Money market funds ........................
I
7,520
—
—
7,520
Marketable securities
Government securities .....................
II
800
1
(1)
800
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Restricted cash .................................
I
23
—
—
23
Other assets
Restricted cash .................................
I
88
—
—
88
Restricted cash in money market
funds ...............................................
I
5
—
—
5
Government securities .....................
II
581
1
—
582
Total ..................................................
$12,882
$2
$(1)
$12,883
F-28
Note 9 - Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
Equity method investment
In April 2025, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary CTC Property LLC (“CTC”), entered into a joint
venture Stateline Power, LLC (“Stateline”), with Solaris Power Solutions Stateline, LLC (“Stateline Power
Solutions”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Solaris Energy Infrastructure, Inc. (“Solaris”).
Stateline was formed to provide off-grid power to CTC’s data center campus pursuant to a long-term equipment
rental arrangement. In connection with the formation of Stateline, Solaris contributed non-cash assets valued at $86
million, consisting primarily of progress payments on power generation equipment now owned by Stateline and pre-
funded expenses, in exchange for a 50.1% equity interest in Stateline. CTC contributed $86 million in cash in
exchange for the remaining 49.9% equity interest. Interests in Stateline held by CTC were subsequently assigned to
MZX Tech LLC (“MZX”), another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
Concurrent with its formation, CTC (subsequently assigned to MZX) entered into a master equipment rental
agreement (“Rental Agreement”) with Stateline under which Stateline will lease power generation equipment to
MZX for use at the Company’s data center facility. The Rental Agreement lease commences upon completion of
equipment deployment and commissioning activities by Stateline. No rental payments were made by the Company
for the year ended December 31, 2025.
The Company evaluated its interest in Stateline under ASC 810 and determined that Stateline is a variable interest
entity but the Company is not the primary beneficiary because it does not have the power to direct the activities that
most significantly impact Stateline’s economic performance, which are the operations of the assets managed by a
subsidiary of Solaris and the Company’s lack of control over how the assets are managed and redeployed after the
initial term of the Rental Agreement. As a result, the Company accounts for its interest in Stateline using the equity
method of accounting. As of December 31, 2025, the carrying value of the equity method investment was $86
million, which represents the Company’s initial investment in Stateline. Activity in Stateline during the year ended
December 31, 2025 was not material.
Equity investments without readily determinable fair value
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company held investments in unconsolidated affiliates which are accounted
for as equity investments without readily determinable fair values of $157 million and $154 million, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company recorded a total of $0 million, $1 million,
and $45 million of impairment charges related to the equity method investments in Other income (expense), net in
the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded cumulative downward adjustments of $59 million
on these investments as of December 31, 2025. No upward adjustments were recorded in the years ended December
31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
F-29
Note 10 - Debt
As of December 31, 2025
Principal
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Costs
Net
X 2027 and X 2030 Notes ..............................................................
$27
$—
$27
X B-1 Term Loan ...........................................................................
6,504
280
6,224
X B-3 Term Loan ...........................................................................
5,966
54
5,912
xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan ............................................................
995
4
991
xAI Floating Rate Term Loan ........................................................
995
40
955
xAI 12.5% Secured Senior Notes ...................................................
3,000
12
2,988
Other financings (1) .........................................................................
4,562
—
4,562
Total debt ........................................................................................
22,049
390
21,659
Finance lease liability .....................................................................
1,237
—
1,237
Total debt and finance leases ..........................................................
$23,286
$390
$22,896
Less: Short-term portion .................................................................
928
—
928
Total debt and finance leases, net of current ............................
22,358
390
21,968
As of December 31, 2024
Principal
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Costs
Net
X 2027 and X 2030 Notes ..............................................................
$27
$—
$27
X B-1 Term Loan ...........................................................................
6,571
359
6,212
X Bridge Credit Facilities ...............................................................
5,966
—
5,966
Other financings .............................................................................
57
—
57
Total debt ........................................................................................
12,621
359
12,262
Finance lease liability .....................................................................
1,531
—
1,531
Total debt and finance leases ..........................................................
14,152
359
13,793
Less: Short-term portion .................................................................
372
—
372
Total debt and finance leases, net of current ............................
13,780
359
13,421
__________________
(1)Includes obligations related to certain AI infrastructure assets recorded as failed sale-leaseback transactions. Refer to Other Financings
below for additional details.
SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement
General. In 2018 and subsequently amended through 2023, SpaceX entered into a senior secured asset-based
revolving credit agreement (“SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks. The SpaceX ABL Credit
Agreement provided for a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, from which the Company may draw
upon as needed for up to $1,500 million. The SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement was collateralized primarily by a
pledge of certain of SpaceX’s inventory and equipment, and availability under the SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement
was based on the estimated fair value of such assets, as reduced by certain reserves. The Company was required to
meet various covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, and certain financial covenants applied
once more than 85.0% of the SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement was drawn upon. In February 2025, SpaceX
terminated the SpaceX ABL Credit Agreement. No amounts were outstanding at the time of termination.
SpaceX Credit Facility
General. In February 2025, the Company entered into a five-year senior unsecured revolving credit agreement
(“SpaceX Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks, under which the Company may draw up to $1,500 million,
F-30
subject to a customary financial covenant and other reporting requirements. The SpaceX Credit Facility terminates,
and all outstanding loans become due and payable, on February 7, 2030, unless the parties agree to an extension. No
amounts were borrowed under the SpaceX Credit Facility during 2025.
Interest Rates. Under the SpaceX Credit Facility, borrowings bear interest at the Company’s option, at a rate per
annum of (i) between 0.75%-1.25%, depending on the Company’s current debt rating, plus the relevant Term SOFR
or (ii) between 0.0%-0.25% depending on the Company’s current debt rating plus the greater of (a) the Federal
Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus 1.0% and (d) 1.0%. The Company may also borrow
in various alternative currencies at various alternative rates, including rates based on SONIA for Pound Sterling
loans and EURIBOR for Euro loans plus an applicable margin. The fee for undrawn amounts is between
0.07%-0.11% per annum, depending on the Company’s current debt rating. Interest is payable either monthly or
quarterly, depending on the interest loan option.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the SpaceX Credit Facility as of December 31,
2025; however, the Company had a technical default when the Company acquired xAI on February 2, 2026 due to
the amount of debt assumed as part of the acquisition at the subsidiary level. On March 2, 2026, the Company
obtained a waiver from the syndicate of banks and amended the SpaceX Credit Facility allowing for the debt
refinance completed on March 2, 2026 (refer to Note 21, Subsequent Events for additional details), resulting in the
Company being in compliance with all covenants.
X 2027 and 2030 Notes
General. In 2019, a subsidiary of X, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued $700 million aggregate principal
amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2027 (the “X 2027 Notes”) in a private placement. The X 2027 Notes mature on
December 15, 2027.  In 2022, a subsidiary of X issued $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000% senior
notes due 2030 (the “X 2030 Notes”) in a private placement.  The X 2030 Notes mature on March 1, 2030. The X
2027 and X 2030 Notes represent senior unsecured obligations of the Company.
Interest Rates. For the X 2027 Notes, the interest rate is fixed at 3.875% per annum and interest is payable semi-
annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year.  For the X 2030 Notes, the interest rate is fixed at
5.000% per annum and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year.
Principal Repayments. In November 2022, the Company purchased approximately $675 million aggregate principal
amount of X 2027 Notes and $998 million aggregate principal amount of the X 2030 Notes in settlement of the
change in control of Twitter. The X 2027 Notes and X 2030 Notes that remain outstanding may be redeemed at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time prior to September 15, 2027 and December 1, 2029,
respectively, at a price equal to 100.0% of the principal amounts plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the X 2027 Notes and X 2030 Notes as of
December 31, 2025.
X First Lien Senior Credit Facilities
General. In 2022, X Corp., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the First Lien Credit Agreement
which provided for a new term loan commitment of $6,705 million (“X B-1 Term Loan”) and a $500 million
Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility (including a letter of credit subfacility with an aggregate face value of
up to $100 million) (together referred to as “X First Lien Senior Credit Facilities”).  The Secured First Lien
Revolving Credit Facility matures on October 27, 2027 and the X B-1 Term Loan matures on October 27, 2029.
Amendments. In February 2025, X Corp., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, amended the X First Lien Senior
Credit Facilities and entered into a new term loan commitment for $4,741 million with a maturity date of October
27, 2029  (“X B-3 Term Loan”) and reduced the Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility commitment to $0. 
As part of the issuance of the X B-3 Term Loan, the Company is required to pay an arrangement fee of $51 million,
which is due and payable on February 19, 2027. In April 2025, the Company entered into an amendment to the X
F-31
B-3 Term Loan for an additional commitment of $1,225 million with the same terms and conditions, increasing the
total X B-3 Term Loan borrowings to $5,966 million.
Proceeds. The proceeds from the X B-3 Term Loan were used to pay down and extinguish the First Lien Bridge
Credit Facility and the Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility. The Company accounted for the pay down as a partial
modification and extinguishment of debt, expensing immaterial debt issuance costs.
Interest Rates. The X B-1 Term Loan bears interest at a rate per annum of, initially, adjusted Term SOFR plus
6.50%.  The Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a rate per annum of, initially, an adjusted
Term SOFR plus 4.50%, with leverage-based step-downs. Undrawn commitments under the Secured First Lien
Revolving Credit Facility were subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.50% per annum, subject to quarterly
leverage based step-downs.  The X B-3 Term Loan has a fixed interest rate of 9.50% per annum.  Interest on the X
B-1 Term Loan and X B-3 Term Loan is payable monthly, quarterly, or bi-annually at the option of the Company. 
The effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the X B-1 Term Loan and X B-3 Term Loan was
12.40% and 9.80%, respectively, as of December 31, 2025.
Principal Repayments. The X B-1 Term Loan is repayable at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or
penalty, subject to mandatory quarterly prepayments of principal beginning on the last day of the fiscal quarter
ended March 31, 2023, in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of borrowings thereunder, with
the unpaid balance being payable on the final maturity date thereof.  The X B-1 Term Loan is also subject to
additional customary mandatory prepayment provisions from the proceeds of certain debt issuances and asset sales,
as well as sweeps of a portion of excess cash flow, subject to certain leverage-based step-downs and exceptions. 
None of these additional customary mandatory prepayment provisions have been triggered as of December 31, 2025. 
The X B-3 Term Loan has prepayment penalties of 107.13% of the outstanding principal before October 27, 2026,
104.75% of the outstanding principal before October 27, 2027, and 102.38% of the outstanding principal before
October 27, 2028.
Guarantors and Collateral. Obligations under the First Lien Senior Credit Facilities were guaranteed by X, and were
collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of X and its subsidiaries (subject to customary
exceptions) which had a carrying amount of $42,132 million as of December 31, 2025.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the First Lien Senior Credit Facilities as of
December 31, 2025.
X Bridge Credit Facilities
General. On October 27, 2022, X Corp., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the First Lien Bridge
Loan Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Bridge Loan Credit Agreement as borrower, which provided for a
$3,000 million First Lien Bridge Credit Facility and a $3,000 million Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility (together,
the “X Bridge Credit Facilities”), respectively. The initial term loans under each Bridge Credit Facility automatically
convert to permanent term loans (“Permanent Bridge Loans”) on July 31, 2025 (“Bridge Conversion Date”), as
amended. The Permanent Bridge Loans mature on October 27, 2029 and October 27, 2030 for the First Lien Bridge
Credit Facility and the Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility, respectively.  In February 2025, the Company repaid the
full outstanding amount of $2,966 million resulting in the full payoff of the First Lien Bridge Credit Facility prior to
the Bridge Conversation Date.  In February and April 2025, the Company made principal payments of $1,775
million and $1,225 million respectively, resulting in the full payoff of the Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility prior
to the Bridge Conversation Date.
Interest Rates. Borrowings under the First Lien Bridge Credit Facility bore interest at a rate per annum of, initially,
an adjusted term SOFR plus 6.75%, with 0.50% step-ups occurring on each successive three-month period until the
Bridge Conversion Date, but subject to a maximum all-in rate of, prior to January 20, 2023, 9.25% and, on and after
January 20, 2023, 9.50% (“First Lien Bridge Total Cap”).  After the Bridge Conversion Date, any outstanding
borrowings under the First Lien Bridge Credit Facility bore interest at the First Lien Bridge Total Cap.  Borrowings
under the Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility bore interest at a rate per annum of, initially, an adjusted term SOFR
plus 10.00%, with 0.50% step-ups occurring on each successive three-month period thereafter until the Bridge
Conversion Date, but subject to a maximum all-in rate of, prior to January 20, 2023, 12.75% and, on and after
F-32
January 20, 2023, 13.00% (“Second Lien Bridge Total Cap”). After the Bridge Conversion Date, any outstanding
borrowings under the Second Lien Bridge Credit Facility bore interest at the Second Lien Bridge Total Cap.
xAI First Lien Credit Agreement
General. In June 2025, X.AI Corp. and X.AI LLC, indirect subsidiaries of the Company, entered into the First Lien
Credit Agreement to provide borrowings up to $2,000 million.  The Company executed a $1,000 million Fixed Rate
Term Loan maturing on June 30, 2030 (“xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan”); and a $1,000 million Floating Rate Term
Loan  maturing on June 30, 2030 (“xAI Floating Rate Term Loan”).
Interest Rates. The xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan has a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum and the xAI Floating
Rate Term Loan has a floating interest rate per annum of Term SOFR plus 7.25% or ABR plus 6.25%.  Interest on
the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan is payable bi-annually on January 31 and July 31, commencing on January 31, 2026.
Interest on the xAI Floating Rate Term loan is payable monthly, quarterly, or bi-annually at the option of the
Company.  The effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and xAI
Floating Rate Term Loan was 11.91% and 12.48%, respectively, as of December 31, 2025.
Principal Repayments. The xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and the xAI Floating Rate Term Loan have prepayment
penalties of 103% on the principal outstanding balance prior to June 30, 2027 and 101% on the principal outstanding
balance prior to June 30, 2028.
Guarantors. Obligations under the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and xAI Floating Rate Term Loan were guaranteed
each jointly and severally by X.AI Corp. and the following subsidiaries of X.AI Corp.: AIQ Phase LLC, CTC
Holding LLC, CTC, LLZ Build LLC, and MZX.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and xAI Floating
Rate Term Loan as of December 31, 2025.
xAI 12.5% Secured Senior Notes
General. In June 2025, X.AI LLC and, X.AI Co Issuer Corp, indirect subsidiaries of the Company, issued $3,000
million aggregate principal amount of 12.5% interest Senior Secured Notes due in 2030 (“xAI 12.5% Senior Secured
Notes”).  The Senior Secured Notes were issued at 100% of the principal amount and the entire principal amount
will be due on June 30, 2030.
Interest Rates. The xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes have a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum.  Interest is
payable bi-annually on January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2026.
Principal Repayments. The xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes have prepayment penalties of 106.25% on the principal
outstanding balance prior to July 15, 2027 and 103.13% on the principal outstanding balance prior to July 15, 2028.
Guarantors. Obligations under the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes were guaranteed each jointly and severally by
xAI and the following subsidiaries of xAI: AIQ Phase LLC, CTC Holding LLC, CTC, LLZ Build LLC, and MZX.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants of the 12.5% Senior Secured Notes as of
December 31, 2025.
xAI Revolving Line of Credit
General. In April 2024 and amended in May 2024, a subsidiary of xAI, an indirect subsidiary of the Company,
entered into a revolving line of credit for an aggregate face amount up to $150 million.  The Company had no
F-33
borrowings under the line of credit during 2025.  Letters of credit issued under the revolving line of credit were $145
million as of December 31, 2025.
Interest Rates. Interest on any borrowings is calculated based on the 30-day average SOFR plus the International
Swaps and Derivatives Association spread adjustment plus a spread of 40 basis points.
Guarantors and Collateral. The agreement permits borrowings up to the value of the pledged collateral held in
custody, less any outstanding loan balances, accrued interest, and fees. The pledged collateral consisted of securities
held in xAI’s custodial account.
Other Financings
The Company has entered into various other financing arrangements, generally collateralized by specific machinery
and equipment. These arrangements have an average fixed interest rate of 5.5% and 5.3% per annum as of
December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, with principal and interest payments due monthly, and in certain
instances, a lump sum payment at the end of term.
In addition, in November 2025, CTC completed a sale-leaseback transaction for its AI infrastructure assets which
would have been deemed finance leases resulting in failed sale-leaseback transactions. X.AI Corp. guarantees certain
of CTC’s obligations under the lease agreement. As a result, the Company recorded the related debt of $455 million
and $4,052 million within Debt and finance leases, current and Debt and finance leases, net of current, respectively,
in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18, Related Party Transactions for additional details.
The future scheduled principal maturities of debt as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:
2026 ......................................................................................................................................................
$560
2027 ......................................................................................................................................................
858
2028 ......................................................................................................................................................
1,063
2029 ......................................................................................................................................................
13,539
2030 ......................................................................................................................................................
6,029
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................
—
$22,049
The Company recognized interest expense for debt prior to capitalization of interest of $1,797 million, $1,580
million and $1,693 million, in the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
The Company measures the fair value of its long-term fixed-rate debt for disclosure purposes. The fair value
estimates for these debts were determined based on a discounted cash flow approach using yields calibrated from
recent issuances of the securities, resulting in Level II measurement.
The carrying amounts and fair values of the long-term fixed-rate debt included in the consolidated balance sheets are
as follows:
As of December 31, 2025
Carrying
Amount
Fair Value
X B-3 Term Loan ......................................................................................................
$5,912
$6,190
xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan ........................................................................................
$991
$1,057
xAI 12.5% Secured Senior Notes ..............................................................................
$2,988
$3,173
F-34
Note 11 - Leases
The balances of the Company’s operating and finance leases, included in Other assets, Accrued expenses and other
current liabilities, and Other liabilities for operating leases, and Finance lease right-of-use assets, Debt and finance
leases, current, and Debt and finance leases, net of current for finance leases, in the consolidated balance sheets, are
as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
Operating leases:
Operating lease right-of-use assets .......................................................................
$1,338
$1,367
Operating lease liabilities, current ........................................................................
422
382
Operating lease liabilities, net of current ..............................................................
1,136
1,259
Total operating lease liabilities ...................................................................
$1,558
$1,641
Finance leases:
Finance lease right-of-use assets ...........................................................................
$1,260
$1,686
Finance lease liabilities, current ............................................................................
369
295
Finance lease liabilities, net of current .................................................................
868
1,236
Total finance lease liabilities ........................................................................
$1,237
$1,531
The components of lease expense are as follows within the consolidated statements of operations:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Operating lease expense:
Operating lease expense ............................................................
$475
$311
$295
Short-term lease cost .................................................................
267
101
25
Variable lease cost .....................................................................
106
83
75
Total operating lease expense ...............................................
848
495
395
Finance lease expense:
Amortization of leased assets ....................................................
330
—
—
Interest on lease liabilities .........................................................
317
—
—
Total finance lease expense ..................................................
647
—
—
Total lease expense ......................................................................
$1,495
$495
$395
F-35
Other information related to leases is as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years):
Operating leases .........................................................................................................
5.9
5.2
Finance leases ............................................................................................................
3.0
4.0
Weighted-average discount rate:
Operating leases .........................................................................................................
10.3%
10.9%
Finance leases ............................................................................................................
22.6%
22.6%
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $30 million
and $106 million, respectively, for operating lease right-of-use assets as part of its facilities consolidation
restructuring efforts in Restructuring charges in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no impairment
related to leases during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Supplemental cash flow and other information related to the Company’s leases are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease
liabilities:
Operating cash outflows from operating leases .........................
$533
$372
$303
Operating cash outflows from finance leases ............................
$317
$—
$—
Financing cash outflows from finance leases ............................
$295
$154
$—
Leased assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities .
$288
$564
$168
Leased assets obtained in exchange for finance lease liabilities ....
$—
$1,686
$—
The above tables exclude operating lease agreements that have been signed as of December 31, 2025, but not yet
commenced for the aggregate lease payments of $1,627 million and an average lease term of 7.2 years, including the
operating lease arrangement with Stateline. Refer to Note 9, Investments in unconsolidated affiliates for additional
details.
The maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities as of  December 31, 2025 are as follows:
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2026 ...........................................................................................................................
$682
$611
2027 ...........................................................................................................................
593
611
2028 ...........................................................................................................................
531
459
2029 ...........................................................................................................................
492
—
2030 ...........................................................................................................................
446
—
Thereafter ...................................................................................................................
995
—
Total undiscounted liabilities .....................................................................................
3,739
1,681
Less: Leases not yet commenced ...............................................................................
(1,627)
—
Less: Imputed interest ................................................................................................
(554)
(444)
Total lease liabilities ...............................................................................................
$1,558
$1,237
F-36
Note 12 - Balance Sheet Components
Certain financial statement details are as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Tax related assets .......................................................................................................
$618
$160
Rebates and credits ....................................................................................................
597
—
Unbilled receivables ..................................................................................................
223
314
Restricted cash and deposits ......................................................................................
182
23
Other ..........................................................................................................................
590
371
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................................
$2,210
$868
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Tax related liabilities .................................................................................................
$563
$112
Operating lease liabilities, current .............................................................................
422
382
Accrued interest .........................................................................................................
416
118
Restructuring liabilities ..............................................................................................
339
149
Payroll & employee benefit accruals .........................................................................
322
366
Other current liabilities ..............................................................................................
507
381
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...............................................
$2,569
$1,508
Note 13 - Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity
SpaceX Preferred and Common Stock
On February 14, 2024, the holders of outstanding stock of the Company approved and adopted a Plan of Conversion,
pursuant to which the Company converted from a Delaware corporation into a corporation organized under the laws
of the State of Texas.
In connection with the Plan of Conversion, the Company updated its authorized capitalization to issue five classes of
stock - four classes to be designated Class A common stock (“Class A”), Class B common stock (“Class B”),
Class C common stock (“Class C”), Class D common stock (“Class D”) (collectively the “SpaceX Common Stock”),
and one class of stock to be designated preferred stock and subdivided into several series of redeemable convertible
preferred stock (collectively the “SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock”). All references to “Class” refer
to that particular class of SpaceX Common Stock and all references to “Series” refer to that particular series of
SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
As of December 31, 2025, the total number of shares of SpaceX Common Stock the Company is authorized to issue
is 53,855 million shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, except for Class D, which has a par value of
$0.0001 per share. 36,130 million shares are Class A, 5,325 million shares are Class B, 10,000 million shares are
Class C, and 2,400 million shares are Class D. The total number of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
that the Company is authorized to issue is 2,607 million shares, of which 2,400 million shares are undesignated.
With the exception of the expanded conversion rights described below, there were no changes to the dividend
provisions, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, redemption rights or the voting rights of the SpaceX
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and SpaceX Common Stock during the years ended December 31, 2025,
2024, and 2023.
In 2022, the Board approved a stock split (the “2022 Stock Split”), pursuant to which each share of the SpaceX
Common Stock issued and outstanding was split into ten shares of SpaceX Common Stock. In May 2026, the Board
F-37
approved the 2026 Stock Split, pursuant to which each share of the Class A, Class B, and Class C SpaceX Common
Stock issued and outstanding was split into five shares of SpaceX Common Stock.
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock
On March 28, 2025, xAI adopted an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which established its capital
structure and designated multiple classes of common stock and several series of redeemable convertible preferred
stock. The Articles were subsequently amended and restated through January 30, 2026 (collectively, the “xAI
Articles of Incorporation”) to add and authorize additional series of redeemable convertible preferred stock with no
economic changes to any previously existing series.
Pursuant to the xAI Articles of Incorporation, xAI’s authorized capitalization prior to the xAI Merger consisted of
three classes of common, stock, which are designated Class A common stock (“xAI Class A”), Class B common
stock (“xAI Class B”), Limited Voting common stock (“xAI Limited Voting”), (collectively the “xAI Common
Stock”) and several series of redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively the “xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock”). All references to “xAI Class” refer to that particular class of xAI Common Stock and all
references to “xAI Series” refer to that particular series of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
As of December 31, 2025, the total number of xAI Common Stock that xAI authorized to issue is 7,884 million
shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, 5,874 million shares are xAI Class A, 2,000 million shares are xAI
Class B, and 10 million shares are xAI Limited Voting. The total number of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock that the Company is authorized to issue is 3,302 million shares.
Effect of the xAI Merger
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Upon the effective date of the xAI Merger, all outstanding shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
converted into shares of SpaceX Common Stock, based on the share-for-share exchange mechanics specified in the
Merger Agreement. Each share of xAI Series A‑1, B, C, D, and E redeemable convertible preferred stock (classified
as “xAI Low Vote Stock”) was converted into 0.1433 shares of SpaceX Class A Common Stock per preferred share
(on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), rounded up to the nearest whole number for fractional shares. Each share of xAI
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (classified as “xAI High Vote Stock”) was converted into 0.1433
shares of SpaceX Class B Common Stock per preferred share (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), rounded up to the
nearest whole number for fractional shares. For xAI Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, all holders
that are an eligible service provider may instead elect to receive cash of $75.46 per share (on a pre-2026 Stock Split
basis) of xAI Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Upon conversion, all shares of xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock were canceled and retired, and former xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
shareholders received the applicable shares of SpaceX Common Stock. Any shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock previously held by the Company were canceled and retired and did not receive any consideration.
Although xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock converted into SpaceX Common Stock upon the xAI Merger
closing, the xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock balances are presented as Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Because the xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock was legally outstanding during all historical periods prior to the xAI Merger and
represented a separate equity class of a legally distinct predecessor entity, the conversion of xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock into SpaceX Common Stock is recognized only in the period in which the exchange
actually occurs, and not retrospectively. Accordingly, the historical consolidated balance sheets and consolidated
statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity reflect the xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock as outstanding xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock consistent with its legal
form and rights during those periods and are not recast on an as-converted basis. The impact of the conversion will
be presented prospectively in the period of the merger (Q1 2026).
F-38
xAI Warrants
xAI also issued warrants to customer that were outstanding as of the effective date of the xAI Merger, which had a
ten-year term originally set to expire in 2035, with an exercise price equal to the par value of the stock, and vesting
terms that resulted in the warrants vesting proportionally to the payments received under the related agreement. The
closing of the xAI Merger triggered an acceleration clause in which all outstanding xAI warrants, both vested and
unvested components, were automatically exercised on a cashless basis exercised and converted into fully vested
SpaceX Class A Common Stock at the exchange ratio of 0.1433 (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis).
xAI and X Common Stock
Upon the effective date of the xAI Merger, every outstanding share of xAI Common Stock, whether Class A, Class
B, or Limited Voting, converted into the right to receive SpaceX Common Stock at a fixed exchange ratio of 0.1433
SpaceX shares per share of xAI Common Stock (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), unless the holder was an eligible
service provider and elected to receive cash of $75.46 per share of xAI Class A or Class B. No fractional SpaceX
shares were issued and all share amounts were rounded up to the nearest whole number. Any shares of xAI Common
Stock previously held by the Company were canceled and retired and did not receive any consideration. 
Effect of the X Merger
Upon the effective date of the X Merger, each class of common stock of X Holdings Corp. (“X Common Stock”)
was converted to 2.776 shares of xAI Common Stock of the same class (rounded down to the nearest whole share),
each class of common stock of X.AI Corp. (“xAI Corp. Common Stock”) was converted to 1.000 share of xAI
Common Stock of the same class, and each series of X.AI Corp. preferred stock (“xAI Corp. Preferred Stock”)
(other than shares held by X or any of its subsidiaries) was converted to 1.000 share of xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock of the same series.
As a result of the Mergers, all of X, X.AI Corp. and xAI Common Stock are being presented in the historical
financial statements as if they had been converted into SpaceX Common Stock at the applicable exchange rate for all
periods presented. As such, all shares of historical X, X.AI Corp. and xAI Common Stock are included in the share
counts for SpaceX Common Stock below. X.AI Corp. and xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are being
presented in the consolidated financial statements at historical values with an adjustment to the conversion rate at the
applicable exchange ratio per the xAI Merger.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Information for each series of SpaceX and xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the
“Combined Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock”) at December 31 is as follows:
Dividend Per
Share
Initial Price
Per Share
Authorized
Shares
Outstanding (1)
Liquidation
Preference
Net Carrying
Value
2025
2025
2025
2025
2024
2025
2025
SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
Series A ................................
$0.05
$1.00
61.0
60.4
60.5
$60
$59
Series A-1 .............................
$0.05
$1.00
61.0
0.2
0.2
—
—
Series B .................................
$0.10
$2.00
5.5
5.1
5.1
10
10
Series B-1 .............................
$0.10
$2.00
5.5
0.1
0.1
—
—
Series C .................................
$0.15
$3.00
10.5
9.7
9.7
29
23
Series D ................................
$0.19
$3.88
7.5
5.2
5.2
40
20
Series E .................................
$0.23
$4.50
10.5
10.2
10.2
46
647
Series F .................................
$0.38
$7.50
6.8
6.7
6.7
50
48
Series G ................................
$3.87
$77.46
13.0
12.6
12.8
978
978
Series H ................................
$6.75
$135.00
3.4
3.2
3.3
429
429
Series I ..................................
$8.45
$169.00
3.0
3.0
3.0
499
499
Series J ..................................
$9.30
$186.00
2.7
2.5
2.6
457
457
F-39
Dividend Per
Share
Initial Price
Per Share
Authorized
Shares
Outstanding (1)
Liquidation
Preference
Net Carrying
Value
2025
2025
2025
2025
2024
2025
2025
Series K ................................
$10.20
$204.00
2.7
2.5
2.5
518
518
Series L .................................
$10.70
$214.00
1.5
1.4
1.4
295
295
Series M ................................
$11.00
$220.00
2.7
2.7
2.7
596
596
Series N ................................
$13.50
$270.00
9.5
9.3
9.4
2,520
2,520
Total SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ...............................
206.8
134.8
135.4
$6,527
$7,099
xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
Series A ................................
$0.05
$1.00
1,000.0
750.0
750.0
$750
$753
Series A-1 .............................
$0.05
$1.00
1,000.0
—
—
—
—
Series B .................................
$0.60
$11.97
584.9
584.9
584.9
7,001
7,001
Series C .................................
$1.08
$21.65
277.1
277.1
277.1
6,000
6,000
Series D ................................
$1.83
$36.56
174.8
120.1
—
4,390
4,388
Series E .................................
$3.77
$75.46
265.0
179.2
—
13,523
13,510
Total xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ...............................
3,301.8
1,911.3
1,612.0
$31,664
$31,652
Total Combined
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ...............................
3,508.6
2,046.1
1,747.4
$38,191
$38,751
______________
(1)The number of issued redeemable convertible preferred stock is equal to the number of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock,
with the exception of xAI Series A and xAI Series D, of which the number of issued shares is 1,000.0 million and 175.0 million,
respectively, due to redeemable convertible preferred stock held by X and SpaceX, respectively.
The following describes the various rights and preferences of the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
Dividend Provisions
On a per annum basis, holders of shares of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive
dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend to common shareholders at a rate
described in the table above for each outstanding share of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Any
such dividends are declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are not cumulative. For the period from
inception through December 31, 2025, no dividends on SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have been
declared. The SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock do not participate in distributions beyond their
preferred dividend as described above.
Liquidation Preference
The series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock listed in the table above were issued by the Company
chronologically and in alphabetical order, with Series A issued first and Series N issued most recently. Each series
of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is senior in rank to all earlier issued series and junior in rank to
all later issued series, except that: (i) Series A, A-1, B, B-1, and C SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
are all on parity with each other and junior in rank to all subsequently issued series of SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock; and (ii) series E, F, and G SpaceX redeemable convertible preferred stock are all on
parity with each other, are senior in rank to all earlier issued series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock, and junior in rank to all subsequently issued series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of a given series of SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of SpaceX Common
Stock and any junior-ranking SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, the liquidation preference indicated
in the table above for such series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, plus any declared but unpaid
dividends. Holders of all series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive the
F-40
greater of the liquidation preference per share indicated above, or the amount each series would be entitled to receive
if all such outstanding SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock were converted to Class A or Class B
SpaceX Common Stock, as applicable, immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
Company. Upon completion of the distributions described above, if any assets remain in the Company, the then
remaining assets will be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of SpaceX Common Stock.
Conversion Rights
Each share of Series A and Series B SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of
the holder at any time after the date of issuance of such share into shares of Class A, Class B, or Class C SpaceX
Common Stock and each share of all other series of preferred stock are convertible at the option of the holder at any
time after the date of issuance of such share into shares of Class A or Class C SpaceX Common Stock. The number
of shares of SpaceX Common Stock to which a holder of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is
entitled shall be at a conversion rate determined by dividing the initial price by the conversion price. Each share of
SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into fifty shares of SpaceX Common Stock
following the 2026 Stock Split. The conversion price is subject to adjustment set forth in the charter for certain
dilutive issuances, splits and combinations. Prior to Company’s conversion to a Texas entity, holders of Series A and
Series B SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock were only permitted to convert to Class B SpaceX
Common Stock, and holders of other series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock were only permitted
to convert to Class A SpaceX Common Stock.
The SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock automatically converts upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s
sale of its common stock in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, in
which the pre-public offering market capitalization of the Company is at least $6.0 billion and which results in
aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $250 million (“Qualified IPO”) or (ii) the date specified by
written consent or agreement of the applicable holders of shares of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
(with respect to each applicable series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock), voting in accordance
with the charter.
In the event of a transfer of a share of Series A or Series B (other than a Permitted Transfer as defined in the
charter), such share shall automatically be cancelled and converted into a corresponding share of Series A-1 or
Series B-1.
Voting Rights
Holders of each share of Series A and Series B have the right to ten votes for each share of Class B into which such
share is convertible. Holders of each share of all other series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
have the right to one vote for each share of Class A into which such share is convertible. Such holders will have full
voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of SpaceX Common Stock, except as
required by law.
Classification
The liquidation preference provisions of the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are considered
contingent redemption provisions as deemed liquidation events such as a change of control are not solely within the
control of the Company. Accordingly, SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are presented outside of
permanent equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as Redeemable convertible preferred stock. SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock has not been remeasured to their redemption amount as they are not
currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable.
The following describes the various rights and preferences of the xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
Dividend Provisions
On a per annum basis, holders of shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive
dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend to common shareholders at a rate
F-41
described in the table above for each outstanding share of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Any such
dividends declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are not cumulative. After payment of any such
preferred dividends, holders of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in any
additional dividends or distributions on an as‑converted basis with holders of xAI Common Stock. For the period
from inception through December 31, 2025, no dividends were declared on xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock.
Liquidation Preference
The series of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock listed in the table above were issued by xAI
chronologically and in alphabetical order, with Series A issued first and Series E issued most recently. Each of
Series A, Series A‑1, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock has a
liquidation preference equal to the greater of (i) the applicable original issue price plus any declared but unpaid
dividends or (ii) the amount the holder would receive if the xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock were
converted to xAI Common Stock immediately prior to such event. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, winding
up, or deemed liquidation event, holders of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock would receive their
liquidation preference prior to holders of xAI Common Stock. After payment of all liquidation amounts owed to xAI
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, remaining assets or consideration not payable to holders of xAI
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (as applicable), if any, would be distributed to holders of xAI Common
Stock on a pro rata basis.
Conversion Rights
Each share of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder into xAI
Common Stock at any time after the date of issuance. The number of shares of xAI Common Stock issuable upon
conversion is determined by dividing the initial price of the applicable series by its conversion price, with the
conversion price subject to adjustment for customary anti‑dilution events, including stock splits, combinations, and
certain dilutive issuances as presented in the table above. Each share of xAI Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock is convertible into xAI Class B Common Stock or Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock, while each remaining series of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into xAI Class A
Common Stock.
The xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock would automatically convert into xAI Common Stock upon the
earlier of (i) the consummation of a qualified public offering that meets the criteria set forth in the Articles, or (ii)
the written consent of the requisite percentage of voting power of the outstanding shares of xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock.
Voting Rights
Holders of each share of xAI Series A have the right to ten votes for each share of Series A held by such holder.
Holders of each share of all other series of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have the right to one vote
for each share of xAI Class A into which such share is convertible. Such holders have full voting rights and powers
equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of xAI Common Stock (other than xAI Limited Voting).
Classification
The liquidation preference provisions of the xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are considered contingent
redemption provisions as deemed liquidation events such as a change of control are not solely within the control of
xAI. Accordingly, xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are presented outside of permanent equity on the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets as Redeemable convertible preferred stock. xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock has not been remeasured to their redemption amount as they are not currently redeemable or
probable of becoming redeemable.
F-42
Common Stock
The following describes all of the activity that occurred within each class of SpaceX Common Stock during the
years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, incorporating all activity that occurred within the class of xAI Common
Stock on an as-converted basis to the class of SpaceX Common Stock it was converted into per the xAI Merger and
X Merger.
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balance at December 31, 2022 .........
1,778
$2
647
$1
317
$0
—
$—
Common stock issued, net of tax
withholding ...............................
6
0
188
0
55
0
—
—
Conversion between classes of
common stock ...........................
32
0
(32)
0
—
—
—
—
Repurchase of common stock .....
(6)
0
0
0
(5)
0
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2023 .........
1,810
2
803
1
367
0
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax
withholding ...............................
8
0
9
0
58
0
—
—
Repurchase of common stock .....
(35)
0
(8)
0
(3)
0
—
—
Conversion of redeemable
convertible preferred stock to
common stock ...........................
13
0
—
—
1
—
—
—
Conversion between classes of
common stock ...........................
36
0
(36)
0
—
—
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2024 .........
1,832
2
768
1
423
0
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax
withholding ...............................
33
1
4
0
60
0
—
—
Repurchase of common stock .....
(31)
0
(38)
0
—
—
—
—
Conversion of redeemable
convertible preferred stock to
common stock ...........................
27
0
—
—
1
0
—
—
Conversion between classes of
common stock ...........................
91
0
(91)
0
—
—
—
—
Balance at December 31, 2025 .........
1,952
$3
643
$1
484
$0
—
$—
The following describes the various rights and preferences of the SpaceX Common Stock:
Dividend Provisions
Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to
dividends, holders of SpaceX Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors, out of any funds legally available, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors. For the period from inception through December 31, 2025, no dividends were declared on SpaceX
Common Stock.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, upon the completion of the distributions
required with respect to the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, if assets remain in the Company, the
then remaining assets will be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of SpaceX Common
Stock. 
F-43
Conversion Rights
Each share of Class B is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time, into one share of Class A. Each share of
Class B will automatically convert into one share of Class A upon a transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer (as
defined in the charter), of such share of Class B.
Voting Rights
Each holder of Class A is entitled to one vote for each share held. Each holder of Class B is entitled to ten votes for
each share held. The holders of Class C have no voting rights, except as required by law. Voting rights with respect
to Class D will be established when and if any shares of Class D are issued by the Board of Directors.
Reserve for Unissued Shares of Common Stock
The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of SpaceX Common
Stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock and Class B, as applicable, plus shares granted and available for grant under the
Company’s share plans.
The amount of such shares of the SpaceX Common Stock reserved for these purposes at December 31, 2025 is as
follows:
Number of Shares
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued
(low-vote) ........................................................
4,291
—
3,459
—
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued
(high-vote) .......................................................
3,275
3,812
3,275
—
Outstanding Class B ............................................
644
—
—
—
Outstanding stock options ...................................
10
468
474
—
Outstanding RSUs ...............................................
47
43
62
—
Future grants under share-based compensation ..
161
—
383
—
8,428
4,323
7,653
—
Share Repurchases
SpaceX Share Repurchases
During the year ended December 31, 2025, SpaceX repurchased $522 million or 14.0 million shares of SpaceX
Common Stock from eligible current and former employees. Similarly, the Company repurchased $920 million or
38.7 million shares of SpaceX Common Stock from eligible current and former employees and existing shareholders
during the year ended December 31, 2024, as well as $101 million or 0.1 million shares of SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock in a number of unrelated transactions with existing shareholders at their then-current
fair market value. The Company only repurchased shares held by eligible participants for more than six months at a
purchase price per share equal to the then current fair market value. 
All SpaceX shares repurchased to date have been retired.
xAI Share Repurchase
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company also purchased 11.8 million shares of xAI Common Stock
for $600 million from an existing shareholder of xAI. Following the xAI Merger, this transaction is considered as a
repurchase of xAI Common Stock in the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and
shareholders’ equity.
All xAI shares repurchased to date have been retired.
F-44
Note 14 - Earnings per Share
The following table presents the reconciliation of net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders to net
income (loss) used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of common stock:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Numerator:
Net income (loss) ..........................................................................
$(4,937)
$791
$(4,628)
Less: Deemed dividend(1) ..........................................................
—
80
—
Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to
participating securities ...........................................................
—
693
—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders - basic ....
(4,937)
18
(4,628)
Add: Effect of assumed conversion of SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock ...................................................
—
3
—
Add: Effect of assumed conversion of stock options ................
—
0
—
Add: Effect of assumed conversion of restricted stock units ....
—
0
—
Add: Effect of assumed issuance of shares under the ESPP .....
—
0
—
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders - diluted ..
$(4,937)
$21
$(4,628)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - basic ....
2,926
2,848
2,759
Weighted average shares of common stock equivalents:
Conversion of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock ......................................................................................
—
6,771
—
Exercise of stock options ...........................................................
—
292
—
Conversion of restricted stock units ..........................................
—
45
—
Conversion of ESPPs .................................................................
—
0
—
Weighted average common stock and common stock equivalent
outstanding - diluted ...................................................................
2,926
9,956
2,759
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders
Basic ..........................................................................................
$(1.69)
$0.01
$(1.68)
Diluted .......................................................................................
$(1.69)
$0.00
$(1.68)
__________________
(1)The excess of fair market value over the consideration transferred for the repurchase of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
was treated as a deemed dividend and resulted in a decrease to net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders in the calculation of
earnings (loss) per share.
F-45
The following potentially dilutive securities on an as-converted basis are excluded from the calculation of diluted net
income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders for the periods presented because the impact of
including them would be anti-dilutive (refer to Note 15, Share-based Compensation for additional details):
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ...............................
1,369
—
537
SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock .........................
6,733
—
6,780
Share-based compensation .............................................................
623
18
767
The table above excludes 14.5 million, 38.3 million, and 21.2 million share-based compensation awards outstanding
as of December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, as these awards are subject to performance and market
conditions that were not met as of those dates.
Note 15 - Share-based Compensation
X and xAI Mergers
As part of the xAI Merger, each xAI option for a share of xAI common stock outstanding and unexercised at the
time of the xAI Merger (vested and unvested) was converted into a SpaceX option to receive 0.1433 shares of
SpaceX Class A or Class B Common Stock (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as applicable, under the same terms
and conditions (including the vesting and exercisability conditions) as the original xAI stock options at an exercise
price equal to the original xAI option exercise price divided by 0.1433 (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis). Each xAI
RSU that was vested and outstanding was converted to the right to receive 0.1433 of a share of SpaceX Class A or
Class B Common Stock (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as applicable. Each xAI RSU that was unvested was
converted to 0.1433 of a SpaceX RSU (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis). Each xAI RSA was converted to 0.1433
shares of SpaceX RSA for SpaceX Class A or Class B Common Stock (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as
applicable, with the same terms and conditions (including the vesting terms). Holders of vested xAI options and
vested xAI RSUs also had the option to receive cash payment for $75.46 per share in lieu of conversion. Refer to
Note 13, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional details.
As part of the X Merger, each X RSU that was outstanding was converted to a xAI RSU to receive 2.776 shares of
xAI Common Stock. 
General
The Company grants RSUs, RSAs, and non-statutory options to eligible employees, key executives, and certain non-
employee service providers (collectively, the “Plans”).  The Company also has a number of performance-based
awards. RSUs entitle the grantee to receive shares of Class A or Class B Common Stock upon vesting, with vesting
generally occurring either (i) 25% after the first service year with quarterly vesting for the remaining four-year
service period,  (ii) 12.5% after the first six months of service with quarterly vesting for the remaining four-year
service period, or (iii) 20% after the first service year with semi-annual vesting for the remaining five-year service
period, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. RSAs entitle the grantee to receive shares of
Class A or Class B Common Stock with 25% after the first service year with monthly vesting for the remaining four-
year service period.  Options generally vest over (i) four years with 25% vesting after one year then one thirty-sixth
of the remainder vesting thereafter on a monthly basis or (ii) six years with 20% vesting after two years, and then
one forty-eighth of the remainder vesting thereafter on a monthly basis.  Options are exercisable up to ten years from
the date of grant. At December 31, 2025, 543.8 million shares remained available for future grant under the Plans.
The Company offers an ESPP, under which eligible employees can purchase the Company’s Common Stock at a
discounted price. The Company also offers a Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“NQ ESPP”), under
which employees can purchase the Company’s Common Stock at the fair market value. At December 31, 2025, 27.0
million and 4.8 million shares remained available for future grant under the ESPP and NQ ESPP plans, respectively.
F-46
Summary Activity under the Plans
Below table summarizes activities related to the Company’s Plans, presented on an as-converted basis per the xAI
Merger. For the purposes of the table below, each xAI option, RSU and RSA is presented as 0.1433 SpaceX option,
RSU and RSA, respectively. 
Stock Options
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Balance at December 31, 2024 ........................
530
$8.86
6.5
$14,342
Granted ................................................................
20
$37.27
Exercised .............................................................
(34)
$5.80
Cancelled .............................................................
(20)
$9.81
Outstanding at December 31, 2025 .................
496
$10.18
5.7
$37,171
Vested and expected to vest at December 31,
2025 ..................................................................
496
$10.18
5.7
$37,171
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2025 ..
398
$8.31
5.2
$30,346
RSUs
RSAs
Number of
Restricted Stock
Units
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
Number of
Restricted Stock
Awards
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
Balance at December 31, 2024 ........................
110
$12.57
109
$0.00
Granted ................................................................
74
$54.84
0
$93.87
Exercised .............................................................
(51)
$25.53
(34)
$0.42
Cancelled .............................................................
(24)
$33.44
(42)
$0.00
Balance at December 31, 2025 ........................
109
$40.49
34
$0.11
The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2025,
2024, and 2023 was $21.29, $5.02, and $7.60 respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the
years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $1,249 million, $392 million and $261 million, respectively.
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted during the years ended December 31, 2025,
2024, and 2023 was $54.84, $17.68, and $15.60, respectively. The total fair market value of RSUs released for the
years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $2,151 million, $871 million and $729 million, respectively. 
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSAs granted during the years ended December 31, 2025,
2024, and 2023 was $93.87, $—, and $0.00, respectively. There were no RSAs released during the years ended
December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the total fair value of the RSAs released during the year ended December 31,
2023 was $38 million. 
At December 31, 2025, total remaining share-based compensation expense for unvested stock options, RSUs, and
RSAs was $4,842 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.
ESPP
During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, under the ESPP, the Company issued 6.3 million, 8.0
million and 6.5 million shares, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company issued 0.2 million
shares under the NQ ESPP. No shares were issued under NQ ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2024 and
2023.
F-47
CEO Award
In November 2025, the Company granted a performance-based award (“xAI Award”) to Elon Musk consisting of
twelve tranches. Each tranche represents the right to receive a number of shares at fair market value equal to 1.0% of
xAI’s valuation at the valuation milestone. The xAI Award is subject to market conditions based on valuation
milestones, ranging from $213 billion to $1,313 billion, performance condition requiring the Company to receive not
less than $2,000 million in proceeds from investors through capital raises on the milestone date, and a service
condition requiring Mr. Musk’s continued service over the ten-year performance period.
The grant date fair value of the award was determined to be $2,205 million and the Company recorded $28 million
of share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2025.  In March 2026, the Company
terminated the xAI Award, refer to Note 21, Subsequent Events for further discussion.
Performance-based awards
In March 2023, X issued performance-based RSU awards to all X employees that also included service conditions. 
The performance conditions would only be satisfied upon a change in control or completion of an initial public
offering (deemed a liquidity event). For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, no share-based compensation
expense was recorded as it was not probable the performance-based vesting condition would be met.  In 2025, these
awards were modified to remove the performance-based condition, resulting in additional share-based compensation
expense of $588 million. 
Fair Value Determination
The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of the Company’s employee
stock option grants are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Expected term (years) .....................................................................
6.94
6.80
6.70
Volatility .........................................................................................
43.14%
39.80%
43.20%
Risk-free interest rate .....................................................................
4.02%
4.30%
3.60%
Dividend yield ................................................................................
—%
—%
—%
The expected term of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are
expected to remain outstanding. The Company determined the expected term of options granted using the simplified
method. Under the simplified method, the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the
vesting period and the contractual life of the award.
The Company determined the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of
comparable public companies’ common stock for a period equal to the expected term of the options. 
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates on U.S. Government securities for a
period consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options.
The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The
Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
F-48
The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant date fair value of the CEO’s xAI Award are
as follows:
Expected term (years) ...........................................................................................................................
10.0
Volatility ...............................................................................................................................................
45% – 55%
Risk-free interest rate ............................................................................................................................
4.06
Dividend yield .......................................................................................................................................
0.00
The expected term is the period from the grant date to the end of the performance period. The Company determined
the expected volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies’
common stock for a period equal to the expected term. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates on U.S. Government securities for a period consistent with the expected term. The dividend yield
assumption is based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The Company has never
declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future.
Summary of Share-Based Compensation Information
The following table summarizes our share-based compensation expense by line item in the consolidated statements
of operations:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Cost of revenue ...............................................................................
$253
$193
$167
Research and development .............................................................
859
230
179
Selling, general, and administrative ...............................................
835
360
333
Total .........................................................................................
$1,947
$784
$679
During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, share-based compensation expense capitalized to the
consolidated balance sheets was $154 million, $132 million, and $108 million, respectively. No income tax benefit
was recognized from share-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
due to the valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets. Refer to Note 16, Income Taxes for additional details.
Note 16 - Income Taxes
The U.S. and foreign components of consolidated income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December
31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Domestic .........................................................................................
$(3,959)
$73
$(3,598)
Foreign ...........................................................................................
(260)
169
(1,393)
Income (loss) before income taxes ..............................................
$(4,219)
$242
$(4,991)
F-49
The current and deferred provisions (benefits) for federal, state, and foreign income taxes consist of the following:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Current:
Federal .......................................................................................
$(11)
$57
$11
State ...........................................................................................
18
18
24
Foreign .......................................................................................
82
51
15
Total current provision ...............................................................
89
126
50
Deferred:
Federal .......................................................................................
659
(667)
(305)
State ...........................................................................................
4
2
(70)
Foreign .......................................................................................
(34)
(10)
(38)
Total deferred provision .............................................................
629
(675)
(413)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes .......................
$718
$(549)
$(363)
Upon adoption of ASU 2023-09, as described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the
reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate .......................................................................
$(886)
21.0%
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect(1) ...............................
(105)
2.5%
Foreign tax effects .....................................................................................................
Ireland ...................................................................................................................
81
(1.9)%
Other .....................................................................................................................
22
(0.5)%
Effect of cross-border tax laws ..................................................................................
(1)
—%
Tax credits
Research and development tax credits ..................................................................
(602)
14.3%
Foreign tax credits ................................................................................................
(27)
0.6%
Other .....................................................................................................................
(11)
0.3%
Change in valuation allowance ..................................................................................
2,194
(51.6)%
Nontaxable or nondeductible items
Share-based compensation ....................................................................................
(274)
6.5%
Other .....................................................................................................................
45
(1.1)%
Change in unrecognized tax benefits .........................................................................
297
(7.0)%
Other adjustments ......................................................................................................
(15)
(0.1)%
Effective tax rate .....................................................................................................
$718
(17.0)%
__________________
(1)State taxes in California made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
F-50
The following table is a reconciliation of taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s benefit
from income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 in accordance with the guidance prior to the
Company’s adoption of ASU 2023-09:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
Federal statutory income tax rate ...............................................................................
$51
$(1,048)
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect ..................................
(213)
(276)
Share-based compensation ........................................................................................
(90)
(73)
Foreign tax effects .....................................................................................................
(3)
84
Research and development tax credits .......................................................................
(689)
(489)
Change in valuation allowance ..................................................................................
137
1,209
Change in unrecognized tax benefits .........................................................................
299
206
Other adjustments ......................................................................................................
(41)
24
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes ............................................................
$(549)
$(363)
Upon adoption of ASU 2023-09, cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds, during the year ended December 31,
2025 is as follows:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
Federal ...................................................................................................................................................
$70
State and Local ......................................................................................................................................
17
Foreign
Ireland ..............................................................................................................................................
20
Mexico .............................................................................................................................................
9
Other .................................................................................................................................................
38
Total cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds .............................................................................
$154
F-51
The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards .............................................................................
$2,275
$572
  Research and development and other credits ...........................................................
3,627
2,988
  Intangible assets .......................................................................................................
812
568
  Operating lease liability ...........................................................................................
1,613
313
  Capitalized research and development costs ...........................................................
4,077
3,215
  Share-based compensation ......................................................................................
366
254
  Deferred revenue .....................................................................................................
757
664
  Disallowed interest expense ....................................................................................
762
785
  Other ........................................................................................................................
233
206
  Total deferred tax assets ..........................................................................................
14,522
9,565
  Valuation allowance ................................................................................................
(8,286)
(5,621)
  Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance .......................................................
6,236
3,944
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Fixed assets ..............................................................................................................
(5,209)
(2,372)
  Operating lease right-of-use asset ............................................................................
(627)
(632)
  Unrealized gains/losses ............................................................................................
(248)
(244)
  Other ........................................................................................................................
(39)
(32)
  Total deferred tax liabilities .....................................................................................
(6,123)
(3,280)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance .................................................
$113
$664
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considered whether it is more likely than not that
some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realizable based on the relevant weight of all positive and negative
evidence, including the retrospective combination of the financial results of the entities due to the Mergers described
in Note 1, Nature of Business. As a result of the Mergers, management assessed the realizability of the deferred tax
assets of the combined group and concluded that the majority of the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets are not
more likely than not to be realized based on cumulative pretax losses adjusted for permanent differences and other
negative evidence. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net U.S. deferred
tax assets as of December 31, 2025 with the exception of certain state deferred tax assets and transferrable
investment tax credits that are expected to be realizable. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of its
deferred tax assets in future periods and will adjust the valuation allowance as necessary based on changes in facts
and circumstances.
In addition, the Company continues to record a valuation allowance in certain foreign jurisdictions where the
Company has concluded it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
A reconciliation of the valuation allowance is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Beginning balance ..........................................................................
$5,621
$5,582
$4,347
Charged to income tax expense ......................................................
2,551
204
1,210
Charged to other comprehensive income .......................................
114
(55)
25
Cumulative effect adjustment .........................................................
—
(110)
—
Ending balance ............................................................................
$8,286
$5,621
$5,582
F-52
The valuation allowance on the Company’s net deferred tax assets increased by $2,665 million, $39 million and
$1,235 million during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The changes in valuation
allowance are primarily driven by the generation of net operating loss carry-forwards (“NOLs”) and tax credits,
which are not more likely than not to be realizable. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company released a
partial valuation allowance on SpaceX’s U.S. deferred tax assets for the retrospectively combined comparative
results. Based on available projections as of December 31, 2024, management forecasted $659 million of deferred
tax assets related to U.S. R&D credits would be utilized in the following year on a separate company basis in 2025
before the Mergers occurred, and as such, no valuation allowance was recorded on those credits. 
At December 31, 2025, the Company had NOLs for federal and state income tax purposes of $9,728 million and
$5,234 million, which are available to offset taxable income in future periods. The federal NOLs generated through
December 31, 2017 expire at various dates beginning in 2034 and will continue to expire through 2037, while U.S.
federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in 2018 or later do not expire. The state NOLs  will expire at
various dates beginning in 2027.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had tax credits for federal and state income tax purposes of $3,586 million and
$2,104 million, respectively, which are available to offset future periods and begin to expire in 2036 for federal
income tax purposes. Of the $2,104 million in state tax credits, $161 million will begin to expire in 2026 and the
remaining credits do not expire.
Additionally, the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes are subject to various
limitations and restrictions, including those arising from ownership changes under applicable tax laws, which may
limit the Company’s ability to utilize such attributes in the future.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had foreign NOLs of $126 million, which will expire at various dates based on
the tax laws of the different jurisdictions we operate in.
In assessing whether uncertain tax positions should be recognized in the financial statements, the Company first
determines whether it is more likely than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including
resolution of any related appeals or litigation process, based on the technical merits of the position. In evaluating
whether a tax position has met the more likely than-not recognition threshold, the Company presumes that the
position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant
information. For tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold, the Company measures the
amount of benefit recognized in its financial statements at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50.0%
likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
The following table reflects changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Beginning balance ..........................................................................
$1,619
$1,320
$1,114
Gross increases - current year tax positions ...................................
282
302
233
Gross increases - prior year tax positions .......................................
16
—
—
Gross decreases - current year tax positions ..................................
—
—
—
Gross decreases - prior year tax positions ......................................
(1)
(3)
(27)
Gross decreases - settlements with tax authorities .........................
—
—
—
Gross decreases - lapse of statute of limitations .............................
—
—
—
Ending balance ............................................................................
$1,916
$1,619
$1,320
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $1,916
million, $1,619 million, and $1,320 million respectively. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and
penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits as part of the income tax provision. The amount of interest and
penalties recognized in the periods presented were insignificant. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company
has accrued $6 million and $5 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties on our unrecognized tax
F-53
benefits. As of December 31, 2025, unrecognized tax benefits of $11 million, if recognized, would affect our
effective tax rate.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. and all state and various foreign jurisdictions. To the extent the
Company has tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted
upon examination by the federal, state or foreign tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period. As of
December 31, 2025, the major jurisdictions in which the Company remains subject to examinations are U.S. federal
and California for tax years 2003 and forward. Based on all available information, the Company is not aware of any
new information that would require the remeasurement of its uncertain tax positions.
On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, Public Law No. 119-21 and formally titled “An Act to Provide for
Reconciliation Pursuant to Title II of H. Con. Res. 14” (“OBBBA”) was enacted in the United States. The OBBBA
includes a broad range of tax provisions, such as the permanent extension of certain provisions of the 2017 Act and
the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates,
with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The Company has evaluated the
provisions of the OBBBA and determined that the most significant impacts relate to the expensing of research and
experimental expenditures under IRC Section 174A and interest expense limitation under IRC Section 163(j). The
effects of applicable provisions of OBBBA have been reflected in the Company’s income tax provision.
Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies
Unconditional Obligations
The Company’s unconditional obligations are non-cancelable contractual commitments primarily relate to the
Company’s investments in AI infrastructure and third-party cloud capacity arrangements and other service
arrangements. It also includes the Company’s commitments under the Spectrum Transaction, which are payable in
cash and in the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Refer to Note 6, Intangible Assets and Goodwill for additional
details. The following table summarizes the Company’s non-cancelable contractual commitments as of
December 31, 2025:
2026 ......................................................................................................................................................
$2,720
2027 ......................................................................................................................................................
21,476
2028 ......................................................................................................................................................
1,250
2029 ......................................................................................................................................................
4
2030 ......................................................................................................................................................
1
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................
—
Total ....................................................................................................................................................
$25,451
Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds
The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $348 million at December 31, 2025 related to various customer
contracts, insurance agreements, and facility lease agreements. All of the outstanding letters of credit were
collateralized by restricted cash. The Company also had surety bonds of $51 million for self-insured workers’
compensation programs and other governmental licenses at December 31, 2025.
Legal Proceedings
In the normal course of its business, the Company is involved from time to time in various arbitrations, class actions,
commercial litigation, investigations and other legal, regulatory or governmental actions, including the significant
matters described below that could have a material impact on our results of operations. The Company assesses, in
conjunction with its legal counsel, the need to record a liability for litigation and contingencies. With respect to the
cases, actions, and inquiries described below, the Company evaluates the associated developments on a regular basis
and will accrue a liability when it believes a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. In
F-54
addition, the Company believes there is a reasonable possibility that it may incur a loss in some of these matters and
the loss may be material or exceed its estimated ranges of possible loss.
The outcomes of the matters described in this section, such as whether the likelihood of loss is remote, reasonably
possible, or probable, or if and when the reasonably possible range of loss is estimable, are inherently uncertain, and
unless specified otherwise, possible losses are not reasonably estimable at this time. If one or more of these matters
were resolved against the Company for amounts above management’s estimates, the Company’s financial condition
and results of operations, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable
and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.
In November 2022, the European Union’s Digital Services Act (“DSA”) came into force as a result of which X has
to comply with extensive content moderation and other duties. The Company published its first Transparency Report
under the DSA in November 2023. In December 2023, the European Commission (“EC”) opened a formal
investigation into X and its Irish subsidiary, Twitter International Unlimited Company (“TIUC”), which was later
renamed to X Internet Unlimited Company (XIUC). On July 12, 2024, in relation to alleged breaches of Articles
25(1), 39 and 40(12) of the DSA, the EC issued preliminary findings that X’s blue checkmark is deceptive, its
advertisement repository does not meet DSA requirements, and it grants inadequate access to data to third-party
researchers. On September 26, 2024, XIUC and X submitted their observations challenging the EC’s preliminary
findings.  On December 5, 2025, the EC delivered a final decision in which it upheld its preliminary findings and
imposed a fine of EUR 120 million on XIUC, X., x.AI, and Elon Musk (together, the “parties”).  On February 16,
2026, the parties challenged the EC’s decision in the General Court of the European Union. This challenge remains
pending.
In March 2016, non-practicing entity Youtoo Technologies filed suit against Twitter, Inc. in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Texas alleging its Vine and Periscope products infringe Youtoo’s video-
sharing patents (the ‘304, ‘506, and ‘997 patents). On Twitter’s motion, the district court dismissed the ‘304 and
’506 patents as invalid. Twitter filed petitions for Inter Partes Review before the Patent Trial and Appeals Board
(PTAB) challenging all three patents-in-suit. The PTAB upheld the ‘304 and ‘506 Patents and invalidated the ‘997
Patent; the Federal Circuit affirmed. On March 16, 2020, Plaintiff (now Vidstream LLC, which allegedly acquired
the patents from Youtoo Technologies in a bankruptcy proceeding), moved the Court to reconsider its earlier ruling
invalidating the ‘304 and ‘506 patents. On April 1, 2022, the Court reversed its original ruling on the ‘304 and ‘506
patents. On September 27, 2024, Vidstream filed a motion for partial summary judgment, which the Court granted in
part. The case went to a jury trial, and on April 16, 2025, the jury rendered a verdict finding (i) that Twitter did not
infringe any claim of the ‘506 patent and two out of three claims of the ‘304 patent and that each of those patent
claims was invalid, but (ii) that Twitter willfully infringed one claim of the ‘304 patent. The jury awarded Plaintiff
$105 million in damages. In November 2025, the district court affirmed the jury’s award and awarded an additional
$67 million in prejudgment interest. Twitter has appealed and Vidstream has cross-appealed. Both appeals remain
pending before the Federal Circuit.
In June 2023, music publishing companies that are members of the National Music Publishers’ Association (the
“NMPA”) filed a complaint against X in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, claiming
direct, contributory, and vicarious copyright infringement based on Twitter’s alleged failure to expeditiously take
down infringing music posted by users after the music publishers allegedly gave Twitter notice of those
infringements. The music publishers also allege that Twitter did not suspend the accounts of “repeat infringers,” so
that Twitter is not entitled to a “safe harbor” from liability under the DMCA. X filed a motion to dismiss the
complaint on August 14, 2023. On March 5, 2024, the Court dismissed plaintiffs’ direct infringement and vicarious
infringement claims, and part of plaintiffs’ claim for contributory infringement. X answered the complaint on April
9, 2024. Litigation was stayed from June 11, 2025 to September 9, 2025 for settlement discussions that were not
successful. Accordingly, discovery is ongoing.
In September 2023, Dutch foundation Stichting Data Bescherming Nederland (“SDBN”) filed a putative class action
lawsuit in the District Court of Amsterdam in the Netherlands against TIUC, Twitter, Inc., X Corp., and Twitter
Netherlands b.v. related to Twitter’s operation of the MoPub platform. SDBN primarily claims that MoPub’s real-
time bidding ad exchange violated the GDPR. SDBN claims to represent 11 million Dutch internet users who
downloaded and used third-party mobile apps containing the MoPub software development kit during the period
F-55
2013-2022 and it seeks a monetary award in the range of € 250 to € 2,500 per person.  On February 4, 2026, the
Court declined to allow the case to proceed as a class action and indicated that it is considering staying the
proceedings until the Court of Justice of the European Union has ruled in a separate case concerning the
applicability of Dutch class action requirements to GDPR claims. The Twitter parties filed a brief in support of the
proposed stay, which the plaintiffs opposed, on March 4, 2026.
In August 2024, Dutch foundation Stichting Onderzoek Marktinformatie (SOMI) initiated a collective action in the
District Court of Amsterdam in the Netherlands on behalf of approximately 7.8 million Dutch X users. Among other
things, SOMI seeks damages against TIUC, X Corp. and Twitter Netherlands B.V. (collectively, the “X entities”)
for: (1) alleged data breaches and insufficient security measures; (2) alleged unauthorized microtargeting and lack of
transparency; and (3) the alleged failure to moderate hate speech and the obstruction of research, all in violation of
the GDPR and/or DSA. The alleged data breaches relate to a Twitter API bug that came to light in 2022 and that had
allowed persons who knew the email address or phone number of a user to determine the user’s Twitter ID. SOMI
has requested compensation (to be assessed at a later stage) for each member of the class, including symbolic
damages of EUR 1 for each member of the class that is allegedly affected by hate speech on the X platform. The X
entities filed a procedural defense on March 12, 2025.  A hearing has been scheduled for April 2, 2026.
In September 2025, non-practicing entity Search and Share Technologies, LLC (“SaS”) filed a patent complaint
against X Corp. in the Federal District Court for the Western District of Texas. SaS alleges that X Corp. infringed on
U.S. Patent Nos. 10,180,952 and 11,106,744, through features in its mobile app and website enabling users to
interact with content through dedicated interfaces that directly share what other users see in ranked feeds and search
results. SaS filed an Amended Complaint on January 5, 2026. On January 20, 2026, X Corp. moved to dismiss SaS’s
willful infringement and induced infringement claims.  On February 3, 2026, SAS responded to, but did not oppose,
X Corp.’s partial motion to dismiss. On February 10, 2026, X Corp. filed its reply.  On February 4, 2026, X Corp.
filed an IPR petition challenging the ‘744 Patent and on February 18, 2026, filed an IPR petition challenging the
'952 Patent.
Beginning in January 2026, the Company and certain subsidiaries have been named as defendants in multiple
lawsuits arising from Grok’s image-generation and editing features. The complaints generally allege that Grok’s
image-generation and editing features enabled the creation and dissemination of nonconsensual explicit images and/
or content representing women and/or children in sexualized contexts. The actions include Jane Doe v. X.AI Corp.
and X.AI LLC, instituted in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on January 23, 2026, and
Jane Doe 1 et al. v. X.AI Corp. and X.AI LLC (the “Jane Doe 1 Case”) instituted in the U.S. District Court for the
Northern District of California on March 16, 2026.  These cases are putative class actions, asserting claims
including, among other things, claims of strict liability, negligence, nuisance, rights of privacy or publicity, and, in
the Jane Doe 1 Case, certain federal statutory claims.  Plaintiffs in these two cases seek, among other things,
compensatory, statutory and punitive damages, restitution, disgorgement and injunctive relief. In addition, a case,
Mayor and City Council of Baltimore ex rel. Ebony M. Thompson v. X Corp., X.AI Corp., X.AI LLC, and Space
Exploration Technologies Corp, was instituted in the Baltimore City Circuit Court on March 24, 2026 (the
“Baltimore Case”). The plaintiff in the Baltimore Case, the Mayor and City Council of Baltimore, asserts similar
claims to those in the two cases discussed above under Baltimore’s Consumer Protection Ordinances. The plaintiff
in the Baltimore Case seeks statutory penalties and/or injunctive relief. The defendants intend to defend themselves
vigorously in these actions.
The Company has recorded an accrual of $530 million for litigation losses that are probable and reasonably
estimable in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as
of December 31, 2025. For other matters, the Company is not currently able to estimate the reasonably possible loss
or range of loss.
Non-Income Taxes
The Company is under various non-income tax audits by domestic and foreign tax authorities. These audits
primarily revolve around routine inquiries, refund requests, and employee benefits. The Company accrues non-
income taxes that may result from these audits when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Due to the
F-56
complexity and uncertainty of some of these matters, however, as well as the judicial process in certain jurisdictions,
the final outcome of these audits may be materially different from the Company’s expectations.
Indemnifications
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to
customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees, and other parties with respect to certain
matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of certain agreements, services to
be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. These
indemnifications may survive the termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of
future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject
to maximum loss clauses.  It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification
agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments
made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. At
December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has not accrued a liability for any indemnification claims, because the
likelihood of incurring a payment obligation, if any, in connection with any such indemnification claims is not
probable or reasonably estimable.
Note 18 - Related Party Transactions
The Company periodically does business with certain entities with which its CEO and directors are affiliated.
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company purchased $506 million and $191 million of
Megapack products, respectively, from Tesla, Inc. (“Tesla”) recorded in Property, plant, and equipment, net in the
consolidated balance sheets. The Company also obtained $131 million of Cybertrucks at manufacturer’s suggested
retail price from Tesla recorded in Property, plant, and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets during the
year ended December 31, 2025.
On October 12, 2025, and as subsequently amended on November 10, 2025, CTC, a subsidiary of xAI and an
indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into an equipment lease agreement with Valor Equity Partners (“Valor”)
for certain AI infrastructure hardware (the “Valor transaction”). The founder, CEO and Chief Investment Officer of
Valor, Antonio J. Gracias, serves as one of the directors of the Company. The Valor transaction was deemed to be a
failed sale-leaseback transaction and the Company recorded the related debt of $455 million and $4,052 million
within Debt and finance leases, current and Debt and finance leases, net of current, respectively, as of December 31,
2025 in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and $66 million in Interest expense for the year ended
December 31, 2025 in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 10, Debt for additional
details. The related asset is recorded within Property, plant, and equipment, net in the Company’s consolidated
balance sheets. 
In 2025, Elon Musk, through his trust, purchased $1,421 million of common stock from current and former
employees.
Other transactions with Tesla and other related parties during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
were immaterial.
F-57
Note 19 - Segments
Following the Mergers, the Company evaluated how to view and measure performance of the combined company
and potential realignment of individual entity’s historical segment structure. Following this evaluation, the Company
determined that as a combined company, effective in Q1 2026, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, as the Chief
Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), organizes the Company, manages resource allocations, and measures
performance among three operating and reportable segments: (i) Space, (ii) Connectivity, and (iii) AI. Prior period
presentations for segments conform to the current segment reporting structure. 
The Company’s CODM assesses performance and allocates resources to operating segments based on segment
income (loss) from operations by comparing actual income (loss) from operations to historical results and previously
forecasted financial information. The Company’s CODM does not evaluate operating and reportable segments using
asset or liability information.
The following tables present information as to revenues, significant segment expenses, and income (loss) from
operations by the Company’s reportable segments:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Revenue .............................................................
$4,086
$11,387
$3,201
$18,674
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue .................................................
1,352
5,921
2,178
9,451
Research and development ...............................
3,004
575
5,064
8,643
Selling, general, and administrative .................
349
468
1,827
2,644
Restructuring charges .......................................
—
—
487
487
Impairment ........................................................
38
—
—
38
Total costs and expenses ................................
4,743
6,964
9,556
21,263
Income (loss) from operations .........................
(657)
4,423
(6,355)
(2,589)
Interest expense ...................................................
(1,945)
Interest income ....................................................
492
Other income (expense), net ...............................
(177)
Income (loss) before income taxes ..................
$(4,219)
Supplemental segment information
Depreciation and amortization ............................
$757
$2,376
$3,568
$6,701
Share-based compensation ..................................
$515
$369
$1,063
$1,947
Impairment ..........................................................
$38
$—
$—
$38
Capital expenditures ............................................
$3,832
$4,178
$12,727
$20,737
F-58
Year Ended December 31,
2024
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Revenue .............................................................
$3,796
$7,599
$2,620
$14,015
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue .................................................
1,541
4,768
1,687
7,996
Research and development ...............................
1,835
453
1,176
3,464
Selling, general, and administrative .................
375
333
1,105
1,813
Restructuring charges .......................................
—
—
213
213
Impairment ........................................................
24
39
—
63
Total costs and expenses ................................
3,775
5,593
4,181
13,549
Income (loss) from operations .........................
21
2,006
(1,561)
466
Interest expense ...................................................
(1,580)
Interest income ....................................................
371
Other income (expense), net ...............................
985
Income (loss) before income taxes ..................
$242
Supplemental segment information
Depreciation and amortization ............................
$637
$1,508
$1,679
$3,824
Share-based compensation ..................................
$472
$296
$16
$784
Impairment ..........................................................
$24
$39
$—
$63
Capital expenditures ............................................
$2,032
$3,498
$5,633
$11,163
Year Ended December 31,
2023
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Revenue .............................................................
$3,557
$3,869
$2,961
$10,387
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue .................................................
1,669
2,786
1,655
6,110
Research and development ...............................
1,538
381
186
2,105
Selling, general, and administrative .................
351
233
1,081
1,665
Restructuring charges .......................................
—
—
237
237
Impairment ........................................................
—
—
3,775
3,775
Total costs and expenses ................................
3,558
3,400
6,934
13,892
Income (loss) from operations .........................
(1)
469
(3,973)
(3,505)
Interest expense ...................................................
(1,693)
Interest income ....................................................
249
Other income (expense), net ...............................
(42)
Income (loss) before income taxes ..................
$(4,991)
Supplemental segment information
Depreciation and amortization ............................
$571
$884
$1,180
$2,635
Share-based compensation ..................................
$427
$249
$3
$679
Impairment ..........................................................
$—
$—
$3,775
$3,775
Capital expenditures ............................................
$1,497
$2,455
$463
$4,415
F-59
The following tables provide revenue by geography based on the country of domicile in which the transaction
originated:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
USA ................................................................................................
$12,966
$10,008
$7,473
Ireland .............................................................................................
1,827
1,371
1,047
Canada ............................................................................................
764
582
447
All Other .........................................................................................
3,117
2,054
1,420
Total Revenues ..........................................................................
$18,674
$14,015
$10,387
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were located within the
United States.
Note 20 - Restructuring
In 2022. X, an indirect subsidiary of the Company (through the X Merger and subsequently, xAI Merger), initiated
global employee workforce reductions, the effects of which continued through 2025. The charges associated with
the workforce reduction include cash severance expense and other termination benefits. Restructuring charges also
include impairment of operating lease right-of-use assets for excess office space and related leasehold improvements
and office equipment, as well as lease termination penalties for office space terminated before the end of the lease
term as a result of the workforce reduction. 
Total charges of $487 million, $147 million, and $77 million associated with the workforce reduction were recorded
in Restructuring charges in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024,
and 2023, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $36 million, and $54 million
related to its leasehold improvements and office equipment, and restructuring charges of $30 million, and $106
million for operating lease right-of-use assets as part of its facilities consolidation efforts for the years ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The following table is a summary of the changes in the restructuring liabilities for each period presented, included
within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets:
Restructuring liabilities as of December 31, 2023 ................................................................................
$8
Severance and other personnel costs .................................................................................................
147
Cash payments ...................................................................................................................................
(11)
Other adjustments ..............................................................................................................................
8
Restructuring liabilities as of December 31, 2024 ................................................................................
152
Severance and other personnel costs .................................................................................................
487
Cash payments ...................................................................................................................................
(212)
Other adjustments ..............................................................................................................................
16
Restructuring liabilities as of December 31, 2025 ................................................................................
$443
Note 21 - Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred from January 1, 2026 through March 30, 2026, which
is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there were no
subsequent events or transactions that required recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements,
except as discussed below.
F-60
Officer Equity Awards
In January 2026, the Company granted 1,000 million performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock
to Elon Musk. The restricted shares vest upon (i) the Company’s achievement of specified market capitalization
milestones across 15 equal tranches ranging from $500 billion to $7.5 trillion, with each milestone reflecting $500
billion in additional valuation, and (ii) the Company’s establishment of a permanent human colony on Mars with at
least one million inhabitants, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment.
In March 2026, the Company cancelled Mr. Musk’s xAI Award and replaced it with a grant of 302.1 million
performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock, which vest upon (i) the achievement of specified
market capitalization milestones across 12 equal tranches ranging from $1.065 trillion to $6.565 trillion, with each
milestone reflecting $500 billion in additional valuation, and (ii) the Company’s completion of non-Earth-based data
centers capable of delivering 100 terawatts of compute per year, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued
employment.
In January 2026, the Company approved an amendment to 4 million performance-based stock options granted to
Bret Johnsen, Chief Financial Officer, that were originally issued in 2024. In lieu of vesting based on free cash flow
achievement in excess of a baseline, 371 thousand of the stock options will vest for each $10 billion in adjusted
EBITDA achieved during the 2025 through 2029 fiscal years, assessed on an annual basis. For purposes of this
award, adjusted EBITDA is calculated as income from operations excluding (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii)
share-based compensation, (iii) impairment, and (iv) restructuring impacts. Once a tranche of the stock options have
become earned as a result of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA performance as of the end of a particular fiscal year,
such stock options remain subject to an additional one-year and one day service-based vesting requirement
following December 31 of the fiscal year in which such tranche was earned. The number of options granted was not
changed in the amendment. None of the stock options became earned on account of the Company’s adjusted
EBITDA performance for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Share Repurchases
Between January and March 2026, the Company repurchased Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and
Common Stock from eligible current and former employees as well as third-party investors totaling $1,396 million.
Sale-Leaseback Transaction
In January 2026, and as further amended on February 18, 2026, CTC entered into an equipment lease agreement
with Valor for certain AI infrastructure hardware (“Valor transaction II”). Similar to the Valor transaction, the Valor
transaction II was considered to be a transaction with a related party. The Valor transaction II is deemed to be a
failed sale-leaseback transaction and the Company recorded the related debt of $5,365 million in the Company’s
consolidated balance sheets.
xAI Merger Closing
Pursuant to the terms of the xAI Merger on February 2, 2026, the Company issued, prior to the 2026 Stock Split,
321.7 million shares of Class A Common Stock, 121.7 million shares of Class B Common Stock and paid $2,947
million in cash to holders of xAI Common Stock and Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Refer to Note 13,
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional details.
Tesla’s xAI Investment and SpaceX Class A Common Stock Issuance
In January 2026, Tesla entered into an agreement with xAI to invest $2,000 million via a purchase of xAI Series E
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the terms of that agreement and a letter agreement entered into
between xAI and Tesla on January 16, 2026, xAI’s issuance of the shares of Series E Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock, and Tesla’s payment therefore, was conditioned upon the receipt of required regulatory approvals.
Following the xAI Merger, Tesla’s right to acquire Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock of xAI was
converted into the right to acquire SpaceX Class A common stock. On March 12, 2026, following expiration of the
F-61
applicable regulatory waiting period, SpaceX issued 3.8 million shares of Class A Common Stock (on a pre-2026
Stock Split basis) to Tesla in accordance with the terms of the foregoing agreements.
Tesla Collaboration
In March 2026, the Company announced a collaboration with Tesla to build a chip manufacturing facility (referred
to as Terafab).
SpaceX Bridge Loan Credit Agreement
In March 2026, SpaceX entered into a new bridge loan credit agreement (“SpaceX Bridge Loan”) for
$20,000 million with a syndicate of banks. The SpaceX Bridge Loan matures on September 2, 2027 with two three-
month extensions, at the option of the Company, reaching a final maturity date of March 2, 2028. The SpaceX
Bridge Loan proceeds were used to extinguish and pay off the X B-1 Term Loan, X B-3 Term Loan, xAI Fixed Rate
Loan, xAI Floating Rate Loan, and the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes. The SpaceX Bridge Loan bears interest at
a rate per annum of (i) between 0.75%-1.75%, dependent upon the debt rating of the Company, plus the relevant
Term SOFR or (ii) the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus
1.0% and (d) 1.0%, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.75% (depending on the Company’s debt
rating). Obligations under the SpaceX Bridge Loan were guaranteed jointly and severally by certain subsidiaries of
the Company. The SpaceX Bridge Loan is repayable at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. 
The Company is required to meet various covenants, including meeting certain reporting requirements, and certain
financial covenants.
Concurrently with the SpaceX Bridge Loan, the Company repaid the outstanding principal and accrued interests of
the X B-1 Term Loan, X B-3 Term Loan, xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan, xAI Floating Rate Term Loan and xAI 12.5%
Secured Senior Notes for an aggregate amount of $18,905 million, including $1,163 million of prepayment penalty.
Purchase Commitments
In March 2026, the Company executed a purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party to acquire additional
turbines for the AI infrastructure totaling $805 million through 2029.
Note 22 - Subsequent Events to the Original Issuance of the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred from the date the consolidated financial statements
were originally issued on March 30, 2026 through May 7, 2026, the date the consolidated financial statements were
available to be reissued, and determined that the following subsequent events require disclosure in the consolidated
financial statements.
Collaboration Agreement
On April 19, 2026, the Company entered into a compute agreement with Anysphere, Inc., doing business as Cursor,
a San Francisco-based private software company (“Cursor”). Pursuant to the compute agreement, the Company will
collaborate with Cursor to improve the Company’s existing models, including Grok, and potentially to jointly
develop AI models and related model-specific deliverables.
Concurrent with the compute agreement, the Company also entered into an option agreement for the right, but not
the obligation, to acquire Cursor. The option agreement generally provides that the Company may exercise the call
option at any time during the 30-day period following the earlier of (i) seven trading days following the completion
of the Company’s IPO and (ii) September 30, 2026. Exercise of the call option is in the Company’s sole discretion
and subject to further approval by the board of directors. Cursor is also subject to certain exclusivity obligations
under the option agreement. The consideration for the acquisition of Cursor would consist of shares of  Class A
common stock based on an implied equity value of Cursor of $60.0 billion, and the price of Class A common stock
that equals, if the acquisition closed prior to the completion of this offering, the most recent quarterly valuation, or,
if the acquisition closed after the completion of the Company’s IPO, the volume-weighted average closing price
thereof over the seven consecutive trading days immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition. If either (i) the
Company decides to terminate the option agreement or (ii) Cursor is eligible to and decides to terminate due to the
F-62
Company’s material breach of the option agreement, Cursor is entitled to a $1.5 billion termination fee under the
option agreement and an $8.5 billion deferred services fee under the compute agreement. These fees are payable in
cash (or Class A common stock, if the Company’s IPO has not been consummated at the time the fees become
payable).
The Company has conducted preliminary due diligence on Cursor’s business, technology and operations, and expect
to continue such diligence in connection with any decision to exercise the call option. The Company cannot predict
whether the Company will elect to exercise the call option or, if exercised, whether the acquisition will close on the
anticipated terms or at all.
Sale-Leaseback Transaction
On April 24, 2026, CTC entered into a five-year equipment lease agreement with Valor, a related party, for certain
AI infrastructure hardware (“Valor transaction III”) for total undiscounted lease payments of $6,587 million.
Asset Acquisition
On April 30, 2026, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party to
purchase certain mobile gas turbines and related packages for approximately $2,000 million (the “Turbine
Acquisition”). The closing of the Turbine Acquisition is expected to occur in May 2026 and is subject to customary
closing conditions. The seller has also agreed to enter into a post-closing services agreement to support the
Company's turbine operations. The Turbine Acquisition will help provide power to the Company's data centers.
Cloud Services Agreement
On May 3, 2026, the Company entered into a cloud services agreement with Anthropic PBC, an AI research and
development public benefit corporation, with respect to access to compute capacity. Pursuant to this agreement, the
customer has agreed to pay a monthly fee through May 2029, with capacity ramping in May 2026 at a reduced fee.
The agreement may be terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice. The customer will retain ownership and
intellectual property rights in its content, AI models, and related data. 
F-63
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
March 31, 2026
December 31, 2025
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................................................
$15,852
$24,747
Marketable securities .......................................................................................................................
7,823
—
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $47 and $39 at March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively ...............................................................................................
1,833
1,579
Inventory ..........................................................................................................................................
2,588
2,416
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .......................................................................................
1,636
2,210
Total current assets .....................................................................................................................
29,732
30,952
Property, plant, and equipment, net(a) ....................................................................................................
53,879
42,602
Finance lease right-of-use assets ............................................................................................................
1,182
1,260
Intangible assets, net ..............................................................................................................................
1,432
1,548
Digital assets ..........................................................................................................................................
1,293
1,637
Goodwill .................................................................................................................................................
11,681
11,809
Deferred tax assets .................................................................................................................................
213
141
Other assets ............................................................................................................................................
2,682
2,130
Total assets ...............................................................................................................................
$102,094
$92,079
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable ...................................................................................................................................
10,002
11,792
Deferred revenue, current .....................................................................................................................
7,207
6,111
Debt and finance leases, current (related party of $1,121 and $455 at March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively) .....................................................................................................
1,538
928
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ......................................................................................
5,689
2,569
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................................
24,436
21,400
Long-term liabilities
Deferred revenue, net of current ...........................................................................................................
6,029
6,005
Debt and finance leases, net of current (related party of $7,920 and $4,052 at March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively) .....................................................................................................
28,727
21,968
Other liabilities .......................................................................................................................................
1,320
1,381
Total liabilities ......................................................................................................................................
60,512
50,754
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001; 189 and 2,351 shares issued; 135 and
2,046 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively ....................
7,049
38,752
Shareholders’ equity
Class A common stock, par value $0.001; 2,965 and 2,036 shares issued; 2,883 and 1,952 shares
outstanding as of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively .........................................
3
3
Class B common stock, par value $0.001; 2,421 and 643 shares issued and outstanding as of March
31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively .................................................................................
3
1
Class C common stock, par value $0.001; 494 and 484 shares issued and outstanding as of March
31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively .................................................................................
0
0
Class D common stock, par value $0.0001; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2026
and December 31, 2025, respectively ................................................................................................
—
—
Additional paid-in capital .......................................................................................................................
74,083
37,706
Accumulated deficit ...............................................................................................................................
(41,311)
(37,035)
Accumulated other comprehensive income ...........................................................................................
1,755
1,898
Total shareholders’ equity .................................................................................................................
34,533
2,573
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and shareholders’ equity ...................
$102,094
$92,079
__________________
(a)Refer to Note 17, Related Party Transactions for additional details on related party arrangements.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-64
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Revenue ........................................................................................................................
$4,694
$4,067
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue .........................................................................................................
2,388
1,962
Research and development ........................................................................................
3,514
1,557
Selling, general, and administrative ..........................................................................
746
493
Restructuring charges (credits) .................................................................................
(11)
4
Impairment ................................................................................................................
—
24
Total costs and expenses ......................................................................................
6,637
4,040
Income (loss) from operations ....................................................................................
(1,943)
27
Interest expense (related party of $186 and $- for March 31, 2026 and 2025,
respectively) ...............................................................................................................
(664)
(447)
Interest income ...............................................................................................................
213
117
Other expense, net ..........................................................................................................
(1,876)
(211)
Loss before income taxes .............................................................................................
(4,270)
(514)
Provision for income taxes ............................................................................................
6
14
Net loss ..........................................................................................................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
Net loss attributable to shareholders - basic and diluted ...........................................
$(4,947)
$(528)
Net loss per share of common stock attributable to common shareholders
Basic and Diluted ...........................................................................................................
$(1.27)
$(0.18)
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share of common stock
Basic and Diluted ...........................................................................................................
3,884
2,875
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-65
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Net loss .....................................................................................................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax ...............................
(140)
257
Unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities, net of tax .................................
(3)
2
Other comprehensive income (loss) .........................................................................
(143)
259
Comprehensive loss ................................................................................................
$(4,419)
$(269)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-66
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in 
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
Balances at December 31, 2024 ........................................
1,748
$20,941
3,023
$3
$35,865
$(32,098)
$1,093
$4,863
Share-based compensation ..................................................
—
—
—
—
262
—
—
262
Common stock issued, net of tax withholding ....................
—
—
26
0
931
—
—
931
Repurchase of common stock .............................................
—
—
(28)
0
(508)
—
—
(508)
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
common stock .................................................................
0
(1)
2
0
1
—
—
1
Transfer of equity in business combination ........................
—
—
1
0
39
—
—
39
Net loss ................................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
(528)
—
(528)
Other comprehensive income ..............................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
259
259
Balances at March 31, 2025 ..............................................
1,748
$20,940
3,024
$3
$36,590
$(32,626)
$1,352
$5,319
Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in 
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
Balances at December 31, 2025 ..........................................
2,046
$38,752
3,079
$4
$37,706
$(37,035)
$1,898
$2,573
Share-based compensation ..................................................
—
—
—
—
693
—
—
693
Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock ...........
78
5,869
—
—
—
—
—
—
Common stock issued, net of tax withholding ....................
—
—
1,346
1
2,460
—
—
2,461
Repurchase of common and redeemable convertible
preferred stock ................................................................
(2)
(69)
(31)
—
(1,864)
—
—
(1,864)
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock
pursuant to the xAI Merger .............................................
(1,987)
(37,476)
1,424
1
37,474
—
—
37,475
Repurchase of common stock pursuant to xAI Merger .......
—
—
(25)
—
(2,413)
—
—
(2,413)
Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to
common stock .................................................................
—
(27)
5
—
27
—
—
27
Net loss ................................................................................
—
—
—
—
—
(4,276)
—
(4,276)
Other comprehensive loss ...................................................
—
—
—
—
—
—
(143)
(143)
Balances at March 31, 2026 ..............................................
135
$7,049
5,798
$6
$74,083
$(41,311)
$1,755
$34,533
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-67
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss .....................................................................................................................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization ............................................................................................
2,442
1,443
Share-based compensation ..................................................................................................
639
232
Unrealized loss on digital assets .........................................................................................
344
188
Impairment and loss on disposal of fixed assets, net ..........................................................
5
32
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs ..............................................................
19
18
Loss on debt extinguishment ..............................................................................................
1,526
—
Other ...................................................................................................................................
(26)
31
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable .......................................................................................................
(218)
(197)
Inventory ........................................................................................................................
(384)
(322)
Prepaid expenses and other assets .................................................................................
(74)
(88)
Accounts payable ...........................................................................................................
(528)
93
Deferred revenue ...........................................................................................................
1,119
(34)
Operating lease liabilities, net .......................................................................................
(5)
(1)
Other liabilities ..............................................................................................................
464
(140)
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................................
$1,047
$727
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment (related party of $34 and $84 for March 31,
2026 and 2025, respectively) ...............................................................................................
(10,107)
(4,140)
Capitalized interest ...................................................................................................................
(7)
—
Proceeds from product rebates .................................................................................................
1,195
—
Purchases of marketable securities ...........................................................................................
(7,801)
(312)
Maturities of marketable securities ..........................................................................................
—
289
Other investing activities, net ...................................................................................................
(4)
(7)
Net cash used in investing activities ...................................................................................
$(16,724)
$(4,170)
Cash flows from financing activities
Principal repayments on finance leases ....................................................................................
(82)
(66)
Proceeds from debt and other financing obligations ................................................................
22,694
4,744
Payment of debt issuance costs
(23)
(3)
Repayments on debt and other financing obligations ..............................................................
(18,295)
(4,745)
Payment of debt extinguishment premium
(1,153)
—
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock, net of issuance costs ................................................
8,319
899
Proceeds from employee equity award plans ...........................................................................
111
33
Payments for repurchase of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock .................
(4,346)
(508)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards ....................................................
(100)
—
Net cash provided by financing activities ...........................................................................
$7,125
$354
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents ................................................
36
70
Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash ...................................................
(8,516)
(3,019)
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the period ..................................
25,124
11,501
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the period ............................................
$16,608
$8,482
F-68
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash paid for the following:
Interest, net of interest capitalized ......................................................................................
$990
$382
Income taxes, net ................................................................................................................
$8
$7
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities
Share-based compensation capitalized in property, plant, and equipment, net ........................
$60
$30
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment included in accrued expenses and accounts
payable .................................................................................................................................
$10,649
$565
Purchases of  property, plant, and equipment financed by other financings ............................
$2,684
$—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-69
SPACE EXPLORATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(tables in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Note 1 - Nature of Business
Description of Business
Space Exploration Technologies Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the “Company”
or “SpaceX,” operate three segments – (i) the Space segment designs, manufactures, and launches reusable rockets
to provide high cadence, reliable, and affordable access to space at unprecedented scale, (ii) the Connectivity
segment operates a worldwide high-speed, low-latency broadband network powered by thousands of Starlink
satellites in Low-Earth Orbit, delivering connectivity to millions of consumer, enterprise, and government customers
through our Starlink offering, and (iii) the AI segment operates a vertically integrated AI platform spanning a
frontier LLM Grok, AI solutions for consumer and enterprise customers, X — a real-time information,
entertainment, and free speech platform — and AI computational infrastructure.
On February 2, 2026 (“xAI Merger Date”), the Company completed its acquisition of X.AI Holdings Corp. (“xAI”),
pursuant to which xAI became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“xAI Merger”). Prior to the xAI
Merger, on March 28, 2025, xAI completed its acquisition of X Holdings Corp. (“X”) and X.AI Corp., in which X
and X.AI Corp. became wholly-owned subsidiaries of xAI (“X Merger”, and collectively with xAI Merger,
“Mergers”). X.AI Corp began operations in March 2023 and Twitter, Inc. (“Twitter”) was acquired by Mr. Elon
Musk in October 2022. The Mergers were each effected through a share exchange.   
The Mergers have been accounted for as reorganizations of entities under common control as Mr. Elon Musk had a
controlling financial interest in the Company, xAI and X through his majority voting interest in each such entity
during the periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. The Company’s consolidated financial
statements have been prepared to reflect the retrospective combination of the net assets of the entities at their
historical carrying amounts for all periods presented. No new goodwill or other intangible assets have been recorded
and all historical related party transactions between the entities have been eliminated in consolidation. The capital
stock and shareholders’ equity for all periods presented reflects a continuation of the historical SpaceX capital stock
and shareholders’ equity, combined with the historical capital stock and shareholders’ equity of X and xAI merged
under common control, as adjusted by the respective exchange ratios used to effect the Mergers, except for xAI’s
historical redeemable convertible preferred stock through the date of the xAI Merger. All of xAI’s redeemable
convertible preferred stock were converted to SpaceX common stock as part of the xAI Merger and are presented as
such from the date of the xAI Merger. This presentation constitutes a change in reporting entity. Refer to Note 12 -
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional details.
On May 4, 2026, the Company effected a five-for-one forward stock split of its authorized, issued, and outstanding
shares of Class A, Class B, and Class C Common Stock (“2026 Stock Split”). The conversion rate of SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was proportionately adjusted to factor in the 2026 Stock Split. All share
and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the 2026 Stock Split for all periods presented.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2026, the
consolidated statements of operations, the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, the consolidated
statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity and the consolidated statements of
cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, as well as other information disclosed in the
accompanying notes, are unaudited. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2025 was derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements as of that date. The interim consolidated financial statements and the
F-70
accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes.
The interim consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes have been prepared on the same basis as
the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which
include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations for the periods
presented. The consolidated results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected for the full year or for any other future years or interim periods.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Amounts which are subject to
significant judgment and use of estimates include revenues recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input
method, the determination of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities,
reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill, useful lives
of property, plant, and equipment, the determination of incremental borrowing rate for lease liabilities, litigation and
settlement costs, and the valuation and assumptions underlying share-based compensation. On an ongoing basis, the
Company evaluates its estimates compared to historical experience and current trends, which forms the basis for
making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company engages valuation
specialists to assist in the valuation of equity instruments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company’s total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, as presented in the consolidated statements of
cash flows, are as follows:
March 31, 2026
December 31,
2025
Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................................
$15,852
$24,747
Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current assets .....................
67
182
Restricted cash included in other assets .....................................................................
689
195
Total as presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows ........................
$16,608
$25,124
Significant Accounting Policies
There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies from the annual consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-11, Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope
Improvements. The ASU improves the guidance in Topic 270 by improving the navigability of the required interim
disclosures and clarifying when that guidance is applicable. The amendments also provide additional guidance on
what disclosures should be provided in interim reporting periods. The amendments add to Topic 270 a principle that
requires entities to disclose events since the end of the last annual reporting period that have a material impact on the
entity. The ASU is effective for interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December
15, 2027. Adoption of this ASU can either be applied prospectively or retrospectively to any or all prior periods
presented in the financial statements, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the
provisions of this ASU and does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on the consolidated financial
statements.
F-71
Recently adopted accounting pronouncements
In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement
of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets. The amendments in this update provide a practical
expedient permitting an entity to assume that conditions at the balance sheet date remain unchanged over the life of
the asset when estimating expected credit losses for current classified accounts receivable and contract assets. The
Company adopted this ASU on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2026. While this ASU was adopted, the
Company did not elect the practical expedient permitted under this ASU. Therefore, the adoption has no impact on
the consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 - Revenue
Revenue disaggregated by products and services is as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Products .....................................................................................................................
$380
$352
Services ......................................................................................................................
4,314
3,715
Total revenues .........................................................................................................
$4,694
$4,067
All of products revenue is attributable to the Connectivity segment.
Revenue disaggregated by type and segment is as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Launch Services ...................................................................................................
$330
$566
Launch & Development ........................................................................................
289
299
Space ........................................................................................................................
619
865
Consumer ..............................................................................................................
2,148
1,492
Enterprise & Government (1) .................................................................................
1,109
983
Connectivity ............................................................................................................
3,257
2,475
Advertising ............................................................................................................
343
443
AI Solutions & Infrastructure ...............................................................................
475
284
AI ..............................................................................................................................
818
727
Total revenues .........................................................................................................
$4,694
$4,067
___________________
(1) Enterprise & Government revenue includes revenue from Starlink Mobile service offerings.
Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue is recorded when cash payments are received or due, in advance of the Company’s performance.
Deferred revenue primarily relates to Space agreements and Connectivity enterprise and government contracts. Total
deferred revenue as of December 31, 2025 was $12,116 million, of which $1,165 million was recognized as revenue
for the three months ended March 31, 2026. Total deferred revenue as of March 31, 2026 was $13,236 million.
Backlog
The Company’s backlog represents the transaction price of performance obligations to customers for which work
remains to be performed. The amount of backlog increases with new contracts or additions to existing contracts and
decreases as revenue is recognized on existing contracts. Contracts are included in backlog when an enforceable
agreement has been reached. Backlog does not include amounts related to performance obligations that are billed
and recognized as they are delivered, optional purchases that do not represent material rights and any estimated
amounts of variable consideration that are subject to constraint. Backlog totaled $27,621 million as of March 31,
F-72
2026, of which $13,236 million was recognized as deferred revenue at March 31, 2026. Approximately 36% is
expected to be recognized within one year, and approximately 46% is expected to be recognized between one and
three years, with the remaining 18% to be recognized thereafter.
Note 4 - Inventory
Inventory consists of the following:
March 31, 2026
December 31,
2025
Raw materials ............................................................................................................
$1,054
$1,030
Work-in-progress .......................................................................................................
835
803
Finished goods ...........................................................................................................
699
583
Inventory .................................................................................................................
$2,588
$2,416
Note 5 - Property, Plant, and Equipment, Net
Property, plant, and equipment, net consist of the following:
March 31, 2026
December 31,
2025
Servers and networking equipment ...........................................................................
$23,850
$22,694
Satellites .....................................................................................................................
12,893
11,949
Machinery and equipment .........................................................................................
8,020
6,343
Data center infrastructure ..........................................................................................
2,965
2,960
Launch sites ...............................................................................................................
2,479
2,404
Land, buildings and improvements (1) .......................................................................
2,018
1,876
Flight vehicle hardware .............................................................................................
1,459
1,689
Leasehold improvements ...........................................................................................
842
784
Construction-in-progress ...........................................................................................
14,045
4,604
Property, plant, and equipment ..................................................................................
68,571
55,303
Less: Accumulated depreciation ................................................................................
(14,692)
(12,701)
Property, plant, and equipment, net .....................................................................
$53,879
$42,602
__________________
(1)Land is not a depreciable asset.
Construction in progress is primarily comprised of ongoing construction and expansion of the facilities and
equipment as well as AI infrastructure that has not yet been placed in service.
Depreciation expense for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 was $2,329 million and $1,237 million,
respectively.
Interest is capitalized during the construction period for significant long term construction projects, such as the AI
infrastructure data centers and launch facilities. For the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company
capitalized $7 million of interest, which is included in Construction-in-progress amounts above. No interest was
capitalized during the three months ended March 31, 2025.
For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded impairment charges of $24 million related to the
write off of damaged flight vehicles in the Space segment. These charges are reflected in Impairment in the
consolidated statements of operations. There were no impairment charges related to Property, plant, and equipment
during the three months ended March 31, 2026.
F-73
Note 6 - Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible Assets
Finite-lived intangible assets consist of the following:
March 31, 2026
Weighted-
Average Useful
Life (years)
Gross Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Brand ......................................................................
5.0
$735
$(367)
$368
User base .................................................................
9.0
1,277
(486)
791
Existing technology ................................................
3.0
27
(17)
10
Advertising customer relationships ........................
5.0
745
(510)
235
Acquired workforce ................................................
2.0
11
(2)
9
Total .................................................................
$2,795
$(1,382)
$1,413
December 31, 2025
Weighted-
Average Useful
Life (in years)
Gross Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Value
Brand ......................................................................
5.0
$743
$(335)
$408
User base .................................................................
9.0
1,291
(456)
835
Existing technology ................................................
3.2
27
(16)
11
Advertising customer relationships ........................
5.0
752
(478)
274
Acquired workforce ................................................
2.0
9
—
9
Total .................................................................
$2,822
$(1,285)
$1,537
Amortization expense associated with finite-lived intangible assets was $113 million and $206 million in the three
months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.
The Company also has indefinite-lived intangible assets of $19 million and $11 million as of March 31, 2026 and
December 31, 2025, respectively. Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of trade names and domain
names, which are expected to provide long-term branding and marketing benefits.
Goodwill
The activity for goodwill is as follows:
Balance at December 31, 2025 .............................................................................................................
11,809
Business combination .......................................................................................................................
3
Cumulative translation adjustments ................................................................................................
(131)
Balance at March 31, 2026 .................................................................................................................
$11,681
As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, goodwill attributable to the Connectivity segment was $515 million
and $513 million, respectively, and goodwill attributable to the AI segment was $11,166 million and $11,296
million, respectively.
F-74
Note 7 - Financial Instruments
The Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
March 31, 2026
Level
Cost
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash .............................................
I
7,181
—
—
7,181
Money market funds ....................
I
6,950
—
—
6,950
Government securities .................
II
1,721
—
—
1,721
Marketable securities .....................
Government securities .................
II
7,823
—
0
7,823
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Restricted cash .............................
I
15
—
—
15
Restricted cash in money market
funds .........................................
I
52
—
—
52
Other assets .....................................
Restricted cash .............................
I
512
—
—
512
Restricted cash in money market
funds .........................................
I
146
—
—
146
Restricted cash in government
securities ...................................
II
31
—
—
31
Total .................................................
$24,431
$—
$—
$24,431
December 31, 2025
Level
Cost
Unrealized Gain
Unrealized Loss
Fair Value
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash ..............................................
I
$3,408
$—
$—
$3,408
Money market funds ....................
I
21,339
—
—
21,339
Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
Restricted cash .............................
I
30
—
—
30
Money market funds ....................
I
152
—
—
152
Other assets ....................................
Restricted cash .............................
I
182
—
—
182
Restricted cash in money market
funds .........................................
I
13
—
—
13
Total .................................................
$25,124
$—
$—
$25,124
As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company also held 18,712 units of Bitcoin with a cost basis of
$661 million and fair value of $1,293 million and $1,637 million, respectively. The fair value of these digital assets
is determined using Level I in the fair value hierarchy.
F-75
Note 8 - Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
Equity method investment
As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company held an investment in Stateline Power, LLC, which is
accounted for as an equity method investment, of $80 million and $86 million, respectively.
Equity investments without readily determinable fair value
As of March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the Company held investments in unconsolidated affiliates which are
accounted for as equity investments without readily determinable fair values of $168 million and $157 million,
respectively. The Company recorded cumulative downward adjustments of $59 million on these investments as of
March 31, 2026. Upward adjustments or impairment on these investments during the three months ended March 31,
2026 and 2025 were not material.
Note 9 - Debt
March 31, 2026
Principal
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Costs
Net
SpaceX Bridge Loan ......................................................................
20,000
21
19,979
X 2027 and X 2030 Notes ..............................................................
27
—
27
Other financings (1) .........................................................................
9,105
—
9,105
Total debt ........................................................................................
29,132
21
29,111
Finance lease liability .....................................................................
1,154
—
1,154
Total debt and finance leases ..........................................................
30,286
21
30,265
Less: Short-term portion .................................................................
1,538
—
1,538
Total debt and finance leases, net of current .............................
$28,748
$21
$28,727
December 31, 2025
Principal
Unamortized
Deferred
Financing Costs
Net
X 2027 and X 2030 Notes ..............................................................
27
—
27
X B-1 Term Loan ...........................................................................
6,504
280
6,224
X B-3 Term Loan ...........................................................................
5,966
54
5,912
xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan ............................................................
995
4
991
xAI Floating Rate Term Loan ........................................................
995
40
955
xAI 12.5% Secured Senior Notes ...................................................
3,000
12
2,988
Other financings (1) .........................................................................
4,562
—
4,562
Total debt ........................................................................................
22,049
390
21,659
Finance lease liability .....................................................................
1,237
—
1,237
Total debt and finance leases ..........................................................
23,286
390
22,896
Less: Short-term portion .................................................................
928
—
928
Total debt and finance leases, net of current .............................
$22,358
$390
$21,968
__________________
(1)Includes obligations related to certain AI infrastructure assets recorded as failed sale-leaseback transactions. Refer to Other Financings
below for additional details.
F-76
SpaceX Bridge Loan
General.  In March 2026, SpaceX entered into a new bridge loan credit agreement (the “SpaceX Bridge Loan”) with
a syndicate of lenders, providing for an unsecured bridge term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$20,000 million. The SpaceX Bridge Loan matures on September 2, 2027, with two three-month extensions at the
Company’s option, subject to the absence of a continuing default and the payment of an extension fee of 0.25% of
the aggregate outstanding principal per extension, resulting in a final extended maturity date in March 2028.
Proceeds. The proceeds of the SpaceX Bridge Loan were used to repay the X B-1 Term Loan, the X B-3 Term
Loan, the xAI Fixed Rate Loan, the xAI Floating Rate Loan, and the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes (as defined
and described below). The remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.
Interest Rates.  The SpaceX Bridge Loan bears interest, at the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to (i)
Term SOFR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75%-1.75% (depending on the Company’s debt rating), or (ii)
a base rate equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus
1.00% and (d) 1.00%, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.75% (depending on the Company’s debt
rating). In addition, the Company is obligated to pay duration fees equal to 0.125% of outstanding principal on the
first anniversary of closing and 0.25% of outstanding principal on the fifteen-month anniversary of closing. The
effective interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the SpaceX Bridge Loan was 4.58% as of March 31, 2026.
Principal Repayments.  The SpaceX Bridge Loan may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, without premium
or penalty. The Company is required to use the net proceeds of certain debt financings to repay amounts outstanding
under the SpaceX Bridge Loan and to apply the net proceeds of a qualified initial public offering (“IPO”) to repay
such amounts within six months following receipt.
Guarantors and Collateral.  The obligations of the Company under the SpaceX Bridge Loan are guaranteed on a
joint and several basis by X Corp., X.AI LLC, and CTC Property LLC (each a subsidiary of the Company).
Covenants.  The SpaceX Bridge Loan contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants,
including restrictions on liens, subsidiary indebtedness, fundamental changes (including a prohibition on the
disposition of Starlink assets and other material businesses outside the consolidated group), and changes in the
nature of the Company’s business. The sole financial maintenance covenant requires the Company to maintain a
Consolidated Leverage Ratio — defined as consolidated funded indebtedness (net of 85% of unrestricted cash) to
Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the SpaceX Bridge Loan) — of no greater than 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of
each fiscal quarter, with a temporary step-up to 4.25 to 1.0 for four fiscal quarters following a qualifying acquisition
of at least $1.0 billion.  The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2026. 
Accounting Treatment.  The Company accounted for the repayment of the X B-1 Term Loan, the X B-3 Term Loan,
the xAI Fixed Rate Loan, the xAI Floating Rate Loan and the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes as an
extinguishment of debt, resulting in a loss on extinguishment of $1,526 million, recorded in Other expense, net.
SpaceX Credit Facility
General. In February 2025, the Company entered into a five-year senior unsecured revolving credit agreement
(“SpaceX Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of banks, under which the Company may draw up to $1,500 million,
subject to a customary financial covenant and other reporting requirements. The SpaceX Credit Facility terminates,
and all outstanding loans become due and payable, on February 7, 2030, unless the parties agree to an extension. No
amounts were borrowed under the SpaceX Credit Facility during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.
Amendment. In March 2026, the Company entered into a First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver (the
“First Amendment”) with its lenders, in connection with the Company’s entry into the SpaceX Bridge Loan (as
defined above). The First Amendment, among other things, (i) waived certain specified defaults and (ii) amended
F-77
certain definitions and covenants under the SpaceX Credit Facility to conform to the terms of the SpaceX Bridge
Loan.
Interest Rates. Under the SpaceX Credit Facility, borrowings bear interest at the Company’s option, at a rate per
annum of (i) between 0.75%-1.25%, depending on the Company’s current debt rating, plus the relevant Term SOFR
or (ii) between 0.0%-0.25% depending on the Company’s current debt rating plus the greater of (a) the Federal
Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, (c) Term SOFR plus 1.0% and (d) 1.0%. The Company may also borrow
in various alternative currencies at various alternative rates, including rates based on SONIA for Pound Sterling
loans and EURIBOR for Euro loans plus an applicable margin. The fee for undrawn amounts is between
0.07%-0.11% per annum, depending on the Company’s current debt rating. Interest is payable either monthly or
quarterly, depending on the interest loan option.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2026; however, the Company had
a technical default when the Company acquired xAI on February 2, 2026 due to the amount of debt assumed as part
of the acquisition at the subsidiary level. On March 2, 2026, the Company obtained a waiver from the syndicate of
banks and amended the SpaceX Credit Facility allowing for the debt refinance completed on March 2, 2026,
resulting in the Company being in compliance with all covenants.
X 2027 and 2030 Notes
General. In 2019, a subsidiary of X, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, issued $700 million aggregate principal
amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2027 (the “X 2027 Notes”) in a private placement. The X 2027 Notes mature on
December 15, 2027.  In 2022, a subsidiary of X issued $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.000% senior
notes due 2030 (the “X 2030 Notes”) in a private placement.  The X 2030 Notes mature on March 1, 2030. The X
2027 and X 2030 Notes represent senior unsecured obligations of the Company.
Interest Rates. For the X 2027 Notes, the interest rate is fixed at 3.875% per annum and interest is payable semi-
annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year.  For the X 2030 Notes, the interest rate is fixed at
5.000% per annum and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year.
Principal Repayments. In November 2022, the Company purchased approximately $675 million aggregate principal
amount of X 2027 Notes and $998 million aggregate principal amount of the X 2030 Notes in settlement of the
change in control of Twitter. The X 2027 Notes and X 2030 Notes that remain outstanding may be redeemed at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time prior to September 15, 2027 and December 1, 2029,
respectively, at a price equal to 100.0% of the principal amounts plus a “make-whole” premium and accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date.
Covenants. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2026.
X First Lien Senior Credit Facilities
General. In 2022, X Corp., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the First Lien Credit Agreement
which provided for a new term loan commitment of $6,705 million (“X B-1 Term Loan”) and a $500 million
Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility (including a letter of credit subfacility with an aggregate face value of
up to $100 million) (together referred to as “X First Lien Senior Credit Facilities”).  The Secured First Lien
Revolving Credit Facility matures on October 27, 2027 and the X B-1 Term Loan matures on October 27, 2029.
Amendments. In February 2025, X Corp., an indirect subsidiary of the Company, amended the X First Lien Senior
Credit Facilities and entered into a new term loan commitment for $4,741 million with a maturity date of October
27, 2029  (“X B-3 Term Loan”) and reduced the Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility commitment to $0. 
As part of the issuance of the X B-3 Term Loan, the Company is required to pay an arrangement fee of $51 million,
which is due and payable on February 19, 2027. In April 2025, the Company entered into an amendment to the X
F-78
B-3 Term Loan for an additional commitment of $1,225 million with the same terms and conditions, increasing the
total X B-3 Term Loan borrowings to $5,966 million. 
Interest Rates. The X B-1 Term Loan bore interest at a rate per annum of, initially, adjusted Term SOFR plus
6.50%.  The Secured First Lien Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a rate per annum of, initially, an adjusted
Term SOFR plus 4.50%, with leverage-based step-downs. Undrawn commitments under the Secured First Lien
Revolving Credit Facility were subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.50% per annum, subject to quarterly
leverage based step-downs.  The X B-3 Term Loan had a fixed interest rate of 9.50% per annum.  Interest on the X
B-1 Term Loan and X B-3 Term Loan was payable monthly, quarterly, or bi-annually at the option of the Company. 
Principal Repayments. On March 2, 2026, the Company repaid the full outstanding principal balance and accrued
interest, including a prepayment penalty of $425 million, resulting in the extinguishment of the X B-1 Term Loan
and X B-3 Term Loan. The X B-1 Term Loan was repayable at any time, in whole or in part, without premium or
penalty, subject to mandatory quarterly prepayments of principal beginning on the last day of the fiscal quarter
ended March 31, 2023, in amounts equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of borrowings thereunder, with
the unpaid balance being payable on the final maturity date thereof.  The X B-1 Term Loan was also subject to
additional customary mandatory prepayment provisions from the proceeds of certain debt issuances and asset sales,
as well as sweeps of a portion of excess cash flow, subject to certain leverage-based step-downs and exceptions. 
The X B-3 Term Loan had prepayment penalties of 107.13% of the outstanding principal before October 27, 2026,
104.75% of the outstanding principal before October 27, 2027, and 102.38% of the outstanding principal before
October 27, 2028.
Guarantors and Collateral. Obligations under the First Lien Senior Credit Facilities were guaranteed by X, and were
collateralized by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of X and its subsidiaries (subject to customary
exceptions).
xAI First Lien Credit Agreement
General. In June 2025, X.AI Corp. and X.AI LLC, indirect subsidiaries of the Company, entered into the First Lien
Credit Agreement to provide borrowings up to $2,000 million.  The Company executed a $1,000 million Fixed Rate
Term Loan maturing on June 30, 2030 (“xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan”); and a $1,000 million Floating Rate Term
Loan  maturing on June 30, 2030 (“xAI Floating Rate Term Loan”).
Interest Rates. The xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan had a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum and the xAI Floating
Rate Term Loan had a floating interest rate per annum of Term SOFR plus 7.25% or ABR plus 6.25%.  Interest on
the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan was payable bi-annually on January 31 and July 31, commencing on January 31,
2026. Interest on the xAI Floating Rate Term loan was payable monthly, quarterly, or bi-annually at the option of
the Company.
Principal Repayments. On March 2, 2026, the Company repaid the full outstanding principal balance and accrued
interest, including a prepayment penalty of $221 million, resulting in the extinguishment of the xAI Fixed Rate
Term Loan and xAI Floating Rate Term Loan.  The xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and the xAI Floating Rate Term
Loan had prepayment penalties of 103% on the principal outstanding balance prior to June 30, 2027 and 101% on
the principal outstanding balance prior to June 30, 2028.
Guarantors. Obligations under the xAI Fixed Rate Term Loan and xAI Floating Rate Term Loan were guaranteed
each jointly and severally by X.AI Corp. and the following subsidiaries of X.AI Corp.: AIQ Phase LLC, CTC
Holding LLC, CTC, LLZ Build LLC, and MZX.
xAI 12.5% Secured Senior Notes
General. In June 2025, X.AI LLC and, X.AI Co Issuer Corp, indirect subsidiaries of the Company, issued $3,000
million aggregate principal amount of 12.5% interest Senior Secured Notes due in 2030 (“xAI 12.5% Senior Secured
Notes”).  The Senior Secured Notes were issued at 100% of the principal amount and the entire principal amount
will be due on June 30, 2030.
F-79
Interest Rates. The xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes had a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum.  Interest was
payable bi-annually on January 15 and July 15, commencing on January 15, 2026.
Principal Repayments. On March 5, 2026, the Company repaid the full outstanding principal balance and accrued
interest, including a prepayment penalty of $518 million, resulting in the extinguishment of the xAI 12.5% Senior
Secured Notes. The xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes had prepayment penalties of 106.25% on the principal
outstanding balance prior to July 15, 2027 and 103.13% on the principal outstanding balance prior to July 15, 2028.
Guarantors. Obligations under the xAI 12.5% Senior Secured Notes were guaranteed each jointly and severally by
xAI and the following subsidiaries of xAI: AIQ Phase LLC, CTC Holding LLC, CTC, LLZ Build LLC, and MZX.
xAI Revolving Line of Credit
General. In April 2024 and amended through March 2026, a subsidiary of xAI, an indirect subsidiary of the
Company, entered into a revolving line of credit up to borrowing capacity of $250 million.  The Company had no
borrowings under the line of credit during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025. 
Interest Rates. Interest on any borrowings is calculated based on the 30-day average SOFR plus the International
Swaps and Derivatives Association spread adjustment plus a spread of 40 basis points.
Guarantors and Collateral. The agreement permits borrowings up to the value of the pledged collateral held in
custody, less any outstanding loan balances, accrued interest, and fees. The pledged collateral consisted of securities
held in xAI’s custodial account.
Other Financings
The Company has entered into various other financing arrangements, generally collateralized by specific machinery
and equipment. These arrangements have an average fixed interest rate of 4.4% and 5.5% per annum as of March
31, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively, with principal and interest payments due monthly, and in certain
instances, a lump sum payment at the end of term.
In addition, in November 2025 and January 2026, CTC completed sale-leaseback transactions for its AI
infrastructure assets which would have been deemed finance leases resulting in failed sale-leaseback transactions. As
a result, the Company recorded the related debt of $1,121 million and $7,920 million within Debt and finance leases,
current and Debt and finance leases, net of current, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of
March 31, 2026 for these two failed sale-leaseback transactions. Refer to Note 17, Related Party Transactions for
additional details.
The future scheduled principal maturities of debt as of March 31, 2026 are as follows:
2026 (remaining nine months) ..............................................................................................................
$801
2027 ......................................................................................................................................................
21,540
2028 ......................................................................................................................................................
1,938
2029 ......................................................................................................................................................
2,393
2030 ......................................................................................................................................................
2,460
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................
—
Total .....................................................................................................................................................
$29,132
F-80
Note 10 - Leases
The components of lease expense are as follows within the consolidated statements of operations:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Operating lease expense:
Operating lease expense ........................................................................................
$107
$120
Short-term lease cost .............................................................................................
113
29
Variable lease cost ................................................................................................
31
23
Total operating lease expense ..........................................................................
251
172
Finance lease expense:
Amortization of leased assets ...............................................................................
$79
$84
Interest on lease liabilities .....................................................................................
68
85
Total finance lease expense ..............................................................................
147
169
Total lease expense ..................................................................................................
$398
$341
During the three months ended March 31, 2026, there has been no material changes in the Company’s lease portfolio
since December 31, 2025.
Note 11 - Balance Sheet Components
Certain financial statement details are as follows:
March 31, 2026
December 31,
2025
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Tax related assets .......................................................................................................
$690
$618
Unbilled receivables ..................................................................................................
275
223
Rebates and credits ....................................................................................................
109
597
Restricted cash and deposits ......................................................................................
67
182
Other ..........................................................................................................................
495
590
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ......................................................
$1,636
$2,210
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued infrastructure purchases ..............................................................................
$2,669
$—
Tax related liabilities .................................................................................................
601
563
Payroll & employee benefit accruals .........................................................................
436
322
Operating lease liabilities, current .............................................................................
338
422
Restructuring liabilities ..............................................................................................
220
339
Accrued interest .........................................................................................................
68
416
Other current liabilities ..............................................................................................
1,357
507
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...............................................
$5,689
$2,569
F-81
Note 12 - Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity
SpaceX Preferred and Common Stock
The Company has five classes of stock - four classes to be designated Class A common stock (“Class A”), Class B
common stock (“Class B”), Class C common stock (“Class C”), Class D common stock (“Class D”) (collectively the
“SpaceX Common Stock”), and one class of stock to be designated preferred stock and subdivided into several
series of redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively the “SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock”). All references to “Class” refer to that particular class of SpaceX Common Stock and all references to
“Series” refer to that particular series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
As of March 31, 2026, the total number of shares of SpaceX Common Stock the Company is authorized to issue is
54,657 million shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share, except for Class D, which has a par value of
$0.0001 per share. 36,132 million shares are Class A, 6,125 million shares are Class B, 10,000 million shares are
Class C, and 2,400 million shares are Class D. The total number of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
that the Company is authorized to issue is 2,607 million shares, of which 2,400 million shares are undesignated.
With the exception of the expanded conversion rights described below, there were no changes to the dividend
provisions, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, redemption rights or the voting rights of the SpaceX
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and SpaceX Common Stock during the three months ended March 31,
2026.
In May 2026, the Board approved the 2026 Stock Split, pursuant to which each share of the Class A, Class B, and
Class C SpaceX Common Stock issued and outstanding was split into five shares of the same class of SpaceX
Common Stock.
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock
On March 28, 2025, xAI adopted an Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, which established its capital
structure and designated multiple classes of common stock and several series of redeemable convertible preferred
stock. The Articles were subsequently amended and restated through January 30, 2026 (collectively, the “xAI
Articles of Incorporation”) to add and authorize additional series of redeemable convertible preferred stock with no
economic changes to any previously existing series.
Pursuant to the xAI Articles of Incorporation, xAI’s authorized capitalization prior to the xAI Merger consisted of
three classes of common, stock, which are designated Class A common stock (“xAI Class A”), Class B common
stock (“xAI Class B”), Limited Voting common stock (“xAI Limited Voting”), (collectively the “xAI Common
Stock”) and several series of redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively the “xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock”). All references to “xAI Class” refer to that particular class of xAI Common Stock and all
references to “xAI Series” refer to that particular series of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
Effect of the xAI Merger
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
On xAI Merger Date, all outstanding shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock converted into shares
of SpaceX Common Stock, based on the share-for-share exchange mechanics specified in the Merger Agreement.
Each share of xAI Series A‑1, B, C, D, and E redeemable convertible preferred stock (classified as “xAI Low Vote
Stock”) was converted into 0.1433 shares of SpaceX Class A Common Stock per preferred share  (on a pre-2026
Stock Split basis), rounded up to the nearest whole number for fractional shares. Each share of xAI Series A
redeemable convertible preferred stock (classified as “xAI High Vote Stock”) was converted into 0.1433 shares of
SpaceX Class B Common Stock per preferred share  (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), rounded up to the nearest
whole number for fractional shares. For xAI Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, all holders that were
an eligible service provider could elect to receive cash of $75.46 per share of xAI Series A Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock  (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis). Upon conversion, all shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock were canceled and retired, and former xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock shareholders
F-82
received the applicable shares of SpaceX Common Stock. Any shares of xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock previously held by the Company were canceled and retired and did not receive any consideration.
Because the xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was legally outstanding during all historical periods prior
to the xAI Merger and represented a separate equity class of a legally distinct predecessor entity, the conversion of
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock into SpaceX Common Stock is recognized only as of the closing of the
xAI Merger, and not retrospectively. Accordingly, the historical consolidated balance sheets and consolidated
statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity reflect the xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock as outstanding xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock consistent with its legal
form and rights during those periods and are not recast on an as-converted basis for all periods presented prior to the
xAI Merger Date. The impact of the conversion is presented separately in the consolidated statements of redeemable
convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2026.
xAI Warrants
xAI also issued warrants to customers that were outstanding as of the effective date of the xAI Merger, which had a
ten-year term originally set to expire in 2035, with an exercise price equal to the par value of the stock, and vesting
terms that resulted in the warrants vesting proportionally to the payments received under the related agreement. The
closing of the xAI Merger triggered an acceleration clause in which all outstanding xAI warrants, both vested and
unvested components, were automatically exercised on a cashless basis exercised and converted into fully vested
SpaceX Class A Common Stock at the exchange ratio of 0.1433 (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis).
xAI and X Common Stock
Upon the effective date of the xAI Merger, every outstanding share of xAI Common Stock, whether Class A, Class
B, or Limited Voting, converted into the right to receive SpaceX Common Stock at a fixed exchange ratio of 0.1433
SpaceX shares per share of xAI Common Stock, unless the holder was an eligible service provider and elected to
receive cash of $75.46 per share of xAI Class A or Class B (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis). No fractional SpaceX
shares were issued and all share amounts were rounded up to the nearest whole number. Any shares of xAI Common
Stock previously held by the Company were canceled and retired and did not receive any consideration. 
Effect of the X Merger
Upon the effective date of the X Merger, each class of common stock of X Holdings Corp. (“X Common Stock”)
was converted to 2.776 shares of xAI Common Stock of the same class (rounded down to the nearest whole share),
each class of common stock of X.AI Corp. (“xAI Corp. Common Stock”) was converted to 1.000 share of xAI
Common Stock of the same class, and each series of X.AI Corp. preferred stock (“xAI Corp. Preferred Stock”)
(other than shares held by X or any of its subsidiaries) was converted to 1.000 share of xAI Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock of the same series.
As a result of the Mergers, all of X, X.AI Corp. and xAI Common Stock are being presented in the historical
financial statements as if they had been converted into SpaceX Common Stock at the applicable exchange rate for all
periods presented through the date of the xAI Merger. As such, all shares of historical X, X.AI Corp. and xAI
Common Stock are included in the share counts for SpaceX Common Stock below. X.AI Corp. and xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock are being presented in the consolidated financial statements at historical values with an
adjustment to the conversion rate at the applicable exchange ratio per the xAI Merger.
F-83
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Information for each series of SpaceX and xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively, the
“Combined Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock”) is as follows:
Dividend Per
Share
Initial Price
Per Share
Authorized
Shares
Outstanding (1)
Liquidation
Preference
Net Carrying
Value
March 31,
2026
March 31,
2026
March 31,
2026
March 31,
2026
December 31,
2025
March 31,
2026
March 31,
2026
SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
Series A ................................
$0.05
$1.00
61.0
60.4
60.4
$60
$59
Series A-1 .............................
$0.05
$1.00
61.0
0.2
0.2
—
—
Series B .................................
$0.10
$2.00
5.5
5.1
5.1
10
10
Series B-1 .............................
$0.10
$2.00
5.5
0.1
0.1
—
—
Series C .................................
$0.15
$3.00
10.5
9.7
9.7
29
23
Series D ................................
$0.19
$3.88
7.5
5.2
5.2
40
20
Series E .................................
$0.23
$4.50
10.5
10.2
10.2
46
647
Series F .................................
$0.38
$7.50
6.8
6.7
6.7
50
48
Series G ................................
$3.87
$77.46
13.0
12.6
12.6
978
978
Series H ................................
$6.75
$135.00
3.4
3.2
3.2
429
429
Series I ..................................
$8.45
$169.00
3.0
3.0
3.0
499
499
Series J ..................................
$9.30
$186.00
2.7
2.5
2.5
457
457
Series K ................................
$10.20
$204.00
2.7
2.5
2.5
515
515
Series L .................................
$10.70
$214.00
1.5
1.4
1.4
295
295
Series M ................................
$11.00
$220.00
2.7
2.6
2.7
575
575
Series N ................................
$13.50
$270.00
9.5
9.2
9.3
2,492
2,494
Total SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ................................
206.6
134.6
134.7
$6,475
$7,049
xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
Series A ................................
$—
$—
—
—
750.0
$—
$—
Series A-1 .............................
$—
$—
—
—
—
—
—
Series B .................................
$—
$—
—
—
584.9
—
—
Series C .................................
$—
$—
—
—
277.1
—
—
Series D ................................
$—
$—
—
—
120.1
—
—
Series E .................................
$—
$—
—
—
179.2
—
—
Total xAI Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ................................
—
—
1,911.3
$—
$—
Total Combined
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock ................................
206.6
134.6
2,046.0
$6,475
$7,049
__________________
(1)The number of issued redeemable convertible preferred stock is equal to the number of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock,
with the exception of xAI Series A and xAI Series D, of which the number of issued shares is 1,000.0 million and 175.0 million as of
December 31, 2025, respectively, due to redeemable convertible preferred stock held by X and SpaceX, respectively.
F-84
The following describes the various rights and preferences of the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:
Dividend Provisions
On a per annum basis, holders of shares of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive
dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend to common shareholders at a rate
described in the table above for each outstanding share of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Any
such dividends are declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are not cumulative. For the period from
inception through March 31, 2026, no dividends on SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock have been
declared. The SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock do not participate in distributions beyond their
preferred dividend as described above.
Liquidation Preference
The series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock listed in the table above were issued by the Company
chronologically and in alphabetical order, with Series A issued first and Series N issued most recently. Each series
of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is senior in rank to all earlier issued series and junior in rank to
all later issued series, except that: (i) Series A, A-1, B, B-1, and C SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
are all on parity with each other and junior in rank to all subsequently issued series of SpaceX Redeemable
Convertible Preferred Stock; and (ii) series E, F, and G SpaceX redeemable convertible preferred stock are all on
parity with each other, are senior in rank to all earlier issued series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred
Stock, and junior in rank to all subsequently issued series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of a given series of SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of SpaceX Common
Stock and any junior-ranking SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, the liquidation preference indicated
in the table above for such series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, plus any declared but unpaid
dividends. Holders of all series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive the
greater of the liquidation preference per share indicated above, or the amount each series would be entitled to receive
if all such outstanding SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock were converted to Class A or Class B
SpaceX Common Stock, as applicable, immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
Company. Upon completion of the distributions described above, if any assets remain in the Company, the then
remaining assets will be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of SpaceX Common Stock.
Conversion Rights
Each share of Series A and Series B SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of
the holder at any time after the date of issuance of such share into shares of Class A, Class B, or Class C SpaceX
Common Stock and each share of all other series of preferred stock are convertible at the option of the holder at any
time after the date of issuance of such share into shares of Class A or Class C SpaceX Common Stock. The number
of shares of SpaceX Common Stock to which a holder of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is
entitled shall be at a conversion rate determined by dividing the initial price by the conversion price. Each share of
SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into fifty shares of SpaceX Common Stock
following the 2026 Stock Split. The conversion price is subject to adjustment set forth in the charter for certain
dilutive issuances, splits and combinations.
The SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock automatically converts upon the earlier of (i) the Company’s
sale of its common stock in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, in
which the pre-public offering market capitalization of the Company is at least $6.0 billion and which results in
aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $250 million (“Qualified IPO”) or (ii) the date specified by
written consent or agreement of the applicable holders of shares of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
(with respect to each applicable series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock), voting in accordance
with the charter.
F-85
In the event of a transfer of a share of Series A or Series B (other than a Permitted Transfer as defined in the
charter), such share shall automatically be cancelled and converted into a corresponding share of Series A-1 or
Series B-1.
Voting Rights
Holders of each share of Series A and Series B have the right to ten votes for each share of Class B into which such
share is convertible. Holders of each share of all other series of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
have the right to one vote for each share of Class A into which such share is convertible. Such holders will have full
voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of SpaceX Common Stock, except as
required by law.
Classification
The liquidation preference provisions of the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are considered
contingent redemption provisions as deemed liquidation events such as a change of control are not solely within the
control of the Company. Accordingly, SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock are presented outside of
permanent equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as Redeemable convertible preferred stock. SpaceX
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock has not been remeasured to their redemption amount as they are not
currently redeemable or probable of becoming redeemable.
Common Stock
The following describes all of the activity that occurred within each class of SpaceX Common Stock during the three
months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, incorporating all activity that occurred within the class of xAI Common
Stock on an as-converted basis to the class of SpaceX Common Stock it was converted into per the xAI Merger and
X Merger.
Class A Common
Stock
Class B Common
Stock
Class C Common
Stock
Class D Common
Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balances at December 31,
2024 ...................................
1,832
$2
768
$1
423
$0
—
$—
Common stock issued, net of
tax withholding ..................
18
0
1
0
7
0
—
—
Repurchase of common
stock ...................................
(14)
0
(14)
0
—
—
—
—
Conversion of redeemable
convertible preferred stock
to common stock ...............
1
0
—
—
1
0
—
—
Conversion between classes
of common stock ...............
24
0
(24)
0
—
—
—
—
Transfer of equity in
business combination ........
1
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
Balances at March 31, 2025
1,862
$2
731
$1
431
$0
—
$—
F-86
Class A Common
Stock
Class B Common
Stock
Class C Common
Stock
Class D Common
Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Balances at December 31,
2025 ...................................
1,952
$3
643
$1
484
$0
—
$—
Common stock issued, net of
tax withholding ..................
28
—
1,305
1
13
—
—
—
Repurchase of common
stock ...................................
(9)
—
(22)
—
—
—
—
—
Conversion of redeemable
convertible preferred stock
pursuant to the xAI
Merger ...............................
886
—
537
1
—
—
—
—
Repurchase of common
stock pursuant to xAI
Merger ...............................
(3)
—
(20)
—
—
—
—
—
Conversion of redeemable
convertible preferred stock
to common stock ...............
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Conversion between classes
of common stock ...............
25
—
(25)
—
—
—
—
—
Balances at March 31, 2026
2,884
$3
2,418
$3
497
$0
—
$—
The following describes the various rights and preferences of the SpaceX Common Stock:
Dividend Provisions
Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to
dividends, holders of SpaceX Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors, out of any funds legally available, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors. For the period from inception through March 31, 2026, no dividends were declared on SpaceX Common
Stock.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, upon the completion of the distributions
required with respect to the SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, if assets remain in the Company, the
then remaining assets will be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of SpaceX Common
Stock. 
Conversion Rights
Each share of Class B is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time, into one share of Class A. Each share of
Class B will automatically convert into one share of Class A upon a transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer (as
defined in the charter), of such share of Class B.
Voting Rights
Each holder of Class A is entitled to one vote for each share held. Each holder of Class B is entitled to ten votes for
each share held. The holders of Class C have no voting rights, except as required by law. Voting rights with respect
to Class D will be established when and if any shares of Class D are issued by the Board of Directors.
Reserve for Unissued Shares of Common Stock
The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of SpaceX Common
Stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of SpaceX Redeemable
F-87
Convertible Preferred Stock and Class B, as applicable, plus shares granted and available for grant under the
Company’s share plans.
The amount of such shares of the SpaceX Common Stock reserved for these purposes at March 31, 2026 is as
follows:
Number of Shares
Class A
Class B
Class C
Class D
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued
(low-vote) .................................................................
3,448
—
3,448
—
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock issued
(high-vote) ...............................................................
3,274
3,274
3,274
—
Outstanding Class B ....................................................
2,421
—
—
—
Outstanding stock options ...........................................
8
450
476
—
Outstanding RSUs .......................................................
49
1
79
—
Future grants under share-based compensation ...........
150
—
350
—
9,350
3,725
7,627
—
Share Repurchases
During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company repurchased $2,413 million or 25.4 million shares of
SpaceX Common Stock from eligible current and former xAI employees as part of the xAI Merger. During the three
months ended March 31, 2026, the Company also repurchased of 30.5 million shares of SpaceX Common Stock and
2.1 million shares of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock for $1,933 million in a number of unrelated
transactions with existing shareholders at their then-current fair market value.
Similarly, the Company repurchased $508 million or 28.0 million shares of SpaceX Common Stock from eligible
current and former employees and existing shareholders during the three ended March 31, 2025. The Company only
repurchased shares held by eligible participants for more than six months at a purchase price per share equal to the
then current fair market value. 
All SpaceX shares repurchased to date have been retired.
F-88
Note 13 - Earnings per Share
The following table presents the reconciliation of net loss attributable to common shareholders to net loss used in
computing basic and diluted net income loss per share of common stock:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Numerator:
Net loss ......................................................................................................................
$(4,276)
$(528)
Less: Deemed dividend(1) ......................................................................................
671
—
Net loss attributable to common shareholders - basic and diluted ............................
(4,947)
(528)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding - basic and diluted ............
3,884
2,875
Loss per share attributable to common shareholders
Basic and Diluted ..................................................................................................
$(1.27)
$(0.18)
__________________
(1)The excess of fair market value over the consideration transferred for the repurchase of SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
was treated as a deemed dividend and resulted in an increase to net loss attributable to common shareholders in the calculation of loss per
share.
The following potentially dilutive securities on an as-converted basis are excluded from the calculation of diluted net
loss per share attributable to common shareholders for the periods presented because the impact of including them
would be anti-dilutive (refer to Note 14, Share-based Compensation for additional details):
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
xAI Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ..........................................................
—
1,155
SpaceX Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ....................................................
6,723
6,760
Share-based compensation ........................................................................................
598
674
The table above excludes 1,319.1 million and 14.3 million share-based compensation awards outstanding as of
March 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively, as these awards are subject to performance and market conditions that were
not met as of those dates.
Note 14 - Share-based Compensation
X and xAI Mergers
As part of the xAI Merger, each xAI option for a share of xAI common stock outstanding and unexercised at the
time of the xAI Merger (vested and unvested) was converted into a SpaceX option to receive 0.1433 shares of
SpaceX Class A or Class B Common Stock (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as applicable, under the same terms
and conditions (including the vesting and exercisability conditions) as the original xAI stock options at an exercise
price equal to the original xAI option exercise price divided by 0.1433. Each xAI RSU that was vested and
outstanding was converted to the right to receive 0.1433 of a share of SpaceX Class A or Class B Common Stock 
(on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as applicable. Each xAI RSU that was unvested was converted to 0.1433 of a
SpaceX RSU. Each xAI RSA was converted to 0.1433 shares of SpaceX RSA for SpaceX Class A or Class B
Common Stock  (on a pre-2026 Stock Split basis), as applicable, with the same terms and conditions (including the
vesting terms). Refer to Note 12, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Shareholders’ Equity for additional
details.
F-89
As part of the X Merger, each X RSU that was outstanding was converted to a xAI RSU to receive 2.776 shares of
xAI Common Stock. 
General
The Company grants RSUs, RSAs, and non-statutory options to eligible employees, key executives, and certain non-
employee service providers (collectively, the “Plans”).  The Company also has a number of performance-based
awards. The Company offers an ESPP, under which eligible employees can purchase the Company’s Common
Stock at a discounted price. The Company also offers a Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“NQ
ESPP”), under which employees can purchase the Company’s Common Stock at the fair market value. In April
2026, the Company cancelled the NQ ESPP.
Officer Equity Awards
In January 2026, the Company granted 1,000 million performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock
to Elon Musk. The restricted shares vest upon (i) the Company’s achievement of specified market capitalization
milestones across 15 equal tranches ranging from $500 billion to $7.5 trillion, with each milestone reflecting $500
billion in additional valuation, and (ii) the Company’s establishment of a permanent human colony on Mars with at
least one million inhabitants, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment (“SpaceX CEO Award”).
The grant date fair value of the SpaceX CEO Award was determined to be $90.40 to $95.92 per share for each
tranche.
In November 2025, the Company granted a performance-based award (“xAI Award”) to Elon Musk consisting of
twelve tranches with certain market, performance and service conditions. In March 2026, the Company cancelled the
xAI Award and replaced it with a grant of 302.1 million performance-based restricted shares of Class B common
stock, which vest upon (i) the achievement of specified market capitalization milestones across 12 equal tranches
ranging from $1.065 trillion to $6.565 trillion, with each milestone reflecting $500 billion in additional valuation,
and (ii) the Company’s completion of non-Earth-based data centers capable of delivering 100 terawatts of compute
per year, in each case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment (“AI CEO Award”). The grant date fair value
of the AI CEO Award was determined to be $91.47 to $95.92 per share for each tranche. The cancellation of the xAI
Award and the grant of the AI CEO Award was considered an accounting modification. Share-based compensation
will continue to be recognized over the original remaining service period equal to the fair value of the portion of the
original xAI Award that was deemed probable of vesting as of the modification date. No incremental expense will
be recognized based on the modified terms of the new AI CEO Award until the new performance conditions are
deemed probable of vesting.
Share-based compensation expense recognition for the SpaceX CEO Award and AI CEO Award commences when
the performance condition milestone is considered probable of achievement for each award regardless of the
progress made towards achieving the next market capitalization milestone. As of March 31, 2026, both performance
milestones were considered improbable and no share-based compensation expense has been recognized related to
the SpaceX CEO Award and AI CEO Award. Once the performance milestone is considered probable of
achievement, share-based compensation expense associated with the tranche will be recognized over the expected
achievement date of the performance milestone.
In January 2026, the Company approved an amendment to 4 million performance-based stock options granted to
Bret Johnsen, Chief Financial Officer, that were originally issued in 2024 (“CFO Award”). In lieu of vesting based
on free cash flow achievement in excess of a baseline, 371 thousand of the stock options will vest for each $10
billion in adjusted EBITDA achieved during the 2025 through 2029 fiscal years, assessed on an annual basis. For
purposes of this award, adjusted EBITDA is calculated as income from operations excluding (i) depreciation and
amortization, (ii) share-based compensation, (iii) impairment, and (iv) restructuring impacts. Once a tranche of the
stock options have become earned as a result of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA performance as of the end of a
particular fiscal year, such stock options remain subject to an additional one-year and one day service-based vesting
requirement following December 31 of the fiscal year in which such tranche was earned. The number of options
granted was not changed in the amendment. The impact of the modification of the CFO Award was not material.
F-90
Fair Value Determination
The fair value and derived service period of the SpaceX CEO Award and AI CEO Award are estimated on the grant
date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The weighted-average assumptions that were used to calculate the grant
date fair value of the SpaceX CEO Award and modification date fair value of the AI CEO Award are as follows:
Expected term (years) ...........................................................................................................................
30.0
Volatility ...............................................................................................................................................
45.0%
Risk-free interest rate ............................................................................................................................
4.91%
Dividend yield .......................................................................................................................................
—%
The SpaceX CEO Award and AI CEO Award do not have a defined performance period other than Mr. Musk’s
continued employment through the date each milestone is achieved. Therefore, an analysis was performed for an
expected term of ten to fifty years and a midpoint of thirty years was used. The Company determined the expected
volatility assumption using the frequency of daily historical prices of comparable public companies’ common stock
for a period equal to the expected term. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates
on U.S. Government securities for a period consistent with the expected term. The dividend yield assumption is
based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any
cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Summary of Share-Based Compensation Information
The following table summarizes our share-based compensation expense by line item in the consolidated statements
of operations:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
2025
Cost of revenue ..........................................................................................................
$76
$39
Research and development ........................................................................................
362
75
Selling, general, and administrative ..........................................................................
201
118
Total ....................................................................................................................
$639
$232
During the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, share-based compensation expense capitalized to the
consolidated balance sheets was $60 million and $30 million, respectively.
Note 15 - Income Taxes
The Company’s effective tax rate was (0.1)% for the three months ended March 31, 2026, compared to (2.7)% for
the three months ended March 31, 2025. The change in the Company’s effective tax rate was primarily due to the
changes in the mix of its jurisdictional earnings.
The Company’s effective tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 as compared to the U.S.
federal statutory rate of 21.0% were primarily impacted by the mix of its jurisdictional earnings subject to different
tax rates and the valuation allowances on its deferred tax assets.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considered whether it is more likely than not that
some or all of its net deferred tax assets will not be realizable based on the relevant weight of all positive and
negative evidence. As of March 31, 2026, the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its
deferred tax assets in the United States, with the exception of certain state deferred tax assets and transferrable
investment tax credits that are expected to be realizable. The Company has also recorded valuation allowances in
certain foreign jurisdictions where it concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of its deferred tax assets in future periods and will
adjust the valuation allowance as necessary based on changes in facts and circumstances.
F-91
Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies
Unconditional Obligations
During the three months ended March 31, 2026, there have been no material changes to the Company’s
unconditional obligation since December 31, 2025 other than the execution of certain purchase agreements with an
unaffiliated third party to acquire additional turbines for the AI infrastructure totaling $925 million through 2029.
Letters of Credit and Surety Bonds
The Company had outstanding letters of credit of $517 million at March 31, 2026 related to various customer
contracts, insurance agreements, and facility lease agreements. All of the outstanding letters of credit were
collateralized by restricted cash. The Company also had surety bonds of $447 million for self-insured workers’
compensation programs and other governmental licenses at March 31, 2026.
Legal Proceedings
In the normal course of its business, the Company is involved from time to time in various arbitrations, class actions,
commercial litigation, investigations and other legal, regulatory or governmental actions, including the significant
matters described below that could have a material impact on our results of operations. The Company assesses, in
conjunction with its legal counsel, the need to record a liability for litigation and contingencies. With respect to the
cases, actions, and inquiries described below, the Company evaluates the associated developments on a regular basis
and will accrue a liability when it believes a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. In
addition, the Company believes there is a reasonable possibility that it may incur a loss in some of these matters and
the loss may be material or exceed its estimated ranges of possible loss.
The outcomes of the matters described in this section, such as whether the likelihood of loss is remote, reasonably
possible, or probable, or if and when the reasonably possible range of loss is estimable, are inherently uncertain, and
unless specified otherwise, possible losses are not reasonably estimable at this time. If one or more of these matters
were resolved against the Company for amounts above management’s estimates, the Company’s financial condition
and results of operations, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable
and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.
In November 2022, the European Union’s Digital Services Act (“DSA”) came into force as a result of which X has
to comply with extensive content moderation and other duties. The Company published its first Transparency Report
under the DSA in November 2023. In December 2023, the European Commission (“EC”) opened a formal
investigation into X and its Irish subsidiary, Twitter International Unlimited Company (“TIUC”), which was later
renamed to X Internet Unlimited Company (XIUC). On July 12, 2024, in relation to alleged breaches of Articles
25(1), 39 and 40(12) of the DSA, the EC issued preliminary findings that X’s blue checkmark is deceptive, its
advertisement repository does not meet DSA requirements, and it grants inadequate access to data to third-party
researchers. On September 26, 2024, XIUC and X submitted their observations challenging the EC’s preliminary
findings.  On December 5, 2025, the EC delivered a final decision in which it upheld its preliminary findings and
imposed a fine of EUR 120 million on XIUC, X., x.AI, and Elon Musk (together, the “parties”). On February 16,
2026, the parties challenged the EC’s decision in the General Court of the European Union. This challenge remains
pending.
In March 2016, non-practicing entity Youtoo Technologies filed suit against Twitter, Inc. in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of Texas alleging its Vine and Periscope products infringe Youtoo’s video-
sharing patents (the ‘304, ‘506, and ‘997 patents). On Twitter’s motion, the district court dismissed the ‘304 and
’506 patents as invalid. Twitter filed petitions for Inter Partes Review before the Patent Trial and Appeals Board
(PTAB) challenging all three patents-in-suit. The PTAB upheld the ‘304 and ‘506 Patents and invalidated the ‘997
Patent; the Federal Circuit affirmed. On March 16, 2020, Plaintiff (now Vidstream LLC, which allegedly acquired
the patents from Youtoo Technologies in a bankruptcy proceeding), moved the Court to reconsider its earlier ruling
invalidating the ‘304 and ‘506 patents. On April 1, 2022, the Court reversed its original ruling on the ‘304 and ‘506
patents. On September 27, 2024, Vidstream filed a motion for partial summary judgment, which the Court granted in
part. The case went to a jury trial, and on April 16, 2025, the jury rendered a verdict finding (i) that Twitter did not
F-92
infringe any claim of the ‘506 patent and two out of three claims of the ‘304 patent and that each of those patent
claims was invalid, but (ii) that Twitter willfully infringed one claim of the ‘304 patent. The jury awarded Plaintiff
$105 million in damages. In November 2025, the district court affirmed the jury’s award and awarded an additional
$67 million in prejudgment interest. Twitter has appealed and Vidstream has cross-appealed. Both appeals remain
pending before the Federal Circuit.
In June 2023, music publishing companies that are members of the National Music Publishers’ Association (the
“NMPA”) filed a complaint against X in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, claiming
direct, contributory, and vicarious copyright infringement based on Twitter’s alleged failure to expeditiously take
down infringing music posted by users after the music publishers allegedly gave Twitter notice of those
infringements. The music publishers also allege that Twitter did not suspend the accounts of “repeat infringers,” so
that Twitter is not entitled to a “safe harbor” from liability under the DMCA. X filed a motion to dismiss the
complaint on August 14, 2023. On March 5, 2024, the Court dismissed plaintiffs’ direct infringement and vicarious
infringement claims, and part of plaintiffs’ claim for contributory infringement. X answered the complaint on April
9, 2024. Litigation was stayed from June 11, 2025 to September 9, 2025 for settlement discussions that were not
successful. Accordingly, discovery is ongoing. On April 1, 2026, the Court granted the parties’ joint motion for a
stay to allow X to file a renewed motion to dismiss the suit based on the Supreme Court’s decision in Cox Comm’s,
Inc. v. Sony Music Entm’t. Fact discovery is now closed. In light of this Supreme Court ruling, the parties have
stipulated to a May 11, 2026 deadline for the music publishers to amend their complaint with respect to their
remaining claims for contributory infringement, and a June 11, 2026 deadline for X to file a renewed motion to
dismiss.
In September 2023, Dutch foundation Stichting Data Bescherming Nederland (“SDBN”) filed a putative class action
lawsuit in the District Court of Amsterdam in the Netherlands against TIUC, Twitter, Inc., X Corp., and Twitter
Netherlands b.v. related to Twitter’s operation of the MoPub platform. SDBN primarily claims that MoPub’s real-
time bidding ad exchange violated the GDPR. SDBN claims to represent 11 million Dutch internet users who
downloaded and used third-party mobile apps containing the MoPub software development kit during the period
2013-2022 and it seeks a monetary award in the range of € 250 to € 2,500 per person.  On February 4, 2026, the
Court declined to allow the case to proceed as a class action and indicated that it is considering staying the
proceedings until the Court of Justice of the European Union has ruled in a separate case concerning the
applicability of Dutch class action requirements to GDPR claims. The Twitter parties filed a brief in support of the
proposed stay, which the plaintiffs opposed, on March 4, 2026.
In August 2024, Dutch foundation Stichting Onderzoek Marktinformatie (SOMI) initiated a collective action in the
District Court of Amsterdam in the Netherlands on behalf of approximately 7.8 million Dutch X users. Among other
things, SOMI seeks damages against TIUC, X Corp. and Twitter Netherlands B.V. (collectively, the “X entities”)
for: (1) alleged data breaches and insufficient security measures; (2) alleged unauthorized microtargeting and lack of
transparency; and (3) the alleged failure to moderate hate speech and the obstruction of research, all in violation of
the GDPR and/or DSA. The alleged data breaches relate to a Twitter API bug that came to light in 2022 and that had
allowed persons who knew the email address or phone number of a user to determine the user’s Twitter ID. SOMI
has requested compensation (to be assessed at a later stage) for each member of the class, including symbolic
damages of EUR 1 for each member of the class that is allegedly affected by hate speech on the X platform. The X
entities filed a procedural defense on March 12, 2025.  The court held a hearing on April 2, 2026, and indicated that
it would hand down its decision on May 27, 2026.
In September 2025, non-practicing entity Search and Share Technologies, LLC (“SaS”) filed a patent complaint
against X Corp. in the Federal District Court for the Western District of Texas. SaS alleges that X Corp. infringed on
U.S. Patent Nos. 10,180,952 and 11,106,744, through features in its mobile app and website enabling users to
interact with content through dedicated interfaces that directly share what other users see in ranked feeds and search
results. SaS filed an Amended Complaint on January 5, 2026. On January 20, 2026, X Corp. moved to dismiss SaS’s
willful infringement and induced infringement claims.  On February 3, 2026, SAS responded to, but did not oppose,
X Corp.’s partial motion to dismiss. On February 10, 2026, X Corp. filed its reply.  On February 4, 2026, X Corp.
filed an IPR petition challenging the ‘744 Patent and on February 18, 2026, filed an IPR petition challenging the
'952 Patent.
F-93
Beginning in January 2026, the Company and certain subsidiaries have been named as defendants in multiple
lawsuits arising from Grok’s image-generation and editing features. The complaints generally allege that Grok’s
image-generation and editing features enabled the creation and dissemination of nonconsensual explicit images and/
or content representing women and/or children in sexualized contexts. The actions include Jane Doe v. X.AI Corp.
and X.AI LLC, instituted in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on January 23, 2026, and
Jane Doe 1 et al. v. X.AI Corp. and X.AI LLC (the “Jane Doe 1 Case”) instituted in the U.S. District Court for the
Northern District of California on March 16, 2026.  These cases are putative class actions, asserting claims
including, among other things, claims of strict liability, negligence, nuisance, rights of privacy or publicity, and, in
the Jane Doe 1 Case, certain federal statutory claims.  Plaintiffs in these two cases seek, among other things,
compensatory, statutory and punitive damages, restitution, disgorgement and injunctive relief. In addition, a case,
Mayor and City Council of Baltimore ex rel. Ebony M. Thompson v. X Corp., X.AI Corp., X.AI LLC, and Space
Exploration Technologies Corp, was instituted in the Baltimore City Circuit Court on March 24, 2026 (the
“Baltimore Case”). The plaintiff in the Baltimore Case, the Mayor and City Council of Baltimore, asserts similar
claims to those in the two cases discussed above under Baltimore’s Consumer Protection Ordinances. The plaintiff
in the Baltimore Case seeks statutory penalties and/or injunctive relief. The Company intends to defend itself
vigorously in these actions.
On April 14, 2026, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the NAACP Mississippi
State Conference (together, the “NAACP”) filed suit against X.AI Corp. and MZX Tech, LLC alleging that the
mobile gas turbines powering the COLOSSUS II data center with the permission of the Mississippi Department of
Environmental Quality are in violation of the Clean Air Act because they allegedly constitute stationary sources
without the proper permits.  On May 6, 2026, the NAACP filed a preliminary injunction motion seeking to enjoin
the operation of the turbines.  The Company intends to defend itself vigorously in these actions. 
The Company has recorded an accrual of $399 million for litigation losses that are probable and reasonably
estimable in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as
of March 31, 2026. For other matters, the Company is not currently able to estimate the reasonably possible loss or
range of loss.
Note 17 - Related Party Transactions
The Company periodically does business with certain entities with which its CEO and directors are affiliated.
During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company purchased $34 million of Megapack products from
Tesla, Inc. (“Tesla”) recorded in Property, plant, and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets. As of
December 31, 2025, the Company purchased $506 million of Megapack products and $131 million of Cybertrucks
at manufacturer’s suggested retail price from Tesla, recorded in Property, plant, and equipment, net in the
consolidated balance sheets.
In January 2026, and as further amended on February 18, 2026, CTC entered into an equipment lease agreement
with Valor Equity Partners (“Valor”) for certain AI infrastructure hardware (“Valor transaction II”). The founder,
CEO and Chief Investment Officer of Valor, Antonio Gracias, serves as one of the directors of the Company. The
Valor transaction II was deemed to be a failed sale-leaseback transaction. The Company has previously entered into
a similar agreement with Valor for other AI infrastructure hardware. As of March 31, 2026, the Company recorded
debt of $1,121 million and $7,920 million within Debt and finance leases, current and Debt and finance leases, net
of current, respectively, in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and $186 million in Interest expense for the
three months ended March 31, 2026 in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations related to equipment
lease agreements with Valor. As of December 31, 2025, the Company recorded debt of $455 million and $4,052
million within Debt and finance leases, current and Debt and finance leases, net of current, respectively, in the
Company’s consolidated balance sheet related to equipment lease agreements with Valor. Refer to Note 9, Debt for
additional details. The related asset is recorded within Property, plant, and equipment, net in the Company’s
consolidated balance sheets.
Other transactions with Tesla and other related parties during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025 were
immaterial.
F-94
Note 18 - Segments
Following the Mergers, the Company evaluated how to view and measure performance of the combined company
and potential realignment of individual entity’s historical segment structure. Following this evaluation, the Company
determined that as a combined company, effective in Q1 2026, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, as the Chief
Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), organizes the Company, manages resource allocations, and measures
performance among three operating and reportable segments: (i) Space, (ii) Connectivity, and (iii) AI. Prior period
presentations for segments conform to the current segment reporting structure. 
The Company’s CODM assesses performance and allocates resources to operating segments based on segment
income (loss) from operations by comparing actual income (loss) from operations to historical results and previously
forecasted financial information. The Company’s CODM does not evaluate operating and reportable segments using
asset or liability information.
The following tables present information as to revenues, significant segment expenses, and income (loss) from
operations by the Company’s reportable segments:
Three Months Ended March 31,
2026
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Revenue .............................................................
$619
$3,257
$818
$4,694
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
281
1,651
456
2,388
Research and development .............................
930
205
2,379
3,514
Selling, general and administrative ................
70
213
463
746
Restructuring charges .....................................
—
—
(11)
(11)
Total costs and expenses ...........................
1,281
2,069
3,287
6,637
Income (loss) from operations ..........................
(662)
1,188
(2,469)
(1,943)
Interest expense ...................................................
(664)
Interest income ....................................................
213
Other expense, net ...............................................
(1,876)
Loss before income taxes ..................................
$(4,270)
Supplemental segment information
Depreciation and amortization ............................
$166
$783
$1,493
$2,442
Share-based compensation ..................................
$145
$116
$378
$639
Capital expenditures ............................................
$1,052
$1,332
$7,723
$10,107
F-95
Three Months Ended March 31,
2025
Space
Connectivity
AI
Total Reportable
Segments
Revenue ..............................................................
$865
$2,475
$727
$4,067
Costs and expenses
Cost of revenue ..............................................
297
1,214
451
1,962
Research and development .............................
526
123
908
1,557
Selling, general and administrative ................
88
105
300
493
Restructuring charges .....................................
—
—
4
4
Impairment .....................................................
24
—
—
24
Total costs and expenses ...........................
935
1,442
1,663
4,040
Income (loss) from operations ..........................
(70)
1,033
(936)
27
Interest expense ...................................................
(447)
Interest income ....................................................
117
Other expense, net ...............................................
(211)
Loss before income taxes ..................................
$(514)
Supplemental segment information
Depreciation and amortization ............................
$162
$510
$771
$1,443
Share-based compensation ..................................
$108
$75
$49
$232
Impairment ..........................................................
$24
$—
$—
$24
Capital expenditures ............................................
$759
$814
$2,567
$4,140
Note 19 - Restructuring
In 2022, X, an indirect subsidiary of the Company (through the X Merger and subsequently, xAI Merger), initiated
global employee workforce reductions, the effects of which continued into 2026. The charges and credits associated
with the workforce reduction include cash severance expense and other termination benefits. Total charges (credits)
of $(11) million and $4 million associated with the workforce reduction were recorded in Restructuring charges
(credits) in the consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2026, and 2025,
respectively.
The following table is a summary of the changes in the restructuring liabilities for each period presented, included
within Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets:
Restructuring liabilities as of December 31, 2025 ................................................................................
$443
Severance and other personnel costs .................................................................................................
(11)
Cash payments ...................................................................................................................................
(123)
Other adjustments ..............................................................................................................................
3
Restructuring liabilities as of March 31, 2026 ......................................................................................
$312
F-96
Note 20 - Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred from April 1, 2026 through May 7, 2026, which is the
date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that there were no subsequent
events or transactions that required recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements, except as
discussed below.
Collaboration Agreement
On April 19, 2026, the Company entered into a compute agreement with Anysphere, Inc., doing business as Cursor,
a San Francisco-based private software company (“Cursor”). Pursuant to the compute agreement, the Company will
collaborate with Cursor to improve the Company’s existing models, including Grok, and potentially to jointly
develop AI models and related model-specific deliverables.
Concurrent with the compute agreement, the Company also entered into an option agreement for the right, but not
the obligation, to acquire Cursor. The option agreement generally provides that the Company may exercise the call
option at any time during the 30-day period following the earlier of (i) seven trading days following the completion
of the Company’s IPO and (ii) September 30, 2026. Exercise of the call option is in the Company’s sole discretion
and subject to further approval by the board of directors. Cursor is also subject to certain exclusivity obligations
under the option agreement. The consideration for the acquisition of Cursor would consist of shares of  Class A
common stock based on an implied equity value of Cursor of $60.0 billion, and the price of Class A common stock
that equals, if the acquisition closed prior to the completion of this offering, the most recent quarterly valuation, or,
if the acquisition closed after the completion of the Company’s IPO, the volume-weighted average closing price
thereof over the seven consecutive trading days immediately preceding the closing of the acquisition. If either (i) the
Company decides to terminate the option agreement or (ii) Cursor is eligible to and decides to terminate due to the
Company’s material breach of the option agreement, Cursor is entitled to a $1.5 billion termination fee under the
option agreement and an $8.5 billion deferred services fee under the compute agreement. These fees are payable in
cash (or Class A common stock, if the Company’s IPO has not been consummated at the time the fees become
payable).
The Company has conducted preliminary due diligence on Cursor’s business, technology and operations, and expect
to continue such diligence in connection with any decision to exercise the call option. The Company cannot predict
whether the Company will elect to exercise the call option or, if exercised, whether the acquisition will close on the
anticipated terms or at all.
Sale-Leaseback Transaction
On April 24, 2026, CTC entered into a five-year equipment lease agreement with Valor, a related party, for certain
AI infrastructure hardware (“Valor transaction III”) for total undiscounted lease payments of $6,587 million.
Asset Acquisition
On April 30, 2026, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with an unaffiliated third party to
purchase certain mobile gas turbines and related packages for approximately $2,000 million (the “Turbine
Acquisition”). The closing of the Turbine Acquisition is expected to occur in May 2026 and is subject to customary
closing conditions. The seller has also agreed to enter into a post-closing services agreement to support the
Company's turbine operations. The Turbine Acquisition will help provide power to the Company's data centers.
Cloud Services Agreement
On May 3, 2026, the Company entered into a cloud services agreement with Anthropic PBC, an AI research and
development public benefit corporation, with respect to access to compute capacity. Pursuant to this agreement, the
customer has agreed to pay a monthly fee through May 2029, with capacity ramping in May 2026 at a reduced fee.
The agreement may be terminated by either party upon 90 days’ notice. The customer will retain ownership and
intellectual property rights in its content, AI models, and related data. 
backcover1aa.jpg
II-1
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in
connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts except the SEC registration
fee, the FINRA fee and the stock exchange listing fee are estimated.
SEC Registration Fee ............................................................................................................................
$138,100
FINRA Filing Fee .................................................................................................................................
150,500
Nasdaq Listing Fee
335,000
Printing Costs ........................................................................................................................................
*
Legal Fees and Expenses ......................................................................................................................
*
Accounting Fees and Expenses .............................................................................................................
*
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses .......................................................................................................
*
Miscellaneous Expenses .......................................................................................................................
*
Total ......................................................................................................................................................
$*
__________________
*To be provided by amendment.
Item 14.Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), the charter of a corporation may provide that a
director or officer of the corporation is not liable, or is liable only to the extent provided by the charter, to the
corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission by the person in the person’s capacity as
a director or officer. The TBOC does not authorize elimination or limitation of liability to the extent the director or
officer is found liable under applicable law for:
•any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;
•any act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director or officer to the corporation
or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•any transaction from which the director or officer receives an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit
resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s duties; or
•an act or omission for which the liability of the director or officer is expressly provided by an applicable statute.
Our charter will provide that our directors and officers are not liable to the Company or its shareholders for
monetary damages for an act or omission by the director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or
for a breach of any duty as a director or officer to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC, as it exists or as
amended from time to time.
The TBOC provides that a corporation must indemnify a director or former director against reasonable expenses
actually incurred by the person in connection with a proceeding in which the person is a respondent because the
person is or was a director, or is or was serving as a representative of another enterprise or organization or an
employee benefit plan while serving as a director, if the director or former director is wholly successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. If a court determines that a director, former director or
representative is entitled to indemnification, the court will order indemnification by the corporation and award the
person expenses incurred in securing the indemnification. The TBOC also permits corporations to indemnify present
or former directors where indemnification is not mandated by the TBOC; however, such permissive indemnification
is subject to certain limitations and the director satisfying specified standards of conduct. The TBOC also provides
that officers must be indemnified to the same extent as directors are required to be indemnified under the TBOC and
II-2
that a court may also order indemnification under various circumstances. In addition, the TBOC permits
indemnification in certain circumstances in which we would not otherwise have the power to do so under the
provisions of the TBOC or our charter or bylaws if that indemnification is approved by the shareholders of the
Company.
Our bylaws will also provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC, the Company must indemnify any
person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative, legislative or investigative, including an appeal
thereof, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or an officer (who is appointed by our board or
specifically designated as such by our chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer) of the Company,
or while a director or officer of the Company is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
partner, venturer, trustee, employee, administrator or agent of another entity, trust or enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if the person satisfied a specified standard of
conduct. Our bylaws will also provide that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such director or officer in defending any proceeding will be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition
of the proceeding upon written request from that person subject to the person satisfying certain conditions. To the
extent that indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers
and controlling persons, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
The TBOC and our bylaws permit the Company to purchase insurance on behalf of existing or former officers,
employees, directors or agents against any liability asserted against and incurred by that person in such capacity, or
arising out of that person’s status in such capacity, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify
that person under the TBOC. Pursuant to this authority, we expect to obtain such insurance for the officers,
employees, directors and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries. We will also enter into written indemnification
agreements with each of our officers and directors that provide, in general, that we will indemnify them against loss
and liability arising from, and will pay or reimburse their actual and reasonable expenses incurred in advance of the
final disposition of any legal proceeding involving their service to us or on our behalf. As permitted by the TBOC,
because these agreements are expected to be approved by our shareholders, the agreements may require
indemnification or payment of expenses in favor of the indemnitee in certain circumstances in which we would not
otherwise have the power to do so under the provisions of the TBOC or our charter or bylaws. Pursuant to a written
undertaking provided by any director or officer who requests the Company to reimburse or pay that person’s
expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, the director or officer will be required to repay the
advanced expenses to the Company if it is found that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification under
applicable law and our bylaws.
The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement will provide for
indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities in connection with this
offering. 
II-3
Item 15.Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities we have issued in the last three years.
Unless stated otherwise, the sale of the securities listed below were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant
to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, as
transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. Share amounts in this Item 15. do not give effect to the
2026 Stock Split.
On February 2, 2026, we consummated the xAI Merger and, in connection therewith, issued 321,681,643 shares of
Class A common stock and 121,683,400 shares of Class B common stock as partial consideration, including
3,798,039 shares of Class A common stock to Tesla following the completion of a regulatory review period on
March 12, 2026. 
On January 13, 2026, we granted 200 million performance-based restricted shares of Class B common stock to Mr.
Musk to vest upon (i) our achievement of specified market capitalization milestones across 15 equal tranches and (ii)
the Company’s establishment of a permanent human colony on Mars with at least one million inhabitants, in each
case, subject to Mr. Musk’s continued employment with us through the date on which achievement is certified by
our board.
On September 7, 2025, we entered into a License Purchase Agreement with Spectrum Business Trust 2025-1, a
Nevada Business Trust, and EchoStar. The total consideration for the acquisition of EchoStar’s spectrum is
approximately $19.6 billion, consisting of (i) approximately $11.1 billion in equity, payable through the issuance of
approximately 52.4 million shares of Class A common stock at a fixed value of $212 per share, and (ii) up to $8.5
billion related to the payoff of designated EchoStar debt, with any shortfall below $8.5 billion to be paid in cash.
Such amounts do not give effect to the 2026 Stock Split. The allocation of cash and equity consideration is subject to
certain adjustments based on the amount of EchoStar debt satisfied at or prior to closing. The Spectrum Transaction
is expected to close in November 2027. 
Item 16.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
Exhibit No.
Description of Exhibit
1.1#
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1*^
3.1*
3.2*
4.1*
4.2*
5.1*
10.1*
10.2*†
10.3*†
10.4*†
10.5*†
10.6*†
10.7*†
II-4
Exhibit No.
Description of Exhibit
10.8*^
10.9*^
10.10^
21.1*
23.1
23.2*
24.1*
107*
__________________
#To be filed by amendment.
*Previously filed.
^Certain of the schedules and attachments to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(a)(5). The registrant
hereby undertakes to provide further information regarding such omitted materials to the SEC upon request.
†Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information is not applicable or included in our
consolidated financial statements in the prospectus that forms a part of this Registration Statement.
Item 17.Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the
underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement,
or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be
deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Starbase, Texas, on June 1,
2026.
Space Exploration Technologies Corp.
By:
 /s/ Elon Musk
Name:
Elon Musk
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Technical Officer
II-6
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed
by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 1st day of June, 2026.
Signature
Title
/s/ Elon Musk
Elon Musk
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer and
Chairman of the Board
(principal executive officer)
*
Gwynne Shotwell
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
/s/ Bret Johnsen
Bret Johnsen
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
*
Ira Ehrenpreis
Director
*
Randy Glein
Director
*
Antonio J. Gracias
Director
*
Donald Harrison
Director
*
Steve Jurvetson
Director
*
Luke Nosek
Director
*By: /s/ Bret Johnsen                                       
Name: Bret Johnsen
Title: Attorney-in-fact
Exhibit 10.10
Execution Version
CUSIP Numbers:
Deal: 84615MAJ1
Revolver: 84615MAK8
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of May 19, 2026
among
SPACE EXPLORATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP.,
as the Borrower,
CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
as the Guarantors,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender,
CITIBANK, N.A.,
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Co-Syndication Agents,
The Other Lenders Party Hereto,
and
The Other L/C Issuers Party Hereto
BofA SECURITIES, INC.,
CITIBANK, N.A.,
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
and
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS .............................................................................
1
1.01
Defined Terms .........................................................................................................................
1
1.02
Other Interpretive Provisions ...................................................................................................
38
1.03
Accounting Terms ...................................................................................................................
39
1.04
Rounding ..................................................................................................................................
40
1.05
Times of Day ...........................................................................................................................
40
1.06
Letter of Credit Amounts .........................................................................................................
40
1.07
Interest Rates; Licensing ..........................................................................................................
40
1.08
Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents ...................................................................................
41
1.09
Additional Alternative Currencies ...........................................................................................
41
1.10
Change of Currency .................................................................................................................
42
1.11
Covenant Compliance ..............................................................................................................
43
1.12
Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement; Reallocation; Audited
Financial Statements; Interim Financial Statements ................................................................
43
ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS ...............................................................
44
2.01
Committed Loans .....................................................................................................................
44
2.02
Committed Borrowings; Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans .....................
44
2.03
Letters of Credit .......................................................................................................................
47
2.04
Swing Line Loans ....................................................................................................................
55
2.05
Prepayments .............................................................................................................................
58
2.06
Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments .........................................
59
2.07
Repayment of Loans ................................................................................................................
59
2.08
Interest .....................................................................................................................................
60
2.09
Fees ..........................................................................................................................................
60
2.10
Computation of Interest and Fees ............................................................................................
61
2.11
Evidence of Debt .....................................................................................................................
61
2.12
Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback ........................................................
62
2.13
Sharing of Payments by Lenders .............................................................................................
64
2.14
Extension of Maturity Date .....................................................................................................
65
2.15
Increase in Aggregate Revolving Commitments .....................................................................
66
2.16
Cash Collateral .........................................................................................................................
68
2.17
Defaulting Lenders ..................................................................................................................
69
ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY ................................................................
71
3.01
Taxes ........................................................................................................................................
71
3.02
Illegality ...................................................................................................................................
75
3.03
Inability to Determine Rates ....................................................................................................
75
3.04
Increased Costs ........................................................................................................................
79
3.05
Compensation for Losses .........................................................................................................
80
3.06
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders ....................................................................
81
3.07
Survival ....................................................................................................................................
81
ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS .......................................................
81
4.01
Conditions of Initial Credit Extension .....................................................................................
81
4.02
Conditions to all Credit Extensions .........................................................................................
83
ii
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ..............................................................................
83
5.01
Existence, Qualification and Power .........................................................................................
84
5.02
Authorization; No Contravention ............................................................................................
84
5.03
Governmental Consents ...........................................................................................................
84
5.04
Binding Effect ..........................................................................................................................
84
5.05
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .................................................................
84
5.06
Litigation ..................................................................................................................................
85
5.07
No Default ...............................................................................................................................
85
5.08
Environmental Compliance .....................................................................................................
85
5.09
Payment of Taxes ....................................................................................................................
86
5.10
ERISA Compliance .................................................................................................................
86
5.11
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act ......................................................................
87
5.12
Disclosure ................................................................................................................................
87
5.13
Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations ................................................
88
5.14
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .........................................................................................
88
5.15
Solvency ..................................................................................................................................
88
5.16
OFAC .......................................................................................................................................
88
5.17
Anti-Corruption Laws ..............................................................................................................
88
5.18
Affected Financial Institutions ................................................................................................
88
5.19
Covered Entities .......................................................................................................................
88
5.20
Employee Matters ....................................................................................................................
88
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS ...................................................................................................
89
6.01
Financial Statements ................................................................................................................
89
6.02
Certificates; Other Information ................................................................................................
90
6.03
Notices .....................................................................................................................................
91
6.04
Payment of Obligations ...........................................................................................................
92
6.05
Preservation of Existence ........................................................................................................
92
6.06
Maintenance of Properties .......................................................................................................
92
6.07
Compliance with Laws ............................................................................................................
92
6.08
Books and Records ..................................................................................................................
92
6.09
Inspection Rights .....................................................................................................................
92
6.10
Use of Proceeds .......................................................................................................................
93
6.11
Guarantors ................................................................................................................................
93
6.12
Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions ............................................................................................
94
ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS ........................................................................................................
94
7.01
Liens ........................................................................................................................................
94
7.02
Subsidiary Indebtedness ..........................................................................................................
98
7.03
Fundamental Changes ..............................................................................................................
101
7.04
Change in Nature of Business ..................................................................................................
103
7.05
Use of Proceeds .......................................................................................................................
103
7.06
Financial Covenant ..................................................................................................................
103
7.07
Sanctions ..................................................................................................................................
103
7.08
Anti-Corruption Laws ..............................................................................................................
104
ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES .............................................................................
104
8.01
Events of Default .....................................................................................................................
104
8.02
Remedies Upon Event of Default ............................................................................................
106
8.03
Application of Funds ...............................................................................................................
106
iii
ARTICLE IX. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT ......................................................................................................
107
9.01
Appointment and Authority .....................................................................................................
107
9.02
Rights as a Lender ...................................................................................................................
107
9.03
Exculpatory Provisions ............................................................................................................
107
9.04
Reliance by Administrative Agent ...........................................................................................
108
9.05
Delegation of Duties ................................................................................................................
109
9.06
Resignation of Administrative Agent ......................................................................................
109
9.07
Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Other
Lenders ....................................................................................................................................
110
9.08
No Other Duties, Etc ................................................................................................................
111
9.09
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim ....................................................................
111
9.10
Guaranty Matters .....................................................................................................................
112
9.11
Certain ERISA Matters ............................................................................................................
112
9.12
Recovery of Erroneous Payments ............................................................................................
113
ARTICLE X. CONTINUING GUARANTY .......................................................................................................
114
10.01
Guaranty ..................................................................................................................................
114
10.02
Rights of Lenders .....................................................................................................................
114
10.03
Certain Waivers .......................................................................................................................
114
10.04
Obligations Independent ..........................................................................................................
115
10.05
Subrogation ..............................................................................................................................
115
10.06
Termination; Reinstatement .....................................................................................................
115
10.07
Stay of Acceleration ................................................................................................................
115
10.08
Condition of Borrower .............................................................................................................
115
10.09
Appointment of Borrower ........................................................................................................
115
10.10
Right of Contribution ...............................................................................................................
116
10.11
Subordination ...........................................................................................................................
116
ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS .....................................................................................................................
116
11.01
Amendments, Etc .....................................................................................................................
116
11.02
Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication ................................................................
118
11.03
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement ...................................................................
120
11.04
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver ...................................................................................
120
11.05
Payments Set Aside .................................................................................................................
123
11.06
Successors and Assigns ...........................................................................................................
123
11.07
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .................................................................
128
11.08
Right of Setoff .........................................................................................................................
130
11.09
Interest Rate Limitation ...........................................................................................................
130
11.10
Integration; Effectiveness ........................................................................................................
130
11.11
Survival of Representations and Warranties ............................................................................
130
11.12
Severability ..............................................................................................................................
131
11.13
Replacement of Lenders ..........................................................................................................
131
11.14
Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc ............................................................................................
132
11.15
Waiver of Jury Trial .................................................................................................................
133
11.16
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility ................................................................................
133
11.17
Electronic Execution; Electronic Records; Counterparts ........................................................
134
11.18
USA PATRIOT Act .................................................................................................................
135
11.19
California Judicial Reference ..................................................................................................
135
11.20
ENTIRE AGREEMENT .........................................................................................................
135
11.21
Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions ........................
135
iv
11.22
Judgment Currency ..................................................................................................................
135
11.23
Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs ..............................................................
136
v
SCHEDULES
2.01A
Commitments and Applicable Percentages
2.01B
L/C Commitments
2.10
Day Basis for Alternative Currencies
5.08
Environmental Compliance
5.14
Intellectual Property Claims
7.01
Existing Liens
7.02
Existing Indebtedness
11.02
Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices
EXHIBITS
A
Form of Assignment and Assumption
B
Form of Committed Loan Notice
C
Form of Compliance Certificate
D
Form of Joinder Agreement
E
Form of Note
F
Form of Notice of Additional L/C Issuer
G
Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
H-1
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate – Foreign Lenders (Not Partnerships)
H-2
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate – Non-U.S. Participants (Not Partnerships)
H-3
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate – Non-U.S. Participants (Partnerships)
H-4
Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate – Foreign Lenders (Partnerships)
1
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of May 19,
2026 among SPACE EXPLORATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP., a Texas corporation (the
“Borrower”), the Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders from time to time party hereto, BANK OF
AMERICA, N.A., as the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender, and the other
L/C Issuers from time to time party hereto.
The Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party
thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, a letter of credit issuer, and the swing line
lender, and the other letter of credit issuers party thereto, are party to that certain Credit Agreement dated
as of February 7, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, replaced, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Closing Date, the “Existing Credit Agreement”).
The parties hereto wish to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement to provide a
revolving credit facility and make certain amendments and modifications to the Existing Credit
Agreement, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto
covenant and agree that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:
“Acquisition” means the acquisition, whether through a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, of (a) a majority of the voting Equity Interests or other controlling ownership interest in
another Person (including the purchase of an option, warrant or convertible or similar type security to
acquire such a controlling interest at the time it becomes exercisable by the holder thereof), whether by
purchase of such equity or other ownership interest or upon the exercise of an option or warrant for, or
conversion of securities into, such equity or other ownership interest, or (b) assets of another Person
which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or of a division, line of business or
other business unit of such Person.
“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America (or any of its designated branch offices or
affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor
administrative agent.
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s
address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 with respect to such currency, or such
other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time
notify the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form approved by
the Administrative Agent.
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution, or (b) any UK Financial
Institution.
2
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the
Person specified.
“Agent Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(c).
“Aggregate Revolving Commitments” means, as of any date of determination, the Commitments
of all the Lenders as of such date. The aggregate principal amount of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments in effect on the Closing Date is FIVE BILLION and No/100 DOLLARS
($5,000,000,000.00).
“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.
“Agreement Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22.
“Alternative Currency” means each of the following currencies: Euros and Sterling, together with
each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.09; provided, that,
for each Alternative Currency, such requested currency is an Eligible Currency.
“Alternative Currency Daily Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Committed Loan: (a)
denominated in Sterling, the rate per annum equal to SONIA determined pursuant to the definition
thereof; and (b) denominated in any other Alternative Currency (to the extent such Committed Loan
denominated in such currency will bear interest at a daily rate), the daily rate per annum as designated
with respect to such Alternative Currency at the time such Alternative Currency is approved pursuant to
Section 1.09, plus the adjustment (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
pursuant to Section 1.09; provided, that, if any Alternative Currency Daily Rate shall be less than zero,
such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.  Any change in an Alternative Currency
Daily Rate shall be effective from and including the date of such change without further notice.
“Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate
based on the definition of “Alternative Currency Daily Rate”.  All Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loans
must be denominated in an Alternative Currency.
“Alternative Currency Equivalent” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated
in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the
Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, by reference to
Bloomberg (or such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates), to be the exchange
rate for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date
two (2) Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided,
that, if no such rate is available, the “Alternative Currency Equivalent” shall be determined by the
Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, using any reasonable
method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion (and such determination shall be
conclusive absent manifest error).
“Alternative Currency L/C Issuer” means Bank of America (or any of its designated branch
offices or affiliates), in its capacity as an L/C Issuer.
“Alternative Currency Loan” means an Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan or an Alternative
Currency Term Rate Loan, as applicable.
3
“Alternative Currency Term Rate” means, for any Interest Period, with respect to any Committed
Loan: (a) denominated in Euros, the rate per annum equal to the Euro Interbank Offered Rate
(“EURIBOR”), as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available
source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) on
the day that is two (2) TARGET Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period with a term
equivalent to such Interest Period; and (b) denominated in any other Alternative Currency (to the extent
such Committed Loan denominated in such currency will bear interest at a term rate), the term rate per
annum as designated with respect to such Alternative Currency at the time such Alternative Currency is
approved pursuant to Section 1.09, plus the adjustment (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders pursuant to Section 1.09; provided, that, if any Alternative Currency Term Rate shall be
less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate
based on the definition of “Alternative Currency Term Rate”.  All Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans
must be denominated in an Alternative Currency.
“Anniversary Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
“Applicable Authority” means, with respect to any Alternative Currency, the applicable
administrator for the Relevant Rate for such Alternative Currency or any Governmental Authority having
jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent or such administrator with respect to its publication of the
applicable Relevant Rate, in each case acting in such capacity.
“Applicable Law” means, as to any Person, all applicable Laws binding upon such Person or to
which such a Person is subject.
“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried
out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s
Commitment at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17.  If the commitment of each
Lender to make Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions have been
terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Revolving Commitments have expired or been
terminated pursuant to Section 2.06, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined
based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any
subsequent assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination. 
The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on
Schedule 2.01A or in the Assignment and Assumption or other documentation pursuant to which such
Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
“Applicable Rate” means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon
the Debt Rating as set forth below:
Pricing
Level
Debt Ratings
S&P / Moody’s / Fitch
Commitment
Fee
Term SOFR
Loans and
Alternative
Currency Loans
Base Rate
Loans
1
> A / A2/ A
0.060%
0.750%
0.000%
2
A- / A3 / A-
0.070%
0.875%
0.000%
3
BBB+ / Baa1 / BBB+
0.080%
1.000%
0.000%
4
BBB / Baa2 / BBB
0.100%
1.125%
0.125%
5
< BBB- / Baa3 / BBB-
0.110%
1.250%
0.250%
4
Initially, the Applicable Rate shall be determined based upon the Debt Ratings specified in the
officer’s certificate delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(f).  Thereafter, each change in the Applicable Rate
resulting from a change in the Debt Ratings shall be effective during the period commencing on the date
of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.
If the rating system of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch shall change, or if any such rating agency shall cease to be
in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good
faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from
such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be
determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.
“Applicable Time” means, with respect to any Borrowings and payments in any Alternative
Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by
the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be necessary for
timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of
payment.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an
Affiliate of a Lender, or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Arranger” means each of (a) BofA Securities, in its capacities as a joint lead arranger and a joint
bookrunner, (b) Citibank, N.A., in its capacities as a joint lead arranger and a joint bookrunner, (c)
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, in its capacities as a joint lead arranger and a joint bookrunner, (d) JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacities as a joint lead arranger and a joint bookrunner, and (e) Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacities as a joint lead arranger and a joint bookrunner.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender
and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)),
and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form
(including electronic documentation generated by use of an electronic platform) approved by the
Administrative Agent.
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any
Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of
such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation of any Person, the
capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable
agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in
accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capital
Lease, and (c) in respect of any Securitization Transaction (excluding any Permitted Securitization
Transaction unless recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary) or any Receivables Financing (excluding
any Permitted Receivables Financing unless recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary) entered into by
any Person, the outstanding principal amount of all obligations arising under, or the net investments
outstanding pursuant to, such Securitization Transaction or such Receivables Financing.
“Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, and the related consolidated statements
of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, including the notes
thereto.  For the avoidance of doubt, such financial statements are the financial statements delivered to the
Lenders prior to the Closing Date and identified as the “Audited Financial Statements”.
“Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
5
“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a)
the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to
Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the
obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the
applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article
55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the
implementing law, rule, regulation or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time
which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom,
Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law,
regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks,
investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation,
administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.
“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the highest of (a)
the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate for such day, (c) Term SOFR,
plus 1.00%, and (d) 1.00%.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal
Funds Rate shall be effective on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds
Rate, respectively.  If the Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 3.03,
then the Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a), (b) and (d) above and shall be determined without
reference to clause (c) above.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.  All Base Rate Loans
shall be denominated in Dollars.
“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership
required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the
Code, or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for
purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan”
or “plan”.
“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and
interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
“BofA Securities” means BofA Securities, Inc.
“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Borrowing” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may
require.
6
“Bridge Credit Agreement” means that certain Bridge Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of the
March 2, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, replaced, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time) by and among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the
lenders party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as the administrative agent.
“Bridge Facility Termination Date” means the date on which the Administrative Agent has
received evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that all Indebtedness outstanding
under or in connection with the Bridge Credit Agreement and the loan documentation entered into in
connection therewith has been repaid in full, all commitments with respect to such Indebtedness have
been terminated, and all guarantees, liens and security interests relating to such Indebtedness have been
terminated.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial
banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the
Administrative Agent’s Office is located; provided, that: (a) if such day relates to any interest rate settings
as to an Alternative Currency Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and
payments in Euro in respect of any such Alternative Currency Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be
carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Alternative Currency Loan, means a
Business Day that is also a TARGET Day; (b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an
Alternative Currency Loan denominated in Sterling, means a day other than a day banks are closed for
general business in London because such day is a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday under the laws of
the United Kingdom; (c) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to an Alternative Currency
Loan denominated in a currency other than Euro or Sterling, means any such day on which dealings in
deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the applicable offshore interbank
market for such currency; and (d) if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and
payments in a currency other than Euro in respect of an Alternative Currency Loan denominated in a
currency other than Euro, or any other dealings in any currency other than Euro to be carried out pursuant
to this Agreement in respect of any such Alternative Currency Loan (other than any interest rate settings),
means any such day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in the principal financial
center of the country of such currency.
“Capital Lease” means each lease that has been or is required to be, in accordance with GAAP,
classified and accounted for as a capital lease or financing lease.
“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for
the benefit of one or more of the L/C Issuers or the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations or
obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account
balances or, if the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers shall agree in their sole discretion, other
credit support, in each case, in Dollars pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning
correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date of determination, any of the following: (a) marketable
securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the
government of the United States, or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States the obligations of
which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in the case of each of clauses (a)(i) and
(a)(ii), maturing not more than two (2) years from the date of acquisition; (b) marketable general
obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any
public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition and
having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P 1 from
Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof
and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-2 from S&P or at least P 2 from
Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two
named rating agencies cease publishing
7
ratings of investments; (d) demand deposits, trust accounts, certificates of deposit, time deposits,
overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than two (2) years from
the date of acquisition thereof issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank the long-term
debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or
“A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s, and having combined capital and surplus in excess of
$500,000,000; (e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven (7) days for underlying
securities of the types described in clauses (a), (b) and (d) entered into with any bank meeting the
qualifications specified in clause (d) above; (f) shares of any money market mutual fund which invests
ninety-five percent (95%) or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (a) through
(e) above; and (g) other investments permitted pursuant to the Borrower’s investment policy, as approved
by the Borrower’s board of directors (or equivalent governing body) (or committee or subcommittee
thereof) as in effect on the Closing Date.
“CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the
adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation
or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any
Governmental Authority; or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided, that, notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and
all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in the
implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for
International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar
authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in
each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or
implemented.
“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:
(a)at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (i) the transfer, directly
or indirectly, of beneficial ownership of a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Borrower
on a fully diluted basis, or (ii) the consummation of a merger, amalgamation, plan of arrangement
or other transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the combination of the Borrower
with or into another Person, where the Permitted Holders shall cease to beneficially own and
control, directly or indirectly, at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) on a fully diluted basis
of the total voting power of the voting interests in the Equity Interests of the Borrower entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of directors (or
similar position) of the Borrower, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by
contract or otherwise; provided, that, a transaction of the type described in this clause (a) will not
constitute a Change of Control pursuant to this clause (a) if the principal purpose of the
transaction is a bona fide equity financing transaction; or
(b)(i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, shall have acquired beneficial ownership
(within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a “person” or
“group” shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such “person” or
“group” has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the
passage of time), directly or indirectly, of thirty-five percent (35%) or more on a fully diluted
basis of the total voting power of the voting interests in the Equity Interests of the Borrower (or
other securities convertible into such Equity Interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence
of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the board of directors (or equivalent
governing body) of the Borrower, and (ii) such “person” or “group” shall have acquired
beneficial ownership (as so
8
defined), directly or indirectly, of a percentage on a fully diluted basis of the combined voting
interests in the Equity Interests of the Borrower (or other securities convertible into such Equity
Interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of
members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower in excess of
the percentage of the voting power of the voting interests in the Equity Interests of the Borrower
beneficially owned and controlled by the Permitted Holders; or
(c)any “change of control” (or any comparable term, however defined) or similar
event shall have occurred under any Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount
(including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors
under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount.
“Closing Date” means May 19, 2026.
“CME” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Collateral Account” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(n).
“Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase
participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to
exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A or in the Assignment and
Assumption or other documentation pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable,
as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
“Commitment Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a).
“Committed Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Committed Loans of the
same Type, in the same currency, and, in the case of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term
Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.
“Committed Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a conversion of
Base Rate Loans to Term SOFR Loans, (c) a conversion of Term SOFR Loans to Base Rate Loans, (d) a
continuation of Term SOFR Loans, or (e) a continuation of Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, in
each case, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other
form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or
electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately
completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
“Communication” means this Agreement, any other Loan Document, and any other document,
amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or
authorization related to any Loan Document.
“Competitor” means any Person that is a bona fide competitor with respect to the business of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
9
“Conforming Changes” means, with respect to the use, administration of or any conventions
associated with any Relevant Rate or any proposed Successor Rate for an Alternative Currency, as
applicable, any conforming changes to the definition of “EURIBOR”, the definition of “Interest Period”,
the definition of “SONIA”, the timing and frequency of determining rates and the making payments of
interest, and other technical, administrative or operational matters (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
the definition of “Business Day”, the timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or
continuation notices, and the length of lookback periods and the day basis for calculating interest for an
Alternative Currency listed on Schedule 2.10) as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the
Administrative Agent, to reflect the adoption and implementation of such applicable rate(s) and to permit
the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market
practice for such Alternative Currency (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any
portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the
administration of such rate for such Alternative Currency exists, in such other manner of administration as
the Administrative Agent determines is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this
Agreement and any other Loan Document).
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by
net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, an amount equal to: (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus (b) the sum of
the following, without duplication, in each case to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating
such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period; (ii) Consolidated
Income Taxes for such period; (iii) amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization expense for
such period (for the avoidance of doubt, net of amortization of right-to-use assets with respect to
operating leases); (iv) consolidated impairment charges for such period recorded in connection with the
application of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles” and Financial
Accounting Standard No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets”; (v)
other non-cash charges for such period (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an
accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that
was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation); (vi) legal, accounting, financing, consulting,
advisory and other out-of-pocket fees, costs, premiums and expenses incurred in such period in
connection with debt financings (including in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments,
waivers, consents or modifications thereto), equity financings, Permitted Acquisitions, Dispositions,
recapitalizations, restructurings and/or divestitures, in each case, to the extent such transactions are
permitted pursuant to this Agreement, and in each case whether or not such transactions are
consummated; (vii) any costs or expenses incurred in such period pursuant to any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock
subscription or stockholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash
proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or a Guarantor or Net Equity Proceeds of an issuance
of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); (viii) any cost or expense
incurred in such period relating to discretionary long-term research and development projects; provided,
that, the aggregate amount of such costs and expenses added back pursuant to this clause (b)(viii) for any
period shall not exceed an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of Consolidated EBITDA for such period
(calculated prior to giving effect to the amounts added back pursuant to this clause (b)(viii)); (ix) start-up
costs incurred in such period for new facilities certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to
Administrative Agent in an officer’s certificate; provided, that, the aggregate amount of such costs added
back pursuant to this clause (b)(ix) for any period shall not exceed an amount equal to ten percent (10%)
of Consolidated EBITDA for such period (calculated prior to giving effect to the amounts added back
pursuant to this clause (b)(ix)); (x) charges, losses or expenses incurred in such period to the extent
indemnified or insured by a third party (to the extent such Person has notified such third party of such
amount and such third party has not denied their reimbursement obligation); (xi) the amount of any
10
minority interest expense in such period consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority Equity
Interests of third parties in any Subsidiary that is a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary; and (xii) losses,
together with the tax effect of any such loss, incurred in such period in connection with any Disposition
permitted pursuant to this Agreement (other than any such Dispositions in the ordinary course of
business), or from abandoned, closed or discontinued operations; minus (c) the sum of the following,
without duplication, in each case to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i)
non-cash items in such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or
reserve for, anticipated cash charges made in any prior period); and (ii) gains, together with any related
provision for taxes on such gains, incurred in such period in respect of any Disposition permitted pursuant
to this Agreement (other than any such Dispositions in the ordinary course of business), or from
abandoned, closed or discontinued operations.
“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate
principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on such date,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any
discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition method accounting in
connection with any Permitted Acquisition) consisting only of, without duplication, (a) Indebtedness for
borrowed money (including any Indebtedness under this Agreement and purchase money Indebtedness),
(b) unreimbursed obligations under letters of credit and similar instruments, (c) Attributable Indebtedness
(excluding, prior to a Qualified IPO, clause (a) thereof to the extent such Attributable Indebtedness is (i)
outstanding on March 2, 2026, or (ii) contemplated as of March 2, 2026 to be incurred following March 2,
2026; provided, that, the aggregate amount of Attributable Indebtedness excluded pursuant to this
parenthetical shall not at any time exceed $19,500,000,000), (d) debt obligations evidenced by promissory
notes or similar instruments to the extent the obligations evidenced by such promissory notes or similar
instruments would be treated as debt under GAAP (other than notes or similar instruments evidencing
trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business), and (e) all Guarantees with respect to
outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (d) above of Persons other than the
Borrower or any Subsidiary.
“Consolidated Income Taxes” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, taxes imposed upon, or other payments required to be made by, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority, which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference
to the income or profits of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (to the extent such income
or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), regardless of whether
such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any Governmental Authority.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for such period, the sum, without duplication, of: (a) the total interest expense of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period, to the extent such expense was
deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus (b) to the extent not included in
such interest expense: (i) interest expense attributable to Capital Leases in respect of the relevant lease
giving rise thereto, determined as if such lease were a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP and the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations (but not any interest component attributable to
fixed rent on operating leases); (ii) non-cash interest expense; (iii) commissions, discounts and other fees
and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; (iv) costs associated
with interest rate Swap Obligations (including amortization of fees); provided, that, if any such Swap
Obligations result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited to reduce Consolidated
Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net
Income; (v) the portion of such consolidated interest expense that was capitalized during such period; and
(vi) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with any transaction
pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a
security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in
connection with any
11
Permitted Receivables Financing or any Permitted Securitization Transaction); minus (c) interest income
for such period.  For purposes of the foregoing, total interest expense will be determined (A) after giving
effect to any net payments made or received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to Swap
Obligations for interest rate protection, and (B) exclusive of amounts classified as other comprehensive
income in the balance sheet of the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
amortization of debt discount, debt issuance costs and bond premium shall be excluded from
Consolidated Interest Expense.
“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the total of
(i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date, minus (ii) an amount equal to eighty-five percent
(85%) of Unrestricted Cash as of such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period
most recently ended on or prior to such date.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary
gains and extraordinary losses) for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth
opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries as of such date.
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such
Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which
it or any of its property is bound.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power,
by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (a) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in,
and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (b) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in,
and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (c) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in,
and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Covered Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.23.
“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing; and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
“Current Maturity Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, with respect to any applicable determination date, SOFR published
on such date on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website (or any successor source).
“Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating (whether a public rating or a
private rating) as determined by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch of unsecured, long-term indebtedness for
borrowed money of the Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit
enhancement; provided, that: (a) if the Borrower has all three Debt Ratings, (i) if such Debt Ratings
issued by the foregoing rating agencies fall within the same Pricing Level, then the Pricing Level for such
Debt Ratings shall apply, (ii) if two of the three respective Debt Ratings issued by the foregoing rating
agencies fall within the same Pricing Level, then the Pricing Level for such Debt Ratings shall apply, and
(iii) if the
12
respective Debt Ratings issued by the foregoing rating agencies all differ, then the Pricing Level for the
middle level of such Debt Ratings shall apply; (b) if the Borrower has only two Debt Ratings, (i) if such
Debt Ratings issued by the two rating agencies fall within the same Pricing Level, then the Pricing Level
for such Debt Ratings shall apply, (ii) if such Debt Ratings issued by the two rating agencies differ by one
Pricing Level, then the Pricing Level for the higher of such Debt Ratings shall apply, and (iii) if such
Debt Ratings issued by the two rating agencies differ by more than one Pricing Level, then the Pricing
Level that is one level lower than the Pricing Level of the higher Debt Rating shall apply; (c) if the
Borrower has only one Debt Rating, then the Pricing Level for such Debt Rating shall apply; and (d) if the
Borrower does not have any Debt Rating, Pricing Level 5 shall apply.  For purposes of this definition, it is
understood and agreed that the Debt Rating for Pricing Level 1 is the highest Debt Rating and the Debt
Rating for Pricing Level 5 is the lowest Debt Rating.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation,
conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement,
receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other
applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the
giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means: (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees,
an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate, plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate
Loans, plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, that, with respect to a Term SOFR Loan or an Alternative
Currency Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any
Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan, plus 2% per annum; and (b) when used with respect
to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate, plus 2% per annum.
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance
with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund
all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be
funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that
such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding
(each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified
in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, the Swing
Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in
respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans) within two (2) Business Days of the
date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line
Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a
public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation
to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a
condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be
specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three
(3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in
writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding
obligations hereunder (provided, that, such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this
clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or
(d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under
any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator,
assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its
business or assets,
13
including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority
acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided, that, a Lender shall not
be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in that
Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such
ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts
within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or
permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any
contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a
Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above, and of the
effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall
be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b)) as of the date established therefor by the
Administrative Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the
Administrative Agent to the Borrower, each L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and each other Lender
promptly following such determination.
“Designated Jurisdiction” means any country, region or territory to the extent that such country,
region or territory itself is the subject of any Sanction.
“Designated Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(e).
“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (in one
transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person (including any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction, any Securitization Transaction, any Receivables Financing or any issuance of
Equity Interests by a Subsidiary of such Person), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other
disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated
therewith.
“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of
any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon
the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for
Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity
Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for
scheduled payments or scheduled dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable
for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each
case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the then-Latest Maturity Date, except, in the case
of clauses (a) and (b) above, if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the
holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the
occurrence of the Facility Termination Date.
“Disqualified Institution” means, on any date, (a) each Person identified by name in writing by
the Borrower to BofA Securities on or prior to the Closing Date, (b) any other Person identified in writing
by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time after the Closing Date, to the extent (i)
such Person is an Affiliate of a Person identified in clause (a) above, or (ii) such Person is or becomes a
Competitor, and (c) as to any Person referenced in the immediately preceding clause (a) or clause (b), any
of such Person’s Affiliates (other than in the case of clause (b), any such Affiliates that are debt funds or
invest in commercial loans in the ordinary course) that are readily identifiable as Affiliates solely by
virtue of their names or that are identified to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower from
time to time; provided, that, Disqualified Institutions shall exclude any Person that the Borrower has
designated as no longer being a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the
Administrative Agent from time to time; provided, further, that, no such identification pursuant to clauses
(b) and (c) above shall apply
14
retroactively to disqualify any Person that has previously acquired a valid assignment of Loans and/or
Commitments.
“Disqualifying Event” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eligible Currency”.
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such
amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternative Currency,
the equivalent of such amount in Dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of
Dollars with the Alternative Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the
Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable) by the applicable Bloomberg source (or such other
publicly available source for displaying exchange rates) on date that is two (2) Business Days
immediately preceding the date of determination (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to
provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the
Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, using any method of
determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion), and (c) if such amount is denominated in any
other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or
the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, using any method of determination it deems
appropriate in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative
Currency L/C Issuer pursuant to clause (b) or clause (c) above shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.
“DQ List” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(g).
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any
EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity
established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this
definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of
an institution described in clause (a) or clause (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated
supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland,
Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted
with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having
responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Electronic Copy” has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.
“Electronic Record” has the meanings assigned to it by 15 USC §7006.
“Electronic Signature” has the meanings assigned to it by 15 USC §7006.
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under
Section 11.06(b)(iii) and (v) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section
11.06(b)(iii)).  For the avoidance of doubt, any Disqualified Institution is subject to Section 11.06(g).
15
“Eligible Currency” means any lawful currency other than Dollars that is readily available, freely
transferable and convertible into Dollars in the international interbank market available to the Lenders or
the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, in such market and as to which a Dollar Equivalent
may be readily calculated. If, after the designation by the Lenders or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer,
as applicable, of any currency as an Alternative Currency (or if, with respect to any currency that
constitutes an Alternative Currency on the Closing Date, after the Closing Date), any change in currency
controls or exchange regulations or any change in the national or international financial, political or
economic conditions are imposed in the country in which such currency is issued, result in, in the
reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent (in the case of any Committed Loans to be denominated
in an Alternative Currency) or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer (in the case of any Letter of Credit to
be denominated in an Alternative Currency), (a) such currency no longer being readily available, freely
transferable and convertible into Dollars, (b) a Dollar Equivalent for such currency no longer being
readily calculable with respect to such currency, (c) the provision of such currency being impracticable
for the Lenders or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, or (d) such currency no longer
being a currency in which the Required Lenders or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable, are
willing to make Credit Extensions (each of clauses (a), (b), (c), and (d), a “Disqualifying Event”), then the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower, and such currency shall no
longer be an Alternative Currency until such time as the Disqualifying Event(s) no longer exist(s) with
respect to such currency.
“Environmental Claim” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit,
proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any
Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (a) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or
alleged violation of any Environmental Law, (b) in connection with any Hazardous Material or any actual
or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity, or (c) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury,
threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state
(or any subdivision of either of them), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments,
Governmental Authorizations, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to (a)
environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity, (b) the generation,
use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (c) occupational safety and health,
industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare, in any manner
applicable to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for
damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), whether based in contract,
tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute or common law, directly or
indirectly relating to (a) any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation,
storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d)
the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, or (e) any contract,
agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with
respect to any of the foregoing.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other
ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase
or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in)
such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other
ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition
from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests
in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting,
and
16
whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of
determination.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common
control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m)
and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
“ERISA Event” means: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the withdrawal
of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a
plan year in which such entity was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA or
a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a
complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or
receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent; (d)
the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a
termination, under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA; (e) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to
terminate a Pension Plan; (f) receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from the PBGC or
a plan administrator relating to an intention to terminate, or appoint a trustee to administer, any Pension
Plan; (g) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a
plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of the applicable Sections 431 and 432 of the
Code or the applicable Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA; (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV
of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate; or (i) a failure by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to meet all
applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of a Pension Plan, whether or not
waived, or the failure by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a
Multiemployer Plan.
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the
Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“EURIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Alternative Currency Term Rate”.
“Euro” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“Excluded Subsidiary” means: (a) prior to the Existing Guarantor Release Date: (i) each
Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations hereunder by any requirement
of law or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to
guarantee the Obligations hereunder (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been
received); (ii) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable contractual requirement from
guaranteeing the Obligations hereunder on March 2, 2026 or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a
Subsidiary (to the extent not incurred in connection with becoming a Subsidiary and in each case for so
long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect); (iii) any Domestic Subsidiary
(A) that owns no material assets (directly or through its Subsidiaries) other than the Equity Interests or
Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, or (B) that is a direct or indirect
Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC; (iv) any Foreign Subsidiary; (v) any Special Purpose
Vehicle; (vi) any CFC; (vii) any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (viii) any Subsidiary that is a captive
insurance company; (ix) any not-for-profit Subsidiary; and (x) each Subsidiary that is a GPU Financing
Subsidiary; and (b) on and after the Existing
17
Guarantor Release Date: (i) any Domestic Subsidiary (A) that owns no material assets (directly or through
its Subsidiaries) other than the Equity Interests or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that
are CFCs, or (B) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC; (ii) any
Foreign Subsidiary; and (iii) any CFC.
“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient
or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured
by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i)
imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or,
in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any
political subdivision thereof), or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S.
federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect
to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i)
such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment
request by the Borrower under Section 11.13), or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in
each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01(b) or Section 3.01(d), amounts with respect to such
Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party
hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office; (c) Taxes attributable to such
Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(g); and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed
pursuant to FATCA.
“Existing Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraphs hereof.
“Existing Guarantors” means, collectively, (a) X Corp., a Nevada corporation, (b) X.AI LLC, a
Nevada limited liability company, and (c) CTC Property LLC, a Wyoming limited liability company.
“Existing Guarantor Release Conditions” means: (a) the obtainment of an Investment Grade
Rating from at least two (2) of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch; (b) the consummation of a Qualified IPO; and
(c) the occurrence of the Bridge Facility Termination Date.
“Existing Guarantor Release Date” means the first date occurring on or after the Closing Date on
which all of the Existing Guarantor Release Conditions are satisfied.
“Extending Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(d).
“Facility” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements
located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries.
“Facility Termination Date” means the date as of which all of the following shall have occurred:
(a) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments have terminated; (b) all Obligations have been paid in full in
cash (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted); and (c) all Letters of Credit
have terminated or expired (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements with respect
thereto satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuers shall have been made).
“FASB ASC” means the Accounting Standards Codification of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Closing Date (or any
amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to
comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements
entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, as of the Closing Date (or any amended or
successor version described
18
above), and any intergovernmental agreement (and related fiscal or regulatory legislation, or related
official rules or practices) implementing the foregoing.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum calculated by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depository institutions (as
determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall set forth on its public website
from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York as the federal funds effective rate; provided, that, if the Federal Funds Rate as so determined
would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“Fee Letter” means the fee letter agreement, dated April 13, 2026, among the Borrower, Bank of
America and BofA Securities.
“Financial Covenant” means the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.06.
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd., and any successor thereto.
“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person,
and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.  For purposes of this
definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute
a single jurisdiction.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary that is not organized or established under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.  For the avoidance of doubt, any
Subsidiary incorporated under the laws of a territory of the United States (including the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico) shall constitute a “Foreign Subsidiary” hereunder.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any L/C
Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect
to Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, other than any such L/C Obligations as to which such
Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized
in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting
Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swing Line Loans other than Swing Line Loans as to which such
Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders in accordance with the
terms hereof.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the
ordinary course of its activities.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or
such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the
United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied
and subject to Section 1.03.
“General Partner” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Indebtedness”.
19
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of
any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing,
regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including the Financial
Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority and any supra-national bodies such as the
European Union or the European Central Bank).
“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent
order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.
“GPU Assets” means graphics processing units and related servers, networking equipment,
storage, power and cooling infrastructure, racking, cabling and other equipment and improvements used
to support or operate such graphics processing units, together with software, licenses, permits, contracts,
records and proceeds related thereto.
“GPU Financing” shall mean any Indebtedness, financing arrangement, sale and leaseback
transaction, securitization, finance or operating lease, or other similar transaction (including any
combination of the foregoing), in each case incurred or entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
the proceeds of which are used to finance, directly or indirectly, the acquisition, lease, development,
ownership, operation, or use of GPU Assets and related costs and expenses.
“GPU Financing Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than in respect of any
Equity Interests owned by a third party for customary financing purposes) of the Borrower, which
engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing, acquisition, lease, development,
ownership, operation or use of GPU Assets subject to a Qualified GPU Financing, and any business or
activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Borrower as a GPU
Financing Subsidiary.
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable
or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or
supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or
lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such
Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation,
(iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or
level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such
Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the
obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of
such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any
holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien).  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to
be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion
thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum
reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. 
The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.
20
“Guarantor” means each Subsidiary as may from time to time become a party to this Agreement
pursuant to Section 6.11.  As of the Closing Date, the only Guarantors are the Existing Guarantors.
“Guaranty” means the Guarantee made by the Guarantors under Article X.
“Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is
prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority or which may or could pose a hazard to
the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of any Facility or to the
indoor or outdoor environment.
“Hazardous Materials Activity” means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or
occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage,
holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation,
transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition
or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any
of the foregoing.
“HMT” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Sanction(s)”.
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the
following, if and to the extent appearing as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person (excluding the
footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP: (a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect
of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect
of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments (other
than notes or similar instruments evidencing trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business);
(c) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto except
to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a trade payable and such obligation is satisfied
within thirty (30) days of incurrence); (d) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay
the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except (i) trade payables, (ii) earn-out obligations
until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP,
and (iii) liabilities that are not classified as debt on such Person’s balance sheet that have been accrued in
the ordinary course of business), to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long term
liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; (e) Attributable Indebtedness of such
Person; (f) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with
respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Equity Interests; (g) the
principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, that, the amount of such
Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination, and
(ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons; (h) the principal component of Indebtedness
of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and (i) to the extent not otherwise included in
this definition, the Swap Termination Value under Swap Contracts of such Person.  In addition,
“Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness that would not appear as a liability on the
balance sheet of such Person if: (A) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a Joint Venture, (B) such
Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”), and
(C) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to
property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be
included in an amount not to exceed (1) the lesser of (x) the net assets of the General Partner, and (y) the
amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the
property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or (2) if less than the amount determined
pursuant to clause (1) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such
Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, if the
21
Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Indebtedness” shall not include (I) Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in
respect of borrowed money, (II) deferred or prepaid revenues, or (III) purchase price holdbacks in respect
of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the
respective seller.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, “Indebtedness” shall not include, and
shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an
amount of Indebtedness for any purpose as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by
the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted “Indebtedness” but for
the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness.
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to
any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and
(b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) above, Other Taxes.
“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.
“Intellectual Property” means, collectively, all rights, priorities and privileges relating to
intellectual property and other intellectual property rights, whether arising under the United States,
multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent
licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, URLs and domain names, and the right to sue or otherwise
recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other violation or
impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds therefrom, including license fees, royalties,
income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit, now or hereafter due and or payable with
respect thereto.
“Intellectual Property Asset” means, as of any date of determination, any interest (fee, license or
otherwise) then owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Intellectual Property.
“Interest Payment Date” means: (a) as to any Term SOFR Loan or any Alternative Currency
Term Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date;
provided, that, if any Interest Period for such Loan exceeds three (3) months, the respective dates that fall
every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates;
(b) as to any Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month and the
Maturity Date; and (c) as to any Base Rate Loan or any Swing Line Loan, the last Business Day of each
March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.
“Interest Period” means as to each Term SOFR Loan and each Alternative Currency Term Rate
Loan, the period commencing on the date such Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Term
SOFR Loan or an Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan, as applicable, and ending on the date one (1),
three (3) or six (6) months thereafter (in each case, subject to availability for the interest rate applicable to
the relevant currency), as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided, that: (a) any
Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such
Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the
last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar
month at the end of such Interest Period; and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
22
“Interim Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2026, and the related consolidated statements
of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, including the notes
thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, such financial statements are the financial statements delivered to the
Lenders prior to the Closing Date and identified as the “Interim Financial Statements”.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such
Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of
another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness
of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person,
including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to
which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) an Acquisition.
“Investment Grade Rating” means (a) a public rating as determined by S&P of senior, unsecured,
long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person
or subject to any other credit enhancement that is BBB- or higher, (b) a public rating as determined by
Moody’s of senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that is not
guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement that is a Baa3 or higher, and
(c) a public rating as determined by Fitch of senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed
money of the Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit
enhancement that is BBB- or higher.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“ISP” means the International Standby Practices, International Chamber of Commerce
Publication No. 590 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the applicable time).
“Issuer Documents” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application
with respect to such Letter of Credit, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by
the applicable L/C Issuer and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating
to such Letter of Credit.
“Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D executed
and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.11, or any other joinder documentation, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, for the purposes of causing any Subsidiary
to become a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.11.
“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in
corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided, that, in no event shall any Subsidiary of any Person
be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.
“Judgment Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 11.22.
“Latest Maturity Date” means, as of any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date then in
effect as of such date.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties,
rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities,
including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed
23
duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental
Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“L/C Commitment” means, with respect to each L/C Issuer, the commitment of such L/C Issuer
to issue Letters of Credit hereunder. The initial amount of each L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment is set forth
on Schedule 2.01B, or if an L/C Issuer has entered into an Assignment and Assumption or has otherwise
assumed an L/C Commitment after the Closing Date, the amount set forth for such L/C Issuer as its L/C
Commitment in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent. The L/C Commitment of any L/C
Issuer may be modified from time to time by agreement between such L/C Issuer and the Borrower, and
notified to the Administrative Agent.  For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent an L/C Issuer has separate
commitments with respect to the issuance of financial Letters of Credit and the issuance of performance
Letters of Credit, each reference herein to the “L/C Commitment” of such L/C Issuer shall be deemed to
be a reference to the relevant L/C Commitment of such L/C Issuer, all L/C Commitments of such L/C
Issuer, or any L/C Commitment of such L/C Issuer, as the context may require.
“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or
extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
“L/C Disbursement” means a payment made by an L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
“L/C Issuer” means each of Bank of America (through itself or through one of its designated
Affiliates or branch offices), Citibank, N.A. (through itself or through one of its designated Affiliates or
branch offices), Goldman Sachs Bank USA (through itself or through one of its designated Affiliates or
branch offices), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (through itself or through one of its designated Affiliates or
branch offices), and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (through itself or through one of its designated
Affiliates or branch offices), in each case in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and
each other Lender (if any) as the Borrower may from time to time select as an L/C Issuer hereunder
pursuant to Section 2.03(p); provided, that, such Lender has agreed to be an L/C Issuer; provided, further,
that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, there shall be no more than five (5) L/C
Issuers at any time. Any L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be
issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such
Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. Each reference herein to the “L/C
Issuer” in connection with a Letter of Credit or other matter shall be deemed to be a reference to the
relevant L/C Issuer with respect thereto.
“L/C Obligations” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, including any automatic or scheduled increases provided for by
the terms of such Letters of Credit, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could
be met at that time, plus (b) the aggregate amount of all Unreimbursed Amounts.  The L/C Obligations of
any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total L/C Obligations at such time.  For
all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms
but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP or
similar terms of the Letter of Credit itself, or if compliant documents have been presented but not yet
honored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” and “undrawn” in the amount so
remaining available to be paid, and the obligations of the Borrower and each Lender shall remain in full
force and effect until the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall have no further obligations to make any
payments or disbursements under any circumstances with respect to any Letter of Credit.
“Lender” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto, each
other Person that becomes a “Lender” in accordance with this Agreement and their successors and
permitted
24
assigns and, unless the context requires otherwise, includes the Swing Line Lender. The term “Lender”
shall include any Designated Lender who has funded any Credit Extension.
“Lender Party” means each Lender, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender or any L/C Issuer, the office or offices of such Person
described as such in such Person’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as such
Person may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, which office may
include any Affiliate of such Person or any domestic or foreign branch of such Person or such Affiliate.
Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Lender or an L/C Issuer shall include its
applicable Lending Office.
“Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.  Letters of Credit may be
issued in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency.
“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or
amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable L/C Issuer.
“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
“Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial)” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to
the lesser of (a) $150,000,000, and (b) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments as of such
date.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial) is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments.
“Letter of Credit Sublimit (Performance)” means, as of any date of determination, an amount
equal to the lesser of (a) $2,000,000,000, and (b) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments
as of such date.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit (Performance) is part of, and not in addition to, the
Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
“Leverage Increase Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06.
“Lien” means (a) any lien (statutory or otherwise), mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any easement, right of way or other
encumbrance as to real property), conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and any option, trust or other
preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing, and (b) in the case of Equity
Interests, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Equity Interests.
“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a
Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including the Guaranty), each Note, each Issuer
Document, the Fee Letter, each Joinder Agreement, any agreement creating or perfecting rights in Cash
Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and each other document, instrument or
agreement designated in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent as a “Loan Document”.
“Loan Party” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.
“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract”.
25
“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on, and/or material adverse
developments with respect to (a) solely with respect to the provisions of Section 4.01 and the
representations and warranties to be made on the Closing Date, the business, operations or financial
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties, taken
as a whole, to fully and timely perform the Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the
legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Loan Party of any material provision of any
Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party, or (d) the rights, remedies and benefits available to,
or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender under
any Loan Document.
“Material Asset or Business” means, as of any date of determination, (a) any asset or assets,
individually or collectively, that, for the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date
for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section
6.01(b), as applicable, generated revenues in excess of ten percent (10%) of consolidated revenues of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period, or (b) any division, line of business, business
segment or other business unit of the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or collectively,
that, for the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date for which financial
statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), as
applicable, generated revenues in excess of ten percent (10%) of consolidated revenues of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries for such Measurement Period.
“Material Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, Indebtedness having an
aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts
owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) in excess of $500,000,000 as
of such date.
“Material Starlink Asset” means, as of any date of determination, any asset or assets relating to
Starlink (including any Starlink Financing Assets, any Starlink Intellectual Property or any Intellectual
Property Assets related thereto, but excluding launch services), individually or collectively, that (a) for
the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to such date for which financial statements were
required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), as applicable, generated
revenues in excess of ten percent (10%) of consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for
such Measurement Period, or (b) are otherwise material to the operation by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries of Starlink.
“Material Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) whose total
assets at the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements are required to be
delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) were equal to or greater than 5.5% of the
Consolidated Total Assets at such date, or (b) that contributes revenue in excess of 5.5% of the revenue of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the twelve month period ending on the last day of the most recent
fiscal period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section
6.01(b).
“Maturity Date” means May 19, 2031; provided, that, if such date is not a Business Day, the
Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day; provided, further, that, with respect to each
Lender, if such Lender agrees to an extension of such Lender’s then-current maturity date in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.14, the Maturity Date applicable to such Lender shall be such Lender’s
Maturity Date as so extended pursuant to Section 2.14.
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 11.09.
“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the four (4) fiscal quarters of the
Borrower most recently completed on or prior to such date for which financial statements were delivered
(or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b).
26
“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting
of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of one hundred five percent
(105%) of the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuers with respect to Letters of Credit issued and
outstanding at such time, and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the
L/C Issuers in their sole discretion.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a Pension Plan described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which
the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding
five (5) plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
“Net Equity Proceeds” means, with respect to any issuance of Equity Interests, the gross amount
of cash proceeds paid to or received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of such issuance
of Equity Interests (including cash proceeds subsequently as and when received at any time in respect of
such issuance from non-cash consideration initially received or otherwise), less the sum of underwriting
discounts and commissions or placement fees, investment banking fees, legal fees, consulting fees,
accounting fees and other fees and expenses (including stamp, issuance, transfer taxes or similar Taxes)
incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith.
“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or
amendment that (a) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the
terms of Section 11.01(a), and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such
time.
“Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(b).
“Non-Extension Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
“Note” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans
made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
“Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(b).
“Notice of Additional L/C Issuer” means a notice substantially the form of Exhibit F or any other
form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of,
any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of
Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or
to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the
commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor
Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and
fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligations include (a)
the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees,
indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (b) the
obligation of the Loan Parties to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that the
Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, in each case in its sole discretion, may elect to pay
or advance on behalf of any Loan Party.
27
“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the
Treasury.
“Organization Documents” means: (a) with respect to any corporation, the charter or certificate or
articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect
to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles
of formation or organization and operating or limited liability agreement (or equivalent or comparable
constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (c) with respect to any partnership,
joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable
agreement of formation or organization (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect
to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); and (d) with respect to any entity, any agreement, instrument, filing or
notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable
Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a
present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than
connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its
obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in
any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any
Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording,
filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery,
performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or
otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes
imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.06).
“Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any
date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving
effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as
the case may be, occurring on such date, and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the
Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after
giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate
amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the
Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the
greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate, and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent,
the applicable L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking
industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an
Alternative Currency, an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative
Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation.
“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).
“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).
“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has
adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to
Economic and Monetary Union.
28
“PATRIOT Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.18.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Funding Rules” means the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum funding
standards with respect to Pension Plans and set forth in Sections 412, 430 and 436 of the Code and
Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA.
“Pension Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (excluding any Multiemployer Plan)
that is maintained or is contributed to by the Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which
the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.
“Permitted Acquisition” means an Acquisition or other similar Investment permitted pursuant to
this Agreement.
“Permitted Holders” means, collectively: (a)(i) Elon Musk and his children and other lineal
descendants; (ii) the spouses or former spouses, widows or widowers and estates of any of the Persons
referred to in clause (a)(i) above; (iii) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the Persons
listed in clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above; and (iv) any Person for which a majority of the economic and
voting interests in its Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote for the election of members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower
is owned by one or more of the Persons referred to in clause (a)(i), clause (a)(ii) or clause (a)(iii) above;
and (b) any “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of which any
of the Persons described in clause (a) above are members; provided, that, in the case of such group and
without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Persons referenced in clause
(a) above, collectively, beneficially own (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, economic and voting interests in the Equity Interests of the
Borrower entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of
members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower representing at least a
majority of the total voting power.
“Permitted Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing permitted pursuant to
Section 7.01(v).
“Permitted Securitization Transaction” means any Securitization Transaction permitted pursuant
to Section 7.01(v).
“Permitted Undertakings” means the representations, warranties, repurchase obligations and
indemnification obligations of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary in favor of (a) a Receivables
Purchaser in connection with the Receivables Assets sold by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to such
Receivables Purchaser in connection with a Receivables Financing, or (b) a Special Purpose Vehicle in
connection with the assets sold to such Special Purpose Vehicle in connection with a Securitization
Transaction; provided, that, recourse thereunder to the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be limited to the
extent reasonably customary for similar transactions (including, to the extent applicable, in a manner
consistent with the delivery of a “true sale”/”absolute transfer” opinion with respect to any sale of any
applicable assets) as reasonably determined by the Borrower.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture,
association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
29
“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including
a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or any such Plan to
which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.
“Plan of Reorganization” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(g).
“Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest quoted in the print edition of The Wall Street Journal,
Money Rates Section as the Prime Rate (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at
least seventy-five percent (75%) of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks), as in effect from time to time.
The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually
charged to any customer. The Administrative Agent or any other Lender may make commercial loans or
other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.
“Pro Forma Basis” means, that in the calculation of (a) any financial ratio or test hereunder, or (b)
the Financial Covenant, in connection with any transaction described in Section 1.03(c) (including the
incurrence of any Indebtedness in connection therewith), such transaction shall be deemed to have
occurred as of the first day of the most recent four fiscal quarter period preceding the date of such
transaction for which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or
Section 6.01(b).  In connection with the foregoing, (i) with respect to any Disposition, (A) income
statement and cash flow statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property
Disposed of shall be excluded, and (B) Indebtedness which is retired or repaid shall be excluded and
deemed to have been retired as of the first day of the applicable period, (ii) with respect to any Permitted
Acquisition, (A) income statement and cash flow statement items attributable to the Person or property
acquired shall be included to the extent (1) such items are not otherwise included in such income
statement and cash flow statement items for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP
or in accordance with any defined terms set forth in Section 1.01, and (2) such items are supported by
financial statements or other information reasonably relied upon by the Borrower (it being understood and
agreed that to the extent such financial statements or other information reasonably relied upon by the
Borrower are not available with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the items described in this clause
(ii)(A) shall not be included for such Permitted Acquisition), and (B) any Indebtedness incurred or
assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including the Person or property acquired) in connection
with such transaction and any Indebtedness of the Person or property acquired which is not retired in
connection with such transaction (1) shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the
applicable period, and (2) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of
interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is
or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination, and (iii)
with respect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness, (A) such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been
incurred as of the first day of the applicable period, and (B) if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula
rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition
determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the
relevant date of determination.
“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor,
as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.
“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be
interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
30
“QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 11.23.
“Qualified Acquisition” means a Permitted Acquisition (or series of related Permitted
Acquisitions consummated in any six (6)-month period) that is designated by the Borrower to the
Administrative Agent as a “Qualified Acquisition” and for which the aggregate consideration is at least
$1,000,000,000, but only to the extent the sum of (a) the amount of such consideration funded with the
proceeds of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, plus (b) the amount of such consideration constituting
Consolidated Funded Indebtedness that is assumed by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection
therewith, exceeds $1,000,000,000; provided, that, for any such Permitted Acquisition (or series of such
related Permitted Acquisitions) to qualify as a “Qualified Acquisition,” the Administrative Agent shall
have received, prior to, or concurrently with, the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or series of
such related Permitted Acquisitions, a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying
that such Permitted Acquisition or series of such related Permitted Acquisitions meet the criteria set forth
in this definition and notifying the Administrative Agent that the Borrower has elected to treat such
Permitted Acquisition or series of such related Permitted Acquisitions as a “Qualified Acquisition”;
provided, further, that, prior to the Bridge Facility Termination Date, any such Permitted Acquisition may
be only qualify as a “Qualified Acquisition” hereunder if such Permitted Acquisition has been designated
as a “Qualified Acquisition” under the Bridge Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof (which
designation may be made concurrently with any such designation hereunder).
“Qualified GPU Financing” means any GPU Financing that meets the following conditions: (a)
the Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified GPU Financing (including financing
terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and
reasonable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and (b) in the case of a GPU Financing in which the
Borrower or any Subsidiary sells GPU Assets pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, or to a GPU
Financing Subsidiary in connection with or pursuant to a securitization or similar financing, all such sales
of GPU Assets and related assets are made at fair market value (as conclusively determined in good faith
by the Borrower). The grant of a security interest in support of any Qualified GPU Financing shall be
limited in scope to the GPU Assets that are the subject of such Qualified GPU Financing.
“Qualified IPO” means the issuance by the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of
the Borrower of its common Equity Interests (and the contribution of any proceeds of such issuance to the
Borrower) in an underwritten public offering (which is either a primary offering or a primary and
secondary offering, other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8)
pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act
and such Equity Interests are listed on a nationally-recognized stock exchange in the United States and
resulting in Net Equity Proceeds of at least $50,000,000.
“Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, two (2) Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate
fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Administrative Agent;
provided, that, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative
Agent, then “Rate Determination Date” means such other day as otherwise reasonably determined by the
Administrative Agent).
“Receivables Assets” means a negotiable bill of exchange, negotiable promissory note or other
similar negotiable instrument issued by a customer of the Borrower or a Subsidiary payable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary to evidence and set forth the obligations of such customer to make payments
to the Borrower or such Subsidiary for services provided by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to such
customer under a launch services contract, a contract for services in connection with, or for the use or
lease of all or a portion of, data centers owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, or, to the extent
constituting receivables,
31
Starlink Financing Assets, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, together with all
rights, options, privileges, interests, advantages, recourses, titles, deeds, benefits and claims of any nature
of the Borrower or such Subsidiary supporting or securing payment of such obligations (including any
indemnity rights, any late payment interest and any other sums due or which may become due to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect of such obligations), including standby letters of credits or
corporate guarantees.
“Receivables Financing” means any transaction in which in which Receivables Assets or interests
therein are sold by the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly to one or more Receivables Purchasers.
“Receivables Purchaser” means the investor or other purchaser of Receivables Assets from the
Borrower or a Subsidiary pursuant to a Receivables Financing; provided, that, no Receivables Purchaser
shall be a Loan Party or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Loan Party.
“Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of
any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder.
“Refinanced Debt” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”.
“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of any Loan Party arising after the Closing Date,
in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of
existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, for
other Indebtedness (such extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refinanced Indebtedness, the
“Refinanced Debt”) to the extent permitted hereunder; provided, that: (a) the principal amount of such
Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of the Refinanced Debt (plus the amount
of reasonable refinancing fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith), any prepayment premiums
and any accrued interest on account thereof; (b) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity
that is no earlier than the final maturity of the Refinanced Debt; (c) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall
have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not less than the then-remaining Weighted Average Life to
Maturity of the Refinanced Debt; (d) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank in right of payment no
more senior than, and be subordinated (if subordinated) to the Obligations on terms no less favorable,
taken as a whole, to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders than, the Refinanced Debt; (e) if the
Refinanced Debt or any guarantees thereof are unsecured, such Refinancing Indebtedness and any
guarantees thereof shall be unsecured; (f) if the Refinanced Debt or any guarantees thereof are secured,
such Refinancing Indebtedness and any guarantees thereof shall be secured in all material respects by
substantially the same or less collateral as secured such Refinanced Debt or any guarantees thereof; (g) if
the Refinanced Debt or any guarantees thereof are subordinated to any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties
other than the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness and any guarantees thereof shall be
subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
than the Refinanced Debt; and (h) the obligors in respect of the Refinanced Debt immediately prior to
such refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing thereof shall be the only obligors on such
Refinancing Indebtedness.
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).
“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the FRB, as in effect from time to time and all official
rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners,
directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors, consultants, service
providers and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
32
“Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping,
deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the
indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other
closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous
Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.
“Relevant Rate” means with respect to any Committed Loan denominated in (a) Euros,
EURIBOR (or any Successor Rate established in connection therewith), and (b) Sterling, SONIA (or any
Successor Rate established in connection therewith).
“Removal Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(b).
“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than
events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.
“Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Committed Borrowing, or a
conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C
Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Borrowing, a Swing
Line Loan Notice.
“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Total Credit Exposures representing
more than fifty percent (50%) of the Total Credit Exposures of all Lenders at such time.  The Total Credit
Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time;
provided, that, the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Loan and Unreimbursed Amounts that
such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender
shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or the applicable L/C Issuer, as
the case may be, in making such determination; provided, further, that, this definition shall be subject to
the last sentence of Section 3.03(b) and the last sentence of Section 3.03(c).
“Rescindable Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b)(ii).
“Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(a).
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial
Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to any Loan Party, (a) the chief executive officer,
president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of such Loan
Party (or, solely with respect to any Existing Guarantor, any other authorized signatory of such Existing
Guarantor that has been duly authorized to act on behalf of such Existing Guarantor), (b) solely for
purposes of the delivery of secretary and/or incumbency certificates, the secretary or any assistant
secretary of such Loan Party, and (c) solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, (i) any
other officer or employee of such Loan Party so designated by any Responsible Officer of such Loan
Party identified in clause (a) or clause (b) above in a notice to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) any other
officer or employee of such Loan Party designated by such Loan Party pursuant to an agreement between
such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a
Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all
necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible
Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.  To the extent
requested by the Administrative Agent, each Responsible Officer of each Loan Party will provide an
incumbency certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
33
“Restricted Payment” means (a) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account
of any shares (or equivalent) of any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
now or hereafter outstanding, (b) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase
or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares (or equivalent) of any class of Equity
Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter outstanding, and (c) any payment
made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire
shares of any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, now or hereafter
outstanding.
“Revaluation Date” means: (a) with respect to any Committed Loan, each of the following: (i)
each date of a Committed Borrowing of Alternative Currency Loans; (ii) with respect to an Alternative
Currency Daily Rate Loan, each Interest Payment Date; (iii) each date of a continuation of an Alternative
Currency Term Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.02; and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative
Agent shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit,
each of the following: (i) each date of issuance, amendment and/or extension of a Letter of Credit
denominated in an Alternative Currency; (ii) each date of any payment by the Alternative Currency L/C
Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency; and (iii) such additional dates
as the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required
Lenders shall require.
“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal
amount of such Lender’s outstanding Committed Loans at such time, plus such Lender’s participation in
L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Lender’s participation in Swing Line Loans at such time.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc., and
any successor thereto.
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, any
arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall sell or
transfer any property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property
or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being
sold or transferred.
“Same Day Funds” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars,
immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative
Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative
Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the
settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.
“Sanction(s)” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government
(including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury
(“HMT”) or other relevant sanctions authority.
“Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.
“Securitization Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any financing transaction or
series of financing transactions (including factoring arrangements or other financing arrangement with
respect to receivables) pursuant to which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person may sell, convey
or otherwise
34
transfer, or grant a security interest in, accounts, payments, receivables, rights to future lease payments or
residuals or similar rights to payment to a special purpose subsidiary or affiliate of such Person.
“Significant Subsidiary” means, on any date of determination, any Subsidiary that is a
“significant subsidiary” (as such term is defined in Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (as
Regulation S-X is in effect on the Closing Date)) as of such date.
“SOFR” means the Secured Overnight Financing Rate as administered by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York (or a successor administrator).
“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on
such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities,
including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such
Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its
debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that
it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they
mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business
or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e)
such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they
mature in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be
computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time,
represents the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“SONIA” means, with respect to any applicable determination date, the Sterling Overnight Index
Average Reference Rate published on the fifth (5th) Business Day preceding such date on the applicable
Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be
designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time); provided, that, if such determination date is
not a Business Day, SONIA means such rate that applied on the first (1st) Business Day immediately prior
thereto.
“Special Notice Currency” means, at any time, any Alternative Currency other than the currency
of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such
time located in North America or Europe.
“Special Purpose Vehicle” means a trust, bankruptcy remote entity or other special purpose entity
which is a Subsidiary and which is formed for the purpose of, and engages in no material business other
than, acting as a lessor, issuer or depositor in a Securitization Transaction (and, in connection therewith,
owning the assets subject to such Securitization Transaction, and pledging or transferring any interests
therein).
“Specified Event of Default” means an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.01(a), Section
8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g).
“Starlink” means the operations and assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries related to (a)
development, manufacturing and operations of satellite constellations to deliver high speed broadband
internet, and (b) performance of government contracts related to the development of satellites and satellite
infrastructure.
“Starlink Financing Assets” means, collectively, all of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries rights,
title and interest in and to, and obligations under, the following assets, in each case related to the delivery
by Starlink of high speed broadband internet service to consumers: (a) user terminals and related
hardware
35
(excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, satellites); (b) accounts arising from the sale, lease, assignment or
other disposition of hardware or related services and/or any fees or charges relating thereto; (c) royalties
(or rights therein or related thereto) and other rights to payment under royalty agreements, license
agreements, subscription agreements, servicing agreement and other agreements under which revenues or
fees may arise together; (d) Starlink Intellectual Property and any Intellectual Property Assets reasonably
necessary for the operation of Starlink; (e) regulatory approvals and licenses reasonably necessary for the
operation of Starlink; (f) all other contracts, agreements, grants, subsidies, government awards and
instruments reasonably necessary or helpful for exploitation of the forgoing by any Person; (g) all books,
documents and records related to the foregoing (including databases, customer lists and other records,
whether tangible or electronic, which contain any information relating to any of the foregoing); and (h) all
proceeds and products of any or all of the foregoing in whatever form received, including proceeds of
business interruption and other insurance and claims against third parties.
“Starlink Intellectual Property” means any and all Intellectual Property used or held use in, or
otherwise included in, Starlink.
“Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
“Subordinating Loan Party” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having
ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or
interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially
owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a
“Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
“Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(c).
“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 11.23.
“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative
transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity
contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or
forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward
foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap
transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar
transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the
foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and
(b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and
conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master
agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”),
including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Swap Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Swap
Contract.
“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking
into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a)
for any
36
date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in
accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause
(a) above, the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as
determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any
recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America (through itself or through one of its designated
Affiliates or branch offices), in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans hereunder, or any successor
swing line lender hereunder.
“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).
“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section
2.04(b), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G or such other form as approved by the
Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as
shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower.
“Swing Line Sublimit” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of
(a) $150,000,000, and (b) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments as of such date.  The
Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
“Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called
synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of
property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the
insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person
(without regard to accounting treatment).
“T2” means the real time gross settlement system operated by the Eurosystem, or any successor
system.
“TARGET Day” means any day on which T2 is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings
(including backup withholdings), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental
Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term SOFR” means: (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Term SOFR Loan, the rate per
annum equal to the Term SOFR Screen Rate two (2) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to
the commencement of such Interest Period with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided, that,
if the rate is not published prior to 11:00 a.m. on such determination date, then Term SOFR means the
Term SOFR Screen Rate on the first (1st) U.S. Government Securities Business Day immediately prior
thereto; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per
annum equal to the Term SOFR Screen Rate with a term of one (1) month commencing that day;
provided, that, if the rate is not published prior to 11:00 a.m. on such determination date, then Term
SOFR means the Term SOFR Screen Rate on the first (1st) U.S. Government Securities Business Day
immediately prior thereto; provided, that, if Term SOFR determined in accordance with either of the
foregoing clause (a) or clause (b) would otherwise be less than zero, Term SOFR shall be deemed zero for
purposes of this Agreement.
37
“Term SOFR Conforming Changes” means, with respect to the use, administration of or any
conventions associated with SOFR, Term SOFR or any proposed Term SOFR Successor Rate, as
applicable, any conforming changes to the definition of “Base Rate”, the definition of “Interest Period”,
the definition of “SOFR”, the definition of “Term SOFR”, the timing and frequency of determining rates
and making payments of interest, and other technical, administrative or operational matters (including, for
the avoidance of doubt, the definition of “Business Day”, the definition of “U.S. Government Securities
Business Day”, the timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, and
the length of lookback periods) as may be appropriate, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to
reflect the adoption and implementation of such applicable rate(s) and to permit the administration thereof
by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the
Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not
administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such rate exists, in such other
manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines is reasonably necessary in connection
with the administration of this Agreement and any other Loan Document).
“Term SOFR Loan” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of
the definition of “Term SOFR”.  All Term SOFR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.
“Term SOFR Replacement Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
“Term SOFR Scheduled Unavailability Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
“Term SOFR Screen Rate” means the forward-looking SOFR term rate administered by CME (or
any successor administrator satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and published on the applicable
Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be
designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time).
“Term SOFR Successor Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03(b).
“Threshold Amount” means $500,000,000.
“Total Credit Exposure” means, as to any Lender at any time, the unused Commitment of such
Lender at such time, plus the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender at such time.
“Total Outstandings” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the
aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Committed Loans at such time, plus (b) the aggregate Outstanding
Amount of all Swing Line Loans at such time, plus (c) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C
Obligations at such time.
“Trade Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(g).
“Type” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan, a Term
SOFR Loan, an Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan, or an Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan.
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New
York.
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the
Prudential Regulatory Authority Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United
Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person subject to IFPRU 11.6 of the Financial Conduct
Authority Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial
38
Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates
of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative
authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).
“Unrestricted Cash” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of unrestricted
cash (as defined and determined in accordance with GAAP) and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.
“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (a) a Saturday, (b) a
Sunday or (c) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that
the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United
States government securities.
“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)
(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified in Section 11.23.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(g)(ii)(B)(3).
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the
number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness into
(b) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment,
sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity,
in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment.
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary all of the Equity Interests of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Borrower or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority,
the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the
Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers
are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any
powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or
change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which
that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that
person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right
had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers
under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
1.02Other Interpretive Provisions.  With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan
Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
39
(a)The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the
corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and
“including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will”
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context
requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other
document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such
agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and
restated, supplemented, extended, replaced or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on
such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, extensions,
replacements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference
herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the
words “hereto,” “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in
any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to
any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections,
Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and
Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law
shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or
interpreting such law and any reference to any law, rule or regulation shall, unless otherwise
specified, refer to such law, rule or regulation as amended, restated, amended and restated,
modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be
construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible
assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.  Terms defined in
the UCC (as in effect on the Closing Date) and not otherwise defined herein, shall, unless the
context otherwise indicates, have the meanings provided by those definitions.
(b)In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but
excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including”.
(c)Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document.
(d)Any reference herein to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation, assignment, sale,
disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited
liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the
unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, consolidation, amalgamation,
assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate
Person.  Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder
(and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other
like term shall also constitute such a Person).
1.03Accounting Terms.
(a)Generally.  All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein
shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other
financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in
conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a
manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as
otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of
determining
40
compliance with any covenant (including the computation of the Financial Covenant) contained
herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at one
hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB
ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.  Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to determining the permissibility of the
incurrence of any Indebtedness, the proceeds thereof shall not be counted as Unrestricted Cash
for the purposes of clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Consolidated Leverage Ratio”.  Prior to the
delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(b) for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower
ended June 30, 2026, any calculation or other determination to be made pursuant to this
Agreement by reference to the most recent financial statements of the Borrower shall be
calculated or determined, as applicable, by reference to the Interim Financial Statements.
(b)Changes in GAAP.  If at any time any change in GAAP affect the computation of
any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the
Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall
negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof
in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided,
that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance
with GAAP prior to such change therein, and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the
Administrative Agent (for further distribution to the Lenders) financial statements and other
documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving
effect to such change in GAAP.
(c)Calculations.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that all calculations of
financial ratios and tests or the Financial Covenant for any period shall be made on a Pro Forma
Basis with respect to (i) any Disposition of all of the Equity Interests of, or all or substantially all
of the assets of, a Subsidiary, occurring during such period, to the extent such Disposition is
permitted pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) any Disposition of a line of business or division of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary occurring during such period, to the extent such Disposition is
permitted pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) any Permitted Acquisition consummated in such
period, and (iv) the incurrence of any Indebtedness in such period.
1.04Rounding.  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to
this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component,
carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein
and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest
number).
1.05Times of Day.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be
references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
1.06Letter of Credit Amounts.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of
Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of
Credit in effect at such time; provided, that, with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the
terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated
amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the
maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not
such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
1.07Interest Rates; Licensing.
41
(a)The Administrative Agent does not warrant, nor accept responsibility, nor shall
the Administrative Agent have any liability with respect to the administration, submission or any
other matter related to any reference rate referred to herein or with respect to any rate (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, the selection of such rate and any related spread or other adjustment)
that is an alternative or replacement for or successor to any such rate (including any Successor
Rate or any Term SOFR Successor Rate) (or any component of any of the foregoing) or the effect
of any of the foregoing, or of any Conforming Changes or any Term SOFR Conforming Changes. 
The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions or
other activities that affect any reference rate referred to herein, or any alternative, successor or
replacement rate (including any Successor Rate or any Term SOFR Successor Rate) (or any
component of any of the foregoing) or any related spread or other adjustments thereto, in each
case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower.  The Administrative Agent may select information
sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any reference rate referred to herein or
any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Successor Rate or any Term SOFR
Successor Rate) (or any component of any of the foregoing), in each case pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for
damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential
damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in
equity), for any error or other action or omission related to or affecting the selection,
determination, or calculation of any rate (or component thereof) provided by any such
information source or service.
(b)By agreeing to make Committed Loans under this Agreement, each Lender is
confirming it has all licenses, permits and approvals necessary for use of the reference rates
referred to herein and it will do all things necessary to comply, preserve, renew and keep in full
force and effect such licenses, permits and approvals.
1.08Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.
(a)On each Revaluation Date, the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency
L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and
Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies. Such Dollar Equivalent shall
become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such amounts
until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by
the Borrower hereunder or calculating the Financial Covenant or except as otherwise provided
herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan
Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent
or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as applicable.
(b)Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Committed Borrowing,
conversion, continuation or prepayment of a Loan, or the issuance, amendment or extension of a
Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in
Dollars, but such Committed Borrowing, Loan or Letter of Credit is denominated in an
Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such
Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being
rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Alternative Currency L/C
Issuer, as the case may be.
1.09Additional Alternative Currencies.
42
(a)The Borrower may from time to time request that Alternative Currency Loans be
made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the
definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided, that, such requested currency is an Eligible
Currency. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Alternative Currency
Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Lender;
and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request
shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Alternative Currency L/C
Issuer.
(b)Any such request pursuant to Section 1.09(a) shall be made to the Administrative
Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. twenty (20) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit
Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the
case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, in its
or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Loans,
the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such
request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the
Alternative Currency L/C Issuer thereof. Each Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining
to Alternative Currency Loans) or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer (in the case of a request
pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m. ten
(10) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the
making of Alternative Currency Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in
such requested currency.
(c)Any failure by a Lender or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may
be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in Section 1.09(b) shall be deemed
to be a refusal by such Lender or the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to
permit Alternative Currency Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested
currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Alternative Currency
Loans in such requested currency and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders reasonably
determine that an appropriate interest rate is available to be used for such requested currency, the
Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and (i) the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders may amend this Agreement to the extent necessary to add the applicable rate for such
currency and any applicable adjustment for such rate, as applicable, and (ii) to the extent this
Agreement has been amended to reflect the appropriate rate (and applicable adjustment, if any)
for such currency, such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative
Currency for purposes of any Committed Borrowings of Alternative Currency Loans.  If the
Administrative Agent and the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer consent to the issuance of Letters
of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Borrower and
(A) the Administrative Agent and the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer may amend this
Agreement to add such currency, and (B) to the extent this Agreement has been amended to
reflect such currency, such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an
Alternative Currency for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances.  If the Administrative Agent
shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.09, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the Borrower.
1.10Change of Currency.
(a)Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national
currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful
currency after the Closing Date shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption. If,
in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in
this Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in
the
43
interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis
shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member
state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided, that, if any Committed Borrowing in the
currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement
shall take effect, with respect to such Committed Borrowing, at the end of the then current
Interest Period.
(b)Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of
construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to
reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant
market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.
(c)Each provision of this Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable
changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be
appropriate to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market
conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.
1.11Covenant Compliance.  For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-
denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness set forth in Section 7.02, the Dollar-equivalent
principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term
Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided, that, if such
Indebtedness is incurred to renew, extend, refund, defease, discharge, refinance or replace other
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-
denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded
so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
such Indebtedness being refinanced (plus the amount of reasonable refinancing fees and expenses
incurred in connection therewith). Notwithstanding any other provision of Section 7.02, the maximum
amount of Indebtedness that the Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to Section 7.02 shall not be deemed to
be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of
any Indebtedness incurred to renew, extend, refund, defease, discharge, refinance or replace other
Indebtedness, (a) if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be
calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing Indebtedness, and (b) shall
be deemed to be outstanding only when the proceeds thereof are not applied to effect such Refinancing
Indebtedness (and to pay any fees, premiums, penalties or expenses in connection therewith) within
ninety (90) days.
1.12Amendment and Restatement of Existing Credit Agreement; Reallocation; Audited
Financial Statements; Interim Financial Statements.  The parties hereto agree that, on the Closing
Date, the following transactions shall be deemed to occur automatically, without further action by any
party hereto: (a) the Existing Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be amended and restated in its entirety
pursuant to this Agreement; and (b) all obligations arising under or in connection with the Existing Credit
Agreement and the other loan documents entered into in connection therewith and outstanding on the
Closing Date shall in all respects be continuing and shall be deemed to be Obligations outstanding
hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes an amendment to the Existing Credit Agreement made under and
in accordance with the terms of Section 11.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement.  Each of the parties
hereto confirms that the amendment and restatement of the Existing Credit Agreement pursuant to this
Agreement is not intended to be, and shall not constitute, a novation of the Existing Credit Agreement.
44
Each of the Lenders party hereto (constituting the “Required Lenders” under and as defined in the
Existing Credit Agreement) hereby acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Borrower’s delivery of the
Audited Financial Statements to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date timely satisfies the requirement set
forth in Section 6.01(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended
December 31, 2025, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement;
(ii) for the purposes of complying with Section 7.06 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall
be permitted to calculate the “Financial Covenant” (under and as defined in the Existing Credit
Agreement) as of the end of the four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower ending as of
December 31, 2025 by reference to the Audited Financial Statements, notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement; and (iii) for the purposes of complying with Section
7.06 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall be permitted to calculate the “Financial
Covenant” (under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) as of the end of the four consecutive
fiscal quarter period of the Borrower ending as of March 31, 2026 by reference to the Interim Financial
Statements, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement.
On the Closing Date, the Commitment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement, and as in
effect immediately prior to the Closing Date) of each Lender (as defined in the Existing Credit
Agreement) under the Existing Credit Agreement, and all outstanding Committed Loans (as defined in the
Existing Credit Agreement) held by such Lender under the Existing Credit Agreement immediately prior
to the Closing Date, in each case, shall be reallocated and restated such that, after giving effect to such
reallocation and restatement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement to occur on the
Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, each Lender shall (a) have a Commitment in the amount set forth
opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01A, (b) hold the portion of the Committed Loans
outstanding under this Agreement on the Closing Date corresponding to such Lender’s Applicable
Percentage (as in effect under this Agreement on the Closing Date in accordance with the Applicable
Percentages reflected on Schedule 2.01A), and (c) have participations in respect of Letters of Credit and
Swing Line Loans, in each case, outstanding under this Agreement on the Closing Date corresponding to
such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (as in effect under this Agreement on the Closing Date in
accordance with the Applicable Percentages reflected on Schedule 2.01A).  The parties hereto agree that
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to effect such assignments, prepayments,
borrowings, reallocations and restatements as are necessary (including pursuant to a cashless settlement
mechanism approved by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) to effectuate the reallocation
contemplated by this paragraph.
ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01Committed Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender
severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Committed Loan”) in Dollars or in one or more
Alternative Currencies to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability
Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s
Commitment; provided, that, after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, (a) the Total Outstandings
shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, and (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any
Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment.  Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment,
and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow Committed Loans under
this Section 2.01, prepay Committed Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(a), and reborrow Committed Loans
under this Section 2.01.  Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans, Term SOFR Loans, Alternative
Currency Daily Rate Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
2.02Committed Borrowings; Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans.
45
(a)Each Committed Borrowing, each conversion of Base Rate Loans to Term SOFR
Loans, each conversion of Term SOFR Loans to Base Rate Loans, each continuation of Term
SOFR Loans, and each continuation of Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, in each case, shall
be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be
given by telephone or a Committed Loan Notice; provided, that, any telephonic notice must be
confirmed immediately by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Committed Loan Notice.
Each Committed Loan Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00
p.m. (i) two (2) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Committed Borrowing of,
conversion to or continuation of Term SOFR Loans, or of any conversion of Term SOFR Loans
to Base Rate Loans, (ii) four (4) Business Days (or five (5) Business Days, in the case of a
Special Notice Currency) prior to the requested date of any Committed Borrowing of Alternative
Currency Loans, (iii) four (4) Business Days (or five (5) Business Days, in the case of a Special
Notice Currency) in the case of the continuation of any Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans,
and (iv) on the requested date of any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans.  Each
Committed Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Term SOFR Loans, each Committed
Borrowing of Alternative Currency Loans, and each continuation of Alternative Currency Term
Rate Loans, in each case, shall be in a principal amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 or
a whole multiple of the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Except as provided in
Sections 2.03(f) and 2.04(c)(i), each Committed Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans
shall be in a principal amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $500,000 or a whole multiple of the
Dollar Equivalent of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (A)
whether the Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a conversion of Base Rate Loans to
Term SOFR Loans, a conversion of Term SOFR Loans to Base Rate Loans, a continuation of
Term SOFR Loans, or a continuation of Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, as applicable,
(B) the requested date of the Committed Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may
be (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the currency and principal amount of Committed Loans
to be borrowed, converted or continued, (D) the Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to
which existing Committed Loans are to be converted, and (E) if applicable, the duration of the
Interest Period with respect thereto.  If the Borrower fails to specify a currency in a Committed
Loan Notice requesting a Committed Borrowing, then the Committed Loans so requested shall be
made in Dollars.  If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or
if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation of Term
SOFR Loans, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or continued as, Term
SOFR Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month.  If the Borrower fails to timely request a
continuation of Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, such Committed Loans shall be
continued as Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans in their original currency with an Interest
Period of one (1) month.  Any such automatic continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative
Currency Term Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect
with respect to the applicable Committed Loans.  If the Borrower requests a Committed
Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term
Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be
deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.  Except as provided pursuant to
Section 2.12(a) or Section 3.03, no Committed Loan may be converted into or continued as a
Committed Loan denominated in a different currency, but instead must be repaid in the original
currency of such Committed Loan and reborrowed in the other currency.
(b)Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify each Lender of the amount and currency of its Applicable Percentage of the
applicable Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided
by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any
automatic continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans described
in Section
46
2.02(a).  In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its
Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative
Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 3:00 p.m., in the case of Committed
Loans denominated in Dollars, and not later than the Applicable Time, in the case of any
Committed Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, in each case, on the Business Day
specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable
conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Committed Borrowing is the initial Credit
Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to
the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the
account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds, or (ii)
wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and
reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided, that, that if, on
the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Committed Borrowing denominated in
Dollars is given by the Borrower, there are Unreimbursed Amounts then outstanding, then the
proceeds of such Committed Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such
Unreimbursed Amounts, and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.
(c)Except as otherwise provided herein, a Term SOFR Loan or an Alternative
Currency Term Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest
Period for such Loan.  During the existence of a Default, no Committed Loans may be requested
as, converted to, or continued as Term SOFR Loans, or requested as Alternative Currency Daily
Rate Loans, or requested as, or continued as, Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, as
applicable, without the consent of the Required Lenders.
(d)After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all conversions of Term SOFR
Loans to Base Rate Loans, all conversions of Base Rate Loans to Term SOFR Loans, all
continuations of Term SOFR Loans, and all continuations of Alternative Currency Term Rate
Loans, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect.
(e)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Lender may
exchange, continue or rollover all or any portion of its Committed Loans in connection with any
refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this
Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent, and such Lender.
(f)With respect to SOFR or Term SOFR, the Administrative Agent will have the
right to make Term SOFR Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Term
SOFR Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any
other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided, that, with respect to any
such amendment effected, the Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment
implementing such Term SOFR Conforming Changes to the Borrower and the Lenders
reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
(g)With respect to any Alternative Currency Daily Rate or any Alternative Currency
Term Rate, as applicable, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming
Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other
Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become
effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other
Loan Document; provided, that, with respect to any such amendment effected, the Administrative
Agent
47
shall post each such amendment implementing such Conforming Changes to the Borrower and
the Lenders reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
2.03Letters of Credit.
(a)General.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in addition to the
Committed Loans provided for in Section 2.01, the Borrower may request any L/C Issuer, in
reliance on the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, to issue, at any time and
from time to time during the Availability Period, Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or an
Alternative Currency for its own account or the account of any of its Subsidiaries in such form as
is acceptable to such L/C Issuer in its reasonable determination; provided, that, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, only the Alternative Currency L/C Issuer
shall be permitted to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies.  Letters of
Credit issued hereunder shall constitute utilization of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
(b)Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Extension, Reinstatement or Renewal.  To
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment of the terms and conditions,
extension of the terms and conditions, extension of the expiration date, or reinstatement of
amounts paid, or renewal of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver (or
transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the
applicable L/C Issuer) to an L/C Issuer selected by it and to the Administrative Agent not later
than 11:00 a.m. at least two (2) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative
Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the
proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, a Letter of Credit Application
requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended,
extended, reinstated or renewed, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, extension,
reinstatement or renewal (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit
is to expire (which shall comply with Section 2.03(d)), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the
name and address of the beneficiary thereof, the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of
Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, extend, reinstate or
renew such Letter of Credit.  If requested by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Borrower also shall
submit a reimbursement agreement on such L/C Issuer’s standard form in connection with any
request for a Letter of Credit.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions
of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any Letter of Credit Application,
reimbursement agreement, and/or any other Issuer Documents submitted by the Borrower to, or
entered into by the Borrower with, an L/C Issuer relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall control.
If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application (or the
amendment of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole
discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an
“Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided, that, any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit
shall permit such L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve (12)-
month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior
notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each
such twelve (12)-month period to be agreed upon by the Borrower and the applicable L/C Issuer
at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C
Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such L/C Issuer for any
such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be
deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension
of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiration date not later than the date permitted pursuant
to Section 2.03(d); provided, that, such L/C Issuer shall not (i) permit any such extension if (A)
such L/C Issuer has determined that it
48
would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in
its extended form under the terms hereof (except that the expiration date may be extended to a
date that is no more than one (1) year from the then-current expiration date), or (B) it has received
notice (which may be in writing or by telephone (if promptly confirmed in writing)) on or before
the day that is seven (7) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the
Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension, or (ii)
be obligated to permit such extension if it has received notice (which may be in writing or by
telephone (if promptly confirmed in writing)) on or before the day that is seven (7) Business Days
before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the
Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 is not then
satisfied, and in each such case directing such L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
(c)Limitations on Amounts, Issuance and Amendment.
(i)A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, extended, reinstated or
renewed only if (and upon issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of
each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after
giving effect to such issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal (A)
unless otherwise agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer in its sole discretion, the aggregate
amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer shall not exceed
such L/C Issuer’s L/C Commitment, (B) the aggregate L/C Obligations with respect to all
financial Letters of Credit shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial), (C)
the aggregate L/C Obligations with respect to all performance Letters of Credit shall not
exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Performance), (D) the Revolving Credit Exposure
of any Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (E) the Total
Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
(ii)No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit
if: (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall
by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing the Letter of Credit,
or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/
C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters
of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C
Issuer with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement
(for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the
Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or
expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in
good faith deems material to it; (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate
one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally; (C)
except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer, the Letter
of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than the Dollar Equivalent of $500,000; (D)
any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such L/C Issuer has entered into
arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such L/C Issuer
(in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuer’s
actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv)) with
respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to
be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such L/C
Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or
(E) the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated
amount after any drawing thereunder.
(iii)No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of
Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of
Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of
Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.
49
(d)Expiration Date.  Each Letter of Credit shall have a stated expiration date no later
than the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months after the date of the issuance of such Letter of
Credit (or, in the case of any extension of the expiration date thereof, whether automatic or by
amendment, twelve (12) months after the then-current expiration date of such Letter of Credit),
and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
(e)Participations.
(i)By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of
Credit increasing the amount or extending the expiration date thereof), and without any
further action on the part of the applicable L/C Issuer or the Lenders, such L/C Issuer
hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from such L/C Issuer, a
participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the
aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  Each Lender
acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this
Section 2.03(e)(i) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute, unconditional and
irrevocable and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any
amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments.  Each Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its participation in
each Letter of Credit will be automatically adjusted to reflect such Lender’s Applicable
Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit at
each time such Lender’s Commitment is amended pursuant to the operation of Section
2.14 or Section 2.15, as a result of an assignment in accordance with Section 11.06 or
otherwise pursuant to this Agreement.
(ii)In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby
absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in
Dollars, for account of the applicable L/C Issuer, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of
each L/C Disbursement made by such L/C Issuer (expressed in Dollars in the amount of
the Dollar Equivalent thereof) not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in
the notice provided by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders pursuant to Section
2.03(f) until such L/C Disbursement is reimbursed by the Borrower or at any time after
any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason,
including after the Maturity Date.  Such payment shall be made without any offset,
abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each such payment shall be made in
the same manner as provided in Section 2.02 with respect to Committed Loans made by
such Lender (and Section 2.02 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations
of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable L/C
Issuer the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the
Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03(f), the
Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable L/C Issuer or, to the
extent that the Lenders have made payments pursuant to this Section 2.03(e) to reimburse
such L/C Issuer, then to such Lenders and such L/C Issuer as their interests may appear. 
Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.03(e) to reimburse an L/C
Issuer
50
for any L/C Disbursement shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower
of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement.
(iii)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the applicable L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(e), then, without limiting the
other provisions of this Agreement, the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover
from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount
with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on
which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum
equal to the greater of the applicable Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the
applicable L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by
such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  A certificate of an L/C Issuer
submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts
owing under this Section 2.03(e)(iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(f)Reimbursement.  If an L/C Issuer shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of
a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer in respect of such L/C
Disbursement in the currency in which such L/C Disbursement was made (or, if requested by
such L/C Issuer, in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such L/C Disbursement) by
paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than
12:00 noon on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice of such L/C Disbursement,
if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the
day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time;
provided, that, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request
(A) in accordance with Section 2.02, that such payment be financed with a Committed Borrowing
of Base Rate Loans in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such L/C Disbursement, or (B) in
accordance with Section 2.04, that such payment be financed with a Swing Line Borrowing in the
Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such L/C Disbursement, and, to the extent so financed, the
Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting
Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans or the resulting Swing Line Borrowing, as applicable. 
If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each
Lender of the Dollar Equivalent of the applicable L/C Disbursement, the payment then due from
the Borrower in respect thereof (the “Unreimbursed Amount”) and such Lender’s Applicable
Percentage thereof.  Upon receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative
Agent its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount pursuant to Section 2.03(e)(ii). 
Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(f)
may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided, that, the lack of such
an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(g)Obligations Absolute.  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse L/C
Disbursements as provided in Section 2.03(f) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable,
and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all
circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:
(i)any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any Letter of Credit, or any term or provision herein or therein;
(ii)the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right
that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any
51
transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any
such transferee may be acting), any L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter
of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii)any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under a Letter
of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
statement in such draft or other document being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or
any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to
make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
(iv)waiver by any L/C Issuer of any requirement that exists for such L/C
Issuer’s protection and not the protection of the Borrower or any waiver by such L/C
Issuer which does not in fact materially prejudice the Borrower;
(v)honor of a demand for payment presented electronically even if such
Letter of Credit required that demand be in the form of a draft;
(vi)any payment made by any L/C Issuer in respect of an otherwise
complying item presented after the date specified as the expiration date of, or the date by
which documents must be received under such Letter of Credit if presentation after such
date is authorized by the UCC or the ISP, as applicable;
(vii)payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit against
presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply strictly with the terms of
such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by any L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit
to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for
the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any
beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection
with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;
(viii)any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to
any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.03, constitute a
legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s
obligations hereunder; or
(ix)any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of
the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant
currency markets generally.
The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each
amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the
Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the applicable
L/C Issuer.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against
each L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
None of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or any of their respective
Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the
issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit by any L/C Issuer or any payment or failure to make
any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding
sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any
draft,
52
notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document
required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms, any error in
translation or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable L/C
Issuer; provided, that, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse an L/C Issuer from liability
to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims
in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by Applicable
Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s failure to exercise care when
determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with
the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or
willful misconduct on the part of an L/C Issuer (as finally determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction), each L/C Issuer shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination,
and that: (A) an L/C Issuer may replace a purportedly lost, stolen, or destroyed original Letter of
Credit or missing amendment thereto with a certified true copy marked as such or waive a
requirement for its presentation; (B) an L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their
face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit without responsibility for
further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and may make
payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance
with the terms of such Letter of Credit and without regard to any non-documentary condition in
such Letter of Credit; (C) an L/C Issuer shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to
accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance
with the terms of such Letter of Credit; and (D) this sentence shall establish the standard of care
to be exercised by an L/C Issuer when determining whether drafts and other documents presented
under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof (and the parties hereto hereby waive, to the
extent permitted by Applicable Law, any standard of care inconsistent with the foregoing). 
Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer, or
any of their respective Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of (1)
any presentation that includes forged or fraudulent documents or that is otherwise affected by the
fraudulent, bad faith, or illegal conduct of the beneficiary or other Person, (2) an L/C Issuer
declining to take-up documents and make payment (x) against documents that are fraudulent,
forged, or for other reasons by which that it is entitled not to honor, or (y) following the
Borrower’s waiver of discrepancies with respect to such documents or request for honor of such
documents, or (3) an L/C Issuer retaining proceeds of a Letter of Credit based on an apparently
applicable attachment order, blocking regulation, or third-party claim notified to such L/C Issuer.
(h)Applicability of ISP; Limitation of Liability.
(i)Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the
Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued by it, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each
Letter of Credit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no L/C Issuer shall be responsible to the
Borrower for, and no L/C Issuer’s rights and remedies against the Borrower shall be
impaired by, any action or inaction of any L/C Issuer required or permitted under any
law, order, or practice that is required or permitted to be applied to any Letter of Credit or
this Agreement, including the Law or any order of a jurisdiction where any L/C Issuer or
the beneficiary is located, the practice stated in the ISP, or in the decisions, opinions,
practice statements, or official commentary of the ICC Banking Commission, the Bankers
Association for Finance and Trade - International Financial Services Association (BAFT-
IFSA), or the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, whether or not any
Letter of Credit chooses such law or practice.
(ii)Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any
Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each L/C Issuer
53
shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in
Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in
connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer
Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative
Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or
omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.
(i)Letter of Credit Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for
the account of each Lender, in accordance with its Applicable Percentage (but subject to Section
2.17), a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the
Applicable Rate applicable to Term SOFR Loans, times the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount
available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  For purposes of computing the daily amount
available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be
determined in accordance with Section 1.06.  Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on
the first (1st) Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December,
commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the
Maturity Date and thereafter on demand, and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears.  If
there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be
drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate
separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Required
Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default
Rate.
(j)Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers. 
The Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer, for its own account, a fronting fee,
in Dollars, with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to the percentage
separately agreed upon between the Borrower and such L/C Issuer, computed on the Dollar
Equivalent of the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly
basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the first (1st) Business Day after
the end of each March, June, September and December in respect of the most recently-ended
quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first
such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Maturity Date and thereafter
on demand.  For purposes of computing the Dollar Equivalent of the daily amount available to be
drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in
accordance with Section 1.06.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C
Issuer, for its own account, in Dollars, the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and
other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters
of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are
due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(k)Disbursement Procedures.  The L/C Issuer for any Letter of Credit shall, within
the time allowed by applicable Laws or the specific terms of the Letter of Credit following its
receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under such
Letter of Credit. Such L/C Issuer shall promptly after such examination notify the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower in writing of such demand for payment if such L/C Issuer has made or
will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided, that, any failure to give or delay in giving
such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such L/C Issuer and the
Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement.
(l)Interim Interest.  If the L/C Issuer for any Letter of Credit shall make any L/C
Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in full on the
date
54
such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from
and including the date such L/C Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the
Borrower reimburses such L/C Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Base Rate
Loans; provided, that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such L/C Disbursement when due
pursuant to Section 2.03(f), then Section 2.08(b) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this
Section 2.03(l) shall be for account of such L/C Issuer, except that interest accrued on and after
the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(f) to reimburse such L/C Issuer shall
be for account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(m)Replacement of any L/C Issuer.  Any L/C Issuer may be replaced at any time by
written agreement between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced L/C Issuer and
the successor L/C Issuer.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such
replacement of an L/C Issuer.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the
Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced L/C Issuer pursuant to
Sections 2.03(i) and 2.03(j).  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the
successor L/C Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this
Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued by it thereafter, and (ii) references herein
to the term “L/C Issuer” shall be deemed to include such successor or any previous L/C Issuer, or
such successor and all previous L/C Issuer, as the context shall require.  After the replacement of
an L/C Issuer hereunder, the replaced L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to
have all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Letters
of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional
Letters of Credit.
(n)Cash Collateralization.  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on
the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the
Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with L/C
Obligations representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total L/C Obligations) demanding
the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.03(n), the Borrower shall immediately
deposit into an account established and maintained on the books and records of the
Administrative Agent (the “Collateral Account”) an amount in cash equal to one hundred five
percent (105%) of the total L/C Obligations as of such date, plus any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon; provided, that, the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective
immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or
other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the
Borrower described in Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g).  Such deposit shall be held by the
Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the
Borrower under this Agreement.  In addition, and without limiting the foregoing or
Section 2.03(d), if any L/C Obligations remain outstanding after the expiration date specified in
Section 2.03(d), the Borrower shall immediately deposit into the Collateral Account an amount in
cash equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of such L/C Obligations as of such date, plus any
accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion
and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the Collateral Account.  Other than
any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the
option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense,
such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall
accumulate in the Collateral Account.  Moneys in the Collateral Account shall be applied by the
Administrative Agent to reimburse each L/C Issuer for L/C Disbursements for which it has not
been reimbursed, together with related fees, costs, and customary processing charges, and, to the
extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the
Borrower for the L/C Obligations at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been
accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with L/C Obligations representing more than
fifty percent (50%) of the total L/C Obligations), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the
55
Borrower under this Agreement.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash
collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the
extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three (3) Business Days
after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.
(o)L/C Issuer Reports to the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise agreed by the
Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth
elsewhere in this Section 2.03, provide the Administrative Agent a report, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as set forth below: (i) reasonably prior to the
time that such L/C Issuer issues, amends, renews, increases or extends a Letter of Credit, the date
of such issuance, amendment, renewal, increase or extension and the stated amount of the
applicable Letters of Credit after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension
(and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed); (ii) on each Business Day on which such
L/C Issuer makes a payment pursuant to a Letter of Credit, the date and amount of such payment;
(iii) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse a payment made pursuant to a
Letter of Credit required to be reimbursed to such L/C Issuer on such day, the date of such failure
and the amount of such payment; (iv) for so long as any Letter of Credit issued by an L/C Issuer
is outstanding, such L/C Issuer shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) on the last Business
Day of each calendar month, (B) at all other times such a report is required to be delivered
pursuant to this Agreement, and (C) on each date that (1) an L/C Credit Extension occurs, or (2)
there is any expiration, cancellation and/or disbursement, in each case, with respect to any such
Letter of Credit, a report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent, appropriately completed with the information for every outstanding Letter of Credit issued
by such L/C Issuer; and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the
Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C
Issuer.
(p)Additional L/C Issuers. Any Lender hereunder may become an L/C Issuer upon
receipt by the Administrative Agent of a fully executed Notice of Additional L/C Issuer which
shall be signed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer. Such
new L/C Issuer shall provide its L/C Commitment in such Notice of Additional L/C Issuer and
upon the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the fully executed Notice of Additional L/C
Issuer, the defined term L/C Commitment shall be deemed amended to incorporate the L/C
Commitment of such new L/C Issuer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein,
there shall be no more than five (5) L/C Issuers at any time.
(q)Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit
issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a
Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse, indemnify and compensate the
applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit as if such
Letter of Credit had been issues solely for the account of the Borrower.  The Borrower
irrevocably waives any and all defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or
surety of any or all of the obligations of such Subsidiary in respect of such Letter of Credit.  The
Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of
Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives
substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
2.04Swing Line Loans.
(a)The Swing Line.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing
Line Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04,
may in its sole discretion make loans (each such loan, a “Swing Line Loan”) in Dollars to the
56
Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate
amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit; provided,
that, (i) after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (A) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed
the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, (B) the Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender shall
not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (C) the Revolving Credit Exposure of the Lender
that is the Swing Line Lender, plus the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans, shall not
exceed the Commitment of the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender, (ii) the Borrower shall not
use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan, and (iii)
the Swing Line Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swing Line Loan if it shall
determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has,
or by such Credit Extension may have, Fronting Exposure.  Within the foregoing limits, and
subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow Swing Line Loans
under this Section 2.04, prepay Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), and reborrow
Swing Line Loans under this Section 2.04.  Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. 
Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk
participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s
Applicable Percentage, times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.
(b)Borrowing Procedures. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the
Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which
may be given by telephone or by a Swing Line Loan Notice; provided, that, any telephonic notice
must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent
of a Swing Line Loan Notice. Each Swing Line Loan Notice must be received by the Swing Line
Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date,
and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii)
the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.  Promptly after receipt by the
Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the
Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received
such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative
Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.  Unless the Swing Line Lender has
received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the
request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A)
directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations
set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the
applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date
specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to
the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swing
Line Lender in Same Day Funds.
(c)Refinancing of Swing Line Loans.
(i)The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on
behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so
request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to
such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then
outstanding.  Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be
deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the
requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified
therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion
of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. 
The Swing
57
Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan
Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender
shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such
Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds (and
the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the
applicable Swing Line Loan) for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the
Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m.
on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to
Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have
made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall
remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.
(ii)If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a
Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate
Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a
request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in
the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for
the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed
payment in respect of such participation.
(iii)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in
Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender
(acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon
for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment
is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the
greater of the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect and a rate determined
by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by
the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such
amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such
Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded
participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.  A certificate of the
Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with
respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.04(c)(iii) shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.
(iv)Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and
fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A)
any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have
against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence,
event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, that, each
Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject
to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02.  No such funding of risk participations shall
relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans,
together with interest as provided herein.
(d)Repayment of Participations.
58
(i)At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk
participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on
account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender
its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line
Lender.
(ii)If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal
or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender
under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any
settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay
to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the
Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such
amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time
to time in effect.  The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of
the Swing Line Lender.  The obligations of the Lenders under this Section 2.04(d)(ii)
shall survive the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date and the termination of this
Agreement.
(e)Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender.  The Swing Line Lender shall be
responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans.  Until each Lender
funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such
Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable
Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
(f)Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender.  The Borrower shall make all payments
of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.
2.05Prepayments.
(a)The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from
time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;
provided, that: (i) such notice must be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent and be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (A) two (2) Business
Days prior to any date of prepayment of Term SOFR Loans, (B) four (4) Business Days (or five
(5) Business Days, in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice
Currencies) prior to any date of prepayment of any Alternative Currency Loans, and (C) on the
date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative
Currency Loans shall be in a principal amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000 or a whole
multiple of the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, in each case, if less, the
entire principal amount thereof then outstanding); and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans
shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or,
if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding).  Each such notice shall specify the
date, amount and currency of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Committed Loans to be
prepaid, and if Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans are to be prepaid,
the Interest Period(s) of such Loans.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender
of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of
such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such
prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date
specified therein.  Any prepayment of any Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate
Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with, in the
case of prepayment of any Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Loans, any additional
amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.
59
Subject to Section 2.17, each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the
Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.
(b)The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in
whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided, that: (i) such notice must be in a form
acceptable to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent; (ii) unless otherwise agreed
by the Swing Line Lender, such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the
Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment; and (iii) any such
prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000.  Each such notice shall specify
the date and amount of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower
shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and
payable on the date specified therein.
(c)If for any reason as of any date the Total Outstandings at such time exceed the
Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans
and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess;
provided, that, the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations
pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Committed Loans and
Swing Line Loans the Total Outstandings at such time exceed the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments then in effect.
2.06Termination or Reduction of Aggregate Revolving Commitments.  The Borrower
may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, or from
time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate Revolving Commitments; provided, that, (a) any such
notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five (5) Business Days
prior to the date of termination or reduction, (b) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate
amount of the Dollar Equivalent of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of the Dollar Equivalent of
$1,000,000 in excess thereof, (c) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total
Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, and (d) if, after giving effect to any
reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial), the Letter
of Credit Sublimit (Performance), or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate
Revolving Commitments, any such applicable sublimit shall be automatically ratably reduced by the
amount of such excess.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of
termination or reduction of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.  Any reduction of the Aggregate
Revolving Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable
Percentage.  All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
2.07Repayment of Loans.
(a)The Borrower shall repay to each Lender, on such Lender’s Maturity Date, the
aggregate principal amount of the Committed Loans of such Lender made to the Borrower and
outstanding on such date.
(b)The Borrower shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the
date ten (10) Business Days after such Swing Line Loan is made, and (ii) the Maturity Date. 
Additionally, at any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request
of the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall repay the outstanding Swing Line Loans made by
60
the Swing Line Lender in an amount sufficient to eliminate any Fronting Exposure in respect of
such Swing Line Loans.
2.08Interest.
(a)Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Term SOFR Loan shall bear
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum
equal to Term SOFR for such Interest Period, plus the Applicable Rate for Term SOFR Loans,
(ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the
applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate, plus the Applicable Rate
for Base Rate Loans, (iii) each Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum
equal to the applicable Alternative Currency Daily Rate, plus the Applicable Rate for Alternative
Currency Loans, (iv) each Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the
applicable Alternative Currency Term Rate for such Interest Period, plus the Applicable Rate for
Alternative Currency Loans, and (v) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base
Rate, plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans.
(b)Default Interest.
(i)If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without
regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per
annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable
Law.
(ii)If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by any Loan
Party under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable
grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the
request of the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a
fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest
extent permitted by Applicable Law.
(iii)Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default
exists (other than as set forth in Section 2.08(b)(i) or Section 2.08(b)(ii)), the Borrower
shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a
fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest
extent permitted by Applicable Law.
(iv)Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on
past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c)Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein.  Interest
hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after
judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Law.
2.09Fees.  In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03:
61
(a)Commitment Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the
account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the
“Commitment Fee”) in Dollars equal to the Applicable Rate for the Commitment Fee, times the
actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Revolving Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the
Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans, plus (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations,
subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding
Amount of Swing Line Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Aggregate
Revolving Commitments for purposes of determining the Commitment Fee. The Commitment
Fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which
one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in
arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing
with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the last day of the Availability
Period.  The Commitment Fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change
in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and
multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such
Applicable Rate was in effect.
(b)Other Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to: (i) BofA Securities, for its own account,
in Dollars, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter; (ii) each other
Arranger (other than BofA Securities), for its own account, in Dollars, such fees in the amounts
and at the times as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and
such Arranger; (iii) the Administrative Agent, for its own account, in Dollars, fees in the amounts
and at the times specified in the Fee Letter; and (iv) the Lenders, for their own respective
accounts, in Dollars, such fees in the amounts and at the times as shall have been separately
agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and such Lender.  All of such fees shall be fully
earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
2.10Computation of Interest and Fees.  All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans
(including Base Rate Loans determined by reference to Term SOFR) shall be made on the basis of a year
of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All computations of interest for
Alternative Currency Loans shall be made on the basis of a year as set forth on Schedule 2.10 for such
Alternative Currency and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made
on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as
applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue on each
Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for
the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided, that, any Loan that is repaid on the same day
on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day.  Each determination by the
Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes,
absent manifest error.
2.11Evidence of Debt.
(a)The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more
accounts or records maintained by such Lender in the ordinary course of business.  The
Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register in accordance with Section 11.06(c).  The
accounts or records maintained by each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the
amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and
payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or
otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect
to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by
any Lender and the Register, the Register shall control in the absence of manifest error.  Upon the
request of any Lender to the Borrower made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower
shall
62
execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall
evidence such Lender’s Loans to the Borrower in addition to such accounts or records.  Each
Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable),
amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
(b)In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender
and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or
records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit
and Swing Line Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained
by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such
matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of
manifest error.
2.12Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
(a)General.  All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made free and clear
of and without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. 
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and except with respect to principal of and interest
on Alternative Currency Loans, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed,
at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m.
on the date specified herein.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the
Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Alternative Currency Loans shall be
made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such
payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency
and in Same Day Funds not later than the Applicable Time specified by the Administrative Agent
on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any Law from
making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make
such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the Alternative Currency payment amount. 
The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or
other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire
transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office.  All payments received by the Administrative Agent
after (i) 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after the Applicable Time specified
by the Administrative Agent, in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall, in each
case, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee
shall continue to accrue.  If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day
other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such
extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(b)(i)Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent.  Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any
Committed Borrowing of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Loans (or, in the case of
any Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of such Committed
Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s
share of such Committed Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a
Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in
accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender
has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with
63
interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the
Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of
a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the applicable Overnight Rate and a rate
determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the
Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be
made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans (or in the case of
Alternative Currencies, in accordance with such market practice), in each case, as applicable.  If
the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or
an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount
of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period.  If such Lender pays its share of the
applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall
constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing.  Any payment
by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender
that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii)Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent.  Unless
the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date
on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders
or any L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the
Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such
date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the
Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, the amount due.  With respect
to any payment that the Administrative Agent makes for the account of the Lenders or
any L/C Issuer hereunder as to which the Administrative Agent determines (which
determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that any of the following applies
(such payment referred to as the “Rescindable Amount”): (A) the Borrower has not in
fact made such payment; (B) the Administrative Agent has made a payment in excess of
the amount so paid by the Borrower (whether or not then owed); or (C) the
Administrative Agent has for any reason otherwise erroneously made such payment; then
each of the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuers, as the case may be, severally agrees to
repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the Rescindable Amount so
distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon,
for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding
the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate
and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry
rules on interbank compensation.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any
amount owing under this Section 2.12(b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c)Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent.  If any Lender makes available to the
Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing
provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the
Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in
Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative
Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender,
without interest.
(d)Obligations of Lenders Several.  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to
make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans, and to
make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender
to make
64
any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section
11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding
obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other
Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under
Section 11.04(c).
(e)Funding Source.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to
obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation
by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or
manner.  Each L/C Issuer and each Lender at its option may make any Credit Extension or
otherwise perform its obligations hereunder through any Lending Office (each, a “Designated
Lender”); provided, that, any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the
Borrower to repay any Credit Extension in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any
Designated Lender shall be considered an L/C Issuer or a Lender, as applicable; provided, that,
designation of a Designated Lender is for administrative convenience only and does not expand
the scope of liabilities or obligations of any L/C Issuer, any Lender or any Designated Lender
beyond those of the L/C Issuer or the Lender designating such Person as a Designated Lender as
provided in this Agreement.
(f)Insufficient Funds.  If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available
to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Obligations, interest and
fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees
then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of
interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, toward payment of principal and L/C
Obligations then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the
amounts of principal and L/C Obligations then due to such parties.
2.13Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff
or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the
Committed Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it
resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Committed
Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided
herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such
fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Committed Loans and subparticipations
in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall
be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance
with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Committed Loans and
other amounts owing them; provided, that, (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased
and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or
subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery,
without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (A) any
payment made by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of
this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender or a
Disqualified Institution), (B) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.16, or (C) any
payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of
its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or
participant, other than an assignment to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (as to which
the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall apply).  Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to
the extent it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation
pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and
counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such
Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
65
2.14Extension of Maturity Date.
(a)Requests for Extension.  The Borrower may, no more than two (2) times during
the term of this Agreement, by notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice shall be
promptly delivered by the Administrative Agent to each Lender), no earlier than sixty (60) days
and no later than thirty (30) days prior to any anniversary of the Closing Date (each such
anniversary date, an “Anniversary Date”), request that each Lender extend the Maturity Date then
applicable to such Lender’s Commitment (the Maturity Date then applicable to such Lender’s
Commitment being such Lender’s “Current Maturity Date”) for one (1) year.
(b)Lender Elections to Extend.  Each Lender, acting in its sole discretion, shall, by
notice to the Administrative Agent given promptly after such Lender’s receipt of a notice of
request for extension delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.14(a) and, in any event, no
later than fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable Anniversary Date (such date, with respect to
any Anniversary Date, the “Notice Date”), advise the Administrative Agent whether or not such
Lender agrees to such extension (each Lender that determines not to so extend such Lender’s
Current Maturity Date being referred to herein as a “Non-Extending Lender”); provided, that, any
Lender that does not so advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Notice Date for the
applicable Anniversary Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Lender.  No Lender shall be
obligated to participate in such extension, and the election of any Lender to agree to such
extension shall not obligate any other Lender to so agree.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Non-
Extending Lender shall be required to maintain its original Commitment pursuant to the terms
and conditions contained herein to and including such Lender’s Current Maturity Date (without
giving effect to such extension).
(c)Notification by Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the
Borrower of each Lender’s determination under Section 2.14(b) no later than the date ten (10)
days prior to the applicable Anniversary Date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the next
preceding Business Day).
(d)Minimum Extension Requirement.  If (and only if) the aggregate amount of the
Commitments of the Lenders that have agreed to so extend their Current Maturity Dates (each, an
“Extending Lender”) shall be more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments in effect immediately prior to the applicable Anniversary Date, then, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.14(f), effective as of the applicable
Anniversary Date, the Current Maturity Date of each Extending Lender shall be extended to the
date falling one (1) year after such Lender’s Current Maturity Date (except that, if such date is not
a Business Day, such Maturity Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day).
(e)Replacement of Non-Extending Lenders.  Subject to the satisfaction of the
minimum extension requirement in Section 2.14(d) and the other conditions to the effectiveness
of any such extension set forth in Section 2.14(f), the Borrower shall have the right (but not the
obligation), in its sole discretion, to, no later than the date that occurs sixty (60) days following
the applicable Anniversary Date, elect to replace any Non-Extending Lender pursuant to Section
11.13 by causing such Non-Extending Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse, its
interests, rights and obligations as a Lender to one or more existing Lenders or Eligible Assignees
(provided, that, the applicable existing Lender or Eligible Assignee agrees to the extension of the
Current Maturity Date as requested by the Borrower).
(f)Conditions to Effectiveness of Extensions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
extension of the Current Maturity Date of any Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall not be
66
effective with respect to any Extending Lender unless, on the applicable date of effectiveness of
any such extension, (i) the Borrower shall pay any fees agreed to by the Borrower in connection
therewith, (ii) after giving effect to such extension, (A) the representations and warranties of the
Loan Parties contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in
all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in
which case, they shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such date, except to the
extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case
they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality or
“Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, they shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such
earlier date, and (B) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (iii) the
Administrative Agent shall have received (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower certifying that before and after giving effect to such extension, the conditions set forth
in Section 2.14(f)(ii) have been satisfied, and (B) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each
Loan Party attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving such extension
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be the resolutions previously delivered by such Loan
Party in connection with the Closing Date, to the extent such resolutions authorize such
extension).
(g)Amendments; Sharing of Payments.  In connection with any extension effected
pursuant to this Section 2.14, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Lender
participating in such extension may make such amendments to this Agreement as the
Administrative Agent determines to be reasonably necessary to evidence such extension.  This
Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or Section 11.01 to the contrary.  For
the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.14(g) shall permit the Administrative Agent to establish
one or more tranches of commitments and loans under this Agreement in the case of any
extension effected pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.14 (and make appropriate changes in
connection therewith in connection with Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans).
2.15Increase in Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
(a)Request for Increase.  Upon advanced notice to the Administrative Agent, the
Borrower may from time to time request an increase in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments
(each such increase, an “Increase” and collectively, the “Increases”); provided, that, (i) the
aggregate amount of all Increases implemented after the Closing Date shall not exceed
$2,500,000,000, (ii) each such Increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or such other minimum amount and integral multiples
as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), (iii) no more than three (3)
Increases shall be established during the term of this Agreement, and (iv) no such Increase shall
result in the increase of the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial), the Letter of Credit Sublimit
(Performance), or the Swing Line Sublimit.  Any Increase shall rank pari passu in right of
payment with the Obligations and shall be on the same terms and conditions as, and documented
pursuant to the same documentation as, the Aggregate Revolving Commitments.
(b)Lenders for Increase.  Each Increase shall be established with additional
Commitments from any Lender or new Commitments from one or more other Persons selected by
the Borrower and acceptable to the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line
Lender (so long as such Person constitutes an Eligible Assignee).  No existing Lender shall be
under any obligation to participate in any such Increase (it being understood and agreed that no
existing Lender shall be under any obligation to increase its Commitment in connection with any
such Increase), and any such decision whether to participate in any such Increase (and to increase
its Commitment in connection with any such Increase) shall be in such Lender’s sole and absolute
discretion.  Any new Lender participating in any Increase shall join this Agreement by executing
67
such joinder documents as are required by the Administrative Agent in connection with the
establishment of such Increase; and any existing Lender electing to participate in any Increase
(and to increase its Commitment in connection with any Increase) shall have executed such
documentation as is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in connection with such
Increase.
(c)Conditions to Effectiveness of Increases.  The establishment and effectiveness of
any Increase shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 2.15(a) and 2.15(b)
and to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(i)the Borrower shall pay any fees agreed to by the Borrower in connection
therewith;
(ii)on the effective date of such Increase, and after giving effect thereto, (A)
the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless already
qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in which case, they shall be true and
correct in all respects) on and as of such date, except to the extent that such
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they
shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality or
“Material Adverse Effect”, in which case, they shall be true and correct in all respects) as
of such earlier date, and (B) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(iii)upon giving effect to such Increase on a Pro Forma Basis (and assuming
for such purpose that all amounts with respect thereto are fully drawn), the Loan Parties
would be in compliance with the Financial Covenant as of the most recently ended fiscal
quarter of the Borrower for which the Borrower was required to deliver financial
statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b); and
(iv)the Administrative Agent shall have received: (A) a certificate from a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that (1) the conditions set forth in Section
2.15(c)(ii) have been satisfied, and (2) the condition set forth in Section 2.15(c)(iii) has
been satisfied (which certification shall include reasonably detailed calculations to
demonstrate the satisfaction of such conditions); (B) a certificate from a Responsible
Officer of each Loan Party certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan
Party approving or consenting to such Increase (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may
be the resolutions previously delivered by such Loan Party in connection with the
Closing Date, to the extent such resolutions authorize such Increase); and (C) if requested
by the Administrative Agent, an opinion or opinions of counsel for the Loan Parties,
dated as of the effective date of such Increase, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
(d)Reallocation.  In connection with any non-ratable increase in the Aggregate
Revolving Commitments pursuant to any Increase, to the extent any Committed Loans are
outstanding on the effective date of such Increase, (i) such outstanding Committed Loans (and
each Lender’s participation in any outstanding Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations) shall be
reallocated by the Administrative Agent on the effective date of such Increase among the Lenders
(including any new Lenders participating in such Increase) to reflect the revised Commitments
existing immediately after giving effect to such Increase, (ii) the Lenders (including any new
Lenders participating in such Increase) agree to make all payments or adjustments necessary to
effect such reallocation, and (iii) the Borrower agrees to pay any additional amounts necessary to
68
reimburse the Lenders’ breakage and redeployment costs in connection with such reallocation, to
the extent payment of such additional amounts would be required pursuant to Section 3.05 as if
such reallocation were a repayment.
(e)Amendments; Sharing of Payments.  In connection with any Increase established
pursuant to this Section 2.15, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender
participating in such Increase may make such amendments to this Agreement as the
Administrative Agent determines to be reasonably necessary to evidence such Increase.  This
Section 2.15 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or Section 11.01 to the contrary.
2.16Cash Collateral.
(a)Obligation to Cash Collateralize.  At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting
Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or
any L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize
the L/C Issuers’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after
giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender)
in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.  Additionally, if the Administrative
Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at
such time exceeds (i) one hundred five percent (105)% of the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial)
then in effect, or (ii) one hundred five percent (105)% of the Letter of Credit Sublimit
(Performance)  then in effect, then, in any such case, within two (2) Business Days after receipt of
such notice, the Borrower shall provide Cash Collateral for the Outstanding Amount of the L/C
Obligations in an amount not less than the amount by which the Outstanding Amount of all L/C
Obligations exceeds the Letter of Credit Sublimit (Financial) and/or the Letter of Credit Sublimit
(Performance), as applicable.
(b)Grant of Security Interest.  The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any
Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the
Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts
and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all
proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be
applied pursuant to Section 2.16(c).  If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash
Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or
the applicable L/C Issuers as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is
less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the
Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in
an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (determined after giving effect to
Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). All Cash
Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained
in the Collateral Account. The Borrower shall pay on demand therefor from time to time all
customary account opening, activity and other administrative fees and charges in connection with
the maintenance and disbursement of Cash Collateral.
(c)Application.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.16 or Sections 2.03, 2.05,
2.17 or 8.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the
specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash
Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other
obligations for which the
69
Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise
be provided for herein.
(d)Release.  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce
Fronting Exposure or to secure other obligations shall be released promptly following (i) the
elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including
by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its
assignee following compliance with Section 11.06(b)(vi))), or (ii) the determination by the
Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuers that there exists excess Cash Collateral;
provided, that, the Person providing Cash Collateral and the applicable L/C Issuers may agree
that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting
Exposure or other obligations.
2.17Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Adjustments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no
longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:
(i)Waivers and Amendments.  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or
disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be
restricted as set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders” and Section 11.01.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall.  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or
other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting
Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VIII or
otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to
Section 11.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the
Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such
Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a
pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any L/C Issuer or the
Swing Line Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’ Fronting
Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.16; fourth,
as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in
respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required
by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released
pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding
obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement, and (y) Cash Collateralize the L/
C Issuers’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect
to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.16;
sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers or the Swing
Line Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by
any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a
result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;
seventh, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the
Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the
Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach
of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as
otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that, if (x) such
payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Unreimbursed Amounts in
respect of which such Defaulting
70
Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the
related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section
4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of,
and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to
being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such
Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in
L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance
with the Commitments hereunder without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv). Any
payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are
applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral
pursuant to this Section 2.17(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such
Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)Certain Fees.
(A)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any portion of
the Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting
Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any portion of the
Commitment Fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to
that Defaulting Lender).
(B)Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of
Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only
to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of
Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section
2.16.
(C)With respect to any Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid
to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (B) above, the Borrower shall (1)
pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise
payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s
participation in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans that has been reallocated to
such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (2) pay to each L/C
Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee
otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such L/C
Issuer’s or the Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting
Lender, and (3) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. 
All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations and Swing
Line Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with
their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting
Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the
aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-
Defaulting Lender’s Commitment.  Subject to Section 11.21, no reallocation hereunder
shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a
Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender,
including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting
Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swing Line Loans.  If the reallocation
described in clause (a)(iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower
71
shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under
Applicable Law, (A) first, prepay Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to the Swing
Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure, and (B) second, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuers’
Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.16.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure.  If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each L/C
Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting
Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective
date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include
arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable,
purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions
as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Committed Loans and
funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans to be held pro rata
by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments (without giving effect to Section
2.17(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided, that, no
adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on
behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided, further, that, except
to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from
Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party
hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)New Letters of Credit; New Swing Line Loans. So long as any Lender is a
Defaulting Lender, (i) no L/C Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, increase, reinstate or renew
any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect
thereto, and (ii) the Swing Line Lender shall not be required to fund any Swing Line Loans unless
it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swing Line Loan.
ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01Taxes.
(a)Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Section 3.01, the terms “Applicable Law”
and “Applicable Laws” include FATCA and the term “Lender” includes each L/C Issuer.
(b)Payments Free of Taxes.  Any and all payments by or on account of any
obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or
withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law.  If any Applicable Law (as
determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction
or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the applicable withholding agent, then the
applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall
timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in
accordance with Applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by
the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or
withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional
sums payable under this Section 3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the
sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(c)Payment of Other Taxes by Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties shall timely pay to
the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or at the option of the
Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
72
(d)Indemnification by Loan Parties.  Each of the Loan Parties shall indemnify each
Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified
Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable
under this Section 3.01) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted
from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by
the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability
delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the
Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent
manifest error.
(e)Indemnification by the Lenders.  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the
Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes
attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already
indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the
obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to
comply with the provisions of Section 11.06(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant
Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable
or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable
expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or
legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the
amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be
conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set
off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or
otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any
amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 3.01(e).
(f)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by
any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, such Loan Party
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by
such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by
Applicable Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(g)Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of
withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver
to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested
by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed
documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will
permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of
withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable
Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable
the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is
subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and
submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections
3.01(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D)) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable
judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any
material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or
commercial position of such Lender.
73
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the
Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower
and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender
becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon
the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed
copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal
backup withholding tax;
(B)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do
so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of
copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which
such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to
time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative
Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(1)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of
an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect
to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of
IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable) establishing an
exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant
to the “interest” article of such tax treaty, and (y) with respect to any
other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form
W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable) establishing an exemption from,
or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business
profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2)executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of
the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x)
a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that
such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower
within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled
foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”), and (y) executed copies of IRS
Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable); or
(4)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial
owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS
Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN, as applicable), a
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2
or Exhibit H-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents
from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided, that, if the Foreign
Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of
such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such
Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 on behalf of each such direct and
indirect partner;
74
(C)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do
so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of
copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which
such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to
time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative
Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a
basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding
Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be
prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative
Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(D)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would
be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender
were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA
(including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as
applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative
Agent at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law and at such time or
times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such
documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section
1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably
requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations
under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such
Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and
withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA”
shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.
(iii)Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously
delivered pursuant to this Section 3.01 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any
respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(h)Treatment of Certain Refunds.  Unless required by Applicable Laws, at no time
shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a
Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted
from funds paid for the account of such Lender.  If any Recipient determines, in its sole discretion
exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been
indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional
amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to such Loan Party an amount equal to such
refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by a Loan
Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-
of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than
any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided,
that, such Loan Party, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay the amount paid over to
such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant
Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such
refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section
3.01(h), in no event will the applicable Recipient be required to pay any amount to the applicable
Loan Party pursuant to this Section 3.01(h) the payment of which would place the Recipient in a
less favorable net after-Tax position than such Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to
indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise
imposed and the
75
indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. 
This Section 3.01(h) shall not be construed to require any Recipient to make available its Tax
returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan
Party or any other Person.
(i)Survival.  Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the
resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the
replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the
occurrence of the Facility Termination Date.
3.02Illegality.  If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any
Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office
to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to SOFR, Term SOFR or any
Relevant Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon SOFR, Term SOFR or any Relevant
Rate or to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, any Alternative Currency in the applicable interbank
market, then, upon notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower (through the Administrative Agent), (a)
any obligation of such Lender to make or maintain Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Loans in
the affected currency or currencies or, in the case of Term SOFR Loans, to convert Base Rate Loans to
Term SOFR Loans shall be, in each case, suspended, and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such
Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to
the Term SOFR component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender
shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference
to the Term SOFR component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon
receipt of such notice, (i) the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent), prepay in full such Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Loans then
outstanding (which prepayment shall be made (x) with respect to Term SOFR Loans or Alternative
Currency Term Rate Loans, on the last day of the relevant Interest Periods of such Loans, if such Lender
may lawfully continue to maintain such Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not
lawfully continue to maintain such Loans to such day, and (y) with respect to Alternative Currency Daily
Rate Loans, on the next Interest Payment Date for such Loans, if such Lender may lawfully continue to
maintain such Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain
such Loans to such day) or, if applicable and such Loans are Term SOFR Loans, convert such Term
SOFR Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such
Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without
reference to the Term SOFR component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period
therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Term SOFR Loans to such day, or
immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Term SOFR Loans, and (ii) if
such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon SOFR
or Term SOFR, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base
Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Term SOFR component thereof until the
Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to
determine or charge interest rates based upon Term SOFR.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the
Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted, together with any
additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.
3.03Inability to Determine Rates.
(a)If in connection with any request for a Term SOFR Loan or an Alternative
Currency Loan, or a request for a conversion of Base Rate Loans to Term SOFR Loans, or a
request for a continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans, as
applicable, (i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest
76
error) that (A)(1) no Term SOFR Successor Rate has been determined in accordance with Section
3.03(b) and the circumstances under Section 3.03(b)(i) or the Term SOFR Scheduled
Unavailability Date has occurred, or (2) no Successor Rate for the applicable Relevant Rate has
been determined in accordance with Section 3.03(c) and the circumstances under Section
3.03(c)(i) or the Scheduled Unavailability Date has occurred, as applicable, (B) adequate and
reasonable means do not otherwise exist for determining Term SOFR or the applicable Relevant
Rate, as applicable, for any determination date(s) or requested Interest Period, as applicable, with
respect to a proposed Term SOFR Loan or Alternative Currency Loan, or in connection with an
existing or proposed Base Rate Loan, or (C) a fundamental change has occurred in the foreign
exchange or interbank markets with respect to any Alternative Currency (including changes in
national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or
exchange controls), or (ii) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders determine that for
any reason Term SOFR or the applicable Relevant Rate, as applicable, for any determination
date(s) or requested Interest Period, as applicable, does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost
to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the
Borrower and each Lender.  Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain
Term SOFR Loans or the applicable Alternative Currency Loans shall be suspended (to the extent
of the affected Term SOFR Loans, Alternative Currency Loans, Interest Periods or determination
date(s), as applicable), and (y) in the event of a determination described above with respect to the
Term SOFR component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Term SOFR component in
determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (or, in
the case of a determination by the Required Lenders described in clause (a)(ii) above, until the
Administrative Agent upon instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice.  Upon
receipt of such notice, (1) the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Committed
Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of the applicable Loans (to the extent of the affected
Term SOFR Loans, Alternative Currency Loans, Interest Periods or determination date(s), as
applicable) or, failing that, with respect to any request for a Committed Borrowing of, conversion
to, or continuation of Term SOFR Loans, will be deemed to have converted such request into a
request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, (2) any outstanding affected Term
SOFR Loans shall be converted to Base Rate Loans at the end of their respective applicable
Interest Periods, and (3) any outstanding affected Alternative Currency Loans, at the Borrower’s
election, shall either (x) be converted into a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans
denominated in Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such outstanding Alternative
Currency Loan immediately (in the case of an Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan) or at the
end of the applicable Interest Period (in the case of an Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan), or
(y) be prepaid in full immediately (in the case of an Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan) or at
the end of the applicable Interest Period (in the case of an Alternative Currency Term Rate Loan);
provided, that, if no election is made by the Borrower pursuant to the foregoing clause (3), (I) in
the case of an Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan, by the date that is three (3) Business Days
after receipt by the Borrower of such notice, or (II) in the case of an Alternative Currency Term
Rate Loan, by the last day of the current Interest Period for the applicable Alternative Currency
Term Rate Loan, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected the option referred to in clause
(3)(x) above.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error), or the Borrower or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent
(with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrower) that the Borrower or Required
Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that: (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
ascertaining one (1) month, three (3) month, and six (6) month interest periods of Term SOFR,
including because the Term SOFR Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis
and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or (ii) CME or any successor administrator
of the
77
Term SOFR Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the
Administrative Agent or such administrator with respect to its publication of Term SOFR, in each
case acting in such capacity, has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which
one (1) month, three (3) month, and six (6) month interest periods of Term SOFR or the Term
SOFR Screen Rate shall no longer be representative or made available, or permitted to be used
for determining the interest rate of syndicated loans denominated in Dollars, or shall or will
otherwise cease; provided, that, at the time of such statement, there is no successor administrator
that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that will continue to provide such interest periods
of Term SOFR after such specific date on a representative basis (the latest date on which one (1)
month, three (3) month, and six (6) month interest periods of Term SOFR or the Term SOFR
Screen Rate are no longer representative or available permanently or indefinitely, the
“Term SOFR Scheduled Unavailability Date”); then, on a date and time determined by the
Administrative Agent (any such date, a “Term SOFR Replacement Date”), which date shall be at
the end of an Interest Period or on the relevant Interest Payment Date, as applicable, for interest
calculated and, solely with respect to clause (ii) above, no later than the Term SOFR Scheduled
Unavailability Date, Term SOFR will be replaced hereunder and under any other Loan
Documents with Daily Simple SOFR for any payment period for interest calculated that can be
determined by the Administrative Agent, in each case, without any amendment to, or further
action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (any such
successor rate established pursuant to this Section 3.03(b), a “Term SOFR Successor Rate”).  If
the Term SOFR Successor Rate is Daily Simple SOFR, all interest payments will be payable on a
monthly basis.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (A) if the Administrative Agent
determines that Daily Simple SOFR is not available on or prior to the Term SOFR Replacement
Date, or (B) if the events or circumstances of the type described in clause (i) above or clause (ii)
above have occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Successor Rate then in effect, then, in each
case, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement solely for the
purpose of replacing Term SOFR or any then-current Term SOFR Successor Rate in accordance
with this Section 3.03(b) at the end of any Interest Period, relevant Interest Payment Date or
payment period for interest calculated, as applicable, with an alternative benchmark rate giving
due consideration to any evolving or then-existing convention for similar credit facilities
syndicated and agented in the United States and denominated in Dollars for such alternative
benchmark and, in each case, including any mathematical or other adjustments to such
benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then-existing convention for similar credit
facilities syndicated and agented in the United States and denominated in Dollars for such
benchmark.  For the avoidance of doubt, any such proposed rate and adjustments shall constitute
a “Term SOFR Successor Rate”.  Any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. on
the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed
amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the
Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required
Lenders object to such amendment.
The Administrative Agent will promptly (in one or more notices) notify the Borrower and
each Lender of the implementation of any Term SOFR Successor Rate.  Any Term SOFR
Successor Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, that, to the
extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such
Term SOFR Successor Rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by
the Administrative Agent.  Notwithstanding anything else herein, if at any time any Term SOFR
Successor Rate as so determined would otherwise be less than zero, such Term SOFR Successor
Rate will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.
78
In connection with the implementation of a Term SOFR Successor Rate, the
Administrative Agent will have the right to make Term SOFR Conforming Changes from time to
time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any
amendments implementing such Term SOFR Conforming Changes will become effective without
any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided, that, with respect to
any such amendment effected, the Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment
implementing such Term SOFR Conforming Changes to the Borrower and the Lenders
reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
For purposes of this Section 3.03(b), those Lenders that either have not made, or do not
have an obligation under this Agreement to make, Term SOFR Loans (or Loans accruing interest
by reference to a Term SOFR Successor Rate, as applicable) shall be excluded from any
determination of Required Lenders.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error), or the Borrower or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent
(with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrower) that the Borrower or Required
Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that: (i) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
ascertaining a Relevant Rate because none of the tenors of such Relevant Rate is available or
published on a current basis, and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or (ii) the
Applicable Authority has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which all
tenors of a Relevant Rate shall or will no longer be representative or made available, or permitted
to be used for determining the interest rate of syndicated loans denominated in the applicable
Alternative Currency, or shall or will otherwise cease; provided, that, in each case, at the time of
such statement, there is no successor administrator that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
that will continue to provide such representative tenor(s) of such Relevant Rate (the latest date on
which all tenors of a Relevant Rate are no longer representative or available permanently or
indefinitely, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”); or if the events or circumstances of the type
described in clause (i) above or clause (ii) above have occurred with respect to a Successor Rate
then in effect, then, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement
solely for the purpose of replacing the applicable Relevant Rate or the applicable Successor Rate,
as applicable, in accordance with this Section 3.03(c) with an alternative benchmark rate giving
due consideration to any evolving or then-existing convention for similar credit facilities
syndicated and agented in the United States and denominated in the applicable Alternative
Currency for such alternative benchmarks, and, in each case, including any mathematical or other
adjustments to such benchmark giving due consideration to any evolving or then-existing
convention for similar credit facilities syndicated and agented in the United States and
denominated in such Alternative Currency for such benchmarks (and any such proposed rate,
including for the avoidance of doubt, any adjustment thereto, a “Successor Rate”), and any such
amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the
Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the
Borrower unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to
the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders object to such amendment.
The Administrative Agent will promptly (in one or more notices) notify the Borrower and
each Lender of the implementation of any Successor Rate.  Any Successor Rate shall be applied
in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, that, to the extent such market practice is
not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such Successor Rate shall be applied
in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding
anything else herein, if at any time any Successor Rate as so determined would otherwise be less
79
than zero, such Successor Rate will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents.
In connection with the implementation of a Successor Rate, the Administrative Agent
will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such
Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other
party to this Agreement; provided, that, with respect to any such amendment effected, the
Administrative Agent shall post each such amendment implementing such Conforming Changes
to the Borrower and the Lenders reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
For purposes of this Section 3.03(c), those Lenders that either have not made, or do not
have an obligation under this Agreement to make, the relevant Loans in the relevant Alternative
Currency shall be excluded from any determination of Required Lenders.
3.04Increased Costs.
(a)Increased Costs Generally.  If any Change in Law shall:
(i)impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit,
compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with
or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender or any L/C
Issuer;
(ii)subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes,
(B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”, and
(C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments,
or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable
thereto; or
(iii)impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or any applicable interbank
market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement, any Term SOFR
Loans made by such Lender, any Alternative Currency Loans made by such Lender or
any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making,
converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any
such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing
or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue
any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender
or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon
request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C
Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)Capital Requirements.  If any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines that any
Change in Law affecting such Lender or such L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or
such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity
requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such
L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if
any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of such Lender or the Loans made by,
or participations in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of
Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or
80
such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in
Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of
such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from
time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such
Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)Certificates for Reimbursement.  A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer
setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or
its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 3.04(a) or Section 3.04(b) and
delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such
Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate
within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
(d)Delay in Requests.  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any L/C Issuer
to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 shall not
constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation;
provided, that, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an L/C Issuer
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 for any increased costs incurred or
reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender or such  L/C
Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such
increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s intention to claim
compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or
reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9)-month period referred to above shall be extended to
include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
3.05Compensation for Losses.  Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the
Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and
hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense (but excluding loss of anticipated profits)
incurred by it as a result of:
(a)any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a
Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of any Interest Period, relevant interest payment
date or payment period, as applicable, for such Loan, if applicable (whether voluntary,
mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);
(b)any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to
make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on
the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;
(c)any assignment of a Term SOFR Loan or an Alternative Currency Term Rate
Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the
Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13; or
(d)any failure by the Borrower to make any payment of any Alternative Currency
Loan or drawing under any Letter of Credit (or interest due thereof) denominated in an
Alternative Currency on its scheduled due date or any payment thereof in a different currency;
including any foreign exchange loss and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which
such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract.
81
3.06Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a)Designation of a Different Lending Office.  Each Lender may make any Credit
Extension to the Borrower through any Lending Office; provided, that, the exercise of this option
shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Credit Extension in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or requires
the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, any L/C Issuer,
or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then at the request of the
Borrower, such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate
a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and
obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such
Lender or such L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts
payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate
the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not
subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense
and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may
be.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender
or any L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b)Replacement of Lenders.  If any Lender requests compensation under Section
3.04 or Section 3.05, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional
amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 3.01 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different
lending office in accordance with Section 3.06(a), the Borrower may replace such Lender in
accordance with Section 11.13.
3.07Survival.  All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive
termination of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date,
and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01Conditions of Initial Credit Extension.  The effectiveness of this Agreement and the
obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder, in each
case, is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)Receipt by the Administrative Agent of received counterparts of this Agreement
and each other Loan Document to be executed and delivered on the Closing Date, in each case
executed by (i) a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, and (ii) in the case of this
Agreement, each Lender, each L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent.
(b)Receipt by the Administrative Agent of the following: (i) copies of the
Organization Documents of the each Loan Party certified to be true and complete as of a recent
date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization and
certified by a Responsible Officer of the such Loan Party to be true and correct as of the Closing
Date; (ii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates, and/or other
certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer
thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to
82
which such Loan Party is a party; (iii) such documents and certifications as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and
is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its jurisdiction of
organization.
(c)Receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion or opinions of counsel for the
Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers,
the Swing Line Lender, and the Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative
Agent.
(d)There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2025 any event or condition
that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect.
(e)After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to be
consummated on the Closing Date, (i) the representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless
already qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in which case, they shall be true and
correct in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true
and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse
Effect”, in which case, they shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date, and
(ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(f)Receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower certifying (i) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(d) and 4.01(e)
have been satisfied, and (ii) that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after
giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to be consummated on the
Closing Date, are Solvent, and (iii) as to the Debt Ratings as of the Closing Date.
(g)The Borrower shall have (i) paid all accrued and unpaid interest on the loans
outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement to the Closing Date, (ii) paid all accrued fees
owing to the lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement to the Closing Date, and (iii) repaid in
full, to any lender under the Existing Credit Agreement that is not a Lender on the Closing Date,
all principal and other amounts owing to such lender or accrued for its account under the Existing
Credit Agreement and the other loan documents entered into in connection therewith.
(h)The Loan Parties shall have provided to the Administrative Agent and each
Lender the documentation and other information requested by the Administrative Agent or such
Lender in order to comply with Applicable Law, including the PATRIOT Act.  If any Loan Party
qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, such Loan
Party shall have delivered, to each Lender that so requests, a Beneficial Ownership Certification
in relation to such Loan Party.
(i)The Administrative Agent (or, to the extent paid directly to an Arranger, such
Arranger) shall have received all fees owing to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the
Arrangers and required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan
Documents and any other fee letter entered into in connection with the Loan Documents.
(j)The Borrower shall have paid all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket
expenses of BofA Securities and the Administrative Agent required to be reimbursed by the
83
Borrower prior to or on the Closing Date (including the reasonable and documented fees, charges
and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by
the Administrative Agent) to the extent invoiced on or prior to the Closing Date.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 9.03 or Section 9.04, for purposes of
determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed
this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or
satisfactory to a Lender (or any of its Affiliates) unless the Administrative Agent shall have received
notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
4.02Conditions to all Credit Extensions.  The obligation of each Lender and each L/C
Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice only requesting
(x) a conversion of Term SOFR Loans to Base Rate Loans or a conversion of Base Rate Loans to Term
SOFR Loans, or (y) a continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans) is
subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)The representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless
already qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in which case, they shall be true and
correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that
such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall
be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality or “Material
Adverse Effect”, in which case, they shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier
date; provided, that, solely in connection with any Credit Extension made after the Closing Date,
this Section 4.02(a) shall not require the representations and warranties set forth in Section
5.05(c), Section 5.06 or Section 5.08 to be true and correct in all material respects (or in all
respects if already qualified by materiality or “Material Adverse Effect”) in connection with such
Credit Extension.
(b)No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or
from the application of the proceeds thereof.
(c)The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable L/C Issuer or the
Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the
requirements hereof.
(d)In the case of a Credit Extension to be denominated in an Alternative Currency,
such currency remains an Eligible Currency.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice only requesting (x) a
conversion of Term SOFR Loans to Base Rate Loans or a conversion of Base Rate Loans to Term SOFR
Loans, or (y) a continuation of Term SOFR Loans or Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans) submitted
by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions
specified in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit
Extension.
ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
84
5.01Existence, Qualification and Power.  Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary (a) is
duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted, and (ii) execute, deliver and perform
its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and, as
applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever
necessary to carry out its business and operations; except in each case referred to in clause (a) (solely as it
relates to any Subsidiary other than a Loan Party), clause (b)(i) or clause (c), to the extent that failure has
not had, and could not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect.
5.02Authorization; No Contravention.
(a)The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan
Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or
other organizational action.
(b)The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan
Document to which such Person is party do not and will not: (i) violate (A) any material
provision of any Applicable Law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) any of the Organization Documents of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries, or (C) any material order, judgment or decree of any court or other
Governmental Authority binding on the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) conflict with,
result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any
material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the
properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) result in or require the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries; or (iv) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or
consent of any Person under any material Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party
or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, except for
such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date.
5.03Governmental Consents.  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party
of each Loan Document to which such Person is party and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent or
approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority, except for
registrations, consents or approvals obtained, or notices made or other actions taken, on or before the
Closing Date.
5.04Binding Effect.  This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when
delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. 
This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal,
valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto
in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles
relating to enforceability regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
5.05Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
(a)The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
therein, (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations, cash flows and changes in
85
shareholders’ equity for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and
(iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and
Indebtedness. The audited financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section
6.01(a) (A) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period
covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, (B) fairly present, in all material
respects, the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and
their results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the period covered
thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby,
except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (C) show all material indebtedness and other
liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof,
including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
(b)The Interim Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
therein, and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations, cash flows and changes in
shareholders’ equity for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii)
above, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.  The unaudited
financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b) (A) were prepared in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as
otherwise expressly noted therein, and (B) fairly present, in all material respects, the financial
condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of
operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the period covered thereby,
subject, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-
end audit adjustments.
(c)Since December 31, 2025, there has been no event or circumstance that has had
or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect.
5.06Litigation.  There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the
knowledge of the Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any
Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their
properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.07No Default.  No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
5.08Environmental Compliance.  To the Borrower’s knowledge, neither the Borrower nor
any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective Facilities or operations, are subject to any outstanding
written order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental
Law, any Environmental Claim, or any Hazardous Materials Activities that, individually or in the
aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries has received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9604) or any
comparable state law. There are and, to each of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ knowledge, have
been, no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which could reasonably be expected
to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that,
individually or in the aggregate,
86
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries nor, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, any predecessor of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries has filed any notice under any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment of
Hazardous Materials at any Facility, and none of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s operations
involves the generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined
under 40 C.F.R. Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent, except in each case as set forth on Schedule 5.08.
Compliance with all current or reasonably foreseeable future requirements pursuant to or under
Environmental Laws could not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect. No event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect to the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law, any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any
Hazardous Materials Activity, which individually or in the aggregate has had, or could reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
5.09Payment of Taxes.  Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.04, all Federal
and State income and other material Tax returns and reports of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required
to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all Taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and
payable and all other material Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective properties, assets, income, businesses and
franchises which are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. There is no Tax assessment
proposed in writing against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided, that, such
reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have
been made or provided therefor.
5.10ERISA Compliance.
(a)Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions
of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state laws.  Each Pension Plan that is intended to be a
qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter
from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code
and the trust related thereto has been determined by the IRS to be exempt from federal income tax
under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed
by the IRS.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent or
cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.
(b)There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened
claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan
that have had or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
Adverse Effect.  There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of
Section 406 of ERISA) or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules under ERISA with respect
to any Plan that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate,
a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)(i) No ERISA Event has occurred, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to
constitute or result in an ERISA Event with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan;
(ii) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the funding target attainment
percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is sixty percent (60%) or higher and
neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate knows of any facts or circumstances that could
reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to
drop below sixty percent (60%) as of the most recent valuation date; (iii) neither the Borrower nor
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC other than for the payment of
premiums, and there are no premium
87
payments which have become due that are unpaid; (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could reasonably be expected to be subject to Section
4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; and (v) no Pension Plan has been terminated by the plan
administrator thereof nor by the PBGC during the preceding five (5) years, and no event or
circumstance has occurred or exists that could reasonably be expected to cause the PBGC to
institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Pension Plan.
(d)As of the Closing Date, the Borrower is not and will not be using “plan
assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA or
otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the
Commitments.
5.11Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
(a)The Borrower is not engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its
important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning
of Regulation U), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. 
Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of
Credit, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower
only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of
Section 7.01 or Section 7.03 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or
instrument between the Borrower and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to
Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 8.01(e) will be margin stock.
(b)None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is
or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of
1940.
5.12Disclosure.
(a)The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all
agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is
subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No written report, financial statement,
certificate or other information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative
Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation
of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document, as and when
furnished (and when taken as a whole and after giving effect to any supplements or updates
thereto), contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower
represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions
believed to be reasonable at the time, it being understood that any such projected financial
information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond
the Borrower’s control, that no assurances can be given that any particular projections will be
realized, and that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material and are not a
guarantee of performance.
(b)As of the Closing Date, the information included in the most recent Beneficial
Ownership Certification delivered to any Lender on or prior to the Closing Date in connection
with this Agreement, if applicable, is true and correct in all respects.  As of each date on which an
updated Beneficial Ownership Certification is delivered to any Lender pursuant to
Section 6.02(d),
88
the information included in any such Beneficial Ownership Certification as of the date of such
delivery is true and correct in all respects.
5.13Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations.  The Borrower and
each Subsidiary is in compliance with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except in such instances in
which the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in
the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or
with respect to any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the
properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries that has had or could reasonably be expected to have,
either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
5.14Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own and have
retained all rights to, or otherwise possess the right to use, all of the patents, patent rights, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, copyrights, Internet domain names, licenses and other intellectual property
rights in the case of each of the foregoing that are necessary for the operation of their respective
businesses as currently conducted, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is infringing upon or otherwise violating any rights held by any other
Person in a manner that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.14, no claim is pending and no
allegation has been asserted in writing in the last three (3) years by any Person challenging or questioning
any use by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of any patents, trademarks, or copyrights, or the ownership,
validity or enforceability of any patents, trademarks, or copyrights of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or
alleging that the conduct of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries infringes or violates the
rights of any Person, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, which, either
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.15Solvency.  On the Closing Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated
basis, are Solvent.
5.16OFAC.  Neither the Borrower, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is
an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more individuals or entities that are, (a)
currently the subject or target of any Sanctions, (b) included on OFAC’s List of Specially Designated
Nationals or HMT’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets, or any similar list enforced by any
other relevant sanctions authority, or (c) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.  The
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance in all material respects with
all applicable Sanctions and have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote
and achieve compliance with such Sanctions.
5.17Anti-Corruption Laws.  The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have conducted their
businesses in compliance in all material respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of
1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions and
have instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with
such laws.
5.18Affected Financial Institutions.  No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.
5.19Covered Entities.  No Loan Party is a Covered Entity.
5.20Employee Matters.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any
unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (a) no
89
unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the best of
the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, threatened in writing against any of them before the
National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any
collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to
the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened in writing against any of them, (b) no strike or work
stoppage in existence or threatened in writing, involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c)
to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no union representation question existing with respect to
the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan
Parties, no union organization activity that is taking place, except (with respect to any matter specified in
clause (a), (b) or (c) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such as is not reasonably likely to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
On the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall, and
shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary
to:
6.01Financial Statements.  Deliver to the Administrative Agent (for further distribution to
each Lender):
(a)as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after
the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year of the Borrower
ended December 31, 2026, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at
the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations,
changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in
comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, audited and accompanied by a report
and opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or another independent certified public accountant
of nationally recognized standing selected by the Borrower, which report and opinion shall be
prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any
“going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the
scope of such audit and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all
material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the
dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in
conformity with GAAP;
(b)as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each
of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the
fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending June 30, 2026, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of
income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then
ended, and the related consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows
for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative
form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and
the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by the chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller that is a Responsible Officer of
the Borrower as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of
operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of
footnotes.
90
As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the Borrower
shall not be separately required to furnish such information under Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b), but
the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and
materials described in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) at the times specified therein.
6.02Certificates; Other Information.  Deliver to the Administrative Agent (for further
distribution to each Lender):
(a)concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections
6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower, including (i) a certification that no Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if a
Default has occurred and is continuing, describing the nature and status of each such Default and
actions that have been taken or are proposed to be taken to cure such Default), and (ii) a
certification of compliance with Section 7.06, including Financial Covenant calculations for the
period covered by the Compliance Certificate (it being understood and agreed that delivery of any
Compliance Certificate may, unless the Administrative Agent or a Lender requests executed
originals, be by electronic communication including fax or email and shall be deemed to be an
original authentic counterpart thereof for all purposes);
(b)promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or
financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower,
and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which
the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant
hereto;
(c)promptly following any request therefor, information and documentation
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with
applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the
PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation;
(d)to the extent any Loan Party qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the
Beneficial Ownership Regulation, an updated Beneficial Ownership Certification promptly
following any change in the information provided in any Beneficial Ownership Certification
delivered to any Lender in relation to such Loan Party that would result in a change to the list of
beneficial owners identified in such certification; and
(e)promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial, legal or
corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan
Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably
request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), Section 6.01(b) or Section
6.02(b) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be
delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (a) on
which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the
Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02, or (b) on which such documents are posted on
the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the
Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by
the Administrative Agent); provided, that, (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents
to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to the Borrower to deliver such paper copies
until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such
Lender, and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender (by facsimile or
electronic mail) of the posting of any
91
such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft
copies) of such documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of
or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no
responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and
each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such
documents.
The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or any Arranger
may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or
information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, the
“Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, or a
substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”), and (b) certain of the Lenders (each,
a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with
respect to any of the Loan Parties or their respective Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the
foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such
Persons’ securities.  Each Loan Party hereby agrees that (i) all Borrower Materials that are to be made
available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum,
shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof, (ii) by marking
Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative
Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing
any material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their respective securities for
purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, that, to the extent such Borrower
Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07), (iii) all Borrower
Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform
designated “Public Side Information”, and (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be
entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting
on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information”.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
Loan Party shall be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC”.
6.03Notices.  Promptly notify the Administrative Agent (for further notification to each
Lender) of:
(a)the occurrence of any Default;
(b)any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect;
(c)the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
(d)of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by
the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
(e)of any announcement by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch of the establishment of, or any
change in, a Debt Rating.
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(e)) shall be accompanied by a
statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.  Each
notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this
Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
92
6.04Payment of Obligations.  Pay all (a) material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its
properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine
accrues thereon, (b) material claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies and
claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, freight forwarders, consolidators and carriers) for
sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its
properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto, and
(c) material Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions
contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness; provided, that, no such Tax or
claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as (i)
adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have
been made therefor, (ii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligations and the
enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iii) the failure to make payment pending such
contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, further, that,
the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, file or consent to the filing of any
consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries).
6.05Preservation of Existence.  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 7.03(a),
preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits
material to its business; provided, that, no Loan Party (other than the Borrower with respect to existence)
or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and
permits if such Person’s board of directors (or equivalent governing body) shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person, and that the loss
thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders.
6.06Maintenance of Properties.  Maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working
order and condition all material properties used or useful in the business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, except (a) for ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation, and (b) where failures
to comply herewith would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to cause a
Material Adverse Effect.
6.07Compliance with Laws.  Comply with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except
where (a) the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate measures or
proceedings, in which case adequate and reasonable reserves will be established in accordance with
GAAP and notice of each such contest (other than contests in the ordinary course of business) shall be
given to Administrative Agent, or (b) failures to comply therewith could not, individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.08Books and Records.  Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true
and correct entries in conformity in all material respects with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of
all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be.
6.09Inspection Rights.  To the extent legally permissible, permit representatives and
independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of the
properties of the Borrower or any Subsidiaries (subject to any restrictions in any lease, license or other
agreement of the Borrower or such Subsidiary with the owner of such properties), to inspect, copy and
take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs,
finances and accounts with its and their senior management (and such other officers as may be necessary
or desirable to participate as to any matters to be discussed) (and each Loan Party will instruct and direct,
upon the request of Administrative Agent or any Lender, its independent public accountants to discuss
such matters, and to meet with Administrative Agent and/or any Lender), in each case all upon reasonable
notice and at such
93
reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested; provided,
that, (a) when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their
respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the
Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice (except to the extent that
notice is required for security clearance consistent with the then current policies of the Borrower), and (b)
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not conduct, at the expense of the Borrower, more than
two (2) such inspections in any twelve (12) consecutive month period so long as no Event of Default shall
exist or have occurred and be continuing.
6.10Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for general corporate
purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.
6.11Guarantors.
(a)Prior to the Existing Guarantor Release Date, concurrently with (i) any
Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) becoming obligated (whether as a primary
obligor or otherwise) with respect to any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, (ii) the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (other than any Excluded
Subsidiary) of any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iii) any
Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) becoming a Material Subsidiary, in
any such case, cause each such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by way of execution of a
Joinder Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
and, in connection with the foregoing, deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each
new Guarantor, (A) substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.01(b)
and 4.01(h), (B) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of
counsel to such Guarantor, and (C) such other deliveries reasonably deemed necessary in
connection therewith, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent; provided, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no GPU Financing
Subsidiary or other Subsidiary that is the borrower or issuer of Indebtedness permitted by Section
7.02(t), Section 7.02(u) and/or Section 7.02(v) shall be required to become a Guarantor solely by
reason of incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness.
(b)On and after the Existing Guarantor Release Date, if at any time (i) any
Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) becomes obligated (whether as a primary
obligor or otherwise) with respect to any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary, or (ii) any Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) provides a Guarantee of
any Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, then, within thirty (30) days of the
date such Subsidiary becomes obligated with respect to any such Material Indebtedness and/or
provides a Guarantee of any such Material Indebtedness (or such longer period of time as is
agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), in any such case, cause such
Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by way of execution of a Joinder Agreement in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, in connection with the
foregoing, deliver to the Administrative Agent, with respect to each new Guarantor, (A)
substantially the same documentation required pursuant to Sections 4.01(b) and 4.01(h), (B) to
the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of counsel to such
Guarantor, and (C) such other deliveries reasonably deemed necessary in connection therewith,
all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, that,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no GPU Financing Subsidiary or other
Subsidiary that is the borrower or issuer of Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.02(t), Section
7.02(u) and/or Section 7.02(v) shall be required to become a Guarantor solely by reason of
incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness.
94
6.12Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions.  Conduct its businesses in compliance in all material
respects with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010, and
other applicable anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions and with all applicable Sanctions, and
maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and
Sanctions.
ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
On the Closing Date and thereafter until the Facility Termination Date, the Borrower shall not,
nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
7.01Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets
or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a)Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b)(i) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01; and (ii) any
renewals, modifications, replacements, restructurings, refinancings, refundings, restatements or
extensions of the Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01; provided, that,
in connection with any such renewal, modification, replacement, restructuring, refinancing,
refunding, restatement or extension of any such Liens, (A) the property covered thereby is not
changed, (B) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except by the amount of
reasonable financing fees or expenses incurred in connection with such renewal, modification,
replacement, restructuring, refinancing, refunding, restatement or extension, and by the amount of
any prepayment premiums and accrued interest on account thereof, (C) the direct or any
contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (D) any exchange, extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited thereby constitutes Refinancing
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(b)(ii);
(c)(i) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable; and (ii) Liens for Taxes which are
being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate
reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, with respect thereto are maintained on the books
of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(d)statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), of carriers,
warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen and materialmen, and other Liens imposed by
Applicable Law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or
ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of
business (i) for amounts not yet overdue, or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case
of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of five (5) days) are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any,
as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;
(e)pledges or deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents by such Person under workers’
compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or pledges or deposits of
cash or Cash Equivalents, or pledges or deposits of cash or Cash Equivalent to secure surety
bonds or performance bonds or letters of credit in connection with bids, tenders, subsidies, grants,
government awards, performance obligations, insurance, licenses, permits, contracts (other than
for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits of cash or
Cash Equivalents to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or
United
95
States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or
deposits as security for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of
business;
(f)easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or
irregularities in title with respect to any interest in any real property, in each case which do not
and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(g)any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of any interest in any real property, and in the case of any lease that is in
connection with a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a Capital Lease, to the extent such Sale and
Leaseback Transaction or Capital Lease is permitted pursuant to this Agreement;
(h)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a
Permitted Acquisition;
(i)purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing
statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property or consignment arrangements,
in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(j)Liens on goods in the ordinary course of business in favor of customs and
revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection
with the importation of such goods;
(k)any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental
office or agency to control or regulate the use of any interest in any real property;
(l)non-exclusive outbound licenses of intellectual property granted by the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries;
(m)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j) (and Liens
securing Indebtedness of the Borrower of the type described in Section 7.02(j)); provided, that, (i)
such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such
Indebtedness together with any improvements or accessions thereto and proceeds thereof, (ii)
such Liens attach to such property concurrently with or within two hundred seventy (270) days
after the acquisition, construction, improvement or remodeling thereof, and (iii) the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 7.01(m)
shall not exceed $250,000,000 (or, following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at any time
outstanding;
(n)(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(k) (and Liens
securing Indebtedness of the Borrower of the type described in Section 7.02(k)); and (ii) Liens on
property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary as a result of
a Permitted Acquisition; provided, that, (A) with respect to any Lien permitted pursuant to this
Section 7.01(n), (1) such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such
Permitted Acquisition, and (2) such Liens only attach to the assets acquired and do not attach or
extend to any other property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (B) the aggregate principal
amount of all Indebtedness and other obligations secured by Liens permitted pursuant to this
Section 7.01(n) shall not exceed $250,000,000 (or, following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at
any time outstanding;
96
(o)Liens on equipment or any interest in real property rented to, or leased by, the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided, that,
(i) such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) such Liens
do not encumber any other property of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (iii) such Liens
secure only the Indebtedness incurred in connection with such Sale and Leaseback Transaction;
(p)Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default
hereunder and notices of list pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;
(q)any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with
respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint
venture or similar agreement;
(r)Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements; provided, that, such
Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums;
(s)any interest or title of a lessor, licensor, sublessor or sublicensor under any lease
or license entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(t)Liens on any (i) aircraft owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and not
powered by rockets, and/or (ii) any vessel owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, to the extent
that (A) in the case of the Borrower, such Liens solely secure Indebtedness of the Borrower
incurred to finance such aircraft or vessel, and (B) in the case of any Subsidiary, such Liens
solely secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(m); provided,
that, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness and other obligations secured by Liens
permitted pursuant to this Section 7.01(t) shall not exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(u)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(q) (and Liens
securing Indebtedness of the Borrower of the type described in Section 7.02(q)); provided, that,
(i) such Liens do not apply to any property other than any real estate asset, and any fixtures or
improvements thereon, financed by such Indebtedness, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of
all Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 7.01(u) shall not exceed
$750,000,000 (or, following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at any time outstanding; provided,
further, that, this Section 7.01(u) shall not apply to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(x);
(v)(i) Liens on Receivables Assets to secure Indebtedness arising in connection with
Receivables Financings (including any related filings of financing statements); provided, that, (A)
any such Lien relates solely to the applicable Receivables Assets actually sold or otherwise
financed pursuant to such transaction, (B) any such Lien shall be released and terminated as to
any Receivables Assets upon the repurchase or reconveyance of such assets to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary, and (C) in connection with the sale of Receivables Assets or interests therein to
one or more Receivables Purchasers in connection with any Receivables Financing, (1) the sale of
such Receivables Assets shall be without recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by the
applicable Receivables Purchaser, other than to the extent of the Permitted Undertakings made by
Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary to such Receivables Purchaser in respect of the
Receivables Assets so sold (provided, that, this clause (1) shall not apply to any such sale of
Receivables Assets which constitute Starlink Financing Assets), (2) such Receivables Purchaser
shall have recourse to the Person obligated on the Receivables Assets so sold by the Borrower or
such Subsidiary to such Receivables Purchaser, which obligor shall have accepted the bill of
exchange, promissory note or other instrument constituting the Receivables Assets and agreed to
make payment to such
97
Receivables Purchaser without offset, deduction, defense or counterclaim, and (3) the Borrower
or such Subsidiary shall receive fair value in the form of cash as the purchase price for such
Receivables Assets on the date of the sale thereof, in an aggregate amount not less than the total
amount payable by the Person obligated on the Receivables Assets so sold, minus any factoring
or time value of money discount; and (ii) Liens granted on assets sold in connection with any
Securitization Transaction (including any related filings of financing statements); provided, that,
(A) any such Lien relates solely to the applicable assets actually sold or otherwise financed
pursuant to such transaction, (B) any such Lien shall be released and terminated as to any assets
upon the repurchase or reconveyance of such assets to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (C)
the sale of such assets shall be without recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than to
the extent of the Permitted Undertakings made by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary in
respect of the assets so sold (provided, that, this clause (C) shall not apply to any such sale of
assets which constitute Starlink Financing Assets);
(w)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(s) and 7.02(t)
(and Liens securing Indebtedness of the Borrower of the type described in Sections 7.02(s) and
7.02(t)); provided, that, to the extent such Liens attach to any asset of any Loan Party (other than
the applicable wireless spectrum assets or the data centers financed by such Indebtedness incurred
in reliance on such clauses), equal and ratable Liens on the applicable assets shall be granted to
the Lenders hereunder to secure the Obligations; provided, further, that the foregoing equal and
ratable requirement shall not apply to any Lien on the Equity Interests of any non-Guarantor
Subsidiary that is the borrower or issuer of the Indebtedness so secured (or that directly or
indirectly owns the spectrum assets or data centers securing such Indebtedness), so long as such
non-Guarantor Subsidiary does not own any assets other than the applicable wireless spectrum
assets or the data centers financed by such Indebtedness and any immaterial assets incidental
thereto;
(x)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(u) (and Liens
securing Indebtedness of the Borrower of the type described in Section 7.02(u)); provided, that, to
the extent such Liens attach to any asset of any Loan Party (other than the applicable spaceports
financed by such Indebtedness incurred in reliance on such clause, including, for the avoidance of
doubt, any leasehold or sublease interests, easements, rights of way, fixtures, equipment and other
personal property located at or used in connection with such spaceport assets, and any rents,
revenues, insurance proceeds and condemnation awards related thereto), equal and ratable Liens
on the applicable assets shall be granted to the Lenders hereunder to secure the Obligations;
provided, further, that, the foregoing equal and ratable requirement shall not apply to any Lien on
the Equity Interests of any non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is the borrower or issuer of the
Indebtedness so secured (or that directly or indirectly owns the spaceport assets securing such
Indebtedness), so long as such non-Guarantor Subsidiary does not own any assets other than the
applicable spaceports financed by such Indebtedness and any immaterial assets incidental thereto;
and provided, further, that, Liens on assets owned by any municipal or other governmental
conduit lessor, issuer or trustee in connection with such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
Liens on assets of any Loan Party;
(y)Liens on GPU Assets (and customary replacements, accessions, related rights and
proceeds) securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.02(v); provided, that, such Liens do not
at any time secure obligations other than those incurred in connection with the applicable
Qualified GPU Financing; provided, further, that, to the extent any such Lien attaches to any asset
of any Loan Party other than the applicable GPU Assets, the Borrower shall (or shall cause the
applicable Loan Party to) grant an equal and ratable Lien in favor of the Lenders on such asset
securing the Obligations; provided, further, that, the foregoing equal and ratable requirement shall
not apply to any Lien on the Equity Interests of any non-Guarantor Subsidiary that is the
borrower or issuer of
98
the Indebtedness so secured (or that directly or indirectly owns the GPU Assets securing such
Indebtedness), so long as such non-Guarantor Subsidiary does not own any assets other than the
applicable GPU Assets and any immaterial assets incidental thereto; and
(z)other Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations, so long as the aggregate
principal amount of such Indebtedness and other obligations at any time outstanding (x) prior to a
Qualified IPO, together with any Indebtedness incurred and outstanding in reliance on Section
7.02(w)(x), does not exceed $1,000,000,000, and (y) following a Qualified IPO, does not exceed
an amount equal to seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of Consolidated Total Assets at such time.
7.02Subsidiary Indebtedness.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness of
any Subsidiary, except:
(a)Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b)(i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.02;
and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing
Date and listed on Schedule 7.02;
(c)unsecured Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(d)(i) Guarantees provided by any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness of any other
Loan Party otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02; and (ii) Guarantees provided by any
Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower;
(e)unsecured Indebtedness of any Guarantor;
(f)Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment
of purchase price or similar obligations (including Indebtedness consisting of the deferred
purchase price of property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition), or from guaranties or letters of
credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of such Person pursuant to
such agreements, in connection with any performance obligation in the ordinary course of
business, or any Permitted Acquisition or any Disposition permitted pursuant to this Agreement
of any business, assets or Equity Interests of such Person;
(g)Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties,
performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business, including in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances,
warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business in
respect of self-insurance, workers’ compensation, bids, tenders, trade contracts, governmental
contracts and leases, construction contracts, statutory obligations, self-insurance, surety, stay,
customs, bid, and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, performance and
completion guarantees, agreements with utilities and other obligations of a like nature (including
those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case in the ordinary course
of business;
(h)obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap
Contract; provided, that, such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the
ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities,
commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or
changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or
taking a “market view”;
99
(i)Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in
connection with deposit accounts and any Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer
than thirty (30) days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of
business of such Person with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with
ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of such Person;
(j)(i) Indebtedness in respect of Capital Leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and
purchase money obligations incurred to finance the acquisition, purchase, construction,
improvement or remodel of a fixed or capital asset; provided, that, when incurred, such
Indebtedness shall not exceed the purchase price (or the cost of such construction, improvement
or remodel) of the asset(s) financed and any related services and taxes, plus reasonable
acquisition costs in respect thereof; and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(j)(i); provided, further, that, the aggregate principal amount of
all Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(j) shall not exceed $250,000,000 (or,
following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at any time outstanding;
(k)(i) Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date as a
result of a Permitted Acquisition, or Indebtedness that is assumed by such Person in connection
with a Permitted Acquisition; provided, that, such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary (or at the time of such Permitted Acquisition) and is not created in
contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or in contemplation
of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition); and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness of
Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(k)(i); provided, further, that, (A) prior to the
Bridge Facility Termination Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted
pursuant to this Section 7.02(k) shall not exceed $250,000,000 (or, following a Qualified IPO,
$1,000,000,000) at any time outstanding, and (B) on and after the Bridge Facility Termination
Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Section
7.02(k), less an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the aggregate amount of
Unrestricted Cash, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis, of all such Persons that become Subsidiaries
after the Closing Date as a result of Permitted Acquisitions, shall not exceed $250,000,000 (or,
following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at any time outstanding;
(l)Indebtedness arising from the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course
of business;
(m)(i) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is secured solely by a Lien on any (A)
aircraft owned by such Subsidiary and not powered by rockets, and/or (B) any vessel owned by
such Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred to finance such
aircraft or such vessel; and (ii) any Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness permitted pursuant
to Section 7.02(m)(i); provided, that, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(m) shall not exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding;
(n)customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of
business from customers for goods purchased or services provided in the ordinary course of
business;
(o)to the extent constituting Indebtedness, Indebtedness of such Person in the form
of bona fide earn-outs, indemnification, incentive, non-compete, consulting, deferred purchase
price or other similar arrangements and other contingent obligations in respect of Permitted
Acquisitions (both before or after any liability associated therewith becomes fixed);
100
(p)to the extent constituting Indebtedness, (i) Indebtedness representing deferred
compensation or stock-based compensation to employees of such Person incurred in the ordinary
course of business, and (ii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of such Person under deferred
compensation or other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any Permitted
Acquisition;
(q)(i) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary incurred by such Subsidiary to finance the
acquisition, purchase, construction, improvement or remodel of any real estate asset, and any
fixtures and/or improvements thereon, of such Subsidiary; provided, that, such Indebtedness is
secured solely by real estate asset, and any fixtures and/or improvements thereon, of such
Subsidiary that finances the acquisition, purchase, construction, improvement or remodel of such
real estate asset, and any fixtures and/or improvements thereon; and (ii) any Refinancing
Indebtedness of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(q)(i); provided, that, the
aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(q) shall
not exceed $750,000,000 (or, following a Qualified IPO, $1,000,000,000) at any time
outstanding; provided, further, that, this Section 7.02(q) shall not apply to Indebtedness permitted
pursuant to Section 7.02(u);
(r)(i) Indebtedness arising in connection with any Permitted Receivables Financing
that is non-recourse to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or their respective assets other than
pursuant to the Permitted Undertakings (provided, that, the foregoing requirement that such
Permitted Receivables Financing be non-recourse shall not apply to the extent that the assets
subject to such Permitted Receivables Financing are Starlink Financing Assets) and does not
otherwise subject any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than the Receivables Assets
subject to such Permitted Receivables Financing), directly or indirectly, contingently or
otherwise, to any Lien to secure the satisfaction thereof; and (ii) Indebtedness arising in
connection with any Permitted Securitization Transaction that is non-recourse to the Borrower or
any Subsidiary or their respective assets other than pursuant to the Permitted Undertakings
(provided, that, the foregoing requirement that such Permitted Securitization Transaction be non-
recourse shall not apply to the extent that the assets subject to such Permitted Securitization
Transaction are Starlink Financing Assets) and does not otherwise subject any assets of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than the assets subject to such Permitted Securitization
Transaction), directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to any Lien to secure the
satisfaction thereof;
(s)Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of wireless spectrum
assets to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(w);
provided, that, (i) prior to the Bridge Facility Termination Date, such Indebtedness is non-
recourse to the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective assets (other than customary
non-recourse exceptions), and (ii) on and after the Bridge Facility Termination Date, if such
Indebtedness is recourse to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, any such recourse shall be
unsecured (other than Liens granted by a Loan Party and permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(w));
(t)Indebtedness incurred in connection with the development, ownership, lease or
operation of data centers and/or the acquisition, lease, development, ownership, operation or use
of GPU Assets to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(w);
provided, that, (i) prior to the Bridge Facility Termination Date, (A) if the primary obligor thereof
is a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, then such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Borrower
and the Guarantors and their respective assets (other than customary non-recourse exceptions),
and (B) if the primary obligor thereof is a Guarantor, then any recourse to the Borrower or any
other Guarantor shall be on an unsecured basis, and (ii) on and after the Bridge Facility
Termination Date, if such Indebtedness is recourse to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, any
such recourse
101
shall be unsecured (other than Liens granted by a Loan Party and permitted pursuant to Section
7.01(w));
(u)Indebtedness owed to a municipal or other governmental conduit as part of a tax-
exempt debt issuance or incurrence by such municipal or other governmental conduit, in each
case incurred in connection with the acquisition, purchase, construction, improvement or remodel
of spaceports; provided, that, (i) prior to the Bridge Facility Termination Date, (A) if secured, the
Indebtedness owed to the municipal or other governmental conduit is secured only by the
spaceport assets, and (B) other than with respect to any Guarantor that is the primary obligor
under the Indebtedness owed to the municipal or other governmental conduit and secured solely
by the applicable spaceport assets owned by such Guarantor that are financed by such
Indebtedness, the Indebtedness shall be non-recourse to the Borrower and the other Guarantors
and their respective assets (other than an unsecured Guarantee from the Borrower and other
customary non-recourse exceptions), and (ii) on and after the Bridge Facility Termination Date,
(A) if such Indebtedness shall be recourse to the Borrower or any other Guarantor, any such
recourse shall be unsecured (other than Liens granted by a Loan Party and permitted pursuant to
Section 7.01(x)), and (B) if secured, the Indebtedness owed to the municipal or other
governmental conduit is secured only by the spaceport assets;
(v)Indebtedness of any GPU Financing Subsidiary (or any other Subsidiary) in
respect of a Qualified GPU Financing (and Guarantees thereof by a GPU Financing Subsidiary),
so long as such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Borrower and the Guarantors and their
respective assets (other than customary non-recourse exceptions), in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $11,750,000,000 over the life of this Agreement; provided, that, such
Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Borrower and the Guarantors and their respective assets
(other than customary non-recourse exceptions); and
(w)other Indebtedness, so long as the aggregate principal amount of such
Indebtedness at any time outstanding (x) prior to a Qualified IPO, together with any Indebtedness
incurred and outstanding in reliance on Section 7.01(z)(x), does not exceed $1,000,000,000, and
(y) following a Qualified IPO, does not exceed an amount equal to seven and one-half percent
(7.5%) of Consolidated Total Assets at such time.
7.03Fundamental Changes.
(a)Merge or consolidate with or into another Person, or liquidate, dissolve or be
wound up, except that so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:
(i)the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any of its Subsidiaries or
any other Person; provided, that, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving
Person of such merger or consolidation;
(ii)any Loan Party (other than the Borrower) may merge or consolidate with
any other Loan Party (other than the Borrower) or any other Person (other than the
Borrower); provided, that, such Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person of
such merger or consolidation;
(iii)any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with
any Loan Party (other than the Borrower); provided, that, such Loan Party shall be the
continuing or surviving Person of such merger or consolidation;
102
(iv)any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with
any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or any other Person; provided, that, the
continuing or surviving Person of such merger or consolidation shall be a Subsidiary; and
(v)any Subsidiary may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up; provided, that,
(A) such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not reasonably be
expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) such
dissolution, liquidation or winding up does not result in or constitute (1) a transaction
prohibited pursuant to Section 7.03(b), (2) a transaction prohibited pursuant to Section
7.03(c), or (3) a transaction prohibited pursuant to Section 7.03(d), and (C) in connection
with any such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, any assets of such Subsidiary shall
(1) be transferred to the Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiaries, or (2) otherwise
Disposed in a transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (provided, that, in the case of
this clause (C), if a Loan Party is dissolving, liquidating, or winding up, the assets of such
Loan Party shall be transferred to a Loan Party in connection with such dissolution,
liquidation or winding up).
(b)(i) Dispose of (whether such transaction takes the form of a Disposition, a
Restricted Payment, an Investment, the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, or otherwise, and
whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets
(whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, to or in favor of any Person; or (ii) permanently suspend or cease operating a substantial
portion of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(c)(i) Dispose of (whether such transaction takes the form of a Disposition, a
Restricted Payment, an Investment, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of
transactions) Starlink or any Material Starlink Asset (including any Starlink Financing Assets that
constitute Material Starlink Assets) to or in favor of any Person other than the Borrower or any
Subsidiary; (ii) Dispose (whether such transaction takes the form of a Disposition, a Restricted
Payment, an Investment, or otherwise (including any license), and whether in a single transaction
or a series of transactions), or otherwise grant an exclusive or non-exclusive license of, or co-
development rights to, any Starlink Intellectual Property or any Intellectual Property Assets
related thereto, in any case, that constitute Material Starlink Assets to or in favor of any Person
other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (iii) [reserved]; (iv) consummate any spin-off or
similar transaction relating to Starlink (whether for the purposes of the monetization of Starlink or
otherwise), except to the extent that as a result of such transaction Starlink and the Material
Starlink Assets are owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (v) consummate any other
transaction resulting in any Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary) owning or
controlling Starlink or any Material Starlink Asset (including any Starlink Financing Assets that
constitute Material Starlink Assets); provided, that, nothing in this Section 7.03(c) shall prohibit a
transaction of the type permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(s) and/or Section 7.02(t).
(d)(i) Dispose of (whether such transaction takes the form of a Disposition, a
Restricted Payment, an Investment, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of
transactions) any Material Asset or Business or any of the assets relating thereto to or in favor of
any Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) Dispose (whether such transaction
takes the form of a Disposition, a Restricted Payment, an Investment, or otherwise (including any
license), and whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions), or otherwise grant an
exclusive or non-exclusive license of, or co-development rights to, any Intellectual Property
relating to any Material Asset or Business (or any Intellectual Property assets relating thereto) to
or in favor of any Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (iii) [reserved]; (iv)
103
consummate any spin-off or similar transaction relating to any Material Asset or Business
(whether for the purposes of the monetization of any Material Asset or Business or otherwise),
except to the extent that as a result of such transaction such Material Asset or Business and the
assets relating thereto are owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (v) consummate any other
transaction resulting in any Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary) owning or
controlling any Material Asset or Business or any of the assets related thereto; provided, that,
nothing in this Section 7.03(d) shall prohibit a transaction of the type permitted pursuant to
Section 7.02(s), Section 7.02(t) and/or Section 7.02(u).
(e)Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dispositions (including any sale-leaseback,
contribution or transfer) of GPU Assets made in connection with a Qualified GPU Financing are
permitted.
(f)Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dispositions (including any sale-leaseback,
contribution or transfer) of any data center assets made in connection with Indebtedness permitted
under Section 7.02(t) are permitted.
(g)Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dispositions (including any sale-leaseback,
contribution or transfer) of any spaceport assets made in connection with Indebtedness permitted
under Section 7.02(u) are permitted.
7.04Change in Nature of Business.  Fundamentally and substantively alter the character of
their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise
incidental, synergistic, reasonably related, or ancillary to any of the foregoing (and non-core incidental
businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition).
7.05Use of Proceeds.  Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether immediately,
incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U) or to
extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness
originally incurred for such purpose.
7.06Financial Covenant.  Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any
Measurement Period ending as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 3.75 to
1.0; provided, that, at the Borrower’s option, upon the occurrence of a Qualified Acquisition, for each of
the four fiscal quarters of the Borrower immediately following such Qualified Acquisition (including the
fiscal quarter in which such Qualified Acquisition was consummated) (such period of increase, a
“Leverage Increase Period”), the ratio set forth above shall be increased to 4.25 to 1.0; provided, further,
that, (a) for at least one fiscal quarter of the Borrower immediately following the expiration of each
Leverage Increase Period, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal quarter shall not
be greater than 3.75 to 1.0 prior to giving effect to another Leverage Increase Period, and (b) there shall
be no more than three (3) Leverage Increase Periods during the term of this Agreement.
7.07Sanctions.  Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, or lend, contribute or otherwise
make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any
activities of or business with any Person that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in
any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the
transaction, whether as Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or
otherwise) of Sanctions.
104
7.08Anti-Corruption Laws.  Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for any purpose
which would breach the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010,
and other anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
ARTICLE VIII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01Events of Default.  Any of the following shall constitute an event of default (each, an
“Event of Default”):
(a)Non-Payment.  Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid
herein and in the currency required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C
Obligation, or to deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) within
five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C
Obligation, any fee due hereunder, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other
Loan Document; or
(b)Specific Covenants.  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term,
covenant or agreement contained in (i) any of Section 6.01(a), Section 6.01(b) or Section 6.02(a),
and such failure continues for fifteen (15) Business Days, or (ii) any of Section 6.03(a), Section
6.05 (as to the existence of the Borrower), Section 6.10, Section 6.11 or Article VII; or
(c)Other Defaults.  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant
or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or Section 8.01(b)) contained in any Loan
Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days
after written notice thereof being provided to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender; or
(d)Representations and Warranties.  Any representation, warranty, certification or
statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other
Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith, shall be
materially incorrect or materially misleading (or, in each case, if such representation, warranty,
certification or statement of fact is already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect,
incorrect or misleading in any respect) when made or deemed made and, to the extent capable of
being cured, such incorrect representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact shall remain
incorrect for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof being provided to the
Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or
(e)Cross-Default.  (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any
payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand,
or otherwise, but giving effect to any applicable notice, grace and/or cure period with respect
thereto) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and
Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn
committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any
combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to
observe or perform (after giving effect to any applicable notice, grace and/or cure period with
respect thereto) any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee
or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other
event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or
agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving
of notice if required (and after giving effect to any applicable grace and/or cure period), such
Indebtedness to
105
be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed
(automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such
Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or
cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an
Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of
default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting
Party (as defined in such Swap Contract), or (B) any Termination Event (as defined in such Swap
Contract) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected
Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed
by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount;
provided, that, this clause (e) shall not apply to any default or event of default under any
Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Borrower or any Guarantor and incurred in reliance on
Section 7.02(t), Section 7.02(u) and/or Section 7.02(v), in each case so long as such default or
event of default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
(f)Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.  Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary
institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes
an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any
receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all
or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and
the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part
of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or
unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g)Inability to Pay Debts.  Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary becomes
unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(h)Judgments.  There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary one or more
final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such
judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent
third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), and such judgment
remains undischarged, unvacated or unbonded for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during
which execution of such judgment shall not be effectively stayed; or
(i)ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or
Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in
an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment
payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a
Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(j)Invalidity of Loan Documents.  Any provision of any Loan Document, at any
time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted
hereunder or thereunder or the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, ceases to be in full
force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or
enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any
or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or
rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
106
(k)Change of Control.  There occurs any Change of Control.
8.02Remedies Upon Event of Default.  If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any
or all of the following actions:
(a)declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of
each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments
and obligation shall be terminated;
(b)declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued
and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan
Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(c)require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount
equal to the Minimum Collateral Amount with respect thereto); and
(d)exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers all rights and
remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under the Loan Documents;
provided, that, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 8.01(f), the obligation of each Lender
to make Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically
terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as
aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash
Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without
further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
8.03Application of Funds.  After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or
after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have
automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any
amounts received on account of the Obligations shall, subject to the provisions of Sections 2.16 and 2.17,
be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities,
expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the
Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative
Agent in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and
other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and
the L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders
and the L/C Issuers) and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to
the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid
Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Obligations and other Obligations, ratably
among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this
clause Third payable to them;
107
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the
Loans and L/C Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the
respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable L/C Issuers, to Cash
Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of
Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to
Sections 2.03 and 2.16; and
Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to
the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Sections 2.03(n) and 2.16, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount
of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters
of Credit as they occur.  If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit
have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations,
if any, in the order set forth above.
ARTICLE IX.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01Appointment and Authority.  Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereby
irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or
thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Except as set forth in
Section 9.10, the provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and no Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of
such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan
Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to
connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any
Applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or
reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
9.02Rights as a Lender.  The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall
have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the
same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless
otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the
Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept
deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory
capacity for and generally engage in any kind banking, trust, financial, advisory, underwriting or other of
business with any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the
Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders or to provide
notice or consent of the Lenders with respect thereto.
9.03Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Arranger, as
applicable, shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other
Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, none of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any of their respective
Related Parties shall: (a) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a
Default has occurred and is continuing; (b) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any
discretionary powers,
108
except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents
that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or
such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other
Loan Documents); provided, that, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that,
in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is
contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that
may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture,
modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; (c)
have any duty or responsibility to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, to any Lender
or any L/C Issuer, any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations,
property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their
Affiliates, that is communicated to, obtained or in the possession of, the Administrative Agent, any
Arranger or any of their respective Related Parties in any capacity, except for notices, reports and other
documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent herein; (d) be
liable for any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (i) with the
consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as
shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the
circumstances as provided in Sections 8.02 and 11.01), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence
or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable
judgment (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have
knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given in writing to the
Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer); and (e) be responsible for or have any
duty or obligation to any Lender or participant or any other Person to ascertain or inquire into (i) any
statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder
or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants,
agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv)
the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article
IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the
Administrative Agent.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Parties shall be
responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce,
compliance with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (A) be obligated to ascertain, monitor
or inquire as to whether any Lender or prospective Lender is a Disqualified Institution, or (B) have any
liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment of Loans and/or Commitments, or disclosure of
confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.
9.04Reliance by Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely
upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement,
instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website
posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise
authenticated by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to
it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur
any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making
of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be
fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such
condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have
received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or
the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of such Letter of Credit.  The Administrative Agent may
consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by it,
109
and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such
counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05Delegation of Duties.  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties
and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or
more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-
agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their
respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-
agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to
their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein as
well as activities as Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the
negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction
determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross
negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
9.06Resignation of Administrative Agent.
(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the
Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the
Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor,
which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an
office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required
Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring
Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the
Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent
may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a
successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided, that, in no
event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified
Institution.  Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become
effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to
clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by
Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as
Administrative Agent and, in consultation with the Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such
successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such
appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required
Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective
in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date
(as applicable), (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (ii) except for any
indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent,
all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the
Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each L/C Issuer directly,
until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as
provided for above.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent
hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent (other than as provided in
Section 3.01(i) and other than any rights to indemnity payments or other amounts owed to the
retiring or removed
110
Administrative Agent as of the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date, as
applicable), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its
duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged
therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.06).  The fees payable by the Borrower to a
successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless
otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring or removed
Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents,
the provisions of this Article IX and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such
retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in
respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them (A) while the retiring or
removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent, and (B) after such
resignation or removal for as long as any of them continues to act in any capacity hereunder or
under the other Loan Documents, including in respect of any actions taken in connection with
transferring the agency to any successor Administrative Agent.
(d)Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this
Section 9.06 shall also constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and the  Swing Line Lender. If
Bank of America resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and
duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the
effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto,
including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in
Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(f).  If Bank of America resigns as the Swing
Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with
respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such
resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk
participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).  Upon the
appointment by the Borrower of a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder (which
successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender or a Disqualified
Institution), (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, (ii) the
retiring L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties
and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor L/C Issuer
shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time
of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively
assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit.
9.07Non-Reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Other Lenders. 
Each Lender and each L/C Issuer expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any
Arranger has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by the Administrative Agent or
any Arranger hereafter taken, including any consent to, and acceptance of any assignment or review of the
affairs of any Loan Party of any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or
warranty by the Administrative Agent or any Arranger to any Lender or any L/C Issuer as to any matter,
including whether the Administrative Agent or any Arranger have disclosed material information in its (or
their Related Parties’) possession.  Each Lender and each L/C Issuer represents to the Administrative
Agent and each Arranger that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent,
any Arranger, any other Lender or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents
and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of, appraisal of, and
investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws
relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement
and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder.  Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that
it will, independently and
111
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, any other Lender or any of their respective
Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem
appropriate, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any
document furnished hereunder or thereunder, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to
inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Loan Parties.  Each Lender and each L/C Issuer represents and warrants that (a)
the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility, and (b) it is engaged in making,
acquiring or holding commercial loans in the ordinary course and is entering into this Agreement as a
Lender or an L/C Issuer for the purpose of making, acquiring or holding commercial loans and providing
other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, and not for the
purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument, and each Lender and
each L/C Issuer agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing. Each Lender and each L/C
Issuer represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire and/or
hold commercial loans and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender
or such L/C Issuer, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make,
acquire and/or hold such commercial loans or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making,
acquiring or holding such commercial loans or providing such other facilities.
9.08No Other Duties, Etc.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the
Arrangers, bookrunners, syndication agents, or documentation agents listed on the cover page hereof shall
have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.
9.09Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.  In case of the pendency of any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the
Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be
due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the
Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Loan Party) shall be entitled and empowered,
by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise: (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the
principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations
that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the
Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the
L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar
official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each L/C Issuer to make
such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent
to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative
Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent
under this Agreement.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any  L/C Issuer any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any
Lender or any  L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any
Lender or any L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.
112
9.10Guaranty Matters.
(a)Without limiting the provisions of Section 9.09, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers
irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any
Guarantor from its obligations under the Loan Documents (including the Guaranty) if (a) such
Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents,
and (b) concurrently with the release of such Person from its obligations under the Loan
Documents (including the Guaranty), such Person is being released from any obligations
(whether as primary obligor, pursuant to a Guarantee or otherwise) with respect to any Material
Indebtedness of such Person, the Borrower and/or any other Subsidiary.  Upon request by the
Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the
Administrative Agent’s authority to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the
Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10(a).  At the request of the Administrative Agent, the
Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the
satisfaction of the requirements to such release as set forth in this Section 9.10(a).
(b)On the Existing Guarantor Release Date, each Guarantor existing on the Existing
Guarantor Release Date shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Loan
Documents (including the Guaranty) without further action by any Person; provided, that,
notwithstanding that all of the Existing Guarantor Release Conditions have been satisfied on the
Existing Guarantor Release Date, no Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under the
Loan Documents in accordance with this Section 9.10(b) if, on the Existing Guarantor Release
Date, such Guarantor would be required to be a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section
6.11(b) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, determined without reference to the time period
referenced in Section 6.11(b)).  At the request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall
deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying, as of the Existing
Guarantor Release Date, that all of the Existing Guarantor Release Conditions have been satisfied
and that no existing Guarantor is required to remain as a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.11(b) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, determined without reference to the time period
referenced in Section 6.11(b)).  In connection with the release of any Guarantor pursuant to this
Section 9.10(b), the Administrative Agent hereby agrees (and the Lenders and L/C Issuers hereby
authorize the Administrative Agent) to execute and deliver to the Borrower, at the expense of the
Borrower, any release or discharge documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower to
evidence the release of such Guarantor pursuant to this Section 9.10(b).
9.11Certain ERISA Matters.
(a)Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a
Lender Party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender Party
hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender Party hereto, for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Loan Party,
that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i)such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section
3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s
entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the
Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement;
(ii)the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE
84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified
professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions
113
involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain
transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class
exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE
96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers),
is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration
of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this
Agreement;
(iii)(A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified
Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such
Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such
Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of
Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in,
administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments
and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (k) of Part I of
PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection
(a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into,
participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the
Commitments and this Agreement; or
(iv)such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in
writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.
(b)In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause
(a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty
and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such
Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party
hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date
such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and
not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of any Loan Party, that the Administrative
Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s
entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of
Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or
exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).
9.12Recovery of Erroneous Payments.  Without limitation of any other provision in this
Agreement, if at any time the Administrative Agent makes a payment hereunder in error to any Lender
Party, whether or not in respect of an Obligation due and owing by any Loan Party at such time, where
such payment is a Rescindable Amount, then in any such event, each Lender Party receiving a
Rescindable Amount severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the
Rescindable Amount received by such Lender Party in Same Day Funds in the currency so received, with
interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such Rescindable Amount is received by it to
but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate
and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on
interbank compensation. Each Lender Party irrevocably waives any and all defenses, including any
“discharge for value” (under which a creditor might otherwise claim a right to retain funds mistakenly
paid by a third party in respect of a debt owed by another) or similar defense to its obligation to return any
Rescindable Amount.  The Administrative Agent shall inform each Lender Party promptly upon
determining that any payment made to such Lender Party comprised, in whole or in part, a Rescindable
Amount.
114
ARTICLE X.
CONTINUING GUARANTY
10.01Guaranty.  Each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally, jointly and severally
guarantees, as primary obligor and as a guaranty of payment and performance and not merely as a
guaranty of collection, prompt payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment,
upon acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at all times thereafter, of any and all Obligations (for each
Guarantor, subject to the proviso in this sentence, its “Guaranteed Obligations”); provided, that, the
liability of each Guarantor individually with respect to this Guaranty shall be limited to an aggregate
amount equal to the largest amount that would not render its obligations hereunder subject to avoidance
under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any comparable provisions of any
applicable state law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations shall
include any such indebtedness, obligations, and liabilities, or portion thereof, which may be or hereafter
become unenforceable or compromised or shall be an allowed or disallowed claim under any proceeding
or case commenced by or against any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Laws. The Administrative
Agent’s books and records showing the amount of the Obligations shall be admissible in evidence in any
action or proceeding, and shall be binding upon each Guarantor, and conclusive for the purpose of
establishing the amount of the Obligations.  This Guaranty shall not be affected by the illegality,
genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Obligations or any instrument or agreement
evidencing any Obligations, or by the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, non-perfection or
extent of any collateral therefor, or by any fact or circumstance relating to the Obligations which might
otherwise constitute a defense to the obligations of the Guarantors, or any of them, under this Guaranty,
and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any
way relating to any or all of the foregoing.
10.02Rights of Lenders.  Each Guarantor consents and agrees that the Administrative Agent
and the Lender Parties may, at any time and from time to time, without notice or demand, and without
affecting the enforceability or continuing effectiveness hereof: (a) amend, extend, renew, compromise,
discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part
thereof; (b) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise Dispose of any
security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Obligations; (c) apply such security and direct the order
or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders in their sole
discretion may determine; and (d) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors
of any of the Obligations.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor consents to
the taking of, or failure to take, any action which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risks of
such Guarantor under this Guaranty or which, but for this provision, might operate as a discharge of such
Guarantor.
10.03Certain Waivers.  Each Guarantor waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law: (a) any
defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other guarantor, or the
cessation from any cause whatsoever (including any act or omission of the Administrative Agent or any
Lender Party) of the liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party; (b) any defense based on any claim
that such Guarantor’s obligations exceed or are more burdensome than those of the Borrower or any other
Loan Party; (c) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting any Guarantor’s liability hereunder; (d)
any right to proceed against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, proceed against or exhaust any
security for the Obligations, or pursue any other remedy in the power of the Administrative Agent or any
Lender Party whatsoever; (e) any benefit of and any right to participate in any security now or hereafter
held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party; (f) any defense arising by reason of any change in
the corporate existence, structure or ownership of any Loan Party; and (g) any and all other defenses or
benefits that may be derived from or afforded by applicable Law limiting the liability of or exonerating
guarantors or sureties.  Each Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, expressly waives all setoffs
and counterclaims and all presentments, demands for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or
115
nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and all other notices or demands of any
kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guaranty
or of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Obligations.
10.04Obligations Independent.  The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are those of
primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Obligations and the obligations of
any other guarantor, and a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor to enforce this
Guaranty whether or not the Borrower or any other Person is joined as a party.
10.05Subrogation.  No Guarantor shall exercise any right of subrogation, contribution,
indemnity, reimbursement or similar rights with respect to any payments it makes under this Guaranty
until all of the Obligations and any amounts payable under this Guaranty have been indefeasibly paid and
performed in full (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted)
and the Facility Termination Date has occurred.  If any amounts are paid to a Guarantor in violation of the
foregoing limitation, then such amounts shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent
and the Lender Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, to reduce the amount of the Obligations, whether matured
or unmatured.
10.06Termination; Reinstatement.  This Guaranty is a continuing and irrevocable guaranty
of all Obligations now or hereafter existing and shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility
Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect or
be revived, as the case may be, if any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or a Guarantor is made, or
any of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party exercises its right of setoff, in respect of the
Obligations and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently
invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any
settlement entered into by any of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party in their discretion) to be
repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Laws or otherwise, all as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and whether
or not the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties are in possession of or have released this Guaranty
and regardless of any prior revocation, rescission, termination or reduction.  The obligations of each
Guarantor under this Section 10.06 shall survive termination of this Guaranty.
10.07Stay of Acceleration.  If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Obligations is
stayed, in connection with any case commenced by or against a Guarantor or the Borrower under any
Debtor Relief Laws, or otherwise, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by each Guarantor,
jointly and severally, immediately upon demand by the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party.
10.08Condition of Borrower.  Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it has the sole
responsibility for, and has adequate means of, obtaining from the Borrower and any other guarantor such
information concerning the financial condition, business and operations of the Borrower and any such
other guarantor as such Guarantor requires, and that none of the Administrative Agent or Lender Party
has any duty, and such Guarantor is not relying on any such Person at any time, to disclose to it any
information relating to the business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower or any other
guarantor (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Administrative Agent and the Lender
Parties to disclose such information and any defense relating to the failure to provide the same).
10.09Appointment of Borrower.  Each of the Loan Parties hereby appoints the Borrower to
act as its agent for all purposes of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other documents and
electronic platforms entered into in connection herewith and agrees that (a) the Borrower may execute
such documents and provide such authorizations on behalf of such Loan Parties as the Borrower deems
116
appropriate in its sole discretion and each Loan Party shall be obligated by all of the terms of any such
document and/or authorization executed on its behalf, (b) any notice or communication delivered by the
Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or a Lender to the Borrower shall be deemed delivered to each Loan
Party, and (c) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers or the Lenders may accept, and be permitted to
rely on, any document, authorization, instrument or agreement executed by the Borrower on behalf of
each of the Loan Parties.
10.10Right of Contribution.  The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection
with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other
Guarantors as permitted under Applicable Law.
10.11Subordination.  Each Loan Party (a “Subordinating Loan Party”) hereby subordinates
the payment of all obligations and indebtedness of any other Loan Party owing to it, whether now existing
or hereafter arising, including but not limited to any obligation of any such other Loan Party to the
Subordinating Loan Party as subrogee of the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties or resulting
from such Subordinating Loan Party’s performance under this Guaranty, to the indefeasible payment in
full in cash of all Obligations.  If the Administrative Agent so request, any such obligation or
indebtedness of any such other Loan Party to the Subordinating Loan Party shall be enforced and
performance received by the Subordinating Loan Party as trustee for the Administrative Agent and the
Lender Parties and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
the Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties, on account of the Obligations, but without reducing or
affecting in any manner the liability of the Subordinating Loan Party under this Agreement.  Without
limitation of the foregoing, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Loan Parties may
make and receive payments with respect to intercompany Indebtedness; provided, that, in the event that
any Loan Party receives any payment of any such intercompany Indebtedness at a time when such
payment is prohibited by this Section 10.11, such payment shall be held by such Loan Party, in trust for
the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to the Administrative
Agent.
ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01Amendments, Etc..
(a)Subject to Section 1.09(c), Section 1.10(b), Section 1.10(c), Section 2.02(f),
Section 2.02(g), Section 2.14(g), Section 2.15(e), Section 3.03(b), Section 3.03(c), and Section
11.01(b), no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective
unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders, the Borrower and each other applicable Loan
Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver
or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; provided, that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(i)extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any
Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such
Lender (it being understood and agreed that a waiver of any condition precedent in
Section 4.02 or of any Default is not considered an extension of, or increase in, the
Commitment of any Lender);
(ii)postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document
for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other
amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan
Document,
117
or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment hereunder or under any other
Loan Document, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such
payment;
(iii)reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any
Loan or L/C Obligation, or (subject to Section 11.01(b)(iv)) any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of
each Lender entitled to such amount; provided, that, only the consent of the Required
Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any
obligation of any Loan Party to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;
(iv)(i) modify Section 2.13, Section 8.03 or any other provision hereof in a
manner that would have the effect of altering the ratable reduction of Commitments, pro
rata payments or the pro rata sharing of payments otherwise required hereunder, or (ii)
subordinate, or have the effect of subordinating, the Obligations to any other
Indebtedness or other obligation, in each case, without the written consent of each
Lender;
(v)change any provision of this Section 11.01(a) or the definition of
“Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of
Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any
determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each
Lender;
(vi)release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty without the
written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor is
permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the
Administrative Agent acting alone);
(vii)release the Borrower or permit the Borrower to assign or transfer any of
its rights or obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the
written consent of each Lender; or
(viii)amend Section 1.09 or the definition of “Alternative Currency” without
the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.
(b)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 11.01(a) or
elsewhere in this Agreement or any other Loan Document: (i) no amendment, waiver or consent
shall, unless in writing and signed by the applicable L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required
pursuant to Section 11.01(a), affect the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer under this Agreement
or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no
amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in
addition to the Lenders required pursuant to Section 11.01(a), affect the rights or duties of the
Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required pursuant to
Section 11.01(a), affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document; (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder
waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; (v) no Defaulting Lender shall have any
right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any
amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each
affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting
Lenders), except that (A) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or
extended without the consent of such Lender, and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification
requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected
118
Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to
other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; (vi) each Lender is
entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy reorganization plan that affects the
Loans, and each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy
Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein; (vii) the
Required Lenders shall determine whether or not to allow a Loan Party to use cash collateral in
the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding and such determination shall be binding on
all of the Lenders; (viii) if following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower shall have jointly identified an inconsistency, obvious error or omission, in each case,
of a technical or immaterial nature, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision and such
amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any
Loan Documents if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5)
Business Days following receipt of notice thereof; (ix) the L/C Commitment of any L/C Issuer
may be (A) modified as contemplated in the definition of “L/C Commitment”, and (B)
established or modified as contemplated pursuant to Section 2.03(p); and (x) this Agreement may
be amended (or amended and restated) without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment (or such
amendment and restatement), such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so
amended (or amended and restated)), such Lender (and its Affiliates) shall have no commitment
or other obligations hereunder and such Lender (and its Affiliates) shall have been paid in full all
principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents.
11.02Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication.
(a)Notices Generally.  Except in the case of notices and other communications
expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 11.02(b)), all
notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered
by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or
electronic mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted
hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i)if to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, Bank of America, in its
capacity as an L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number,
electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule
11.02; and
(ii)if to any other Lender or any other L/C Issuer, to the address, facsimile
number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in such Lender’s
Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the
Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the
delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the
Borrower).
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by
certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other
communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if
not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at
the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient).  Notices and other
communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in Section
11.02(b) shall be effective as provided in Section 11.02(b).
119
(b)Electronic Communications.  Notices and other communications to the Lenders
and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication
(including e-mail, FpML messaging, and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures
approved by the Administrative Agent; provided, that, the foregoing shall not apply to notices to
any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as
applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under
such Article II by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, the
Swing Line Lender, or any Loan Party may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and
other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures
approved by it; provided, that, approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or
communications.  Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other
communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of
an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested”
function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or
communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the
deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause
(i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website
address therefor; provided, that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other
communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice, email or
communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business
Day for the recipient.
(c)The Platform.  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS
AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE
ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE
ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR
ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER
CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE
BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent
or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Loan
Party, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Party’s or
the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials or notices through the Platform,
any other electronic platform or electronic messaging service, or through the Internet.
(d)Change of Address, Etc.  Each of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, any
L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for
notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  Each other
Lender may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer
and the Swing Line Lender.  In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent
from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address,
contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices
and other communications may be sent, and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. 
Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such
Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation
on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its
delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and Applicable Law,
including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower
Materials that are
120
not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may
contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes
of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders.  The Administrative
Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices
(including telephonic or electronic notices, Committed Loan Notices, Letter of Credit
Applications, notices of Loan prepayment and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or
on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein,
were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein,
or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. 
The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and
their respective Related Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the
reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of any Loan Party.  All
telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be
recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such
recording.
11.03No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.  No failure by any Lender, any L/C
Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or
under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and
provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies,
powers and privileges provided by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the
authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan
Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection
with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in
accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided, that, the
foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and
remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and
remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the
case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff
rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13), or (d) any Lender from
filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a
proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; provided, further, that, if at any time
there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then
(i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 8.02, and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso
and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights
and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
11.04Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)Costs and Expenses.  The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable and
documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates
(including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of
counsel for the Administrative Agent, but limited, in the case of any fees and expenses of legal
counsel, to the
121
reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of (A) one
primary counsel to the Administrative Agent, (B) if reasonably necessary, one local counsel to the
Lenders retained by the Administrative Agent in each relevant jurisdiction, (C) if reasonably
necessary, one specialty counsel to the Lenders retained by the Administrative Agent with respect
to each relevant specialty, and (D) in the case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one
additional counsel to each group of similarly situated persons or entities, taken as a whole) in
connection with the syndication of the credit facility provided for herein, the preparation,
negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof
(whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all
reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each L/C Issuer in connection
with the issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of any Letter of Credit or any
demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all reasonable and documented expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any L/C Issuer (including the reasonable and documented
out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any
Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in
connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this
Section 11.04, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder,
including all such expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect
of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)Indemnification.  The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the
Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender, each L/C Issuer, and each
Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”)
against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities
and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any
Indemnitee, but limited, in the case of any fees and expenses of legal counsel, to the reasonable
and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of (i) one firm of primary
counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, (ii) if reasonably necessary, one firm of local
counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, in each relevant jurisdiction, (iii) if reasonably
necessary, one firm of specialty counsel for all Indemnitees, taken as a whole, in each relevant
specialty, and (iv) in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional firm of
counsel to each group of affected Indemnitees, similarly situated and taken as a whole) incurred
by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including any Loan Party)
arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (A) the execution or delivery of this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or
thereby (including any Indemnitee’s reliance on any Communication executed using an
Electronic Signature, or in the form of an Electronic Record), the performance by the parties
hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any
sub agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section 3.01), (B) any Loan or
Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by
any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents
presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of
Credit), (C) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any
property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental
Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (D) any actual or
threatened claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether
based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party,
and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR
NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE
COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE
122
INDEMNITEE; provided, that, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to
the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (1) are determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the
fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, or (2) result from a claim not
involving or arising from an act or omission of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof and that is
brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than against an Arranger or the
Administrative Agent in their capacities as such).  Without limiting the provisions of Section
3.01(d), this Section 11.04(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that
represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders.  To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason
fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 11.04(a) or Section 11.04(b) to be
paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line
Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or such
Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the
applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s share
of the Total Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid
amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender), such payment to be made severally among
them based on such Lenders’ Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable
unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought); provided, that, the unreimbursed expense
or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred
by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or the
Swing Line Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing
acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or the Swing Line
Lender in connection with such capacity.  The obligations of the Lenders under this Section
11.04(c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.  To the fullest extent permitted by
Applicable Law, none of any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer,
the Swing Line Lender, any other party hereto or any Indemnitee shall assert, and each such
Person hereby waives and acknowledges that no other Person shall have, any claim against any
other such Person, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive
damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result
of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated
hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit
or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided, that, the foregoing shall in no event limit the Loan
Parties’ indemnification obligations under Section 11.04(b) to the extent such special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages are included in any third-party claim in connection with which
such Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder.  No Indemnitee referred to in
Section 11.04(b) shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of
any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee
through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection
with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby.
(e)Payments.  All amounts due under this Section 11.04 shall be payable not later
than ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor.
(f)Survival.  The agreements in this Section 11.04 and the indemnity provisions of
Section 11.02(e) shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer and the
123
Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Revolving
Commitments and the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date.
11.05Payments Set Aside.  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party
is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C
Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any
part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required
(including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such
Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the
obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force
and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and
each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share
(without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus
interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal
to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery
or payment.  The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (b) of the preceding
sentence shall survive the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date and the termination of this
Agreement.
11.06Successors and Assigns.
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally.  The provisions of this Agreement and each
other Loan Document shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or
otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document
without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender
may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an
assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a
security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 11.06(e) (and any other attempted
assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Agreement,
expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto,
their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in
Section 11.06(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of
the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy
or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)Assignments by Lenders.  Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more
assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes
of this Section 11.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time
owing to it); provided, that, any such assignment shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this
Section 11.06(b).
(i)Minimum Amounts.
(A)In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of
the assigning Lender’s Commitment and/or the Loans at the time owing to it, or
contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds (determined after
giving effect to such assignments) that equal at least the amount specified in
Section 11.06(b)(i)(B) in the aggregate, or in the case of an assignment to a
Lender, an
124
Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, in each such case, no minimum
amount need be assigned.
(B)In any case not described in Section 11.06(b)(i)(A), the
aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans
outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal
outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with
respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade
Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall
not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long
as no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower
otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed).
(ii)Proportionate Amounts.  Each partial assignment shall be made as an
assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Loans or the
Commitment assigned, except that this Section 11.06(b)(ii) shall not apply to the Swing
Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.
(iii)Required Consents.  No consent shall be required for any assignment
except to the extent required by Section 11.06(b)(i)(B) and, in addition:
(A)the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) a Specified Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, or (2)
such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
provided, that, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such
assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative
Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;
(B)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments to a Person
that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with
respect to such Lender; and
(C)the consent of each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any
assignment.
(iv)Assignment and Assumption.  The parties to each assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together
with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, that, the
Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and
recordation fee in the case of any assignment.  The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons.  No such assignment shall be made
(A) to any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (B) to any
Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender
hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or
125
(C) to a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned
and operated for the primary benefit of one or more natural Persons).
(vi)Certain Additional Payments.  In connection with any assignment of
rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be
effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the
parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative
Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which
may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or
subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans
previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the
applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in
full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative
Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y)
acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in
Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations
of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law
without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11.06(b)(vi), then the assignee of
such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this
Agreement until such compliance occurs.
(vii)Effectiveness. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the
Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.06(c), from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to
this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and
Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the
assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such
Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and,
in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s
rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto)
but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 11.04
with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such
assignment; provided, that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the
affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release
of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting
Lender.  Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to
the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations
under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.06(b) shall be treated for
purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and
obligations in accordance with Section 11.06(d).
(c)Register.  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of
the Borrower (and such agency being solely for Tax purposes), shall maintain at the
Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it (or the
equivalent thereof in electronic form) and a register for the recordation of the names and
addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of
the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to
time (the “Register”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement.
126
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable
time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)Participations.  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to,
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, sell
participations to any Person (other than a natural Person (or a holding company, investment
vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of one or more natural
Persons), a Defaulting Lender or any Loan Party or any of any Loan Party’s Affiliates or
Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations
under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including
such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided,
that, (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender
shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,
and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue
to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and
obligations under this Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible
for the indemnity under Section 11.04(c) without regard to the existence of any participation.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall
provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any
amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided, that, such
agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the
Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 11.01(a)
that affects such Participant.  The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the
benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired
its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b) (it being understood that the
documentation required under Section 3.01(g) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the
participation) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment
pursuant to Section 11.06(b); provided, that, such Participant (a) agrees to be subject to the
provisions of Sections 3.06 and 11.13 as if it were an assignee under Section 11.06(b), and (b)
shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or Section 3.04, with
respect to any participation, than the Lender from whom it acquired the applicable participation
would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater
payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable
participation.  Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and
expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of
Section 3.06 with respect to any Participant.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also
shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender; provided, that, such
Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.  Each Lender that sells
a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower,
maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal
amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under
the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided, that, no Lender shall have any
obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any
Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans,
letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the
extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or
other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury
Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and
such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the
owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the
contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the
127
Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for
maintaining a Participant Register.
(e)Certain Pledges.  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest
in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure
obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal
Reserve Bank; provided, that, no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any
of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party
hereto.
(f)Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any L/C Issuer or the
Swing Line Lender assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to Section 11.06(b), such
L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may, (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the
Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer, and/or (ii) upon
thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as the Swing Line Lender.  In the event of any
such resignation as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to
appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder;
provided, that, no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the
resignation of the applicable L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, as an L/C Issuer
or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be.  If the applicable L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C
Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with
respect to all Letters of Credit issued by it and outstanding as of the effective date of its
resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to
require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed
Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(e)).  If the Swing Line Lender resigns as the Swing Line
Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect
to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation,
including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in
outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).  Upon the appointment of a successor
L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (A) such successor shall succeed to and become vested
with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line
Lender, as the case may be, and (B) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in
substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make
other arrangements satisfactory to the applicable retiring L/C issuer to effectively assume the
obligations of such retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.
(g)Disqualified Institutions.
(i)No assignment shall be made to any Person that was a Disqualified
Institution as of the date (the “Trade Date”) on which the applicable Lender entered into a
binding agreement to sell and assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement to such Person (unless the Borrower has consented to such assignment as
otherwise contemplated by this Section 11.06, in which case such Person will not be
considered a Disqualified Institution for the purpose of such assignment).  For the
avoidance of doubt, with respect to any assignee that becomes a Disqualified Institution
after the applicable Trade Date (including as a result of the delivery of a notice pursuant
to the definition of “Disqualified Institution”), such assignee shall not retroactively be
considered a Disqualified Institution.  Any assignment in violation of this Section
11.06(g)(i) shall not be void, but the other provisions of this Section 11.06(g) shall apply.
128
(ii)If any assignment is made to any Disqualified Institution without the
Borrower’s prior consent in violation of Section 11.06(g)(i), the Borrower may, at its sole
expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Institution and the
Administrative Agent, (A) terminate the Commitment of such Disqualified Institution and
repay all obligations of the Borrower owing to such Disqualified Institution in connection
with such Commitment, and/or (B) require such Disqualified Institution to assign and
delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
this Section 11.06), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations at the
lesser of (1) the principal amount thereof, and (2) the amount that such Disqualified
Institution paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued
interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it
hereunder and other the other Loan Documents; provided, that, (x) the Borrower shall
have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section
11.06(b), and (y) such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law.
(iii)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement,
Disqualified Institutions (A) will not (1) have the right to receive information, reports or
other materials provided to Lenders by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any
Arranger, or any other Lender, (2) attend or participate in meetings attended by the
Lenders and the Administrative Agent, or (3) access any electronic site established for the
Lenders (including the Platform) or confidential communications from counsel to or
financial advisors of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and (B)(1) for purposes of
any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of, or any action under, and for
the purpose of any direction to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any
action (or refrain from taking any action) under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, each Disqualified Institution will be deemed to have consented in the same
proportion as the Lenders that are not Disqualified Institutions consented to such matter,
and (2) for purposes of voting on any plan of reorganization or plan of liquidation
pursuant to any Debtor Relief Laws (each, a “Plan of Reorganization”), each Disqualified
Institution party hereto hereby agrees (x) not to vote on such Plan of Reorganization, (y)
if such Disqualified Institution does vote on such Plan of Reorganization notwithstanding
the restriction in the foregoing clause (x), such vote will be deemed not to be in good
faith and shall be “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code (or
any similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and such vote shall not be
counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such Plan of
Reorganization in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any
similar provision in any other Debtor Relief Laws), and (z) not to contest any request by
any party for a determination by the bankruptcy court (or other applicable court of
competent jurisdiction) effectuating the foregoing clause (y).
(iv)The Administrative Agent shall have the right, and the Borrower hereby
expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to (A) post the list of Disqualified
Institutions provided by the Borrower and any updates thereto from time to time
(collectively, the “DQ List”) on the Platform, including that portion of the Platform that
is designated for “public side” Lenders or (B) provide the DQ List to each Lender
requesting the same.
11.07Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.  The Administrative Agent, each
Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below),
except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, its auditors and its Related Parties (it being
129
understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature
of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent required or
requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related
Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or regulation or by any subpoena or similar
legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder
or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other
Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement
containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.07, to (i) any assignee of or
Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement or any Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii)
any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under
which payments are to be made by reference to any of the Loan Parties and its obligations, this
Agreement or payments hereunder (it being understood that the DQ List may be disclosed to any
assignee, or prospective assignee, in reliance on this clause (f)), (g) on a confidential basis to (i) any
rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the credit facility provided
hereunder, or (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the application,
issuance, publishing and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the
credit facility provided hereunder, (h) with the consent of the Borrower, (i) to the extent such Information
(i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.07, (ii) becomes
available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on
a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower, or (iii) is independently discovered or
developed by a party hereto without utilizing any Information received from the Borrower or violating the
terms of this Section 11.07, or (j) to the extent required by a potential or actual insurer or reinsurer in
connection with providing insurance, reinsurance or credit risk mitigation coverage under which
payments are to be made or may be made by reference to this Agreement.  In addition, after the
consummation of a Qualified IPO, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence
of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service
providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with
the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments.
For purposes of this Agreement, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower
or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other
than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on
a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided, that, in the case
of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date, such information is
clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the
confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 11.07 shall be considered to have complied with
its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality
of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
The Administrative Agent, each Lender, and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the
Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the
case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public
information, and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with Applicable
Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein prohibits any Person from communicating or
disclosing Information regarding suspected violations of laws, rules, or regulations to a governmental,
regulatory, or self-regulatory authority without any notification to any Person.
130
11.08Right of Setoff.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each
Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from
time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other
obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any such
Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of
the Obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document to such Lender or such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of
whether or not such Lender, such L/C Issuer or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of the Borrower or such Loan
Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender or such
L/C Issuer different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such
indebtedness; provided, that, in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of
setoff, (a) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further
application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be
segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders, and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall provide
promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to
such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.  The rights of each Lender, each L/C
Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section 11.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies
(including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. 
Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly
after any such setoff and application; provided, that, the failure to give such notice shall not affect the
validity of such setoff and application.
11.09Interest Rate Limitation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the
maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”).  If the
Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate,
the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal,
refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the
Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted
by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium
rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate,
allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated
term of the Obligations hereunder.
11.10Integration; Effectiveness.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and any
separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or any L/C Issuer,
constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and
all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except
as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by
the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof
that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
11.11Survival of Representations and Warranties.  All representations and warranties made
hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in
connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such
representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each
Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their
behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or
knowledge of
131
any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect until the
Facility Termination Date.
11.12Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document is held to
be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or such other Loan Document shall not be affected or impaired thereby, and
(b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall
not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without limiting the
foregoing provisions of this Section 11.12, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in
this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in
good faith by the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then
such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
11.13Replacement of Lenders.  If the Borrower is entitled to replace a Lender pursuant to the
provisions of Section 3.06, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender, or a Non-
Extending Lender,  then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and
the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance
with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its
interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05) and
obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall
assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment);
provided, that:
(a)the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if
any) specified in Section 11.06(b);
(b)such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding
principal of its Loans and L/C Obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other
amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts
under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued
interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c)in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under
Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will
result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d)such assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law;
(e)in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting
Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or
consent; and
(f)in the case of an assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Extending
Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable extension of the Maturity
Date.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a
result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such
assignment and delegation cease to apply.  Each party hereto agrees that (a) an assignment required
pursuant to this Section 11.13 may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by
the Borrower,
132
the Administrative Agent and the assignee, and (b) the Lender required to make such assignment need not
be a party thereto in order for such assignment to be effective and shall be deemed to have consented to
and be bound by the terms thereof; provided, that, following the effectiveness of any such assignment, the
other parties to such assignment agree to execute and deliver such documents necessary to evidence such
assignment as reasonably requested by the applicable Lender; provided, further, that, any such documents
shall be without recourse to or warranty by the parties thereto.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.13 to the contrary, (a) any Lender that acts as an L/C
Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless
arrangements satisfactory to such Lender (including the furnishing of a backstop standby letter of credit in
form and substance, and issued by an issuer, reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing
of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to such outstanding Letter of Credit, and (b)
the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance
with the terms of Section 9.06.
11.14Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a)GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE, PROCEEDING OR
CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND
WHETHER IN LAW OR IN EQUITY) BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EXCEPT, AS TO ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH THEREIN) AND THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.
(b)SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY
AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE ANY ACTION,
LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY KIND OR DESCRIPTION, WHETHER IN LAW
OR EQUITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR OTHERWISE, AGAINST THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER, ANY L/C ISSUER, OR ANY RELATED
PARTY OF THE FOREGOING IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATING HERETO OR
THERETO, IN ANY FORUM OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT
COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK
COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, AND EACH OF THE
PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF
ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR
TORT OR OTHERWISE) MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK
STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN
SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL
JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER IN
CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE
ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY
OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE
HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR
TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATING TO THIS
133
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR
ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)WAIVER OF VENUE.  EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO
THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY
COURT REFERRED TO IN SECTION 11.14(b).  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE
MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(d)SERVICE OF PROCESS.  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY
CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN
SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY
PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.
11.15Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT
MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON
CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND WHETHER AT LAW OR IN EQUITY). 
EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY
OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH
OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES
HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS
IN THIS SECTION 11.15.
11.16No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.  In connection with all aspects of each
transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other
modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and
acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (a)(i) the arranging and other services regarding this
Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders are arm’s-length
commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the
Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) each of the Loan Parties has
consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate,
and (iii) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and
conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b)(i) the
Administrative Agent, each Arranger, and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and,
except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as
an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person, and (ii) none
of the Administrative Agent, any Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of
its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set
forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the
Lenders, and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve
interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the
Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any Lender
134
has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates.  To the
fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have
against the Administrative Agent, any Arranger, or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged
breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
11.17Electronic Execution; Electronic Records; Counterparts.  This Agreement, any other
Loan Document and any other Communication, including Communications required to be in writing, may
be in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures. Each Loan
Party, the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party agrees that any Electronic Signature on or
associated with any Communication shall be valid and binding on such Person to the same extent as a
manual, original signature, and that any Communication entered into by Electronic Signature will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person enforceable against such Person in
accordance with the terms thereof to the same extent as if a manually executed original signature was
delivered.  Any Communication may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient,
including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same
Communication.  For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this Section 11.17 may include use
or acceptance of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form
(such as scanned into .pdf), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for
transmission, delivery and/or retention. The Administrative Agent and each of the Lender Parties may, at
its option, create one or more copies of any Communication in the form of an imaged Electronic Record
(each, an “Electronic Copy”), which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s
business, and destroy the original paper document.  All Communications in the form of an Electronic
Record, including an Electronic Copy, shall be considered an original for all purposes, and shall have the
same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record.  Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, none of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender is
under any obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly
agreed to by such Person pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, that, without limiting the
foregoing, (a) to the extent the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender has
agreed to accept such Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lender Parties shall
be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of any Loan Party
and/or any Lender Party without further verification, and (b) upon the request of the Administrative Agent
or any Lender Party, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by such manually executed
counterpart.
None of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer, or the Swing Line Lender shall be responsible
for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into the sufficiency, validity, enforceability, effectiveness or
genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document (including, for the
avoidance of doubt, in connection with the Administrative Agent’s, any L/C Issuer’s or the Swing Line
Lender’s reliance on any Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed .pdf or any other
electronic means). The Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender shall be
entitled to rely on, and shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document by acting upon, any Communication (which writing may be a fax, any electronic message,
Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution or signed using an Electronic Signature) or any
statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent or
otherwise authenticated (whether or not such Person in fact meets the requirements set forth in the Loan
Documents for being the maker thereof).
Each of the Loan Parties and each Lender Party hereby waives (a) any argument, defense or right
to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document based
solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, and (b) any
claim against the Administrative Agent and each Lender Party for any liabilities arising solely from the
Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender Party’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures, including
135
any liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Loan Parties to use any available security measures in
connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.
11.18USA PATRIOT Act.  Each Lender that is subject to the PATRIOT Act and the
Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that
pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law
October 26, 2001)) (the “PATRIOT Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that
identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and
other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each
Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.  Each Loan Party shall, promptly following a request
by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the
Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under
applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the
PATRIOT Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
11.19California Judicial Reference.  If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State
of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general
reference pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 to a referee (who shall be a single
active or retired judge) to hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of
fact or of law) and to report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such
proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil
Procedure Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the
generality of Section 11.04, the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any
referee appointed in such action or proceeding.
11.20ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY
NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN
ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.
11.21Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement
or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender
or any L/C Issuer that is an Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent
such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable
Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by: (a) the
application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any
such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender or any L/C Issuer that is an
Affected Financial Institution; and (b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if
applicable: (i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability; (ii) a conversion of all, or
a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial
Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on
it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with
respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the variation of
the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of
the applicable Resolution Authority.
11.22Judgment Currency.  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is
necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another
136
currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures
the Administrative Agent, applicable L/C Issuer or applicable Lender, as applicable, could purchase the
first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is
given. The obligation of each Loan Party in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative
Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding
any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated
in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be
discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent,
such L/C Issuer, or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment
Currency, the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer, or such Lender, as the case may be, may in
accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment
Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to
the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender from any Loan Party in the Agreement Currency,
such Loan Party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the
Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the
amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the
Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender in such currency, the Administrative Agent, such L/
C Issuer or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Loan Party
(or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under Applicable Law).
11.23Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs.  To the extent that the Loan
Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Swap Contract or any other
agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a
“Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated
thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit
Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any
Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the
United States or any other state of the United States): in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a
Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special
Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and
any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights
in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be
effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime
if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in
property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a
Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S.
Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such
Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are
permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S.
Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of
the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and
agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect
the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
[remainder of page left intentionally blank; signature pages follow]
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as
of the date first above written.
BORROWER:
SPACE EXPLORATION TECHNOLOGIES CORP.,
a Texas corporation
By:
/s/ Bret Johnsen
Name: Bret Johnsen
Title: Chief Financial Officer
GUARANTORS:
X CORP.,
a Nevada corporation
By:
/s/ Bret Johnsen
Name: Bret Johnsen
Title: Authorized Representative
X .AI LLC,
a Nevada limited liability company
By:
/s/ Bret Johnsen
Name: Bret Johnsen
Title: Authorized Representative
CTC PROPERTY LLC,
a Wyoming limited liability company
By:
/s/ Bret Johnsen
Name: Bret Johnsen
Title: Authorized Representative
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as the Administrative Agent
By:
/s/ David J. Smith
Name: David J. Smith
Title: Vice President
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
LENDERS:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as a Lender, an L/C Issuer, and the Swing Line Lender
By:
/s/ Mukesh Singh
Name: Mukesh Singh
Title: Managing Director
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:
/s/ Susan M. Olsen
Name: Susan M. Olsen
Title: Vice President
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:
/s/ Jonathan Dworkin
Name: Jonathan Dworkin
Title: Authorized Signatory
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:
/s/ Nicholas Nussbaum
Name: Nicholas Nussbaum
Title: Vice President
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Michael King
Name: Michael King
Title: Authorized Signatory
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as a Lender and an L/C Issuer
By:
/s/ Michael King
Name: Michael King
Title: Vice President
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Sean Duggan
Name: Sean Duggan
Title: Director
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Douglas Darman
Name: Douglas Darman
Title: Director
By:
/s/ Alison Lugo
Name: Alison Lugo
Title: Vice President
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Nathan R. Rantala
Name: Nathan R. Rantala
Title: Managing Director
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Gill Skala
Name: Gill Skala
Title: Authorized Signatory
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Joselin Fernandes
Name: Joselin Fernandes
Title: Director
By:
/s/ Massimo Ippolito
Name: Massimo Ippolito
Title: Associate Director
Signature Page to Space X Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK,
as a Lender
By:
/s/ Tate Miller
Name: Tate Miller
Title: Executive Director
1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Space Exploration
Technologies Corp. of our report dated March 30, 2026, except for the effects of the reorganization of
entities under common control and the effects of the stock split discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements and the change in reportable segments discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated
financial statements, as to which the date is May 7, 2026, relating to the financial statements of Space
Exploration Technologies Corp., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
June 1, 2026